[tor-commits] [orbot/master] add support for PDNSD DNS Daemon for VPN DNS resolution

4 Jan 2016

diff --git a/external/Makefile b/external/Makefile
index eba9063..1a14869 100644
--- a/external/Makefile
+++ b/external/Makefile
@@ -329,6 +329,9 @@ assets: tor polipo jtorctl iptables pluto
    -zip ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/meek-client.mp3 bin/meek-client
    -$(STRIP) bin/obfs4proxy
    -zip ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/obfs4proxy.mp3 bin/obfs4proxy
+	-$(STRIP) ../libs/$(APP_ABI)/pdnsd
+	-zip ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/pdnsd.mp3 ../libs/$(APP_ABI)/pdnsd
+	-rm ../libs/$(APP_ABI)/pdnsd
assets-clean:
    -rm ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/polipo.mp3
@@ -336,6 +339,7 @@ assets-clean:
    -rm ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/xtables.mp3
    -rm ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/meek-client.mp3
    -rm ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/obfs4proxy.mp3
+	-rm ../assets/$(APP_ABI)/pdnsd.mp3
    -rm ../libs/jtorctl.jar
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------#
diff --git a/jni/Android.mk b/jni/Android.mk
index 2dd3ef9..f4af1d9 100644
--- a/jni/Android.mk
+++ b/jni/Android.mk
@@ -18,6 +18,20 @@ ROOT_PATH := $(LOCAL_PATH)
 EXTERN_PATH := $(LOCAL_PATH)/../external
########################################################
+## pdnsd library
+########################################################
+
+include $(CLEAR_VARS)
+
+PDNSD_SOURCES  := $(wildcard $(LOCAL_PATH)/pdnsd/src/*.c)
+
+LOCAL_MODULE    := pdnsd
+LOCAL_SRC_FILES := $(PDNSD_SOURCES:$(LOCAL_PATH)/%=%)
+LOCAL_CFLAGS    := -Wall -O2 -I$(LOCAL_PATH)/pdnsd -DHAVE_STPCPY
+
+include $(BUILD_EXECUTABLE)
+
+########################################################
 ## libancillary
 ########################################################
diff --git a/jni/Application.mk b/jni/Application.mk
index 3ac89c0..3e5c822 100644
--- a/jni/Application.mk
+++ b/jni/Application.mk
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-APP_ABI      			:= armeabi-v7a arm64-v8a mips x86
+APP_ABI      			:= armeabi armeabi-v7a arm64-v8a mips x86
 APP_PLATFORM 			:= android-21
 APP_STL      			:= stlport_static
 NDK_TOOLCHAIN_VERSION 	:= 4.9
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/AUTHORS b/jni/pdnsd/AUTHORS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa0454e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/AUTHORS
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+Most of pdnsd was written by Thomas Moestl (tmoestl@gmx.net).
+In the "par" versions large parts of the code have been revised
+and several features have been added by Paul Rombouts.
+
+Small parts of this program are based on code that  was taken from nmap (IP 
+checksumming), the isdn4k-utils (ippp interface uptest), glibc 2.1.2 (some
+definitions for kernel 2.2.x missing in 2.0 glibcs) and FreeBSD
+(SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ in netdev.c).
+nmap was written by Fyodor. The insd4k-utils were written by Fritz Elfert and
+others. The GNU C library (glibc) is copyright by the Free Software 
+Foundation.
+
+The following people have contributed code:
+Andrew M. Bishop	contributed support for server labels
+Carsten Block	        contributed 'configure'-able rc scripts
+Stephan Boettcher	contributed the SCHEME= option.
+P.J. Bostley		contributed patches to get pdnsd working on
+			alpha
+Frank Elsner		contributed rc script fixes
+Christian Engstler	contributed patches for SuSE compatability
+Bjoern Fischer		contributed code to make pdnsd leave the case of names
+			in the cache unchanged
+Torben Janssen		contributed RedHat rc scripts
+Olaf Kirch		contributed a security fix for the run_as()
+			function
+Bernd Leibing		contributed fixes to the spec file.
+Sourav K. Mandal	contributed the autoconf/automake code, gdbm
+			caching facility and many suggestions
+Markus Mohr		contributed Debian rc scripts
+Alexandre Nunes		contributed autoconf fixes
+Wolfgang Ocker		contributed the server_ip option
+Soenke J. Peters	contributed patches and suggestions for RedHat 
+			compatability
+Roman Shterenzon	contributed many helpful hints and patches for
+			FreeBSD compatability.
+Andreas Steinmetz	contributed the code for the query_port_start and
+			query_port_end options (which I changed slightly,
+			so blame any breakage on me ;)
+Marko Stolle		contributed the contrib/pdnsd_update.pl script that
+			makes pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup.
+Lyonel Vincent		extended the serve_aliases option to support an
+			arbitrary number of aliases
+Paul Wagland		contributed a patches for bind9-compatability
+			and for some memory leaks on error paths.
+Sverker Wiberg		contributed IPv6 build fixes
+Michael Wiedmann	contributed the pdnsd-ctl.8 man page.
+Ron Yorston		contributed the dev-uptest for Linux ppp dial-
+			on-demand devices
+Nikita V. Youshchenko	contributed extensions to the "if" uptest
+Mahesh T. Pai		contributed the pdnsd.8 man page.
+Nikola Kotur		contributed the Slackware start-up script.
+Kiyo Kelvin Lee		contributed a patch for Cygwin support.
+Rodney Brown		contributed a patch for Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) support.
+Jan-Marek Glogowski	contributed a patch implementing the "use_nss" option.
+
+Please look into the THANKS file for people who helped me in various ways on
+this project.
+If this list is incomplete, pease drop me a mail!
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/COPYING b/jni/pdnsd/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a9ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/COPYING.BSD b/jni/pdnsd/COPYING.BSD
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99fe14a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/COPYING.BSD
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+A small part of the pdnsd source is licensed under the following BSD-style
+license:
+
+Copyright (C) 2001 Thomas Moestl
+
+This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
+USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog b/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe77465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,3304 @@
+2012-04-23  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Refine the return values of p_dns_cached_resolve(), p_dns_resolve() and
+	p_recursive_query() so that they distinguish between answers found in
+	the cache and replies obtained by querying other servers.
+	This, among other things, can be used to prevent data that was recently
+	obtained from the cache needlessly being added back to the cache.
+
+2012-04-22  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in
+	On the Linux platform, check if we can compile and link with the
+	-pthread flag instead of linking with -lpthread.
+
+2012-04-21  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	When following the delegation chain trying to get an authoritative
+	answer, pdnsd would answer with SERVFAIL if it failed to get a reply
+	from the last server in the chain. Instead pdnsd will now use the last
+	reply in the chain with RCode=0 that raised the AA or RA flag, if there
+	is one.
+
+2012-04-19  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	In report_cache_stat(), make copies of volatile data to get a
+	consistent data set before making calculations with cache size and
+	entry numbers.
+
+2012-04-16  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/netdev.c
+	If we can't open /proc/net/if_inet6 in is_local_addr() log a warning
+	message.
+
+2012-04-15  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	The code checking for duplicate IP addresses obtained from NS records
+	in auth_ok() has been slightly optimized.
+
+2012-04-12  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	When resolving nameservers obtained from NS records, allow pdnsd to use
+	more than one IP address per nameserver.
+	In rare cases, using just one IP address for each nameserver will cause
+	unnecessary resolve failures if the address chosen for each nameserver
+	happens to be unreachable while the other addresses would lead to
+	successful resolution, as demonstrated by Yuri Vorobyev.
+
+2012-03-16  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	When adding RR records one by one to a cache entry using add_cent_rr(),
+	use the smallest ttl value in case of conflicting ttls.
+	Code for local/nonlocal conflict resolution has been taken out of
+	add_cent_rr_int() and put into add_cent_rr() and cr_check_add()
+	which should be slightly more efficient.
+
+2012-03-15  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Enforcing strict RFC 2181 compliance by rejecting all the answers
+	with inconsistent ttl timestamps can cause undesirable resolve failures.
+	I have tried to implement a more compromising solution, whereby
+	inconsistent answers that should be normally rejected are still never
+	cached, but are nevertheless used as intermediary or temporary results
+	if all else fails.
+
+2012-03-13  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Fixed a typo in rr_to_cache() that caused pdnsd to fail to compile when
+	configured with the --enable-strict-rfc2181 option.
+	Thanks to Gonzalo L. R. for reporting this problem.
+	Also changed the return value of rr_to_cache() from a simple boolean to
+	an RC code in order to properly distinguish between memory allocation
+	errors and time-stamp inconsistencies.
+
+2012-02-21  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	If we have used EDNS in a query and the remote server answered
+	with rcode "format error", try again with the OPT pseudo-record
+	removed from the additional section of the query.
+
+	Also fixed a bug in p_exec_query() that caused pdnsd to behave
+	as if every reply with a non-empty additional section contained
+	an OPT record.
+
+2012-02-15  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/helpers.c,src/helpers.h,src/icmp.c,
+	  src/ipvers.h,src/main.c,src/netdev.c
+	Introduced a new macro SEL_IPVER() to reduce some of the clutter in the
+	code caused by having to support both IPv4 and IPv6.
+
+2012-01-31  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in
+	Add AM_PROG_CC_C_O line to configure.in to prevent automake warning.
+
+2012-01-29  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	In report_cache_stat(), add the average number of bytes used per cache
+	entry when reporting the cache status, as suggested by M. Galabant.
+
+2012-01-28  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Cleaned up the code a bit to avoid warning messages when
+	compiling with '-Wall -Winline' flags.
+
+2012-01-18  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c
+	Set the default of the edns_query option to false.
+
+2011-07-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Use a slightly more sophisticated merge-sort algorithm in sort_rrl().
+
+2011-05-09  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	In compose_answer(), also add an OPT pseudo-RR to the additional section
+	of a NXDOMAIN reply when appropriate.
+
+2011-05-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/cache.h,src/dns_query.c,src/status.c
+	Make the dns_cent_t struct more compact by putting the fields that are
+	only used for either non-existent or existent domains, but not both,
+	into a union so that these fields can share memory.
+	When saving the cache to file, only write the TTL and time-stamp for
+	a whole domain when it is negatively cached.
+
+2011-05-06  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/cache.h,src/dns_query.c
+	At the request of Andrei Caraman, the TTL of a negatively cached domain
+	is now adjusted in accordance with the min_ttl and max_ttl options, just
+	as it is done for (negatively) cached records.
+	Additional change to the TTL policy is that for negative records (and
+	negative domains) the neg_ttl setting overrides min_ttl if
+	neg_ttl < min_ttl.
+
+2011-04-26  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	Fixed memory leak that can occur when the configuration file is reloaded
+	and an error is encountered while parsing the definition of a TXT
+	record.
+
+2011-03-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/make_rr_types_h.pl,src/cache.h,src/cache.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	Introduced arrays rrmuiterlist and rrcachiterlist to make iterating
+	over all possible RR types in a cache entry in strict ascending order
+	a little more efficient.
+
+2011-03-09  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h
+	Implemented a new config option "outgoing_ip", which
+	makes it possible to bind outgoing connections to
+	a specific interface.
+
+2011-02-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/netdev.c
+	Fixed UDP socket descriptors leak in the implementation of
+	is_local_addr() for the FreeBSD platform. Thanks to Ashish Shukla for
+	reporting this bug.
+
+2011-02-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	In purge_all_rrsets(), also free the rrext array if it has become empty after
+	purging all the RR sets.
+
+2011-02-04  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h,
+	  src/dns_query.c,src/dns_query.h,src/servers.c
+	Changed "edns_query" from a "global" option to a "server"
+	configuration option.
+
+2011-02-04  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_query.h,src/servers.c,
+	  src/conf-parser.c
+	The query uptest sometimes fails because some DNS servers are configured
+	to ignore empty queries. The new config option "query_test_name" makes
+	it possible to query for a specific name instead.
+
+2011-02-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	When processing a reply from a remote name server which seems to delegate
+	to other name servers, check if the names for which NS records have
+	been supplied have locally defined NS records. If so, the local
+	records will now override those supplied by the remote server.
+
+2011-01-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	Added support for defining TXT records in the configuration file.
+
+2011-01-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Do not cache additional records from a response that is rejected because
+	it contains IP addresses in the reject list, even when the reply
+	is processed as a NXDOMAIN reply.
+
+2011-01-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	Modified the function scan_string() to allow back-slashed escape
+	sequences in strings.
+
+2011-01-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/conff.h,src/conff.c,
+	  src/conf-parser.c
+	Added support for EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS).
+	Currently this is only useful for allowing UDP message sizes
+	to be larger than 512 bytes.
+
+2011-01-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	To avoid frequent reallocs when composing a DNS reply message,
+	grow the message buffer in multiples of a certain minimum chunk size.
+
+2011-01-19  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c,src/dns.h,src/dns_answer.c
+	Extended debugging info with DNS-message lengths and flags of incoming
+	messages.
+
+2011-01-17  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/conf-parser.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	Made "ignore_cd" option obsolete. It is now effectively always on.
+
+2010-12-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/cache.h,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,
+	  src/make_rr_types.pl,src/rr_types.in,src/rr_types.c
+	The array of pointers to rr_set_t structs in the dns_cent_t struct
+	contains mostly null pointers in practice, so is somewhat
+	inefficient in storage usage. This problem is exacerbated if we add
+	support for caching more RR-types. To ameliorate to the problem
+	I have decided to split the array in two, with one part fixed in the
+	dns_cent_t struct as before, and an extension part that will be
+	separately allocated, if necessary. If the extension part is used only
+	for very rarely cached types, in most cases the extension array will not
+	need to be allocated thus hopefully saving memory overall.
+	The lookup tables which are necessary to support the new cache entry
+	structure are cumbersome to write by hand, so I have written a perl
+	script to do this automatically. As an additional benefit, which RR
+	types are cache-able is now configurable for each type separately via
+	rr_types.in.
+
+2010-03-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Using randomized source ports for outgoing queries in IPv6 mode failed
+	with the warning "Out of ports in the range 1024-65535, dropping query!",
+	because the pdnsd tried to bind to the fixed port for incoming queries,
+	instead of the dynamically chosen port. This is a very old bug, but it
+	has only become apparent since source port randomization has become the
+	default.
+	Thanks to Philip-André Fillion, Phil Sutter, Radoslaw Szkodzinski and
+	others for reporting this bug and sending patches.
+
+2009-12-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c,src/status.h,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Add a magic number to pdnsd-ctl command codes to guard against
+	possible incompatibility between the pdnsd-ctl utility and the
+	pdnsd server.
+
+2009-10-18  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Make root-server discovery a little more fault tolerant, i.e. if some
+	of the root-server names don't resolve don't necessarily reject the
+	whole result.
+
+2009-10-17  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/servers.c,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_query.h
+	Implemented automatic root-server discovery, which can now be configured
+	by setting "root_server=discover".
+
+2009-06-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c,src/consts.c,src/consts.h,src/conf-parser.c
+	Changed the default behaviour of the "neg_rrs_pol" option. The default
+	used to be to only cache records negatively in case the AA (authoritive
+	answer) bit in the reply was set. The new default is to also allow
+	negative caching in case the reply has the RA (recursion available) bit
+	set and the query had the RD (recursion desired) bit set.
+	This gives the behaviour that is usually wanted in case "proxy_only=on"
+	is set without having to set "neg_rrs_pol=on", which can be more
+	problematic. The new default can be explicitly set using
+	"neg_rrs_pol=default". The values "on","off" and "auth" are also
+	still available.
+
+2009-06-13  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/dns_answer.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h
+	Included a patch contributed by Andreas Steinmetz that implements a new
+	global configuration option "ignore_cd". pdnsd used to check that the CD
+	bit in the DNS header of queries is zero and return the error code
+	"format error" if it is not. However, considering the meaning of this
+	bit today it appears to be harmless to ignore it, so the new "ignore_cd"
+	is on by default. Setting "ignore_cd=off" gives the earlier strict
+	behavior.
+	Also renamed the the Z1, AU, Z2 bits to correspond with their modern names
+	CD, AD, Z.
+
+2008-12-19  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* pdnsd-1.2.7/src/dns_query.c
+	If pdnsd receives a SERVFAIL response with a non-empty answer section,
+	use the information tentatively if no better response is available.
+	The previous behaviour was to discard the reply completely, which could
+	cause failure to resolve some names.
+	Thanks to Rafal Wijata for providing an example involving PowerDNS servers
+	replying with CNAME records.
+
+2008-09-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	In p_dns_resolve(), try to reduce the burden on root servers further for
+	names ending in "arpa".
+
+2008-08-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	In p_exec_query(), if the reply from a remote name server is negative
+	(either because the rcode is NXDOMAIN or because the answer section
+	contains no records for the queried name), ignore the remaining records
+	in the answer section (in particular do not add them to the cache).
+
+2008-07-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Made the default of the configuration option query_port_start equal to
+	1024.  Also improved the algorithm used by pdnsd to select random source
+	ports to ensure that each (free) port gets an equal chance of being
+	selected.  This should guarantee random source ports in the range
+	1024-65535, making pdnsd less vulnerable to some of the issues described
+	in CERT VU#800113.
+	The old situation, where pdnsd lets the kernel select the source ports,
+	is still available by specifying query_port_start=none.
+
+2008-07-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Fixed a dangling pointer bug in p_exec_query(), which could cause pdnsd
+	to crash when processing a long reply with many entries in the answer
+	section.
+
+2008-05-12  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c,src/conff.c
+	Added a recursive-depth counter to the read_config_file() and
+	confparse() functions to prevent the possibility of infinite
+	recursion when processing include files.
+	In confparse(), warn when in a server section the root_server option is
+	set in combination with policy=simple_only or policy=fqdn_only.
+
+2008-05-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/ipvers.h
+	Included a patch contributed by Georg Schwarz which selectively undoes
+	a Debian patch contributed by Juliusz Chroboczek on platforms for which
+	the IPV6_RECVPKTINFO macro is not defined (e.g. MacOS X).
+
+2008-05-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	The pdnsd-ctl add command can now also be used to define NS records.
+	A wildcard record defined with this command now behaves the same way as
+	one defined in the config file.
+
+2008-05-07  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h,src/conff.c
+	Added the ability to process "include" sections in the configuration
+	file.  This makes it possible to place local definitions in separate
+	files and include them from the main configuration file.
+
+2008-05-05  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Implemented two new pdnsd-ctl commands, which make it easier to add
+	definitions to the pdnsd cache at run time. "pdnsd-ctl include" is
+	similar to "pdnsd-ctl config" but only processes configuration sections
+	that effect the cache and disallows global and server sections.
+	"pdnsd-ctl eval" directly parses its string arguments as if they were
+	part of a configuration (include) file.
+
+2007-09-15  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.h,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Changed the declarations of various packed structs, by moving the
+	__attribute__((packed)) specifiers from the field level to the struct level.
+	This was necessary to get the correct value for sizeof(rr_hdr_t) when
+	compiling with gcc for the ARM architecture.
+	Thanks to Dirk Armbrust for reporting the problem and supplying the solution.
+
+2007-08-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Applied a Debian patch contributed by Juliusz Chroboczek which
+	reportedly fixes a problem with pdnsd running in IPv6 mode
+	(IPV6_RECVPKTINFO instead of IPV6_PKTINFO).
+
+2007-08-04  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	When resolving a name recursively, pdnsd would stop querying further
+	name servers as soon as it received a reply with the authority (aa) flag
+	set. Unfortunately, it appears this flag is sometimes raised erroneously
+	in replies. I have implemented a work-around that ignores the aa flag
+	when there appears to be a clear delegation to a sub-domain.
+	Thanks to Nico Erfurth for reporting this problem.
+
+	It appears that pdnsd would also fail to consult servers in the authority
+	section when configured with neg_rrs_pol=on. This has been fixed.
+
+2007-08-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Made the matching of pdnsd-ctl command names and most of the arguments
+	case-insensitive.
+
+2007-07-22  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Instead of sharing the responsibility for freeing the answer buffer in
+	case of an error amongst different functions, only free it in
+	compose_answer().
+
+	* configure.in, src/Makefile.am, src/test/Makefile.am
+	Merged patch contributed by Pierre Habouzit to deal with CFLAGS the
+	automake way (allowing packagers to override CFLAGS properly).
+
+2007-07-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	For each target name in a SRV record in the answer section, add
+	addresses to the additional section of the response, as is recommended
+	by the RFCs.
+
+2007-07-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/list.c,src/list.h
+	Made modifications to the implementation of dynamic arrays, which
+	should ensure proper alignment on all supported architectures.
+
+2007-07-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* Upgraded pdnsd's license to GPL version 3.
+
+2007-07-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/dns_query.c
+	The data field of the rr_bucket_t struct is now aligned such that
+	it possible to use straightforward assignment to copy IP addresses,
+	making memcpy unnecessary for this purpose.
+
+2007-07-07  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	If pdnsd fails to connect to a name server using a IPv6 address, it will
+	now retry the connection using a IPv4 address, if available. This allows
+	pdnsd to recover from situations where IPv6 connectivity is temporarily
+	unavailable, but IPv4 connectivity still functions.
+	Thanks to Andreas Ferber for reporting this problem.
+
+2007-07-04  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	I have reordered the arguments of the add_rr() and related
+	functions to make them more consistent with each other.
+
+2007-07-03  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/hash.c
+	pdnsd will no longer immediately abort in add_dns_hash() if it fails
+	to allocate memory for a new hash entry.
+
+2007-07-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/consts.c,src/consts.h,
+	  src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h,src/dns_query.c
+	Implemented the new "reject", "reject_policy" and "reject_recursively"
+	options for the server section of the configuration file.
+
+	* src/ipvers.h,src/conf-parser.c,src/dns.c,src/status.c,
+	  src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Allow local AAAA records to be defined even if pdnsd is compiled
+	without --enable-ipv6, provided there is sufficient support in the
+	C libraries and --disable-new-rrs was not used.
+
+2007-06-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Previously, when the answer buffer was realloced in add_rr(), an
+	extra 2 bytes used to be reserved, which are unnecessary, as far
+	as I can tell. I have decided to do without these extra 2 bytes,
+	which originate from Thomas Moestl's code. As compensation, I have
+	added extra PDNSD_ASSERT() statements to check that the answer
+	buffer does not overflow.
+
+2007-06-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c, src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Extended the pdnsd-ctl 'add a' and 'add aaaa' commands to allow
+	multiple IP addresses to be specified.
+
+2007-06-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conff.h,src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-keywords.h,
+	  src/dns_query.c
+	Implemented a new option for the server section of the configuration
+	file: randomize_servers.
+
+	* src/servers.c
+	Improved the debug messages in uptest().
+
+2007-01-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/icmp.c
+	Fixed up the code implementing the ping test in icmp.c,
+	which was broken for 64-bit systems.
+	Thanks to Michael Uleysky for reporting this bug.
+
+2007-01-09  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	auth_ok() now returns 1 if the cache entry has the DF_NEGATIVE flag set,
+	without providing a list of authoritative servers to continue querying.
+	Otherwise if we receive a non-authoritative NXDOMAIN reply and pdnsd
+	is configured with neg_domain_pol=on, pdnsd will continue to try to
+	get an authoritative answer. The intention is that pdnsd
+	stops querying as soon as it gets an "unknown domain" answer.
+
+2006-04-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c
+	pdnsd would segfault if it tried to call log_message() (via the
+	log_warn() and log_error() macros) before the FILE pointer to the debug
+	output stream was properly initialized.
+	Thanks to Thomas Cort for discovering this problem and suggesting a fix.
+
+2006-04-09  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c,src/helpers.c,src/conff.h,src/conff.c
+	I have included a patch contributed by Jan-Marek Glogowski, that
+	implements the configuration option "use_nss". With use_nss=off pdnsd
+	will avoid system functions that may use NSS (i.e. initgroups()), which
+	may need DNS for LDAP lookups, which can lead to long timeouts and
+	stalls if pdnsd itself is used for the DNS lookup.
+
+2006-03-26  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Negative caching of RR sets is now also supported with lean_query=off.
+
+2006-03-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/main.c
+	I have implemented a new query method: udp_tcp. With this method a UDP
+	query is tried first and, if the UDP answer is truncated, the query is
+	repeated using TCP. This is the behaviour that seems to be recommended
+	by the DNS standards. However, pdnsd wil not discard the truncated
+	answer if the TCP requery fails.
+
+2006-03-24  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Previously, pdnsd would add at most one additional A (and AAA) record
+	for each record in the answer and authority sections. At the request of
+	Angel Marin, pdnsd will now add all A and AAA records it can find in the
+	cache for each name that produces additional records.
+
+2006-01-02  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	compose_answer() would leak memory if the query contained
+	an unsupported QTYPE or QCLASS. This has now been fixed.
+
+2005-12-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in
+	TCP-query support is now compiled in by default.
+	It can still be disabled using the configure option
+	--disable-tcp-queries.
+
+2005-12-23  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Queries received from clients with non-empty answer, authority or
+	additional sections are	now treated as malformed and rejected with
+	rcode 1 (format error).
+
+2005-11-06  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	Time intervals in the configuration files can now be expressed in
+	seconds, minutes, hours, days and weeks, using the suffixes
+	s,m,h,d,and w.
+
+2005-10-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/consts.c
+	In the pdnsd configuration file, true/false and yes/no are now accepted
+	as synonyms for the constants on/off.
+
+2005-08-24  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c
+	I have fixed a potential buffer overflow problem that could occur with
+	the 'pdnsd-ctl dump' command.
+	In case of the root domain, the function rhn2str() would write 2 bytes
+	to the output buffer even if size==1. Theoretically (under pathological
+	circumstances) this could have allowed the dbuf buffer in the function
+	dump_cent() to overflow by one byte.
+
+2005-08-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* acconfig.h,src/cache.c,src/conff.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/dns.c,
+	  src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/error.h,src/helpers.c,src/main.c,
+	  status.c
+
+	It appears the newer versions of gcc won't convert a pointer to char
+	into a pointer to unsigned char and vice versa without complaining.
+	The changes I have made should get rid of these distracting warning
+	messages. Unfortunately I had to introduce casts in some cases,
+	which reduces type safety :-(.
+
+2005-08-16  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.h
+	Some changes were made to the endianess detection code to
+	address problems on Mac OS X v10.4 Tiger.
+
+2005-08-15  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in
+	Some changes where made to address the reported problems with the
+	configure script on Mac OS X v10.4 Tiger.
+
+2005-08-05  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	The output of the 'pdnsd-ctl status' command now includes some
+	statistics on the number of query threads.
+
+2005-07-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c
+	It appears that sigwait() can return EINTR under certain conditions.
+	This explains the problems reported by Sanjoy Mahajan with strace
+	and ACPI S3 sleep, which both caused pdnsd to exit prematurely.
+	The return value of sigwait() is now checked and sigwait() is retried
+	if the return value is EINTR.
+
+2005-07-04  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	It appears that some servers that do not support recursive queries
+	answer with "query refused" instead of "not supported". The
+	p_exec_query() function now takes that possibility into account.
+
+2005-07-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	In the processing of queries, I will make a distinction between
+	recoverable errors and non-recoverable ones (typically caused by out of
+	memory conditions). In the case of non-recoverable errors, no attempt to
+	query alternative name servers is made.
+
+2005-06-26  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	In p_recursive_query(), as soon as one of the servers in the q list
+	replied "no error" or "name error", only this reply was examined and
+	the other servers in the q list were ignored. Joshua Coombs has brought
+	to my attention that this strategy sometimes fails when this reply is not
+	authoritative and doesn't contain any usable references to name servers
+	in the authority section.
+	I have modified p_recursive_query() to allow pdnsd to continue querying
+	the remaining servers in the q list as long as we haven't received an
+	authoritative answer or usable authority information. This will allow
+	pdnsd to arrive at the correct answer in some cases where it would
+	formerly fail.
+
+2005-06-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c
+	The "pdnsd dump" command may now also be given an argument
+	consisting of a name beginning with a dot. This will dump information
+	about all names in the cache ending in the given name. An argument
+	consisting of a name without a leading dot will only give information
+	about the exact name, as it did before.
+
+2005-06-24  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/servers.c,src/status.c
+	All uptests are now conducted by the server status thread. If a retest
+	is requested via a "pdnsd-ctl server", an existing server status thread
+	is signaled or a new server status thread is spawned if the old one has
+	exited. This has the effect that a "pdnsd-ctl server label retest"
+	command will now return immediately without waiting for the tests to
+	finish.
+
+2005-06-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c,src/servers.c,src/servers.h
+	At the request of Al-Junaid Walker I have added a new configuration
+	option for the uptest interval. With "interval=ontimeout" the server is
+	not tested at startup/reconfig, or at regular intervals, but only after
+	a DNS query to a server times out. However, once a server is declared
+	dead it is never considered again unless it is revived using a
+	"pdnsd-ctl config" or "pdnsd-ctl server" command.
+
+2005-06-19  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/servers.c,src/dns_query.c,src/icmp.c
+	During an uptest the server configuration data is locked. Especially
+	with ping or query uptests of unresponsive servers this means that the
+	execution of "pdnsd-ctl config" or "pdnsd-ctl server" commands can be
+	delayed for a long time (or even time out). I have made modifications
+	that allow a "pdnsd-ctl config" or "pdnsd-ctl server" commands to
+	interrupt pending uptests to allow these commands to proceed without
+	delay in most cases.
+
+	* src/thread.h
+	Use the POSIX sigaction() instead of signal() to install signal handlers.
+
+2005-06-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+	I have defined a struct dns_msg_t that includes a message length field.
+	In the case of sending a DNS message over TCP, we no longer need a
+	separate write() call to send the message length. This prevents possible
+	packet fragmentation.
+
+2005-06-07  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	The query_method=tcp_udp option only used to work with cooperative name
+	servers, i.e. servers that either send back a TCP reply or explicitly
+	refuse the TCP connection request. This wasn't sufficiently satisfactory
+	in practice, because some name servers are completely unresponsive to TCP
+	connection requests. I have made modifications to allow pdnsd to try UDP
+	queries in case TCP connections time out. When a short server timeout is
+	combined with a global timeout that is at least twice as long, this may
+	allow a query to a name server that only responds to UDP queries to
+	succeed with query_method=tcp_udp.
+
+2005-04-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/hash.c,src/conff.c,src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	The "pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" command now accepts additional arguments;
+	these are interpreted as include/exclude names. During execution of the
+	command the name of each cache entry is matched against the names in the
+	include/exclude list. If the name ends in a name to be included, the
+	cache entry is deleted, otherwise not.
+	This feature was added at the request of Joshua Coombs.
+
+2005-04-19  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/hash.c
+	pdnsd will now (temporarily) unlock the cache between emptying hash
+	buckets, this should allow pdnsd to remain responsive while executing
+	the "pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" command. However, this only applies to DNS
+	queries; pdnsd will not accept any new pdnsd-ctl commands while a
+	pdnsd-ctl command is still running.
+
+2005-03-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in, src/hash.h
+	I have added a new configure option --with-hash-buckets=...
+	This makes it possible to specify a different number of
+	hash buckets without editing the source files.
+
+2005-03-17  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/error.c
+	When running in both daemon and debug mode, print warning and
+	error messages to debug file as well as the syslog.
+
+2005-03-15  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Only call pthread_setspecific() in debug mode, because
+	pthread_getspecific() is also only used in debug mode.
+	If pthread_setspecific() fails, treat this as a non-fatal error.
+
+2005-03-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in
+	On Linux systems the configure script will now try to detect automatically
+	whether the system implements the Native POSIX Thread Library, but
+	the method is not necessarily foolproof.
+
+	* src/dns.c
+	Local PTR records generated for resolving numeric IPv6 addresses back into
+	names, are now based on ip6.arpa instead of ip6.int, because the latter domain
+	will be phased out eventually.
+
+2005-03-06  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* Makefile.am,src/cache.c
+	Create an empty cache-file at install time and don't complain about empty
+	cache files at start up.
+
+2005-02-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* acconfig.h,configure.in,src/conf-parser.c,src/conff.h,src/dns.h,
+	  src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/error.h,src/helpers.h,src/icmp.c,
+	  src/ipvers.h
+
+	I have applied some changes to the code proposed by Rodney Brown to improve
+	portability. In particular, pdnsd should now compile on the Darwin platform
+	(Apple Mac OS X).
+	To support some of these changes, the source package is now built with a
+	slightly more modern version of autoconf (2.57) and automake (1.6.3).
+
+2005-01-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+
+	I have added some extra debug code to make it easier to discover the
+	reason that pdnsd considers a query or reply malformed (format error).
+
+2005-01-12  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+
+	I have extended some debug code contributed by Kiyo Kelvin Lee to dump
+	the data received by pdnsd in debug mode (queries from clients, replies
+	from name servers). Because this will give very verbose debug output,
+	I've arranged it so that this data dump only occurs if pdnsd has been
+	configured and compiled with --with-debug=9 and pdnsd has been called
+	with -v9.
+
+	Additionally, in the case that pdnsd rejects a reply from a name server
+	because it is not well formed, I have refined the debug messages to
+	distinguish between format errors due to unexpected truncation and
+	others kinds of format errors.
+
+2004-10-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/rr_types.c
+	I have included some changes proposed by Joseph Pecquet to address
+	the compilation problems reported by FreeBSD users.
+
+2004-10-18  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* acconfig.h,configure.in,src/helpers.c,src/helpers.h,src/dns.h
+	I have merged a patch for CYGWIN support by Kiyo Kelvin Lee into
+	my version of the code.
+
+2004-10-15  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Invalidating local records with the pdnsd-ctl did not work the way the
+	documentation described. An invalidated local record would be always be
+	purged at the next lookup, thus invalidation would practically have the
+	same effect as deletion. An invalidated local record is of no use at all and
+	would occupy space until it is purged during a lookup (but not by purge_cache).
+	The function invalidate_record() now behaves as the documentation describes, i.e.
+	invalidation of local records has no effect.
+
+2004-09-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf.5.in
+	A new man page describing the format of the pdnsd config file has been
+	added to the pdnsd package. I've used a customized Perl script to generate
+	one automatically from the html documentation.
+
+2004-09-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/hash.c
+	The cache entries in a hash chain are now stored in order of increasing long hash
+	value. The advantage is that if an name is looked up that is not present in the
+	cache, this can be done by comparing with only half (on average) of the number
+	of entries in the hash chain. Not a huge speed up, but still worth while, I think.
+	Additionally, the number of hash computations for each add_cache() call has
+	been halved.
+
+2004-09-11  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	insert_rrl() will no longer add local records to the rr_l list, because
+	purge_cache() ignores them anyway.
+
+2004-09-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.h,src/cache.c,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_answer.c,src/conf-parser.c
+	I've started using GETINT16,GETINT32,PUTINT16,PUTINT32 macros, which are based
+	on the NS_GET/NS_PUT macros that can be found in the BIND source, instead of memcpy
+	for fetching and storing non-aligned integer data.
+
+2004-09-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	New pdnsd-ctl command: "pdnsd-ctl dump" will print information about all the
+	entries contained in the cache.
+	"pdnsd-ctl dump <name>" will only print entries belonging to <name>.
+	The data fields of the more common rr-types will be printed in human readable
+	form, the remaining ones in a hexadecimal representation.
+	With thanks to Dan Jacobson for suggesting this feature.
+
+2004-08-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	At the suggestion of Dan Tihelka, I have expanded to the server_ip= option
+	to allow the name of an interface to be specified instead of an IP address.
+	pdnsd will not bind to the interface name, but will lookup the address the
+	interface has at start up, and listen on that address. If the address
+	of the interface changes while pdnsd is running, pdnsd will not notice that.
+
+2004-08-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/cache.c
+	I've reversed the meaning of the CF_NOAUTH and renamed it CF_AUTH.
+	I've also added a domain level flag DF_AUTH, which is used to
+	mark cache entries obtained from authoritave replies in response to
+	a query of type * (all)..
+
+2004-08-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've changed the format of the cache file. A typical cache entry has empty
+	sets for most RR types (even more if DNS_NEW_RRS is defined). In the old
+	format, each empty RR set was represented by a zero byte.
+	In the new format only non-empty sets are respresented, leading
+	to a (modest) reduction is size.
+
+2004-08-28  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	New option for "rr" sections in the config file: reverse=on/off.
+	If you want a locally defined name to resolve to a numeric address and vice
+	versa, you can now achieve this by setting reverse=on before defining the
+	A record, making it unnecessary to define a seperate PTR record for the reverse
+	resolving.
+
+2004-08-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/cache.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/dns_query.c
+	At the request of Daniel Black, I have added support for defining local wildcard records
+	in pdnsd. The only type supported presently is records beginning with '*.'.
+
+2004-08-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/hash.c,src/cache.c,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	Sampo Lehtinen has remarked that pdnsd sometimes failed to resolve classless
+	reversed-delegated IP addresses, and that this has something to do with the fact
+	that pdnsd did not accept '/' characters in domain names. After reading Sampo's
+	and Thomas' remarks, and also rfc2317 and some of the rfc's referenced in rfc2317,
+	I decided pdnsd should place no restrictions at all on the types of characters it
+	allows in domain names, only on the lengths of the byte sequences.
+	This led me to make some quite extensive internal changes to pdnsd. Among other
+	things domain names are now stored in transport format (sequences of bytes preceded
+	by length bytes) instead of C strings. This is also more efficient because there
+	is no need any more to convert from one representation to the other, except when
+	reading the config file, interacting with pdnsd-ctl or running in debug mode.
+	Conversion between the two representations isn't always possible, though.
+	For example, domain names in transport format might contain non-printable characters.
+	These are now printed as escape sequences (three octal digits preceded by a back slash).
+	Presently there are still restrictions on the characters in the domain names that can
+	be defined in local records. I doubt this will ever be considered a problem.
+
+2004-08-02  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	The code for handling NXT records was flawed. A response from a remote server
+	containing NXT records (even well-formed ones) could cause pdnsd to crash.
+	The code for handling NAPTR records contained incorrect PDNSD_ASSERT statements,
+	which could cause pdnsd to abort unnecessarily.
+
+2004-07-25  Paul A. Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/list.h,src/list.c,src/dns.c,src/dns_query,src/dns_answer.c
+	I've noticed that some of the (dynamic) arrays that pdnsd uses are quite sparse.
+	Instead of using an array structure with elements that are large enough to contain
+	the largest possible domain name, I've implemented a "list" data structure that
+	is more compact. The elements of a list can only be accessed sequentially from
+	beginning to end, but it allows more efficient memory use in case the names are
+	significantly shorter that the maximum.
+
+2004-07-22  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c
+	I've expanded pdnsd's configuration options by adding support in pdnsd for reading
+	/etc/resolv.conf style files. Instead of specifying IP addresses in a server section,
+	the option "file=<filename>" can be used.
+	The IP addresses in the lines beginning with "nameserver" will be added to
+	the list of address for that section, the remaining lines will be ignored.
+	To avoid the possibility that pdnsd will query itself, local addresses are skipped
+	(unless pdnsd is configured to listen on a different port number).
+
+2004-07-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/cache.c,src/dns_query.c,src/conf-parser.c
+	New option for "server" sections in the config file: root_server=on/off.
+	In case a server section contains only addresses of root servers, which
+	usually only give the nameservers of top level domains in their reply,
+	setting root_server=on will enable certain optimizations. This involves using
+	cached information to reduce queries to the root servers, thus speeding up
+	the resolving of new names. This option is also necessary to make the
+	delegation_only option work in combination with root servers.
+
+2004-07-16  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	New pdnsd-ctl command: "pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" will make pdnsd delete its entire
+	cache, freeing all entries. This is useful for debugging purposes, or in situations
+	where you suspect that stale cache entries are causing you problems, but you are not
+	sure which ones.
+
+2004-07-11  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/dns_query.c
+	I've removed the use of the function add_cache_rr_add(), which was used to
+	add additional RR records to the cache one at a time. I've changed the code
+	in dns_query.c such that additional (or off-topic) records are first collected
+	in arrays of dns_cent_t structures, and then added to the cache using add_cache().
+	With this approach only one function, viz. add_cache(), is used for adding
+	new entries to the cache, which I believe leads to a cleaner programming
+	interface. Added benefit is that query serial numbers are no longer
+	necessary.
+
+2004-07-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/cache.c,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	I've added two new field to the dns_cent_t struct, namely c_ns and c_soa.
+	These will be used to remember references to NS and SOA records in the authority
+	sections of replies from remote name servers.
+	This information can be used by pdnsd to fill in the authority section of its
+	own reply.
+
+2004-06-25  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c,src/servers.c,src/consts.c
+	I've added an new server availability test which can be selected with "uptest=query".
+	This can be useful as an alternative to "uptest=ping" in case the remote server does not
+	respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all, which unfortunately is quite common these days.
+	"uptest=query" causes pdnsd to send an empty query to remote nameservers. Any well-formed
+	response (apart from SERVFAIL) within the timeout period will be interpreted as a sign that the
+	server is "up".
+	In a sense this new availability test can actually be considered more reliable than the
+	other ones that pdnsd supports.
+	With thanks to Juliusz Chroboczek for suggesting this feature.
+
+2004-06-24  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c
+	Don't use getpwnam() while we are multi-threaded, because it returns a pointer to
+	a statically allocated structure. I will use getpwnam_r() instead, which is thread
+	safe. Unfortunately there seem to be some portability problems with getpwnam_r().
+	For those platforms that lack getpwnam_r(), I will keep the old code with getpwnam()
+	as an alternative.
+
+2004-06-23  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/servers.c
+	Check that the number of IP addresses in a server section is nonzero before
+	testing servers for availability. Otherwise pdnsd could crash in debug mode.
+
+2004-06-21  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conff.c,src/conf-parser.c,src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	New pdnsd-ctl command: "pdnsd-ctl config" will make pdnsd re-load its configuration file.
+	In most cases (but there are still some exceptions) this is preferable
+	to restarting pdnsd after making changes to the configuration file.
+	An important advantage is that there should be no perceptible interruption in the dns service
+	when using the reload command.
+	An alternative config file can be specified with "pdnsd-ctl config <filename>".
+
+2004-05-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/dns_query.h
+	I've made an adjustment to p_recursive_query() and related functions, so that
+	when pdnsd chases name servers in pursuit of authoritative records, it avoids
+	all the name servers already queried for the same name in the recursive calling
+	chain, not just the servers most recently used.
+	Although the hops counter will already break any possible cycles, this will
+	allow pdnsd to detect pathological cycles earlier and waste less resources.
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	In add_cache(), don't add empty entries to the cache. Empty cache entries
+	waste memory and are more persistent than non-empty ones, because purge_cache()
+	cannot get rid of them.
+
+2004-05-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/icmp.c,src/netdev.c
+	I've removed the calls to getprotobyname() and used the constants IPPROTO_TCP
+	and IPPROTO_UDP instead. First of all, it doesn't seem very efficient to call
+	a function repeatedly to look up the same well-known protocol numbers.
+	More importantly, getprotobyname() stores its results in a statically-allocated
+	structure and thus cannot be considered thread safe. (getprotobyname_r()
+	is thread safe, but is not portable.)
+
+2004-05-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	I've noticed that when pdnsd is restarted shortly after it has answered a TCP
+	query, it is often not able to bind to the TCP socket again, resulting in a
+	disabled TCP server thread. The solution appears to be to set the SO_REUSEADDR
+	socket option before binding the socket. This allows you to use the same port even
+	if it is busy (in the TIME_WAIT state).
+	I found the code for this in a patch file from an old Debian package.
+
+2004-05-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Joseph Pecquet has reported that version 1.1.11 does not compile under FreeBSD v4.x
+	because the macro ENONET is undefined. I've bypassed the problem by surrounding
+	the case line using this value with conditional preprocessor directives.
+
+2004-05-08  Paul  Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd
+	I've included a Slackware start-up script contributed by Nikola Kotur.
+
+2004-05-05  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.8
+	I'm very grateful to Mahesh T. Pai for contributing a pdnsd man page,
+	which was still missing up till now.
+
+2004-04-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/servers.c,src/dns_query.c
+	After considering some suggestions made by Juliusz Chroboczek I have made the
+	following changes:
+
+	- After receiving a reply from a remote server mark the server up and update the
+	timestamp so that pdnsd doesn't bother testing this server for availability for a
+	while.
+	- After detecting an error with an send/recv call that indicates a server is
+	unavailable, mark a server down so that pdnsd doesn't bother testing this server
+	for a while.
+	- After server timeouts, uptests are never performed by a query/answer thread,
+	because this may delay the sending of an answer to the client. Instead the
+	timestamp of a server that needs to be tested for availability is set to zero and
+	a condition signal is sent to alert the server status thread, which will carry out
+	the test. Unresponsive servers with uptest=ping will not be marked down
+	immediately any more, but only after the ping test has definitely failed.
+
+	* src/error.c,src/error.h
+	I've moved most of the code previously contained in the DEBUG_MSG macro to a new
+	function debug_msg().
+	The DEBUG_MSG macro now simply expands to "if(debug_p) debug_msg();".
+	This should make the executable a little smaller, and be just as fast when
+	debugging is off. The DEBUG_MSG macro still expands to nothing if pdnsd is built
+	without debugging support.
+
+2004-04-28  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.h,src/dns_query.c
+	I've tried to simplify the finite state machine used for processing parallel
+	queries, by merging the "state" and "nstate" variables used by p_exec_query() and
+	p_query_sm() resp. into one "state" variable.
+	By introducing an extra field "iolen" to keep track of the number of bytes read
+	from or written to a socket, I could also reduce the number of states for TCP
+	queries. The new code has the additional advantage that it can handle situations
+	that require multiple read() calls to receive a response.
+
+2004-04-14  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	I've added an extra check comparing the number if poll/select events actually
+	handled to the return value of poll/select. This should reduce the chance that
+	pdnsd will get caught in a busy spin due to unknown remaining bugs. An error
+	message is logged and an error code is returned when this comparison fails.
+
+2004-04-13  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.h,src/dns_query.c
+	I got rid of the event field in the query_stat_t struct.
+	I think it is redundant, because its value can be quite simply derived from
+	the nstate field.
+
+2004-04-12  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	I appears there was flaw in the code for handling a "Not Implemented" response
+	from a remote server with the RA (recursion available) bit equal to zero. This
+	could cause pdnsd to get into a busy spin. I traced the flaw back to Thomas
+	Moestl's code, so it must be in all the versions of pdnsd I know of. In previous
+	versions of pdnsd the busy spin would eventually time out. Due to some recent
+	changes the loop would no longer time out, making the bug more noticeable.
+	With thanks to Nicolas George for reporting the bug.
+
+	I also discovered a closely related flaw that would cause pdnsd to poll() closed
+	file descriptors. It usually works out OK in practice, but it is definitively not
+	the correct way to do it.
+
+	Additionally, I discovered some opportunities to save memory, e.g. by replacing
+	the nsname buffer in the query_stat_t struct by a pointer to an already existing
+	copy of a name.
+
+2004-04-10  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Nicolas George remarked that he thought it was strange that subdomains of domains
+	negated with "neg" sections in the config file were not also negated. I thought that
+	he had a point, and I've implemented a change so that negating example.com will
+	now also negate www.example.com, xxx.adserver.example.com, etc.
+
+2004-04-09  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/error.c,src/error.h
+	I noticed that the code for the log_warn() and log_error() functions was almost
+	identical, even to the point that log_warn() called syslog() with LOG_ERR
+	priority. I've merged these two functions into one log_message() function.
+
+2004-04-08  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c,src/conf-parser.c
+	The -4 and -6 command-line options should now work as advertised.
+	This wasn't entirely trivial. The rule is that options on the command line
+	override those in the configuration file. The easiest way to implement this is to
+	process the command-line options after reading the configuration file. But this
+	doesn't work for the -4 and -6 options, because the run_ipv4 flag determines how
+	IP addresses in the config file are parsed. I've inserted some extra tests and
+	warning messages that will hopefully make this setting nearly foolproof.
+
+	I've added two new command-line options, "-a" and "-i <prefix>".
+	With the -a flag pdnsd will try to detect automatically if IPv6 support is
+	available on a system, and fall back to IPv4 if not. The -a flag can be used
+	instead of -4 or -6.
+
+	In IPv6 mode, pdnsd will now automatically convert IPv4 addresses to IPv6-mapped
+	addresses. The -i option can be used to specify a prefix for this mapping. The
+	default is ::ffff.0.0.0.0
+	There is also a corresponding ipv4_6_prefix= option for the config file.
+
+	In IPv4 mode, if IPv6 support is compiled in, pdnsd will now skip IPv6 addresses
+	in the config file (except for the server_ip and ping_ip options) with a warning
+	message. This allows you to have mixed sets of IPv4 and IPv6 address in the same
+	config file, although in IPv4 mode some server sections may become inactive.
+
+	With thanks to Juliusz Chroboczek for suggesting these changes.
+
+2004-04-07  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've changed some of the cache-flag definitions to make debugging a little simpler.
+	Unfortunately, this makes the cache files of previous pdnsd versions incompatible
+	with the new one. I've introduced a cache version identifier to be added at the
+	beginning of each cache file. This enables pdnsd to recognize and discard
+	incompatible cache files.
+
+2004-04-05  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.h,src/cache.c
+	I've changed the way CACHE_LAT (cache latency, normally 120 secs) is used to
+	determine whether a cache entry has timed out. Instead of simply adding it to the
+	ttl (time to live), I use CACHE_LAT if the ttl is less then CACHE_LAT, else the
+	ttl itself, making CACHE_LAT the minimum ammount of time a cache entry stays in
+	the cache.
+
+2004-04-02  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	I've introduced a global timeout parameter. This is the minimum period of time
+	pdnsd will wait after sending the first query to a remote server before giving
+	up without having received a reply.
+	The timeout options in the configuration file are now only minimum timeout intervals.
+	Setting the global timeout option makes it possible to specify quite short timeout
+	intervals in the server sections. This will have the effect that pdnsd will start
+	querying additional servers fairly quickly if the first servers are slow to respond
+	(but will still continue to listen for responses from the first ones).
+	This may allow pdnsd to get an answer more quickly in certain situations.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	When receiving a NXDOMAIN (unknown domain) response from a remote name server,
+	I think it is still useful to process the authority and additional sections,
+	so that pdnsd can possibly add a SOA record to its own response.
+
+2004-04-01  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	In p_recursive_query(), I've slightly changed the way pdnsd does parallel
+	queries. Active queries or not canceled until we have received a useful response
+	from a remote name server, or all the queries have failed or timed out.
+	Thus the par_queries parameter is no longer the maximum number of parallel
+	queries, but rather the increment with which the number of parallel queries is
+	increased when the previous set has timed out.
+	In the worst case all the servers in the list of available servers will be queried
+	simultaneously. We may be wasting more system resources this way, but the advantage
+	is that we have a greater chance of catching a reply.
+	After all, if we wait longer anyway, why not for more servers.
+
+2004-03-31  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	I've noticed that in compose_answer() that while adding the name in the query
+	section it was not passed through compress_name(). While it is true that the
+	first name occurrence cannot be compressed, it is still sensible to process the
+	query name with compress_name() so that the offset can be stored and provide
+	additional opportunities for future compressions.
+	I've tested this with dig and the responses of pdnsd are now usually a little
+	smaller	in size or can hold more information within the 512 byte limit.
+
+2004-03-30  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've noticed that pdnsd stored rr records (of the same type) in reverse order
+	in the cache.
+	Although I don't see anything inherently wrong with that, I think it's neater to
+	store them in the order they are processed.
+
+2004-03-29  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've rearranged the order of the arguments of some of the functions in cache.c
+	to obtain a more consistent calling interface.
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	I've noticed that pdnsd would only add NS records to an authority section if it could
+	find such records matching the queried name (or the last CNAME in the answer) exactly.
+	However, I understand that a server should try to give NS records as close as possible
+	to the target name in the naming hierarchy.
+	I also understand that if a domain name is reported as nonexisting, or no record of
+	the requested type exists, it is customary to provide a SOA record, searching up the
+	name hierarchy if necessary.
+	I've tried to implement this in compose_answer(), although with some limitations.
+	I only look in the cache, I don't search more then three levels up, and stop before
+	the top level.
+
+2004-03-28  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	There were some issues with add_cache_rr_add().
+
+	First of all, the way it was used in rr_to_cache() (or rather not used) meant
+	that if an "off topic" record was added for a name that lacked an entry in the
+	cache, the rr set would be created with an incorrect serial number (namely zero).
+	I've rewritten add_cache_rr_add so that it can create new cache entries if necessary.
+	This simplifies the code in rr_to_cache() and ensures correct serial numbers.
+
+	Secondly, in add_cache_rr_add() the ttl was compared with that of an existing rrset
+	without adjusting for the min_ttl and max_ttl options. This could lead to all the
+	previous records being deleted, retaining only the last one.
+
+2004-03-27  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	In compose_answer(), if the rd (recursion desired) bit is set in the query
+	and the response contains a CNAME record (while a different type of record was
+	requested), always do a recursive query on the CNAME, even if we have already
+	added a record of the requested type to the response.
+	Failing to honor the rd bit will cause some resolver libraries to complain,
+	even if the answer contains a record of the requested type.
+
+	I've slightly changed the calling interfaces of add_to_response() and add_rrset()
+	to make them more consistent and efficient.
+
+	In add_rrset() I've fixed a memory leak on one of the error paths.
+
+	In add_additional_rr(), the return value of add_rr() was not checked.
+	If add_rr() fails, it will free *ans, and functions higher up the calling
+	chain could be referencing freed memory.
+
+	I've fixed a potential referencing of freed memory or double freeing in add_additional_a().
+	If a call of add_additional_rr() fails, it will free *ans.
+	Previously, add_additional_rr() could be called a second time, in which case
+	the second call would be referencing freed memory or freeing it a second time..
+
+2004-03-23  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* configure.in, src/Makefile.in,src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.in,src/test/Makefile.in
+	Frédéric L. W. Meunier has reported that configure --srcdir option (for building
+	in directory separate from the source directory) was broken.
+	Should be fixed now.
+
+2004-03-20  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/helpers.c,src/icmp.c,src/main.c,src/netdev.c,src/ipvers.h,src/test/if_up.c,src/test/is_local_addr.c,src/test/tping.c,src/test/random.c,src/conf-parser.c
+	I've eliminated the global variable run_ipv6 from the code.
+	Enabling both the IPv4 and IPv6 protocols at the same time is not supported
+	in pdnsd, so the value of run_ipv6 (if it is defined) is simply !run_ipv4.
+
+	* src/dns.c,src/test/is_local_addr.c,src/test/tping.c
+	It appears the option to compile pdnsd without IPv4 support (i.e. only IPv6
+	support) was broken. Should be fixed now.
+
+2004-03-19  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've discovered an incorrect use of cache locks in lookup_cache().
+	We only read locks in place, it is possible for purge_cent() to delete a cache
+	entry while another thread is trying to read it at the same time, which could
+	lead to	trouble. I've rewritten purge_cent() so that it can be used to test
+	whether something needs to be purged without actually deleting anything.
+	If something needs to be deleted, purge_cent() will be called again with
+	the proper read/write locks in place, excluding access to the cache for all
+	other threads.
+
+2004-03-18  Paul Rombouts  p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	I've added a new function sort_rrl() for sorting the rr_l list using a merge-sort
+	algorithm. Usually the insertion sort used by insert_rrl() is good enough, because
+	new entries belong near the end most of the time. Reading entries from disk forms
+	an exception, though, because the rrsets in the file are completely out of order
+	w.r.t. timestamps, leading to quadratic time complexity of the insertion sort method.
+	In that case it should be faster to simply append items at the end of the rr_l list
+	and sort using a more efficient algorithm afterwords.
+	pdnsd now seems to start up noticeably faster when reading large cache files.
+	I've also considered using a more sophisticated data structure than a doubly linked
+	list, but this will add considerable complexity to the code and use more memory.
+
+2004-03-13  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Changed a declaration in udp_answer_thread() so that the buffer used for passing
+	control messages on to sendmsg() is exactly the right size, instead of an arbitrary
+	512 bytes.
+	Also initialized the msg_flags of the struct msghdr passed on to sendmsg() to zero,
+	to keep Valgrind from complaining about uninitialized bytes.
+
+2004-03-12  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/icmp.c
+	Fixed an incorrect call to select() in ping4(). A file descriptor set for detecting
+	exceptions was initialized but not passed on to select(). This would lead subsequent
+	code always to behave as if an IO exception had occurred.
+	Valgrind seems to indicate that when a poll() call times out and returns 0,
+	the revents field of the struct pollfd is not necessarily set.
+	I've changed the code to check that the return value is > 0 before examining the
+	revents field.
+
+2004-02-06  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parser.c,src/conf-parser.h,src/conf-keywords.h
+	I've rewritten the parser for the configuration file in C from scratch.
+	(f)lex and yacc/bison are no longer needed to build pdnsd.
+
+2004-01-16  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c
+	Load the cache from disk without locking cache access because pdnsd
+	is still single-threaded at that point.
+
+2004-01-15  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/hash.c
+	Moved the responsibility for freeing the cache entries referred by
+	the hash buckets from destroy_cache() to free_dns_hash() (which is called
+	by destroy_cache()). Previously, the cache and hash tables were already
+	completely destroyed by the time free_dns_hash() was called, and there was
+	nothing left for free_dns_hash() to free.
+
+2004-01-14  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/hash.c,src/make_hashconvtable.c
+	The hash conversion table is now generated at build time instead
+	of at run time when pdnsd is started up.
+
+2004-01-13  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c
+	In add_host() fixed incorrect generation of IPV6 type of name for PTR record
+	due to use of && instead of & as masking operator.
+
+2004-01-13  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/icmp.c, src/dns_answer.c
+	Use unsigned long instead of int error counters to reduce the danger
+	of wraparound.
+
+2004-01-06  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c,src/thread.c,src/thread.h,src/server.c,src/status.c,src/dns_answer.c
+	Initialize a global thread attribute object in main.c and use it to create all the detached
+	threads, instead of initializing a separate attribute object for each new thread.
+
+2004-01-06  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Check the return value of pthread_create() in udp_server_thread()
+	and tcp_server_thread() to ensure that a new answer thread has actually
+	been created and free resources if not.
+
+2004-01-04  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c,src/cache.c,src/conff.c,src/status.c
+	Stop writing to control socket after an error has been detected.
+
+2004-01-03  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Tried to make the error messages of pdnsd-ctl more helpful.
+	The complete usage description is now only printed if the 'help' command
+	is used. For problems with other commands a much shorter message is generated
+	specific for that command.
+
+2004-01-02  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.h
+	Changed the definition of rhnlen(). For valid data this will make no difference,
+	but it may change the behaviour of pdnsd in certain error situations.
+
+2004-01-02  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c
+	Optimized compress_name() some more.
+
+2004-01-02  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Additional code cleanup in compose_answer().
+
+2004-01-01  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* doc/pdnsd-ctl.8
+	Updated the pdnsd-ctl man page.
+
+2003-12-31  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Cleaned up some code.
+
+2003-12-31  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c,src/conff.h,src/conff.c
+	Some further code cleanup in status.c.
+	Labels for server sections are no longer limited to 32 chars,
+	but can have arbitrary length. The string that is used to specify
+	new DNS-addresses with the "pdnsd-ctl server" command can now also
+	have arbitrary length.
+
+2003-12-30  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* doc/html/doc.html
+	Added information about CNAME and MX resource records, that were
+	previously undocumented.
+
+2003-12-26  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Removed the function p_dns_resolve_from(). This function was essentially
+	a call to p_recursive_query() with a dummy nocache argument.
+	p_recursive_query() can now be called with nocache=NULL instead.
+
+2003-12-26  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Using a variable length array instead of an malloced buffer to hold the struct pollfd array
+	in p_recursive_query(). This has the potential for causing portability problems, but I
+	think that's unlikely because almost all the major C compilers I work with support variable
+	length arrays nowadays.
+
+2003-10-18  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.h,src/helpers.c
+	Fixed a mistake that caused a compile error when using the --with-random-device
+	configuration option.
+	Thanks to Daniel Black for reporting this bug.
+
+2003-10-02  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* conf-lex.l.in,src/conf-parse.y,src/conff.h,src/conff.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Made the "delegation_only" feature configurable.
+
+2003-09-25  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c,src/helpers.h
+	Added alternative implementations of strdup, strndup, stpcpy, getline and asprintf
+	in an effort to make the code more portable.
+
+2003-09-22  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c,src/conf-parse.y
+	Made some changes to the parser of the configuration file so that domain names
+	missing a dot at the end will be tolerated.
+
+2003-09-21  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Implemented a first version of the "delegation-only" feature.
+	It has been "hard-coded" to work for "com" and "net" zones,
+	and is not yet configurable.
+
+2003-09-21  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c
+	Rewrote domain_match(). Also changed the way it is used.
+	I believe it has a cleaner semantics now.
+
+2003-09-21  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Changed the order of the arguments of p_exec_query() and p_recursive_query()
+	to make it more consistent with the other functions.
+
+2003-09-18  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Reordered the code in process_query() so that a buffer for an error response is
+	allocated only when it is actually needed.
+
+2003-09-17  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Added parentheses to correct mistaken operator precedence assumption in cache.c.
+	!cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE is parsed as (!(cent->flags))&DF_NEGATIVE but I think
+	what Thomas Moestl must have intended was !((cent->flags)&DF_NEGATIVE).
+
+2003-09-12  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Fixed a mistake which caused the effect of the proxy_only option to be reversed.
+	Thanks to Andrew M. Bishop amb@gedanken.demon.co.uk for reporting this bug.
+
+2003-09-11  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c
+	Rewrote str2rhn() and rhn2str().
+
+2003-09-10  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns.c
+	Rewrote read_hosts(), the function that reads /etc/hosts-style input.
+	I believe the parsing algorithm is more robust now.
+
+2003-09-09  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/status.c,src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
+	Fixed a bug (my fault) that caused improper passing on of flags for the
+	pdnsd-ctl source command.
+	Also reordered some of the code, so that data is validated after all of it
+	has been read from the control socket. This should prevent a "broken pipe"
+	error message if data validation fails.
+	Also fixed the reporting of success or failure of the pdnsd-ctl "neg" command.
+
+2003-09-08  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/list.c
+	Rewrote da_grow1() and da_resize() so that they automatically allocate an array
+	if given a NULL argument. This makes the use of da_create() redundant in most cases.
+
+2003-09-08  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y,src/servers.c
+	At the suggestion of Greg Norris, I changed the code to allow server sections in the
+	configuration file that don't specify any IP addresses. Such a section will remain
+	inactive until one or more IP addresses are assigned with the control utility pdnsd-ctl.
+
+2003-09-04  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Oops: in my zeal to declare variables in the smallest possible scope, I ended up
+	using a pointer to a struct that was out of scope. My understanding of compilers tells me
+	it should work out OK in practice, but it is definitely a no-no.
+	Used a union declared in a larger scope instead (which is ugly in another way,
+	but equally efficient).
+	Also removed a section of redundant code in udp_server_thread().
+
+2003-09-01  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Corrected the iteration range of a for loop in p_dns_cached_resolve(), which would
+	otherwise cause an array to be indexed out of bounds in the function set_flags_ttl().
+
+2003-08-31  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c
+	Added cleanup handlers for freeing the resources passed on to udp_answer_thread() and
+	tcp_answer_thread(). This should ensure the resources are freed even if the threads get
+	canceled.
+
+2003-08-30  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Revised large portions of code in src/cache.c, used for adding and deleting entries in
+	the cache. In particular, I rewrote purge_cache(), which I believe was incorrect.
+	I wouldn't be surprised if this was the cause of the crashed (defunct) threads that some
+	people were reporting.
+	Also fixed some memory leaks.
+
+2003-08-28  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Eliminated the overhead of allocation debugging in the case that ALLOC_DEBUG is not defined.
+
+2003-08-24  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y
+	No longer allow certain settings of the query_method option in the configuration file
+	if pdnsd is not compiled with the necessary support.
+	Thanks to Nikolaus Rath Nikolaus@rath.org for reporting the bug.
+
+2003-08-23  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/netdev.c
+	Fixed a bug in is_local_addr() where the result of fgetc(f) is restricted to type char
+	before being compared to EOF, which can result in the comparison always being false.
+	Thanks to Gerhard Tonn GerhardTonn@gammatau.de for reporting the bug.
+
+2003-07-28  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* doc/html/index.html,doc/html/doc.html,doc/html/dl.html,doc/pdnsd-ctl.8,contrib/README
+	Revised the documentation.
+
+2003-07-21  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c,src/status.c,src/icmp.c
+	Setting stat_pipe=0 after opening or binding the control socket fails.
+	This should prevent further use of the control socket if a problem with
+	it has been detected previously.
+	Also properly initialized the global variable int ping_isocket in src/icmp.c
+
+2003-07-13  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/main.c
+	Polished the code in main().
+
+2003-07-04  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/helpers.c,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c
+	Eliminated the use of inet_ntoa() in favor of the more modern inet_ntop().
+	inet_ntop() makes more sense in threaded code and is also recommended in
+	the glibc info pages.
+
+2003-07-03  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c
+	Fixed an allocation size error (not mine) in p_exec_query().
+	The erroneous size is almost always larger than necessary, so in practice this bug
+	just wastes memory. But there is also a possibility that the allocated buffer is too
+	small, which would mean trouble.
+	Also fixed two memory leaks on some of the error paths in p_exec_query().
+
+2003-06-28  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* acconfig.h,configure.in,src/thread.h
+	Extended the configuration option --with-thread-lib.
+	Configuring with --with-thread-lib=linuxthreads2 will cause the alternative
+	definition of THREAD_SIGINIT suggested by Thomas Moestl to be used.
+
+2003-06-27  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/consts.h,src/consts.c,src/conff.c,src/conf-parse.y,src/dns_answer.c
+	Added two new configuration options for policies of inclusion/exclusion lists.
+	The new policies options are "simple_only" and "fqdn_only".
+	This allows me to control to which name servers pdnsd will direct queries for
+	simple host names.
+	I also polished the code a bit in report_conf_stat(), used for reporting the current configuration.
+
+2003-06-20  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* acconfig.h,configure.in,src/thread.h,src/thread.c
+	Added a configuration option --with-thread-lib=nptl.
+	This causes the macro THREAD_SIGINIT to be defined as empty in src/thread.h,
+	and thread_sig() in src/thread.c is never used.
+
+2003-06-11  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/thread.h
+	Undid the change to the definition of THREAD_SIGINIT suggested to me by
+	Thomas Moestl, after receiving a report of a problem with this change
+	from someone running SuSE 7.0.
+
+2003-06-06  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/dns_query.c:
+	Discovered that I failed to preserve the semantics of Thomas Moestl's code
+	when I rewrote a section of code in use_server(). Fixed.
+
+2003-05-19  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c,src/conf-lex.l.in,src/conf-parse.y,src/conff.h,src/dns_answer.c,src/dns_query.c,src/servers.c:
+	Merged fixes contained in patch file sent to me by Thomas Moestl with my own version.
+	Changing the version to 1.1.8b1 as suggested by the patch file.
+
+2003-02-26  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* pdnsd-1.1.7a-par.diff:
+	Made one big patch file from all the changes I made up till now.
+	Wrote a description of the changes in a file README.par
+	Posted patch file on the web so others can use it.
+
+2003-02-24  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* src/cache.c
+	Changed the code that writes the cache to disk.
+	Data is now written strictly sequentially, eliminating the need for fseek().
+	This seems to have successfully solved the problem I had with corrupt cache files.
+
+2002-05-27  Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+
+	* ChangeLog:
+	Started experimenting with the source code.
+	Made many changes between 2002-05-27 and 2002-07-13.
+	Too lazy to maintain the ChangeLog.
+
+2002-01-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: Call it 1.1.7.
+
+2002-01-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Comment and debug message fixes, more assertions.
+
+2002-01-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	More harmless fixes, correct some comments and debug messages, add more
+	assertions.
+
+	* NEWS, version: 1.1.7p2, correct NEWS entry.
+
+	* src/helpers.c:
+	Make sure the calling thread of pdnsd_exit() terminates immediately.
+
+2002-01-02  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/helpers.c, src/icmp.c:
+	Fix a few more harmless bugs, more paranoia.
+
+	* src/status.c: Fix yet more, probably harmless, problems.
+
+2002-01-01  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Fix a few more possible buffer size problems, and add a bunch of
+	assertions as last lines of defence.
+
+2001-12-30  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.c: Build fix (include error.h).
+
+	* NEWS, version: Call it 1.1.7p1, and add a NEWS entry.
+
+	* TODO: Reduce TODO to what actually is still needed.
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/error.h, src/helpers.c:
+	Add a bunch of robustness PDNSD_ASSERT()'s.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c:
+	Fix a bug which may possibly be remotely exploitable to gain access as
+	the user pdnsd runs as.
+	This was caused by a dumb single-character mistake :(
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am, configure.in:
+	Avoid confusing automake 1.5 by not putting a comment into a make rule.
+	Fix CONFDIR passing.
+
+	Submitted by:	GoTaR gotar@poczta.onet.pl
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c:
+	Avoid crashing when the buffer contents received using the status command
+	are not terminated.
+
+2001-10-14  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in, THANKS:
+	Fix the stop case for the SuSE rc script: killproc requires the full
+	path of the binary as argument (reported by Bernhard Pelz).
+
+2001-09-23  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* configure.in:
+	Revamp the OS autodetect test. OpenBSD and (hopefully) NetBSD are no longer
+	unsupported.
+
+	* src/helpers.c, THANKS:
+	Do not try to use arc4random when compiling for NetBSD (submitted by
+	Thomas Stromberg).
+
+2001-09-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* COPYING.BSD: s/REGENTS/AUTHOR/ in one place.
+
+	* src/cache.c:
+	It is possible no record of the requested type is present after calling
+	cr_add_cent_rr_int() (when the record was marked as being local), so
+	check before dereferencing the pointer to the respective rrset.
+	Leave the record unmodified when cr_check_add() returns 0.x
+
+2001-07-26  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in:
+	Add a workaround for @sysconfdir@ substitutions containing ${prefix}.
+	Spotted by Robert Linden.
+
+2001-07-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in:
+	Add a condrestart handler to the Red Hat rc script, and do some general
+	cleanup. Contributed by Christian Engstler.
+
+2001-07-02  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/error.h:
+	Attempt to detect a gcc that cannot yet handle ANSI variadic macros,
+	and work around this by using the old GCC-style variant.
+
+	* src/conff.c:
+	Remove a + at the start of a line that got in when merging a diff by
+	hand.
+
+	* src/servers.c: waitpid() returns a pid_t.
+
+	* src/dns.c:
+	It's sizeof, not sizof. This should unbreak the IPv6 build. Also silence
+	some warnings with appropriate casts.
+
+	* NEWS, version: Call it 1.1.6, and add a NEWS entry.
+
+2001-07-01  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_query.c, THANKS, version, AUTHORS:
+	Added a modified version of Andreas Steinmetz's code for
+	query_port_start and query_port_range, and added him to AUTHORS and
+	THANKS.
+
+2001-06-23  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c:
+	Fix a bogon: deleted would not be reset correctly in the first
+	purge_cache loop, which could cause pdnsd to loop forever when a
+	negative record was after a deleted rr.
+
+2001-06-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/list.h:
+	Add (currently unused) list macros that are going to be used in future
+	code.
+
+	* src/cache.c:
+	Fix a bogon in the rw lock code: we need to wake up a writer if there
+	are no readers. The old code was a leftover from a time when
+	SUSP_THRESH was just r_pend * x.
+	Fix a typo.
+
+2001-06-13  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* AUTHORS: Add mention of FreeBSD code to AUTHORS.
+
+	* src/netdev.c:
+	Add SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ (taken from FreeBSD: _SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ, net/if.h
+	rev. 1.58.2.1) and add an appropriate copyright notice.
+	The reason for this is that other BSDs don't have it, and we are not
+	supposed to use underscored macros in portable software.
+
+2001-06-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/icmp.c: Fix double #inclusion of <netinet/ip.h>.
+	Noticed by Sebastian Stark.
+
+2001-06-08  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, THANKS:
+	Allow underscores in the query names reported back, as the comment next
+	to the decompress_name call already indicated (but the call gave NULL
+	as the uscore parameter, which disables underscores normally).
+	Add Michael Ströder, who spotted this, to THANKS.
+
+2001-06-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/servers.c, THANKS:
+	Fix a bug discovered by Stefan Erhardt (and add him to THANKS): the
+	return value of waitpid was misinterpreted.
+
+2001-06-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* Makefile.am, file-list.base.in, version:
+	Bump version to 1.1.6p1; wire up COPYING.BSD so that it gets included
+	in RPM's and tarballs.
+
+	* COPYING.BSD:
+	Add the BSD-Style copyright notice so that it can be included in binary
+	distributions.
+
+2001-06-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c, src/status.c, NEWS, version:
+	Bump version to 1.1.5, and add a NEWS entry for this release.
+
+	Miscellaneous cleanups, mainly in the status.c code; fix a bug that
+	could cause heap corruption (rhncpy always clobbered the whole buffer,
+	but only the needed space was reserved in add_rr). This should solve
+	the crashes some people were seeing (this bug is not an exploitable
+	security hole as far as I know; the respective buffer is on the heap,
+	as mentioned).
+
+	* src/error.c:
+	Paranoia: do not use the argument to crash_msg as a format string
+	(crash_msg  is only used with constant strings, though).
+
+2001-06-02  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/error.h, src/hash.c, src/helpers.c:
+	Correct underscore handling for SRV records, and a few comment fixes.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/conff.c, src/dns_query.c, src/error.h, src/helpers.h, src/status.c:
+	Numerous non-critical argument fixes for printf-like functions.
+
+	* src/dns.c: Remove superfluous \n's.
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/dns_answer.c, src/status.c:
+	Correct some DEBUG_MSG nits, and fix two format string bugs. One of
+	them could allow users that are allowed to use pdnsd-ctl with the
+	server (when the status socket is enabled) to gain the privileges of
+	the user that runs (the run_as user or the user that started pdnsd on
+	Linux when strict_setuid is set to off) pdnsd. The status socket is
+	disabled by default, and if it is enabled, it's default permissions
+	are quite restrictive, so this isn't a problem for most.
+
+2001-05-30  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/status.c:
+	Make the status permissions actually work (missed last time).
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/main.c, src/status.c, src/status.h:
+	Move the status socket initialization to a place where it gets executed
+	before any threads are started; this way, we can use umask to set the
+	permissions, and avoid a (in this case harmless, but anyway) race
+	condition.
+	While being there, remove obsoleted comments and places referring to
+	the now-socket as fifo.
+
+2001-05-29  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c:
+	Replace a misuse of CF_LOCAL with DF_LOCAL. This had no effect, because
+	the values are the same.
+
+2001-05-22  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/hash.c, src/helpers.c, THANKS, acconfig.h, configure.in:
+	Add an option for allowing underscores (_) in domain names. This
+	violates the RFC's if enabled (which it isn't by default).
+	Thanks to Eelco Vriezekolk for an initial patch.
+
+	While being there, clean up configure.in and acconfig.c a bit.
+
+	* src/helpers.c, src/status.c:
+	Add a few comments about security implications.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c:
+	Change some occurences of strcpy to strncpy. Again, no risk here, the
+	buffer lentgh was carefully chosen, and while the data was partially of
+	remote origin, it was carefully validated before entering the cache (and
+	thus having a chance of being used by us).
+	3 occurences remain: 2 in cache.c, where we allocate a sufficient amount
+	of memory before (mimicking the non-portable strdup) and one where
+	we copy a constant and which is obviously correct.
+
+	* src/dns.c:
+	Change two occurences of strcat to strncat. Again, no risk here, the
+	buffer lentgh was carefully chosen, the data was validated and supplied
+	by the starting user.
+
+	* src/dns.c:
+	Change a sprintf to a snprintf and enlarge a buffer a bit. This is pure
+	paranoia (alrhough makes code review easier for others), because a.) the
+	lengths were carefully chosen so that no overrun could occur and
+	b.) this was locally supplied data.
+
+2001-05-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am:
+	Add a missing semicolon in  the RedHat rc Makefile.am (discovered by
+	Christian Engstler).
+
+2001-05-19  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* HACKING: Remove the mostly outdated HACKING file.
+
+	* src/debug.c:
+	Catch a corner case in the allocation debug helpers: realloc() with a
+	size of 0 is effectively a free operation. To my knowledge, this is
+	not done in the pdnsd sources, however.
+
+	* src/test/test.sh:
+	Use the correct error function, forgotten in last commit.
+
+	* src/test/clnt-test.sh, src/test/srv-test.sh, src/test/test.sh:
+	Misc small improvements in the regression test scripts, mostly
+	adding configuration variables and common error handlers.
+	Comment a little on the tests that are done in clnt-test.sh
+
+	* src/rr_types.c: Fix a typo in a comment.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/debug.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/error.h, src/hash.c, src/list.c, src/main.c, src/status.c, src/thread.c, src/thread.h:
+	New ANSI variadic debug macros (finally), which print a timestamp and
+	a thread ID now for easier debugging with many parallel queries.
+	It should be considered to make those inline functions instead. However,
+	we have the advantage that we use printf in place here and benefit
+	from parameter checking without specifying obscure function attributes.
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/.cvsignore, src/test/.cvsignore, src/rc/.cvsignore, src/rc/Debian/.cvsignore, src/rc/RedHat/.cvsignore, contrib/.cvsignore, doc/.cvsignore, src/.cvsignore, src/pdnsd-ctl/.cvsignore, .cvsignore:
+	Brush up the rotten (pre-autoconf!) .cvsignore files and add some where
+	necessary.
+
+2001-05-17  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in, configure.in, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	Red Hat rc script and RPM improvements by Christian Engstler.
+
+2001-05-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c:
+	Fix a place missed when converting rr_info.
+
+	* version: It's 1.1.4, finally.
+
+	* src/rr_types.c, version:
+	Change some class values in the rr type structure to better values.
+	Bump beta version.
+
+2001-05-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Fix a signedness bug that could cause erraneous 0 ttls to be returned.
+	Add some debug messages, and do some minor fixups.
+
+2001-05-09  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/rr_types.c:
+	Fix some bugs in the new conflict resolution code and make it more
+	complete.
+
+	* src/cache.c, version:
+	Add conflict resolution code. This needs a bit more checking, and
+	the tables might still need to be tweaked.
+	Bump version.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/Makefile.am, src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/consts.c, src/consts.h, src/debug.c, src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_answer.h, src/dns_query.c, src/dns_query.h, src/error.c, src/error.h, src/hash.c, src/hash.h, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/icmp.c, src/icmp.h, src/list.c, src/main.c, src/netdev.c, src/netdev.h, src/rr_types.c, src/rr_types.h, src/servers.c, src/servers.h, src/status.c, src/status.h, src/thread.c, src/thread.h, configure.in, version:
+	Remove the old infrastructure that theoretically could have allowed for
+	multiple cache subsystems. This ability was never used, and if it should,
+	the caching should probably be split into two layers, a higher level
+	common one and the actual caching backends.
+	src/cacheing/cache.c and src/cacheing/native/*.[ch] were repo-copied to
+	src/.
+	Substitute "conf.h" with <conf.h> for includes.
+	Purge records a little more often (when adding records, and when
+	retrieving from the cache). Handle cache_size properly when using
+	purge_cent.
+	Introduce some infrastructure in rr_types.[ch] for a record conflict
+	checker which is to be introduced shortly to enforce cache consistency
+	even in the purge_cache=off case.
+
+2001-05-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in, src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in, src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in:
+	Revert the last commit. It breaks the rc scripts by spamming them with
+	make style variable expansions.
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in, src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in, src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in, AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Fix a rc script bug spotted by Frank Elsner, and add him to AUTHORS and
+	THANKS.
+
+2001-05-01  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: Bump version to 1.1.4p2.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/status.c:
+	Fix some bogons and remove some unneeded code in the pdnsd-ctl
+	interface.
+	Fix spelling and line length bugs.
+
+2001-04-30  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/conf-parse.y, src/status.c:
+	Some corrections for the authrec config file and the pdnsd-ctl noauth
+	support.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c:
+	Fix wrong argv index (using getopt changed the indices).
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_query.c, src/status.c, THANKS, version, AUTHORS:
+	Accumulated changes that should go in before 1.1.4:
+	- merge Andrew M. Bishop's patch that adds a server label option
+	- make local records authoritative for the domain by default, and add
+	  the authrec option to change this
+	- add the auth keyword to the pdnsd-ctl source option to support that
+	- fix a bug in the conf-parse.y grammar causing a shift/reduce conflict
+	- sync up AUTHORS and THANKS: add Andrew M. Bishop, Kevin A. Burton and
+	  Michael Steinl
+	- bump version to 1.1.4p1
+
+	* src/conff.c, src/main.c:
+	Fix two small bugs: the wrong element of argv was used for the pidfile
+	option, which could cause pdnsd to segfault, and C_INCLUDED was always
+	used in slist_add, regardless of the tp parameter.
+
+	* src/helpers.c:
+	Fix a bogon discovered by Michael Steiner:  the fread() return value
+	was tested against bytes, not the number of items.
+
+	* src/hash.c, src/hash.h, src/cache.c:
+	purge_cache used to walk over the cache quite inefficiently when it was
+	called from add_cache. Add a lazy mode for purge_cache which uses the
+	rrset_l to be efficient in this special case.
+	Add some #ifdef'ed-out-by-default code to debug the hash function.
+
+2001-04-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* NEWS: Add NEWS entry for 1.1.3.
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/helpers.c, src/icmp.c, contrib/Makefile.am, contrib/README, version:
+	IPv6, ICMP and build fixes. It's 1.1.3 now!
+
+	* src/debug.c, src/debug.h: Add the new debug support files.
+
+	* src/test/clnt-test.sh, src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/error.h, src/list.c, src/list.h, src/main.c, src/status.c, src/status.h, src/Makefile.am, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.h, src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Add allocation debug support. Some small cleanups before the upcoming
+	1.1.3 release.
+
+	* src/dns_query.h, src/helpers.c, src/list.c, src/conff.c, src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Lots of small bugfixes, cleanups, style and spelling fixes.
+
+	* src/test/clnt-test.sh: Fix nc arguments.
+
+	* src/test/clnt-test.sh, src/test/srv-test.sh, src/test/test.sh:
+	Add regression test scripts.
+
+2001-04-11  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.c, src/servers.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/icmp.c, src/main.c:
+	Further cleanups and bug, style and spelling fixes.
+
+	* configure.in: Use -g again in the CFLAGS for a while.
+
+	* version: Beta version bump.
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in:
+	killproc does not seem to take the full path, but only the process name
+	(which is what one would expect).
+
+	* src/hash.c, src/netdev.c, src/rr_types.c, src/status.c, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/helpers.c:
+	Misc. smaller fixes, and fixes on the new features. Also clean up style
+	and spelling in some places.
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c:
+	Bring the glibc pthread_cleanup_push/pthread_cleanup_pop return bug
+	workaround into the main tree.
+	Without this, a return between those two macros would cause pdnsd
+	to crash on system using a glibc between 2.1.2 and 2.2.2 (and possibly
+	others). This could e.g. be cause by a TCP connect() port scan.
+
+2001-04-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c:
+	Minor fixes, direct error messages to stderr.
+
+	* src/list.c, src/list.h: Add the new list implementations.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/conf-parse.y, src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/conf-lex.l.in:
+	Introduce rhnlen and rhncpy and make use of it instead of kluged-up
+	strcpy/strlen in the appropriate places.
+	Check that incoming names contain only legal characters in
+	decompress_name, return RC_FORMAT otherwise (this would result in
+	wrong handling only, but not in a security hole).
+	Reorganzie compose_answer and make it more correct for multiple
+	questions. Get rid of the algorithm that tries to add a higher
+	level name server; this might be readded in another place somewhen.
+	Use some more da_* instead of hand-built lists.
+	Some style cleanups.
+
+	* src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am:
+	Add K45pdnsd links for rc6.d (reboot) and rc0.d (halt) following a
+	suggestion by Stas Sergeev.
+
+2001-04-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.h, src/error.h, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/main.c, src/servers.c, src/status.c, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/Makefile.am, version:
+	Bump alpha version; introduce a generic dynamic array type and make use
+	of it to ged rid of some ugly casts and redundant code.
+	Minor fixes.
+
+	* src/icmp.h, src/ipvers.h, src/conff.h, src/consts.h, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.h, src/dns_query.h, src/helpers.h:
+	Use macros without an underscore as first character to protect the
+	headers. Underscores are reserved and should not be used in the
+	application name space.
+
+	* src/error.h: Add PDNSD_ASSERT, change style a little.
+
+2001-04-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/hash.c, src/netdev.c, src/servers.c, src/helpers.c, src/icmp.c, src/main.c:
+	Another slew of small bugfixes, minor updates and small fixes.
+
+	* src/rr_types.c, src/consts.c:
+	Update rr_types.c copyright date, consts.c should have a rcsid string.
+
+	* src/rr_types.c: cvs add rr_types.c.
+
+	* src/dns.h, src/helpers.h, src/ipvers.h, src/rr_types.h, src/status.h, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.h:
+	cvs add rr_types.h that got missed before, update copyright dates,
+	remove some old config cruft, some minor fixups.
+
+	* src/conff.c, src/consts.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/error.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y:
+	Update copyright dates, fix some minor bugs. Update copyright dates.
+	cvs add missed consts.c.
+
+2001-03-28  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/hash.c, src/error.c, src/servers.c, src/dns_answer.c, version:
+	Bump version to 1.1.3p4
+	Fix some non-critical locking issues (none of them could be fatal).
+	Adjust copyright dates.
+
+	* src/hash.c: Make the hash compare case insensitive.
+
+2001-03-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* contrib/Makefile.am: Add Id tag to Makefile.am
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/icmp.c:
+	Some more type fixes overlooked in last commit.
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.h, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c:
+	More type cleanups. Use time_t for time specifications throughout, and
+	make lengths singed longs. Cast cleanup in icmp.c to fix alpha
+	unalinged access faults.
+
+	* contrib/dhcp2pdnsd, contrib/pdnsd_dhcp.pl, contrib/save_ram.pl, contrib/Makefile.am, contrib/README, configure.in, version, Makefile.am:
+	It's 1.1.3p3 now.
+	Change the contrib infrastructure: there is a Makfile.am in contrib/
+	now. Rename Marko Stolle's pdnsd_update.pl to pdnsd_dhcp.pl and bring
+	it up to date (adding the rc script and save_ram.pl).
+
+	* src/helpers.c, src/dns.c, src/dns_query.c, AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Bring in Bjoern Fischer's changes to make pdnsd conserve the case of
+	cached names, and add him to AUTHORS and THANKS.
+
+	* configure.in: The gdbm backend is discontinued.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/hash.c:
+	Cleanup and small bugfixes of the cache code (esp. locking).
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS, file-list.base.in, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	SuSE fixes by Christian Engstler.
+	Add him to AUTHORS, THANKS.
+
+2001-03-14  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_query.c:
+	Fix a bug that could cause servers that were not used in the first
+	parallel query not to be used at all (failure would be returned
+	instead).
+
+2001-03-13  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/icmp.c: Add define for ip_p equivalent on Linux.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, src/status.c, src/conf-parse.y, src/dns_answer.c, version:
+	Bump alpha version, more alignment fixes. All casts should be correct
+	now.
+
+2001-03-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Add the alpha fixes by P.J. Bostley, and add him to THANKS and AUTHORS.
+
+2001-03-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns.h, src/helpers.h:
+	Remove prototype for removed function strtolower.
+	Use unit16_t and uint32_t instead of unsinged short/long for dns
+	protocol structures.
+
+2001-02-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/status.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, AUTHORS, Makefile.am, version:
+	Add MX and CNAME for rr sections in the config file and MX setting
+	for pdnsd-ctl.
+	Typo fixes.
+
+	* src/netdev.c: Two more fixes.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.c, src/dns.c, src/main.c:
+	More small robustness fixes.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/netdev.c, src/status.c, src/status.h, src/conf-parse.y, src/helpers.c, src/main.c, configure.in, version, Makefile.am, NEWS:
+	A batch of robustness fixes. Move the status socket to the cache
+	directory. Various cleanups.
+	It's 1.3 now (hopefully to be released soon).
+
+2001-02-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/main.c, src/conf-lex.l.in:
+	Fix breakage of the -mtu option and the query_method option (the parser
+	would not recognize constants that contained underscores).
+
+2001-02-20  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* contrib/README, contrib/pdnsd_dhcp.pl, AUTHORS, Makefile.am, THANKS, file-list.base.in:
+	Add Marko Stolle's pdnsd_update.pl DHCP update script, add him to THANKS,
+	and bring a contrib/ directory in place.
+
+2001-02-15  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, configure.in, version:
+	Some minor build & misc fixes. Bump version to 1.1.2a and release a
+	version with the spec file fixes to get proper Red Hat RPM's.
+
+2001-02-09  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* NEWS: Bring NEWS up to date.
+
+	* src/icmp.c: Do not close the socket on error.
+
+	* pdnsd.spec.in: Add spec file fixes for man pages by Sourav K. Mandal
+
+2001-02-07  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: It is now 1.1.2.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/main.c, Makefile.am, THANKS:
+	Fix a too strict length checking that could cause SERVFAIL to be returned
+	when the server returned NXDOMAIN. Add Markus Storm to THANKS (he has
+	reported this bug and supplied helpful information).
+	Minor tweaking in main.c.
+	Remove emptying of GZIP_ENV in Makefile.am (this normally contains --best).
+
+2001-01-27  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Add Michael Wiedmann to AUTHORS and THANKS for his pdnsd-ctl.8 man page.
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am, doc/pdnsd-ctl.8, configure.in, Makefile.am:
+	Add the pdnsd-ctl man page contributed by Michael Wiedmann. For this to
+	build in a correct way, add doc/Makefile.am and move all doc and
+	pdnsd.conf.sample related stuff in there.
+
+2001-01-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/main.c: Removed unneeded for the non-O_NOFOLLOW case.
+
+2001-01-24  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/main.c:
+	Add a fchown and a fchmod to the new non-O_NOFOLLOW case (not yet used).
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/main.c, src/status.c: Misc small fixups.
+
+	* version: It's called 1.1.1 now.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/status.c, src/main.c:
+	Fix command line parsing. Add code to securely create pid files under
+	OSs that do not support the O_NOFOLLOW flag (those OSs are not supported
+	yet, though).
+	Fix a possible race condition in socket creation/chmod. We now create
+	a directory in /tmp (or whatever TEMPDIR was set) to hold the socket.
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/icmp.c, src/main.c, src/status.c:
+	Another slew of copyright notice upgrades.
+
+	* version, configure.in:
+	Bump beta revision, fix typo (missing $) in configure.in
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/status.c:
+	Silence BSD compile time warnings.
+
+	* configure.in:
+	Cleanup, add autoconf code for building pdnsd on FreeBSD-CURRENT with the
+	new additionally-linked libc_r.
+
+2001-01-16  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/icmp.c, version:
+	Bump beta revision, fix a comment. Also, generate ping id's using pdnsd's
+	random wrappers instead of using rand() for paranoia.
+
+2001-01-15  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/helpers.c, configure.in: Improve wording.
+
+	* src/helpers.c: Update copyright year (forgotten in last commit).
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/helpers.c, src/main.c, acconfig.h, configure.in, version:
+	Bump versions. Small fixes (move socket intitializations from
+	udp_server_thread to init_udp_sockets to prevent warning when startup
+	takes long.
+	Make arc4random an option for a query id RNG and make it the default
+	on FreeBSD.
+
+2000-12-07  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/main.c, version:
+	We are at 1.1.1p1. Removed the exec-uptest security warning printef if no
+	explicit user is given in the strict_setuid case (it is not needed there,
+	and confuses users).
+
+2000-11-28  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/helpers.c:
+	Converted cache locks to use condition vars and have lock contention
+	prevention. Added comments where not converted.
+
+2000-11-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	Added spec file patches by Bernd Leibing and added him to AUTHORS and
+	THANKS.
+
+2000-11-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am: Fixed a hopefully last SuSE rpm build bug.
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am:
+	Another one: allow rc.conf manipulation to fail for a clean
+	rpm build (SuSE only).
+
+	* file-list.base.in:
+	Last-minute fix: correct filelist for rpm build to reflect the new name
+	for the sample configuration.
+
+	* version: It's 1.1.0 now.
+
+2000-11-18  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.c, src/dns_query.c, version:
+	Fixed a condition where the cache code did not give up a lock.
+	Made the udp code use connect().
+	Some small changes.
+
+2000-11-16  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: Calling it 1.1.0b3.
+
+2000-11-15  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/test/Makefile.am, src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am, src/cache.c, src/Makefile.am, src/dns_answer.c, src/error.h, src/icmp.c, src/icmp.h, src/main.c, src/netdev.c, src/servers.c, src/thread.c, Makefile.am, configure.in, version:
+	Enabled new rr support by default (some resolvers don't seem to like not
+	supported answers - not our bug, but well).
+	Made some globals volatile to avoid being bitten by optimisations.
+
+2000-11-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* TODO, version: Called it the first beta.
+
+2000-11-11  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, doc/pdnsd.conf.in:
+	renanmed rrneg to neg in the config file.
+	Misc small fixes.
+	pdnsd-ctl record xxx inval will now also invalidate local records.
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/dns_answer.c, src/status.c, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	Added --sysconfdir=/etc as argument to configure in the spec file.
+	Implemented the new rrneg config file section.
+
+	* src/test/Makefile.am, src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am, src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/status.c, src/status.h, TODO:
+	Added the neg option to pdnsd-ctl.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/Makefile.am, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/consts.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c, src/main.c, configure.in:
+	Assorted fixes. The new features should be stabilized by now, will
+	integrate the missing few features now.
+	Also actived the tcp server by default.
+
+2000-11-07  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, src/ipvers.h, THANKS, TODO:
+	Fixed a possible memory and socket leak reported by Erich Reitz.
+	Implemented udp source address discovery for FreeBSD.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c: Part 2 of yesterdays fix.
+
+2000-11-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, version:
+	Fixed a bug reported by Erich Reitz: pdnsd could leak fd's and memory if
+	queries timed out.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/Makefile.am, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, TODO, configure.in:
+	Sorted out some bugs for the new neg cacheing.
+
+2000-11-05  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_query.c, TODO:
+	Negative cacheing support is now present, but largely untested.
+
+	* src/conff.c, TODO:
+	The output of pdnsd-ctl status is now complete with all currently
+	supported options.
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/consts.h, src/conf-lex.l.in:
+	Added the config file options for the nefative cacheing support.
+
+2000-11-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/conf-parse.y, src/dns.c, src/dns_query.c, src/status.c, version:
+	The new cache infrastructure for negative cacheing is in place.
+	Using and testing it remains.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/cache.h:
+	First changes to support negative cacheing. This should not break
+	anything, but the cache file format will be incompatible.
+
+	* src/main.c, src/dns_answer.c:
+	init_udp_socket() and init_tcp_socket() are now called after
+	daemonizing on FreeBSD, as bind wants to lock the fd which
+	can cause later calls to fail after an exit.
+
+2000-11-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, src/servers.c:
+	Minor bugfixes and repository cleanup.
+
+2000-11-02  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/icmp.c, TODO, version:
+	Called it 1.0.16p4. Fixed some compatability problems with the new code;
+	the ipv4 implementation seems to be fairly stable, the ipv6 one needs
+	some testing with dest unreach messages.
+
+	* src/icmp.c, src/main.c:
+	Rewrote large parts of the ping implementation to be more portable.
+
+2000-11-01  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* acconfig.h, configure.in, version:
+	Some config fixes, version to 1.0.16p3. SOCKET_LOCKING should be
+	off by default, as sendmsg can block.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c, src/error.h, configure.in:
+	Removed -W* arguments from CFLAGS that were implied by -Wall.
+
+	* src/thread.c, configure.in:
+	Added some more safety tests to configure.in, and made it give
+	an error on some conditions. Also made configure do poll and usleep
+	detectione.
+
+	* src/cache.h, src/test/Makefile.am, src/dns_answer.c, src/error.c, src/error.h, src/helpers.c, src/main.c, src/servers.c, src/status.c, src/thread.c, src/thread.h, src/Makefile.am:
+	Code cleanup. Beautified some macros, and moved the thread
+	specific things from error.[ch] over to the new thread.[ch].
+	Also introduced usleep_r which tries to be thread safe for
+	different Unices.
+
+2000-10-31  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl, src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c:
+	The pdnsd-ctl binary got into cvs. Fixed that.
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl, src/cache.c, src/cache.h, src/error.c, src/helpers.c, src/main.c, version:
+	Another set of FreeBSD compatability patches. This seems to catch
+	most of the problems, and pdnsd should be useable with libc_r now.
+
+2000-10-30  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl, src/conff.c, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c, src/icmp.c, src/main.c, AUTHORS, Makefile.am, THANKS, configure.in, version:
+	FreeBSD fixes, mostly contributed by Roman Shterenzon.
+
+2000-10-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am, src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl:
+	pdnsd-ctl was not in cvs.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/error.h, configure.in: Some fixups for 1.0.15.
+
+2000-10-23  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, configure.in:
+	Several fixes for pdnsd to work better when it receives error replys.
+
+	* src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c:
+	Fixed another memory leak on an error path in dns_answer.c and did
+	a pointer signedness fixup in dns.c
+
+2000-10-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, AUTHORS:
+	Applied a patch by Paul Wagland that fixes some spelling mistakes
+	and some memory leaks on error paths.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_answer.c, NEWS, version:
+	Bug fixes. Added the randomize_recs option and turned it on
+	by default.
+
+2000-10-20  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/helpers.c, src/dns.c, src/dns_query.c:
+	Fixes for the paranoid option to work with root servers
+	properly.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Applied a patch by Paul Wagland for bind9-compatability and added
+	him to AUTHORS and THANKS.
+
+2000-10-19  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, NEWS, version:
+	Another POLL_* fix. It is now called 1.0.14.
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c: BSD build fixes.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c:
+	Made p_recurdive_query return immediately if a query returns
+	NXDOMAIN.
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, Makefile.am:
+	Some bugifixes. It is now called 1.0.13. Releasing.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_query.c, AUTHORS, NEWS:
+	Updated AUTHORS and NEWS. Made destroy_cache() lock the cache so
+	that no thread can access the cache afterwards (could lead to
+	crashes).
+
+	* src/helpers.c, NEWS, THANKS:
+	Integrated a security fix contributed by Olaf Kirch: when
+	changing user IDs, pdnsd did not reinitialize the supplementary
+	group list, meaning that the process still had the privileges
+	of the supplementary groups the original user was member of.
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, Makefile.am, TODO, version:
+	Introduced the par_queries option.
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, TODO:
+	Updated TODO, did some fixups for string handling.
+
+	* HACKING: Added HACKING with some comments about coding style.
+
+2000-10-18  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/error.h, src/main.c, TODO:
+	Revieved and fixed the new dns_query.c-poll/select loops.
+
+	* src/test/tping.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c:
+	Fixed the new poll/select ping support.
+
+2000-10-17  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, TODO:
+	Got rid of the O_NONBLOCK loop in the icmp.c ping implementation.
+	Beta tesing pending.
+
+	* src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_query.c, src/dns_query.h, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, configure.in:
+	Corrected the Debian rc script (bug reported by Michael Müller).
+	Got rid of the nonblocking socket things in dns_query.c, and
+	using poll/select now.
+	Testing (esp. --no-poll) remains.
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c:
+	Got rid of O_NONBLOCK read loops in dns_answer.c, using poll/select
+	now instead (after one issue about boundaries was cleared up).
+
+2000-10-16  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am:
+	The generated rc scripts do not need to be in the distribution.
+
+	* src/conff.c, src/main.c:
+	Fixed a server structure members in conff.c. Only delete the socket
+	if we are in status pipe mode now.
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, acconfig.h, configure.in:
+	Added the --enable-tcp-subseq and --with-tcp-qtimeout configure
+	options, added the tcp_qtimeout conf file option, tested things.
+	1.0.12 is ready for release.
+
+2000-10-15  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c, TODO, acconfig.h:
+	Added TCP timeouts to the answer code. Still need an option in the
+	conf file and documentation for that (besides beta testing).
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/consts.h, src/dns_query.c, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, NEWS, TODO:
+	Introduced domain inclusion/exclusion lists in the server section
+	(new options include=, exclude=, policy=).
+
+2000-10-14  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/main.c, NEWS, TODO, version:
+	Upped version, updated NEWS and TODO and implemented a process
+	count limit.
+
+2000-10-13  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in, src/main.c:
+	Added the --pdnsd-user option, and made the Debian rc script
+	use it rather than trying to parse the config file itself.
+
+2000-10-11  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd, src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in, src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd, src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in, src/rc/Debian/pdnsd, src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in, AUTHORS, THANKS, configure.in:
+	Added the 'configure'-able rc scripts contributed by Carsten Block
+	and added him to THANKS and AUTHORS.
+
+	* src/main.c:
+	Added O_NOFOLLOW to the pidfile open() call (if it is defined)
+	to prevent users creating files as the pdnsd user (using links)
+	if the admin put the pidfile in a world-writeable directory
+	against all good advice.
+	This is not a bug fix! Admins were not, and are still not supposed
+	to put the pidfile in a directory that is writeable for untrusted
+	users!
+
+2000-10-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* THANKS: Added Milan P. Stanic to THANKS.
+
+	* src/main.c:
+	Fixed a missing O_WRONLY in the open() call for pidfile operation.
+
+2000-10-08  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/Makefile.am, src/dns.c, src/dns_answer.c, configure.in, version, acconfig.h:
+	Released 1.0.11.
+	Two security fixes in dns.c and dns_answer.c, and misc. smaller issues.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am, src/conf-parse.y, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, src/servers.c, AUTHORS, THANKS, TODO, acconfig.h, configure.in, version:
+	1.0.10 was released some time ago ;-)
+	This had some IPv6 fixes.
+	Also fixed minor bug when using SOCKET_LOCKING.
+
+2000-08-28  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/dns_answer.c: Fixed a parameter mismatch in getsockopt()
+
+	* Makefile.am:
+	Applied Sourav K. Mandal's rpm build patch to the toplevel
+	Makefile.am
+
+2000-08-27  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/consts.h, src/servers.c, version:
+	Added diald support. It's now called 1.0.9.
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/netdev.c, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	Fixed some ugly typos in conf-parse.y and netdev.c.
+	Since I have no further bug reports and these bugs make some
+	things inconvenient, I will release 1.0.9 immediately.
+
+2000-08-26  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* pdnsd.spec.in: small spec fix.
+
+	* NEWS, configure.in: Last fixups for 1.0.8. Released it.
+
+	* Makefile.am: Set mode and owner for cache file.
+
+	* src/conf-parse.y, src/dns_answer.c, src/netdev.c, acconfig.h, configure.in, version:
+	Misc fixes. Hopefully fixed the UDP socket problems under Linux SMP.
+
+2000-08-20  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/dns_answer.c, AUTHORS, THANKS, configure.in, pdnsd.spec.in, version:
+	Build fixes by Alexandre Nunes, spec fixes (does now set distro for
+	configure), first attempt at an "error in udp send"-fix, and fix
+	for a problem with having records for the root domain in the disk
+	cache file.
+
+2000-08-13  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/netdev.h, src/servers.c, src/status.c, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/consts.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/main.c, src/netdev.c, AUTHORS, THANKS:
+	Some minor fixes. Integrated the ppp device patch by Ron Yorston.
+
+2000-08-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* configure.in:
+	configure.in was missing in repository. Also removed debugging
+	flag for build.
+
+	* src/main.c: Made the pid file handling safe for directories.
+
+	* src/dns.c: Part II of the last fix.
+
+	* src/dns.c:
+	Fixed a nasty bug in decompress_name which would produce errors very
+	rarely. That was a off-by-one bug, but on the safe side (no overflow,
+	stopping one by too early).
+
+	* src/main.c:
+	Fixed several possible problems with strncat(). None of these was
+	critical or involved remote data.
+
+2000-08-08  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/main.c: Changed FreeBSD signal latency to 250 ms.
+
+	* src/main.c, acconfig.h:
+	A set of last-minute FreeBSD fixes. pdnsd does now NEED linuxthreads on
+	BSD.
+
+2000-08-07  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: It's now called 1.0.7.
+
+	* src/main.c, doc/pdnsd.conf.in, Makefile.am: Misc build&BSD fixes.
+
+	* src/conff.c, src/conf-parse.y, version:
+	Version set to the hopefully last beta. Fixed the proxy_only option.
+
+2000-08-05  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns_query.c, src/status.c, doc/pdnsd.conf.in, Makefile.am, TODO:
+	Added the proxy_only options. Some build fixups.
+
+2000-07-30  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am, src/rc/Makefile.am, src/main.c, src/status.h, AUTHORS, INSTALL, Makefile.am, TODO, version:
+	Many small fixups for 1.0.7.
+
+2000-07-29  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am, src/rc/README, src/status.c, src/servers.c, Makefile.am, TODO, acconfig.h:
+	Assorted fixes.
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/hash.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/icmp.c, src/ipvers.h, src/servers.c, src/servers.h, src/status.c, src/status.h, src/Makefile.am, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns.c, AUTHORS, Makefile.am, THANKS:
+	Big heap of updates and fixes. Incorporated build changes from Sourav
+	K. Mandal and pcmcia SCHEME support by Stephan Boettcher.
+
+2000-07-22  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/rc/Debian/pdnsd:
+	Applied a patch by Markus Mohr to his debian rc script, which I had
+	broken in some way.
+
+2000-07-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/main.c, src/status.c, src/status.h:
+	Worked on the new status socket (pdnsd-ctl) option.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am, version: Upped version, fixed Makefile.am
+
+	* src/cache.c, src/hash.c, src/hash.h, src/cache.h, src/Makefile.am, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_query.c, src/dns_query.h, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/ipvers.h, src/main.c, src/status.c, src/status.h, AUTHORS, Makefile.am, THANKS, acconfig.h:
+	Updated AUTHORS and THANKS. Merged in patches by Sourav K. Mandal
+	and Lyonel Vincent.
+
+2000-07-20  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf: Added pdnsd.conf. Well...
+
+	* src/dns_query.c, src/dns_query.h, doc/pdnsd.conf:
+	Added some ommited files.
+
+	* src/test/Makefile.am, src/test/if_up.c, src/test/is_local_addr.c, src/test/random.c, src/test/tping.c, src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am, src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd, src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am, src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd, src/rc/Debian/pdnsd, src/rc/Makefile.am, src/rc/README, src/Makefile.am, src/conf-lex.l.in, src/conf-parse.y, src/conff.c, src/conff.h, src/consts.h, src/dns.c, src/dns.h, src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_answer.h, src/error.c, src/error.h, src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h, src/icmp.c, src/icmp.h, src/ipvers.h, src/main.c, src/netdev.c, src/netdev.h, src/servers.c, src/servers.h, src/status.c, src/status.h, doc/pdnsd.conf.in, Makefile.am, acconfig.h, file-list.base.in, pdnsd.spec.in:
+	Checked in the pdnsd files at their new locations.
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf, Makefile, a-conf.sh, cache.c, cache.h, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, consts.h, dns.c, dns.h, dns_answer.c, dns_answer.h, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, error.c, error.h, exec-flex.sh, hash.c, hash.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, ipvers.h, main.c, netdev.c, netdev.h, pdnsd-redhat.spec.templ, pdnsd-suse.spec.templ, servers.c, servers.h, status.c, status.h, version:
+	Removed the moved files. Will add the new ones soon.
+
+2000-07-16  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* TODO: New tasks in TODO.
+
+2000-07-15  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* TODO:
+	Updated TODO: Autoconf support was contributed by Sourav K. Mandal
+
+	* conff.h, dns_query.c, ipvers.h, cache.c:
+	Fixed some minor bugs and a showstopper in cache.c that caused
+	crashes in some situations.
+
+2000-07-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* dns_query.c, error.c, error.h, main.c:
+	Made pdnsd ignore SIGPIPE, which seemed to be responsible for some
+	crashes.
+	Accept (grudgingly) SOA rr's where NS ones would be The Right Thing.
+
+2000-07-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS, conff.c:
+	Updated AUTHORS, THANKS, and the fprintfs for the status pipe in
+	conff.c
+
+	* TODO, config.h.templ, dns.h, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, main.c, version:
+	Added UDP queries and gave the user the choice between TCP and UDP
+	queries (UDP is the default now). Made the TCP server optional.
+	Fixed a authoritative record handling bug. Added pidfile support.
+
+2000-07-07  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf:
+	Inserted run_as="nobody"; again, it is The Right Thing and people
+	should use it.
+
+	* Makefile:
+	The pdnsd cache directory is now created as nobody, since the
+	default run_as in the example pdnsd.conf is also nobody.
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf:
+	Commented the run_as option out (people may run into permission
+	problems).
+
+	* version: Upped version to 1.0.5
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, dns_answer.c, icmp.c, icmp.h, main.c, version:
+	Folded in the server_ip option code as contributed by Wolfgang Ocker
+	and extended it to IPv6. Fixed a bug in IPv4 ping in IPv6 mode.
+
+2000-07-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* cache.c, dns_query.c:
+	Killed a bug which could cause crashes with more than 2 servers.
+
+	* cache.c: Fixed a bug reported by Bert Frederiks that would break the
+	serve_aliases option when only one character was between official
+	name and alias in the /etc/hosts-style file.
+
+2000-07-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* pdnsd-suse.spec.templ: The SuSE spec now uses the new makefile rule.
+
+	* Makefile, THANKS, dns_query.c, helpers.c, version:
+	Added people to THANKS, fixed a bug that caused uppercase hosts/
+	rr-section entries to be ignored in the cache, fixed the SuSE
+	makefile for pdnsd to run_as nobody, and other small fixups.
+
+2000-07-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* dns_answer.c:
+	First change after release of 1.0.4: The questions received
+	are now properly written into the debug file when starting
+	with -g -d.
+
+	* config.h.templ, dns_query.c:
+	Fixed a possible way to get around paranoid restrictions.
+
+	* version: Set version to 1.0.4
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf: Added an entry for the paranoid option.
+
+	* cache.c, config.h.templ, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, ipvers.h:
+	Revisions and fixups. The complete code revision is now complete.
+
+2000-06-29  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* dns_query.c: Overhaul.
+
+	* dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, config.h.templ:
+	Code overhault continued. dns_answer.c is finished.
+
+2000-06-27  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* conff.c, dns_answer.c, icmp.c, netdev.c, servers.c, status.c:
+	Continued code overhaul. Fixed several bugs, and simplified some
+	code.
+
+	* conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, ipvers.h, version: Fixups.
+
+2000-06-26  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* hash.c: Revised; fixed a minor bug.
+
+	* cache.c: Overhauled.
+
+	* dns_query.c, error.c, helpers.c, helpers.h, ipvers.h, main.c, version, dns.c:
+	Manual code overhaul. Numerous small patches, greatly simplified
+	decompress_name().
+
+2000-06-25  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* config.h.templ:
+	Made the C random() RNG the default (using /dev/urandom, we suck up
+	too much randomness on high load).
+
+	* error.c, error.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, main.c:
+	Small cleanups. Makes the testsuite compilation easier.
+
+	* Makefile, config.h.templ: Preparing for release of 1.0.4.
+
+2000-06-24  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* Makefile, THANKS, a-conf.sh, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, error.c, version:
+	Fixed bugs with the paranoid option, connect() timeout handling, and
+	a incompatability in response handling that caused the glibc
+	resolver to misunderstand error messages pdnsd generated on unknown
+	query types. This bug, that was reported by James MacLean, could
+	for example cause ssh to hang some time.
+
+	* Makefile, NEWS, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, dns.c, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, main.c:
+	Added the paranoid option, and modified the ping uptest so that it
+	works with strict_setuid. Also made strict_setuid=on the default.
+	1.0.4 should be out soon.
+
+2000-06-23  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf: Added a run_as= line, which is sensible normally.
+
+	* Makefile, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, dns_answer.c, dns_answer.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, main.c, servers.c, status.c, version:
+	Some fixups, added the run_as and strict_setuid security options.
+
+	* THANKS: Updated.
+
+	* AUTHORS, ipvers.h, main.c, netdev.c, version:
+	Fixed some definitions for glibc2.0-users. Repaced the return at the
+	end of main() with _exit(). Should not build and run OK on glibc 2.0
+	boxen.
+	Fixed a typo in netdev.c
+
+	* ipvers.h:
+	Fixed a typo in ipvers.h to fix compile problems on systems without
+	an IPv6-supporting C library, and possible IPv6 problems using the
+	status pipe.
+
+	* error.c, version:
+	Fixed a bug that could cause signals to be delivered to the wrong
+	process.
+
+2000-06-22  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* version: Set version to 1.0.1.
+
+	* cache.c, dns_answer.c, error.c, error.h, main.c, pdnsd-suse.spec.templ:
+	Fixed misc issues reported by Jonathan Hudson and Joachim Dorner, one
+	of them a real showstopper in cache.c.
+
+	* Makefile, NEWS, README, cache.h, config.h.templ, version:
+	Updated things for 1.0.0 and released it finally.
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS: Updated THANKS and AUTHORS
+
+	* NEWS, a-conf.sh, cache.c, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, error.c, error.h, main.c, servers.c, status.c:
+	Fixed a-conf.sh and cleaned up signal handling as far as it can be
+	done ;-). Added the max_ttl option.
+
+2000-06-21  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* dns_answer.c, error.c, error.h, main.c, servers.c, status.c:
+	More signal fixes. This is a real pain with LinuxThreads.
+
+	* NEWS, cache.c, dns_answer.c, error.c, error.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, main.c, servers.c, status.c, version:
+	Fixups for signal handling. This is more than only a little tricky
+	using the linuxthreads library. This hopefully fixes the deadlocks
+	we had on signals.
+
+2000-06-13  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* AUTHORS, THANKS: Updated credits.
+
+	* a-conf.sh:
+	A primitive configure-like script intended as drop-in replacement
+	until autoconf support finally comes.
+
+	* .cvsignore, Makefile, cache.c, dns_query.c, ipvers.h, servers.c, version:
+	Added a primitive configuration script as drop-in. Killed some bugs
+	and changed the recently added linkdown_kluge option following
+	suggestions from Daniel Smolik.
+
+2000-06-12  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* dns_query.h, exec-flex.sh, Makefile, cache.c, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, dns_query.c:
+	Numerous cleanups and fixes. Implemented the linkdown_kluge option
+	as proposed by Daniel Smolik. Hope to get ready for 1.0.0 know.
+
+2000-06-10  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* Makefile, NEWS, TODO, dns_answer.c:
+	Modified some stuff in dns_answer.c (if no nameserver for a knot in
+	the dns namespace is found now, its predecessors are tried now in
+	order to return accurate authority results). This will be paid with a
+	little more beta time, so the Makefile has developer switches again.
+	Corrected NEWS and TODO.
+
+	* Makefile, config.h.templ, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, hash.h, helpers.c, version:
+	Removed some dead code, fixed some really minor bugs. Version is up
+	to 1.0.0p7, which is hopefully the last beta.
+
+	* Makefile, config.h.templ:
+	Fixed things up for the 1.0.0 distribution version
+
+2000-06-06  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* Makefile, config.h.templ, icmp.c, netdev.c:
+	Some minor comment fixes.
+
+	* Makefile, TODO, main.c, version:
+	BSD fix in Makefile and help update. It is now called 1.0.0p6. TODO
+	was updated to reflect the project status.
+
+	* dns_answer.c:
+	BSD & misc fixes. pdnsd runs now nicely on my FreeBSD 4.0 box.
+
+	* dns_answer.c, ipvers.h:
+	Fixed IPv6 UDP dest address recovery. Also fixed a real stupid bug in
+	ipvers.h.
+
+	* cache.h, dns_query.c, error.h:
+	Added DEBUG_MSG6 macros. Cleaned up requery handling.
+
+	* dns.c, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, dns_query.h:
+	Fixed another heap of bugs, introduced some sanity checks, no requery
+	on answers that have ra not set now.
+
+2000-06-05  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* cache.c:
+	Fixed write_disk_cache.
+
+	* cache.c, cache.h:
+	Fixes for rr handling.
+
+2000-06-04  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* cache.c, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c:
+	Fixes again: some missing checks for rrset existence added.
+
+	* cache.c, dns_answer.c, helpers.c, icmp.c:
+	Fixes for the new/modified code and its side effects on old code ;-)
+
+	* ChangeLog.old, NEWS, cache.c, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, config.h.templ, dns.c, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, error.c, hash.c, helpers.c, icmp.c, main.c, netdev.c, servers.c, status.c:
+	Folded the ChangeLog and NEWS of the 0.9.x tree back in and added NEWS for the
+	upcoming 1.0.0 release. Some compile fixes. Reorganized config.h.templ. Made
+	the inclusion of the rcsid strings into the executable optional.
+
+	* cache.c, dns_answer.c:
+	Pile of fixes on recently added/modified code.
+
+2000-06-03  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* .cvsignore, Makefile, lex.inc.h:
+	lex.inc.h should not be in CVS (it is automatically generated by
+	exec-flex.sh). It should also be deleted by 'make mclean'.
+
+	* TODO, cache.c, dns_answer.c, dns_query.c, lex.inc.h:
+	rfc2181 conformance should be reached by now. Updated TODO. Bugfixing
+	remains.
+
+	* doc/html/.cvsignore, doc/html/dl.html, doc/html/doc.html, doc/html/faq.html, doc/html/index.html:
+	Removed the html documentation from CVS. It is maintained separately.
+
+	* doc/pdnsd.conf:
+	Added CVS/RCS $Id$ tag.
+
+	* cache.h, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, consts.h, dns.c, dns.h, dns_answer.c, dns_answer.h, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, error.c, error.h, exec-flex.sh, hash.c, hash.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, ipvers.h, main.c, netdev.c, netdev.h, pdnsd-redhat.spec.templ, pdnsd-suse.spec.templ, servers.c, servers.h, status.c, status.h, version, AUTHORS, INSTALL, Makefile, NEWS, README, THANKS, TODO, cache.c:
+	Added CVS/RCS $Id$ tags to most files, did some cleanups, introduced
+	the new rrset granularity caching. The new code is still much of beta,
+	use with care.
+
+2000-06-01  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* Makefile, cache.c, hash.c, helpers.c, icmp.c, netdev.c:
+	Yet another set of BSD fixes (test programs do now work for me
+	under FreeBSD). Some other minor fixes.
+
+	* Makefile, error.c, error.h, helpers.c, helpers.h:
+	Transplanted kill_pdnsd from error.c to helpers.c in order to get the
+	tests compiled without the thread library.
+
+2000-05-31  Thomas Moestl  tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+	* pdnsd:
+	Ooops, executable got in.
+
+	* Makefile, pdnsd:
+	Added test suite programs.
+
+	* icmp.c, netdev.c:
+	All basic BSD patches have been folded in. pdnsd will now compile on
+	FreeBSD with (hopefully) all features.
+
+	* dns_answer.c, Makefile:
+	Disabled udp targed address discovery for BSD builds (this sadly ist
+	OS specific at least for IPv4. Must be rewritten under BSD as it is
+	an RFC compatability issue under some circumstances)
+
+	* cache.c, cache.h, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, dns_answer.c, helpers.c, icmp.c, ipvers.h, netdev.c, Makefile:
+	BSD include & misc build fixes. More to follow...
+
+	* Makefile, cache.h:
+	BSD Fixes: Makefile should work with BSD make, sed command line,
+	sorted out naming clash in cache.h
+
+	* .cvsignore:
+	Added ChangeLog to .cvsignore
+
+	* THANKS, conff.c:
+	Fixed a bug reported by Jonathan Hudson and added him to THANKS
+
+	* ChangeLog.old:
+	Added the pre-CVS ChangeLog.
+
+	* .cvsignore, AUTHORS, COPYING, INSTALL, Makefile, NEWS, README, THANKS, TODO, cache.c, cache.h, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, consts.h, dns.c, dns.h, dns_answer.c, dns_answer.h, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, doc/.cvsignore, doc/html/dl.html, doc/html/doc.html, doc/html/faq.html, doc/html/index.html, doc/pdnsd.conf, doc/txt/.cvsignore, error.c, error.h, exec-flex.sh, hash.c, hash.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, ipvers.h, lex.inc.h, main.c, netdev.c, netdev.h, pdnsd-redhat.spec.templ, pdnsd-suse.spec.templ, servers.c, servers.h, status.c, status.h, version:
+	Initial import of pdnsd-1.0.0p3 source tree into CVS.
+
+
+	* .cvsignore, AUTHORS, COPYING, INSTALL, Makefile, NEWS, README, THANKS, TODO, cache.c, cache.h, conf.l.templ, conf.y, conff.c, conff.h, config.h.templ, consts.h, dns.c, dns.h, dns_answer.c, dns_answer.h, dns_query.c, dns_query.h, doc/.cvsignore, doc/html/dl.html, doc/html/doc.html, doc/html/faq.html, doc/html/index.html, doc/pdnsd.conf, doc/txt/.cvsignore, error.c, error.h, exec-flex.sh, hash.c, hash.h, helpers.c, helpers.h, icmp.c, icmp.h, ipvers.h, lex.inc.h, main.c, netdev.c, netdev.h, pdnsd-redhat.spec.templ, pdnsd-suse.spec.templ, servers.c, servers.h, status.c, status.h, version:
+	New file.
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog.old b/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog.old
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b3553e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/ChangeLog.old
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+2000-02-15
+	Version 0.2. First working alpha with the extended feature set.
+
+2000-02-16
+	Version 0.3 with many bugfixes, better standard conformity and
+	some new features.
+
+2000-02-17
+	Did a lint on the code, implemented soft timeouts, again bugfixes,
+	drastically reduced cache memory requirements, implemented local 
+	records.
+	Version 0.4 released.
+
+2000-02-19
+	Recursive query finally implemented. Version 0.5 out.
+
+2000-02-20
+	Various bugfixes. The server now always tries to get an AA answer
+	if possible; this implies recursion. This is to deal better with
+	caching servers that may return incomplete results on * queries.
+	This may be a little sub-optimal since it may not take the full
+	effect of caching, but it is the only real possibility of getting
+	complete records.
+	Redid the deps in the makefile for now.
+	Version is now 0.6.
+
+2000-02-21
+	Another set of bugfixes. Version is 0.6.1.
+
+2000-02-22
+	Another set of bugfixes. It should stabilize by now. Answer compression
+	is there finally. Version is therefore up again, 0.7 by now.
+
+2000-02-23
+	Minor bugfixes, isdn interface uptest added. The new record types as of
+	rfc1700 are implemented, but as a compile-time option, since normally
+	there is no need to waste space for them.
+	Version is 0.7.1.
+
+2000-02-24
+	Version 0.7.2 with all rrs up to KX (36). #define DNS_NEW_RRS in 
+	config.h and (re)compile if you want to use them. Delete the cache
+	file before using a version with this option changed!  
+	NSAP-PTR does NOT WORK (any incoming answer containing it may cause 
+	a format error) because it is ill-designed (see	TODO). Never mind, it 
+	is officially deprecated anyway.
+	The secure DNS extension record types defined in RFC 2065 (KEY, SIG,
+	NXT) are cached only and therefore useless.
+
+2000-02-26
+	Version 0.8 with parallel query (and probably new bugs) introduced.
+
+2000-02-27
+	Version 0.8.1 with minor bugfixes on the new features.
+
+2000-02-27
+	Version 0.8.5 with authority support and the usual bugifxes. Some issues
+	with standard conformity were also fixed (wow, two versions a day).
+
+2000-02-28
+	Implemented caching of non-authoritative records. This allows better 
+	usage of other caching name servers. This may return non-authoritative
+	records to any non-wildcard query. If a wildcard query arrives, we 
+	always look for authoritative records, so we do if the non-authoritative
+	answer does not contain at least one answering record to the query.
+	This fixes the sub-optimal behaviour since 0.6.
+	Version is therefore up to 0.8.7 (0.8.6 was also released today 
+	containing bugfixes)
+
+2000-02-29
+	Better thread support, avoiding deadlocks in signal handling. The cost 
+	is unfortunately one more thread.
+	New option server_port in config file.
+	Version is 0.8.8.
+
+2000-03-01
+	Nailed a renitent memory leak bug to the wall (shame, what a trivial 
+	mistake). Also improved handling of error conditions slightly.
+	Version is 0.8.9.
+
+2000-03-01
+	Cache code cleanup. The development of the non-parallel query code
+	is discontinued, although it still works. If you want serial query,
+	just set PAR_QUERIES to 1.
+	Additional information finally implemented.
+	We are up to 0.9.
+
+2000-03-02
+	Fixed a DoS possibility.
+	More rfc compatability fixups and a smarter resolver logic.
+	Version 0.9.1
+
+2000-03-02
+	Added the source section to the config file handling. This allows to 
+	source your /etc/hosts file. Version 0.9.2.
+
+2000-03-02
+	Avoiding double additional records now. Version 0.9.3.
+
+2000-03-09
+	Fixed some REALLY STUPID bugs. Uuummph, thought it was finished. 
+	However, the number of bugs remaining is always n+1...
+	Anyway, we are up to 0.9.4. Hope that there are no mean bugs left.
+
+2000-03-14
+	Added another uptest, exec. See README for details. Also grained the 
+	cache size finer (it's now specified in kB). Version 0.9.5
+
+2000-04-07
+	Fixed some really stupid bugs, what else? Version is 0.9.6
+	To be more exact: fixed misc bugs, cleaned up hash.c and cache.c
+
+2000-04-20
+	Again fixed some bugs, version is now 0.9.7.
+
+2000-04-29
+	Fixed a build problem caused by some missing #defines in glibc2.0 and a
+	minor bug.
+	Version is up to 0.9.8
+
+2000-04-30
+	Fixed some unclean C code and did a general C lint. Thanks to Byrial 
+	Jensen for pointing out some issues. Now using stricter compiler flags.
+	Also replaced the daemon() call in main.c for improved portability.
+	Pre-Released 0.9.9p1
+
+2000-05-03
+	Released 0.9.9p2 with the changes of 0.9.9p1, Documentation updates, 
+	bugfixes, and the Red Hat rc scripts contributed by Torben Janssen.
+	Also, the meaning of the command line option -v has changed.
+	There is a new config file option "lean_query" that is on by
+	default. It is an optimization, so please look in the docs when
+	updating whether you want it switched on or not.
+	Removed the long-dead serial query code from the distribution tree.
+	Some resolvers seem to be broken somehow in a respect that it cares 
+	about order in which the records appear. In particular, it wants 
+	cname to appear before other records. Ok, so it be...
+
+
+2000-05-04
+	Save all names in lower case in the rrs.
+	Tidying up the source tree.
+	The long-awaited cache structure changes have been started. Please
+	delete you cache files before using this new release.
+
+2000-05-05
+	Fixed several bugs in the old and in the new source tree.
+	Use time_t instead of long for internal time storage for compatibility.
+
+
+2000-05-06
+	Version 0.9.10.
+	This fixes a bug in uptest=if. Red Hat and configuration fixes 
+	suggested by Soeren J. Peters were included.
+
+2000-05-08
+	Version 0.9.11
+	This fixes a locally exploitable security problem (pdnsd.cache was 
+	world-writeable). This is actually a one-line fix; for a description of
+	possible dangers, please refer to the html documentation.
+	Thanks to Alan Swanson for reporting.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/INSTALL b/jni/pdnsd/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0399189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+The installation instructions are in doc/html/doc.html and doc/txt/manual.txt.
+The system requirements are listed in doc/html/index.html and doc/txt/intro.txt.
+I recommend using the html version.
+Following are generic installation instructions for autoconf programs.
+I strongly recommend to read the Installation section in the docs!
+
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
+`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
+reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
+(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
+contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
+called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
+it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
+initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
+a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
+this:
+     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+
+Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
+     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
+in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
+one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
+architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
+`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
+system on which you are compiling the package.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Operation Controls
+==================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
+     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
+     debugging `configure'.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..146c32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+SUBDIRS = src doc contrib
+
+EXTRA_DIST = version ChangeLog.old COPYING.BSD README.par README.par.old PKGBUILD
+
+# The sample configuration is handled in doc/Makefile.am
+install-data-hook:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"
+	test -f "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache" || \
+	  touch "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"
+	if test `whoami` = "root"; then \
+	  chown $(def_id) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"; \
+	  chown $(def_id) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"; \
+	fi
+	chmod 0640 "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"
+	chmod 0750 "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"
+
+dist-hook: $(PACKAGE).spec.in
+	sed -e '/^%{!?distro: %define distro /c\
+	%if 0%{!?distro:1}\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "redhat"\
+	%define distro RedHat\
+	%else\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "suse"\
+	%define distro SuSE\
+	%else\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "SuSE"\
+	%define distro SuSE\
+	%endif\
+	%endif\
+	%endif\
+	%endif' \
+	-e 's:[@]PACKAGE[@]:$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]VERSION[@]:$(VERSION):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]fullversion[@]:$(fullversion):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]packagerelease[@]:$(packagerelease):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]cachedir[@]:/var/cache/$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]def_id[@]:$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	$(PACKAGE).spec.in > $(distdir)/$(PACKAGE).spec
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a865d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = .
+DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/PKGBUILD.in \
+	$(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/file-list.base.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.spec.in $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS \
+	COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h compile \
+	depcomp install-sh missing
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno config.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd.spec file-list.base PKGBUILD
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+	install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
+	installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
+	ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive	\
+  distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
+	$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+	distdir dist dist-all distcheck
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+  { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \
+    || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+         && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; }
+am__relativize = \
+  dir0=`pwd`; \
+  sed_first='s,^([^/]*)/.*$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
+  sed_last='s,^.*/([^/]*)$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
+  while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
+    first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+    if test "$$first" != "."; then \
+      if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
+        dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
+        dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
+      else \
+        first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+        if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
+          dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+        else \
+          dir2="../$$dir2"; \
+        fi; \
+        dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
+      fi; \
+    fi; \
+    dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+  done; \
+  reldir="$$dir2"
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+SUBDIRS = src doc contrib
+EXTRA_DIST = version ChangeLog.old COPYING.BSD README.par README.par.old PKGBUILD
+all: config.h
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+am--refresh:
+	@:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu'; \
+	      $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+	    $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+config.h: stamp-h1
+	@if test ! -f $@; then \
+	  rm -f stamp-h1; \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@rm -f stamp-h1
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
+$(srcdir)/config.h.in:  $(am__configure_deps) $(top_srcdir)/acconfig.h
+	($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER))
+	rm -f stamp-h1
+	touch $@
+
+distclean-hdr:
+	-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
+pdnsd.spec: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.spec.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+file-list.base: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/file-list.base.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+PKGBUILD: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/PKGBUILD.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \"; \
+	    echo "     am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
+	    ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$new_distdir" \
+		am__remove_distdir=: \
+		am__skip_length_check=: \
+		am__skip_mode_fix=: \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-hook
+	-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
+	|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
+		-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} ; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} ; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} ; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} ; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
+dist-gzip: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-lzma: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-xz: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+	shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+	-rm -f $(distdir).zip
+	zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+	*.tar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.bz2*) \
+	  bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.lzma*) \
+	  lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.xz*) \
+	  xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.Z*) \
+	  uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.shar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+	*.zip*) \
+	  unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+	esac
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
+	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\/]:[\/],/,'` \
+	  && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+	  && am__cwd=`pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+	        distuninstallcheck \
+	  && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+	  && ({ \
+	       (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+	            distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+	      } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+	  && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+	  && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
+	  && cd "$$am__cwd" \
+	  || exit 1
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+	  list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+	  sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
+distuninstallcheck:
+	@$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \
+	&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+	   || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+	        if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+	          echo "  (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+	        fi ; \
+	        $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+	        exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+	@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+	  exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	  || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+	       exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile config.h
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-data-hook
+install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-recursive
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-recursive
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) all \
+	ctags-recursive install-am install-data-am install-strip \
+	tags-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
+	all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip \
+	dist-hook dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip \
+	distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
+	distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-data-hook install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+
+
+# The sample configuration is handled in doc/Makefile.am
+install-data-hook:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"
+	test -f "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache" || \
+	  touch "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"
+	if test `whoami` = "root"; then \
+	  chown $(def_id) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"; \
+	  chown $(def_id) "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"; \
+	fi
+	chmod 0640 "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)/pdnsd.cache"
+	chmod 0750 "$(DESTDIR)$(cachedir)"
+
+dist-hook: $(PACKAGE).spec.in
+	sed -e '/^%{!?distro: %define distro /c\
+	%if 0%{!?distro:1}\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "redhat"\
+	%define distro RedHat\
+	%else\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "suse"\
+	%define distro SuSE\
+	%else\
+	%if "%{_vendor}" == "SuSE"\
+	%define distro SuSE\
+	%endif\
+	%endif\
+	%endif\
+	%endif' \
+	-e 's:[@]PACKAGE[@]:$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]VERSION[@]:$(VERSION):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]fullversion[@]:$(fullversion):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]packagerelease[@]:$(packagerelease):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]cachedir[@]:/var/cache/$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	-e 's:[@]def_id[@]:$(PACKAGE):g' \
+	$(PACKAGE).spec.in > $(distdir)/$(PACKAGE).spec
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/NEWS b/jni/pdnsd/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a83bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+Version 1.2.9a fixes a bug in the 1.2.9 release that causes a build failure when
+pdnsd is configured with --enable-strict-rfc2181. Unless you use this option to
+compile pdnsd, there is no need to upgrade from 1.2.9 to 1.2.9a.
+
+Version 1.2.9 has support for many additional RR types, in particular those
+needed for DNSSEC (though no support for the DNSSEC protocol itself yet in
+pdnsd). Caching data structures are now more efficient when they only store the
+most commonly used RR types. Fine-grained configurability over which RR-types
+are cache-able. Pdnsd now has support for EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS),
+although its usefulness is currently limited to enabling UDP messages larger
+than 512 bytes. Defining local TXT records in the configuration file is now
+supported.  A new configuration option provides a fix in case the query uptest
+fails due to remote servers ignoring empty queries. Several bugs have been fixed
+including a UDP socket descriptor leak that affected the FreeBSD platform, and
+an IPv6 port binding bug.
+
+Version 1.2.8 implements support for automatic discovery of root servers.
+There are also some improvements in the resolver and a new default setting for
+the neg_rrs_pol configuration option.
+
+Version 1.2.7-par fixes some security problems. It contains a fix for a
+"dangling pointer" bug that could cause pdnsd to crash when it received a long
+reply. It also addresses some of the issues raised in the CERT vulnerability
+note VU#800113 by making the default of query_port_start equal to 1024, thereby
+ensuring that source ports are randomly selected by the pdnsd resolver in the
+range 1024-65535. This release also fixes problems with compiling pdnsd for the
+ARM architecture and for the Darwin platform (Max OS X).  There are a number of
+(minor) new features. pdnsd now supports "include" files, essentially
+configuration files that only contain definitions for local records. It is now
+possible to define interactively, using pdnsd-ctl, any local record that can be
+defined in a configuration file.
+
+Version 1.2.6-par has an upgraded license: GPL version 3.
+A bug has been fixed which which caused pdnsd to handle NXDOMAIN replies
+inefficiently when configured with neg_domain_pol=on.  Also the code for the
+ping test has been fixed, which was broken for 64-bit systems.  A new option
+randomize_servers can be used to give each server in a section of the
+configuration file an equal chance of being queried.  The new options reject,
+reject_policy and reject_recursively make it possible to check for the presence
+of certain IP addresses in the replies of name servers and to correct some types
+of unwanted replies or to censor these IP addresses.
+The pdnsd-ctl 'add a' and 'add aaaa' commands now allow multiple IP addresses to
+be specified for the same name. There are some further improvements to pdnsd's
+recursive resolver.
+
+Version 1.2.5-par introduces a new query method: udp_tcp. With this method a UDP
+query is tried first and, if the UDP answer is truncated, the query is repeated
+using TCP, which is the behaviour that seems to be recommended by the DNS
+standards. There is a new configuration option use_nss, which can be turned off
+to prevent lengthy timeouts and stalls in certain situations. A bug has been
+fixed which could cause pdnsd to crash if debug output was generated before the
+debug output stream was properly initialized.
+
+In version 1.2.4-par a memory leak and a minor buffer-overflow problem have been
+fixed. There is now a fix for some situations that would previously cause pdnsd
+to exit prematurely (such as ACPI S3 sleep or trying to attach strace to pdnsd).
+Time intervals specified in the configuration file can now be expressed in
+minutes, hours, days and weeks as well as seconds. Support for Apple Mac OS X
+v10.4 Tiger has been improved. The "pdnsd-ctl status" command now also provides
+some information about the status of the running threads. There are some further
+improvements in the debugging information provided by pdnsd.
+TCP-query support is now compiled in by default (but can still be disabled using
+the configure option --disable-tcp-queries).
+
+In version 1.2.3-par the "pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" command can be provided with an
+include/exclude list, allowing the user to specify a selection of names to be
+removed, instead of emptying the cache completely.
+Additional improvements: pdnsd should now remain responsive while executing the
+"pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" command. With the query_method=tcp_udp option pdnsd will
+now also try a UDP query after a TCP connection times out, which should allow
+pdnsd to resolve the same names with query_method=tcp_udp as with
+query_method=udp_only, although perhaps with an occasional delay.
+"pdnsd-ctl config" or "pdnsd-ctl server" commands should now run without delays,
+even if pdnsd is performing ping or query uptests at the time. A problem with
+resolving certain names using root servers has been fixed.
+
+Version 1.2.2-par has a number of important portability improvements. A bug has
+been fixed that prevented pdnsd from compiling successfully on some 64 bit
+architectures. The code for determining endianness (most significant or least
+significant byte first) should now be more portable. This release has
+(experimental) support for the Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) platform. On Linux
+systems, the configure script will now try to detect automatically whether the
+system implements the Native POSIX Thread Library, but the method used may not
+necessarily be foolproof. In addition, the debug features have been improved and
+should make it easier to find out why pdnsd considers some queries or replies
+malformed.
+
+Version 1.2.1-par has improved support for non-Linux platforms. This release has
+(experimental) support for the Cygwin platform, and should also fix some
+compilation glitches that have been reported by FreeBSD users.
+
+Version 1.2-par is a new and improved version of pdnsd! Most of the changes
+effect the internal workings of pdnsd, but there are also a number of
+interesting new features (well, I think they are interesting). Among the bugs
+fixed are two rather nasty ones which involve the handling of NXT and NAPTR
+records and which can cause pdnsd to crash or abort. The new features include a
+new server availability test which can be specified with uptest=query, support
+for reading the DNS configuration from resolv.conf files, a new option for
+optimizing the use of root servers, a new option that makes defining local
+records for reverse resolving easier, support for defining wildcard records, a
+new pdnsd-ctl command for reloading the config file without restarting pdnsd,
+and a new pdnsd-ctl command for dumping information about the names stored in
+the cache.
+The documentation has also been updated: there is now a pdnsd.conf man page. For
+a more complete list of the changes I'll have to refer you to README.par and the
+ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.11a-par contains a fix for FreeBSD users that bypasses a problem
+with the macro ENONET, which can cause a compilation failure when it is
+undefined. Linux users will notice no difference between 1.1.11a-par and
+1.1.11-par.
+
+Version 1.1.11-par has a rather large number of small changes, which are rather
+difficult to summarize. Among the bugs fixed are a race condition in the cache
+lookup code, a flaw in the code that caused a busy spin when a remote server
+answered with "Not Implemented", and problems with the -4 and -6 command-line
+options. Among the improvements are an alternative sorting algorithm which
+should allow pdnsd to start up faster when reading a large cache file from disk,
+automatic mapping of IPv4 to IPv6 addresses when running in IPv6 mode, somewhat
+more efficient memory use, better compression of the replies and changes in the
+parallel querying algorithm that should improve the chances of catching a reply
+from a remote server.  For a more complete list of the changes I'll have to
+refer you to README.par and the ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.10-par has a new parser for configuration files, completely
+rewritten from scratch in C. The main advantages are: (f)lex and yacc/bison are
+no longer needed to build pdnsd, more informative error messages instead of
+merely "parse error", and string literals no longer need to be enclosed in
+quotes in most cases.  Furthermore, a bug has been fixed that caused incorrect
+IPV6-type PTR records to be generated when sourcing /etc/hosts like files.
+There have been other small changes, more details can be found in the ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.9-par adds some missing pieces to the documentation (the pdnsd
+manual and the man page for pdnsd-ctl). The changes to the code consist mostly
+of optimizations, removal of some size limits due to fixed-size buffers, and
+some cleaning up. I've also tried to make the error responses of pdnsd-ctl more
+helpful.  More details can be found in the ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.8b1-par8 introduces a "delegation-only" feature that may be useful
+for blocking Verisign's Sitefinder. The parser for the configuration file now
+tolerates domain names missing a dot at the end. I have provided alternative
+implementations for some GNU extensions that I used in an effort to make the
+code more portable. In particular, the code should build on FreeBSD again. More
+details can be found in the README.par file.
+
+Version 1.1.8b1-par7 fixing a number of bugs. I have also reworked some of the
+code for adding and removing entries in the cache in an effort to improve
+efficiency and stability. More details can be found in the ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.8b1-par6 introduces some further code cleanup. In addition the
+documentation has been revised.
+
+Version 1.1.8b1-par5 fixes a troublesome allocation size error that has been
+discovered in Thomas Moestl's code. In practice this bug only wastes memory but
+it could also potentially lead to memory corruption. Upgrading is
+recommended. More details can be found in the ChangeLog.
+
+Version 1.1.8b1-par4 has been released.  Due to incompatibilities between
+various implementations of the pthread library on Linux systems, problems can
+occur with signal handling in pdnsd. The usual symptom is failure by pdnsd to
+save the cache to disk, and /var/cache/pdnsd/pdnsd.cache remaining empty. If you
+experience this kind of trouble, try reconfiguring with different values for the
+new --with-thread-lib option. The allowable values are described in the
+documentation.
+
+pdnsd is no longer maintained by Thomas Moestl: I have not had time to maintain
+pdnsd for quite a while now, and have been very slow to respond to issues, or
+did not respond at all. It is time that I officially announce that pdnsd is no
+longer actively maintained; I apologize to all those who reported bugs or asked
+questions without receiving any reply. However, Paul A. Rombouts has published a
+patch set against the last released version at
+http://www.phys.uu.nl/~rombouts/pdnsd.html, which cleans up a lot of code fixes
+many bugs.
+
+Version 1.1.7a fixes a reversed assertion that would cause pdnsd to terminate
+if used with the ping uptest. No other changes were made.
+
+Version 1.1.7 fixes some problems that might be remotely exploitable to
+gain access as the user pdnsd runs as (an unprivileged user by default). To do
+this, an attacker needs to control a name server that is queried by pdnsd, and
+send a malicious reply to such a query. Upgrading is strongly recommended!
+There are also minor bug fixes and stability improvements.
+
+Version 1.1.6 adds the query_port_start and query_port_end options (contributed
+by Andreas Steinmetz), that allow confining the ports pdnsd uses for outgoing
+queries to a certain range. It also fixes numerous bugs, one of which could
+cause pdnsd to hang; update is therefore recommended.
+
+Version 1.1.5 contains a fix for a security bug that would allow local users
+that are allowed to use pdnsd-ctl on a running pdnsd server to execute
+arbitrary code as the user that pdnsd runs as (or on Linux, when strict_setuid
+is not enabled, as the user that started pdnsd). The danger of this is usually
+quite limited; the status socket is not enabled by default, it's default
+permissions do only allow the user pdnsd runs as to use the socket,
+strict_setuid is enabled by default and pdnsd runs as an unprivileged user.
+There is also a new configure option, --enable-underscores, that will make
+pdnsd allow underscores in domain names. Furthermore, the SRV record handling
+has been fixed to allow underscores in any case (this was not allowed
+previously, but is required by the RFC). SOA records are not put in the
+answer section any more if no answers are found (this violates the RFC's).
+It may be put in the authority section in a later version.
+There are also various bugfixes in this release.
+Upgrade is recommended.
+
+Version 1.1.4 fixes various smaller bugs, and should also improve the cache
+write performance especially for larger caches.	There are also two new
+features: servers can now be given a label (using the label server option)
+which can be used to identify them for the pdnsd-ctl server command
+(contributed by Andrew M. Bishop), and local records can be marked to make
+the domain record authoritative in pdnsd's cache (which means that pdnsd will
+assume that records that are not present in the cache for that domain are
+non-existent); this is on by default now, and can be controlled using the new
+authrec server option).
+
+Version 1.1.3 added contrib/ and had a lot of robustness fixes.
+This release addresses a security hole that affects only Linux systems. Due to
+a bug in glibc, pdnsd could crash during a port scan. This release contains
+a workaround for this, as well as a fix for a deadlock under heavy load 
+conditions. It also fixes a possible problem that could be triggered by 
+malicious servers, and contains numerous bug fixes.
+A script, contributed by Marko Stolle, makes pdnsd useful in a DHCP setup.
+pdnsd also preservers the case of names in the cache, and should work much
+better on alpha machines (thanks for the contributions by Bjoern Fischer 
+and P.J. Bostley that made this possible). New types were dded for rr 
+sections and pdnsd-ctl.
+Upgrade is recommended.
+
+Version 1.1.2 has a fix for a bug that could cause SERVFAIL to be 
+returned when NXDOMAIN would be appropriate. The bug surfaced only when
+pdnsd queried name servers with a behaviour different from BIND's in the
+NXDOMAIN case, e.g. pdnsd querying another pdnsd or e.g. djbdns. 
+
+Version 1.1.1 fixes a possible race condition in status socket creation.
+This race might be used by a local attacker to change the access 
+permissions of a certain file in /tmp. The risk of this is probably 
+negligible. The default setup uses a non-privileged user, default mode 
+0600, and the status socket is disabled normally, so this should be 
+relatively safe. I don't see any possibility to exploit this, it is
+more of a paranoia fix.
+There are also some other minor fixes and documentation improvements. 
+Upgrade is recommended. 
+
+Version 1.1.0 introduces negative cacheing, pdnsd-ctl enhancements and
+a much improved FreeBSD support. The cache file format has changed from
+prior releases. Some configuration defaults have changed, too.
+
+Version 1.0.15 is mostly a bugfix release. It also has a new option:
+randomize_recs in the global section.
+
+Version 1.0.14 has a fix in icmp.c that will make it build properly
+on FreeBSD and older Linux systems.
+
+Version 1.0.13 has some code cleanup, a fix for the Debian rc install,
+and a security fix (contributed by Olaf Kirch): when changing
+user and group id, pdnsd did not drop supplementary group IDs that
+the original user was member of.
+
+Version 1.0.12 is a bugfix release and contains some security
+enhancements. There are also inclusion/exclusion lists for servers
+(new options include=, exclude=, policy= in the server
+section).
+
+Version 1.0.11 fixes two bugs that might be used for denial-of-service
+attacks, upgrading is recommended.
+
+Versions 1.0.9 and 1.0.10 are bugfix releases.
+
+Version 1.0.8 introduces special linux ppp device support contributed
+by Ron Yorston, and has some bugfixes.
+
+Version 1.0.7 introduces autoconf support, many new config file options and
+the new pdnsd-ctl run-time configuration program.
+
+Version 1.0.6 has another set of bugfixes, in addition to higher compile-
+time configurability and UDP query support. It also contains Debian rc
+scripts contributed by Markus Mohr.
+
+Version 1.0.5 has some bugfixes and the new "server_ip" option 
+contributed by Wolfgang Ocker.
+
+Version 1.0.4 introduces the new options run_as, strict_setuid and
+paranoid. These new options are optional security enhancements.
+
+Versions 1.0.1, 1.0.2 and 1.0.3 are bugfix releases.
+
+Version 1.0.0 has a lot of changes compared to the 0.9.x tree, but much of 
+them "under the hood":
+- IPv6 support (experimental; compile- and run-time configurable)
+- FreeBSD (and such hopefully *BSD) support
+- better rfc2181 compatability
+- new options:
+  - serve_aliases in source section
+  - linkdown_kluge in global section 
+  - max_ttl in global section 
+- cache-code reorganization, only one unified hash (of variable depth)
+- Optimizations & cleanups
+- Automatic deps (only interesting for developers ;-)
+
+Version 0.9.11 fixes a locally exploitable security hole (the cache file was
+world writeable by default). Please see ChangeLog.old for details.
+
+Version 0.9.10 fixes some bugs and improves build on Red Hat.
+
+Version 0.9.9 contains the rc scripts for Red Hat Linux contributed by Torben 
+Janssen, in addition to code cleanups and bugfixes.
+The meaning of the option -v has changed in this release.
+There is also a new config file option "lean_query" that is on by default. It 
+is an optimization, so please look in the docs when updating whether you want 
+it switched on or not.
+
+When compiling versions after 0.9.8, you will probably get more
+compiler warningsthan before. This is because the C compiler settings
+have been made stricter.
+
+Version 0.9.8 fixes a minor bug some build problems with glibc2.0 systems.
+
+The versions 0.9.6 and 0.9.7 are bugfix releases.
+
+Version 0.9.5 introduces uptest=exec, and a modified config file syntax (cache
+sizes are now specified in kB).
+
+Version 0.9.4 was the first to be released to the public. For information on 
+changes, see ChangeLog.
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/PKGBUILD.in b/jni/pdnsd/PKGBUILD.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d61765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/PKGBUILD.in
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Package build script for Arch Linux,
+# contributed by Alexander Drozdov.
+
+pkgname=@PACKAGE@
+pkgver=@VERSION@
+pkgrel=@packagerelease@
+pkgdesc="pdnsd is a proxy DNS server with permanent caching (the cache contents are written to hard disk on exit) that is designed to cope with unreachable or down DNS servers."
+url="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html"
+license="GPLv3"
+depends=()
+makedepends=(glibc)
+conflicts=()
+replaces=()
+backup=()
+install=
+source=(http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel....)
+md5sums=()
+
+build() {
+  cd $startdir/src/$pkgname-$pkgver
+  ./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-ipv6 --sysconfdir=/etc --with-distribution=ArchLinux
+  make || return 1
+  make DESTDIR=$startdir/pkg install
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/README b/jni/pdnsd/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7042e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/README
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+You can find the documentation for pdnsd in the doc/ directory. The html
+documentation (which I recommend) is in the doc/html/ subdirectory.
+The pure text documentation (which is generated automatically from the 
+html documentation) is in doc/txt/.
+The following documents are available:
+
+index.html / intro.txt		Overview, system requirements
+doc.html / manual.txt		Building, installation and usage instructions
+faq.html / faq.txt		The FAQ
+
+Share and enjoy!
+	Thomas tmoestl@gmx.net
+
+
+For news about recent changes in pdnsd the following files may be of
+interest to you:
+
+	README.par
+	ChangeLog
+	NEWS
+
+Last revised: 08 July 2007 by Paul Rombouts
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/README.par b/jni/pdnsd/README.par
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea181bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/README.par
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+	        pdnsd version 1.2.9a by Paul Rombouts
+                =====================================
+
+This file describes the version of pdnsd that I maintain personally and am
+making available so other people can enjoy the latest features and fixes. Thomas
+Moestl no longer maintains pdnsd himself, so I am effectively the new
+maintainer. This README describes the new features in version 1.2. This version
+has a rather large number of internal changes and also some new features, which
+I am rather pleased with, even if I say so myself. I think the changes are
+significant enough to warrant increasing the minor version number from 1.1 to
+1.2. The differences between my previous "official" release 1.1.11 and Thomas'
+last release 1.1.7a are described in my previous README, which I have renamed
+REAME.par.old. In this README I restrict myself to describing changes between
+1.1.11 and 1.2.
+The main difference between versions 1.2 and 1.2.1, aside from some minor
+changes, is that 1.2.1 has (experimental) support for the Cygwin platform.
+Version 1.2.2 has further improvements in portability and should in
+particular now also compile on the Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) platform.
+Version 1.2.4 has some important fixes for a memory leak, a minor buffer-
+overflow problem and some situations which could cause pdnsd to exit
+prematurely. Note that TCP-query support is now compiled in by default, but can
+still be disabled using a configure option.
+The main new feature of version 1.2.5 is the new query method "udp_tcp".
+Version 1.2.6 has an updated license: GPL version 3. The main new feature of
+version 1.2.6 is the "reject" option, which makes it possible to censor or
+correct for unwanted IP addresses in replies.
+Version 1.2.7 contains an important fix for a "dangling pointer" bug and
+attempts to make pdnsd less vulnerable to the issues raised in CERT
+vulnerability note VU#800113. It also contains some improvements for defining
+local records interactively using the pdnsd-ctl utility.
+The main new feature of version 1.2.8 is automatic discovery of root servers,
+as well as some minor improvements in the resolver.
+Version 1.2.9 among other things supports many addtional RR types, uses data
+structures that should be more slightly more memory efficient and has support
+for EDNS, which allows DNS UDP messages to be larger than 512 bytes.
+Version 1.2.9a is a simple bugfix release that fixes a problem with compiling
+1.2.9 after configuring with --enable-strict-rfc2181. Unless you use this option
+to compile pdnsd, there is no need to upgrade from 1.2.9 to 1.2.9a.
+
+For instructions how to compile and install pdnsd see doc/html/doc.html or
+doc/txt/manual.txt. Note that I am no longer distributing a patch w.r.t. Thomas'
+version because the (compressed) patch file is barely smaller than the
+(compressed) tar archive.
+
+Here follows a list of some of changes in version 1.2 from a user's perspective.
+For a more technical description of some of the changes in the code see the ChangeLog.
+For a short history about recent releases have a look at NEWS or doc/html/index.html.
+
+- First of all, two potentially rather nasty bugs have been fixed in the code
+  for the handling of NXT and NAPTR records. A response from a remote server
+  containing NXT records (even well-formed ones) will very likely cause pdnsd to
+  crash. The code for handling NAPTR records contained incorrect ASSERT
+  statements, which could cause pdnsd to abort in a controlled fashion, but
+  completely unnecessarily.
+
+- Sampo Lehtinen has remarked that pdnsd sometimes failed to resolve classless
+  reversed-delegated IP addresses, and that this has something to do with the
+  fact that pdnsd didn't accept '/' characters in domain names. After reading
+  some of the relevant RFCs I decided to remove all restrictions on the types
+  of characters that pdnsd accepts in domain names. Of course for most
+  applications, there are many characters which don't make sense in domain
+  names, but I feel that it is the responsibility of the client application to
+  reject these, not the proxy server.
+
+- At the suggestion of Dan Tihelka, I have expanded to the server_ip= option to
+  allow the name of an interface to be specified instead of an IP address.
+  Presently this has been tested on Linux only. Can someone running pdnsd on
+  *BSD tell me if the code for getting the address of an interface is different
+  for Linux and BSD-type systems?
+
+- At the suggestion of Juliusz Chroboczek I've added an new server availability
+  test which can be specified with uptest=query. This can be useful as an
+  alternative to "uptest=ping" in case the remote server does not respond to
+  ICMP_ECHO requests at all, which unfortunately is quite common these days.
+  "uptest=query" causes pdnsd to send an empty query to remote name servers. Any
+  well-formed response (apart from SERVFAIL) within the timeout period will be
+  interpreted as a sign that the server is "up".
+
+- Instead of specifying the IP addresses of the name servers that pdnsd should
+  query in a server section of the config file, you may also specify a
+  resolv.conf-style file. Preferably this should not be /etc/resolv.conf. If the
+  contents of the resolv.conf type file changes while pdnsd is running, you can
+  make pdnsd aware of the changes with the "pdnsd-ctl config" command, see
+  below. Example:
+
+    server {
+	label=myisp;
+	file=/etc/ppp/resolv.conf;
+	timeout=10;
+    }
+
+- There is a new option for "server" sections in the config file:
+  root_server=on/off.
+  In case a server section contains only addresses of root servers, which
+  usually only give the name servers of top level domains in their reply,
+  setting root_server=on will enable certain optimizations. This involves using
+  cached information to reduce queries to the root servers, thus speeding up the
+  resolving of new names.
+
+- New option for "rr" sections in the config file: reverse=on/off.
+  If you want a locally defined name to resolve to a numeric address and vice
+  versa, you can now achieve this by setting reverse=on before defining the A
+  record, making it unnecessary to define a separate PTR record for the reverse
+  resolving.
+  Example:
+
+    rr {
+	name = localhost;
+	reverse = on;
+	a = 127.0.0.1;
+    }
+
+  has the same effect as:
+
+    rr {
+	name = localhost;
+	a = 127.0.0.1;
+    }
+    rr {
+	name = 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa;
+	ptr = localhost;
+    }
+
+- In rr sections it is now possible to specify a wildcard name, i.e. a name
+  starting with the label *. The * in a wildcard can match one or more labels in
+  a queried name, but only whole labels. For example, *.mydomain will match
+  a.mydomain or www.a.mydomain, but not mydomain. Before you can specify an rr
+  section with name=*.mydomain you must define some records for mydomain,
+  typically NS and/or SOA records.
+  Example:
+
+    rr {
+	name = mydomain;
+	ns = localhost;
+	soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+	name = *.mydomain;
+	a = 192.168.1.10;
+    }
+
+- There is a slight backwards compatibility problem which involves the name= and
+  owner= options in rr sections. The new version does not allow you to place
+  owner= before name=. On the other hand, you may now freely mix the owner
+  option with the a,ptr,cname,mx and soa options and define as many records of
+  this type as you like (including zero).
+
+- pdnsd-ctl has three new commands:
+
+  config: Reloads pdnsd's configuration file. This is more efficient than
+  restarting pdnsd, and should not cause only noticeable interruption in DNS
+  service. However, some types of configuration changes cannot be put into
+  effect this way, and you will be prompted to restart pdnsd instead.
+
+  empty-cache: Empties the cache completely, freeing all existing entries.
+  In version 1.2.3 you can specify a selection of entries to delete by providing
+  a list of include/exclude patterns.
+
+  dump: Prints information about all the names stored in the cached. This is
+  mainly useful for diagnostic purposes.
+
+- There is now a pdnsd.conf(5) man page, describing pdnsd's configuration file.
+  The man page has been generated from the html documentation using a customized
+  Perl script.
+
+- New in version 1.2.4: Time intervals in the configuration files can now be
+  expressed in seconds, minutes, hours, days and weeks, using the suffixes
+  s,m,h,d,and w.
+  Example: 2h30m is interpreted as 2*60*60 + 30*60 = 9000 seconds.
+
+- Version 1.2.5 introduces a new configuration option, contributed by Jan-Marek
+  Glogowski, called "use_nss" which can be turned off to prevent nasty delays in
+  certain situations.
+  Besides the query methods "udp_only", "tcp_only" and "tcp_udp" you can now
+  also specify "udp_tcp", which more closely adheres to the behaviour
+  recommended by DNS standards.
+
+- Version 1.2.6 introduces the "randomize_servers" and "reject" options. By
+  setting "randomize_servers" on you can give each server in a server section an
+  equal chance of being queried, which is useful when resolving from root
+  servers, for instance. The "reject" option can be used to censor certain IP
+  addresses or correct for unwanted replies from servers you don't completely
+  trust.
+
+- Version 1.2.7 contains support for "include" files which can be referenced
+  from configuration files or read interactively using pdnsd-ctl. These files
+  can be used to add local definitions to the cache without reconfiguring pdnsd.
+  The new "pdnsd-ctl eval" command can be used to interactively define local
+  records that could previously only be defined in configuration files but not
+  with the "pdnsd-ctl add" command.
+
+- Version 1.2.8 contains support for automatic discovery of root servers.
+  Instead of supplying a complete list of IP addresses of root servers in a
+  server section of the configuration file, you need only enter one or two
+  addresses of name servers which know the names and addresses of the root
+  servers and set "root_server=discover".
+  The "neg_rrs_pol" option has a new default setting, which should allow
+  sensible negative caching of RRs in most situations, even if "proxy_only=on".
+
+- Version 1.2.9 contains support for EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS), which
+  allows UDP messages to be larger than 512 bytes. Whether pdnsd uses EDNS in
+  outgoing queries is determined by the configuration option "edns_query". If
+  pdnsd receives a query using EDNS, it will reply using EDNS regardless of the
+  configuration settings.
+  Local TXT records can now be defined in the configuration file.
+  If the query uptest fails due to remote servers ignoring empty queries, this
+  can now be remedied using the new "query_test_name" config option.
+
+The new features are described in greater detail in the manual doc/html/doc.html
+or doc/txt/manual.txt.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+If you have any questions about my version of pdnsd, you can send these
+to p.a.rombouts@home.nl. Questions about the original (unmaintained) pdnsd
+version should be sent to tmoestl@gmx.net or t.moestl@tu-bs.de.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/README.par.old b/jni/pdnsd/README.par.old
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf0eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/README.par.old
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+	  pdnsd maintenance version 1.1.11-par by Paul Rombouts
+	  =======================================================
+
+This file describes the version of pdnsd that I maintain personally and am
+making available so other people can enjoy the latest features and fixes.
+Thomas Moestl no longer maintains pdnsd himself, so I am effectively the new
+maintainer. The current version is 1.1.11-par, which has a rather large number
+of small changes. Among the bugs fixed are a race condition in the cache lookup
+code, a flaw in the code that caused a busy spin when a remote server answered
+with "Not Implemented", and problems with the -4 and -6 command-line options.
+Among the improvements are an alternative sorting algorithm which should allow
+pdnsd to start up faster when reading a large cache file from disk, automatic
+mapping of IPv4 to IPv6 addresses when running in IPv6 mode, somewhat more
+efficient memory use, and better compression of the replies. Some of the new
+features are described in the second half of this file (look for "new in version
+1.1.11"). For the rest of the changes I will have to refer you to the ChangeLog.
+For a short history about recent releases have a look at doc/html/index.html.
+
+Since version 1.1.9 I've added some missing pieces to the documentation (the
+manual doc/html/doc.html,doc/txt/manual.txt and the man page doc/pdnsd-ctl.8).
+Version 1.1.11 finally has a man page doc/pdnsd.8, thanks to a contribution by
+Mahesh T. Pai.
+
+The first part of this file describes how to patch, compile, install and run
+pdnsd. The second part describes some of the changes I've made to Thomas
+Moestl's code.
+
+Unless you're using the pre-patched source archive pdnsd-1.1.11-par.tar.gz you
+must first apply my patch file pdnsd-1.1.11-par.diff.gz before compiling and
+installing pdnsd according to Thomas Moestl's instructions described in the the
+documentation. Use a freshly untarred copy of Thomas Moestl's original version
+1.1.7a source, cd into the source directory pdnsd-1.1.7a and apply the command:
+
+gzip -cd <path_to_patch>/pdnsd-1.1.11-par.diff.gz | patch -p2 -N -Z
+
+Note: I have used GNU extensions so there may be some portability issues. I have
+supplied alternatives for some of the less portable functions. There should be no
+problem with most Linux distributions.
+
+That's it! You should now be able to compile, install and run pdnsd. See the
+documentation in doc/html/doc.html or doc/txt/manual.txt for more detailed
+instructions.
+
+Some people may want change the compiler optimization flag. I use the -O2 flag,
+but it might be safer to use a lower level of optimization or no optimization at
+all. In that case prefix the configure command with the desired compiler flags
+like this (assuming you're using a bash shell):
+
+    CFLAGS="-O1 -g -Wall" ./configure ...
+
+I have added a new configuration option "--with-thread-lib=<lib>", which you
+should use if you experience problems with signal handling under Linux. The
+usual symptom is failure by pdnsd to save the cache to disk, and
+/var/cache/pdnsd/pdnsd.cache remaining empty. If you experience this kind of
+trouble, try reconfiguring with different values for the --with-thread-lib
+option. The allowable values are "linuxthreads" (the default), "linuxthreads2"
+(or "lt2" for short), and "nptl". I recommend that you first configure and
+compile without the --with-thread-lib option, then if you experience trouble try
+again with --with-thread-lib=lt2 and recompile.
+If your Linux system has an implementation of the Native POSIX Thread Library,
+which is the case with Red Hat 9 for instance, you should use
+--with-thread-lib=nptl .
+Ideally, I would like to write a configure script which automatically detects
+which kind of thread library is being used on a Linux system, but I don't have a
+clue yet how to do this. If you can help me with this please write to me at the
+email address listed at the end of this file.
+
+The rest of this file describes some of the modifications I've made, but you
+don't have to read it if you simply want to run pdnsd as you're used to.
+
+
+- The main new feature I've added enables you to change the server addresses
+  that pdnsd uses at run-time using pdnsd-ctl. I've done this because the ISPs I
+  use do not specify fixed DNS server addresses, but expect their clients to use
+  dynamic DNS configuration (DHCP in the case of the cable connection, RFC1877
+  in case of isdn). I've extended the options that can be given with the
+  "server" command to pdnsd-ctl, to allow IP addresses to be specified as an
+  additional argument after "up|down|retest". This allows me to put something
+  like this in my ifup-local script:
+
+  pdnsd-ctl server isp-label up "$DNS1 $DNS2"
+
+  For more details how to use pdnsd-ctl read the updated documentation in
+  the doc/html directory. There is also a manpage for pdnsd-ctl.
+  This was quite tricky to implement because there might be pending queries
+  while the addresses are being changed. It certainly was an interesting
+  exercise in writing multi-threaded code for me.
+
+
+- I've implemented a feature which allowed me to specify multiple IP addresses
+  per server section in the configuration file. This allowed for a much more
+  compact configuration file (3 server sections instead of 7 in my case),
+  because most configuration options are identical for servers belonging to the
+  same ISP. It also made the output of "pdnsd-ctl status" more compact. And it
+  was necessary to enable a satisfactory implementation of the previous feature.
+  Example of the new syntax:
+
+	ip = 123.456.789.001, 123.456.789.002, 123.456.789.003;
+
+  At the suggestion of Greg Norris server sections no longer have to specify IP
+  addresses. A server section without IP addresses will remain inactive until it
+  is assigned one more addresses at run-time with pdnsd-ctl.
+
+- I've changed the implementation of dynamic arrays to make it slightly more
+  efficient, and improve type safety. I also got rid of several arrays of fixed
+  size in favor of dynamically allocated arrays. In particular, I got rid of
+  all occurrences of MAXPATH. I also made several static variables "automatic".
+
+- The output of the "status" command of pdnsd-ctl now gives more meaningful
+  constant names "ping|none|if|exec" instead of numbers for the "uptest" option.
+  I've also added some information that was previously missing.
+
+- I've fixed I a problem that caused pdnsd to use up a lot of CPU time and slow
+  down my system considerably when it received a query that took a long time to
+  resolve. It turned out that pdnsd can get into a "busy spin" when one of the
+  DNS servers pdnsd is querying refuses the connection. Apart from fixing this
+  bug, to speed things up additionally, I thought it would be a good idea to
+  mark a server down (without retesting it) after detecting errno==ECONNREFUSED.
+  This gives me very satisfactory performance, with the problematic server being
+  tried only once during every testing interval.
+
+  New in version 1.1.11: An additional busy spin condition, triggered when a
+  remote server answers with "Not Implemented", has been discovered and fixed.
+  In case there are remaining bugs in the multiplexing code, I've added a test
+  that checks if the number of events reported by poll/select matches the number
+  of events handled by pdnsd. If not, pdnsd will log an error message and give
+  up. Although the bugs still need to be reported and fixed, at least this
+  should prevent pdnsd from wasting CPU cycles.
+
+- Due to a bug in Thomas' code, pdnsd tries, but fails, to remove the control
+  socket "pdnsd.status" before exiting. This has also been fixed. In version
+  1.1.8b1-par6 I have cleaned this up some more so that pdnsd will handle
+  situations where it can't open or bind the control socket more gracefully.
+
+- I've rewritten some of the code that saves the contents of the cache to the
+  file "pdnsd.cache" just before pdnsd exits. This is because I noticed in my
+  logfiles that pdnsd occasionally had problems reading this file back at
+  startup. I eliminated the use of fseek() in Thomas' code. I could not find
+  anything that was demonstrably incorrect about his use of fseek(), but it
+  seemed better to me to do without it and write the file in a strictly
+  sequential order. Anyway, it turned out my hunch paid off: no more error
+  messages about "pdnsd.cache" in my logfile.
+
+  New in version 1.1.11: I've added some new code for sorting the queue used for
+  purging stale cache entries. This should allow pdnsd to start up faster when
+  reading large cache files from disk.
+
+- I've extended the configuration options for policies of inclusion/exclusion
+  lists in server sections. The new policies options are "simple_only" and
+  "fqdn_only". Setting policy=simple_only will cause the server to used only for
+  simple hostnames if no other rule matches. On the other hand, setting
+  policy=fqdn_only will cause the server to be used only for fully qualified
+  domain names (i.e. the name has at least one dot in-between). I find these
+  options useful for controlling which name servers (if any) will be used by
+  pdnsd for simple host names.
+
+- I've added a new "delegation_only" option that can be used to undo the
+  unwanted effects of DNS "wildcards". It works roughly as the feature by the
+  same name in BIND. It is turned off by default. To block Verisign's
+  Sitefinder, add the following line to the global section of the configuration
+  file:
+
+	delegation_only= com, net;
+
+  If you find that this feature blocks some legitimate domain names, you will
+  probably need to add the address of a nameserver that provides good authority
+  information. More information can be found at
+  http://www.phys.uu.nl/~rombouts/pdnsd/delegationonly.html
+
+- It is no longer mandatory that domain names in the configuration file end in a
+  dot.
+
+- The parser for configuration files has been rewritten purely in C, so (f)lex
+  and yacc/bison are no longer needed to build pdnsd.
+  It is no longer necessary to place strings between quotes in the configuration
+  file, unless a string contains a special character such as whitespace, a token
+  that normally starts a comment, or one of the characters ",;{}". Note that
+  these special characters are illegal in domain names anyway.
+
+- New in version 1.1.11: Negating whole domains with a neg section in the
+  config file will result in all the subdomains being negated as well.
+  For example, adding the lines
+
+	neg {name=doubleclick.com; types=domain;}
+	neg {name=doubleclick.net; types=domain;}
+
+  will also negate ad.doubleclick.com, ad.fr.doubleclick.net, etc.
+
+- New in version 1.1.11: When running in IPv6 mode, pdnsd will now automatically
+  map any IPv4 addresses it reads in the config file to IPv6 addresses.
+  When pdnsd has been compiled with IPv6 support and runs in IPv4 mode, it will
+  skip IPv6 addresses with a warning message. This may result in certain server
+  sections becoming inactive, though.
+
+  The -4 and -6 options should now work as advertised.
+  I've added two new command-line options, "-a" and "-i <prefix>".
+  With the -a flag pdnsd will try to detect automatically if IPv6 support is
+  available on a system, and fall back to IPv4 if not. The -a flag can be used
+  instead of -4 or -6.
+  The -i option can be used to specify a prefix for mapping IPv4 to IPv6
+  address. The default is ::ffff.0.0.0.0. There is also a corresponding
+  ipv4_6_prefix= option for the config file.
+
+- New in version 1.1.11: I've slightly changed the way pdnsd does parallel
+  queries. Active queries or not canceled until we have received a useful
+  response from a remote name server, or all the queries have failed or timed
+  out. Thus the par_queries parameter is no longer the maximum number of
+  parallel queries, but rather the increment with which the number of parallel
+  queries is increased when the previous set has timed out. In the worst case
+  there will be pending queries to all the servers in the list of available
+  servers simultaneously. We may be wasting more system resources this way, but
+  the advantage is that we have a greater chance of catching a reply. After all,
+  if we wait longer anyway, why not for more servers.
+  I've also introduced a global timeout parameter. This is the minimum period of
+  time pdnsd will wait after sending the first query to a remote server before
+  giving up without having received a reply. The timeout options in the
+  configuration file are now only minimum timeout intervals. Setting the global
+  timeout option makes it possible to specify quite short timeout intervals in
+  the server sections. This will have the effect that pdnsd will start querying
+  additional servers fairly quickly if the first servers are slow to respond
+  (but will still continue to listen for responses from the first ones). This
+  may allow pdnsd to get an answer more quickly in certain situations.
+
+  After receiving a reply from a remote server the server is marked up and its
+  time stamp is updated. This will have the effect that pdnsd doesn't bother
+  testing this server for availability for a period of time, and thus the
+  overhead caused by testing is reduced. After server timeouts, uptests are
+  performed by the separate server status thread, not by threads that have to
+  answer queries. Unresponsive servers with uptest=ping will not be marked down
+  immediately any more, but only after the ping test has definitely failed.
+
+I've also included a number of bug-fixes contained in a patch file supplied to
+me by Thomas Moestl. In addition to the things I had already fixed, the
+following issues are addressed: some memory leaks, dropping of root privileges
+before calling uptest scripts in case pdnsd was started setuid root (which is a
+bad idea anyway), passing on open fd's to uptests, integer overruns in the
+status reporting code, fixing string passing from the lexer, more consistent
+treatment of underscores in domain names.
+
+In addition to the things I've listed above, I've made various little changes to
+fix minor bugs, improve efficiency or elegance, or simply to suit my my own
+coding style. These changes are too numerous to list here, but some of them are
+listed in the ChangeLog. Of course if you are really interested in the
+nitty-gritty you can always compare the source of my version with Thomas'
+original code.
+
+If you have any questions about the modifications I've made, you can send these
+to p.a.rombouts@home.nl. Questions about the original pdnsd version should
+be sent to tmoestl@gmx.net or t.moestl@tu-bs.de.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/THANKS b/jni/pdnsd/THANKS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c7e3bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/THANKS
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+This is a (hopefully complete) list of people I have to thank for helping me
+develop and improve pdnsd:
+
+David G. Andersen
+Andrew M. Bishop
+Daniel Black
+Carsten Block
+Stephan Boettcher
+P.J. Bostley
+Rodney Brown
+Kevin A. Burton
+Juliusz Chroboczek
+Joachim Dorner
+Frank Elsner
+Christian Engstler
+Stefan Erhardt
+Bjoern Fischer
+Stefan Förster
+Bert Frederiks
+Mike Hammer
+Jonathan Hudson
+Torben Janssen
+Byrial Jensen
+Olaf Kirch
+Nikola Kotur
+Kiyo Kelvin Lee
+Bernd Leibing
+Patrick Loschmidt
+James MacLean
+Sourav K. Mandal
+Fraser McCrossan
+Markus Mohr
+Michael Müller
+Gustavo Niemeyer
+Alexandre Nunes
+Wolfgang Ocker
+Mahesh T. Pai
+Bernhard Pelz
+Soenke J. Peters
+Erich Reitz
+Paul A. Rombouts
+Brian Schroeder
+Roman Shterenzon
+Daniel Smolik
+Milan P. Stanic
+Michael Steiner
+Norbert Steinl
+Andreas Steinmetz	
+Marko Stolle
+Markus Storm
+Michael Ströder
+Thomas Stromberg
+Alan Swanson
+Lyonel Vincent
+Eelco Vriezekolk
+Paul Wagland
+Sverker Wiberg
+Michael Wiedmann
+Ron Yorston
+Nikita V. Youshchenko
+Jan-Marek Glogowski
+Thomas Cort
+Pierre Habouzit
+Dirk Armbrust
+Georg Schwarz
+Ashish Shukla
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/TODO b/jni/pdnsd/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6a1650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+- Implement a reference counter to ensure that newly entered records are not
+  purged immediately (really needed?)
+- Perhaps do a two-step form of recursive query: first query those servers we
+  have got cached, then (if unsuccessful) look the others up and query again.
+  The impact of this optimisation may not be very big, because all sane servers
+  give A records for NS records if possible.
+- Test for compatibility on other Unix-like Systems other than the BSDs and
+  Linux; rewrite the functions in netdev.c and icmp.c for those OSs if
+  necessary. Also try to get compatibility for other compilers than gcc.
+- Write an install rule for the Slackware start-up script.
+- Update the FAQ.
+- Implement DNSSEC support. Since version 1.2.9, pdnsd is able to cache the RR
+  types necessary for DNSSEC, but the resolver is not yet security aware.
+- Implement a lookup table (hash table) for queries in progress. This would
+  enable a thread that is resolving a query that is already being handled by
+  another thread to wait for that other thread to finish and copy its result
+  rather than independently query remote servers. It is very common for
+  resolvers to resend UDP queries if they don't get a reply within a timeout
+  period and if the answer is not yet cached, this will result in multiple
+  threads duplicating each others work in the current implementation.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/acconfig.h b/jni/pdnsd/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c864071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+#ifndef _CONFIG_H_
+#define _CONFIG_H_
+
+/* ONLY EDIT acconfig.h, NEVER config.h or config.h.in!
+ * config.h MAY BE OVERWRITTEN BY make, config.h.in by autoheader! */
+
+/* Define your Target here. Currently defined are TARGET_LINUX (any
+ * architecture), TARGET_BSD (experimental; tested on FreeBSD, hopefully
+ * works for other BSD variants) and TARGET_CYGWIN. */
+#define TARGET TARGET_LINUX
+
+/* change the #undef to #define if you do not want to compile with special
+ * ISDN support for Linux. Note that the ISDN support will not compile ok on
+ * unpatched kernerls earlier than 2.2.12 (if you did apply newer isdn patches,
+ * it may work fine). This is not on by default because it will cause compile
+ * problems on some systems */
+#undef ISDN_SUPPORT
+
+/* The following regulates the IP Protocol support. Supported types are IPv4
+ * and IPv6 (aka IPng). You may enable either or both of these protocols.
+ * Enabling in this context means that support for the respective protocol
+ * will be in the binary. When running the binary, one of the protocols may
+ * be activated via command line switches. Note that activating both IPv4 and
+ * IPv6 is pointless (and will not work because two UDP and two TCP threads
+ * will be started that concur for ports). Because of that, it is not allowed.
+ * When pdnsd runs with IPv6 activated it should be able to service queries
+ * from IPv6 as well as from IPv4 hosts, provided that you host is configured
+ * properly.
+ * For each of the protocols there are two options: ENABLE_IPV4 and ENABLE_IPV6
+ * control whether support for the respective protocol is available in the
+ * binary. DEFAULT_IPV4 selects which protocol is enabled on pdnsd
+ * startup by default. 1 means IPv4, while 0 means IPv6. If support for
+ * a protocol was included in the executable, you can specify command line
+ * parameters to activate or deactivate that protocol (the options are -4 and
+ * -6), but it makes more sense to use the run_ipv4=on/off option in the
+ * configuration file.
+ * Make your choice. Note that IPv6 support is experimental in pdnsd.
+ * In normal operation, you will currently only need IPv4. */
+#undef ENABLE_IPV4
+#define DEFAULT_IPV4 1
+#undef ENABLE_IPV6
+
+/* In all pdnsd versions before 1.0.6, DNS queries were always done over
+ * TCP. Now, you have the choice. You can control that behaviour using
+ * the -m command line switch, and you can give a preset here. There
+ * are 3 different modes:
+ * UDP_ONLY: This is undoubtedly the fastest query method, because
+ *       no TCP negotiation needs to be done.
+ * TCP_ONLY: This is slower than uo, but generally more secure
+ *       against DNS spoofing. Note that some name servers on the
+ *       internet do not support TCP queries, notably dnscache.
+ * TCP_UDP: TCP, then UDP. If the TCP query fails with a "connection refused"-
+ *       error or times out, the query is retried using UDP.
+ * UDP_TCP: UDP, then TCP. If the UDP reply is truncated (i.e. the tc flag is set),
+ *       the query is retried using TCP. */
+#define M_PRESET UDP_ONLY
+
+/* In addition to choosing the presets, you may also completely disable
+ * one of the protocols (TCP for preset UDP_ONLY and UDP for preset TCP_ONLY).
+ * This saves some executable space. */
+#undef NO_UDP_QUERIES
+#undef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+
+/* With the following option, you can disable the TCP server functionality
+ * of pdnsd. Nearly no program does TCP queries, so you probably can do
+ * this safely and save some executable space and one thread.
+ * You also can turn off the TCP server at runtime with the --notcp option. */
+#undef NO_TCP_SERVER
+
+/* By undefining the following, you can disable the UDP source address
+ * discovery code. This is not recommended, but you may need it when
+ * running into compilation problems. */
+#undef SRC_ADDR_DISC
+
+/* NO_POLL specifies not to use poll(2), but select(2) instead. If you are
+ * unsure about what this means, just leave this as it is.*/
+#undef NO_POLL
+
+/* Define this for "hard" RFC 2181 compliance: this RFC states that
+ * implementations should discard answers whose RR sets have multiple
+ * different time stamps. While correct answers are generated, incorrect
+ * ones are normally tolerated and corrected. Full RFC compliance is
+ * however only achieved by deactivating this behaviour and thus being
+ * intolerant. */
+#undef RFC2181_ME_HARDER
+
+/* Define this to the device you want to use for getting random numbers.
+ * Leave this undefined if you wand to use the standard C library random
+ * function, which basically should be sufficient.
+ * Linux and FreeBSD have two random number devices: /dev/random and
+ * /dev/urandom. /dev/urandom might be less secure in some cases, but
+ * should still be more than sufficient. The use of /dev/random is
+ * discouraged, as reading from this device blocks when new random bits
+ * need to be gathered. */
+#undef RANDOM_DEVICE
+#undef R_DEFAULT
+#undef R_RANDOM
+#undef R_ARC4RANDOM
+/*#define RANDOM_DEVICE "/dev/urandom"*/
+
+/* Designate which database manager to use for cacheing.
+ * default: native; others: gdbm */
+#define CACHE_DBM DBM_NATIVE
+
+#define CACHEDIR "/var/cache/pdnsd"
+
+#define TEMPDIR "/tmp";
+
+/* This is for various debugging facilities that produce debug output and
+ * double-check some values. You can enable debug messages with the -g option.
+ * Normally, you can switch this off safely by setting the number after DEBUG
+ * to 0. This will increase speed (although only marginally), save space
+ * in the executable (only about 12kB) and some stack space per thread
+ * (which may be significant if you have many threads running simultaneously).
+ * However, it may be an aid when debugging config files.
+ * The only defined debug levels by now are in the range 0 - 9.
+ * Define this to 9 if you want hex dumps of all the queries and replies pdnsd
+ * receives (you must also call pdnsd with -v9 to actually see the hex dumps).
+ * When in doubt, leave it defined to 1. */
+#define DEBUG 1
+
+/* This defines the default verbosity of informational messages you will get.
+   This has nothing to to with the debug option (-g), but may be set with -v
+   option. 0 is for normal operation, up to 3 for debugging.
+   Unlike the debug messages, these messages will also be written to the syslog.*/
+#define VERBOSITY 0
+
+/* Redefine this if you want another hash size.
+ * The number of hash buckets is computed as power of two (1<<HASH_SZ);
+ * so e.g. HASH_SZ set to 10 yields 1024 hash rows.
+ * HASH_SZ may not be bigger than 32 (if you set it even close to that value,
+ * you are nuts.) */
+#define HASH_SZ 10
+
+/* Set this to debug the hash tables. Turn this off normally, or you will get
+ * flooded with diagnostic messages */
+#undef DEBUG_HASH
+
+/* Define if you have working C99 Variadic macro support */
+#undef CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS
+
+/* Define as int if socklen_t typedef is missing */
+#undef socklen_t
+
+/* Lock the UDP socket before using it? */
+#undef SOCKET_LOCKING
+
+/* Default TCP timeout when receiving queries */
+#define TCP_TIMEOUT 30
+
+/* Allow subsequent TCP queries on one connection? */
+#undef TCP_SUBSEQ
+
+/* Default value for parallel query number */
+#define PAR_QUERIES   2
+
+/* Maximum number of IP addresses used per nameserver obtained from NS records. */
+#define MAXNAMESERVIPS 3
+
+/* These are the possible targets. Normally no need to touch these
+ * definitions. */
+#define TARGET_LINUX  0
+#define TARGET_BSD    1
+#define TARGET_CYGWIN 2
+
+/* Assume the Native POSIX Thread Library instead of LinuxThreads ? */
+#undef THREADLIB_NPTL
+
+/* If we are using LinuxThreads, implement the fix needed for newer glibcs ? */
+#undef THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2
+
+/* The following is needed for using LinuxThreads. Better don't touch. */
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
+
+/* It appears the newer versions of gcc won't convert a pointer to char into
+   a pointer to unsigned char and vice versa without complaining.
+   By using casts these warning messages can be suppressed, but at the cost
+   of losing some type safety.
+   Define charp and ucharp to be empty if you are a developer and find type
+   safety more important.
+   Leave the definitions unchanged to avoid distracting warning messages. */
+#define charp (char *)
+#define ucharp (unsigned char *)
+
+
+/* pdnsd version. DO NOT TOUCH THIS! It is replaced automatically by the
+ * contents of ./version */
+#define VERSION "@VERSION@"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/aclocal.m4 b/jni/pdnsd/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7224f6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,1021 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.63],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.63.
+You have another version of autoconf.  It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[am__api_version='1.11'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version.  Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
+      [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
+])
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too.  Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+  [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND                                         -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'.  In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory.  The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run.  This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+#          a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir.  In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir.  That would be:
+#   am_aux_dir='$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*(.*)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+#   MISSING="${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH.  The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# This was merged into AC_PROG_CC in Autoconf.
+
+AU_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_STDC],
+[AC_PROG_CC
+AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0:
+	your code should no longer depend upon `am_cv_prog_cc_stdc', but upon
+	`ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc'.  Remove this warning and the assignment when
+	you adjust the code.  You can also remove the above call to
+	AC_PROG_CC if you already called it elsewhere.])
+am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc
+])
+AU_DEFUN([fp_PROG_CC_STDC])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL                                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 9
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ ifelse([$1], [TRUE],  [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+	[$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
+m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
+if $2; then
+  $1_TRUE=
+  $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+  $1_TRUE='#'
+  $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 10
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery.  Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+ifelse([$1], CC,   [depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], CXX,  [depcc="$CXX"  am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+       [$1], UPC,  [depcc="$UPC"  am_compiler_list=],
+       [$1], GCJ,  [depcc="$GCJ"  am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+                   [depcc="$$1"   am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+               [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*([a-zA-Z0-9]*))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  m4_case([$1], [CC],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac],
+    [CXX],
+    [case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac])
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with ), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
+[  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
+  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH=''
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking.              -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+#serial 5
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[{
+  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote(.*(DEPDIR).*)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+      AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled.  FIXME.  This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+     [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+     [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 8
+
+# AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete.  It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS.
+AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake.                             -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 16
+
+# This macro actually does too much.  Some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things.  But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out.  PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition.  After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names.  We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
+m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
+  [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+	      [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+			     [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+		  [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
+		  [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+			  defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
+])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
+dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen.  This macro
+dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
+[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+  [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
+])
+
+dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion.  Do not
+dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
+dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
+m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated.  The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg=$1
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+  case $_am_header in
+    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+      break ;;
+    * )
+      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+  esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot.  For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes.	            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+# --------------
+# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
+# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because
+# there is no other way.
+set dummy $CC
+am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']`
+eval am_t=$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o
+if test "$am_t" != yes; then
+   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+   # and then we could set am__CC="$(top_srcdir)/compile $(CC)"
+   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our
+dnl setting of CC.
+m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
+          [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])])
+])
+
+# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use.  -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="${SHELL} "$am_aux_dir/missing"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# ---------------
+# Check for `mkdir -p'.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p.  We now use MKDIR_P,
+dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
+dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
+dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
+dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
+dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
+dnl MKDIR_P).
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
+case $mkdir_p in
+  [[\/$]]* | ?:[[\/]]*) ;;
+  */*) mkdir_p="$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling.                     -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME.  Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.    -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[[\"#$&'`$am_lf]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[[\"#$&'`$am_lf\ \	]]*)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+   fi
+   rm -f conftest.file
+   if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+      && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+   fi
+
+   test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# ---------------------
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries.  This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
+# This macro is traced by Automake.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
+
+# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball.                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+#     tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+#     $(am__untar) < result.tar
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+     [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
+     [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
+              [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
+# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
+for _am_tool in $_am_tools
+do
+  case $_am_tool in
+  gnutar)
+    for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
+    do
+      AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+    done
+    am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+    am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+    ;;
+  plaintar)
+    # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+    # ustar tarball either.
+    (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+    am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+    am__untar='tar xf -'
+    ;;
+  pax)
+    am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+    am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+    am__untar='pax -r'
+    ;;
+  cpio)
+    am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+    am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+    am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+    ;;
+  none)
+    am__tar=false
+    am__tar_=false
+    am__untar=false
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  # If the value was cached, stop now.  We just wanted to have am__tar
+  # and am__untar set.
+  test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+  # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+  AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  if test -s conftest.tar; then
+    AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+    grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+  fi
+done
+rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/compile b/jni/pdnsd/compile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b1d232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/compile
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey tromey@cygnus.com.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to bug-automake@gnu.org or send patches to
+# automake-patches@gnu.org.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try `$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
+Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to bug-automake@gnu.org.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "compile $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+eat=
+
+for arg
+do
+  if test -n "$eat"; then
+    eat=
+  else
+    case $1 in
+      -o)
+	# configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	# So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+	eat=1
+	case $2 in
+	  *.o | *.obj)
+	    ofile=$2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
+	    shift
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *.c)
+	cfile=$1
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+      *)
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+  # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
+  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
+  # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
+  # ok.
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    break
+  fi
+  sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+  mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+  mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/config.h b/jni/pdnsd/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bfa268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/* config.h.  Generated from config.h.in by configure.  */
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+#ifndef _CONFIG_H_
+#define _CONFIG_H_
+
+/* ONLY EDIT acconfig.h, NEVER config.h or config.h.in!
+ * config.h MAY BE OVERWRITTEN BY make, config.h.in by autoheader! */
+
+/* Define your Target here. Currently defined are TARGET_LINUX (any
+ * architecture), TARGET_BSD (experimental; tested on FreeBSD, hopefully
+ * works for other BSD variants) and TARGET_CYGWIN. */
+#define TARGET TARGET_LINUX
+
+/* change the #undef to #define if you do not want to compile with special
+ * ISDN support for Linux. Note that the ISDN support will not compile ok on
+ * unpatched kernerls earlier than 2.2.12 (if you did apply newer isdn patches,
+ * it may work fine). This is not on by default because it will cause compile
+ * problems on some systems */
+/* #undef ISDN_SUPPORT */
+
+/* The following regulates the IP Protocol support. Supported types are IPv4
+ * and IPv6 (aka IPng). You may enable either or both of these protocols.
+ * Enabling in this context means that support for the respective protocol
+ * will be in the binary. When running the binary, one of the protocols may
+ * be activated via command line switches. Note that activating both IPv4 and
+ * IPv6 is pointless (and will not work because two UDP and two TCP threads
+ * will be started that concur for ports). Because of that, it is not allowed.
+ * When pdnsd runs with IPv6 activated it should be able to service queries
+ * from IPv6 as well as from IPv4 hosts, provided that you host is configured
+ * properly.
+ * For each of the protocols there are two options: ENABLE_IPV4 and ENABLE_IPV6
+ * control whether support for the respective protocol is available in the
+ * binary. DEFAULT_IPV4 selects which protocol is enabled on pdnsd
+ * startup by default. 1 means IPv4, while 0 means IPv6. If support for
+ * a protocol was included in the executable, you can specify command line
+ * parameters to activate or deactivate that protocol (the options are -4 and
+ * -6), but it makes more sense to use the run_ipv4=on/off option in the
+ * configuration file.
+ * Make your choice. Note that IPv6 support is experimental in pdnsd.
+ * In normal operation, you will currently only need IPv4. */
+#define ENABLE_IPV4 1
+#define DEFAULT_IPV4 1
+#undef ENABLE_IPV6 
+
+/* In all pdnsd versions before 1.0.6, DNS queries were always done over
+ * TCP. Now, you have the choice. You can control that behaviour using
+ * the -m command line switch, and you can give a preset here. There
+ * are 3 different modes:
+ * UDP_ONLY: This is undoubtedly the fastest query method, because
+ *       no TCP negotiation needs to be done.
+ * TCP_ONLY: This is slower than uo, but generally more secure
+ *       against DNS spoofing. Note that some name servers on the
+ *       internet do not support TCP queries, notably dnscache.
+ * TCP_UDP: TCP, then UDP. If the TCP query fails with a "connection refused"-
+ *       error or times out, the query is retried using UDP.
+ * UDP_TCP: UDP, then TCP. If the UDP reply is truncated (i.e. the tc flag is set),
+ *       the query is retried using TCP. */
+#define M_PRESET TCP_ONLY
+
+/* In addition to choosing the presets, you may also completely disable
+ * one of the protocols (TCP for preset UDP_ONLY and UDP for preset TCP_ONLY).
+ * This saves some executable space. */
+/* #undef NO_UDP_QUERIES */
+/* #undef NO_TCP_QUERIES */
+
+/* With the following option, you can disable the TCP server functionality
+ * of pdnsd. Nearly no program does TCP queries, so you probably can do
+ * this safely and save some executable space and one thread.
+ * You also can turn off the TCP server at runtime with the --notcp option. */
+/* #undef NO_TCP_SERVER */
+
+/* By undefining the following, you can disable the UDP source address
+ * discovery code. This is not recommended, but you may need it when
+ * running into compilation problems. */
+#define SRC_ADDR_DISC 1
+
+/* NO_POLL specifies not to use poll(2), but select(2) instead. If you are
+ * unsure about what this means, just leave this as it is.*/
+/* #undef NO_POLL */
+
+/* Define this for "hard" RFC 2181 compliance: this RFC states that
+ * implementations should discard answers whose RR sets have multiple
+ * different time stamps. While correct answers are generated, incorrect
+ * ones are normally tolerated and corrected. Full RFC compliance is
+ * however only achieved by deactivating this behaviour and thus being
+ * intolerant. */
+/* #undef RFC2181_ME_HARDER */
+
+/* Define this to the device you want to use for getting random numbers.
+ * Leave this undefined if you wand to use the standard C library random
+ * function, which basically should be sufficient.
+ * Linux and FreeBSD have two random number devices: /dev/random and
+ * /dev/urandom. /dev/urandom might be less secure in some cases, but
+ * should still be more than sufficient. The use of /dev/random is
+ * discouraged, as reading from this device blocks when new random bits
+ * need to be gathered. */
+/* #undef RANDOM_DEVICE */
+#define R_DEFAULT 1
+/* #undef R_RANDOM */
+/* #undef R_ARC4RANDOM */
+/*#define RANDOM_DEVICE "/dev/urandom"*/
+
+/* Designate which database manager to use for cacheing.
+ * default: native; others: gdbm */
+#define CACHE_DBM DBM_NATIVE
+
+#define CONFDIR "/data/data/net.typeblog.socks"
+
+#define CACHEDIR "/data/data/net.typeblog.socks"
+
+#define TEMPDIR "/data/data/net.typeblog.socks/cache";
+
+/* This is for various debugging facilities that produce debug output and
+ * double-check some values. You can enable debug messages with the -g option.
+ * Normally, you can switch this off safely by setting the number after DEBUG
+ * to 0. This will increase speed (although only marginally), save space
+ * in the executable (only about 12kB) and some stack space per thread
+ * (which may be significant if you have many threads running simultaneously).
+ * However, it may be an aid when debugging config files.
+ * The only defined debug levels by now are in the range 0 - 9.
+ * Define this to 9 if you want hex dumps of all the queries and replies pdnsd
+ * receives (you must also call pdnsd with -v9 to actually see the hex dumps).
+ * When in doubt, leave it defined to 1. */
+#define DEBUG 1
+
+/* This defines the default verbosity of informational messages you will get.
+   This has nothing to to with the debug option (-g), but may be set with -v
+   option. 0 is for normal operation, up to 3 for debugging.
+   Unlike the debug messages, these messages will also be written to the syslog.*/
+#define VERBOSITY 0
+
+/* Redefine this if you want another hash size.
+ * The number of hash buckets is computed as power of two (1<<HASH_SZ);
+ * so e.g. HASH_SZ set to 10 yields 1024 hash rows.
+ * HASH_SZ may not be bigger than 32 (if you set it even close to that value,
+ * you are nuts.) */
+#define HASH_SZ 10
+
+/* Set this to debug the hash tables. Turn this off normally, or you will get
+ * flooded with diagnostic messages */
+/* #undef DEBUG_HASH */
+
+/* Define if you have working C99 Variadic macro support */
+#define CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS 1
+
+/* Define as int if socklen_t typedef is missing */
+/* #undef socklen_t */
+
+/* Lock the UDP socket before using it? */
+/* #undef SOCKET_LOCKING */
+
+/* Default TCP timeout when receiving queries */
+#define TCP_TIMEOUT 5
+
+/* Allow subsequent TCP queries on one connection? */
+/* #undef TCP_SUBSEQ */
+
+/* Default value for parallel query number */
+#define PAR_QUERIES   4
+
+/* Maximum number of IP addresses used per nameserver obtained from NS records. */
+#define MAXNAMESERVIPS 3
+
+/* These are the possible targets. Normally no need to touch these
+ * definitions. */
+#define TARGET_LINUX  0
+#define TARGET_BSD    1
+#define TARGET_CYGWIN 2
+
+/* Assume the Native POSIX Thread Library instead of LinuxThreads ? */
+#define THREADLIB_NPTL 1
+
+/* If we are using LinuxThreads, implement the fix needed for newer glibcs ? */
+/* #undef THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2 */
+
+/* The following is needed for using LinuxThreads. Better don't touch. */
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
+
+/* It appears the newer versions of gcc won't convert a pointer to char into
+   a pointer to unsigned char and vice versa without complaining.
+   By using casts these warning messages can be suppressed, but at the cost
+   of losing some type safety.
+   Define charp and ucharp to be empty if you are a developer and find type
+   safety more important.
+   Leave the definitions unchanged to avoid distracting warning messages. */
+#define charp (char *)
+#define ucharp (unsigned char *)
+
+
+/* pdnsd version. DO NOT TOUCH THIS! It is replaced automatically by the
+ * contents of ./version */
+#define VERSION "1.2.9a-par"
+
+#endif
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
+/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+   */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_ASPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
+/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getline' function. */
+#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__x86_64__)
+#define HAVE_GETLINE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam_r' function. */
+//#define HAVE_GETPWNAM_R 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */
+#define HAVE_INET_NTOP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */
+#define HAVE_INET_PTON 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread' library (-lpthread). */
+#define HAVE_LIBPTHREAD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+//#define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifo' function. */
+#define HAVE_MKFIFO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanosleep' function. */
+#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_NET_IF_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
+#define HAVE_POLL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
+#define HAVE_SELECT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */
+#define HAVE_SOCKET 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `socklen_t'. */
+#define HAVE_SOCKLEN_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#if defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__x86_64__)
+#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpncpy' function. */
+//#define HAVE_STPNCPY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRLCPY */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRNDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ifreq'. */
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IFREQ 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in6_addr'. */
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in_pktinfo'. */
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYSLOG_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_POLL_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uname' function. */
+#define HAVE_UNAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_VASPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
+/* #undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O */
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME ""
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING ""
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION ""
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
+/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+/* #undef _MINIX */
+
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+/* #undef const */
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef pid_t */
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef size_t */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/config.h.in b/jni/pdnsd/config.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4ac994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/config.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+#ifndef _CONFIG_H_
+#define _CONFIG_H_
+
+/* ONLY EDIT acconfig.h, NEVER config.h or config.h.in!
+ * config.h MAY BE OVERWRITTEN BY make, config.h.in by autoheader! */
+
+/* Define your Target here. Currently defined are TARGET_LINUX (any
+ * architecture), TARGET_BSD (experimental; tested on FreeBSD, hopefully
+ * works for other BSD variants) and TARGET_CYGWIN. */
+#define TARGET TARGET_LINUX
+
+/* change the #undef to #define if you do not want to compile with special
+ * ISDN support for Linux. Note that the ISDN support will not compile ok on
+ * unpatched kernerls earlier than 2.2.12 (if you did apply newer isdn patches,
+ * it may work fine). This is not on by default because it will cause compile
+ * problems on some systems */
+#undef ISDN_SUPPORT
+
+/* The following regulates the IP Protocol support. Supported types are IPv4
+ * and IPv6 (aka IPng). You may enable either or both of these protocols.
+ * Enabling in this context means that support for the respective protocol
+ * will be in the binary. When running the binary, one of the protocols may
+ * be activated via command line switches. Note that activating both IPv4 and
+ * IPv6 is pointless (and will not work because two UDP and two TCP threads
+ * will be started that concur for ports). Because of that, it is not allowed.
+ * When pdnsd runs with IPv6 activated it should be able to service queries
+ * from IPv6 as well as from IPv4 hosts, provided that you host is configured
+ * properly.
+ * For each of the protocols there are two options: ENABLE_IPV4 and ENABLE_IPV6
+ * control whether support for the respective protocol is available in the
+ * binary. DEFAULT_IPV4 selects which protocol is enabled on pdnsd
+ * startup by default. 1 means IPv4, while 0 means IPv6. If support for
+ * a protocol was included in the executable, you can specify command line
+ * parameters to activate or deactivate that protocol (the options are -4 and
+ * -6), but it makes more sense to use the run_ipv4=on/off option in the
+ * configuration file.
+ * Make your choice. Note that IPv6 support is experimental in pdnsd.
+ * In normal operation, you will currently only need IPv4. */
+#undef ENABLE_IPV4
+#define DEFAULT_IPV4 1
+#undef ENABLE_IPV6
+
+/* In all pdnsd versions before 1.0.6, DNS queries were always done over
+ * TCP. Now, you have the choice. You can control that behaviour using
+ * the -m command line switch, and you can give a preset here. There
+ * are 3 different modes:
+ * UDP_ONLY: This is undoubtedly the fastest query method, because
+ *       no TCP negotiation needs to be done.
+ * TCP_ONLY: This is slower than uo, but generally more secure
+ *       against DNS spoofing. Note that some name servers on the
+ *       internet do not support TCP queries, notably dnscache.
+ * TCP_UDP: TCP, then UDP. If the TCP query fails with a "connection refused"-
+ *       error or times out, the query is retried using UDP.
+ * UDP_TCP: UDP, then TCP. If the UDP reply is truncated (i.e. the tc flag is set),
+ *       the query is retried using TCP. */
+#define M_PRESET UDP_ONLY
+
+/* In addition to choosing the presets, you may also completely disable
+ * one of the protocols (TCP for preset UDP_ONLY and UDP for preset TCP_ONLY).
+ * This saves some executable space. */
+#undef NO_UDP_QUERIES
+#undef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+
+/* With the following option, you can disable the TCP server functionality
+ * of pdnsd. Nearly no program does TCP queries, so you probably can do
+ * this safely and save some executable space and one thread.
+ * You also can turn off the TCP server at runtime with the --notcp option. */
+#undef NO_TCP_SERVER
+
+/* By undefining the following, you can disable the UDP source address
+ * discovery code. This is not recommended, but you may need it when
+ * running into compilation problems. */
+#undef SRC_ADDR_DISC
+
+/* NO_POLL specifies not to use poll(2), but select(2) instead. If you are
+ * unsure about what this means, just leave this as it is.*/
+#undef NO_POLL
+
+/* Define this for "hard" RFC 2181 compliance: this RFC states that
+ * implementations should discard answers whose RR sets have multiple
+ * different time stamps. While correct answers are generated, incorrect
+ * ones are normally tolerated and corrected. Full RFC compliance is
+ * however only achieved by deactivating this behaviour and thus being
+ * intolerant. */
+#undef RFC2181_ME_HARDER
+
+/* Define this to the device you want to use for getting random numbers.
+ * Leave this undefined if you wand to use the standard C library random
+ * function, which basically should be sufficient.
+ * Linux and FreeBSD have two random number devices: /dev/random and
+ * /dev/urandom. /dev/urandom might be less secure in some cases, but
+ * should still be more than sufficient. The use of /dev/random is
+ * discouraged, as reading from this device blocks when new random bits
+ * need to be gathered. */
+#undef RANDOM_DEVICE
+#undef R_DEFAULT
+#undef R_RANDOM
+#undef R_ARC4RANDOM
+/*#define RANDOM_DEVICE "/dev/urandom"*/
+
+/* Designate which database manager to use for cacheing.
+ * default: native; others: gdbm */
+#define CACHE_DBM DBM_NATIVE
+
+#define CACHEDIR "/var/cache/pdnsd"
+
+#define TEMPDIR "/tmp";
+
+/* This is for various debugging facilities that produce debug output and
+ * double-check some values. You can enable debug messages with the -g option.
+ * Normally, you can switch this off safely by setting the number after DEBUG
+ * to 0. This will increase speed (although only marginally), save space
+ * in the executable (only about 12kB) and some stack space per thread
+ * (which may be significant if you have many threads running simultaneously).
+ * However, it may be an aid when debugging config files.
+ * The only defined debug levels by now are in the range 0 - 9.
+ * Define this to 9 if you want hex dumps of all the queries and replies pdnsd
+ * receives (you must also call pdnsd with -v9 to actually see the hex dumps).
+ * When in doubt, leave it defined to 1. */
+#define DEBUG 1
+
+/* This defines the default verbosity of informational messages you will get.
+   This has nothing to to with the debug option (-g), but may be set with -v
+   option. 0 is for normal operation, up to 3 for debugging.
+   Unlike the debug messages, these messages will also be written to the syslog.*/
+#define VERBOSITY 0
+
+/* Redefine this if you want another hash size.
+ * The number of hash buckets is computed as power of two (1<<HASH_SZ);
+ * so e.g. HASH_SZ set to 10 yields 1024 hash rows.
+ * HASH_SZ may not be bigger than 32 (if you set it even close to that value,
+ * you are nuts.) */
+#define HASH_SZ 10
+
+/* Set this to debug the hash tables. Turn this off normally, or you will get
+ * flooded with diagnostic messages */
+#undef DEBUG_HASH
+
+/* Define if you have working C99 Variadic macro support */
+#undef CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS
+
+/* Define as int if socklen_t typedef is missing */
+#undef socklen_t
+
+/* Lock the UDP socket before using it? */
+#undef SOCKET_LOCKING
+
+/* Default TCP timeout when receiving queries */
+#define TCP_TIMEOUT 30
+
+/* Allow subsequent TCP queries on one connection? */
+#undef TCP_SUBSEQ
+
+/* Default value for parallel query number */
+#define PAR_QUERIES   2
+
+/* Maximum number of IP addresses used per nameserver obtained from NS records. */
+#define MAXNAMESERVIPS 3
+
+/* These are the possible targets. Normally no need to touch these
+ * definitions. */
+#define TARGET_LINUX  0
+#define TARGET_BSD    1
+#define TARGET_CYGWIN 2
+
+/* Assume the Native POSIX Thread Library instead of LinuxThreads ? */
+#undef THREADLIB_NPTL
+
+/* If we are using LinuxThreads, implement the fix needed for newer glibcs ? */
+#undef THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2
+
+/* The following is needed for using LinuxThreads. Better don't touch. */
+#define _REENTRANT 1
+#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
+
+/* It appears the newer versions of gcc won't convert a pointer to char into
+   a pointer to unsigned char and vice versa without complaining.
+   By using casts these warning messages can be suppressed, but at the cost
+   of losing some type safety.
+   Define charp and ucharp to be empty if you are a developer and find type
+   safety more important.
+   Leave the definitions unchanged to avoid distracting warning messages. */
+#define charp (char *)
+#define ucharp (unsigned char *)
+
+
+/* pdnsd version. DO NOT TOUCH THIS! It is replaced automatically by the
+ * contents of ./version */
+#define VERSION "@VERSION@"
+
+#endif
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+   */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getline' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETLINE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPWNAM_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_PTON
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread' library (-lpthread). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBPTHREAD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkfifo' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKFIFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nanosleep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_NANOSLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
+#undef HAVE_POLL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SELECT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SOCKET
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `socklen_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_SOCKLEN_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpncpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPNCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ifreq'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IFREQ
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in6_addr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in_pktinfo'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/poll.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */
+#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# undef __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/configure b/jni/pdnsd/configure
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3b7822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,11389 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# PATH needs CR
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\(.*\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\(.*\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\(.*\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\(.*\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in
+  *[\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '(a)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*(...)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/([^/][^/]*)/*$' | \
+	 X"$0" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$0" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*/([^/][^/]*)/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X/(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X/(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  if (eval ":") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+
+  if test $as_have_required = yes &&	 (eval ":
+(as_func_return () {
+  (exit $1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+(
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+") 2> /dev/null; then
+  :
+else
+  as_candidate_shells=
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     as_candidate_shells="$as_candidate_shells $as_dir/$as_base"
+	   done;;
+       esac
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      for as_shell in $as_candidate_shells $SHELL; do
+	 # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	 if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		{ ("$as_shell") 2> /dev/null <<_ASEOF
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+:
+_ASEOF
+}; then
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell
+	       as_have_required=yes
+	       if { "$as_shell" 2> /dev/null <<_ASEOF
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+:
+(as_func_return () {
+  (exit $1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test $exitcode = 0) || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+(
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2") || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+
+_ASEOF
+}; then
+  break
+fi
+
+fi
+
+      done
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+  for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV
+	do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+	done
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+
+    if test $as_have_required = no; then
+  echo This script requires a shell more modern than all the
+      echo shells that I found on your system.  Please install a
+      echo modern shell, or manually run the script under such a
+      echo shell if you do have one.
+      { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+
+(eval "as_func_return () {
+  (exit $1)
+}
+as_func_success () {
+  as_func_return 0
+}
+as_func_failure () {
+  as_func_return 1
+}
+as_func_ret_success () {
+  return 0
+}
+as_func_ret_failure () {
+  return 1
+}
+
+exitcode=0
+if as_func_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_success; then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_success failed.
+fi
+
+if as_func_ret_failure; then
+  exitcode=1
+  echo as_func_ret_failure succeeded.
+fi
+
+if ( set x; as_func_ret_success y && test x = "$1" ); then
+  :
+else
+  exitcode=1
+  echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+
+test $exitcode = 0") || {
+  echo No shell found that supports shell functions.
+  echo Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
+  echo including any error possibly output before this message.
+  echo This can help us improve future autoconf versions.
+  echo Configuration will now proceed without shell functions.
+}
+
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
+  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
+  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
+  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
+  # case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
+  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n)(.*)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'x\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+if expr a : '(a)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*(...)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    ''' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+
+exec 7<&0 </dev/null 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME=
+PACKAGE_TARNAME=
+PACKAGE_VERSION=
+PACKAGE_STRING=
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
+
+ac_unique_file="src"
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE
+am__EXEEXT_TRUE
+LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+ALLOCA
+thread_CFLAGS
+RANLIB
+threadlib
+specbuild
+def_id
+cachedir
+distribution
+packagerelease
+fullversion
+EGREP
+GREP
+CPP
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE
+CCDEPMODE
+AMDEPBACKSLASH
+AMDEP_FALSE
+AMDEP_TRUE
+am__quote
+am__include
+DEPDIR
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+am__untar
+am__tar
+AMTAR
+am__leading_dot
+SET_MAKE
+AWK
+mkdir_p
+MKDIR_P
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
+STRIP
+install_sh
+MAKEINFO
+AUTOHEADER
+AUTOMAKE
+AUTOCONF
+ACLOCAL
+VERSION
+PACKAGE
+CYGPATH_W
+am__isrc
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_dependency_tracking
+with_distribution
+with_target
+with_cachedir
+enable_isdn
+enable_ipv4
+enable_ipv6
+enable_ipv4_startup
+enable_ipv6_startup
+enable_udp_queries
+enable_tcp_queries
+with_query_method
+enable_tcp_server
+enable_src_addr_disc
+enable_socket_locking
+enable_poll
+enable_new_rrs
+enable_strict_rfc2181
+with_random_device
+enable_underscores
+with_default_id
+with_debug
+with_verbosity
+with_hash_buckets
+enable_hash_debug
+enable_rcsids
+with_tcp_qtimeout
+enable_tcp_subseq
+with_par_queries
+with_max_nameserver_ips
+enable_specbuild
+with_thread_lib
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=*)	ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=(.*)'` ;;
+  *)	ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-(.*)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-([^=]*)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-([^=]*)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-(.*)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_useropt" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try `$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x([^=]*)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    eval $ac_envvar=$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X(.*[^/])' | "X$ac_val" : 'X(.*)'`
+      eval $ac_var=$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\/$]* | ?:[\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: working directory cannot be determined" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: pwd does not report name of working directory" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but `cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: $ac_msg" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X(.*[^/])' | "X$srcdir" : 'X(.*)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print `checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or `..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, `make install' will install all the files in
+`$ac_default_prefix/bin', `$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than `$ac_default_prefix' using `--prefix',
+for instance `--prefix=$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/PACKAGE]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX            prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX            append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM   run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --disable-dependency-tracking  speeds up one-time build
+  --enable-dependency-tracking   do not reject slow dependency extractors
+  --enable-isdn               Enable ISDN support (may cause problems on
+                              some systems; only for Linux)
+  --disable-ipv4              Disable IPv4 networking support
+                              (default=enabled)
+  --enable-ipv6               Enable IPv6 networking support
+  --disable-ipv4-startup      Disable IPv4 on pdnsd startup by default
+                              (default=enabled)
+  --enable-ipv6-startup       Enable IPV6 on pdnsd startup by default
+                              (default=IPv4)
+  --disable-udp-queries       Disable udp as query method.
+  --disable-tcp-queries       Disable tcp as query method.
+  --disable-tcp-server        Disable the TCP serving ability of pdnsd
+  --disable-src-addr-disc     Disable the UDP source address discovery
+  --enable-socket-locking     Enable the UDP socket locking
+  --disable-poll              Disable poll(2) and use select(2)
+                              (default=enabled)
+  --disable-new-rrs           Disable new DNS RR types (obsolete, currently ignored)
+  --enable-strict-rfc2181     Enforce strict RFC 2181 compliance
+  --enable-underscores        Allow _ in domain names (obsolete, currently ignored)
+  --enable-hash-debug         Debug hash tables (warning: massive output)
+  --enable-rcsids             Enable RCS IDs in executables (obsolete, currently ignored)
+  --enable-tcp-subseq         Enable multiple dns querys using one
+                              tcp connection
+  --enable-specbuild          Only used when building pdnsd from spec files
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-distribution=distro  Specify target distribution (default=Generic;
+                              others: RedHat, SuSE, Debian, ArchLinux)
+  --with-target=platform      Change compilation target platform (default:
+                              autodetect; others: Linux, BSD, Cygwin)
+  --with-cachedir=dir         Default directory for pdnsd cache
+                              (default=/var/cache/pdnsd)
+  --with-query-method=qm      Specify the query method (default=udponly;
+                              others: tcponly, tcpudp, udptcp)
+  --with-random-device=device Specify random device other than
+                              /dev/random; default: C Library random() PRNG;
+                              special value arc4random for BSD C Library
+                              arc4random function (default on FreeBSD)
+  --with-default-id=id        Specify default uid/gid for pdnsd
+                              (default=nobody)
+  --with-debug=level          Specify debugging level (0 means no debug support)
+  --with-verbosity=level      Specify default message verbosity
+  --with-hash-buckets=num     Number of hash buckets to use (default=1024).
+                              The number actually used is the smallest power of two
+                              greater or equal to the number specified here.
+  --with-tcp-qtimeout=secs    Specify default tcp query timeout (default=30)
+  --with-par-queries=num      Specify default parallel query number (default=2)
+  --with-max-nameserver-ips=num      Specify maximum number of IP addresses used per nameserver obtained from NS records (default=3)
+  --with-thread-lib=lib       Specify thread library, overriding automatic detection (for Linux only).
+                              Possible values: LinuxThreads,
+                              LinuxThreads2 (implements a fix for newer glibcs)
+                              or NPTL (Native POSIX Thread Library)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^.[\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\/]* | ?:[\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+configure
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use ''' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '''s/^([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*)=.*/\1/p'''`; do
+    eval ac_val=$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=''' '''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'''/'''\\''''''/g;
+	  s/^\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\)=\(.*\)/\1='''\2'''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    cat <<_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *'''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'''/'''\\\\''''''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='''$ac_val'''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<_ASBOX
+## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*'''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'''/'''\\\\''''''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='''$ac_val'''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\/]* | ?:[\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: `$ac_var' was set to `$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: `$ac_var' was set to `$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: `$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: `$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: `$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: `$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in `$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in `$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  `$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  `$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: `$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: `$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run `make distclean' and/or `rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: run `make distclean' and/or `rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+package="pdnsd"
+version=`cut -d - -f 1  "$srcdir"/version`
+fullversion=`cat "$srcdir"/version`
+packagerelease=`cut -d - -f 2- "$srcdir"/version`
+
+distribution="Generic"
+target="autodetect"
+cachedir="/var/cache/$package"
+ipv4_default=1
+have_ipv4="yes"
+#newrrs="yes"
+query_m="udponly"
+have_tcp_server="yes"
+adisc="default"
+slock="no";
+def_id="nobody"
+#have_rcsids="no"
+udp_queries="yes"
+tcp_queries="yes"
+tempdir="/tmp"
+randomdev=default
+freebsd_pthread="4"
+specbuild=no
+threadlib=default
+
+am__api_version='1.11'
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:\/os2\/install\/* | ?:\/OS2\/INSTALL\/* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name.  Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+  *[\"#$&'`$am_lf]*)
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe absolute working directory name" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+  *[\"#$&'`$am_lf\ \	]*)
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir'" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "$*" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+   fi
+   rm -f conftest.file
+   if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+      && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+   fi
+
+   test "$2" = conftest.file
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+  program_transform_name="s&$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+ac_script='s/[\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//'
+program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"`
+
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    MISSING="${SHELL} "$am_aux_dir/missing"" ;;
+  *)
+    MISSING="${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+  am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+  am_missing_run=
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: `missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: `missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+  case $am_aux_dir in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    install_sh="${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+  *)
+    install_sh="${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'.  However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then
+    STRIP=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+  fi
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
+	 for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	   { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue
+	   case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
+	     'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
+	     'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*)
+	       ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext
+	       break 3;;
+	   esac
+	 done
+       done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+    MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d"
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
+$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
+
+mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P"
+case $mkdir_p in
+  [\/$]* | ?:[\/]*) ;;
+  */*) mkdir_p="$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5
+$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets $(MAKE)" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets $(MAKE)... " >&6; }
+set x ${MAKE-make}
+ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.make <<_ACEOF
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+all:
+	@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
+  *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
+  *)
+    eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
+esac
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval test $ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+  am__leading_dot=.
+else
+  am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+  # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+  # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+  am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)'
+  # test to see if srcdir already configured
+  if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+  if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+    CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+  else
+    CYGPATH_W=echo
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE=$package
+ VERSION=$version
+
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target.  The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+
+AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
+
+am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
+
+DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
+
+ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
+
+
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+	@echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; }
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+  am__include=include
+  am__quote=
+  _am_result=GNU
+  ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+   echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+   case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+   *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+     am__include=.include
+     am__quote="""
+     _am_result=BSD
+     ;;
+   esac
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5
+$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; }
+rm -f confinc confmf
+
+# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given.
+if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking;
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+  AMDEPBACKSLASH=''
+fi
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+  AMDEP_TRUE=
+  AMDEP_FALSE='#'
+else
+  AMDEP_TRUE='#'
+  AMDEP_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+        if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*(..*)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use `--host'.
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use `--host'.
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*(..*)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*.(.*)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	CFLAGS=""
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*([a-zA-Z0-9]*))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with ), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor "$CPP" fails sanity check
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor "$CPP" fails sanity check
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    ac_count=`expr $ac_count + 1`
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+  if test "${ac_cv_header_minix_config_h+set}" = set; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for minix/config.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for minix/config.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_minix_config_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking minix/config.h usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking minix/config.h usability... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <minix/config.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking minix/config.h presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking minix/config.h presence... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <minix/config.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h:     section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h:     section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: minix/config.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: minix/config.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for minix/config.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for minix/config.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_minix_config_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_minix_config_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" >&6; }
+
+fi
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" = x""yes; then
+  MINIX=yes
+else
+  MINIX=
+fi
+
+
+  if test "$MINIX" = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_1_SOURCE 2
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _MINIX 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  fi
+
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#	  define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+	  $ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&6; }
+  test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes &&
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _ALL_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$fullversion"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-distribution was given.
+if test "${with_distribution+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_distribution; distribution=$withval
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-target was given.
+if test "${with_target+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_target; target=$withval
+fi
+
+case $target in
+  Linux|linux)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_LINUX
+_ACEOF
+
+    target="Linux"
+    ;;
+  BSD| bsd)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_BSD
+_ACEOF
+
+    target="BSD"
+    ;;
+  Cygwin|CYGWIN|cygwin)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_CYGWIN
+_ACEOF
+
+    target="cygwin"
+    ;;
+  autodetect)
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: --with-target must have Linux, BSD or Cygwin as parameter." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: --with-target must have Linux, BSD or Cygwin as parameter." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+esac
+
+
+# Check whether --with-cachedir was given.
+if test "${with_cachedir+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_cachedir; cachedir=$withval
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define CACHEDIR "$cachedir"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-isdn was given.
+if test "${enable_isdn+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_isdn; test $enableval = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define ISDN_SUPPORT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-ipv4 was given.
+if test "${enable_ipv4+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_ipv4; have_ipv4=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+test $have_ipv4 = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define ENABLE_IPV4 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-ipv6 was given.
+if test "${enable_ipv6+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_ipv6;  if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define ENABLE_IPV6 1
+_ACEOF
+
+    if test $have_ipv4 != "yes" ; then
+      ipv4_default=0
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-ipv4-startup was given.
+if test "${enable_ipv4_startup+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_ipv4_startup;  if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    ipv4_default=1
+  else
+    ipv4_default=0
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-ipv6-startup was given.
+if test "${enable_ipv6_startup+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_ipv6_startup;  if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    ipv4_default=0
+  else
+    ipv4_default=1
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define DEFAULT_IPV4 $ipv4_default
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-udp-queries was given.
+if test "${enable_udp_queries+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_udp_queries; udp_queries=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-tcp-queries was given.
+if test "${enable_tcp_queries+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_tcp_queries; tcp_queries=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-query-method was given.
+if test "${with_query_method+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_query_method; query_m=$withval
+fi
+
+case $query_m in
+  udponly|UDPonly)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define M_PRESET UDP_ONLY
+_ACEOF
+
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  tcponly|TCPonly)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define M_PRESET TCP_ONLY
+_ACEOF
+
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  tcpudp|TCPUDP)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define M_PRESET TCP_UDP
+_ACEOF
+
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  udptcp|UDPTCP)
+    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define M_PRESET UDP_TCP
+_ACEOF
+
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  *)
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: --with-query-method must have udponly, tcponly, tcpudp or udptcp as parameter." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: --with-query-method must have udponly, tcponly, tcpudp or udptcp as parameter." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+esac
+
+test $udp_queries != "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_UDP_QUERIES 1
+_ACEOF
+
+test $tcp_queries != "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_TCP_QUERIES 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-tcp-server was given.
+if test "${enable_tcp_server+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_tcp_server; have_tcp_server=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+test $have_tcp_server != "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_TCP_SERVER 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-src-addr-disc was given.
+if test "${enable_src_addr_disc+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_src_addr_disc; adisc=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-socket-locking was given.
+if test "${enable_socket_locking+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_socket_locking; slock=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+test $slock = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define SOCKET_LOCKING 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-poll was given.
+if test "${enable_poll+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_poll; test $enableval != "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_POLL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-new-rrs was given.
+if test "${enable_new_rrs+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_new_rrs; newrrs=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-strict-rfc2181 was given.
+if test "${enable_strict_rfc2181+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_strict_rfc2181; test $enableval = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define RFC2181_ME_HARDER 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-random-device was given.
+if test "${with_random_device+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_random_device; randomdev=$withval
+fi
+
+
+if test "$randomdev" = arc4random ; then
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define R_ARC4RANDOM 1
+_ACEOF
+
+elif test "$randomdev" = random ; then
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define R_RANDOM 1
+_ACEOF
+
+elif test "$randomdev" = default ; then
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define R_DEFAULT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define RANDOM_DEVICE "$randomdev"
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# Check whether --enable-underscores was given.
+if test "${enable_underscores+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_underscores; underscores=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-default-id was given.
+if test "${with_default_id+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_default_id; def_id=$withval
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-debug was given.
+if test "${with_debug+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_debug; cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define DEBUG $withval
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-verbosity was given.
+if test "${with_verbosity+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_verbosity; cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERBOSITY $withval
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-hash-buckets was given.
+if test "${with_hash_buckets+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_hash_buckets; powof2=1
+  hashsz=0
+
+  while test $powof2 -lt "$withval"
+  do
+    powof2=`expr 2 '*' $powof2`
+    hashsz=`expr $hashsz '+' 1`
+  done
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HASH_SZ $hashsz
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-hash-debug was given.
+if test "${enable_hash_debug+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_hash_debug; test $enableval = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define DEBUG_HASH 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-rcsids was given.
+if test "${enable_rcsids+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_rcsids; have_rcsids=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-tcp-qtimeout was given.
+if test "${with_tcp_qtimeout+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_tcp_qtimeout; cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCP_TIMEOUT $withval
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-tcp-subseq was given.
+if test "${enable_tcp_subseq+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_tcp_subseq; test $enableval = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TCP_SUBSEQ 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-par-queries was given.
+if test "${with_par_queries+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_par_queries; cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PAR_QUERIES $withval
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-max-nameserver-ips was given.
+if test "${with_max_nameserver_ips+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_max_nameserver_ips; cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define MAXNAMESERVIPS $withval
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-specbuild was given.
+if test "${enable_specbuild+set}" = set; then
+  enableval=$enable_specbuild; specbuild=$enableval
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-thread-lib was given.
+if test "${with_thread_lib+set}" = set; then
+  withval=$with_thread_lib; threadlib=$withval
+fi
+
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	CFLAGS=""
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*([a-zA-Z0-9]*))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with ), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in `$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in $PATH
+See `config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler --version >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler --version >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -v >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -v >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (ac_try="$ac_compiler -V >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler -V >&5") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	CFLAGS=""
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; }
+if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+  # in D'.
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+  # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+  # directory.
+  mkdir sub
+
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+  if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+     am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*([a-zA-Z0-9]*))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+  fi
+  am__universal=false
+  case " $depcc " in #(
+     *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+     esac
+
+  for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+    # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+    # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with ), and
+    # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+    #
+    # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+    # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+    # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+    : > sub/conftest.c
+    for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+      echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+      # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+      # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+      touch sub/conftst$i.h
+    done
+    echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+    # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+    # mode.  It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+    # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.  Also, some Intel
+    # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+    am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+    am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+    case $depmode in
+    gcc)
+      # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+      test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+      ;;
+    nosideeffect)
+      # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+      # only be used when explicitly requested
+      if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+	continue
+      else
+	break
+      fi
+      ;;
+    msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+      # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+      # not run yet.  These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+      # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+      am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+      am__minus_obj=
+      ;;
+    none) break ;;
+    esac
+    if depmode=$depmode \
+       source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+       depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+       $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+         >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+       grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+      # or remarks (even with -Werror).  So we grep stderr for any message
+      # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+      # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+      #   icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+      # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+      #   icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+      if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+          grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+        am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+        break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+
+  cd ..
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+  am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; }
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+ if
+  test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+  && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+  am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc
+
+if test "x$CC" != xcc; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together... " >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether cc understands -c and -o together" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether cc understands -c and -o together... " >&6; }
+fi
+set dummy $CC; ac_cc=`$as_echo "$2" |
+		      sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'`
+if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+# We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an
+# existing .o file with -o, though they will create one.
+ac_try='$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5'
+rm -f conftest2.*
+if { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+   test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); };
+then
+  eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=yes
+  if test "x$CC" != xcc; then
+    # Test first that cc exists at all.
+    if { ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+      ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5'
+      rm -f conftest2.*
+      if { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); };
+      then
+	# cc works too.
+	:
+      else
+	# cc exists but doesn't like -o.
+	eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+else
+  eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest*
+
+fi
+if eval test $ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o = yes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because
+# there is no other way.
+set dummy $CC
+am_cc=`echo $2 | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'`
+eval am_t=$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o
+if test "$am_t" != yes; then
+   # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+   # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+   # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+   # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+   # and then we could set am__CC="$(top_srcdir)/compile $(CC)"
+   CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:\/os2\/install\/* | ?:\/OS2\/INSTALL\/* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then
+    RANLIB=":"
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+  fi
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+if test "$target" = "autodetect" ; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for autodetect build target" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for autodetect build target... " >&6; }
+  uname_sys=`uname`
+  if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5
+$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: uname failed or was not found in path" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: uname failed or was not found in path" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    case "${uname_sys}" in
+    Linux)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Linux" >&5
+$as_echo "Linux" >&6; }
+      cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_LINUX
+_ACEOF
+
+      target="Linux"
+      ;;
+    FreeBSD|NetBSD|OpenBSD|Darwin)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: "${uname_sys}"" >&5
+$as_echo ""${uname_sys}"" >&6; }
+      cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_BSD
+_ACEOF
+
+      target="BSD"
+      ;;
+    CYGWIN*)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: "${uname_sys}"" >&5
+$as_echo ""${uname_sys}"" >&6; }
+      cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TARGET TARGET_CYGWIN
+_ACEOF
+
+      target="cygwin"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5
+$as_echo "failed" >&6; }
+      { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Your system type could not be identified. Try setting it manually using
+--with-target" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: Your system type could not be identified. Try setting it manually using
+--with-target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+fi
+
+#if test "$target" = BSD ; then
+#  uname_sys=`uname`
+#  if test "$uname_sys" = FreeBSD ; then
+#    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FreeBSD version])
+#    osrel=`sysctl -n kern.osreldate`
+#    if test $osrel -ge 500016 ; then
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT([5.0 (>= 500016)])
+#      freebsd_pthread="5"
+#    else
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT([<=5.0 (< 500016)])
+#      freebsd_pthread="4"
+#    fi
+#  fi
+#fi
+
+if test "$adisc" = "default"; then
+  if test "$target" = "cygwin" ; then
+# Don't do UDP source address discovery on Cygwin platform by default.
+    adisc="no"
+  else
+    adisc="yes"
+  fi
+fi
+
+test "$adisc" = "yes" && cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define SRC_ADDR_DISC 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+if test "$target" = "Linux"; then
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can compile and link with -pthread" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if we can compile and link with -pthread... " >&6; }
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+void *thread_func(void *data)
+{
+	*((int *)data)=1;
+	return data;
+}
+
+int main()
+{
+	pthread_t thread;
+	void *retval;
+	int val;
+
+	if(pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_func, &val))
+		return 1;
+
+	if(pthread_join(thread,&retval))
+		return 1;
+
+	return (*((int *)retval)!=1);
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  gcc_pthread_flag="yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	gcc_pthread_flag="no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+CFLAGS="$old_CFLAGS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gcc_pthread_flag" >&5
+$as_echo "$gcc_pthread_flag" >&6; }
+
+  if test "$gcc_pthread_flag" = yes ; then
+    thread_CFLAGS="-pthread"
+
+  else
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_create in -lpthread" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_create in -lpthread... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char pthread_create ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return pthread_create ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBPTHREAD 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$target" = "BSD" -a `uname` != Darwin ; then
+#  if test $freebsd_pthread = 4 ; then
+    thread_CFLAGS="-pthread"
+
+#  else
+#    AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, ,
+#      AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have libc_r installed to build/run pdnsd!]))
+#  fi;
+fi
+
+if test "$target" = "Linux" -a "$threadlib" = default; then
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if this is an NPTL-based system" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking if this is an NPTL-based system... " >&6; }
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $thread_CFLAGS"
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: couldn't run test program" >&5
+$as_echo "couldn't run test program" >&6; }
+  threadlib=linuxthreads
+
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/* All this function does is return its PID (in a roundabout way). */
+void *thread_func(void *data)
+{
+	*((int *)data)=getpid();
+	return data;
+}
+
+int main()
+{
+	pthread_t thread;
+	void *retval;
+	int err,mainpid,thrdpid;
+
+	err=pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_func, &thrdpid);
+	if(err) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"pthread_create failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+		return 1;
+	}
+	err=pthread_join(thread,&retval);
+	if(err) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"pthread_join failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+		return 1;
+	}
+	mainpid=getpid();
+	/* In LinuxThreads implementations, the pids of the threads will usually differ
+	   in a non Posix-compliant way. */
+	fprintf(stderr,"main pid=%d, thread pid=%d\n",mainpid,*((int *)retval));
+	return (*((int *)retval)!=mainpid);
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+  threadlib=nptl
+
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+  threadlib=linuxthreads
+
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+CFLAGS="$old_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+if test "$threadlib" = nptl -o "$threadlib" = NPTL; then
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define THREADLIB_NPTL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+elif test "$threadlib" = linuxthreads2 -o "$threadlib" = LinuxThreads2 -o "$threadlib" = lt2; then
+	cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+# define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int s;
+  wait (&s);
+  s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in fcntl.h malloc.h sys/ioctl.h sys/time.h syslog.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header usability... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $ac_header presence... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+
+    ;;
+esac
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+
+fi
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/socket.h net/if.h netinet/in.h sys/poll.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_header... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_Header'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
+  typedef int charset[2];
+  const charset cs;
+  /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
+  char const *const *pcpcc;
+  char **ppc;
+  /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
+  struct point {int x, y;};
+  static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+  /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+     It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in
+     an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant
+     expression */
+  const char *g = "string";
+  pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+  /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+  ++pcpcc;
+  ppc = (char**) pcpcc;
+  pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc;
+  { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
+    char *t;
+    char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+    *t++ = 0;
+    if (s) return 0;
+  }
+  { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
+    int x[] = {25, 17};
+    const int *foo = &x[0];
+    ++foo;
+  }
+  { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+    typedef const int *iptr;
+    iptr p = 0;
+    ++p;
+  }
+  { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+       "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+    struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+    struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+  }
+  { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+    const int foo = 10;
+    if (!foo) return 0;
+  }
+  return !cs[0] && !zero.x;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define const /**/
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pid_t" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for pid_t... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_pid_t+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_pid_t=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (pid_t))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((pid_t)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_pid_t=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_pid_t" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_pid_t" = x""yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define pid_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for size_t" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for size_t... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_size_t+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_size_t=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (size_t))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((size_t)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_size_t=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_size_t" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_size_t" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_size_t" = x""yes; then
+  :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define size_t unsigned int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((struct tm *) 0)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_header_time=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_header_time=no
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_time" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_struct_tm+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct tm tm;
+				     int *p = &tm.tm_sec;
+				     return !p;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_struct_tm=time.h
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_struct_tm=sys/time.h
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_struct_tm" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_struct_tm" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_struct_tm = sys/time.h; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define TM_IN_SYS_TIME 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for socklen_t" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for socklen_t... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_socklen_t+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_socklen_t=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (socklen_t))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((socklen_t)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_socklen_t=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_socklen_t" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_socklen_t" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_socklen_t" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_SOCKLEN_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+else
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define socklen_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct in6_addr" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for struct in6_addr... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (struct in6_addr))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((struct in6_addr)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_struct_in6_addr" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct in_pktinfo" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for struct in_pktinfo... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (struct in_pktinfo))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((struct in_pktinfo)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct ifreq" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for struct ifreq... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (struct ifreq))
+       return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ((struct ifreq)))
+	  return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  :
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq=yes
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_struct_ifreq" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IFREQ 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for CPP C99 Variadic macro support" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for CPP C99 Variadic macro support... " >&6; }
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+
+#define a(...) junk(0,__VA_ARGS__)
+extern void junk(int i,...);
+int main()
+{
+  a(0);
+  a("a");
+  a(0, "a", 1);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  cpp_c99_variadic="yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	cpp_c99_variadic="no"
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cpp_c99_variadic" >&5
+$as_echo "$cpp_c99_variadic" >&6; }
+if test $cpp_c99_variadic = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+  if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Compiler must support C99 or gcc variadic macros" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: Compiler must support C99 or gcc variadic macros" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi;
+fi
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments.  Useless!
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working alloca.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <alloca.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *) alloca (2 * sizeof (int));
+			  if (p) return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_working_alloca_h=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_working_alloca_h=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for alloca" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for alloca... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_alloca_works+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *) alloca (1);
+				    if (p) return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&6; }
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+  # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+# that cause trouble.  Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+# contain a buggy version.  If you still want to use their alloca,
+# use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+
+ALLOCA=${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether `alloca.c' needs Cray hooks" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether `alloca.c' needs Cray hooks... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_os_cray+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_os_cray" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_os_cray" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+  for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+    as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+_ACEOF
+
+    break
+fi
+
+  done
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking stack direction for C alloca... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_stack_direction+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = 0;
+  auto char dummy;
+  if (addr == 0)
+    {
+      addr = &dummy;
+      return find_stack_direction ();
+    }
+  else
+    return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  return find_stack_direction () < 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&6; }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC needs -traditional... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+    ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'"
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sgtty.h>
+Autoconf TIOCGETP
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+  if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <termio.h>
+Autoconf TCGETA
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&6; }
+  if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then
+    CC="$CC -traditional"
+  fi
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working memcmp" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working memcmp... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_memcmp_working+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_func_memcmp_working=no
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  /* Some versions of memcmp are not 8-bit clean.  */
+  char c0 = '\100', c1 = '\200', c2 = '\201';
+  if (memcmp(&c0, &c2, 1) >= 0 || memcmp(&c1, &c2, 1) >= 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* The Next x86 OpenStep bug shows up only when comparing 16 bytes
+     or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte boundary.
+     William Lewis provided this test program.   */
+  {
+    char foo[21];
+    char bar[21];
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+      {
+	char *a = foo + i;
+	char *b = bar + i;
+	strcpy (a, "--------01111111");
+	strcpy (b, "--------10000000");
+	if (memcmp (a, b, 16) >= 0)
+	  return 1;
+      }
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_memcmp_working=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_func_memcmp_working=no
+fi
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_memcmp_working" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_memcmp_working" >&6; }
+test $ac_cv_func_memcmp_working = no && case " $LIBOBJS " in
+  *" memcmp.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS memcmp.$ac_objext"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking return type of signal handlers... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_signal+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return *(signal (0, 0)) (0) == 1;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then
+  ac_cv_type_signal=int
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_type_signal=void
+fi
+
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_signal" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_signal" >&6; }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define RETSIGTYPE $ac_cv_type_signal
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+for ac_func in vprintf
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for _doprnt" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for _doprnt... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func__doprnt+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define _doprnt to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares _doprnt.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define _doprnt innocuous__doprnt
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char _doprnt (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef _doprnt
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char _doprnt ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub__doprnt || defined __stub____doprnt
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return _doprnt ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_func__doprnt=yes
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_cv_func__doprnt=no
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func__doprnt" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func__doprnt" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_func__doprnt" = x""yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DOPRNT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing nanosleep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing nanosleep... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char nanosleep ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return nanosleep ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' rt; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_search_nanosleep=$ac_res
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext
+  if test "${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+set}" = set; then
+  break
+fi
+done
+if test "${ac_cv_search_nanosleep+set}" = set; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_search_nanosleep=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_nanosleep" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_nanosleep" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_nanosleep
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing socket" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing socket... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_search_socket+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char socket ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return socket ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' socket; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib -lnsl $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_search_socket=$ac_res
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext
+  if test "${ac_cv_search_socket+set}" = set; then
+  break
+fi
+done
+if test "${ac_cv_search_socket+set}" = set; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_search_socket=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_socket" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_socket" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_socket
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing inet_aton" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing inet_aton... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_search_inet_aton+set}" = set; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char inet_aton ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return inet_aton ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' resolv; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  ac_cv_search_inet_aton=$ac_res
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext
+  if test "${ac_cv_search_inet_aton+set}" = set; then
+  break
+fi
+done
+if test "${ac_cv_search_inet_aton+set}" = set; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_search_inet_aton=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_inet_aton" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_inet_aton" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_inet_aton
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_func in nanosleep gettimeofday mkfifo select socket strerror uname snprintf vsnprintf
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+ true
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: One of the functions required for pdnsd were not found." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: One of the functions required for pdnsd were not found." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+done
+
+
+for ac_func in poll
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+ true
+else
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define NO_POLL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_func in strdup strndup stpcpy stpncpy strlcpy mempcpy getline asprintf vasprintf getpwnam_r inet_ntop inet_pton
+do
+as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_func... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_var; eval "test "${$as_var+set}" = set"; }; then
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$ac_func || defined __stub___$ac_func
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $ac_func ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *"* | *`* | *\*) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo=""$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_try_echo""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo") >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+
+rm -rf conftest.dSYM
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+ac_res=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+as_val=`eval 'as_val=${'$as_ac_var'}
+		 $as_echo "$as_val"'`
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files pdnsd.spec Makefile file-list.base contrib/Makefile doc/Makefile doc/pdnsd.8 doc/pdnsd.conf.5 doc/pdnsd.conf src/Makefile src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile src/rc/Makefile src/rc/RedHat/Makefile src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd src/rc/SuSE/Makefile src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd src/rc/Debian/Makefile src/rc/Debian/pdnsd src/rc/Slackware/Makefile src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd src/test/Makefile PKGBUILD"
+
+cat >confcache <<_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) $as_unset $ac_var ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\ into \, and sed turns \ into ).
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\''/g;
+	  s/^\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\)=\(.*\)/\1='\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^([^=]*)=(.*[{}].*)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^([^=]*)=(.*)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/$U././;s/.o$//;s/.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs ${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i$U.$ac_objext"
+  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs ${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+ if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
+else
+  am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#'
+  am__EXEEXT_FALSE=
+fi
+
+if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional "AMDEP" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional "AMDEP" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: conditional "am__fastdepCC" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in
+  *posix*) set -o posix ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# PATH needs CR
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+if (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\(.*\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\(.*\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\(.*\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\(.*\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in
+  *[\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+for as_var in ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do ($as_unset $as_var) >/dev/null 2>&1 && $as_unset $as_var
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '(a)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*(...)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/([^/][^/]*)/*$' | \
+	 X"$0" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$0" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*/([^/][^/]*)/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X/(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X/(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1 + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line after each line using $LINENO; the second 'sed'
+  # does the real work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each
+  # line-number line with the line containing $LINENO, and appends
+  # trailing '-' during substitution so that $LINENO is not a special
+  # case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # scripts with optimization help from Paolo Bonzini.  Blame Lee
+  # E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n)(.*)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'x\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  *)   ECHO_C='\c';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+if expr a : '(a)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*(...)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    ''' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+case $ac_config_headers in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_headers="$ac_config_headers"
+config_commands="$ac_config_commands"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+      --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration headers:
+$config_headers
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to bug-autoconf@gnu.org."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_version="\
+config.status
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.63,
+  with options \"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\""`$]/\\&/g'`\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P'
+AWK='$AWK'
+test -n "$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X([^=]*)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=(.*)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try `$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { $as_echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try `$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if $ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args $ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  $as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL $*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS
+#
+AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
+    "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
+    "pdnsd.spec") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pdnsd.spec" ;;
+    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+    "file-list.base") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES file-list.base" ;;
+    "contrib/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES contrib/Makefile" ;;
+    "doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;;
+    "doc/pdnsd.8") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/pdnsd.8" ;;
+    "doc/pdnsd.conf.5") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/pdnsd.conf.5" ;;
+    "doc/pdnsd.conf") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/pdnsd.conf" ;;
+    "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/RedHat/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/RedHat/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd" ;;
+    "src/rc/SuSE/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/SuSE/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd" ;;
+    "src/rc/Debian/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/Debian/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/Debian/pdnsd") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/Debian/pdnsd" ;;
+    "src/rc/Slackware/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/Slackware/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd" ;;
+    "src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile" ;;
+    "src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd" ;;
+    "src/test/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/test/Makefile" ;;
+    "PKGBUILD") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES PKGBUILD" ;;
+
+  *) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
+  test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} ||
+{
+   $as_echo "$as_me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr='
'
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/(.{148}).*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\n"\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\/
+p
+g
+s/.{148}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/(.{148}).*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\/
+p
+g
+s/.{148}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+  N
+  s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config files machinery" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*$(srcdir):*/:/
+s/:*${srcdir}:*/:/
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/
+s/^([^=]*=[	 ]*):*/\1/
+s/:*$//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then
+cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<_ACAWK ||
+BEGIN {
+_ACEOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as
+# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into
+# config.h.in to produce config.h.
+
+# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease
+# handling of long lines.
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false :; do
+  ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h`
+  if test -z "$ac_t"; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+
+# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name,
+# likewise P contains macro parameters if any.  Preserve backslash
+# newline sequences.
+
+ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]*
+sed -n '
+s/.{148}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t rset
+:rset
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*/ /
+t def
+d
+:def
+s/\$//
+t bsnl
+s/["\]/\&/g
+s/^ ('"$ac_word_re"')(([^()]*))[	 ]*(.*)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3"/p
+s/^ ('"$ac_word_re"')[	 ]*(.*)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p
+d
+:bsnl
+s/["\]/\&/g
+s/^ ('"$ac_word_re"')(([^()]*))[	 ]*(.*)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3\\\n"\/p
+t cont
+s/^ ('"$ac_word_re"')[	 ]*(.*)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\n"\/p
+t cont
+d
+:cont
+n
+s/.{148}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t clear
+:clear
+s/\$//
+t bsnlc
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p
+d
+:bsnlc
+s/["\]/\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\n"\/p
+b cont
+' <confdefs.h | sed '
+s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\
+"/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+}
+/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|$)/ {
+  line = $ 0
+  split(line, arg, " ")
+  if (arg[1] == "#") {
+    defundef = arg[2]
+    mac1 = arg[3]
+  } else {
+    defundef = substr(arg[1], 2)
+    mac1 = arg[2]
+  }
+  split(mac1, mac2, "(") #)
+  macro = mac2[1]
+  prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1)
+  if (D_is_set[macro]) {
+    # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#".
+    print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro]
+    next
+  } else {
+    # Replace #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for example,
+    # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+    # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+    if (defundef == "undef") {
+      print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/"
+      next
+    }
+  }
+}
+{ print }
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not setup config headers machinery" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES  :H $CONFIG_HEADERS    :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS"
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag $ac_tag" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $ac_f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      ac_file_inputs="$ac_file_inputs '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *&* | *|* | *\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\&|]/\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { as_dir="$ac_dir"
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^.[\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\/]* | ?:[\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\/$]* | ?:[\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+  ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P
+  case $MKDIR_P in
+  [\/$]* | ?:[\/]* ) ;;
+  */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p
+'
+case `eval "sed -n "$ac_sed_dataroot" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+    s&\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed "$ac_sed_extra" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable `datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable `datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ;;
+  :H)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_HEADER
+  #
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    {
+      $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs"
+    } >"$tmp/config.h" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
+    else
+      rm -f "$ac_file"
+      mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \
+	|| { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create $ac_file" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  else
+    $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not create -" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: could not create -" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+# Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg="$ac_file"
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+  case $_am_header in
+    $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+      break ;;
+    * )
+      _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+  esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" ||
+$as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$_am_arg" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$_am_arg" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count
+ ;;
+
+  :C)  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_file commands" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;}
+ ;;
+  esac
+
+
+  case $ac_file$ac_mode in
+    "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
+  # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+  # are listed without --file.  Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+  # if we detect the quoting.
+  case $CONFIG_FILES in
+  *'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+  *)   set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+  for mf
+  do
+    # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+    mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+    # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+    # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+    # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+    # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+    # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+    # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+    # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+    if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" ||
+$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$mf" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$mf" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    else
+      continue
+    fi
+    # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+    # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+    DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+    am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+    test -z "am__include" && continue
+    am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+    U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+    # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+    # $(DEPDIR) in their names.  We invoke sed twice because it is the
+    # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+    # expansion.
+    for file in `sed -n "
+      s/^$am__include $am__quote(.*(DEPDIR).*)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+	 sed -e 's/$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+      # Make sure the directory exists.
+      test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+      fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
+$as_expr X"$file" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$file" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$file" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$file" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$file" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      { as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || { $as_mkdir_p && mkdir -p "$as_dir"; } || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(//)[^/]' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(//)$' | \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X(/)' | . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X(.*[^/])//*[^/][^/]*/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(//)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X(/).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $as_dir" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+      # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+      echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+    done
+  done
+}
+ ;;
+
+  esac
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/configure.in b/jni/pdnsd/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..473abf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_INIT(src)
+
+package="pdnsd"
+version=`cut -d - -f 1  "$srcdir"/version`
+fullversion=`cat "$srcdir"/version`
+packagerelease=`cut -d - -f 2- "$srcdir"/version`
+
+distribution="Generic"
+target="autodetect"
+cachedir="/var/cache/$package"
+ipv4_default=1
+have_ipv4="yes"
+#newrrs="yes"
+query_m="udponly"
+have_tcp_server="yes"
+adisc="default"
+slock="no";
+def_id="nobody"
+#have_rcsids="no"
+udp_queries="yes"
+tcp_queries="yes"
+tempdir="/tmp"
+randomdev=default
+freebsd_pthread="4"
+specbuild=no
+threadlib=default
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($package, $version, [no-define])
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+AC_GNU_SOURCE
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION,"$fullversion")
+AC_SUBST(fullversion)
+AC_SUBST(packagerelease)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(distribution,
+[  --with-distribution=distro  Specify target distribution (default=Generic;
+                              others: RedHat, SuSE, Debian, ArchLinux)],
+  distribution=$withval)
+AC_SUBST(distribution)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(target,
+[  --with-target=platform      Change compilation target platform (default: 
+                              autodetect; others: Linux, BSD, Cygwin)],
+  target=$withval)
+case $target in
+  Linux|linux)
+    AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_LINUX)
+    target="Linux"
+    ;;
+  BSD| bsd)
+    AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_BSD)
+    target="BSD"
+    ;;
+  Cygwin|CYGWIN|cygwin)
+    AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_CYGWIN)
+    target="cygwin"
+    ;;
+  autodetect)
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-target must have Linux, BSD or Cygwin as parameter.])
+    ;;
+esac
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(cachedir,
+[  --with-cachedir=dir         Default directory for pdnsd cache 
+                              (default=/var/cache/pdnsd)],
+  cachedir=$withval)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CACHEDIR, "$cachedir")
+AC_SUBST(cachedir)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(isdn,
+[  --enable-isdn               Enable ISDN support (may cause problems on 
+                              some systems; only for Linux)],
+  test $enableval = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(ISDN_SUPPORT))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv4,
+[  --disable-ipv4              Disable IPv4 networking support 
+                              (default=enabled)],
+  have_ipv4=$enableval)
+
+test $have_ipv4 = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_IPV4)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+[  --enable-ipv6               Enable IPv6 networking support],
+[ if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_IPV6)
+    if test $have_ipv4 != "yes" ; then
+      ipv4_default=0
+    fi
+  fi])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv4-startup,
+[  --disable-ipv4-startup      Disable IPv4 on pdnsd startup by default
+                              (default=enabled)],
+[ if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    ipv4_default=1
+  else
+    ipv4_default=0
+  fi])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6-startup,
+[  --enable-ipv6-startup       Enable IPV6 on pdnsd startup by default
+                              (default=IPv4)],
+[ if test $enableval = "yes" ; then
+    ipv4_default=0
+  else
+    ipv4_default=1
+  fi])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_IPV4, $ipv4_default)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(udp-queries,
+[  --disable-udp-queries       Disable udp as query method.],
+  udp_queries=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcp-queries,
+[  --disable-tcp-queries       Disable tcp as query method.],
+  tcp_queries=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(query-method,
+[  --with-query-method=qm      Specify the query method (default=udponly;
+                              others: tcponly, tcpudp, udptcp)],
+  query_m=$withval)
+case $query_m in
+  udponly|UDPonly)
+    AC_DEFINE(M_PRESET, UDP_ONLY)
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  tcponly|TCPonly)
+    AC_DEFINE(M_PRESET, TCP_ONLY)
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  tcpudp|TCPUDP)
+    AC_DEFINE(M_PRESET, TCP_UDP)
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  udptcp|UDPTCP)
+    AC_DEFINE(M_PRESET, UDP_TCP)
+    udp_queries=yes;
+    tcp_queries=yes;
+    ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-query-method must have udponly, tcponly, tcpudp or udptcp as parameter.])
+    ;;
+esac
+
+test $udp_queries != "yes" && AC_DEFINE(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+test $tcp_queries != "yes" && AC_DEFINE(NO_TCP_QUERIES)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcp-server,
+[  --disable-tcp-server        Disable the TCP serving ability of pdnsd],
+  have_tcp_server=$enableval)
+
+test $have_tcp_server != "yes" && AC_DEFINE(NO_TCP_SERVER)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(src-addr-disc,
+[  --disable-src-addr-disc     Disable the UDP source address discovery],
+    adisc=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(socket-locking,
+[  --enable-socket-locking     Enable the UDP socket locking],
+    slock=$enableval)
+
+test $slock = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(SOCKET_LOCKING)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(poll,
+[  --disable-poll              Disable poll(2) and use select(2)
+                              (default=enabled)],
+   test $enableval != "yes" && AC_DEFINE(NO_POLL))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(new-rrs,
+[  --disable-new-rrs           Disable new DNS RR types (obsolete, currently ignored)],
+   newrrs=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-rfc2181,
+[  --enable-strict-rfc2181     Enforce strict RFC 2181 compliance],
+   test $enableval = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(RFC2181_ME_HARDER))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(random-device,
+[  --with-random-device=device Specify random device other than 
+                              /dev/random; default: C Library random() PRNG;
+                              special value arc4random for BSD C Library
+                              arc4random function (default on FreeBSD)],
+   randomdev=$withval)
+
+if test "$randomdev" = arc4random ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(R_ARC4RANDOM)
+elif test "$randomdev" = random ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(R_RANDOM)
+elif test "$randomdev" = default ; then
+	AC_DEFINE(R_DEFAULT)
+else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RANDOM_DEVICE, "$randomdev")
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(underscores,
+[  --enable-underscores        Allow _ in domain names (obsolete, currently ignored)],
+   underscores=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-id,
+[  --with-default-id=id        Specify default uid/gid for pdnsd 
+                              (default=nobody)],
+  def_id=$withval)
+AC_SUBST(def_id)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(debug,
+[  --with-debug=level          Specify debugging level (0 means no debug support)],
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEBUG, $withval))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(verbosity,
+[  --with-verbosity=level      Specify default message verbosity],
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERBOSITY, $withval))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(hash-buckets,
+[  --with-hash-buckets=num     Number of hash buckets to use (default=1024).
+                              The number actually used is the smallest power of two
+                              greater or equal to the number specified here.],
+  powof2=1
+  hashsz=0
+
+  while test $powof2 -lt "$withval"
+  do
+    powof2=`expr 2 '*' $powof2`
+    hashsz=`expr $hashsz '+' 1`
+  done
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HASH_SZ, $hashsz)
+)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(hash-debug,
+[  --enable-hash-debug         Debug hash tables (warning: massive output)],
+  test $enableval = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(DEBUG_HASH))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rcsids,
+[  --enable-rcsids             Enable RCS IDs in executables (obsolete, currently ignored)],
+  have_rcsids=$enableval)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(tcp-qtimeout,
+[  --with-tcp-qtimeout=secs    Specify default tcp query timeout (default=30)],
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCP_TIMEOUT, $withval))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcp-subseq,
+[  --enable-tcp-subseq         Enable multiple dns querys using one
+                              tcp connection],
+  test $enableval = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(TCP_SUBSEQ))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(par-queries,
+[  --with-par-queries=num      Specify default parallel query number (default=2)],
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PAR_QUERIES, $withval))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(max-nameserver-ips,
+[  --with-max-nameserver-ips=num      Specify maximum number of IP addresses used per nameserver obtained from NS records (default=3)],
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(MAXNAMESERVIPS, $withval))
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(specbuild,
+[  --enable-specbuild          Only used when building pdnsd from spec files],
+  specbuild=$enableval)
+
+AC_SUBST(specbuild)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(thread-lib,
+[  --with-thread-lib=lib       Specify thread library, overriding automatic detection (for Linux only).
+                              Possible values: LinuxThreads,
+                              LinuxThreads2 (implements a fix for newer glibcs)
+                              or NPTL (Native POSIX Thread Library)],
+  threadlib=$withval)
+
+AC_SUBST(threadlib)
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+dnl For dbm subsystem libraries
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+
+if test "$target" = "autodetect" ; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for autodetect build target])
+  uname_sys=`uname`
+  if test $? -ne 0 ; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([failed])
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([uname failed or was not found in path])
+  else
+    case "${uname_sys}" in
+    Linux)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT(Linux)
+      AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_LINUX)
+      target="Linux"
+      ;;
+    FreeBSD|NetBSD|OpenBSD|Darwin)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT("${uname_sys}")
+      AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_BSD)
+      target="BSD"
+      ;;
+    CYGWIN*)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT("${uname_sys}")
+      AC_DEFINE(TARGET, TARGET_CYGWIN)
+      target="cygwin"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([failed])
+      AC_MSG_ERROR(
+[Your system type could not be identified. Try setting it manually using 
+--with-target])
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+fi
+
+#if test "$target" = BSD ; then
+#  uname_sys=`uname`
+#  if test "$uname_sys" = FreeBSD ; then
+#    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FreeBSD version])
+#    osrel=`sysctl -n kern.osreldate`
+#    if test $osrel -ge 500016 ; then
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT([5.0 (>= 500016)])
+#      freebsd_pthread="5"
+#    else
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT([<=5.0 (< 500016)])
+#      freebsd_pthread="4"
+#    fi
+#  fi
+#fi
+
+if test "$adisc" = "default"; then
+  if test "$target" = "cygwin" ; then
+# Don't do UDP source address discovery on Cygwin platform by default.
+    adisc="no"
+  else
+    adisc="yes"
+  fi
+fi
+
+test "$adisc" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+if test "$target" = "Linux"; then
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can compile and link with -pthread])
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
+AC_LINK_IFELSE([
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+void *thread_func(void *data)
+{
+	*((int *)data)=1;
+	return data;
+}
+
+int main()
+{
+	pthread_t thread;
+	void *retval;
+	int val;
+
+	if(pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_func, &val))
+		return 1;
+
+	if(pthread_join(thread,&retval))
+		return 1;
+
+	return (*((int *)retval)!=1);
+}
+],
+  gcc_pthread_flag="yes", gcc_pthread_flag="no")
+CFLAGS="$old_CFLAGS"
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$gcc_pthread_flag])
+
+  if test "$gcc_pthread_flag" = yes ; then
+    thread_CFLAGS="-pthread"
+    AC_SUBST(thread_CFLAGS)
+  else
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create)
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$target" = "BSD" -a `uname` != Darwin ; then
+#  if test $freebsd_pthread = 4 ; then
+    thread_CFLAGS="-pthread"
+    AC_SUBST(thread_CFLAGS)
+#  else
+#    AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, , 
+#      AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have libc_r installed to build/run pdnsd!]))
+#  fi;
+fi
+
+if test "$target" = "Linux" -a "$threadlib" = default; then
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if this is an NPTL-based system])
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $thread_CFLAGS"
+AC_RUN_IFELSE([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+/* All this function does is return its PID (in a roundabout way). */
+void *thread_func(void *data)
+{
+	*((int *)data)=getpid();
+	return data;
+}
+
+int main()
+{
+	pthread_t thread;
+	void *retval;
+	int err,mainpid,thrdpid;
+
+	err=pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_func, &thrdpid);
+	if(err) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"pthread_create failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+		return 1;
+	}
+	err=pthread_join(thread,&retval);
+	if(err) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"pthread_join failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+		return 1;
+	}
+	mainpid=getpid();
+	/* In LinuxThreads implementations, the pids of the threads will usually differ
+	   in a non Posix-compliant way. */
+	fprintf(stderr,"main pid=%d, thread pid=%d\n",mainpid,*((int *)retval));
+	return (*((int *)retval)!=mainpid);
+}
+],
+[
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  threadlib=nptl
+],
+[
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  threadlib=linuxthreads
+],
+[
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't run test program])
+  threadlib=linuxthreads
+])
+CFLAGS="$old_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+if test "$threadlib" = nptl -o "$threadlib" = NPTL; then
+	AC_DEFINE(THREADLIB_NPTL)
+elif test "$threadlib" = linuxthreads2 -o "$threadlib" = LinuxThreads2 -o "$threadlib" = lt2; then
+	AC_DEFINE(THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2)
+fi
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h malloc.h sys/ioctl.h sys/time.h syslog.h unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/types.h sys/socket.h net/if.h netinet/in.h sys/poll.h,,,
+[#include <stdio.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+])
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+AC_CHECK_TYPES(socklen_t,, AC_DEFINE(socklen_t,int),[#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>])
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct in6_addr, struct in_pktinfo, struct ifreq],,,[#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for CPP C99 Variadic macro support])
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+#define a(...) junk(0,__VA_ARGS__)
+extern void junk(int i,...);
+int main()
+{
+  a(0);
+  a("a");
+  a(0, "a", 1);
+  return 0;
+}
+],
+  cpp_c99_variadic="yes", cpp_c99_variadic="no")
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$cpp_c99_variadic])
+if test $cpp_c99_variadic = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS)
+else
+  if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([Compiler must support C99 or gcc variadic macros])
+  fi;
+fi
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
+AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(nanosleep, rt)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(socket, socket,,,-lnsl)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(inet_aton, resolv)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(nanosleep gettimeofday mkfifo select socket strerror uname snprintf vsnprintf, true, 
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([One of the functions required for pdnsd were not found.]))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(poll, true, AC_DEFINE(NO_POLL))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strdup strndup stpcpy stpncpy strlcpy mempcpy getline asprintf vasprintf getpwnam_r inet_ntop inet_pton)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([
+pdnsd.spec
+Makefile
+file-list.base
+contrib/Makefile
+doc/Makefile
+doc/pdnsd.8
+doc/pdnsd.conf.5
+doc/pdnsd.conf
+src/Makefile
+src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile
+src/rc/Makefile
+src/rc/RedHat/Makefile
+src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd
+src/rc/SuSE/Makefile
+src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd
+src/rc/Debian/Makefile
+src/rc/Debian/pdnsd
+src/rc/Slackware/Makefile
+src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd
+src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile
+src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd
+src/test/Makefile
+PKGBUILD
+])
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bdec20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = pdnsd_dhcp.pl dhcp2pdnsd change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl README
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a400dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = contrib
+DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+EXTRA_DIST = pdnsd_dhcp.pl dhcp2pdnsd change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl README
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu contrib/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu contrib/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/README b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19e4f44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/README
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Last revised: 27 July 2003 by Paul Rombouts
+
+This directory contains user-contributed scripts for use with pdnsd.
+So far there are:
+
+pdnsd_dhcp.pl, save_ram.pl
+	A perl script contributed by Marko Stolle (derived from a script by
+	Mike Stella) to watch a ISC DHCPD leases file and add local records for
+	the hosts listed there. This makes pdnsd useable in a DHCP setup.
+	Please look into the script for usage instructions (you will probably
+	also need to customize some settings there).
+	For details about save_ram.pl, please look into pdnsd_dhcp.pl
+
+dhcp2pdnsd
+	A rc script for pdnsd, also by Marko Stolle. You might need to change
+	it slightly to make it run with your distro.
+
+change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl
+	A perl script contributed by Paul Rombouts for automatically updating
+	the configuration file if the DNS server configuration has changed.
+	For instance, you could place the following line in the script
+	/sbin/ifup-local
+
+	/usr/local/sbin/change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl isplabel "$DNS" /etc/pdnsd.conf
+
+	where $DNS contains the IP addresses (in comma separated format) of the
+	DNS servers obtained by DHCP negotiation. The perl script only
+	overwrites /etc/pdnsd.conf if the DNS configuration has actually
+	changed, in which case the previous configuration file is saved as
+	/etc/pdnsd.conf.save
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1eafca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/change_pdnsd_server_ip.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+# A Perl script to change the ip addresses of dns servers
+# in the pdnsd configuration file.
+#
+# Written by Paul A. Rombouts
+#
+# This file Copyright 2002, 2004 Paul A. Rombouts
+# It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
+# any higher version.  See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
+# for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
+#
+
+use strict;
+
+unless(@ARGV) {die "Error: no label specified.\n"}
+my $label=shift;
+unless(@ARGV) {die "Error: no DNS addresses specified.\n"}
+my $dns_str=shift;
+my $pdnsd_conf='/etc/pdnsd.conf';
+if(@ARGV) {
+    $pdnsd_conf=shift;
+    if(@ARGV) {warn "Warning: spurious arguments ignored: @ARGV\n"}
+}
+
+#unless($label =~ /^".*"$/) {$label=""$label""}
+#unless($dns_str =~ /^".*"$/) {$dns_str =~ s/^[\s,]*/"/; $dns_str =~ s/[\s,]*$/"/}
+#unless($dns_str =~ /"\s*,\s*"/) {$dns_str =~ s/[\s,]+/","/g}
+
+my @lines=();
+my $found_section=0;
+my $changed=0;
+my $ip_patt = qr/^((?:[^#]*?(?:{|;))*?)(\s*ip\s*=\s*)("?[\w.:]+"?(?:\s*,\s*"?[\w.:]+"?)*)\s*;/;
+
+open(CONFFILE,$pdnsd_conf) or die "Can't open $pdnsd_conf: $!\n";
+
+while(<CONFFILE>) {
+    if(/^\s*server\s*{/) {
+	my $sect_beg=$#lines+1;
+	my $sect_end;
+	my $found_label=0;
+	LOOP: {
+	    do {
+		push @lines,$_;
+		if(/^(?:.*(?:{|;))?\s*label\s*=\s*"?\Q$label\E"?\s*;/) {
+		    if($found_label++) {
+			warn "Server section with multiple labels found.\n";
+			close(CONFFILE);
+			exit 2;
+		    }
+		}
+		if(/}\s*$/) {
+		    $sect_end=$#lines;
+		    last LOOP;
+		}
+	    } while(<CONFFILE>);
+	}
+	unless(defined($sect_end)) {
+	    warn "Server section without proper ending found.\n";
+	    close(CONFFILE);
+	    exit 2;
+	}
+	if(!$found_label) {next}
+	if(!($found_section++)) {
+	    my $found_ip=0;
+	    for(my $i=$sect_beg; $i<=$sect_end;++$i) {
+		if($lines[$i] =~ $ip_patt) {
+		    my $matched=''; my $rest;
+		    do {
+			$rest=$';
+			if(!($found_ip++)) {
+			    if($3 eq $dns_str) {
+				$matched.=$&;
+			    }
+			    else {
+				$matched.="$1$2$dns_str;";
+				$changed=1;
+			    }
+			}
+			else {
+			    $matched.=$1;
+			    $changed=1;
+			}
+		    } while($rest =~ $ip_patt);
+		    $lines[$i] = $matched.$rest;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if(!$found_ip) {
+		unless($lines[$sect_end] =~ s/}\s*$/ ip=$dns_str;\n$&/) {
+		    warn "Can't add ip specification to server section labeled $label.\n";
+		    close(CONFFILE);
+		    exit 2;
+		}
+		$changed=1;
+	    }
+        }
+        else {
+	    splice @lines,$sect_beg;
+	    $changed=1;
+	}
+    }
+    else {push @lines,$_}
+}
+
+close(CONFFILE) or die "Can't close $pdnsd_conf: $!\n";
+
+if(!$found_section) {
+    warn "No server sections labeled $label found.\n";
+    exit 2;
+}
+elsif(!$changed) {
+    exit 0;
+}
+
+rename($pdnsd_conf,"$pdnsd_conf.save") or die "Can't rename $pdnsd_conf: $!\n";
+
+unless((open(CONFFILE,">$pdnsd_conf") or (warn("Can't open $pdnsd_conf for writing: $!\n"),0)) and 
+       (print CONFFILE (@lines) or (warn("Can't write to $pdnsd_conf: $!\n"),0)) and
+       (close(CONFFILE) or (warn("Can't close $pdnsd_conf after writing: $!\n"),0))) {
+    rename("$pdnsd_conf.save",$pdnsd_conf) or die "Can't rename $pdnsd_conf.save: $!\n";
+    exit 3;
+}
+
+exit 1;
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/dhcp2pdnsd b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/dhcp2pdnsd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b631c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/dhcp2pdnsd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# dhcp2pdnsd       Start/Stop DHCP to DNS update script
+#
+# chkconfig: 345 96 99
+# description: DHCP to DNS update script
+# processname: dhcp2pdnsd.pl
+#
+# $Id: dhcp2pdnsd,v 1.1 2001/03/25 20:01:34 tmm Exp $
+
+where="/usr/local/bin/"
+name="pdnsd_dhcp.pl"
+
+# Source function library.
+. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
+
+# Get config.
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# See how we were called.
+case "$1" in
+  start)
+	$where$name > /dev/null 2> /dev/null &
+	action "Starting DHCP to DNS update script: " /bin/true
+	;;
+  stop)
+        p=`ps h -C $name | awk '{print $1}'`	
+	[ $p -gt 0 ] 2> /dev/null && kill $p && action "Stopping DHCP to DNS update script: " /bin/true
+	[ $p -gt 0 ] 2> /dev/null || action "Stopping DHCP to DNS update script: " /bin/false
+	;;
+  status)
+        p=`ps h -C $name | awk '{print $1}'`
+	[ $p -gt 0 ] 2> /dev/null && echo 'running as '$p
+	[ $p -gt 0 ] 2> /dev/null || echo 'not running'
+	;;
+  restart|reload)
+	$0 stop
+	$0 start
+	;;
+  *)
+	echo "Usage: dhcp2pdnsd {start|stop|status|restart|reload}"
+	exit 1
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/contrib/pdnsd_dhcp.pl b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/pdnsd_dhcp.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cf0c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/contrib/pdnsd_dhcp.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# $Id: pdnsd_dhcp.pl,v 1.2 2001/03/25 20:01:34 tmm Exp $
+##########################################################################
+#
+# Filename:     pdnsd_dhcp.pl
+# Description:  Dynamic DNS-DHCP update script for pdnsd
+# Author: 	Mike Stella
+# Modified by:  Marko Stolle
+# Created:      November 19, 2001
+# Last Updated: February 28, 2001
+# Email:        fwd2m@gmx.de
+#
+###########################################################################
+#
+#  This code is Copyright (c) 1998-2001 by Mike Stella and Marko Stolle
+#
+#  NO WARRANTY is given for this program.  If it doesn't
+#  work on your system, sorry.  If it eats your hard drive, 
+#  again, sorry.  It works fine on mine.  Good luck!
+#
+#  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+#  (at your option) any later version.
+# 
+#  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#  GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+###########################################################################
+#
+# This script reads a dhcpd.leases file and dynamically updates pdnsd with
+# hostname and ip information.  
+#
+# It assumes that your DHCP server recieves hostnames from the
+# clients, and that your clients offer their hostnames to the server.
+# Some versions of Linux DHCP clients don't do that.  I use ISC's
+# DHCPD, found at http://www.isc.org - though others may work just
+# fine.
+#
+# This version of the script updates the pdnsd database. The status
+# control socket of pdnsd has to be enabled (psnsd -d -s). 
+#
+###########################################################################
+#
+# 02/20/2001 - first working version
+# 02/21/2001 - security patches by Thomas Moestl
+# 02/22/2001 - re-read dhcpd.leases if ttl has expireds since last update
+# 02/24/2001 - try to get domainname if not specified
+# 02/28/2001 - randomized temporary filename
+#	       added possibility to save some RAM (read below)
+#
+###########################################################################
+
+
+# You may save some memory if you use absolute values with sysopen
+# in sub update_dns and don't use tmpnam().. 
+# Just switch the '#' in front of the 'until sysopen' in the sub 
+# update_dns, check the necessary modes on your system using save_ram.pl 
+# and add a '#' in front of the following three lines.
+# Not using the tmpnam() function may open a security breach on systems
+# with not absolute trustworthy local users (Risk: a user may write a 
+# script which creates files with the same names as this script and block 
+# it that way. Unlikely because the filenames are now even without tmpnam()
+# randomized and an attacker has to create a very large number of files.)
+
+use Fcntl;
+use strict;
+use POSIX qw(tmpnam);
+
+$|=1;
+
+###########################################################################
+### Globals - you can change these as needed
+
+# Domain name
+# if not changed script will try to get it from the system
+my $domain_name        = "domain";
+
+# DHCPD lease file
+my $lease_file         = "/var/lib/dhcp/dhcpd.leases";
+
+# path to pdnsd-ctl
+my $pdnsd_ctl          = "/usr/local/sbin/pdnsd-ctl";
+
+# owning name server for the newly added records
+my $nameserver         = "localhost.";
+
+# TTL (Time To Live) for the new records
+my $ttl                = "86400";
+
+# number of seconds to check the lease file for updates
+my $update_freq        = 30;
+
+my $debug = 0;
+
+###########################################################################
+### Don't mess with anything below unless you REALLY need to modify the
+### code.  And if you do, please let me know, I'm always interested in
+### in improving this program.
+
+# Make a pid file
+`echo $$ > /var/run/pdnsd_update.pid`;
+
+my $logstr;
+my $modtime = 0;
+my $temp_dir = -d '/tmp' ? '/tmp' : $ENV{TMP} || $ENV{TEMP};
+
+use vars qw (%db);
+
+my $version = "1.03";
+
+
+###########################################################################
+# Main Loop
+
+  # try to find domainname if necessary
+  if ($domain_name eq "domain") {
+   $domain_name = `dnsdomainname`;
+  }
+  else {
+   $domain_name = "$domain_name\n";
+  }
+
+while (1) {
+
+  # check the file's last updated time, if it's been changed, update
+  # the DNS and save the time. Update DNS even if there a no changes on
+  # the leases file if ttl since last DNS update has expired.  
+  # This will ALWAYS run once - on startup, since $modtime starts at zero.
+
+ 
+  my @stats = stat ($lease_file);
+
+
+  if (($stats[9] > $modtime) or (time >= $modtime+$ttl)){
+
+	# clear the old hash
+	undef %db;
+
+	printf STDERR "updating DNS with dhcpd.leases\n";
+	$modtime = time;
+	&read_lease_file;
+	&update_dns;
+  } 
+
+  # wait till next check time
+  sleep $update_freq;
+
+} # end main
+###########################################################################
+
+
+### write out the import file
+sub update_dns {
+	my ($ip, $hostname, $fname);
+
+	do { $fname = tmpnam() }
+        until sysopen(DNSFILE, $fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
+#	do { $fname = "$temp_dir/d2d".int(rand(time())) }
+#	until sysopen(DNSFILE, $fname, 1|64|128, 0600);
+
+	while (($hostname,$ip) = each (%db)) {
+		print DNSFILE "$ip $hostname.$domain_name";
+	}
+	close DNSFILE;
+
+	system ("$pdnsd_ctl source $fname $nameserver $ttl");
+	unlink($fname);
+}
+
+
+### reads the lease file & makes a hash of what's in there.
+sub read_lease_file {
+
+  unless (open(LEASEFILE,$lease_file)) {
+	#`logger -t dns_update.pl error opening dhcpd lease file`;
+	print STDERR "Can't open lease file\n";
+	return;
+  }
+
+  my ($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time);
+  my $curdate = sprintf "%02d%02d%02d%02d%02d%20d%20d",
+  		($year+1900),($mon+1),$mday,$hour,$min,$sec;
+
+  ## Loop here, reading from LEASEFILE
+  while (<LEASEFILE>) {
+	my ($ip, $hostname, $mac, $enddate,$endtime);
+
+	if (/^\s*lease/i) {
+		
+	  # find ip address
+	  $_ =~ /^\s*lease\s+(\S+)/;
+	  $ip = $1;
+	  
+	  # do the rest of the block - we're interested in hostname,
+	  # mac address, and the lease time
+	  while ($_ !~ /^}/) {
+	    $_ = <LEASEFILE>;
+		# find hostname
+		if ($_ =~ /^\s*client/i) {
+		  #chomp $_;
+		  #chop $_;
+		  $_ =~ /"(.*)"/;
+		  $hostname = $1;
+		  
+		  # change spaces to dash, remove dots - microsoft
+		  # really needs to not do this crap
+		  $hostname =~ s/\s+/-/g;
+		  $hostname =~ s/.//g;
+		}
+		# get the lease end date
+		elsif ($_ =~ /^\s*ends/i) {
+			$_ =~ m/^\s*ends\s+\d\s+([^;]+);/;
+			$enddate = $1;
+			$enddate =~ s|[/: ]||g;
+		}
+	  }
+	  # lowercase it - stupid dhcp clients
+	  $hostname =~ tr/[A-Z]/[a-z]/;
+
+	  ($debug < 1 ) || print STDERR "$hostname $ip $enddate $curdate\n";
+	  
+	  # Store hostname/ip in hash - this way we can do easy dupe checking
+	  if (($hostname ne "") and ($enddate > $curdate)) {
+		$db{$hostname} = $ip;
+	  }
+	}
+  }
+  close LEASEFILE;
+}
+
+### left around for testing
+sub print_db {
+  my ($key,$value);
+
+  while (($key,$value) = each (%db)) {
+	print "$key - $value\n";
+  }
+}
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/depcomp b/jni/pdnsd/depcomp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04701da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/depcomp
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2005-07-09.11
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva oliva@dcc.unicamp.br.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try `$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to bug-automake@gnu.org.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|.([^.]*)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/.([^.]*)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+   dashmflag=-xM
+   depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \" > "$depfile"
+  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \" > "$depfile"
+
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^.*.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+    tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+    echo >> $depfile
+
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+   | sed -e 's/^.*.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+   >> $depfile
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/(.*)..*$/\1/'`
+  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
+  else
+    stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
+    tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  fi
+
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    outname="$stripped.o"
+    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^$outname: (.*)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+icc)
+  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
+  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
+  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
+  # which is wrong.  We want:
+  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
+  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
+  #    sub/foo.c:
+  #    sub/foo.h:
+  # ICC 7.1 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h ', or ` dep3.h dep4.h '.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: (.*)$,\1,;s/^\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+   # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/.o$//' -e 's/.lo$//'`
+
+   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
+      # static library.  This mecanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
+      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
+      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
+      #
+      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
+      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
+      # compilations output dependencies in in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
+      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
+      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+      "$@" -Wc,-MD
+   else
+      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
+      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
+      "$@" -MD
+   fi
+
+   stat=$?
+   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+   else
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+      exit $stat
+   fi
+
+   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+   do
+     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+   done
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+      sed -e "s,^.*.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+   else
+      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+   fi
+   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+   ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*:[    ]*:'"$object"': :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no
+  for arg in "$@"; do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*././'`"
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E |
+    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "([^"]*)".*/ s:: \1 \:p' \
+       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "([^"]*)".*/ s:: \1 \:p' |
+    sed '$ s: \$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+	set fnord "$@"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    *)
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "([^"]*)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \"\1\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \" > "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\ %g' | sed -n '/^(.*)$/ s::	\1 \:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\ %g' | sed -n '/^(.*)$/ s::\1::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3e2198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+man_MANS = pdnsd.8 pdnsd-ctl.8 pdnsd.conf.5
+
+# Note: pdnsd-ctl.8, pdnsd.conf.5.in, dl.html and the txt docs are handled by dist-hook rule.
+EXTRA_DIST = pdnsd.conf.in pdnsd.8.in \
+	html/dl.html.in html/doc.html html/faq.html html/index.html \
+	doc_makefile html/doc_makefile txt/doc_makefile \
+	html2confman.pl html/htmlsubst.pl 
+
+# XXX: Do not insist to set the config file owner to root to avoid breaking RPM
+# builds
+install-data-hook:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)"
+	if test `whoami` = "root"; then \
+	  $(INSTALL) -o 0 -g 0 -m 644 pdnsd.conf "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/pdnsd.conf.sample" ; \
+	else \
+	  $(INSTALL) -m 644 pdnsd.conf "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/pdnsd.conf.sample" ; \
+	fi
+
+dist-hook: doc_makefile
+	@$(MAKE) -f doc_makefile doc
+	cp -p --parents pdnsd-ctl.8 pdnsd.conf.5.in \
+	                html/dl.html txt/faq.txt txt/intro.txt txt/manual.txt \
+	                $(distdir)
+
+distclean-local: doc_makefile
+	@$(MAKE) -f doc_makefile clean
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f07fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = doc
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.8.in $(srcdir)/pdnsd.conf.5.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.conf.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd.8 pdnsd.conf.5 pdnsd.conf
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*|]/\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*//!s/ .*/ ./; s,( .*)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+man_MANS = pdnsd.8 pdnsd-ctl.8 pdnsd.conf.5
+
+# Note: pdnsd-ctl.8, pdnsd.conf.5.in, dl.html and the txt docs are handled by dist-hook rule.
+EXTRA_DIST = pdnsd.conf.in pdnsd.8.in \
+	html/dl.html.in html/doc.html html/faq.html html/index.html \
+	doc_makefile html/doc_makefile txt/doc_makefile \
+	html2confman.pl html/htmlsubst.pl 
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+pdnsd.8: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.8.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+pdnsd.conf.5: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.conf.5.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+pdnsd.conf: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.conf.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+install-man5: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(man5dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)"
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man5dir)" || exit 0; \
+	{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/.5[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*.,,;s,^[^5][0-9a-z]*$$,5,;x' \
+	      -e 's,.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man5:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man5dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/.5[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*.,,;s,^[^5][0-9a-z]*$$,5,;x' \
+	      -e 's,.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	test -z "$$files" || { \
+	  echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" && rm -f $$files; }
+install-man8: $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(man8dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man8dir)" || exit 0; \
+	{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | while read p; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \
+	      -e 's,.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+	sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+	list=; while read file base inst; do \
+	  if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  test -z "$$files" || { \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+	done; }
+
+uninstall-man8:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list=''; test -n "$(man8dir)" || exit 0; \
+	files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+	  sed -n '/.8[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+	} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*.,,;s,^[^8][0-9a-z]*$$,8,;x' \
+	      -e 's,.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+	test -z "$$files" || { \
+	  echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" && rm -f $$files; }
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@list='$(MANS)'; if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  list=`for p in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	    if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; else :; fi; done`; \
+	  if test -n "$$list" && \
+	    grep 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list >/dev/null; then \
+	    echo "error: found man pages containing the `missing help2man' replacement text:" >&2; \
+	    grep -l 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list | sed 's/^/         /' >&2; \
+	    echo "       to fix them, install help2man, remove and regenerate the man pages;" >&2; \
+	    echo "       typically `make maintainer-clean' will remove them" >&2; \
+	    exit 1; \
+	  else :; fi; \
+	else :; fi
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-hook
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-local
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-man
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-data-hook
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man: install-man5 install-man8
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-data-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic dist-hook \
+	distclean distclean-generic distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am \
+	html html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-data-hook install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-man install-man5 \
+	install-man8 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am uninstall-man uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
+
+
+# XXX: Do not insist to set the config file owner to root to avoid breaking RPM
+# builds
+install-data-hook:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)"
+	if test `whoami` = "root"; then \
+	  $(INSTALL) -o 0 -g 0 -m 644 pdnsd.conf "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/pdnsd.conf.sample" ; \
+	else \
+	  $(INSTALL) -m 644 pdnsd.conf "$(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/pdnsd.conf.sample" ; \
+	fi
+
+dist-hook: doc_makefile
+	@$(MAKE) -f doc_makefile doc
+	cp -p --parents pdnsd-ctl.8 pdnsd.conf.5.in \
+	                html/dl.html txt/faq.txt txt/intro.txt txt/manual.txt \
+	                $(distdir)
+
+distclean-local: doc_makefile
+	@$(MAKE) -f doc_makefile clean
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/doc_makefile b/jni/pdnsd/doc/doc_makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5e8f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/doc_makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# This file was written by Paul Rombouts.
+# Because pdnsd currently has a very idiosyncratic method of building documentation
+# I prefer to keep the actual build rules outside of the Makefiles an ordinary user
+# would use to compile pdnsd and therefore I have put them into separate 'doc_makefile's.
+# 
+# To rebuild pdnsd docs after you have modified something that other files depend on,
+# run 'make -f doc_makefile doc' in the doc/ directory.
+# This makefile is also invoked when you build a pdnsd distribution tarball
+# using 'make dist' in the toplevel pdnsd source directory.
+#
+# If anyone thinks there is a much more elegant method for building the pdnsd docs
+# using a conventional autoconf/automake process, please let me know.
+
+versionfile = ../version
+
+doc: pdnsd-ctl.8 pdnsd.conf.5.in html txt
+.PHONY: pdnsd-ctl.8 doc html txt clean
+
+pdnsd-ctl.8:
+	@pver=`cat $(versionfile)` && \
+	mver=`perl -e 'while(<>) {if(/^\s*.TH(?:\s+(?:"[^"]*"|[^"\s]+)){3}\s+"pdnsd\s+([^"]*)"/) {print "$$1\n";exit 0}} \
+	               die "Cannot find version in $$ARGV\n"' $@` && { \
+	  test "$$mver" = "$$pver" || { \
+	    perl -p -i.makesave -e 's/^(\s*.TH(?:\s+(?:"[^"]*"|[^"\s]+)){3}\s+"pdnsd\s+)[^"]*(")/$${1}'"$$pver"'$${2}/' $@ && \
+	    echo "Updated version in $@: $$mver -> $$pver"; \
+	  }; \
+	}
+
+pdnsd.conf.5.in: html/doc.html html2confman.pl 
+	perl html2confman.pl $< > $@
+
+html txt:
+	@cd $@ && $(MAKE) -f doc_makefile
+
+clean:
+	@rm -fv pdnsd.conf.5.in
+	@cd html && $(MAKE) -f doc_makefile clean
+	@cd txt && $(MAKE) -f doc_makefile clean
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f9c614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>pdnsd Download Page</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+    <style type="text/css">
+      <!--
+      .small { font-family:helvetica; font-size:small; text-align:center; }
+      // -->
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <!--notext(-->
+  <body bgcolor="#EEEEEE">
+    <table width="100%">
+      <tr>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="index.html">pdnsd Homepage</a>
+  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="faq.html">pdnsd FAQ</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="doc.html">Documentation</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="../../COPYING">GNU GPL (pdnsd's License)</a>
+	  </span> </td>
+	<td><span class="small">
+	    <a href="dl.html">Download Section</a>
+	  </span></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)notext-->
+    <center><h1>pdnsd Download Page</h1></center>
+    <!--  For obvious reasons, the real download page is not included in the distribution ;-) -->
+    <p>The original author of pdnsd is <a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas Moestl</a>,
+    but since 2003, he no longer maintains pdnsd.
+    However, <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul A. Rombouts</a> has extensively revised the code and maintains
+    a version with many fixes and improvements at
+    <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html">http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html</a>.<br>
+    He has pre-patched tarballs and RPM packages available for download at this site.<br>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+    If you are interested in the very latest code or if you want to participate in
+    pdnsd development, checkout the <a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd">pdnsd git repository</a>
+    at <a href="http://gitorious.org/">gitorious.org</a>.
+    </p>
+
+    The most recent tarball is <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/pdnsd-1.2.9b-par.tar.gz">pdnsd-1.2.9b-par.tar.gz</a>
+    (<a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/pdnsd-1.2.9b-par.tar.gz.asc">GPG signature</a>).<br>
+    The most recent RPM packages are:
+<table cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><b>Package Name</b></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right><b>Size</b></td>
+    <td width="60%"><b>Description</b></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/pdnsd-1.2.9b-par.src.rpm">pdnsd-1.2.9b-par.src.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>514kB</td>
+    <td width="60%">Source RPM (binary packages can also be built directly from the tarball).
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/pdnsd-1.2.9b-par_sl6.i686.rpm">pdnsd-1.2.9b-par_sl6.i686.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>???</td>
+    <td width="60%">i686 binary built on a Scientific Linux 6.2 system.
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/pdnsd-1.2.9b-par_sl6.x86_64.rpm">pdnsd-1.2.9b-par_sl6.x86_64.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>282kB</td>
+    <td width="60%">x86_64 binary built on a Scientific Linux 6.2 system.
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+    If you want to check the signatures on these packages you will need a copy of my GPG key
+    which you can get <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/paromb.asc">here</a>
+    or from a public key server.
+    <p>
+    There are also <a href="http://packages.debian.org/pdnsd">Debian</a>,
+    Ubuntu,
+    <a href="http://packages.gentoo.org/package/net-dns/pdnsd">Gentoo</a>,
+    <a href="http://www.rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=pdnsd">Mandriva</a>
+    and <a href="http://cvsweb.freebsd.org/ports/dns/pdnsd">FreeBSD</a>
+    packages, but these may not include the latest version.<br>
+    If you are looking for other versions released by Paul Rombouts, visit this
+    <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/">download directory</a>.
+    </p>
+    <hr>
+    <br>
+    <p>
+      <i>Last revised: 24 Apr 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts</i>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html.in b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dffe2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/dl.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>pdnsd Download Page</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+    <style type="text/css">
+      <!--
+      .small { font-family:helvetica; font-size:small; text-align:center; }
+      // -->
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <!--notext(-->
+  <body bgcolor="#EEEEEE">
+    <table width="100%">
+      <tr>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="index.html">pdnsd Homepage</a>
+  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="faq.html">pdnsd FAQ</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="doc.html">Documentation</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="../../COPYING">GNU GPL (pdnsd's License)</a>
+	  </span> </td>
+	<td><span class="small">
+	    <a href="dl.html">Download Section</a>
+	  </span></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)notext-->
+    <center><h1>pdnsd Download Page</h1></center>
+    <!--  For obvious reasons, the real download page is not included in the distribution ;-) -->
+    <p>The original author of pdnsd is <a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas Moestl</a>,
+    but since 2003, he no longer maintains pdnsd.
+    However, <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul A. Rombouts</a> has extensively revised the code and maintains
+    a version with many fixes and improvements at
+    <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html">http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html</a>.<br>
+    He has pre-patched tarballs and RPM packages available for download at this site.<br>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+    If you are interested in the very latest code or if you want to participate in
+    pdnsd development, checkout the <a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd">pdnsd git repository</a>
+    at <a href="http://gitorious.org/">gitorious.org</a>.
+    </p>
+
+    The most recent tarball is <a href="${baseurl}releases/pdnsd-$version.tar.gz">pdnsd-$version.tar.gz</a>
+    (<a href="${baseurl}releases/pdnsd-$version.tar.gz.asc">GPG signature</a>).<br>
+    The most recent RPM packages are:
+<table cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><b>Package Name</b></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right><b>Size</b></td>
+    <td width="60%"><b>Description</b></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="${baseurl}releases/pdnsd-$version.src.rpm">pdnsd-$version.src.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>$sizeof("$HOME/rpmbuild/SRPMS/pdnsd-$version.src.rpm")</td>
+    <td width="60%">Source RPM (binary packages can also be built directly from the tarball).
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="${baseurl}releases/pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch}.rpm">pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch}.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>$sizeof("$HOME/rpmbuild/RPMS/pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch}.rpm")</td>
+    <td width="60%">${arch} binary built on a $system.
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td width="30%"><a href="${baseurl}releases/pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch2}.rpm">pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch2}.rpm</a></td>
+    <td width="10%" align=right>$sizeof("$HOME/rpmbuild/RPMS/pdnsd-${version}${extver}.${arch2}.rpm")</td>
+    <td width="60%">${arch2} binary built on a $system.
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+    If you want to check the signatures on these packages you will need a copy of my GPG key
+    which you can get <a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/paromb.asc">here</a>
+    or from a public key server.
+    <p>
+    There are also <a href="http://packages.debian.org/pdnsd">Debian</a>,
+    Ubuntu,
+    <a href="http://packages.gentoo.org/package/net-dns/pdnsd">Gentoo</a>,
+    <a href="http://www.rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=pdnsd">Mandriva</a>
+    and <a href="http://cvsweb.freebsd.org/ports/dns/pdnsd">FreeBSD</a>
+    packages, but these may not include the latest version.<br>
+    If you are looking for other versions released by Paul Rombouts, visit this
+    <a href="${baseurl}releases/">download directory</a>.
+    </p>
+    <hr>
+    <br>
+    <p>
+      <i>Last revised: $date by Paul A. Rombouts</i>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc.html b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95828c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2630 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>pdnsd Documentation</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+    <style type="text/css">
+      <!--
+      .small { font-family:helvetica; font-size:small; text-align:center; }
+      .indented { text-indent: 2em; }
+      .nowrap { white-space:nowrap; }
+      // -->
+    </style>
+  </head>
+
+  <body bgcolor="#EEEEEE">
+    <!--notext(-->
+    <table width="100%">
+      <tr>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="index.html">pdnsd Homepage</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="faq.html">pdnsd FAQ</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="doc.html">Documentation</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="../../COPYING">GNU GPL (pdnsd's License)</a>
+	  </span> </td>
+	<td><span class="small">
+	    <a href="dl.html">Download Section</a>
+	  </span></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)notext-->
+    <center><h1>pdnsd Documentation</h1></center>
+    This is the &quot;official&quot; pdnsd documentation and reference written by
+    <a href="index.html#authors">Thomas Moestl</a> with revisions by
+    <a href="index.html#authors">Paul A. Rombouts</a>.<br>
+    This manual is a part of the pdnsd package, and may be distributed in
+    original or modified  form  under  terms  of  the  GNU  General  Public
+    License,  as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+    3, or (at your option) any later version.<br>
+    You can find a copy of the GNU GPL in the file <code>COPYING</code> in the source or documentation directory.<br>
+    This manual is up-to-date for version 1.2.9b. For older documentation, please refer to the doc
+    directory of the respective pdnsd package.<br>
+    If you want a quicker introduction to pdnsd, you can try some of the
+    <a href="http://www.google.com/search?q=pdnsd+howto">HOWTOs available on the web</a>.
+    For Apple Mac users, Brian Wells has published a good HOWTO at
+    <a href="http://web.mac.com/brianwells/main/pdnsd.html">http://web.mac.com/brianwells/main/pdnsd.html</a>.
+
+
+    <h2>0. Installation</h2>
+    <h3>0.1 Installing binary RPM's</h3>
+    To install a binary RPM, just do<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>rpm&nbsp;-i&nbsp;pdnsd-&lt;<i>version</i>&gt;.rpm</code></p>
+    This should install pretty much everything automatically. The only thing left
+    for you to do is adapt your configuration file (stored in <code>/etc/pdnsd.conf</code>)
+    according to your needs (see below).
+    In the Red Hat and SuSE RPMs, a start script is also installed; read the section
+    <i>0.4, Start at Boot Time</i> about that.
+
+    <br>
+    <h3>0.2 Building RPM's</h3>
+    It is possible to build a binary RPM from a source package using the command<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>rpmbuild&nbsp;--rebuild&nbsp;pdnsd-&lt;<i>version</i>&gt;.src.rpm</code></p>
+    or alternatively from a tarball using the command<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>rpmbuild&nbsp;-tb&nbsp;pdnsd-&lt;<i>version</i>&gt;.tar.gz</code></p>
+    You can do this as root, but it is safer to build a binary package first as a normal user,
+    and then, when all has gone well, install the resulting binary package as root as in the previous section.
+    How to build an RPM package without being root is described at
+    <a href="http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-rpm1/">
+    http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-rpm1/</a>.<br><br>
+    Several pdnsd-specific options are available when building RPM packages:
+    <table cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with&nbsp;isdn</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--enable-isdn</code> (<a href="#enableisdn">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--without&nbsp;poll</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--disable-poll</code> (<a href="#disablepoll">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--without&nbsp;nptl</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--with-thread-lib=linuxthreads</code> (<a href="#threadlib">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with&nbsp;ipv6</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--enable-ipv6</code> (<a href="#enableipv6">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--without&nbsp;tcpqueries</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--disable-tcp-queries</code> (<a href="#disabletcpqueries">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--without&nbsp;debug</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--with-debug=0</code> (<a href="#withdebug">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--define&nbsp;"distro&nbsp;&lt;<i>distro</i>&gt;"</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--with-distribution=&lt;<i>distro</i>&gt;</code> (<a href="#withdistro">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--define&nbsp;"run_as_user&nbsp;&lt;<i>user</i>&gt;"</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--with-default-id=&lt;<i>user</i>&gt;</code> (<a href="#defaultid">see below</a>).<br>
+	  For RPMs the default <code>&lt;<i>user</i>&gt;</code> is <code>"pdnsd"</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--define&nbsp;"run_as_uid&nbsp;&lt;<i>uid</i>&gt;"</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  If the user defined by the previous option does not exist when the RPM is installed,
+	  the pre-install script will try to create a new user with numerical id <code>&lt;<i>uid</i>&gt;</code>.
+	  The default is to let the system choose the numerical id at install time.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--define&nbsp;"cachedir&nbsp;&lt;<i>dir</i>&gt;"</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Has the same effect as <code>--with-cachedir=&lt;<i>dir</i>&gt;</code> (<a href="#withcachedir">see below</a>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    You can also configure which compiler flags will be used by setting the environment variable
+    <code>CFLAGS</code>.
+    Using a bash shell, you can do that on the command line like this:
+    <code>&nbsp;CFLAGS="-O1&nbsp;-Wall"&nbsp;rpmbuild&nbsp;...</code><br>
+    This is useful if you prefer a different level of optimization, for instance.
+
+    <br>
+    <h3>0.3 Installing from pure sources (tar archives or git repositories)</h3>
+    <h4>0.3.1 Setting up the source code tree</h4>
+    Source code is available in the form of snapshots (tarballs) or a git repository
+    with the very latest development code and a (nearly) complete history of all the revisions.
+    Cloning a git repository is useful if you need a recent fix or feature
+    that is not yet contained in a main release or you want to participate in pdnsd development.
+    Otherwise you will probably find the tarballs more convenient because they are much more compact.
+    <h5>0.3.1.1 Unpacking a tar archive</h5>
+    The pdsnsd snapshot releases come in the form of a gzip'ed tar archive.
+    To decompress it (using a modern tar) do<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>tar&nbsp;-xzf&nbsp;pdnsd-&lt;version&gt;.tar.gz</code></p>
+    If your tar doesn't do this, use:<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>gzip&nbsp;-dc&nbsp;pdnsd-&lt;version&gt;.tar.gz&nbsp;| tar&nbsp;-xf&nbsp;-</code></p>
+    <h5>0.3.1.2 Cloning a git repository</h5>
+    To clone a git repository you need to install, if not already installed,
+    the git version control system, which is available as a package in most modern Linux distributions.
+    Then run the command:<br>
+    <p class="indented"><code>git&nbsp;clone&nbsp;git://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd.git&nbsp;pdnsd</code></p>
+    In rare cases, if you are behind some kind of firewall, the special git protocol can't be used
+    and you will need to fall back to the http protocol.
+    See the <a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd">gitorious.org</a> website or git documentation for more information.
+
+    <h4>0.3.2 Configuring the source</h4>
+    Change into the pdnsd source directory and run configure. It takes the following command line
+    options (if you do not specify an option, defaults will be used):<br>
+    <table bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--prefix=<i>dir</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify the prefix directory. The pdnsd files are installed in subdirectories
+	  of the prefix, the pdnsd and pdnsd-ctl executables are for example installed
+	  in the sbin subdirectory of the prefix. The default for this is /usr/local;
+	  you might want to set this to /usr (using <code>--prefix=/usr</code>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--sysconfdir=<i>dir</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify the config directory. pdnsd expects its pdnsd.conf file to reside
+	  there if the <code>-c</code> option is not given at startup.
+	  The default for this is the <code>etc</code> subdirectory of your prefix, e.g. <code>/usr/local/etc</code>
+	  if you did not specify a prefix. To set this e.g. to <code>/etc</code>, use <code>--sysconfdir=/etc</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="withdistro">--with-distribution=<i>distro</i></a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify target distribution (default=Generic; others: RedHat, SuSE, Debian)<br>
+	  See below for the effect of these settings.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-target=<i>platform</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Change compilation target platform (default: autodetect; others: Linux, BSD, Cygwin).<br>
+	  autodetect will attempt to detect whether you are using Linux, *BSD or Cygwin and
+	  should normally be sufficient. If this does not work, try specifying
+	  your system manually (for the Darwin platform (Apple Mac OS X) specify BSD here).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="withcachedir">--with-cachedir=<i>dir</i></a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Default directory for pdnsd cache (default=/var/cache/pdnsd)<br>
+	  This setting can be changed via config file settings when pdnsd has been built.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-hash-buckets=<i>num</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Number of hash buckets to use (default=1024). The default should be
+	  sufficient for most purposes, but if you want to store a large number of names
+	  in the cache, cache lookups may be faster if the number of hash buckets
+	  is comparable to the number of names stored in the cache.
+	  The number actually used is the smallest power of two
+	  greater or equal to the number specified here.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="enableisdn">--enable-isdn</a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enable ISDN support<br>
+	  This option will work only on Linux and may cause problems with 2.0.x or
+	  old 2.2.x kernels. You will need it for a proper <code>if</code> uptest
+	  under Linux for ISDN ppp devices.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-ipv4</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable IPv4 networking support (default=enabled)
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="enableipv6">--enable-ipv6</a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enable IPv6 networking support.<br>
+	  If your OS does support IPv6 properly, you should be able to serve also
+	  IPv4 queries using this. Normally, this is disabled and you won't need
+	  it.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-ipv4-startup</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable IPv4 on pdnsd startup by default (default=enabled)
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--enable-ipv6-startup</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enable IPV6 on pdnsd startup by default (default=IPv4).
+	  These options are only defaults, you can specify on
+	  the command line or in the config files which IP version
+	  will really be used.
+	  Normally, you won't need to change these.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-udp-queries</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable UDP as query method. You shouldn't need to change
+	  this.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="disabletcpqueries">--disable-tcp-queries</a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable TCP as query method. This only effects the querying of
+	  name servers by pdnsd, not the ability of pdnsd to answer
+	  TCP queries from clients.
+	  TCP queries are slower than UDP queries, but can be more secure
+	  against certain types of attacks and are able to handle large answers.
+	  For normal use this can be disabled.
+	  (Note that the default has changed: TCP-query support
+	  is now compiled in by default, but it still depends on the run-time
+	  options whether it is actually used.)
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-query-method=<i>qm</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify the query method (default=udponly, others: tcponly, tcpudp, udptcp).
+	  If you have enabled both UDP and TCP queries, this lets you control
+	  which query method pdnsd will use by default. tcpudp will try TCP
+	  first and fall back to UDP if TCP is not supported by the server;
+	  udptcp will try UDP first and, if the answer was truncated, will repeat
+	  the query using TCP.
+	  udponly and tcponly should be clear. Note that this only effects
+	  the compiled-in default; the query method can still be changed using
+	  command-line options or options in the configuration file.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-tcp-server</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable the TCP server.
+	  In this case pdnsd will not be able to respond to TCP queries from clients.
+	  This may cause problems with very large answers.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-src-addr-disc</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable the UDP source address discovery.<br>
+	  You need this only if you have trouble with messages saying
+	  &quot;could not discover udp source address&quot;.<br>
+	  For the Cygwin target, this option is disabled by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="disablepoll">--disable-poll</a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Disable poll(2) and use select(2) (default=enabled)<br>
+	  You will normally not need this.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--disable-new-rrs</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Since version 1.2.9 this option is obsolete and ignored.
+	  It is now possible to configure for each RR type separately whether it is
+	  cacheable by pdnsd by editing the file <code>src/rr_types.in</code>.
+	  The comments in this file explain how to do this.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--enable-strict-rfc2181</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enforce strict RFC 2181 compliance.<br>
+	  This will cause pdnsd to reject DNS answers with incorrect
+	  timestamp settings (multiple RRs of the same type and for the same domain with
+	  different TTLs). Normally not needed.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="enableunderscores">--enable-underscores</a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  This option is obsolete. Since version 1.2, pdnsd places no restrictions
+	  on the types of characters in domain names (there are still a few restrictions
+	  for locally defined names, though).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-random-device=<i>device</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify random device; default: C Library <code>random()</code> PRNG<br>
+	  pdnsd uses (pseudo-)  random numbers as query IDs for security reasons
+	  (this makes forging DNS answers more difficult). This option
+	  controls where pdnsd gets these from. The default is the C library
+	  <code>random()</code> function, which is relatively weak.
+	  You can specify a device like /dev/urandom here if you like; pdnsd will read
+	  random numbers  from it 16-bit-wise. /dev/urandom is present under Linux and
+	  most BSD derivates. You should not use /dev/random - it is more secure, but
+	  may block and delay pdnsd's answers for a long time.<br>
+	  You can specify <code>arc4random</code> to use the BSD <code>arc4random()</code>
+	  library function (default for FreeBSD target), which is considered safe.<br>
+	  You can also specify <code>random</code> as device to use the C Library
+	  <code>random()</code> function (described above).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="defaultid">--with-default-id=<i>user</i></a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify default user for pdnsd (default=nobody).
+	  This is the user that will be entered for the <code>run_as</code>
+	  option in the config file (see <a href="#runas">below</a>) that will be installed during <code>make install</code>.
+	  You can change this any time in your config file.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="withdebug">--with-debug=<i>level</i></a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+          Specify debugging level. Normally you can safely switch debugging off
+	  by setting the level to 0. This will increase speed (although only
+	  marginally) and save space in the executable (only about 12kB).
+	  However, more significant may be the savings in stack space, especially
+	  if pdnsd is put under heavy load and there are many simultaneous
+	  running threads.<br>
+	  Presently the only defined debug levels are in the range 0 - 9.
+	  Setting the level to 9 enables hex dumps of the queries and replies
+	  pdnsd receives and should normally not be needed. Debug output will only
+	  be generated if you turn on special switches; it might be useful for
+	  debugging your config files, so I recommend using the default (1).
+	  However, if you use pdnsd under heavy load, a  better strategy may be
+	  to compile one version of pdnsd without debug support (configured with
+	  <code>--with-debug=0</code>) for production use, and one version with
+	  with debug support (e.g. <code>--with-debug=9</code>)
+	  for diagnostic purposes.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-verbosity=<i>level</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify default message verbosity. The default should be ok.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--enable-rcsids</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enable RCS IDs in executables (default=disabled).<br>
+	  For personal use, there is no need to do this. If you build rpm's, it
+	  might have advantages.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--enable-tcp-subseq</code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Enable subsequent tcp queries. The DNS protocol standard
+	  requires that servers must be capable of answering multiple
+	  subsequent queries that are sent over the same tcp connection, and that
+	  the server may only close the connection by himself after a certain
+	  timeout. This feature is rarely used, but may make denial-of-service
+	  attacks easier, as it allows for an attacker to hold a connection open
+	  a long time (although the attacker's IP is most likely revealed then).
+	  For full standard compliance, you should use this option.
+	  If you do not use <code>--enable-tcp-server</code>, is option is not honored.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-tcp-qtimeout=<i>secs</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify default tcp query timeout after which the connection is closed
+	  if no full query has been received. The default is 30s.
+	  You can also change this option at run time using the tcp_qtimeout
+	  config file option.
+	  If you do not use <code>--enable-tcp-server</code>, is option is not honored.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-par-queries=<i>num</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  Specify the default number of queries that can be executed in parallel.
+	  You can also change this option at run time using the par_queries
+	  config file option. See the description of that option for an explanation
+	  of what it really does.<br>
+	  The default for this option is 2.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code>--with-max-nameserver-ips=<i>num</i></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9b:</em>
+	  Specify the maximum number of IP addresses that can be used per nameserver obtained
+	  from NS records (when resolving names recursively).
+	  Just one IP address per nameserver is sufficient in the vast majority of cases
+	  (and this was the strategy used by pdnsd in previous versions),
+	  but in rare cases this will cause unnecessary resolve failures if the address chosen
+	  for each nameserver happens to be unreachable while the other addresses would lead to
+	  successful resolution.<br>
+	  The default for this option is 3.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">
+	  <code><a name="threadlib">--with-thread-lib=<i>lib</i></a></code>
+	</td>
+	<td>
+	  <em>Added by Paul Rombouts</em>: Use this option if you experience problems with
+	  signal handling under Linux. The usual symptom is that pdnsd fails to save
+	  the cache to disk, and <code>/var/cache/pdnsd/pdnsd.cache</code> remains empty.
+	  If you experience this kind of trouble, try reconfiguring with different values
+	  for the <code>--with-thread-lib</code> option. The allowable values are
+	  <code>linuxthreads</code> (or <code>lt</code> for short), <code>linuxthreads2</code>
+	  (or <code>lt2</code> for short), and <code>nptl</code>.
+	  By default the configure script tries to detect automatically whether
+	  <code>linuxthreads</code> or <code>nptl</code> is more appropriate for your system,
+	  but the method used is not foolproof. Look for the line:
+	  <code>checking if this is an NPTL-based system...</code><br>
+	  If the automatic test mistakenly indentifies the thread library on your system as
+	  NPTL based, you should reconfigure with <code>--with-thread-lib=lt</code> and recompile.
+	  If the result of the automatic test is "<code>no</code>" or if
+	  <code>--with-thread-lib=lt</code> does not have the desired effect, try again using
+	  <code>--with-thread-lib=lt2</code> .
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    Normally, you will need only <code>--prefix</code>, <code>--sysconfdir</code> and
+    <code>--with-distribution</code>.
+    If you specify your distribution using <code>--with-distribution</code>, this has the
+    following effects:
+    <ul>
+      <li> An rc script is copied in the appropriate localtion, which enables pdnsd to start
+	at machine boot time (see 0.4)
+      <li> Distribution-specific portions might be included in the generated pdnsd.spec
+	file (only important if you want to build rpm archives yourself).
+    </ul>
+    If you choose <code>Generic</code>, no rc script is installed, and a generic spec
+    file is generated.<br>
+
+    Further instructions are in the INSTALL document in the pdnsd source directory.
+    <code>./configure --help</code> will give you a list of all supported command line
+    options.<br><br>
+    <em>Note added by Paul Rombouts</em>: Some people may want change the compiler optimization flag.
+    I use the <code>-O2</code> flag, but it might be safer to use a lower level of
+    optimization or no optimization at all. In that case prefix the
+    <code>configure</code> command with the desired compiler flags like this
+    (assuming you're using a bash shell):
+    <p class="indented"><code>CFLAGS="-O1&nbsp;-Wall"&nbsp;./configure&nbsp;...</code></p>
+
+
+    <br>
+    <h4>0.3.3 Building &amp; installing </h4>
+    Type <code>make</code> in the source directory. <i>Should</i> work by now.<br>
+    To install, type <code>make install</code> or do the installation by hand (see <i>0.3.4</i>).<br>
+    <code>make install</code> will do the following ($prefix is the prefix directory; see above):<br>
+    <ol>
+      <li> copies pdnsd to <code>$(prefix)/sbin/</code>
+      <li> copies pdnsd-ctl to <code>$(prefix)/sbin/</code>
+      <li> copies docs/pdnsd.conf.sample (a sample configuration) to the pdnsd config directory.
+      <li> creates your cache directory if it is not there.
+	After installation, you should check the file permissions and create or edit
+	<code>/etc/pdnsd.conf</code> to fit your needs (see below).
+	If you use the <a href="#runas"><code>run_as</code></a> option, please make sure that your
+	cache directory is owned by the user you specified with this option!
+    </ol>
+    You must be root for this installation!<br>
+    <b>Security notes:</b> <b><i>never</i></b> make the pdnsd cache directory
+    writeable for untrusted users, or you will get several security holes:
+    the users might modify the cache contents, or plant dangerous links.<br>
+    If you use a pidfile, you should be aware that you introduce security
+    problems if you place the pidfile in a directory in a NFS filesystem that
+    is writeable for untrusted users. Generally, the pidfile directory
+    (typically /var/run) should not be writeable for untrusted users.
+    <br>
+    <h4>0.3.4 Manual installation </h4>
+    For a manual installation, you need to do the following steps:
+    <ol>
+      <li> Copy pdnsd and pdnsd-ctl from your build directory to an appropriate location (e.g. <code>/usr/sbin</code>).
+      <li> Copy <code>docs/pdnsd.conf</code> into the directory you want it to reside (<code>/etc</code> by default,
+	    and change it according to your needs (see below).
+      <li> Create your caching directory; default is <code>/var/cache/pdnsd</code> (you may change this
+	in your <code>pdnsd.conf</code>); Permissions should be at max <code>rwxr-xr-x</code> (if you want to
+	protect your cache and status socket, make it <code>rwx------</code>).
+    </ol>
+    Thats it!
+    <br>
+
+    <h3>0.4 Start at boot time</h3>
+    In the <code>src/rc</code> folder of the pdnsd distribution are start scripts
+    for pdnsd designed for different Linux distros. There are scripts
+    for SuSE, Redhat, Debian, Arch Linux and Slackware now.<br>
+    The start scripts are automatically installed during RPM install, and also during <code>make install</code>
+    if you specified your distro.<br>
+    For Slackware Linux there is a start-up script contributed by Nikola Kotur, but presently
+    it must be installed manually.
+    See <code>src/rc/README</code> and <code>src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd</code> for details.
+
+    <h4>0.4.1 SuSE Linux startup</h4>
+    <code>rc/SuSE/pdnsd</code> is a start script for SuSE Linux. It was tested for 6.? but should run on some
+    versions below. You can do <code>make install</code> as root in the <code>rc/SuSE</code>
+    directory to install it, or you can install manually:<br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=5>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b>manual installation</b>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  For manual installation, copy <code>rc/SuSE/pdnsd</code> into <code>/sbin/init.d/</code>, go to
+	  <code>/sbin/init.d/rc2.d/</code> and create there the following two symlinks:<br>
+	  S11pdnsd to ../pdnsd (do <code>ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd</code> in that dir) <br>
+	  K34pdnsd to ../pdnsd (do <code>ln -s ../pdnsd K34pdnsd</code> in that dir) <br>
+	  The numbers dictate the order different services are started and
+	  might need to be modified. Then edit your <code>/etc/rc.config</code> file and
+	  add the line <code>START_PDNSD=yes</code> to start pdnsd at boot time.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <p>
+      If you used the <code>make install</code> command, <code>START_PDNSD=yes</code> has been
+      appended to your <code>/etc/rc.config</code> file, causing pdnsd to be started
+      at boot time. If you don't want that, change the <code>yes</code> into <code>no</code>.
+    </p>
+    This start script was created from <code>/sbin/init.d/skeleton</code> by me, so the
+    most is copyrighted by SuSE. They put it under the GPL, however, so
+    the license stated in <a href="../../COPYING">COPYING</a> also applies to this script.
+    There is NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND on these scripts.
+    This is no official SuSE script, and SuSE naturally does NO support
+    for it.
+    <h4>0.4.2 Red Hat Linux startup</h4>
+    <code>rc/Redhat/pdnsd</code> is a start script for Red Hat Linux. It was contibuted by Torben
+    Janssen. <br>
+    This was tested for 6.1 but should run on 5.0+. You can do <code>make install</code> as root in the
+    <code>rc/Redhat</code> directory to install it, or you can install manually:<br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=5>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b>manual installation</b>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  For manual installation, copy <code>rc/Redhat/pdnsd</code> into <code>/etc/rc.d/init.d/</code><br>
+	  Then go to <code>/etc/rc.d/rc3.d</code> and create there the following symlink:<br>
+	  S78pdnsd -&gt; ../init.d/pdnsd
+	  (do <code>ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd S78pdnsd</code> in that dir)<br>
+
+	  Then go to <code>/etc/rc.d/rc0.d</code> and create there the following symlink:<br>
+	  K78pdnsd -&gt; ../init.d/pdnsd
+	  (do <code>ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd</code> in that dir)<br>
+
+	  Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc6.d and create there the following symlink:<br>
+	  K78pdnsd -&gt; ../init.d/pdnsd
+	  (do <code>ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd</code> in that dir)
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    This script is also covered by license stated in <a href="../../COPYING">COPYING</a>.
+    Again, there is NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND on these scripts.
+    This is no offical Redhat script, and Redhat naturally does NO support
+    for it
+    <br>
+    <h3>0.5 Notes for FreeBSD users</h3>
+    The special handling of ISDN ppp devices is only supported on Linux. It is not needed in FreeBSD, the normal
+    device handling also works fine with isdn4bsd devices.<br>
+    When compiled for FreeBSD, pdnsd as a small RFC compatability issue: RFC2181 demands answers on dns querys
+    to be sent with the same source address the query packet went to. In seldom cases, this will not be the case,
+    because the kernel selects the source address depending on the interface that was used for sending the answer.<br>
+    Setting the source address currently does not work for IPv4. I have written a kernel patch that will provide an easy way
+    to program this. We'll see if or when it gets commited.<br>
+    <br>
+    <br>
+    <h2>1 Invocation</h2>
+    When invoking pdnsd, you can specify various options at the command line. Command line options
+    always override config file options. The various <b>--noX</b> options are present to override
+    config file options.
+    <p>
+      pdnsd <b>--help</b> (or <b>-h</b>) gives you an overview of the pdnsd command line options.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      pdnsd <b>--version</b> (or <b>-V</b> for short) prints licence and version information.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To start pdnsd as background daemon, specifiy <b>--daemon</b> (or <b>-d</b> for short) on
+      the command line. Diagnostic and error messages after the actual daemon start
+      will be printed to the syslog instead of the console. <b>--nodaemon</b> will disable this.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      When starting pdnsd as a daemon, the <b>-p</b> option may be helpful: It writes the pid
+      of the server process to the file of the name given as argument to this option. <br>
+      Example: <code>pdnsd -d -p /var/run/pdnsd.pid</code>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      If you want to specify a configuration file other than <code>/etc/pdnsd.conf</code>, specify
+      <b>-c</b> or <b>--config-file</b> on the command line, followed by a filename.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      If pdnsd was compiled with debugging support, you may specify <b>-g</b> or
+      <b>--debug</b> on the command line. This will cause extra diagnostic messages to be
+      printed. When pdnsd runs in daemon mode, the messages will be written to the <code>pdnsd.debug</code>
+      file in your cache directory. <b>--nodebug</b> disables debugging.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      pdnsd <b>-v</b><i>n</i> sets the verbosity level of pdnsd. <i>n</i> is normally a digit from 0 to 3,
+      where 0 means normal operation, while 3 will most verbose.
+      Level 9 can be used in combination with the <code>--debug</code> option for very
+      extensive debug information.<br>
+      <i>Note</i>: The current implementation mostly ignores the verbosity level,
+      so you may not notice much difference between the various levels.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The option <b>-s</b> or <b>--status</b> enables the status control socket. This is a named socket in
+      the cache directory called <code>pdnsd.status</code>. This socket allows run-time configuration of pdnsd
+      using the utility <code>pdnsd-ctl</code>. See <a href="#pdnsdctl">below</a> for more details about <code>pdnsd-ctl</code>.
+      <b>--nostatus</b> disables status control.
+      See also the configuration option <a href="#statusctl"><code>status_ctl</code></a> in the global section.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The option <b>--notcp</b> disables the seldom needed TCP server thread, which may
+      save you some resources. <b>-t</b> or <b>--tcp</b> will enable it.
+      See also the <a href="#tcpserver"><code>tcp_server</code></a> configuration option.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Using the <a name="querymethodcommandlineoption"><b>-m</b></a> option, you can select the method pdnsd uses to query other name servers.
+      Following methods are supported (see also the <a href="#querymethod"><code>query_method</code></a>
+      configuration option):<br>
+      <b>-muo</b>: pdnsd will use UDP only. This is the fastest method, and should be supported by all name servers
+      on the Internet. <br>
+      <b>-mto</b>: pdnsd will use TCP only. TCP queries usually take longer time than UDP queries, but are more secure
+      against certain attacks, where an attacker tries to guess your query id and to send forged answers. TCP queries
+      are not supported by some name servers.<br>
+      <b>-mtu</b>: pdnsd will try to use TCP, and will fall back to UDP if its connection is refused or times out.<br>
+      <b>-mut</b>: <em>New in version 1.2.5:</em> pdnsd will try to use UDP, and will repeat the query using TCP if the UDP reply was truncated
+      (i.e. the <code>tc</code> bit is set). This is the behaviour recommended by the DNS standards.<br>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The <b>-4</b> option switches to IPv4 mode, providing pdnsd was compiled with IPv4 support.<br>
+      The <b>-6</b> option switches to IPv6 mode, providing pdnsd was compiled with IPv6 support.<br>
+      The <b>-a</b> option is only available when pdnsd was compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support.
+      With this option, pdnsd will try to detect automatically if a system supports IPv6, and fall back to IPv4 otherwise.<br>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      With <b>-i</b> <em>prefix</em> or <b>--ipv4_6_prefix=</b><em>prefix</em> you can set the prefix pdnsd uses (when running in IPv6
+      mode) to map IPv4 addresses in the configuration file to IPv6 addresses.
+      There is also a corresponding option for the config file, <a href="#ipv46prefix">see below</a>.
+      Must be a valid IPv6 address.
+      The default is <code>::ffff:0.0.0.0</code>
+    </p>
+
+    <h2>2 The configuration file</h2>
+    This section describes the layout of the configuration file and the available
+    configuration options.
+    The default location of the file is <code>/etc/pdnsd.conf</code>. This may be changed
+    with the -c command line option.
+    An example pdnsd.conf comes with the pdnsd distribution in the docs directory
+    and will be installed to <code>/etc/</code> by <code>make install</code>.
+
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1 Layout</h3>
+    The configuration file is divided into sections. Each section is prefixed with
+    the section name and opening curlies ({) and closed with closing curlies (}).
+    In each section, configuration options can be given in the form
+    <br><code>
+      <i>option_name</i>=<i>option_value</i>;
+    </code><br>
+    Option value may be a string literal, a number, a time specification or a constant.
+    In previous  versions of pdnsd strings had to be enclosed
+    in quotes (&quot;), but since version 1.1.10 this is no longer necessary, unless
+    a string contains a special character such as whitespace, a token that normally starts
+    a comment, or one of &quot;<code>,;{}</code>&quot;.
+    Since version 1.2.9 a backslash () inside a string is interpreted as an escape character,
+    so it is possible to include special characters in strings (both quoted or unquoted)
+    by preceding them with a backslash. Some escape sequences are in interpreted as in the C
+    programming language, e.g. <code>\t</code> becomes a tab,
+    <code>\n</code> becomes a new-line control char.<br>
+    A time specification consists a sequence of digits followed by a one-letter suffix.
+    The following suffixes are recognized:
+    <code>s</code> (seconds), <code>m</code> (minutes), <code>h</code> (hours),
+    <code>d</code> (days) and <code>w</code> (weeks).
+    If the suffix is missing, seconds are assumed.
+    If several time specifications are concatenated, their values are added together;
+    e.g. <code>2h30m</code> is interpreted as 2*60*60 + 30*60 = 9000 seconds.<br>
+    Some options take more than one value; in this case, the values are separated with commas.<br>
+    If you may supply one of a set of possible values to an option, this is noted
+    in the documentation as
+    <code>(option1|option2|option3|...)</code><br>
+    The constants <code>true|false</code> and <code>yes|no</code>
+    are accepted as synonyms for the constants <code>on|off</code>.<br>
+    Comments may be enclosed in /* and */, nested comments are possible. If the
+    # sign or two slashes (//) appear in the configuration file, everything from
+    these signs to the end of the current line is regarded as a comment and ignored.<br>
+    There are examples for nearly all options in the sample config file.
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.1 <a name="globalsection"><code>global</code> Section</a></h3>
+    The global section specifies parameters that affect the overall behaviour of the
+    server. If you specify multiple global sections, the settings of those later in
+    the file will overwrite the earlier given values.<br>
+    These are the possible options:<br><br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>perm_cache=(<i>number</i>|off);</code></b><br>
+	  Switch the disk cache off or supply a maximum cache size in kB. If the disk
+	  cache is switched off, 8 bytes will still be written to disk.
+	  The memory cache is always 10kB larger than the file cache.
+	  This value is 2048 (2 MB) by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>cache_dir=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Set the directory you want to keep the cache in.
+	  The default is <code>&quot;/var/cache/pdnsd&quot;</code>
+	  (unless pdnsd was compiled with a different default).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>server_port=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Set the server port. This is especially useful when you want to start the
+	  server and are not root. Note that you may also not specify uptest=ping in
+	  the server section as non-root.<br>
+	  The default port is 53, the RFC-standard one. Note that you should only use
+	  non-standard ports when you only need clients on your machine to communicate
+	  with the server; others will probably fail if the try to contact the server
+	  on the basis of an NS record, since the A record that supplies the address for
+	  (among others) name servers does not have a port number specification.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+ 	<td>
+	  <b><code>server_ip=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  or<br>
+	  <b><code>interface=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Set the IP address pdnsd listens on for requests. This can be useful
+          when the host has several interfaces and you want pdnsd not to listen on
+          all interfaces. For example, it is possible to bind pdnsd to listen on
+          127.0.0.2 to allow pdnsd to be a forwarder for BIND.
+	  The default setting for this option is <code>server_ip=any</code>, which means that
+	  pdnsd will listen on all of your local interfaces.
+	  Presently you can only specify one address here; if you want pdnsd to listen on multiple
+	  interfaces but not all you will have to specify <code>server_ip=any</code>
+	  and use firewall rules to restrict access.<br>
+	  The IP address used to need quotation marks around it, but since version 1.1.10
+	  this is no longer necessary.<br>
+	  If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, and you want to
+	  specify an IPv6 address here, then unless pdnsd was compiled to start up in IPv6 mode
+	  by default, you will need to use the <code>-6</code> command-line option or
+	  set <code>run_ipv4=off</code> first (see <a href="#runipv4">below</a>) in order to ensure that the
+	  IPv6 address is parsed correctly.<br>
+	  If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here,
+	  it will automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.<br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2:</em> You may also give the name of an interface
+	  such as <code>"lo"</code> or <code>"eth0"</code> here, instead of an IP address
+	  (this has been tested on Linux, and may or may not work on other platforms).
+	  pdnsd will not bind to the interface name, but will look up the address of the
+	  interface at start-up and listen on that address. If the address of the interface
+	  changes while pdnsd is running, pdnsd will not notice that. You will need to
+	  restart pdnsd in that case.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+ 	<td>
+	  <b><code>outgoing_ip=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  or<br>
+	  <b><code>outside_interface=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9:</em>
+	  Set the IP address of the interface used by pdnsd for outgoing queries.
+	  This can be useful when the host has several interfaces and you want pdnsd
+	  to send outgoing queries via only one of them.
+	  For example, if  pdnsd is running on a host with one interface with IP address
+	  192.168.1.1 connected to the local network, and another with IP address 123.xxx.yyy.zzz
+	  connected to the internet, you may specify <code>server_ip=192.168.1.1</code>
+	  and <code>outgoing_ip=123.xxx.yyy.zzz</code> to enforce that pdnsd only responds
+	  to queries received from the local network, and only sends outgoing queries via
+	  the interface connected to the internet.<br>
+	  The default setting for this option is <code>any</code>, which means that
+	  the kernel is free to decide which interface to use.
+	  Like with the <code>server_ip</code> option, you may also give the name of an
+	  interface here, instead of an IP address.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>linkdown_kluge=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  This option enables a kluge that some people might need: when all servers are
+	  marked down, with this option set the cache is not even used when a query is
+	  received, and a DNS error is returned in any case. The only exception from this
+	  is that local records (as specified in <code>rr</code> and <code>source</code>
+	  sections are still served normally.
+	  In general, you probably want to get cached entries even when the network is down,
+	  so this defaults to off.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>max_ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option sets the maximum time a record is held in cache. All dns
+	  resource records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the
+	  record may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is more than the
+	  value given with <code>max_ttl</code>, this time to live value is set to <code>max_ttl</code>.
+	  This is done to prevent records from being cached an inappropriate long period of time, because
+	  that is almost never a good thing to do. Default is 604800s (one week).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>min_ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option sets the minimum time a record is held in cache. All dns
+	  resource records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the
+	  record may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is less than the
+	  value given with <code>min_ttl</code>, this time to live value is set to <code>min_ttl</code>.
+	  Default is 120 seconds.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>neg_ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option sets the time that negatively cached records will remain valid in the
+	  cache if no time to live can be determined. This is always the case when whole
+	  domains are being cached negatively, and additionally when record types are cached
+	  negatively for a domain for which no SOA record is known to pdnsd. If a SOA is present,
+	  the ttl of the SOA is taken.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>neg_rrs_pol=(on|off|auth|default);</code></b><br>
+	  This sets the RR set policy for negative caching; this tells pdnsd under which circumstances
+	  it should cache a record type negatively for a certain domain. <code>off</code> will
+	  turn the negative caching of record types off, <code>on</code> will always add a negative
+	  cache entry when a name server did not return a record type we asked it for, and <code>auth</code>
+	  will only add such entries if the answer came from an authoritative name server for that
+	  domain.<br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.8:</em> The <code>default</code> setting will add a negatively cached record
+	  if either the answer was authoritive or the answer indicated the name server had "recursion available"
+	  while the query explicitly requested such recursion.<br>
+	  The preset is "<code>default</code>" (used to be <code>auth</code>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>neg_domain_pol=(on|off|auth);</code></b><br>
+	  This is analogue to <code>neg_rrs_pol</code> for whole domain negative caching. It should be safe
+	  to set this <code>on</code>, because I have not seen a caching server that will falsely claim that a
+	  domain does not exist.<br>
+	  The default is <code>auth</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="runas">run_as=<i>string</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  This option allows you to let pdnsd change its user and group id after operations that needed
+	  privileges have been done. This helps minimize security risks and is therefore recommended. The
+	  supplied string gives a user name whose user id and primary group id are taken. <br>
+	  A little more details: after reading the config file, becoming a daemon (if specified) and starting
+	  the server status thread, the main thread changes its gid and uid, as do all newly created threads
+	  thereafter. By taking another uid and gid, those threads run with the privileges of the
+	  specified user.
+	  Under Linux and FreeBSD, the server status thread runs with the original privileges only when the strict_setuid option
+	  is set to <code>off</code> (see below, <code>on</code> by default), because these may be needed
+	  for exec uptests. The manager thread also retains its original privileges in this case.
+	  You should take care that the user you specify has write permissions on your cache file and
+	  status pipe (if you need a status pipe). You should look out for error messages like &quot;permission denied&quot;
+	  and &quot;operation not permitted&quot; to discover permission problems.<br>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>strict_setuid=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  When used together with the <code>run_as</code> option, this option lets you specify that all threads of the
+	  program will run with the privileges of the <code>run_as</code> user. This provides higher security than
+	  the normal <code>run_as</code>
+	  option, but is not always possible. See the <a href="#runas"><code>run_as</code></a> option for further discussion.<br>
+	  This option is on by default.<br>
+	  Note that this option has no effect on Non-Linux systems.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>paranoid=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  Normally, pdnsd queries all servers in recursive mode (i.e. instructs servers to query other servers themselves
+	  if possible,
+	  and to give back answers for domains that may not be in its authority), and accepts additional records with information
+	  for servers that are not in the authority of the queried server. This opens the possibility of so-called cache poisoning:
+	  a malicious attacker might set up a dns server that, when queried, returns forged additional records. This way, he might
+	  replace trusted servers with his own ones by making your dns server return bad IP addresses. This option protects
+	  you from cache poisoning by rejecting additional records
+	  that do not describe domains in the queried servers authority space and not doing recursive queries any more.
+	  An exception
+	  to this rule are the servers you specify in your config file, which are trusted.<br>
+	  The penalty is a possible performance decrease, in particular, more queries might be necessary for the same
+	  operation.<br>
+	  You should also notice that there may be other similar security problems, which are essentially problems of
+	  the DNS, i.e.
+	  any &quot;traditional&quot; server has them (the DNS security extensions solve these problems, but are not widely
+	  supported).
+	  One of this vulnerabilities is that an attacker may bombard you with forged answers in hopes that one may match a
+	  query
+	  you have done. If you have done such a query, one in 65536 forged packets will be succesful (i.e. an average packet
+	  count of 32768 is needed for that attack). pdnsd can use TCP for queries,
+	  which has a slightly higher overhead, but is much less vulnerable to such attacks on sane operating systems. Also, pdnsd
+	  chooses random query ids, so that an attacker cannot take a shortcut. If the attacker is able to listen to your network
+	  traffic, this attack is relatively easy, though.<br>
+	  This vulnerability is not pdnsd's fault, and is possible using any conventional
+	  name server (pdnsd is perhaps a little more secured against this type of attacks if you make it use TCP).<br>
+	  The <code>paranoid</code> option is off by default.<br>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ignore_cd=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.8:</em> This option lets you specify that the CD bit of a DNS query will be ignored.
+	  Otherwise pdnsd will reply FORMERR to clients that set this bit in a query.
+	  It is safe to enable this option, as the CD bit refers to 'Checking Disabled'
+	  which means that the client will accept non-authenticated data.<br>
+	  This option is on by default. Turn it off if you want the old behaviour (before version 1.2.8).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>scheme_file=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  In addition to normal uptests, you may specify that some servers shall only be queried when a certain
+	  pcmcia-cs scheme is active (only under linux). For that, pdnsd needs to know where the file resides that
+	  holds the pcmcia scheme information. Normally, this is either <code>/var/lib/pcmcia/scheme</code> or
+	  <code>/var/state/pcmcia/scheme</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="statusctl">status_ctl=(on|off);</a></code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-s</code> command line option: the status control is enabled when
+	  <code>on</code> is specified.<br>
+	  <em>Added by Paul Rombouts</em>: Note that <code>pdnsd-ctl</code> allows run-time configuration of pdnsd,
+	  even the IP addesses of the name servers can be changed. If you're not using <code>pdnsd-ctl</code> and
+	  you want maximum security, you should not enable this option. It is disabled by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>daemon=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-d</code> command line option: the daemon mode is enabled when
+	  <code>on</code> is specified.<br>
+	  Default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="tcpserver">tcp_server=(on|off);</a></code></b><br>
+	  <code>tcp_server=on</code> has the same effect as the <code>-t</code> or <code>--tcp</code>
+	  command-line option: it enables TCP serving.
+	  Similarly, <code>tcp_server=off</code> is like the <code>--notcp</code> command-line option.<br>
+	  Default is <code>on</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>pid_file=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-p</code> command line option: you can specify a file that pdnsd
+	  will write its pid into when it starts in daemon mode.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>verbosity=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-v</code> command line option: you can set the verbosity of pdnsd's
+	  messages with it. The argument is a number between 0 (few messages) to 3 (most messages).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="querymethod">query_method=(tcp_only|udp_only|tcp_udp|udp_tcp);</a></code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-m</code> command line option.
+	  Read the documentation for the <a href="#querymethodcommandlineoption">command line option</a> on this.
+	  <code>tcp_only</code> corresponds to the <code>to</code>, <code>udp_only</code> to the <code>uo</code>,
+	  <code>tcp_udp</code> to the <code>tu</code> and <code>udp_tcp</code> to the <code>ut</code>
+	  argument of the command line option.<br>
+	  If you use <code>query_method=tcp_udp</code>, it is recommended that you also set the <a href="#globaltimeout">global timeout option</a> to at least twice the longest server timeout.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="runipv4">run_ipv4=(on|off);</a></code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-4</code> or <code>-6</code> command line option:
+	  if on is specified, IPv4 support is enabled, and IPv6 support is disabled (if available).
+	  If off is specified, IPv4 will be disabled and IPv6 will be enabled.
+	  For this option to be meaningful, pdnsd needs to be compiled with support for the protocol you choose.
+	  If pdnsd was compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, and you want to include IPv6 addresses
+	  in the configuration file, you will probably need to specify <code>run_ipv4=off</code> first to
+	  ensure that the IPv6 addresses are parsed correctly.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>debug=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  This has the same effect as the <code>-g</code> command line option: the debugging messages are enabled when
+	  <code>on</code> is specified.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ctl_perms=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option allows you to set the file permissions that the pdnsd status control socket will have. These
+	  are the same as file permissions. The owner of the file will be the run_as user, or, if none is specified,
+	  the user who started pdnsd. If you want to specify the permissions in octal (as usual), don't forget
+	  the leading zero (0600 instead of 600!). To use the status control, write access is needed. The default
+	  is 0600 (only the owner may read or write).<br>
+	  Please note that the socket is kept in the cache directory, and that the cache directory permissions
+	  might also need to be adjusted. Please ensure that the cache directory is not writeable for untrusted
+	  users.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>proc_limit=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  With this option, you can set a limit on the pdnsd threads that will be active simultaneously. If
+	  this number is exceeded, queries are queued and may be delayed some time.
+	  See also the <code>procq_limit</code> option.<br>
+	  The default for this option is 40.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>procq_limit=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  When the query thread limit <code>proc_limit</code> is exceeded, connection attempts to pdnsd will be queued.
+	  With this option, you can set the maximum queue length.
+	  If this length is also exceeded, the incoming queries will be dropped.
+	  That means that tcp connections will be closed and udp queries will just be dropped, which
+	  will probably cause the querying resolver to wait for an answer until it times out.<br>
+	  See also the <code>proc_limit</code> option. A maximum of <code>proc_limit+procq_limit</code>
+	  query threads will exist at any one time (plus 3 to 6 threads that will always
+	  be present depending on your configuration).<br>
+	  The default for this option is 60.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>tcp_qtimeout=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option sets a timeout for tcp queries. If no full query has been received on a tcp connection
+	  after that time has passed, the connection will be closed. The default is set using the
+	  <code>--with-tcp-qtimeout</code> option to <code>configure</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>par_queries=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option used to set the maximum number of remote servers that would be queried simultaneously,
+	  for every query that pdnsd receives.<br>
+	  Since version 1.1.11, the meaning of this option has changed slightly.
+	  It is now the increment with which the number of parallel queries is
+	  increased when the previous set of servers has timed out.
+	  For example, if we have a list <i>server1, server2, server3,</i> etc. of available servers
+	  and <code>par_queries=2</code>, then pdnsd will first send queries to <i>server1</i> and <i>server2</i>,
+	  and listen for responses from these servers.<br>
+	  If these servers do not send a reply within their timeout period, pdnsd will send additional
+	  queries to <i>server3</i> and <i>server4</i>, and listen for responses from
+	  <i>server1, server2, server3</i> and <i>server4</i>, and so on until a useful reply is
+	  received or the list is exhausted.<br>
+	  In the worst case there will be pending queries to all the servers in the list of available servers.
+	  We may be using more system resources this way (but only if the first servers in the list
+	  are slow or unresponsive), but the advantage is that we have a greater chance of catching a reply.
+	  After all, if we wait longer anyway, why not for more servers.<br>
+	  See also the explanation of the global timeout option below.<br>
+	  1 or 2 are good values for this option.
+	  The default is set at compile time using the <code>--with-par-queries</code> option to <code>configure</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="globaltimeout">timeout=<i>timespec</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  This is the global timeout parameter for dns queries.
+	  This specifies the minimum period of time pdnsd will wait after sending the
+	  first query to a remote server before giving up without having
+	  received a reply. The timeout options in the configuration file are
+	  now only minimum timeout intervals. Setting the global timeout option
+	  makes it possible to specify quite short timeout intervals in the
+	  server sections (see below). This will have the effect that pdnsd will start
+	  querying additional servers fairly quickly if the first servers are
+	  slow to respond (but will still continue to listen for responses from
+	  the first ones). This may allow pdnsd to get an answer more quickly in
+	  certain situations.<br>
+	  If you use <code>query_method=tcp_udp</code> it is recommended that
+	  you make the global timeout at least twice as large as the largest
+	  server timeout, otherwise pdnsd may not have time to try a UDP query
+	  if a TCP connection times out.<br>
+	  Default value is 0.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>randomize_recs=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  If this option is turned on, pdnsd will randomly reorder the cached records of one type
+	  when creating an answer. This supports round-robin DNS schemes and increases fail
+	  safety for hosts with multiple IP addresses, so this is usually a good idea.<br>
+	  On by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="queryportstart">query_port_start=(<i>number</i>|none);</a></code></b><br>
+	  If a number is given, this defines the start of the port range used for queries of pdnsd. The
+	  value given must be &gt;= 1024. The purpose of this option is to aid certain firewall
+	  configurations that are based on the source port. Please keep in mind that another application
+	  may bind a port in that range, so a stateful firewall using target port and/or process uid may
+	  be more effective. In case a query start port is given pdnsd uses this port as the first port of a
+	  specified port range (see <a href="#queryportend"><code>query_port_end</code></a>) used for queries.
+	  pdnsd will try to randomly select a free port from this range as local port for the query.<br>
+	  To ensure that there are enough ports for pdnsd to use, the range between <code>query_port_start</code> and
+	  <code>query_port_end</code> should be adjusted to at least (<code>par_queries</code> * <code>proc_limit</code>).
+	  A larger range is highly recommended for security reasons, and also because other applications may
+	  allocate ports in that range. If possible, this range should be kept out of the space
+	  that other applications usually use.<br>
+	  The default for this option is 1024. Together with the default value of <code>query_port_end</code>,
+	  this makes it the hardest for an attacker to guess the source port used by the pdnsd resolver.
+	  If you specify <code>none</code> here, pdnsd will let the kernel choose the source port, but
+	  this may leave pdnsd more vulnerable to an attack.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="queryportend">query_port_end=<i>number</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  Used if <code>query_port_start</code> is not <code>none</code>. Defines the last port of the range started by query_port_start
+	  used for querys by pdnsd. The default is 65535, which is also the maximum legal value for this option.
+	  For details see the description of <a href="#queryportstart"><code>query_port_start</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="delegationonly">delegation_only=<i>string</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  <em>Added by Paul Rombouts</em>: This option specifies a "delegation-only" zone.
+	  This means that if pdnsd receives a query for a name that is in a
+	  subdomain of a "delegation-only" zone but the remote name server
+	  returns an answer with an authority section lacking any NS RRs for
+	  subdomains of that zone, pdnsd will answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain).
+	  This feature can be used for undoing the undesired effects of DNS
+	  "wildcards". Several "delegation-only" zones may be specified together.
+	  If you specify root servers in a <a href="#serversection"><code>server</code></a> section it is
+	  important that you set <code><a href="#rootserver">root_server</a>=on</code> in such a section.<br>
+	  Example:
+	  <p class="indented"><code>delegation_only="com","net";</code></p>
+	  This feature is off by default. It is recommended that you only use
+	  this feature if you actually need it, because there is a risk that
+	  some legitimate names will be blocked, especially if the remote
+	  name servers queried by pdnsd return answers with empty authority
+	  sections.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="ipv46prefix">ipv4_6_prefix=<i>string</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  This option has the same effect as the <code>-i</code> command-line option.
+	  When pdnsd runs in IPv6 mode, this option specifies the prefix pdnsd uses to convert IPv4 addresses in
+	  the configuration file (or addresses specified with <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a>)
+	  to IPv6-mapped addresses.
+	  The string must be a valid IPv6 address. Only the first 96 bits are used.
+	  Note that this only effects the parsing of IPv4 addresses listed after this option.<br>
+	  The default is <code>"::ffff.0.0.0.0"</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>use_nss=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  If this option is turned on, pdnsd will call <code>initgroups()</code> to set up the group access list,
+	  whenever pdnsd changes its user and group id (see <a href="#runas"><code>run_as</code></a> option).
+	  There is a possible snag, though, if <code>initgroups()</code> uses NSS (Name Service Switch) and
+	  NSS in turn uses DNS. In such a case you may experience lengthy timeouts and stalls.
+	  By setting <code>use_nss=off</code>, you can disable the <code>initgroups()</code> call
+	  (only possible in versions 1.2.5 and later).<br>
+	  This option was contributed by Jan-Marek Glogowski.<br>
+	  On by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="udpbufsize">udpbufsize=<i>number</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9:</em>
+	  This option sets the upper limit on the size of UDP DNS messages. The default is 1024.<br>
+	  See also the <code><a href="#ednsquery">edns_query</a></code> server option below.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.2 <a name="serversection"><code>server</code> Section</a></h3>
+    Each server section specifies a set of name servers that pdnsd should try to get
+    resource records or authoritative name server information from. The servers are
+    queried in the order of their appearance (or parallel to a limited extend).
+    If one fails, the next one is taken and so on.<br>
+    You probably want to specify  the dns server in your LAN, the caching dns servers
+    of your internet provider or even a list of root servers in one or more server sections.<br>
+    The supported options in this section are:<br><br>
+
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>label=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specify a label for the server section. This can be used to refer to this section
+	  when using <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a>, the pdnsd control utility.<br>
+	  You can give several server sections the same label, but if you want to change the addresses
+	  of a server section (see <b><code>ip</code></b> option below) during run-time with
+	  <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;server&nbsp;<i>label</i>&nbsp;up&nbsp;<i>dns1</i>,<i>dns2</i>,..."</code>,
+	  the label must be unique.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ip=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Give the IP (the address, <em>not</em> the host name) of the server.<br>
+	  Multiple IP addresses can be given per server section.
+	  This can be done by entering multiple lines of the form <code>ip=<i>string</i>;</code>
+	  or a single line like this:
+	  <p class="indented"><code>ip=<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>;</code></p>
+	  IP addresses do not have to be specified in the configuration file.
+	  A server section without IP addresses will remain inactive until it is assigned
+	  one or more addresses with <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a>,
+	  the pdnsd control utility.<br>
+	  If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, any IPv6 addresses you specify
+	  here will be skipped with a warning message, unless pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode.
+	  Thus, unless pdnsd was compiled to startup in IPv6 mode by default, you need to use the
+	  command-line option <code>-6</code> or set <code>run_ipv4=off</code>
+	  first (see <a href="#runipv4"><code>global</code></a> section) in order to ensure
+	  that IPv6 addresses are parsed correctly.<br>
+	  If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here,
+	  it will automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="resolvfile">file=<i>string</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2:</em> This option allows you to give the name of a <code>resolv.conf</code>-style file.
+	  Of the lines beginning with the <code>nameserver</code> keyword, the second field will be parsed as an
+	  IP address, as if it were specified with the <code>ip=</code> option. The remaining lines will be ignored.
+	  If the contents of the file changes while pdnsd is running, you can make pdnsd aware of the changes through the
+	  use of <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a>, the pdnsd control utility.
+	  This is usually most conveniently done by placing the command <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;config"</code> in a script
+	  that is automatically run whenever the DNS configuration changes.<br>
+	  For example, suppose you have a ppp client that writes the DNS configuration for your ISP to the file
+	  <code>/etc/ppp/resolv.conf</code> and runs the script <code>/etc/ppp/ip-up</code> when a new
+	  connection is established. One way of ensuring that pdnsd is automatically reconfigured is to
+	  add a <code>server</code> section in the config file with <code>file=/etc/ppp/resolv.conf</code> and to
+	  add the command <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;config"</code> to <code>/etc/ppp/ip-up</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>port=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Give the port the remote name server listens on. Default is 53 (the official
+	  dns port)
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>uptest=(ping|none|if|dev|diald|exec|query);</code></b><br>
+	  Determine the method to check whether the server is available. Currently
+	  defined methods are:
+
+	  <ul>
+	    <li><b><code>ping</code></b>: Send an ICMP_ECHO request to the server. If it doesn't respond
+	      within the timeout, it is regarded to be unavailable until the next probe.
+	    <li><b><code>none</code></b>: The availability status is not changed, only the time stamp is updated.
+	    <li><b><code>if</code></b>: Check whether the interface (specified in the <code>interface=</code> option) is
+	      existent, up and running. This currently works for all &quot;ordinary&quot;
+	      network interfaces, interfaces that disappear when down (e.g. ppp?),
+	      and additionally for Linux isdn interfaces (as of kernel 2.2). Note that
+	      you need a <code>/dev/isdninfo</code> device file (major#45, minor#255), or the
+	      isdn uptest will always fail.
+	    <li><b><code>dev</code></b> and <b><code>diald</code></b>: Perform an <code>if</code> uptest, and, if that
+	      was succesful, additionally check whether a program is running that
+	      has locked a given (modem-) device. The needed parameters are an interface (specified as for the <code>if</code>
+	      uptest, e.g. <code>&quot;ppp0&quot;</code>) and a device relative to <code>/dev</code> (e.g.
+	      <code>&quot;modem&quot;</code> for <code>/dev/modem</code> specified using the <code>device=</code> option.
+	      pdnsd will then look for a pid file for the given interface in <code>/var/lock</code> (e.g.
+	      <code>/var/run/ppp0.pid</code>) and for a lockfile for the given device (e.g. <code>/var/lock/LCK..modem</code>),
+	      and then test whether the locking process is the process that created the pid file and this process is still
+	      alive. If this is the case, the normal <code>if</code> uptest is executed for the given interface.<br>
+	      The <code>dev</code> option is for pppd dial-on-demand, <code>diald</code> is the same for diald users.
+	    <li><b><code>exec</code></b>: Executes a given command in the <code>/bin/sh</code> shell
+	      (as <code>/bin/sh -c &lt;command&gt;</code>)
+	      and evaluates the result (the return code of the last command) in the shell's way of handling return codes,
+	      i.e. 0 indicates success, all other indicate failure. The shell's process name will be
+	      <code>uptest_sh</code>. The command is given with the <code>uptest_cmd</code> option (see below).
+	      For secuity issues, also see that entry.
+	    <li><b><code>query</code></b>: <em>New in version 1.2:</em>
+	      This works like the ping test, except it sends an (empty) DNS query to the remote server.
+	      If the server sends a well-formed response back within the timeout period (except SERVFAIL),
+	      it will be regarded as available.
+	      This test is useful if a remote server does not respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all,
+	      which unfortunately is quite common these days.
+	      It can also happen that a remote server is online but ignores empty DNS queries.
+	      Then you will need the set the <code><a href="#querytestname">query_test_name</a></code> option (see below).
+	      In many cases this test will be a more reliable indicator of availability
+	      than the ones mentioned before.
+	  </ul>
+	  <p>
+	    The default value is <b><code>none</code></b>.
+	    <br><br>
+	    <b>NOTE</b>: If you use on-demand dialing, use <code>none</code>, <code>if</code>,
+	    <code>dev</code>, <code>diald</code> or <code>exec</code>,
+	    since <code>ping</code> or <code>query</code> will send packets
+	    in the specified interval and the interface will thus frequently dial!
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ping_timeout=<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Sets the timeout for the ping test in tenths of seconds
+	  (this unit is used for legacy reasons; actually the current implementation is
+	  only accurate to a second).<br>
+	  The default is 600 (one minute).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ping_ip=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  The IP address for the ping test. The default is the IP of the name server.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="querytestname">query_test_name=<i>string</i>;</a></code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9:</em>
+	  Sets the name to be queried when using <code>uptest=query</code> availability test.
+	  If the string is the unquoted constant <code>none</code>,
+	  an empty query is used (this the default), otherwise a query of type A will be
+	  sent for the domain name specified here. It is not necessary for the domain name
+	  to exist or have a record of type A in order for the uptest to succeed.<br>
+	  If the the remote server ignores empty queries, you will probably want to set
+	  <code>query_test_name="."</code> (the root domain).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>uptest_cmd=<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  or<br>
+	  <b><code>uptest_cmd=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Sets the command for the uptest=exec function to the first string.
+	  If the second string is given, it specifies a user with whose user
+	  id and primary group id the command is executed.<br>
+	  This is especially useful if you are executing the server as root,
+	  but do not want the uptest to be performed with root privileges.
+	  In fact, you should never execute the uptest as root if you can help
+	  it.<br>
+	  If the server is running setuid or setgid, the privileges thus gained
+	  are attempted to be dropped even before changing identity to the
+	  specified user to prevent setuid/gid security holes (otherwise, any
+	  user might execute commands as root if you setuid the executable).<br>
+	  <b>Note that this is not always possible, and that pdnsd should never
+	    be installed as setuid or setgid.</b>
+	  The command is executed using <code>/bin/sh</code>, so you should be able to use
+	  shell builtin commands.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>interval=(<i>timespec</i>|onquery|ontimeout);</code></b><br>
+	  Sets the interval for the server up-test. The default is 900 seconds;
+	  however, a test is forced when a query times out and the timestamp is reset then.<br>
+	  If you specify <code>onquery</code> instead of a timeout, the interface will be
+	  tested before every query. This is to prevent automatically dialing
+	  interfaces (diald/pppd or ippp) to dial on dns queries. It is intended to be
+	  used in connection with an interface-testing uptest ;-) <br>
+	  Note that using uptest=exec, you might run into performance problems
+	  on slow machines when you use that option.
+	  DON'T use <code>onquery</code> with <code>uptest=ping</code> or
+	  <code>uptest=query</code>, as it may cause delays if the server does not answer
+	  (btw, it doesn't make sense anyway).
+	  Note also that using <code>onquery</code> is no guarantee that the interface
+	  will not be used. When another (reachable) dns server tells pdnsd
+	  to query a third dns server for data, pdnsd will do that and has
+	  no means of checking whether this will dial up the interface or not.
+	  This however should be a rare situation.<br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.3:</em>
+	  A third possibility is to specify <code>interval=ontimeout</code>.
+	  In this case the server is not tested at startup/reconfiguration, nor at regular intervals,
+	  but only after a DNS query to a server times out. Certain types of network problems
+	  such as a refused connection will also cause the server to be considered unavailable.
+	  However, once a server is declared dead it is never considered again unless it is revived using a
+	  <code><a href="#pdnsdctl">pdnsd-ctl</a> config</code> or <code>server</code> command.
+	  The idea behind this option is to minimize uptests by assuming all
+	  servers are available until there is reason to believe otherwise.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>interface=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  The network interface (or network device, e.g. <code>&quot;eth0&quot;</code>) for the <code>uptest=if</code> option.
+	  Must be specified if <code>uptest=if</code> is given.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>device=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  The (modem-) device that is used for the <code>dev</code> uptest. If you use this for a dial-on-demand
+	  ppp uptest (together with <code>uptest=dev</code>), you need to enter the device you are using for your
+	  pppd here, e.g. <code>modem</code> for <code>/dev/modem</code>.<br>
+	  Must be specified if <code>uptest=dev</code> is given.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>timeout=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Set the timeout for the dns query. The default is 120 seconds. You probably want to set this lower.<br>
+	  Timeouts specified in the configuration file are only treated as the
+	  minimum period of time to wait for a reply. A queries to a remote
+	  server are not canceled until a useful reply has been received, or all
+	  the other queries have timed out or failed.<br>
+	  If you have also set the global timeout option, you may consider setting a fairly small value here.
+	  See the explanation of the timeout option in the <a href="#globaltimeout"><code>global</code></a>
+	  section for what that means.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>purge_cache=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  In every fetched dns record, there is a cache timeout given, which
+	  specifies how long the fetched data may be cached until it needs to be
+	  reloaded. If <code>purge_cache</code> is set to <code>off</code>, the stale records are not purged
+	  (unless the cache size would be exceeded, in this case the oldest records are purged).
+	  Instead, they are still served if they cannot succesfully be
+	  updated (e.g. because all servers are down).<br>
+	  Default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>caching=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies if caching shall be performed for this server at all. Default is
+	  <code>on</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>lean_query=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies whether to use the &quot;lean&quot; query mode. In this mode, only the
+	  information actually queried from pdnsd is resolved and cached. This has
+	  the advantage that usually less cache space is used and the query is
+	  usually faster. In 90% of the cases, only address (A) records are needed
+	  anyway. If switched off, pdnsd will always cache all data about a host
+	  it can find and will specifically ask for all available records
+	  (well, at least it is a good approximation for what it really does ;-)
+	  This will of course increase the answer packet sizes.<br>
+	  Some buggy name servers may not deliver CNAME records when not asked for
+	  all records. I do not know if such servers are around, but if you have
+	  trouble resolving certain host names, try turning this option off.<br>
+	  A last note: If you use multiple pdnsd's that access each other, turning
+	  this option on is probably a big win.<br>
+	  This on by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="ednsquery">edns_query=(on|off);</a></code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9:</em>
+	  Specifies whether to use EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS) for outgoing queries.
+	  Currently this is only useful for allowing UDP message sizes larger than 512 bytes.
+	  Note that setting this option on can give problems in combination with some legacy
+	  systems or software, including, embarrassingly enough, previous versions of pdnsd.<br>
+	  The default is <code>off</code>, but if your network can handle UDP payloads
+	  significantly larger than 512 bytes, the recommended value is <code>on</code>.<br>
+	  Note that this option only effects outgoing queries. If pdnsd receives a query using
+	  EDNS, it will reply using EDNS regardless of the value of this option.
+	  <br>
+	  See also the <code><a href="#udpbufsize">udpbufsize</a></code> option above.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>scheme=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  You can specify a pcmcia-cs scheme that is used in addition to the uptests. If you specify
+	  a scheme here, the server this section is for will only be queries if the given scheme
+	  is active. Shell wildcards (* and ?) are allowed in the string under their special
+	  meanings. You need to use the <code>scheme_file</code> option on the <code>global</code>
+	  section to make this option work.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>preset=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  This allows you to specify the initial state of a server before any uptest is performed.
+	  <code>on</code> specifies that the server is regarded available. The default is <code>on</code>.
+	  This is especially useful when you set <code>uptest=none;</code> and want to change
+	  the status of a server only via pdnsd-ctl.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="proxyonly">proxy_only=(on|off);</a></code></b><br>
+	  When this option is set to <code>on</code>, answers given by the servers are always accepted, and no
+	  other servers (as, for example, specified in the NS records of the query domain) are
+	  queried. If you do not turn this option on, pdnsd will do such queries in some cases
+	  (in particular when processing ANY queries).<br>
+	  This option is useful when you do not want pdnsd to make connections to outside servers
+	  for some reasons (e.g. when a firewall is blocking such queries).<br>
+	  I recommend that you turn on <code>lean_query</code> when using this option.<br>
+	  Default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code><a name="rootserver">root_server=(on|off|discover);</a></code></b><br>
+	  Set this option to <code>on</code> if the servers specified in a section are root servers.
+	  A root server will typically only give the name servers for the top-level domain in its reply.
+	  Setting <code>root_server=on</code> will cause pdnsd to try to use cached information about
+	  top-level domains to reduce to number of queries to root servers, making the resolving of
+	  new names more efficient.
+	  You can get a list of available root servers by running the command
+	  <code>"dig&nbsp;.&nbsp;ns"</code>.<br>
+	  This option is also necessary if you use the <a href="#delegationonly"><code>delegation_only</code></a> option.<br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.8:</em> This option may also be set to "<code>discover</code>".
+	  This will cause pdnsd to query the servers provided with the <code>ip=</code> option
+	  to obtain the full list of root servers. The root-server addresses will replace the addresses
+	  specified with the <code>ip=</code> option.
+	  This will only be done once on startup, or after a "<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;config</code>" command.
+	  In this case the name servers specified with the <code>ip=</code> option don't have to be
+	  root servers, they just have to know the names and addresses of the root servers.
+	  After root-server discovery pdnsd will behave just as if <code>root_server=on</code>
+	  had been specified.<br>
+	  Default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>randomize_servers=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.6:</em> Set this option to <code>on</code> to give each name server
+	  in this section an equal chance of being queried. If this option is off, the name servers
+	  are always queried starting with the first one specified. Even with this option on, the
+	  query order is not truly random. Only the first server is selected randomly; the following
+	  ones are queried in consecutive order, wrapping around to the beginning of the list when
+	  the end is reached.  Note that this option only effects the order within a section. The
+	  servers in the first (active) section are always queried before those in the second one,
+	  etc.<br> The default is off, but if you are resolving from root servers setting this
+	  option on is highly recommended. If <code>root_server=on</code> this option also effects
+	  the query order of the name servers for the top-level domains.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>reject=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.6:</em> This option can be used to make pdnsd reject replies that
+	  contain certain IP addresses.  You can specify a single IP address, which will be matched
+	  exactly, or a range of addresses using an address/mask pair.
+	  The mask can be specified as a simple integer, indicating the number of initial 1 bits in
+	  the mask, or in the usual IP address notation. IP addresses may be either IPv4 or IPv6
+	  (provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries and support for AAAA records was
+	  not disabled).
+	  When addresses in the reject list are compared with those in a reply, only the bits
+	  corresponding to those set in the netmask are significant, the rest are ignored.<br>
+	  Multiple addresses or address/mask pairs may be specified; this can be done by entering
+	  multiple lines of the form <code>reject=<i>string</i>;</code>
+	  or a single line like this:
+	  <p class="indented"><code>reject=<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>;</code></p>
+	  How pdnsd reacts when an address in the reply matches one in the <code>reject</code> list,
+	  depends on the <code>reject_policy</code> option, see below.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>reject_policy=(fail|negate);</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.6:</em>
+	  This option determines what pdnsd does when an address in the reply from a name server
+	  matches the <code>reject</code> list (see above). If this option is set to
+	  <code>fail</code>, pdnsd will try another server, or, if there no more servers to try,
+	  return the answer SERVFAIL. If this option is set to <code>negate</code>, pdnsd will
+	  immediately return the answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain) without querying additional
+	  servers. The <code>fail</code> setting is useful if you don't always trust the servers in
+	  this section, but do trust the servers in the following section. The <code>negate</code>
+	  setting can be used to completely censor certain IP addresses. In this case you should put
+	  the same <code>reject</code> list in every server section, and also set the
+	  <code>reject_recursively</code> option (see below) to true.<br>
+	  The default is <code>fail</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>reject_recursively=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.6:</em> Normally pdnsd checks for addresses in the
+	  <code>reject</code> list (see above) only when the reply comes directly from a name server
+	  listed in the configuration file.  With this option set to <code>on</code>, pdnsd will
+	  also do this check for name servers that where obtained from NS records in the authority
+	  section of a previous reply (which was incomplete and non-authoritative).<br>
+	  Default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>policy=(included|excluded|simple_only|fqdn_only);</code></b><br>
+	   pdnsd supports inclusion/exclusion lists for server sections: with <code>include=</code>
+	   and <code>exclude=</code> (see below) you can specify domain names for which this server
+	   will be used or will not be used. The first match counts (i.e., the first include or
+	   exclude rule in a server section that matches a domain name is applied, and the
+	   search for other rules is terminated). If no rule matched a given domain name,
+	   the <code>policy=</code> option determines whether this server is used for the
+	   lookup for that domain name; when <code>included</code> is given, the server will
+	   be asked, and when <code>excluded</code> is given, it will not.
+	   If <code>simple_only</code> is given the server will be used if the name to lookup
+	   is a simple (single-label) domain name, on the other hand if <code>fqdn_only</code>
+	   is given the server will be used only  for names consisting of two or more labels
+	   (i.e. the name has at least one dot in-between).<br>
+	   If no server is available for a queried domain, pdnsd will return an error message
+	   to the client that usually will stop the client's attempts to resolve a specific
+	   domain from this server (the libc resolver will e.g. return an error to the application that
+	   tried to resolve the domain if no other servers are available in the <code>resolv.conf</code>).
+	   This may be of use sometimes.<br>
+	   <em>Note</em>: the <code>simple_only</code> and <code>fqdn_only</code> constants
+	   were added by Paul Rombouts.
+	   They are useful for controlling which name servers (if any) will be used by
+	   pdnsd for resolving simple (single-label) host names.
+	   <code>fqdn_only</code> used to stand for "fully qualified domain name only", but this is
+	   actually a misnomer. The names in queries received by pdnsd are always considered to be
+	   fully qualified. If you do not exactly understand what the options <code>simple_only</code> and
+	   <code>fqdn_only</code> are good for, you are probably better off not using them.<br>
+	   The default for this option is <code>included</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>include=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+	  the name given as string, the server is queried if this was the first matching rule
+	  (see also the entry for <code>policy</code>).<br>
+	  If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain
+	  of the given name including the one of that name is matched, e.g. <code>&quot;.foo.bar.&quot;</code>
+	  will match the domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.<br>
+	  If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case, of course)
+	  will be matched (hint: if you want to include all subdomains, but not the domain of the given
+	  name itself, place an exact-match exclude rule before the include rule, e.g:
+	  <code>exclude="foo.bar."; include=".foo.bar.";</code><br>
+	  Previous versions of pdnsd
+	  required that names given with this and the next option ended in a dot, but since
+	  version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically adds a dot at the end if it
+	  is missing.<br>
+	  pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several <code>"include"</code> entries in
+	  one line, e.g.:
+	  <p class="indented"><code>include=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";</code></p>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>exclude=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+	  the name given as string, the server is not queried if this was the first matching rule
+	  (see also the entry for <code>policy</code>).<br>
+	  If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain
+	  of the given name including the one of that name is matched, e.g. <code>&quot;.foo.bar.&quot;</code>
+	  will match the domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.<br>
+	  If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case, of course)
+	  will be matched (hint: if you want to exclude all subdomains, but not the domain of the given
+	  name itself, place an exact-match include rule before the exclude rule, e.g:
+	  <code>include="foo.bar."; exclude=".foo.bar.";</code><br>
+	  pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several <code>"exclude"</code> entries in
+	  one line, e.g.:
+	  <p class="indented"><code>exclude=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";</code></p>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.3 <a name="rrsection"><code>rr</code> Section</a></h3>
+    Every <code>rr</code> section specifies a dns resource record that is stored locally. It
+    allows you to specify own dns records that are served by pdnsd in a limited way.
+    Only A, PTR, CNAME, MX, NS and SOA records are implemented.<br>
+    This option is intended to allow you to define RRs for 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa.
+    and localhost. (and perhaps even one or two hosts) without having to start an
+    extra named if your cached name servers do not serve those records.
+    It is <b>NOT</b> intended and not capable to work as a full-featured name server.
+    <br><br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>name=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the name of the resource records, i.e. the domain name of
+	  the resource the record describes. This option must be specified
+	  before any <code>a</code>, <code>ptr</code>, <code>cname</code>,
+	  <code>mx</code>, <code>ns</code> or <code>soa</code> records.
+	  Names are interpreted as absolute domain names
+	  (i.e. pdnsd assumes they end in the root domain).
+	  For this and all following arguments that take domain names, you need to
+	  specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).<br>
+	  Previous versions of pdnsd
+	  required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+	  dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+	  dot at the end if it is missing.<br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2:</em> It is also possible to specify a name starting
+	  with the label *. Such a name is called a wildcard. The * in a wildcard
+	  can match one or more labels in a queried name, but only whole labels.
+	  Any other * characters in a wildcard, apart from the leading one,
+	  will only match a literal *.<br>
+	  For example, *.mydomain will match a.mydomain or www.a.mydomain, but not
+	  mydomain. *.a*.mydomain will match www.a*.mydomain, but not www.ab.mydomain.
+	  *a.mydomain will only match itself.<br>
+	  Before you can specify an <code>rr</code> section with <code>name=*.mydomain</code>
+	  you must define some records for mydomain, typically NS and/or SOA records.
+	  Example:
+	  <pre>
+    rr {
+	name = mydomain;
+	ns = localhost;
+	soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+	name = *.mydomain;
+	a = 192.168.1.10;
+    }</pre>
+	  In this example, www.mydomain and ftp.mydomain will resolve to the numeric
+	  address 192.168.1.10 (unless you add <code>rr</code> sections explicitly
+	  specifying different addresses for www.mydomain or ftp.mydomain).
+	  If you want mydomain also to resolve to a numeric address,
+	  add an A record to the first <code>rr</code> section.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after this entry.
+	  This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>authrec=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records for this <code>rr</code> section.
+	  This means that pdnsd flags the domain record so that records of this domain that are not
+	  present in the cache are treated as non-existent, i.e. no other servers are queried for
+	  that record type, and an response containing none of those records is returned. This is
+	  most time what people want: if you add an A record for a host, and it has no AAAA record
+	  (thus no IPv6 address), you normally don't want other name servers to be queried for it.<br>
+	  This is on by default.<br>
+	  Please note that this only has an effect if it precedes the <code>name</code> option!
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>reverse=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2:</em> If you want a locally defined name to resolve to a numeric address
+	  and vice versa, you can achieve this by setting reverse=on before defining the A record
+	  (see below). The alternative is to define a separate PTR record, but you will
+	  probably find this option much more convenient.<br>
+	  The default is <code>off</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>a=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Defines an A (host address) record. The argument is an IPv4 address in dotted notation.
+	  pdnsd will serve this address for the host name given in the <code>name</code> option.<br>
+	  Provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries and support for AAAA records was not
+	  disabled, the argument string may also be an IPv6 address, in which case an AAAA record
+	  will be defined.<br>
+	  This option be may used multiple times within an <code>rr</code> section, causing
+	  multiple addresses to be defined for the name. However, if you put the different addresses
+	  in different <code>rr</code> sections for the same name, the definition in the last
+	  <code>rr</code> section will cancel the definitions in the previous ones.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ptr=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Defines a PTR (domain name pointer) record. The argument is a host name in
+	  dotted notation (see name). The ptr record is for resolving adresses into names. For example, if
+	  you want the adress 127.0.0.1 to resolve into localhost, and localhost into 127.0.0.1, you need something
+	  like the following sections:<br>
+	  <pre>
+    rr {
+	name = localhost;
+	a = 127.0.0.1;
+	owner = localhost;
+	soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+	name = 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa;
+	ptr = localhost;
+	owner = localhost;
+	soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }</pre>
+	  The second section is for reverse resolving and uses the <code>ptr</code> option.
+	  Note that you can get the same effect by specifying only the first <code>rr</code> section
+	  with <code>reverse=on</code>.<br>
+	  There is something special about the name in the second section:
+	  when a resolver wants to get a host name from an internet address,
+	  it composes an address that is built of the IP address in reverse byte order
+	  (<code>1.0.0.127</code> instead of <code>127.0.0.1</code>) where each byte of the adress written
+	  as number constitutes a sub-domain under the domain <code>in-addr.arpa.</code> <br>
+	  So, if you want to compose an adress for reverse resolving, take your ip in dotted notation (e.g. <code>1.2.3.4</code>),
+	  reverse the byte order (<code>4.3.2.1</code>) and append in-addr.arpa. (<code>4.3.2.1.in-addr.arpa.</code>)
+	  Then, define an <code>rr</code> section giving this address as <code>name</code> and the domain name corresponding to
+	  that ip in the <code>ptr</code> option.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>cname=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Defines a CNAME (canonical name) record.
+	  The argument should be a fully-qualified host name in dotted notation (see name).
+	  A CNAME is the DNS equivalent of an alias or symbolic link.<br>
+	  A useful application for CNAMEs is giving short, easy to remember nicknames to hosts with complicated names.
+	  For example, you might want the name "<tt>news</tt>" to refer to your ISP's news server "<tt>nntp2.myisp.com</tt>".
+	  Instead of adding an A record for "<tt>news</tt>" with the same address as "<tt>nntp2.myisp.com</tt>", you could
+	  put in a CNAME pointing to "<tt>nntp2.myisp.com</tt>", so that if the IP address of the news server changes,
+	  there is no need to update the record for "<tt>news</tt>".<br>
+	  To implement this with pdnsd, you could add the following section to your configuration file:<br>
+	  <pre>
+    rr {
+	name = news;
+	cname = nntp2.myisp.com;
+	owner = localhost;
+    }</pre>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>mx=<i>string</i>,<i>number</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Defines an MX (mail exchange) record. The string is the host name of the mail server in dotted notation (see name).
+	  The number specifies the preference level.<br>
+	  When you send mail to someone, your mail typically goes from your E-mail client to an SMTP server.
+	  The SMTP server then checks for the MX record of the domain in the E-mail address.
+	  For example, with <tt>joe@example.com</tt>, it would look for the MX record for <tt>example.com</tt> and find
+	  that the name of mail server for that domain is, say, <tt>mail.example.com</tt>.
+	  The SMTP server then gets the A record for <tt>mail.example.com</tt>, and connects to the mail server.<br>
+	  If there are multiple MX records, the SMTP server will pick one based on the preference level
+	  (starting with the lowest preference number, working its way up).<br>
+	  Don't define MX records with pdnsd unless you know what you're doing.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>owner=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  or<br>
+	  <b><code>ns=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Defines an NS (name server) record. Specifies the name of the host which should be authoritative for the records
+	  you defined in the <code>rr</code> section. This is typically the host pdnsd runs on.<br>
+	  <em>Note:</em> In previous versions of pdnsd this option had to be specified before
+	  any <code>a</code>, <code>ptr</code>, <code>cname</code>, <code>mx</code> or <code>soa</code> entries.
+	  In version 1.2, the restrictions on this option are same as the options just mentioned,
+	  and it must listed after the <code>name=</code> option.
+	  This can be a pain if you want to use an old config file which specifies <code>owner=</code>
+	  before <code>name=</code> (sorry about that).
+	  Apart from greater consistency, the advantage is that you can now specify as many NS records as you like (including zero).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>soa=<i>string</i>,<i>string</i>,<i>number</i>,<i>timespec</i>,<i>timespec</i>,<i>timespec</i>,<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  This defines a soa (start of authority) record. The first string is the
+	  domain name of the server and should be equal to the name you specified as
+	  owner. <br>
+	  The second string specifies the email address of the maintainer of the name
+	  server. It is also specified as a domain name, so you will have to replace the
+	  @ sign in the name with a dot (.) to get the name you have to specify here.
+	  The next parameter (the first number) is the serial number of the record. You
+	  should increment this number if you change the record.<br>
+	  The 4th parameter is the refresh timeout. It specifies after what amount
+	  of time a caching server should attempt to refresh the cached record.<br>
+	  The 5th parameter specifies a time after which a caching server should attempt
+	  to refresh the record after a refresh failure.<br>
+	  The 6th parameter defines the timeout after which a cached record expires if it
+	  has not been refreshed.<br>
+	  The 7th parameter is the ttl that is specified in every rr and should be the
+	  same as given with the ttl option (if you do not specify a ttl, use the default 86400).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>txt=<i>string</i>,...,<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  <em>New in version 1.2.9:</em>
+	  Defines an TXT record. You can specify one or more strings here.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.4 <a name="negsection"><code>neg</code> Section</a></h3>
+    Every <code>neg</code> section specifies a dns resource record or a dns domain that should be
+    cached negatively locally. Queries for negatively cached records are always answered
+    immediatley with an error or an empty answer without querying other hosts as long
+    as the record is valid. The records defined with <code>neg</code> sections remain
+    valid until they are explicitely invalidated or deleted by the user using
+    <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a>.<br>
+    This is useful if a certain application asks periodically for nonexisting hosts or
+    RR types and you do not want a query to go out every time the cached record has
+    timed out. Example: Netscape Communicator will ask for the servers  news and mail
+    on startup if unconfigured. If you do not have a dns search list for your network,
+    you can inhibit outgoing queries for these by specifying<br>
+    <pre>
+    neg {
+	name = news;
+	types = domain;
+    }
+    neg {
+	name = mail;
+	types = domain;
+    }</pre>
+    in your config file. If you have a search list, you have to repeat that for any
+    entry in your search list in addition to the entries given above!<br>
+    In versions 1.1.11 and later, if you negate whole domains this way, all subdomains
+    will be negated as well. Thus if you specify<br>
+    <code>neg {name=example.com; types=domain;}</code> in the
+    config file, this will also negate www.example.com, xxx.adserver.example.com, etc.
+    <br><br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>name=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the name of the domain for which negative cache entries are created.
+          This option must be specified before the types option.
+	  Names are interpreted as absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd
+	  assumes they end in the root domain).
+	  You need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).<br>
+	  Previous versions of pdnsd
+	  required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+	  dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+	  dot at the end if it is missing.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after this entry.
+	  This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>types=(domain|<i>rr_type</i>[,<i>rr_type</i>[,<i>rr_type</i>[,...]]]);</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies what is to be cached negatively: <code>domain</code> will cache the whole
+	  domain negatively; alternatively, you can specify a comma-separated list of RR types
+	  which are to be cached negatively. You may specify multiple types options, but
+	  <code>domain</code> and the RR types are mutually exclusive.<br>
+	  The RR types are specified using their official names from the RFC's in capitals,
+	  e.g. <code>A</code>, <code>CNAME</code>, <code>NS</code>, <code>PTR</code>, <code>MX</code>,
+	  <code>AAAA</code>, ...<br>
+	  The command <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;list-rrtypes</code> will give you a complete list
+	  of those types. <a href="#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a> is built along with pdnsd
+	  and will be installed in the same directory as the pdnsd binary during <code>make install</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.5 <a name="sourcesection"><code>source</code> Section</a></h3>
+    Every source section allows you to let pdnsd read the records from a file in an
+    <code>/etc/hosts</code>-like format. pdnsd will generate records to resolve the entries
+    address from its host name and vice versa for every entry in the file. This is
+    normally easier than defining an rr for every of your addresses, since localhost
+    and your other FQDNs are normally given in <code>/etc/hosts</code>.<br>
+    The accepted format is as follows: The #-sign initiates a comment, the rest of
+    the line from the first occurence of this character on is ignored. Empty lines
+    are tolerated.<br>
+    The first entry on a line (predeceded by an arbitrary number of tabs and spaces)
+    is the IP in dotted notation, the second entry on one line (separated by the
+    first by an arbitrary number of tabs and spaces) is the FQDN (fully qualified
+    domain name) for that ip. The rest of the line is ignored by default (in the original
+    <code>/etc/hosts</code>, it may contain information not needed by pdnsd).
+    <br><br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>owner=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the name of the host pdnsd runs on and that are specified in dns
+	  answers (specifically, nameserver records).
+	  Must be specified before any file entries.<br>
+	  Names are interpreted as absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd
+	  assumes they end in the root domain).
+	  You need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).<br>
+	  Previous versions of pdnsd
+	  required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+	  dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+	  dot at the end if it is missing.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>ttl=<i>timespec</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after
+	  this entry. This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>file=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  The string specifies a file name. For every file entry in a source section,
+	  pdnsd will try to load the given file as described above. Failure is indicated
+	  only when the file cannot be opened, malformed entries will be ignored.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>serve_aliases=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  If this is turned on pdnsd will serve the aliases given in a <code>hosts</code>-style file.
+	  These are the third entry in a line of a hosts-style file, which usually give a "short name" for the host.
+	  This may be used to support broken clients without a proper domain-search option.
+	  If no aliases are given in a line of the file, pdnsd behaves as without this option for this line.<br>
+	  This feature was suggested by Bert Frederiks.<br>
+	  It is off by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>authrec=(on|off);</code></b><br>
+	  If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records with the data from the hosts file.
+	  Please see the description of the option of the same name in the rr section for a closer description of
+	  what this means. Please note that this only has an effect for files sourced with <code>file</code> options
+	  subsequent to this option.<br>
+	  This is on by default.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <h3>2.1.6 <a name="includesection"><code>include</code> Section</a></h3>
+    A configuration file may include other configuration files.
+    However, only the top-level configuration file may contain <a href="#globalsection"><code>global</code></a>
+    and <a href="#serversection"><code>server</code></a> sections,
+    thus include files are effectively limited to sections that add local definitions to the cache.<br>
+    Include sections currently only have one type of option, which may be given multiple times within a single section.
+    <br><br>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+	  <b><code>file=<i>string</i>;</code></b><br>
+	  The string specifies a file name. For every <code>file</code> option in an include section,
+	  pdnsd will parse the given file as described above. The file may contain include sections itself,
+	  but as a precaution pdnsd checks that a certain maximum depth is not exceeded to guard against
+	  the possibility of infinite recursion.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <h2>3 <a name="pdnsdctl">pdnsd-ctl</a></h2>
+    <p>
+    pdnsd-ctl allows you to configure pdnsd at run time. To make this work, you have to start pdnsd with the <code>-s</code>
+    option (or use the <code><a href="#statusctl">status_ctl</a></code> option in the config file). You also should make sure that you
+    have appropriate permissions on the control socket (use the <code>ctl_perms</code> option to make this sure) and of your pdnsd
+    cache directory (pdnsd keeps its socket there). Please make sure the pdnsd cache directory is not writeable for untrusted users!</p>
+    <p>
+    pdnsd-ctl accepts two command-line options starting with a dash.<br>
+    <code>-c</code> may be used to specify the cache directory (and takes this as argument).
+    The default for this setting is the pdnsd default cache directory (specified at compile time).
+    The cache directory for pdnsd-ctl must be the same pdnsd uses!<br>
+    <code>-q</code> can be used to make the output of pdnsd-ctl less verbose.</p>
+    <p>
+    The following table lists the commands that pdnsd-ctl supports. The command must always be
+    the first command-line option (not starting with a dash), the arguments to the command must follow in the given order.<br>
+    In the following table, keywords are in a normal font, while placeholders are in italics.<br>
+    Alternatives are specified like (alt1|alt2|alt3).
+    Optional arguments are placed between square brackets [].</p>
+    <table width="100%" bgcolor="#CCCCCC" cellpadding=10>
+      <tr>
+	<td><b>Command</b></td>
+	<td><b>Arguments</b></td>
+	<td><b>Description</b></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">help</td>
+	<td></td>
+	<td>Print a command summary.</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap">version</td>
+	<td></td>
+	<td>Print version and license info.</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>status</td>
+	<td></td>
+	<td>
+	  Print a description of pdnsd's cache status, thread status and configuration.
+	  Also shows which remote name servers are assumed to be available.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>server</td>
+	<td valign=top>(<i>index</i>|<i>label</i>)&nbsp;&nbsp;(up|down|retest)&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>dns1</i>[,<i>dns2</i>[,...]]]</td>
+	<td>
+	  Set the status of the server with the given <i>index</i> or <i>label</i> (where the given label
+	  matches the one given with the label option in the respective server section in the config file)
+	  to up or down, or  force a retest. The index is assigned in the order of definition in
+	  <code>pdnsd.conf</code> starting with 0. Use the status command to view the indices and labels.
+	  You can specify <code>all</code> instead of an index or label to perform the action for all
+	  servers registered with pdnsd. Example:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;server&nbsp;0&nbsp;retest</code><br>
+	  An optional third argument consisting of a list of IP addresses (separated by commas or
+	  white-space characters) can be given.
+	  This list will replace the previous list of addresses of name servers used by pdnsd in the
+	  specified section of the config file.
+	  For example in the <code>/etc/ppp/ip-up</code> script called by <code>pppd</code> you could
+	  place the following line:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;server&nbsp;isplabel&nbsp;up&nbsp;$DNS1,$DNS2</code><br>
+	  If white space is used to separate addresses the list will have to be quoted.
+	  Spurious commas and white-space characters are ignored.
+	  The last argument may also be an empty string, in which case the existing IP addresses are
+	  removed and the corresponding server section becomes inactive.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>record</td>
+	<td valign=top><i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;(delete|invalidate)</td>
+	<td>
+	  Delete or invalidate the records of the given domain <i>name</i> if it is in the
+	  cache. Invalidation means that the records are marked as timed out, and
+	  will be reloaded if possible (if purge_cache is set to on, they will
+	  be deleted in any case).<br>
+	  For local records (i.e., records that were given in the config file
+	  using a <code>rr</code> section, records read from a hosts-style file
+	  and records added using pdnsd-ctl), invalidation has no effect. Deletion
+	  will work, though. Example:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;record&nbsp;localhost.&nbsp;delete</code>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>source</td>
+	<td valign=top><i>fn</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>owner</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[(on|off)]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+	<td>
+	  Load a hosts-style file. Works like using the pdnsd
+	  <a href="#sourcesection">source configuration section</a>.
+	  <i>owner</i> and <i>ttl</i> are used as in the source section. <i>ttl</i> has a default
+	  of 900 (it does not need to be specified). The next to last argument corresponds
+	  to the serve_aliases option, and is off by default (i.e. if it is not specified).
+	  <code>noauth</code> is used to make the domains non-authoritative - please see
+	  the description of the <code>authrec</code> config file options for a description of what
+	  that means.
+	  <i>fn</i> is the filename. The file must be readable by pdnsd! Example:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;source&nbsp;/etc/hosts&nbsp;localhost.&nbsp;900&nbsp;off</code>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>a&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>addr</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+	<td rowspan=6>
+	  Add a record of the given type to the pdnsd cache, replacing existing
+	  records for the same <i>name</i> and type. The 2nd argument corresponds
+	  to the value of the option in the rr section that is named like
+	  the first argument: a is a record for hostname-to-address mapping,
+	  aaaa is the same thing for IPv6 addresses, and ptr is for address-to-hostname
+	  mapping. See the documentation for the <code>rr</code> section for more details.
+	  In case of A and AAAA records, the <i>addr</i> argument may be a list of IP addresses,
+	  separated by commas or white space, causing multiple addresses to be defined
+	  for the same <i>name</i>.
+	  The <i>ttl</i> is optional, the default is 900 seconds.
+	  <code>noauth</code> is used to make the domains non-authoritative - please see
+	  the description of the <code>authrec</code> config file options for a description of what
+	  that means.
+	  If you want no other record than the newly added in the cache, do<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;record&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;delete</code>
+	  before adding records. This is also better when overwriting local records. Example:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;add&nbsp;a&nbsp;127.0.0.1&nbsp;localhost.&nbsp;900</code>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>aaaa&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>addr</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>ptr&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>host</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>cname&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>host</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>mx&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>host</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>pref</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>add</td>
+	<td valign=top>ns&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>host</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[noauth]</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>neg</td>
+	<td valign=top><i>name</i>&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>type</i>]&nbsp;&nbsp;[<i>ttl</i>]</td>
+	<td>
+	  Add a negatively cached record to pdnsd's cache, replacing existing
+	  records for the same <i>name</i> and <i>type</i>. If no type is given, the whole
+	  domain is cached negatively. For negatively cached records, errors are
+	  immediately returned on a query, without querying other servers first.
+	  The <i>ttl</i> is optional, the default is 900 seconds.<br>
+	  You can get a list of all types you can pass to this command using
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;list-rrtypes</code>. The type is treated case-sensitive!
+	  Example:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;neg&nbsp;foo.bar&nbsp;A&nbsp;900</code><br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;neg&nbsp;foo.baz&nbsp;900</code><br>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>config</td>
+	<td valign=top>[<i>filename</i>]</td>
+	<td>
+	  Reload pdnsd's configuration file.<br>
+	  The config file must be owned by the uid that pdnsd had when it was
+	  started, and be readable by pdnsd's <a href="#runas"><code>run_as</code></a> uid. If no file name is
+	  specified, the config file used at start-up is reloaded.<br>
+	  Note that some configuration changes, like the port or IP address pdnsd listens on,
+	  cannot be made this way and you will receive an error message.
+	  In these cases, you will have to restart pdnsd instead.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>include</td>
+	<td valign=top><i>filename</i></td>
+	<td>
+	  Parse the given file as an include file, see the documentation on
+	  <a href="#includesection">include sections</a> for a description
+	  what this file may contain.<br>
+	  This command is useful for adding definitions to the cache without reconfiguring pdnsd.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>eval</td>
+	<td valign=top><i>string</i></td>
+	<td>
+	  Parse the given string as if it were part of pdnsd's configuration file.
+	  The string should hold one or more complete configuration sections.
+	  However, <a href="#globalsection"><code>global</code></a> and
+	  <a href="#serversection"><code>server</code></a> sections are not allowed,
+	  just as in <a href="#includesection">include files</a>.
+	  If multiple strings are given, they will be joined using newline chars
+	  and parsed together.<br>
+	  This command is useful for adding records interactively to the cache
+	  that cannot be defined using the "<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;add</code>" command,
+	  (e.g. soa records).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>empty-cache</td>
+	<td valign=top>[[+|-]<i>name</i> ...]</td>
+	<td>
+	  If no arguments are provided, the cache will be completely emptied,
+	  freeing all existing entries.
+	  Note that this also removes local records, as defined by the config file.
+	  To restore local records, run <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;config"</code> or
+	  <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;include <i>filename</i>"</code> immediately afterwards.<br>
+	  The <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache"</code> command now accepts additional arguments;
+	  these are interpreted as include/exclude names. If an argument starts with a '+'
+	  the name will be included. If an argument starts with a '-' it will be
+	  excluded. If an argument does not begin with '+' or '-', a '+' is
+	  assumed. If the domain name of a cache entry ends in one of the names in
+	  the list, the first match will determine what happens. If the matching
+	  name is to be included, the cache entry is deleted, otherwise not.
+	  If there are no matches, the default action is not to delete.
+	  Note that if you want to delete exactly one name and no others, you should
+	  use <code>"pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;record&nbsp;<i>name</i>&nbsp;delete"</code>,
+	  this is also much more efficient.<br>
+	  Examples:<br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache</code><br>
+	  This command will remove all cache entries.<br>
+	  <br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache&nbsp;microsoft.com&nbsp;msft.net</code><br>
+	  This will remove all entries ending in microsoft.com or msft.net.<br>
+	  <br>
+	  <code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache&nbsp;-localdomain&nbsp;-168.192.in-addr.arpa&nbsp;.</code><br>
+	  This will remove all entries except those ending in localdomain or
+	  168.192.in-addr.arpa. Note that '.' is the root domain which matches any
+	  domain name.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>dump</td>
+	<td valign=top>[<i>name</i>]</td>
+	<td>
+	  Print information stored in the cache about <i>name</i>.
+	  If <i>name</i> begins with a dot and is not the root domain, information about
+	  the  names  in the cache ending in <i>name</i> (including <i>name</i> without
+	  the leading dot) will be printed.
+	  If <i>name</i> is not specified, information about all the names in the cache will
+	  be printed.<br>
+	  For each RR record the time and date that this record has been added to the cache
+	  will be printed in the form mm/dd HH:MM:SS (locally defined records are printed without a time stamp).
+	  After that the type of record is printed with the data. For the more common types
+	  of RR records the data will be printed in human readable form, the remaining ones in a
+	  hexadecimal representation.<br>
+	  This command is mainly useful for diagnostic purposes.<br>
+	  Note that if you pipe the output of this command through an application that
+	  reads only part of the output and then blocks (such as <code>more</code> or <code>less</code>),
+	  pdnsd will not be able to add new entries to the cache until the pipe is closed.
+	  It is preferable to capture the output in a file in such a case.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td class="nowrap" valign=top>list-rrtypes</td>
+	<td></td>
+	<td>
+	  List available rr types for the neg command.
+	  Note that those are only used for the neg command, not for add!
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <br>
+    <br>
+    <h2>4 contrib/</h2>
+    The contrib directory in the pdnsd distribution contains useful user-contributed scripts.<br>
+    So far, there are scripts contributed by Marko Stolle and Paul Rombouts that make pdnsd
+    usable in a DHCP setup.
+    Please take a look into the README file in the contrib directory for further information.
+    <br>
+    <br>
+    <h2>5 Problems...</h2>
+    If you have problems with configuring or running pdnsd, be sure to read the <a href="faq.html">FAQ</a>.
+    If this does not help you, pdnsd crashes or you find bugs, please mail one of the authors.<br>
+    <em>Note added by <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul A. Rombouts</a></em>:
+    Thomas Moestl no longer maintains the code. I have revised the code and added new features.
+    See <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a> and the
+    <a href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a> in the source directory
+    (or <code>/usr/share/doc/pdnsd-&lt;version&gt;</code> if you have installed a binary package)
+    for more details.
+    If you have questions about my modifications, you can find my email address at the end of
+    <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a>.
+    <br>
+    <br>
+    <h2>6 Hacking</h2>
+    Here comes some information you might find useful for hacking pdnsd.
+    <br>
+    <h3>6.1 Source files</h3>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">Makefile.am, configure.in, acconfig.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  autoconf/automake/autoheader scripts. Makefile.am's are in most subdirectories.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">pdnsd.spec.in</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  A template from which configure generates a spec file for building rpm's for various
+	  distributions.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">version</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Contains only the program version string. Needed for several templates.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/rc/*</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  rc (start-up) scripts for various linux distributions.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/cache.c</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  The pdnsd cache subsystem(s) as defined in src/cache.h.
+	  This is the "traditional" pdnsd system which keeps the cache in memory and uses hash tables for accesses.
+	  Sourav K. Mandal is working on a system using gdbm.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/pdnsd-ctl/*</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Contains the code for pdnsd-ctl, a program that allows you to control pdnsd at run time.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/conf-lex.l.in</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  The lex/flex source file for the config file lexer. This is a template because there might be
+	  inserted  &quot;%option yylineno&quot; for proper flex support.
+	  <font color="#990000">(obsolete, superseded by src/conf-parser.c)</font>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/conf-lex.l</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  This is automatically generated by configure from conf-lex.l.in. It may be overwritten
+	  in any make, so never modify this, but conf-lex.l.in instead!
+	  <font color="#990000">(obsolete, superseded by src/conf-parser.c)</font>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/conf-parse.y</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  The yacc/bison source of the config file parser.
+	  <font color="#990000">(obsolete, superseded by src/conf-parser.c)</font>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/conf-parser.c, src/conf-parser.h, src/conf-keywords.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  The config file parser written purely in C (versions 1.1.10-par and later).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/conff.c, src/conff.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  The configuration handler functions and their prototypes. The parser is called from here.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/consts.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Some constants used by the parser, config file handler functions and in the server status thread,
+	  among others.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/dns.c, src/dns.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define dns message structures, constants, and some common dns data handlers. dns.h contains gcc-specific
+	  code (in praticular, &quot;__attribute__((packed))&quot;).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/dns_answer.c, src/dns_answer.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define functions that answer incoming dns queries.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/dns_query.c, src/dns_query.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define functions to manage outgoing dns queries.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/error.c, src/error.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Functions for error output to stderr or the syslog, and debug output to stderr or <code>pdnsd.debug</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/hash.c, src/hash.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Contains the code for storing and looking up cache entries in the hash table.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/helpers.c, src/helpers.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define miscellaneous helper functions.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/icmp.c, src/icmp.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define a function for performing a ping test. This contains OS-specific code.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/main.c</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Contains main(), which holds the command line parser, performs initialisations and signal handling.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/make_hashconvtable.c</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Contains the code for the executable <code>make_hashconvtable</code>, which  is only run once, during build time, to generate the file <code>hashconvtable.h</code>, used by <code>src/hash.c</code> (versions 1.1.10-par and later).
+	  <font color="#990000">(obsolete since version 1.2)</font>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/make_rr_types_h.pl</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  A perl script for generating src/rr_types.h,
+	  a C header file containing macro definitions and tables needed for handling the
+	  RR types known to pdnsd, from the text file src/rr_types.in.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/rr_types.c, src/rr_types.h, src/rr_types.in</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  These define tables and macros needed for handling the RR types known to pdnsd.
+	  Since version 1.2.9, rr_types.h is an automatically generated file,
+	  see make_rr_types_h.pl.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/netdev.c, src/netdev.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define functions for network device handling. OS-specific.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/servers.c, src/servers.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define functions for the server status thread that performs the periodical uptests.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%">src/status.c, src/status.h</td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%">
+	  Define functions for the status control thread. This is pdnsd's interface to pdnsd-ctl.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+
+    <br>
+    <hr>
+    <address>
+    Copyright&nbsp;(C)&nbsp;2000,&nbsp;2001&nbsp;<a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas&nbsp;Moestl</a><br>
+    Copyright&nbsp;(C)&nbsp;2003,&nbsp;2004,&nbsp;2005,&nbsp;2006,&nbsp;2007,&nbsp;2008,&nbsp;2012&nbsp;<a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Rombouts</a>
+    </address>
+    <p>
+      <i>Last revised: 19 April 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts</i>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc_makefile b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc_makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28fb7d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/doc_makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+
+versionfile = ../../version
+arch = i686
+arch2 = x86_64
+extver = _sl6
+system = Scientific Linux 6.2 system
+
+doc: dl.html
+.PHONY: doc clean
+
+# If the existing dl.html contains '???', then certain packages were missing
+# during the previous build and dl.html needs to be built again.
+ifneq ($(shell grep -F -l -e '???' dl.html),)
+.PHONY: dl.html
+endif
+
+dl.html: %.html: %.html.in htmlsubst.pl $(versionfile)
+	perl htmlsubst.pl version=`cat $(versionfile)` \
+	baseurl='http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/' \
+	arch=$(arch) arch2=$(arch2) extver=$(extver) system="$(system)" $< > $@
+
+clean:
+	@rm -fv dl.html
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/faq.html b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/faq.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eec6599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/faq.html
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>The pdnsd FAQ</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+    <style type="text/css">
+      <!--
+      .small { font-family:helvetica; font-size:small; text-align:center; }
+      // -->
+    </style>
+  </head>
+
+  <body bgcolor="#EEEEEE">
+    <!--notext(-->
+    <table width="100%">
+      <tr>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="index.html">pdnsd Homepage</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="faq.html">pdnsd FAQ</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="doc.html">Documentation</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="../../COPYING">GNU GPL (pdnsd's License)</a>
+	  </span> </td>
+	<td><span class="small">
+	    <a href="dl.html">Download Section</a>
+	  </span></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)notext-->
+    <h1>The pdnsd FAQ</h1>
+    <a name="q001"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  There are complete and well-tested name servers around, such as the BIND.
+	  These do also perform caching. Why should I use pdnsd?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  pdnsd does not aim to be a complete name server implementation, such as the
+	  BIND. It is optimized for caching, and you can only specify a small subset of all
+	  dns record types pdnsd knows in your local &quot;zone&quot; definitions.
+	  This of course reduces the code size drastically, and such the memory footprint.
+	  There are some features especially interesting for dialin networks, ordinary
+	  (non-server) internet hosts and computers that are often not connected to
+	  to their network, e.g. notebooks (I originally wrote this program for use
+	  with my notebook).
+	  These features are:
+	  <ul>
+	    <li> permanent disk cache (useful for frequent power-offs/reboots)
+	    <li> usually smaller memory footprint (depends on cache size) (see next question)
+	    <li> offline-detection prevents hangs (e.g. the typical hang on startup of some
+	      Netscape Navigator versions if not dialled in)
+	    <li> better control about timeouts (also to prevent hangs)
+	    <li> better control over the cache
+	    <li> better run-time control
+	  </ul>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q002"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  When I look at the process size with ps, top, gtop, or a similar tool, I see
+	  some processes with a total size well above 3.5 MB. This is much more than
+	  e.g. BIND named (about 1.4 MB). Why?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  Really, it is not.
+	  pdnsd uses multithreading, not multiprocessing. That means that the processes
+	  share most of their process space. In the LinuxThreads library
+	  or NPTL (Native Posix Thread Libary),
+	  which are used by pdnsd on Linux, in fact the total process address space is shared
+	  (although the processes have different stacks, these are in one process
+	  address space). You may check this by looking at the at the process sizes of
+	  the  pdnsd threads: all should be the same. The effective size that pdnsd
+	  occupies is thus the size of any of the processes, not the sum of those.
+	  So, pdnsd with empty cache occupies about 800 kB, and the maximum size
+	  should be about the cache size plus this size (in fact, ca 5-10% more).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q003"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  What do I need the status control (option -s) for?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  It enables you to do some things you might or might not need. With it, you can:
+	  <ul>
+	    <li> query pdnsd's settings at runtime to debug configuration files and
+	      see which servers are regarded to be available
+	    <li> mark servers as available or unavailable, or force a status retest - very
+	      handy if you want to control which servers pdnsd queries, e.g for muliple
+	      dial-up accounts
+	    <li> delete, invalidate or add DNS records - useful e.g. when you want to build
+	      records for dynamically assigned IP addresses or domain names
+	    <li> reload pdnsd's configuration file without restarting pdnsd
+	    <li> print information about the contents of pdnsd's cache.
+	  </ul>
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q004"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  What do I need local records (rr- and source-sections in the config file) for?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  Some resolver programs, e.g. nslookup, want to look up the name of the
+	  server they are using before doing anything else. This option is for defining
+	  a PTR record for your IP such that those programs get an answer even if the
+	  name server you are caching is not available or does not offer these records.
+	  By extension, you may also define A and SOA records. This allows you to build
+	  very small zones without having to use a &quot;big&quot; name server. It is NOT
+	  intended to replace such a complete server in anything but VERY small
+	  networks. Alternatively, you may start a named on another host or on the
+	  same host on another port and cache it with pdnsd in addition to other (more
+	  distant) name servers.
+	  <br>
+	  The <code>source</code> section allows you to let pdnsd read in your
+	  <code>/etc/hosts</code> file on startup and serve its contents. This file is used by your local
+	  resolver before it even  tries the name servers and usually contains
+	  fully-qualified domain names (FQDNs) for all of the internet addresses your host has.
+	  If you source this file, you usually won't need any additional <code>rr</code> sections. Sourcing it also allows
+	  other hosts (eg. in your local network) to access the names defined in your
+	  hosts file. You can of course just add other hosts in your local network to the
+	  servers <code>hosts</code> file, thus making them known to your server's resolver
+	  and pdnsd (if you sourced that file).
+	  <br>
+	  If you don't know what this answer was all about, you should just take the
+	  source section in the sample config file that comes with pdnsd, copy it
+	  into your config file and forget about it.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q005"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  When compiling, I get an error message like <br><i>Please define __BYTE_ORDER to
+	  be __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN</i><br> What's up?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  Normally, this macros should be defined in your C library's header files.
+	  There are two different methods, most C libraries support both (and pdnsd
+	  honors both): either <code>__BYTE_ORDER</code> is set to <code>__LITTLE_ENDIAN</code>
+	  or <code>__BIG_ENDIAN</code>, or <code>__LITTLE_ENDIAN</code> or <code>__BIG_ENDIAN</code>
+	  are directly defined as macros.
+	  <br>
+	  Linux glibc, for example, does set those macros correctly. Never mind. You just have to know
+	  whether your machine is little-endian or big-endian, this means wheter your
+	  machine saves the least significant byte of a word or double-word first in memory (little-endian) or
+	  the most significant first (big-endian).
+	  All intel x86 and Alpha machines are little-endian, for example, while SPARC
+	  and PowerPC architectures are big-endian.
+	  If your machine is little-endian, add the following line to your config.h:
+	  <br><code>
+	    #define __BYTE_ORDER __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	  </code><br>
+	  Likewise, if your machines byte order is big-endian:
+	  <br><code>
+	    #define __BYTE_ORDER __BIG_ENDIAN
+	  </code><br>
+	  Pathological byte orders like pdp-endian are not yet supported really;
+	  However, for the place the endianess is needed, <code>__LITTLE_ENDIAN</code> should do
+	  (it deals only with 16 bits; for all other occurances, ntoh[sl]/hton[sl] is used).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q007"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  At startup, I get a warning saying:<br>
+	  <i>
+	    Uptest command [...] will implicitly be executed as root
+	  </i> <br>
+	  What does that mean?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  This warning only occurs if you use the <code>uptest=exec</code> option in your
+	  configuration. It means that the uptest command is run as root
+	  because pdnsd is running as root, and this was not explicitely specified.
+	  The idea is that it may introduce security holes (in the programs being run)
+	  when they run as root, and so they shouldn't do that if possible.
+	  You can specify the user that shall run the command by appending its name
+	  comma-separated as string to the <code>uptest_cmd</code> line: <br>
+	  <code>
+	    uptest_cmd=&quot;&lt;your command&gt;&quot;,&quot;&lt;user&gt;&quot;;
+	  </code> <br>
+	  If it is correctly running as root, just append the user string <code>&quot;root&quot;</code> to
+	  the command and the warning will not occur again.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q008"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  I cannot run my <code>uptest_cmd</code> command as root (it says <i>permission denied</i>),
+	  although the pdnsd executable is setuid root. Why?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  pdnsd will drop privileges gained through setuid/setgid before executing the
+	  uptest commands (you shouldn't set the pdnsd executable setuid/setgid anyway).
+	  The reason is clear: if you install the pdnsd
+	  executable as setuid root and this wouln't be done, any user could execute
+	  shellcode with root privileges using that option!
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q009"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  At startup, I get an error saying:<br>
+	  <i>
+	    Bad config file permissions: the file must be only writeable by the user
+	  </i><br>
+	  Why is that?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  pdnsd has an option (<code>uptest=exec</code>) that allows the execution of arbitrary
+	  shell code (for testing whether an interface is up). This must be
+	  of course secured against unauthorized use. One of these
+	  protection is the one that produces the error message: if you routinely run
+	  pdnsd, e.g. at system startup, and your config file is editable for others,
+	  someone could change it and insert shell code that is executed in the next
+	  pdnsd run -- with your user privileges! To prevent this, pdnsd will exit if the config file is writeable
+	  by others than the owner.
+	  To get rid of this message, just do <br>
+	  <code>
+	    chmod go-w &lt;filename&gt;
+	  </code><br>
+	  on your config
+	  file (for the default file: <code>chmod go-w /etc/pdnsd.conf</code>).
+	  You should also check that the ownership is set correct.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q010"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  <code>serve_aliases</code> does not seem to work.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  Some resolvers (e.g. of the glibc 2.1) seem sometimes not to look up unmodified names, but the names with
+	  an entry of the search path already appended. Since pdnsd will serve short names with this
+	  option anyway, you can delete the search an domain options from your /etc/resolv.conf. This is reported to
+	  work in some cases.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q011"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+     <tr>
+        <td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  Some queries for domains that have many records (e.g. www.gmx.de) fail mysteriously.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  pdnsd versions prior to 1.1.0 had the tcp server thread disabled by default. Most resolvers
+	  repeat their query using tcp when they receive a truncated answer (the answer is truncated
+	  when it exceeds a length of 512 bytes). You need to recompile pdnsd with the option
+	  <code>--enable-tcp-server</code> to fix this.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q012"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+     <tr>
+        <td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  I am behind some kind of firewall. In the configuration file
+	  I have only listed addresses of name servers on the local (ISP's) network,
+	  but pdnsd is slow and DNS queries frequently time out.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  In some cases pdnsd will not consider the answer of the local name server
+	  authoritative enough, and will try to get answers from the name servers listed in the
+	  authority section of the reply message. If pdnsd is behind a firewall that blocks the
+	  UDP reply packets from remote name servers, pdnsd will wait in vain for a reply.
+	  One solution is to set <a href="doc.html#proxyonly"><code>proxy_only=on</code></a>
+	  in the servers sections of the configuration file.
+	  This will prevent pdnsd from querying name servers that are not listed in the configuration
+	  file.
+	  Another solution that can be tried is specifying
+	  <a href="doc.html#querymethod"><code>query_method=tcp_only</code></a>
+	  in the global section of the configuration file, because a firewall that blocks
+	  UDP packets from outside might still allow outgoing TCP connections to port 53.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <hr>
+    <a name="q013"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+     <tr>
+        <td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	  Is pdnsd vulnerable to DNS cache poisoning as described in
+	  <a href="http://www.kb.cert.org/vuls/id/800113">CERT vulnerability note VU#800113</a>?
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	  Short answer: Yes.<br>
+	  Somewhat longer answer: The problem is not so much that pdnsd's implementation is flawed
+	  but rather that the DNS protocol currently being used is fundamentally flawed from
+	  a security viewpoint. As long as a more secure protocol is not in place,
+	  all that the developers of pdnsd can do is to try to tweak the current implementation
+	  to make it as difficult as possible for an attacker to succeed.<br>
+	  From version 1.2.7 onwards, the default for the <code>query_port_start</code> option
+	  is 1024, which means that the pdnsd resolver will randomly select source ports
+	  in the range 1024-65535. (In previous versions the default was to let the kernel select
+	  the source ports, which will often result in a more or less predictable sequence of ports.)
+	  It also helps to use a good quality source of random numbers. On platforms where this is
+	  supported, it is preferable to configure with <code>--with-random-device=/dev/urandom</code>.
+	  There is still more that can be done to make pdnsd less vulnerable, but this remains
+	  (as of this writing) a work in progress.
+	  <br>
+	  Please note that pdnsd was designed for small (private) networks, and that it is generally
+	  not recommended to let untrusted users access pdnsd.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+<!--<hr>
+    <a name="q014"></a>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+     <tr>
+        <td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>Q:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF">
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF"><b>A:</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#DDFFEE">
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>-->
+    <hr>
+    <address><a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas Moestl</a>
+      and <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul Rombouts</a>
+    </address>
+    <br>
+    <p>
+      <i>Last revised: 18 August 2008 by Paul Rombouts</i>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/htmlsubst.pl b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/htmlsubst.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9e3e9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/htmlsubst.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+# Primitive ad-hoc script for updating pdnsd html doc files.
+# Written by Paul Rombouts.
+
+use strict;
+use integer;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+my %paramvals=();
+
+while(@ARGV && $ARGV[0]=~/^([^=]*)=(.*)$/) {
+    my $param=$1; my $val=$2;
+    if($param =~ /^[[:alpha:]]\w*$/) {
+	$paramvals{$param}=$val;
+    }
+    else {warn "Warning: invalid parameter '$param' ignored.\n"}
+    shift @ARGV;
+}
+
+sub sizeof {
+    my($arg)=@_;
+    (my $str= $arg) =~ s/$(?:([[:alpha:]]\w*)\b|{([[:alpha:]]\w*)})/
+				defined($paramvals{$+})?$paramvals{$+}:defined($ENV{$+})?$ENV{$+}:''/eg;
+    my $filename=eval($str);
+    (-f $filename) or return '???';
+    (((-s $filename)+1023)/1024).'kB';
+}
+
+while(<>) {
+    s/$(?:date\b|{date})/strftime("%d %b %Y",localtime)/eg;
+    s/$sizeof(([^()]*))/sizeof($1)/eg;
+    s/$(?:([[:alpha:]]\w*)\b|{([[:alpha:]]\w*)})/
+	defined($paramvals{$+})?$paramvals{$+}:defined($ENV{$+})?$ENV{$+}:''/eg;
+    print;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/index.html b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2e426a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <title>pdnsd homepage</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+    <style type="text/css">
+      <!--
+      .small { font-family:helvetica; font-size:small; text-align:center; }
+      // -->
+    </style>
+  </head>
+
+  <body bgcolor="#EEEEEE">
+    <!-- This html code is used for the homepage and for the pdnsd documentation. Since there are some sections that
+    are unwanted in the documentation (particularly the link section with non-local images), and some things that shall
+    not appear in the textified version (some links etc), I introduce 4 tags: the homepage html code is translated to
+    documentation html code by replacing the "nodoc(" comment with the html start comment tag, and the ")nodoc" comment
+    with the html end comment tag.
+    Likewise, before the doc html version is translated to text, the "notext(" and ")notext" comments are translated to
+    html comment tags.
+    -->
+    <!--notext(-->
+    <table width="100%">
+      <tr>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="index.html#aboutpdnsd">About pdnsd</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="faq.html">pdnsd FAQ</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="doc.html">Documentation</a>
+	  </span></td>
+	<td> <span class="small">
+	    <a href="../../COPYING">GNU GPL (pdnsd's License)</a>
+	  </span> </td>
+	<td><span class="small">
+	    <a href="dl.html">Download Section</a>
+	  </span></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <center><h1>The pdnsd Homepage</h1></center>
+    <center><h2>News</h2></center>
+    <table width="100%" cellspacing=1 cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2012-03-17</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.9a-par has been released.</b>
+	  Version 1.2.9a fixes a bug in the 1.2.9 release that causes a build failure when pdnsd is
+	  configured with <span style="white-space:nowrap;"><code>--enable-strict-rfc2181</code></span>.
+	  If you do not use this option to compile pdnsd, there is no need to upgrade from 1.2.9 to 1.2.9a.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2012-02-27</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.9-par has been released.</b>
+	Version 1.2.9 supports many more RR types (including those necessary for DNSSEC) and
+	EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS) to enable UDP messages larger than 512 bytes.
+	It also has support for defining local TXT records and has several new options and bugfixes
+	(including file descriptor leaks that effect FreeBSD users).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2011-05-03</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>The latest source code is available from a
+	 <a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd">git repository</a>.</b><br>
+	In response to frequent requests I have uploaded a git tree including the latest code
+	and a fairly extensive history of pdnsd development to
+	<a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd">gitorious.org</a>.
+	Anyone who wants to participate in pdnsd development is free to create a
+	<a href="http://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd/clone">clone repo on gitorious.org</a>
+	and push his modifications there.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2010-02-22</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.8-par has been released.</b>
+	The main new feature of version 1.2.8 is automatic discovery of root servers.
+	Furthermore, there are some additional improvements in the resolver.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2008-09-04</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.7-par has been released.</b>
+	Foremost, this release fixes some security problems.
+	It contains a fix for a "dangling pointer" bug that could cause pdnsd to
+	crash when it received a long reply. It also addresses some of the issues
+	raised in the <a href="http://www.kb.cert.org/vuls/id/800113">CERT
+	vulnerability note VU#800113</a> by making the default of
+	<code>query_port_start</code> equal to 1024, thereby ensuring that source
+	ports are randomly selected by the pdnsd resolver in the range 1024-65535.
+	This release also fixes problems with compiling pdnsd for the ARM architecture
+	and for the Darwin platform (Max OS X).
+	<br>
+	There are a number of (minor) new features.
+	pdnsd now supports "include" files, essentially configuration files that
+	only contain definitions for local records.
+	It is now possible to define interactively, using <code>pdnsd-ctl</code>,
+	any local record that can be defined in a configuration file.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2007-09-04</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.6-par has been released.</b>
+	pdnsd's license has been upgraded to GPL version 3.
+	A bug has been fixed which which caused pdnsd to handle NXDOMAIN replies
+	inefficiently when configured with <code>neg_domain_pol=on</code>.  The
+	code that implements the ping test has been fixed, which was broken for
+	64-bit systems.  A new option <code>randomize_servers</code> can be used
+	to give each server in a section of the configuration file an equal
+	chance of being queried.  The new options <code>reject</code>,
+	<code>reject_policy</code> and <code>reject_recursively</code> make it
+	possible to check for the presence of certain IP addresses in the
+	replies of name servers and to avoid some types of unwanted replies.
+	The pdnsd-ctl '<code>add a</code>' and '<code>add aaaa</code>' commands
+	now allow multiple IP addresses to be specified for the same name.
+	pdnsd's ability to resolve from root servers has been improved.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2006-09-02</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.5-par has been released.</b>
+	This release introduces a new query method: <code>udp_tcp</code>.
+	With this method a UDP query is tried first and, if the UDP answer is
+	truncated, the query is repeated using TCP, which is the behaviour that
+	seems to be recommended by the DNS standards. There is a new
+	configuration option <code>use_nss</code>, which can be turned off to
+	prevent lengthy timeouts and stalls in certain situations. A bug has
+	been fixed which could cause pdnsd to crash if debug output was
+	generated before the debug output stream was properly initialized.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2006-01-09</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.4-par has been released.</b>
+	A memory leak and a minor buffer-overflow problem have been fixed.
+	There is now a fix for some situations that would previously cause pdnsd to
+	exit prematurely (such as ACPI S3 sleep or trying to attach strace to pdnsd).
+	Time intervals specified in the configuration file can now be expressed in
+	minutes, hours, days and weeks as well as seconds.
+	Support for Apple Mac OS X v10.4 Tiger has been improved.
+	The "<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;status</code>" command now also provides some
+	information about the status of the running threads.
+	There are some further improvements in the debugging information provided by pdnsd.<br>
+	TCP-query support is now compiled in by default (but can still be disabled using
+	the configure option <code>--disable-tcp-queries</code>).
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2005-07-11</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.3-par has been released.</b>
+	New feature in this release: the "<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache</code>" command can
+	be provided with an include/exclude list, allowing the user to specify a
+	selection of names to be removed, instead of emptying the cache completely.<br>
+	Additional improvements: pdnsd should now remain responsive while executing the
+	"<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;empty-cache</code>" command.
+	With the <code>query_method=tcp_udp</code> option pdnsd will now also
+	try a UDP query after a TCP connection times out, which should allow
+	pdnsd to resolve the same names with <code>query_method=tcp_udp</code>
+	as with <code>query_method=udp_only</code>, although perhaps with an
+	occasional delay.
+	"<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;config</code>" or "<code>pdnsd-ctl&nbsp;server</code>"
+	commands should now run without delays, even if pdnsd is performing
+	<code>ping</code> or <code>query</code> uptests at the time.
+	Some problems with resolving certain names using root servers have been fixed.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2005-04-03</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.2-par has been released.</b>
+	The main emphasis of this release is improved portability.
+	A bug has been fixed that prevented pdnsd from compiling successfully on some
+	64 bit architectures.
+	This release has (experimental) support for the Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) platform.
+	On Linux systems, the configure script will now try to detect automatically whether
+	the system implements the Native POSIX Thread Library, but the method used may not
+	necessarily be foolproof.
+	In addition, the debug features have been improved and should make it easier to find out
+	why pdnsd considers some queries or replies malformed.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-11-07</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2.1-par has been released.</b>
+	The main new feature of this release is improved support for non-Linux platforms.<br>
+	This release has (experimental) support for the Cygwin platform, and should also fix
+	some compilation glitches that have been reported by FreeBSD users.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-10-10</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.2-par has been released.</b>
+	pdnsd is new and improved! Most of the changes effect the internal workings
+	of pdnsd, but there also a number of interesting new features (well, I think they are interesting).<br>
+	Among the bugs fixed are two rather nasty ones which involve the handling of NXT and NAPTR records
+	and which can cause pdnsd to crash or abort.<br>
+	The new features include a new server availability test which can be specified with <code>uptest=query</code>,
+	support for reading the DNS configuration from resolv.conf files,
+	a new option for optimizing the use of root servers,
+	a new option that makes defining local records for reverse resolving easier,
+	support for defining wildcard records,
+	a new pdnsd-ctl command for reloading the config file without restarting pdnsd, and
+	a new pdnsd-ctl command for dumping information about the names stored in the cache.
+	The documentation has also been updated: there is now a <code>pdnsd.conf</code> man page.<br>
+	For a more complete list of the changes I'll have to refer you to <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a> and the <a
+	href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-05-22</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.11a-par has been released.</b>
+	This release contains a fix for FreeBSD users that bypasses a problem
+	with the macro <code>ENONET</code>, which can cause a compilation failure when it is undefined.
+	Linux users will notice no difference between 1.1.11a-par and 1.1.11-par.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-05-10</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.11-par has been released.</b>
+	This version has a rather large number of small changes, which are rather difficult to summarize.
+	Among the bugs fixed are a race condition in the cache lookup code, a
+	flaw in the code that caused a busy spin when a remote server answered
+	with "Not Implemented", and problems with the -4 and -6 command-line
+	options. Among the improvements are an alternative sorting algorithm
+	which should allow pdnsd to start up faster when reading a large cache
+	file from disk, automatic mapping of IPv4 to IPv6 addresses when running
+	in IPv6 mode, somewhat more efficient memory use, better compression of
+	the replies and changes in the parallel querying algorithm that should
+	improve the chances of catching a reply from a remote server.<br>
+
+	For a more complete list of the changes I'll have to refer you to <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a> and the <a
+	href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-02-10</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.10-par has been released.</b>
+
+	The main new feature of this release is a new parser for configuration
+	files, completely rewritten from scratch in C. The main advantages are:
+	(f)lex and yacc/bison are no longer needed to build pdnsd, more
+	informative error messages instead of merely "<code>parse error</code>",
+	and string literals no longer need to be enclosed in quotes in most
+	cases.<br> Furthermore, a bug has been fixed that caused incorrect
+	IPV6-type PTR records to be generated when sourcing
+	<code>/etc/hosts</code> like files.<br>
+
+	There have been other small changes, more details can be found in the <a
+	href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2004-01-08</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.9-par has been released.</b>
+	"maintenance" release by Paul Rombouts.<br>
+
+	The change of version number is not very significant; the
+	difference between 1.1.9-par and the previous 1.1.8b1-par8 is marginal.
+	However, I felt the need to simplify the numbering, because it was
+	becoming rather baroque.<br>
+
+	I've added some missing pieces to the documentation (the pdnsd <a
+	href="doc.html">manual</a> and the man page for pdnsd-ctl). BTW, did you
+	know that it's possible to define aliases for domain names with pdnsd? I
+	had plans to implement such a feature when I discovered that pdnsd
+	already supports it. It was just poorly documented. (If want to try this
+	for your self, look for the new information about CNAME records under
+	the rr Section in the <a href="doc.html#rrsection">manual</a>.)<br> The
+	changes to the code consist mostly of optimizations, removal of some
+	size limits due to fixed-size buffers, and some cleaning up. I've also
+	tried to make the error responses of <a
+	href="doc.html#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a> more helpful.<br>
+
+	More details can be found in the <a href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2003-10-10</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.8b1-par8 has been released.</b>
+	"maintenance" release by Paul Rombouts.<br>
+	This version introduces a "delegation-only" feature that may be useful
+	for blocking Verisign's Sitefinder.<br>
+	The parser for the configuration file now tolerates domain names missing
+	a dot at the end.<br>
+	I have provided alternative implementations for some GNU extensions that I
+	used in an effort to make the code more portable. In particular, the
+	code should build on FreeBSD again.<br>
+	More details can be found in the <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a> file.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2003-09-19</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.8b1-par7 has been released.</b>
+	"maintenance" release by Paul Rombouts. Besides fixing a number of bugs I have
+	reworked some of the code for adding and removing entries in the cache in an
+	effort to improve efficiency and stability.<br>
+	More details can be found in the <a href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2003-07-28</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.8b1-par6 has been released.</b>
+	"maintenance" release by Paul Rombouts. In addition to some further code cleanup,
+	the documentation has been revised.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2003-07-10</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.8b1-par5 has been released.</b>
+	A troublesome allocation size error has been discovered in Thomas Moestl's code.
+	In practice this bug only wastes memory but it could
+	also potentially lead to memory corruption. Upgrading is recommended.
+	More details can be found in the <code>ChangeLog</code>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#ffccff" width="20%"><b>2003-06-30</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#ccffff" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.8b1-par4 has been released.</b>
+	Due to incompatibilities between various implementations of
+	the pthread library on Linux systems, problems can occur with signal handling in
+	pdnsd. The usual symptom is failure by pdnsd to save the cache to disk, and
+	<code>/var/cache/pdnsd/pdnsd.cache</code> remaining empty. If you experience
+	this kind of trouble, try reconfiguring with different values for the new
+	<code>--with-thread-lib</code> option. The allowable values are
+	described in the <a href="doc.html#threadlib">documentation</a>.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%"><b>2003-04-07</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%"><b>pdnsd is no longer maintained by Thomas Moestl:</b>
+	I have not had time to maintain pdnsd for quite a while now, and have been very slow to
+	respond to issues, or did not respond at all. It is time that I officially announce that
+	pdnsd is no longer actively maintained; I apologize to all those who reported bugs or
+	asked questions without receiving any reply. However, <b>Paul A. Rombouts</b> has published
+	a patch set against the last released version at
+	<a href="http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html">http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html</a>,
+	which cleans up a lot of code fixes many bugs.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%"><b>2002-07-19</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%"><b>Documentation update.</b>
+	Please note that pdnsd should <b>never be installed with setuid or setgid attributes</b>,
+	as it is not always possible to give up all privileges due to operating system restrictions.
+	While this was never intended and I don't think that anybody would actually do this, the
+	documentation was updated to explicitely mention this to avoid misunderstandings.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%"><b>2002-01-15</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.7a has been released.</b>
+	This fixes a reversed test in an assertion that would cause pdnsd to termintate when the ping uptest
+	was used. No other changes were made.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td bgcolor="#FFCCFF" width="20%"><b>2002-01-15</b></td>
+	<td bgcolor="#CCFFFF" width="80%"><b>Version 1.1.7 has been released.</b>
+	This fixes some problems that might be remotely exploitable to gain access as the user pdnsd runs as
+	(an unprivileged user by default). To do this, an attacker needs to control a name server that is
+	queried by pdnsd, and send a malicious reply to such a query.<br>
+	Upgrading is strongly recommended!<br>
+	There are also minor bug fixes and stability improvements.
+	</td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)notext-->
+    <hr>
+    <h2><a name="aboutpdnsd">About pdnsd</a></h2>
+    pdnsd is a  proxy DNS server with permanent caching (the cache contents
+    are written to hard disk on exit) that is designed to cope with unreachable
+    or down DNS servers (for example in dial-in networking).<br>
+    Since version 1.1.0, pdnsd supports negative caching.<br>
+    <br>
+    It is licensed under the <a HREF="http://www.gnu.org">GNU</a> General Public License (<a HREF="../../COPYING">GPL</A><!--notext(-->,
+    <a HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">also available in html</A> and
+    <a HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/copyleft.html#translations">translated into various languages</A>.<!--)notext-->).
+    This, in short, means that the sources are distributed togehter with the program, and
+    that you are free to modify the sources and redistribute them as long as you
+    also license them under the GPL. You do not need to pay anything for pdnsd.
+    It also means that there is <b>ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY</b> for pdnsd or any part
+    of it. For details, please <a href="../../COPYING">read the GPL</a>.
+    <p>
+      pdnsd can be used with applications that do DNS lookups, e.g. on startup, and
+      can't be configured to change that behaviour, to prevent the often minute-long
+      hangs (or even crashes) that result from stalled DNS queries. Some Netscape Navigator
+      versions for Unix, for example, expose this behaviour.
+    </p>
+    pdnsd is configurable via a file and supports run-time configuration using the program pdnsd-ctl that comes
+    with pdnsd. This allows you to set the status flags of servers that pdnsd knows (to influence which servers
+    pdnsd will query), and the addition, deletion and invalidation of DNS records in pdnsd's cache.
+    <br>
+    Parallel name server queries are supported. This is a technique that allows
+    querying several servers at the same time so that very slow or unavailable
+    servers will not block the answer for one timeout interval.
+    <br>
+    Since version 1.0.0, pdnsd has full IPv6 support.
+    <p>
+      There is also a limited support for local zone records, intended for defining
+      1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa. and localhost. , since some clients request that
+      information and it must be served even if the cached servers are not available
+      or do not serve these records. pdnsd may also read your /etc/hosts file
+      (this file is normally used by your local resolver and usually contains
+      information for localhost as well as for your machines FQDN) and serve its
+      contents.
+    </p> <p>
+      pdnsd was started on Linux, and has since been ported to FreeBSD (and Cygwin and Darwin).
+      90% of the source code should be easily portable to POSIX-
+      and BSD-compatible systems, provided that those systems support the POSIX threads (pthreads).
+      The rest might need OS-specific rewrites.
+    </p><p>
+      Currently, pdnsd is only compileable by gcc. This should be easy to fix, but I just
+      do not have documentation for other compilers. If you are not able or do not want
+      to use gcc, I would recommend you just try to do the minor changes.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      pdnsd must be started as root in some cases (raw sockets are needed for icmp
+      echoes for the option <code>uptest=ping</code>, and the default port is 53, this must be
+      &gt;1024 to allow non-root execution). However, pdnsd can be configured to change it's user
+      and group id to those of a non-privileged user after opening the sockets needed for this.
+    </p> <p>
+      The server should support the full standard DNS queries following the rfcs 1034
+      and 1035. As of version 1.0.0, the rfc compliance has been improved again, and pdnsd is now
+      believed (or hoped?) to be fully rfc-compatible. It completely follows rfc 2181 (except
+      for one minor issue in the FreeBSD port, see the <a href="doc.html">documentation</a>).
+      It does not support the
+      following features, of which most are marked optional, experimental or obsolete
+      in these rfcs:
+    </p>
+    <ul>
+      <li> Inverse queries
+      <li> Status queries
+      <li> Completion queries
+      <li> Namespaces other than IN (Internet)
+      <li> AXFR and IXFR queries (whole zone transfers); since pdnsd does not maintain  zones, that should not violate the standard
+    </ul>
+    The following record types, that are extensions to the original DNS standard, are supported for caching since version 1.2.9
+    (if you do not need most of them, you can disable runtime support for the unneeded ones before compiling pdnsd and save a little cache and executable space, see the source file <code>src/rr_types.in</code>):
+    <ul>
+      <li> RP (<i>responsible person</i>, RFC 1183)
+      <li> AFSDB (<i>AFS database location</i>, RFC 1183)
+      <li> X25 (<i>X25 address</i>, RFC 1183)
+      <li> ISDN (<i>ISDN number/address</i>, RFC 1183)
+      <li> RT (<i>route through</i>, RFC 1183)
+      <li> NSAP (<i>Network Service Access Protocol address </i>, RFC 1348)
+      <li> PX (<i>X.400/RFC822 mapping information</i>, RFC 1995)
+      <li> GPOS (<i>geographic position</i>, deprecated)
+      <li> AAAA (<i>IPv6 address</i>, RFC 1886)
+      <li> LOC (<i>location</i>, RFC 1876)
+      <li> EID (<i>Nimrod EID</i>)
+      <li> NIMLOC (<i>Nimrod locator</i>)
+      <li> SRV (<i>service record</i>, RFC 2782)
+      <li> ATMA (<i>ATM address</i>)
+      <li> NAPTR (<i>URI mapping</i>, RFC 2168)
+      <li> KX (<i>key exchange</i>, RFC 2230)
+      <li> CERT (<i>Certificate record</i>, RFC 4398)
+      <li> DS (<i>Delegation Signer</i>, RFC 4034)
+      <li> RRSIG (<i>Resource Record Signature</i>, RFC 4034)
+      <li> NSEC (<i>Next Secure</i>, RFC 4034)
+      <li> DNSKEY (<i>record containing the public key for a zone</i>, RFC 4034)
+      <li> NSEC3 (<i>Next Secure version 3</i>, RFC 5155)
+      <li> NSEC3PARAM (<i>NSEC3 parameters</i>, RFC 5155)
+    </ul>
+    <p style="text-indent: 1em;">
+      <i><b>Note</b>: This list is incomplete. For the complete list see the source file</i> <code>src/rr_types.in</code>.
+    </p>
+    There are FreeBSD and OpenBSD ports available for pdnsd (ports/net/pdnsd for both).
+    Thanks go to Roman Shterenzon for the FreeBSD port Sebastian Stark for the OpenBSD one!
+    Thanks to Kiyo Kelvin Lee now also runs on the Cygwin platform!
+    Thanks goes to Rodney Brown for extending portability to the Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) platform!
+    <p>
+      If you have questions left, you should take a look into the <a HREF="faq.html">FAQ</a>.
+      <br>
+      Bugfixes, patches and compatability fixes for other OSs are very welcome!
+    </p>
+    <h2>Features in detail</h2>
+    <p>
+      This section describes some of pdnsds features in detail. Most of the options are set
+      in the config file. For more information on the configuration file, see
+      <a href="doc.html">the documenation page</a>.
+    </p><br>
+
+    <h3>Uptests</h3>
+    pdnsd provides several methods to test whether a remote DNS server should be regarded as available
+    (so that pdnsd can query it), in
+    addition to the obvious &quot;none&quot; test (the server is always regarded as available,
+    or availability is set on or off using the <a href="doc.html#pdnsdctl"><code>pdnsd-ctl</code></a> utility).
+    These tests are:
+    <ul>
+      <li><b>ping:</b> a given adress is ping'ed in a given interval. If it there is no response
+	  or the host is unreachable, the server is seen to be not available (for those who don't know:
+	  pinging is sending a certain Internet packet type to a host to which any standard-conformant
+	  host is required to reply).
+      <li><b>if:</b> a given network interface is tested whether it is existent, up and running. If
+	  it is not, the server is regarded to be not available. This is especially useful for ppp and
+	  similar interfaces. A special case test for Linux isdn (ippp*) interfaces is integrated, so that the uptests
+	  should also work for these.
+      <li><b>dev:</b> this is a variant of the if uptest for use with Linux dial-on-demand ppp interfaces. In addition
+	to performing an if-style interface uptest, it also tests whether a specified program (e.g. pppd) owns
+	a lock to a given (modem-) device.
+      <li><b>exec:</b> a given shell command line is executed and the exit status of the whole command line (which
+	  is normally the exit status of the last command) is evaluated. If it is not zero, the server is regarded
+	  to be not available. This is a very flexible testing method with which it should be able to perform
+	  virtually any needed test.
+      <li><b>query:</b> <em>New in version 1.2:</em>
+          This works like the ping test, except it sends an (empty) DNS query to the remote server.
+	  If the server sends a well-formed response back within the timeout period (except SERVFAIL),
+	  it will be regarded as available.
+	  This test is useful if a remote server does not respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all,
+	  which unfortunately is quite common these days.
+	  In many cases this test will be a more reliable indicator of availability
+	  than the ones mentioned above.
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Local Records (&quot;Zones&quot;)</h3>
+    As mentioned above, there are only very basic local record types (ie the record types that you may use in record
+    declarations in your local configuration for records that pdnsd shall serve in addion to the cached ones).
+    They are organized roughly in zones but have not complete zone declarations, so I generally do not use the
+    term &quot;zone&quot; for them, but rather &quot;local records&quot;.
+    These are the local record types pdnsd can understand:
+    <ul>
+      <li> <b>SOA</b> (information about the name server)
+      <li> <b>A</b> (domain-name-to-address mapping)
+      <li> <b>PTR</b> (pointer, used normally for address-to-domain-name mapping)
+      <li> <b>NS</b> (name server, generated automatically by pdnsd for any local record set)
+      <li> <b>CNAME</b> (canonical host name)
+      <li> <b>MX</b> (mail exchange for the domain)
+      <li> <b>TXT</b> (arbitrary text strings, often used for Sender Policy Framework)
+    </ul>
+    You can specify these records in the configuration file. <br>
+    You may &quot;source&quot; a file in a format like that used in the <code>/etc/hosts</code> file, that means
+    that pdnsd reads this file, extracts addresses and domain names from it and automatically generates
+    A records for name to address mapping, PTR records for address to name mapping and NS records (name
+    server specifiation) for each entry in the file.<br>
+    Records can also be changed dynamically at run time.<br>
+    A script contributed by Marko Stolle makes pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup using this feature.
+    <br>
+    <h1>System requirements</h1>
+    As mentioned, pdnsd currently runs under Linux, FreeBSD and Cygwin.
+    Other BSD flavours may or may not work (feedback is very welcome!).
+    The system and software requirements under Linux are:
+    <ul>
+      <li> Kernel version &gt;2.2.0
+      <li> glibc version &gt;2.0.1 (aka libc6) with LinuxThreads (normally included)
+        or NPTL (Native Posix Thread Library, recommended).<br>
+	Due to a bug, pdnsd 0.9.8 does not run with glibc2.1.1. This behaviour was
+	fixed in pdnsd 0.9.9.
+      <li> For IPv6: glibc&gt;=2.1
+    </ul>
+    The system requirements under FreeBSD are:
+    <ul>
+      <li> FreeBSD versions &gt;=2.6 (prior ones may or may not work)
+      <li> For IPv6: FreeBSD &gt;=4.0 is recommended (no idea if it runs on prior versions)
+    </ul>
+
+    The common software requirements for all supported systems are:
+    <ul>
+      <li> GCC, preferably egcs-2.* or 3.* (other compilers are currently not supported; the needed patch for another compiler
+	should not be difficult, however)
+      <li> GNU or BSD make
+      <li> the standard commands install, grep, sed, awk, touch and which (along with the REALLY
+	standard ones mv, cp, ln, rm, pwd, test, echo, cat, mkdir, chown, chmod, tar). In
+	any standard Unix installation, this should be no problem.
+      <li> for hacking and building own packages, you might also need gzip, bzip2, perl and rpmbuild
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h1>Download</h1>
+    If you want to download pdnsd, please visit the <a href="dl.html">download page</a>.
+    <br>
+    <h1><a name="authors">Authors</a></h1>
+    <p>
+      pdnsd was originally written by <a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas Moestl</a>,
+      but is no longer maintained by him. <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul A. Rombouts</a>
+      has revised large portions of the code and has added a number of new features.
+      See <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a> and the <a href="../../ChangeLog"><code>ChangeLog</code></a>
+      in the source directory (or <code>/usr/share/doc/pdnsd-&lt;version&gt;</code>
+      if you have installed a binary package) for more details.
+      If you have questions about the recent modifications, you can find
+      <a name="currentmaintainer">the email address of the current maintainer</a>
+      at the end of <a href="../../README.par"><code>README.par</code></a>.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Daniel Smolik has contributed RedHat RPMs (the most recent RPMs are available <a href="dl.html">here</a>).<br>
+      Torben Janssen contributed start scripts for Red Hat Linux. <br>
+      Soenke J. Peters contributed patches and suggestions for Red Hat compatability.<br>
+      Wolfgang Ocker has contributed the code and documentation for the <code>server_ip</code> option.<br>
+      Markus Mohr contributed a Debian rc script.<br>
+      Nikita V. Youschenko contributed extensions to the "<code>if</code>" uptest.<br>
+      Lyonel Vincent extended the serve_aliases option to support an arbitrary number of aliases.<br>
+      Sourav K. Mandal wrote the autoconf scripts and contributed many fixes and suggestions.<br>
+      Stephan Boettcher contributed the SCHEME= option.<br>
+      Ron Yorston contributed the uptest for Linux ppp dial-on-demand devices.<br>
+      Alexandre Nunes fixed some bugs in the autoconf files.<br>
+      Sverker Wiberg contributed fixes for IPv6.<br>
+      Carsten Block contributed <code>configure</code>-able rc scripts.<br>
+      Olaf Kirch contributed a security fix for the run_as code.<br>
+      Paul Wagland contributed various patches for bind9-compatability and other issues.<br>
+      Roman Shterenzon contributed patches and lots of helpful hints for FreeBSD compatability.<br>
+      Bernd Leibing has contributed spec file fixes.<br>
+      Michael Wiedmann has contributed the pdnsd-ctl.8 man page.<br>
+      Marko Stolle has contributed the contrib/pdnsd_update.pl script that makes pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup.<br>
+      P.J. Bostley has contributed patches to get pdnsd working on alpha properly.<br>
+      Christian Engstler contributed patches for SuSE compatability.<br>
+      Bjoern Fischer contributed code to make pdnsd leave the case of names in the cache unchanged.<br>
+      Marko Stolle contributed the contrib/pdnsd_update.pl script that makes pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup.<br>
+      Andrew M. Bishop contributed the support for the label server option and the pdnsd-ctl interface for using it.<br>
+      Frank Elsner contributed rc script fixes. <br>
+      Andreas Steinmetz contributed the code for <code>query_port_start</code> and <code>query_port_end</code> options.<br>
+      Mahesh T. Pai contributed the pdnsd.8 man page.<br>
+      Nikola Kotur contributed the Slackware start-up script.<br>
+      Kiyo Kelvin Lee contributed a patch for Cygwin support.<br>
+      Rodney Brown contributed a patch for Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) support.<br>
+      Jan-Marek Glogowski contributed a patch implementing the <code>use_nss</code> option.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Special thanks to Bert Frederiks for letting me do a late-night debugging run on his machine to
+      spot obscure bugs!
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Thanks to the following persons for reporting bugs and being helpful:<br>
+      David G. Andersen,<br>
+      Dirk Armbrust,<br>
+      Daniel Black,<br>
+      Kevin A. Burton,<br>
+      Juliusz Chroboczek,<br>
+      Joachim Dorner,<br>
+      Stefan Erhardt,<br>
+      Stefan Förster,<br>
+      Mike Hammer,<br>
+      Jonathan Hudson,<br>
+      Dan Jacobson,<br>
+      Byrial Jensen,<br>
+      Patrick Loschmidt,<br>
+      James MacLean,<br>
+      Fraser McCrossan,<br>
+      Michael Müller,<br>
+      Erich Reitz,<br>
+      Brian Schroeder,<br>
+      Milan P. Stanic,<br>
+      Michael Steiner,<br>
+      Norbert Steinl,<br>
+      Markus Storm,<br>
+      Michael Ströder,<br>
+      Alan Swanson,<br>
+      Eelco Vriezekolk.
+    </p>
+    <!--nodoc(-->
+    <h1>Links</h1>
+    Well, this is the obligatory link section.
+    <br>
+    <br>
+    <table width="100%" cellpadding=7>
+      <tr>
+	<td><center>
+	    <a href="http://www.gnu.org">
+	      <img src="gnuhead.png" alt="http://www.gnu.org"><br>
+	      The GNU homepage
+	    </a>
+	</center></td>
+	<td><center>
+	    <a href="http://freecode.com">
+	      <img src="fm_logo.png" alt="http://freecode.com"><br>
+	      Freecode (formerly Freshmeat) - large free software index
+	    </a>
+	  </center></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+	<td><center>
+	    <a href="http://www.freebsd.org">
+	      <img src="freebsd.png" alt="http://www.freebsd.org"><br>
+	      The FreeBSD project
+	    </a>
+	  </center></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <!--)nodoc-->
+    <br>
+    <hr>
+    <address><a href="mailto:tmoestl@gmx.net">Thomas Moestl</a>
+      and <a href="mailto:p.a.rombouts@home.nl">Paul A. Rombouts</a>
+    </address>
+    <br>
+    <p>
+      <i>Last revised: 17 March 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts</i>
+    </p>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/html2confman.pl b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html2confman.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abade11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/html2confman.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#
+# A Perl script for converting pdnsd html documentation to a man page.
+#
+# Written by Paul A. Rombouts
+#
+# This file Copyright 2004 Paul A. Rombouts
+# It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
+# any higher version.  See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
+# for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+
+while(<>) {
+    if(/<h[1-4]>[^<]*configuration file/i) {
+       last;
+    }
+}
+
+exit unless defined($_);
+
+while(<>) {
+    if(/<h[1-4]>[^<]*layout/i) {
+       last;
+    }
+}
+
+exit unless defined($_);
+
+(my $myname=$0) =~ s{.*/}{};
+
+print <<ENDOFHEADER;
+.\" Generated automatically from the html documentation by $myname
+.\" 
+.\" Manpage for pdnsd.conf (pdnsd configuration file)
+.\" 
+.\" Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+.\" Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Paul A. Rombouts
+.\" 
+.\" This manual is a part of the pdnsd package, and may be distributed in
+.\" original or modified  form  under  terms  of  the  GNU  General  Public
+.\" License,  as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+.\" 3, or (at your option) any later version.
+.\" You can find a copy of the GNU GPL in the file COPYING in the source
+.\" or documentation directory.
+.\" 
+ENDOFHEADER
+
+
+print ".TH PDNSD.CONF 5 "",strftime("%b %Y",localtime),"" "pdnsd @fullversion@"\n";
+print <<ENDOFHEADER2;
+.SH NAME
+pdnsd.conf \- The configuration file for pdnsd
+.hw config
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+This manual page describes the layout of the
+.BR pdnsd (8)
+configuration file and the available configuration options.
+The default location of the file is @sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf. This may be changed
+with the \fB-c\fP command line option.
+An example pdnsd.conf comes with the pdnsd distribution in the documentation directory
+or in @sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf.sample.
+.SH "FILE FORMAT"
+.PP
+ENDOFHEADER2
+
+my $taggedparagraph=0;
+my $displayed=0;
+
+while(<>) {
+    if(/<h[1-4]>.*\bpdnsd-ctl\b/) {
+       last;
+    }
+    s{^\s*((?:<[^<>]+>)*?)<h[1-4]>[\d.]*\s*(.*)</h[1-4]>((?:<[^<>]+>)*?)(?:<br>)?\s*$}{.SS $1$2$3\n}i;
+    if(s{^\s*<tr>\s*}{.TP\n}i) {$taggedparagraph=1}
+    if(m{^\s*</tr>}i) {$taggedparagraph=0}
+    s{^\s*((?:<[^<>]+>)*?)<b>(.*)</b>((?:<[^<>]+>)*?)(?:<br>)?\s*$}{.B $1$2$3\n}i  if $taggedparagraph;
+    s{^\s*((?:<[^<>]+>)*?or(?:<[^<>]+>)*?)(?:<br>)?\s*$}{$1\n.PD 0\n.TP\n.PD\n}i  if $taggedparagraph;
+    if(s{^\s*<pre>}{.DS L\n}i) {$displayed=1}
+    s{^\t}{        } if $displayed;
+    if(s{</pre>\s*$}{\n.DE\n\n}i) {$displayed=0}
+    elsif(!$displayed) {s{^\s*}{}}
+    s{^\s*<li>}{.IP\n\(bu }i;
+    s{<li>}{\n.IP\n\(bu }i;
+    s{<ul>}{\n}i;
+    s{</ul>}{\n}i;
+    s{<b>}{\fB}ig;
+    s{</b>}{\fP}ig;
+    s{<(i|em)>}{\fI}ig;
+    s{</(i|em)>}{\fP}ig;
+    unless(s{^\s*(<[^<>]+>)*(<br>|<p>)(<[^<>]+>)*\s*$}{\n}i) {
+	s{<p\b[^<>]*>(.*)</p>}{\n$1\n}i;
+	s{^\s*<br>}{.br\n}i;
+	s{<br>\s*<br>\s*$}{\n\n}i;
+	s{<br>\s*$}{\n.br\n}i;
+	s{<br>}{\n.br\n}i;
+	s{^\s*(<[^<>]+>)*\s*$}{};
+    }
+    s{<[^<>]+>}{}g;
+    s{&lt;}{<}ig;
+    s{&gt;}{>}ig;
+    s{&quot;}{"}ig;
+    s{&nbsp;}{\ }ig;
+    s{/var/cache/pdnsd\b}{@cachedir@}g;
+    s{(?<![-\w\])-[-\w]*}{(my $s=$&) =~ s{-}{\-}g;$s}ge;
+    s{\bpdnsd-ctl\b}{pdnsd\-ctl}g;
+    s{\blist-rrtypes\b}{list\-rrtypes}g;
+    print;
+}
+
+print <<ENDOFTRAILER;
+.SH "VERSION"
+.PP
+This man page is correct for version @fullversion@ of pdnsd.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+.BR pdnsd (8),
+.BR pdnsd\-ctl (8)
+.PP
+More documentation is available in the \fBdoc/\fP subdirectory of the source,
+or in \fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP if you are using a binary package.
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+
+\fBpdnsd\fP was originally written by Thomas Moestl
+.UR
+<tmoestl@gmx.net>
+.UE
+and was extensively revised by Paul A. Rombouts
+.UR
+<p.a.rombouts@home.nl>
+.UE
+(for versions 1.1.8b1\-par and later).
+.PP
+Several others have contributed to \fBpdnsd\fP; see files in the source or
+\fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP directory.
+.PP
+This man page was automatically generated from the html documentation for \fBpdnsd\fP,
+using a customized Perl script written by Paul A. Rombouts.
+ENDOFTRAILER
+
+if(defined($_)) {
+    while(<>) {
+	if(/last\s+revised/i) {
+            s{^\s*}{};
+	    s{<[^<>]+>}{}g;
+	    s{&lt;}{<}ig;
+	    s{&gt;}{>}ig;
+	    s{&quot;}{"}ig;
+	    s{&nbsp;}{\ }ig;
+	    print ".PP\n";
+            print;
+            last;
+	}
+    }
+}
+exit;
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd-ctl.8 b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd-ctl.8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73459f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd-ctl.8
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+." This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man-spec
+." from a DocBook document.  docbook2man-spec can be found at:
+." http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/hacks/docbook2X/ 
+." Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches, 
+." etc. to Steve Cheng steve@ggi-project.org.
+." This manpage has been edited manually by Paul A. Rombouts.
+.TH "PDNSD-CTL" "8" "Sep 2008" "pdnsd 1.2.9b-par" ""
+.SH NAME
+\fBpdnsd-ctl\fP - controls pdnsd
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBpdnsd-ctl\fP [\fB-c\fP \fIcachedir\fP] [\fB-q\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIarguments\fP]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBpdnsd-ctl\fP controls \fBpdnsd\fP, a proxy dns server with permanent caching.
+Note that the status control socket must be enabled (by specifying an option on
+the pdnsd command line or in the configuration file) before you can use
+\fBpdnsd-ctl\fP.
+.PP
+.TP
+\fB-c\fP \fIcachedir\fP
+Set the cache directory to \fIcachedir\fP (must match pdnsd setting).
+This is only necessary if the directory differs from the default specified
+at compile time.
+.TP
+\fB-q\fP
+Be quiet unless output is specified by the command or something goes wrong.
+.SH "COMMANDS"
+.TP
+\fBhelp\fP\ \ \ [no arguments]
+
+Print a command summary.
+.TP
+\fBversion\fP\ [no arguments]
+
+Print version and license info.
+.TP
+\fBstatus\fP\ [no arguments]
+
+Print a description of pdnsd's cache status, thread status and configuration.
+Also shows which remote name servers are assumed to be available.
+.TP
+\fBserver\fP\ (\fIindex\fP|\fIlabel\fP) (\fBup\fP|\fBdown\fP|\fBretest\fP) [\fIdns1\fP[,\fIdns2\fP[,...]]]
+
+Set the status of the servers with the given index or label to up or down, or
+force a retest. The index is assigned in the order of definition in pdnsd.conf
+starting with 0. Use the status command to view the indexes. You can specify all
+instead of an index to perform the action for all servers registered with pdnsd.
+.IP
+An optional third argument can be given consisting of a list of IP addresses
+separated by commas or white-space characters. This list will replace the
+addresses of name servers used by pdnsd for the given server section. This
+feature is useful for run-time configuration of pdnsd with dynamic DNS data in
+scripts called by ppp or DHCP clients. The last argument may also be an empty
+string, which causes existing IP addresses to be removed and the corresponding
+server section to become inactive.
+.TP
+\fBrecord\fP\ \fIname\fP (\fBdelete\fP|\fBinvalidate\fP)
+
+Delete or invalidate the records of the given domain name if it is in the cache.
+Invalidation means that the records are marked as timed out, and will be
+reloaded if possible. For local records (i.e., records that were given in the
+config file using a rr section, records read from a hosts-style file and records
+added using pdnsd-ctl), invalidation has no effect. Deletion will work, though.
+.TP
+\fBsource\fP\ \fIfn\fP \fIowner\fP [\fIttl\fP] [(\fBon\fP|\fBoff\fP)] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+
+Load a hosts-style file. Works like using the pdnsd source configuration section.
+Owner and ttl are used as in the source section. ttl has a default
+of 900 (it does not need to be specified). The next to last argument corresponds
+to the serve_aliases option, and is off by default.
+\fBnoauth\fP is used to make the domains non-authoritative
+(this is similar to setting authrec=off in the config file,
+please consult the
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5)
+man page for what that means).
+fn is the name of the file, which must be readable by pdnsd.
+.TP
+\fBadd\fP\ \ \ \ \fBa\fP \fIaddr\fP \fIname\fP [\fIttl\fP] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+.TP
+\fBadd\fP\ \ \ \ \fBaaaa\fP \fIaddr\fP \fIname\fP [\fIttl\fP] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+.TP
+\fBadd\fP\ \ \ \ \fBptr\fP \fIhost\fP \fIname\fP [\fIttl\fP] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+.TP
+\fBadd\fP\ \ \ \ \fBcname\fP \fIhost\fP \fIname\fP [\fIttl\fP] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+.TP
+\fBadd\fP\ \ \ \ \fBmx\fP \fIhost\fP \fIname\fP \fIpref\fP [\fIttl\fP] [\fBnoauth\fP]
+
+Add a record of the given type to the pdnsd cache, replacing existing
+records for the same name and type. The 2nd argument corresponds
+to the value of the option in the rr section that is named like
+the first argument. The addr argument may be a list of IP addresses,
+separated by commas or white space.
+The ttl is optional, the default is 900 seconds.
+\fBnoauth\fP is used to make the domains non-authoritative
+(this is similar to setting authrec=off in the config file,
+please consult the
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5)
+man page for what that means).
+If you want no other record than the newly added in the cache, do
+\fBpdnsd-ctl\fP\ \fBrecord\fP\ \fIname\fP\ \fBdelete\fP
+before adding records.
+.TP
+\fBneg\fP\ \ \ \ \fIname\fP [\fItype\fP] [\fIttl\fP]
+
+Add a negatively cached record to pdnsd's cache, replacing existing
+records for the same name and type. If no type is given, the whole
+domain is cached negatively. For negatively cached records, errors are
+immediately returned on a query, without querying other servers first.
+The ttl is optional, the default is 900 seconds.
+.TP
+\fBconfig\fP\ \fIfilename\fP
+
+Reload pdnsd's configuration file.
+.br
+The config file must be owned by the uid that pdnsd had when it was started,
+and be readable by pdnsd's run_as uid.
+If no file name is specified, the config file used at start-up is reloaded.
+Note that some configuration changes, like the port or IP address pdnsd listens on,
+cannot be made this way and you will receive an error message.
+In these cases, you will have to restart pdnsd instead.
+.TP
+\fBinclude\fP\ \fIfilename\fP
+
+Parse an include file.
+.br
+The include file may contain the same
+type of sections as a config file, expect for global and server
+sections, which are not allowed. This command can be used to add data
+to the cache without reconfiguring pdnsd.
+.TP
+\fBeval\fP\ \ \ \fIstring\fP
+
+Parse a string as if part of an include file.
+.br
+The string should hold one or more complete configuration sections,
+but no global and server sections, which are not allowed.
+If multiple strings are given, they will be joined using newline chars
+and parsed together.
+.TP
+\fBempty-cache\fP\ [[+|-]\fIname\fP ...]
+
+Delete all entries in the cache matching include/exclude rules.
+.br
+If no arguments are provided, the cache is completely emptied,
+freeing all existing entries.
+Note that this also removes local records, as defined by the config file.
+To restore local records, run "pdnsd-ctl\ config" immediately afterwards.
+.br
+If one or more arguments are provided, these are interpreted as 
+include/exclude names. If an argument starts with a '+' the name is to
+be included. If an argument starts with a '-' it is to be excluded.
+If an argument does not begin with '+' or '-', a '+' is assumed.
+If the domain name of a cache entry ends in one of the names in the
+list, the first match will determine what happens. If the matching name
+is to be included, the cache entry is deleted, otherwise it remains.
+If there are no matches, the default action is not to delete.
+.TP
+\fBdump\fP\ \ \ [\fIname\fP]
+
+Print information stored in the cache about \fIname\fP.
+If \fIname\fP begins with a dot and is not the root domain, information
+about the names in the cache ending in \fIname\fP (including \fIname\fP without
+the leading dot) will be printed.
+If \fIname\fP is not specified, information about all the names in the cache
+will be printed.
+.TP
+\fBlist-rrtypes\fP [no arguments]
+
+List available rr types for the neg command. Note that those are only
+used for the neg command, not for add!
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+If you pipe the output of \fBdump\fP command through an application that
+reads only part of the output and then blocks (such as more or less),
+pdnsd threads trying to add new entries to the cache will be suspended
+until the pipe is closed.
+It is preferable to capture the output in a file in such a case.
+.br
+Report any remaining bugs to the authors.
+.SH "AUTHORS"
+.PP
+Thomas Moestl
+.UR
+tmoestl@gmx.net
+.UE
+.br
+Paul A. Rombouts
+.UR
+p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+.UE
+(for versions 1.1.8b1-par and later)
+.PP
+Last revised: 04 Sep 2008 by Paul A. Rombouts.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+.BR pdnsd (8),
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5)
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.8.in b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.8.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba4330a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.8.in
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+.TH PDNSD 8 "Jul 2007" "pdnsd @fullversion@" "System Administration Commands"
+
+.SH NAME
+\fBpdnsd\fP - dns proxy daemon
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+
+\fBpdnsd\fP [-h] [-V] [-s] [-d] [-g] [-t] [-p \fIfile\fR] [-v\fIn\fR] [-m\fIxx\fR] [-c \fIfile\fR] [-4] [-6] [-a]
+.PP
+This man page is an extract of the documentation of \fBpdnsd\fP.
+For complete, current documentation, refer to the HTML (or plain text)
+documentation (which you can find in the \fBdoc/\fP subdirectory of the
+source or in a standard documentation directory, typically
+\fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP if you are using a binary package).
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fBpdnsd\fP is a IPv6 capable proxy domain name server (DNS) which
+saves the contents of its DNS cache to the disk on exit.
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+
+.RS
+.TP
+.B -4
+enables IPv4 support. IPv6 support is automatically
+disabled (should it be available). On by default.
+.TP
+.B -6
+enables IPv6 support. IPv4 support is automatically
+disabled (should it be available). Off by default.
+.TP
+.B -a
+With this option, pdnsd will try to detect automatically if
+the system supports IPv6, and fall back to IPv4 otherwise.
+.TP
+.BR -V "  or  " --version
+Print version information and exit.
+.TP
+\fB-c\fP \fIFILE\fP  or  \fB--config-file=\fP\fIFILE\fP
+specifies that configuration is to be read from \fIFILE\fP.
+Default is \fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf\fP.
+.TP
+.BR -d "  or  " --daemon
+Start \fBpdnsd\fP in daemon mode (as a background process).
+.TP
+.BR -g "  or  " --debug
+Print some debug messages on the console or to the file
+\fBpdnsd.debug\fP in your cache directory (in daemon mode).
+.TP
+.BR -h "  or  " --help
+Print an option summary and exit.
+.TP
+\fB-i\fP \fIPREFIX\fP  or  \fB--ipv4_6_prefix=\fP\fIPREFIX\fP
+specifies the prefix pdnsd uses (when running in IPv6 mode) to map IPv4
+addresses in the configuration file to IPv6 addresses. Must be a valid IPv6
+address. Default is ::ffff:0.0.0.0
+.TP
+.B -p \fIFILE\fP
+writes the pid the server runs as to the specified filename. Works
+only in daemon mode.
+.TP
+.B --pdnsd-user
+Print the user \fBpdnsd\fP will run as and exit.
+.TP
+.BR -s "  or  " --status
+enables the status control socket. Either this option should be passed
+to the command line or \fBstatus_ctl=on;\fP should be specified in the
+config file if you want to use
+.BR pdnsd-ctl (8)
+to control \fBpdnsd\fP at runtime.
+.TP
+.BR -t "  or  " --tcp
+enables the TCP server thread. \fBpdnsd\fP will then serve TCP and UDP
+queries.
+.TP
+.BI -v n
+sets the verbosity of \fBpdnsd\fP. \fIn\fP is a numeric argument
+between  0 (normal operation) to 3 (many messages for debugging).
+.TP
+.BI -m xx
+sets the query method \fBpdnsd\fP
+uses. Possible values for \fIxx\fP are:
+.IP
+.B uo
+- pdnsd will use UDP only. This is the fastest method, and should
+be supported by all name servers on the Internet.
+
+.IP
+.B to
+- pdnsd will use TCP only. TCP queries usually take more time than
+UDP queries, but are more secure against certain attacks, where an
+attacker tries to guess your query id and to send forged answers. TCP
+queries are not supported by some name servers.
+
+.IP
+.B tu
+- pdnsd will try to use TCP, and will fall back to UDP if its
+connection is refused or times out.
+
+.IP
+.B ut
+- pdnsd will try to use UDP, and will repeat the query using TCP
+if the UDP reply was truncated (i.e. the tc bit is set).
+This is the behaviour recommended by the DNS standards.
+
+.PP
+Additionally, "no" can be prepended to the --status, --daemon, --debug
+and --tcp options (e.g. --notcp) to reverse their effect.
+.RE
+
+.SH USAGE
+.PP
+\fBpdnsd\fP is usually run from a startup script. For \fBpdnsd\fP to
+work, You need to:-
+
+.IP
+1. Tell your system to use \fBpdnsd\fP as the primary DNS server by
+modifying \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP.
+
+.IP
+2. Tell \fBpdnsd\fP to use an authentic source for DNS records, by
+including the IP addresses of one or more DNS servers, usually your
+ISP's DNS servers, in \fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf\fP.
+.PP
+For this, put the following line in your \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.PP
+.RS
+nameserver 127.0.0.X
+.RE
+.PP
+where X can be any number. (I use 3). Comment out all other
+entries. You should put the same value in the server_ip= line in
+\fBglobal\fP section of \fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf\fP.
+.br
+If you want to use \fBpdnsd\fP as the DNS server for a small local network,
+you should use the IP address or name of the interface connected to
+this network instead of 127.0.0.X.
+.RE
+
+.PP
+To tell \fBpdnsd\fP where to get DNS information from, add the
+following lines in \fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf\fP:-
+
+.PP
+.RS
+server {
+.br
+        label= "myisp";
+        ip=123.456.789.001,123.456.789.002;
+        proxy_only=on;
+        timeout=10;
+.br
+}
+.RE
+.PP
+Note the opening and closing braces. Add more such \fBserver\fP
+sections for each set of DNS servers you want \fBpdnsd\fP to query.
+Of course the configuration options shown here are just examples.
+More examples can be found in \fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf.sample\fP
+or the pdnsd.conf in the documentation directory.
+See the
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5)
+man page for all the possible options and their exact meaning.
+.PP
+If you use a dial up connection, remember that ppp scripts usually
+replace \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP when connection with the ISP is
+established.  You need to configure ppp (or whatever you use to
+establish a connection) so that \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP is not replaced
+every time a connection is established. Read the documentation for the
+scripts run when your network comes up.
+.PP
+If you use pppconfig, specify `none' in the  `nameservers' option  in
+the `advanced' tab. If you use multiple ISPs, you should  do this for
+each connection/account.
+.PP
+If you use multiple ISPs, you should tell \fBpdnsd\fP which DNS servers
+have become available by calling \fBpdnsd-ctl\fP, the \fBpdnsd\fP
+control utility, in a script (e.g. \fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fP when you use pppd)
+that is run when the connection is established.
+If the addresses of the DNS servers are obtained through some type of
+dynamic configuration protocol (e.g. pppd with the usepeerdns
+option or a DHCP client), you can pass the DNS server addresses as an extra
+argument to \fBpdnsd-ctl\fP to configure \fBpdnsd\fP at run time.
+See the
+.BR pdnsd-ctl (8)
+man page for details.
+
+.SH FILES
+
+\fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf\fP is the pdnsd configuration file.
+The file format and configuration options are described in the
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5)
+man page. You can find examples of almost all options in
+\fB@sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf.sample\fP.
+.PP
+\fB@cachedir@/pdnsd.cache\fP
+.PP
+\fB@cachedir@/pdnsd.status\fP is the status control socket, which must be
+enabled before you can use \fBpdnsd-ctl\fP.
+.PP
+\fB/etc/init.d/pdnsd\fP (the name and location of the start-up script
+may be different depending on your distribution.)
+.PP
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.PP
+\fB/etc/defaults/pdnsd\fP contains additional parameters or options
+which may be passed to pdnsd at boot time. This saves the hassle of
+fiddling with initscripts (not available on all distributions).
+
+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+The verbosity option
+.BI -v n
+presently does not seem to have much effect on the amount of debug output.
+.br
+Report any remaining bugs to the authors.
+
+.SH CONFORMING TO
+.PP
+\fBpdnsd\fP should comply with RFCs 1034 and 1035. As of version
+1.0.0, RFC compliance has been improved and pdnsd is now believed (or
+hoped?)  to be fully RFC compatible. It completely follows RFC 2181
+(except for one minor issue in the FreeBSD port, see the
+documentation).
+.PP
+It does \fINOT\fP support the following features, of which most are
+marked optional, experimental or obsolete in these RFCs:
+
+
+.IP
+(bu Inverse queries
+.IP
+(bu Status queries
+.IP
+(bu Completion queries
+.IP
+(bu Namespaces other than IN (Internet)
+.IP
+(bu AXFR and IXFR queries (whole zone transfers); since pdnsd does not maintain zones, that should not violate the standard
+
+.PP
+The following record types, that are extensions to the original DNS
+standard, are supported if given as options at compile time. (if you
+do not need them, you do not need to compile support for them into
+pdnsd and save cache and executable space):
+
+.IP
+(bu RP (responsible person, RFC 1183)
+.IP
+(bu AFSDB (AFS database location, RFC 1183)
+.IP
+(bu X25 (X25 address, RFC 1183)
+.IP
+(bu ISDN (ISDN number/address, RFC 1183)
+.IP
+(bu RT (route through, RFC 1183)
+.IP
+(bu NSAP (Network Service Access Protocol address , RFC 1348)
+.IP
+(bu PX (X.400/RFC822 mapping information, RFC 1995)
+.IP
+(bu GPOS (geographic position, deprecated)
+.IP
+(bu AAAA (IPv6 address, RFC 1886)
+.IP
+(bu LOC (location, RFC 1876)
+.IP
+(bu EID (Nimrod EID)
+.IP
+(bu NIMLOC (Nimrod locator)
+.IP
+(bu SRV (service record, RFC 2782)
+.IP
+(bu ATMA (ATM address)
+.IP
+(bu NAPTR (URI mapping, RFC 2168)
+.IP
+(bu KX (key exchange, RFC 2230)
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.PP
+.BR pdnsd-ctl (8),
+.BR pdnsd.conf (5),
+.BR pppconfig (8),
+.BR resolv.conf (5)
+.PP
+More documentation is available in the \fBdoc/\fP subdirectory of the source,
+or in \fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP if you are using a binary package.
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+
+\fBpdnsd\fP was originally written by Thomas Moestl,
+.UR
+tmoestl@gmx.net,
+.UE
+and was extensively revised by Paul A. Rombouts
+.UR
+p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+.UE
+(for versions 1.1.8b1-par and later).
+.PP
+Several others have contributed to \fBpdnsd\fP; see files in the
+source or \fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP directory.
+.PP
+This man page was written by Mahesh T. Pai
+.UR
+paivakil@yahoo.co.in
+.UE
+using the documents in \fB/usr/share/docs/pdnsd/\fP directory for Debian,
+but can be used on other distributions too.
+.PP
+Last revised: 22 Jul 2007 by Paul A. Rombouts.
+
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+
+.PP
+This man page is a part of the pdnsd package, and may be distributed
+in original or modified form under terms of the GNU General Public
+License, as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+3, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+.PP
+You can find a copy of the GNU GPL in the file \fBCOPYING\fP in the source
+or the \fB/usr/share/common-licenses/\fP directory if you are using a
+Debian system.
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.5.in b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.5.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..801b535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.5.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1328 @@
+." Generated automatically from the html documentation by html2confman.pl
+." 
+." Manpage for pdnsd.conf (pdnsd configuration file)
+." 
+." Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+." Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Paul A. Rombouts
+." 
+." This manual is a part of the pdnsd package, and may be distributed in
+." original or modified  form  under  terms  of  the  GNU  General  Public
+." License,  as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
+." 3, or (at your option) any later version.
+." You can find a copy of the GNU GPL in the file COPYING in the source
+." or documentation directory.
+." 
+.TH PDNSD.CONF 5 "Apr 2012" "pdnsd @fullversion@"
+.SH NAME
+pdnsd.conf - The configuration file for pdnsd
+.hw config
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+This manual page describes the layout of the
+.BR pdnsd (8)
+configuration file and the available configuration options.
+The default location of the file is @sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf. This may be changed
+with the \fB-c\fP command line option.
+An example pdnsd.conf comes with the pdnsd distribution in the documentation directory
+or in @sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf.sample.
+.SH "FILE FORMAT"
+.PP
+The configuration file is divided into sections. Each section is prefixed with
+the section name and opening curlies ({) and closed with closing curlies (}).
+In each section, configuration options can be given in the form
+
+\fIoption_name\fP=\fIoption_value\fP;
+
+Option value may be a string literal, a number, a time specification or a constant.
+In previous  versions of pdnsd strings had to be enclosed
+in quotes ("), but since version 1.1.10 this is no longer necessary, unless
+a string contains a special character such as whitespace, a token that normally starts
+a comment, or one of ",;{}".
+Since version 1.2.9 a backslash () inside a string is interpreted as an escape character,
+so it is possible to include special characters in strings (both quoted or unquoted)
+by preceding them with a backslash. Some escape sequences are in interpreted as in the C
+programming language, e.g. \t becomes a tab,
+\n becomes a new-line control char.
+.br
+A time specification consists a sequence of digits followed by a one-letter suffix.
+The following suffixes are recognized:
+s (seconds), m (minutes), h (hours),
+d (days) and w (weeks).
+If the suffix is missing, seconds are assumed.
+If several time specifications are concatenated, their values are added together;
+e.g. 2h30m is interpreted as 2*60*60 + 30*60 = 9000 seconds.
+.br
+Some options take more than one value; in this case, the values are separated with commas.
+.br
+If you may supply one of a set of possible values to an option, this is noted
+in the documentation as
+(option1|option2|option3|...)
+.br
+The constants true|false and yes|no
+are accepted as synonyms for the constants on|off.
+.br
+Comments may be enclosed in /* and */, nested comments are possible. If the
+# sign or two slashes (//) appear in the configuration file, everything from
+these signs to the end of the current line is regarded as a comment and ignored.
+.br
+There are examples for nearly all options in the sample config file.
+
+.SS global Section
+The global section specifies parameters that affect the overall behaviour of the
+server. If you specify multiple global sections, the settings of those later in
+the file will overwrite the earlier given values.
+.br
+These are the possible options:
+
+.TP
+.B perm_cache=(\fInumber\fP|off);
+Switch the disk cache off or supply a maximum cache size in kB. If the disk
+cache is switched off, 8 bytes will still be written to disk.
+The memory cache is always 10kB larger than the file cache.
+This value is 2048 (2 MB) by default.
+.TP
+.B cache_dir=\fIstring\fP;
+Set the directory you want to keep the cache in.
+The default is "@cachedir@"
+(unless pdnsd was compiled with a different default).
+.TP
+.B server_port=\fInumber\fP;
+Set the server port. This is especially useful when you want to start the
+server and are not root. Note that you may also not specify uptest=ping in
+the server section as non-root.
+.br
+The default port is 53, the RFC-standard one. Note that you should only use
+non-standard ports when you only need clients on your machine to communicate
+with the server; others will probably fail if the try to contact the server
+on the basis of an NS record, since the A record that supplies the address for
+(among others) name servers does not have a port number specification.
+.TP
+.B server_ip=\fIstring\fP;
+or
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.PD
+.B interface=\fIstring\fP;
+Set the IP address pdnsd listens on for requests. This can be useful
+when the host has several interfaces and you want pdnsd not to listen on
+all interfaces. For example, it is possible to bind pdnsd to listen on
+127.0.0.2 to allow pdnsd to be a forwarder for BIND.
+The default setting for this option is server_ip=any, which means that
+pdnsd will listen on all of your local interfaces.
+Presently you can only specify one address here; if you want pdnsd to listen on multiple
+interfaces but not all you will have to specify server_ip=any
+and use firewall rules to restrict access.
+.br
+The IP address used to need quotation marks around it, but since version 1.1.10
+this is no longer necessary.
+.br
+If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, and you want to
+specify an IPv6 address here, then unless pdnsd was compiled to start up in IPv6 mode
+by default, you will need to use the -6 command-line option or
+set run_ipv4=off first (see below) in order to ensure that the
+IPv6 address is parsed correctly.
+.br
+If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here,
+it will automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+.br
+\fINew in version 1.2:\fP You may also give the name of an interface
+such as "lo" or "eth0" here, instead of an IP address
+(this has been tested on Linux, and may or may not work on other platforms).
+pdnsd will not bind to the interface name, but will look up the address of the
+interface at start-up and listen on that address. If the address of the interface
+changes while pdnsd is running, pdnsd will not notice that. You will need to
+restart pdnsd in that case.
+.TP
+.B outgoing_ip=\fIstring\fP;
+or
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.PD
+.B outside_interface=\fIstring\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2.9:\fP
+Set the IP address of the interface used by pdnsd for outgoing queries.
+This can be useful when the host has several interfaces and you want pdnsd
+to send outgoing queries via only one of them.
+For example, if  pdnsd is running on a host with one interface with IP address
+192.168.1.1 connected to the local network, and another with IP address 123.xxx.yyy.zzz
+connected to the internet, you may specify server_ip=192.168.1.1
+and outgoing_ip=123.xxx.yyy.zzz to enforce that pdnsd only responds
+to queries received from the local network, and only sends outgoing queries via
+the interface connected to the internet.
+.br
+The default setting for this option is any, which means that
+the kernel is free to decide which interface to use.
+Like with the server_ip option, you may also give the name of an
+interface here, instead of an IP address.
+.TP
+.B linkdown_kluge=(on|off);
+This option enables a kluge that some people might need: when all servers are
+marked down, with this option set the cache is not even used when a query is
+received, and a DNS error is returned in any case. The only exception from this
+is that local records (as specified in rr and source
+sections are still served normally.
+In general, you probably want to get cached entries even when the network is down,
+so this defaults to off.
+.TP
+.B max_ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+This option sets the maximum time a record is held in cache. All dns
+resource records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the
+record may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is more than the
+value given with max_ttl, this time to live value is set to max_ttl.
+This is done to prevent records from being cached an inappropriate long period of time, because
+that is almost never a good thing to do. Default is 604800s (one week).
+.TP
+.B min_ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+This option sets the minimum time a record is held in cache. All dns
+resource records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the
+record may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is less than the
+value given with min_ttl, this time to live value is set to min_ttl.
+Default is 120 seconds.
+.TP
+.B neg_ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+This option sets the time that negatively cached records will remain valid in the
+cache if no time to live can be determined. This is always the case when whole
+domains are being cached negatively, and additionally when record types are cached
+negatively for a domain for which no SOA record is known to pdnsd. If a SOA is present,
+the ttl of the SOA is taken.
+.TP
+.B neg_rrs_pol=(on|off|auth|default);
+This sets the RR set policy for negative caching; this tells pdnsd under which circumstances
+it should cache a record type negatively for a certain domain. off will
+turn the negative caching of record types off, on will always add a negative
+cache entry when a name server did not return a record type we asked it for, and auth
+will only add such entries if the answer came from an authoritative name server for that
+domain.
+.br
+\fINew in version 1.2.8:\fP The default setting will add a negatively cached record
+if either the answer was authoritive or the answer indicated the name server had "recursion available"
+while the query explicitly requested such recursion.
+.br
+The preset is "default" (used to be auth).
+.TP
+.B neg_domain_pol=(on|off|auth);
+This is analogue to neg_rrs_pol for whole domain negative caching. It should be safe
+to set this on, because I have not seen a caching server that will falsely claim that a
+domain does not exist.
+.br
+The default is auth.
+.TP
+.B run_as=\fIstring\fP;
+This option allows you to let pdnsd change its user and group id after operations that needed
+privileges have been done. This helps minimize security risks and is therefore recommended. The
+supplied string gives a user name whose user id and primary group id are taken. 
+.br
+A little more details: after reading the config file, becoming a daemon (if specified) and starting
+the server status thread, the main thread changes its gid and uid, as do all newly created threads
+thereafter. By taking another uid and gid, those threads run with the privileges of the
+specified user.
+Under Linux and FreeBSD, the server status thread runs with the original privileges only when the strict_setuid option
+is set to off (see below, on by default), because these may be needed
+for exec uptests. The manager thread also retains its original privileges in this case.
+You should take care that the user you specify has write permissions on your cache file and
+status pipe (if you need a status pipe). You should look out for error messages like "permission denied"
+and "operation not permitted" to discover permission problems.
+.br
+.TP
+.B strict_setuid=(on|off);
+When used together with the run_as option, this option lets you specify that all threads of the
+program will run with the privileges of the run_as user. This provides higher security than
+the normal run_as
+option, but is not always possible. See the run_as option for further discussion.
+.br
+This option is on by default.
+.br
+Note that this option has no effect on Non-Linux systems.
+.TP
+.B paranoid=(on|off);
+Normally, pdnsd queries all servers in recursive mode (i.e. instructs servers to query other servers themselves
+if possible,
+and to give back answers for domains that may not be in its authority), and accepts additional records with information
+for servers that are not in the authority of the queried server. This opens the possibility of so-called cache poisoning:
+a malicious attacker might set up a dns server that, when queried, returns forged additional records. This way, he might
+replace trusted servers with his own ones by making your dns server return bad IP addresses. This option protects
+you from cache poisoning by rejecting additional records
+that do not describe domains in the queried servers authority space and not doing recursive queries any more.
+An exception
+to this rule are the servers you specify in your config file, which are trusted.
+.br
+The penalty is a possible performance decrease, in particular, more queries might be necessary for the same
+operation.
+.br
+You should also notice that there may be other similar security problems, which are essentially problems of
+the DNS, i.e.
+any "traditional" server has them (the DNS security extensions solve these problems, but are not widely
+supported).
+One of this vulnerabilities is that an attacker may bombard you with forged answers in hopes that one may match a
+query
+you have done. If you have done such a query, one in 65536 forged packets will be succesful (i.e. an average packet
+count of 32768 is needed for that attack). pdnsd can use TCP for queries,
+which has a slightly higher overhead, but is much less vulnerable to such attacks on sane operating systems. Also, pdnsd
+chooses random query ids, so that an attacker cannot take a shortcut. If the attacker is able to listen to your network
+traffic, this attack is relatively easy, though.
+.br
+This vulnerability is not pdnsd's fault, and is possible using any conventional
+name server (pdnsd is perhaps a little more secured against this type of attacks if you make it use TCP).
+.br
+The paranoid option is off by default.
+.br
+.TP
+.B ignore_cd=(on|off);
+\fINew in version 1.2.8:\fP This option lets you specify that the CD bit of a DNS query will be ignored.
+Otherwise pdnsd will reply FORMERR to clients that set this bit in a query.
+It is safe to enable this option, as the CD bit refers to 'Checking Disabled'
+which means that the client will accept non-authenticated data.
+.br
+This option is on by default. Turn it off if you want the old behaviour (before version 1.2.8).
+.TP
+.B scheme_file=\fIstring\fP;
+In addition to normal uptests, you may specify that some servers shall only be queried when a certain
+pcmcia-cs scheme is active (only under linux). For that, pdnsd needs to know where the file resides that
+holds the pcmcia scheme information. Normally, this is either /var/lib/pcmcia/scheme or
+/var/state/pcmcia/scheme.
+.TP
+.B status_ctl=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -s command line option: the status control is enabled when
+on is specified.
+.br
+\fIAdded by Paul Rombouts\fP: Note that pdnsd-ctl allows run-time configuration of pdnsd,
+even the IP addesses of the name servers can be changed. If you're not using pdnsd-ctl and
+you want maximum security, you should not enable this option. It is disabled by default.
+.TP
+.B daemon=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -d command line option: the daemon mode is enabled when
+on is specified.
+.br
+Default is off.
+.TP
+.B tcp_server=(on|off);
+tcp_server=on has the same effect as the -t or --tcp
+command-line option: it enables TCP serving.
+Similarly, tcp_server=off is like the --notcp command-line option.
+.br
+Default is on.
+.TP
+.B pid_file=\fIstring\fP;
+This has the same effect as the -p command line option: you can specify a file that pdnsd
+will write its pid into when it starts in daemon mode.
+.TP
+.B verbosity=\fInumber\fP;
+This has the same effect as the -v command line option: you can set the verbosity of pdnsd's
+messages with it. The argument is a number between 0 (few messages) to 3 (most messages).
+.TP
+.B query_method=(tcp_only|udp_only|tcp_udp|udp_tcp);
+This has the same effect as the -m command line option.
+Read the documentation for the command line option on this.
+tcp_only corresponds to the to, udp_only to the uo,
+tcp_udp to the tu and udp_tcp to the ut
+argument of the command line option.
+.br
+If you use query_method=tcp_udp, it is recommended that you also set the global timeout option to at least twice the longest server timeout.
+.TP
+.B run_ipv4=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -4 or -6 command line option:
+if on is specified, IPv4 support is enabled, and IPv6 support is disabled (if available).
+If off is specified, IPv4 will be disabled and IPv6 will be enabled.
+For this option to be meaningful, pdnsd needs to be compiled with support for the protocol you choose.
+If pdnsd was compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, and you want to include IPv6 addresses
+in the configuration file, you will probably need to specify run_ipv4=off first to
+ensure that the IPv6 addresses are parsed correctly.
+.TP
+.B debug=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -g command line option: the debugging messages are enabled when
+on is specified.
+.TP
+.B ctl_perms=\fInumber\fP;
+This option allows you to set the file permissions that the pdnsd status control socket will have. These
+are the same as file permissions. The owner of the file will be the run_as user, or, if none is specified,
+the user who started pdnsd. If you want to specify the permissions in octal (as usual), don't forget
+the leading zero (0600 instead of 600!). To use the status control, write access is needed. The default
+is 0600 (only the owner may read or write).
+.br
+Please note that the socket is kept in the cache directory, and that the cache directory permissions
+might also need to be adjusted. Please ensure that the cache directory is not writeable for untrusted
+users.
+.TP
+.B proc_limit=\fInumber\fP;
+With this option, you can set a limit on the pdnsd threads that will be active simultaneously. If
+this number is exceeded, queries are queued and may be delayed some time.
+See also the procq_limit option.
+.br
+The default for this option is 40.
+.TP
+.B procq_limit=\fInumber\fP;
+When the query thread limit proc_limit is exceeded, connection attempts to pdnsd will be queued.
+With this option, you can set the maximum queue length.
+If this length is also exceeded, the incoming queries will be dropped.
+That means that tcp connections will be closed and udp queries will just be dropped, which
+will probably cause the querying resolver to wait for an answer until it times out.
+.br
+See also the proc_limit option. A maximum of proc_limit+procq_limit
+query threads will exist at any one time (plus 3 to 6 threads that will always
+be present depending on your configuration).
+.br
+The default for this option is 60.
+.TP
+.B tcp_qtimeout=\fItimespec\fP;
+This option sets a timeout for tcp queries. If no full query has been received on a tcp connection
+after that time has passed, the connection will be closed. The default is set using the
+--with-tcp-qtimeout option to configure.
+.TP
+.B par_queries=\fInumber\fP;
+This option used to set the maximum number of remote servers that would be queried simultaneously,
+for every query that pdnsd receives.
+.br
+Since version 1.1.11, the meaning of this option has changed slightly.
+It is now the increment with which the number of parallel queries is
+increased when the previous set of servers has timed out.
+For example, if we have a list \fIserver1, server2, server3,\fP etc. of available servers
+and par_queries=2, then pdnsd will first send queries to \fIserver1\fP and \fIserver2\fP,
+and listen for responses from these servers.
+.br
+If these servers do not send a reply within their timeout period, pdnsd will send additional
+queries to \fIserver3\fP and \fIserver4\fP, and listen for responses from
+\fIserver1, server2, server3\fP and \fIserver4\fP, and so on until a useful reply is
+received or the list is exhausted.
+.br
+In the worst case there will be pending queries to all the servers in the list of available servers.
+We may be using more system resources this way (but only if the first servers in the list
+are slow or unresponsive), but the advantage is that we have a greater chance of catching a reply.
+After all, if we wait longer anyway, why not for more servers.
+.br
+See also the explanation of the global timeout option below.
+.br
+1 or 2 are good values for this option.
+The default is set at compile time using the --with-par-queries option to configure.
+.TP
+.B timeout=\fItimespec\fP;
+This is the global timeout parameter for dns queries.
+This specifies the minimum period of time pdnsd will wait after sending the
+first query to a remote server before giving up without having
+received a reply. The timeout options in the configuration file are
+now only minimum timeout intervals. Setting the global timeout option
+makes it possible to specify quite short timeout intervals in the
+server sections (see below). This will have the effect that pdnsd will start
+querying additional servers fairly quickly if the first servers are
+slow to respond (but will still continue to listen for responses from
+the first ones). This may allow pdnsd to get an answer more quickly in
+certain situations.
+.br
+If you use query_method=tcp_udp it is recommended that
+you make the global timeout at least twice as large as the largest
+server timeout, otherwise pdnsd may not have time to try a UDP query
+if a TCP connection times out.
+.br
+Default value is 0.
+.TP
+.B randomize_recs=(on|off);
+If this option is turned on, pdnsd will randomly reorder the cached records of one type
+when creating an answer. This supports round-robin DNS schemes and increases fail
+safety for hosts with multiple IP addresses, so this is usually a good idea.
+.br
+On by default.
+.TP
+.B query_port_start=(\fInumber\fP|none);
+If a number is given, this defines the start of the port range used for queries of pdnsd. The
+value given must be >= 1024. The purpose of this option is to aid certain firewall
+configurations that are based on the source port. Please keep in mind that another application
+may bind a port in that range, so a stateful firewall using target port and/or process uid may
+be more effective. In case a query start port is given pdnsd uses this port as the first port of a
+specified port range (see query_port_end) used for queries.
+pdnsd will try to randomly select a free port from this range as local port for the query.
+.br
+To ensure that there are enough ports for pdnsd to use, the range between query_port_start and
+query_port_end should be adjusted to at least (par_queries * proc_limit).
+A larger range is highly recommended for security reasons, and also because other applications may
+allocate ports in that range. If possible, this range should be kept out of the space
+that other applications usually use.
+.br
+The default for this option is 1024. Together with the default value of query_port_end,
+this makes it the hardest for an attacker to guess the source port used by the pdnsd resolver.
+If you specify none here, pdnsd will let the kernel choose the source port, but
+this may leave pdnsd more vulnerable to an attack.
+.TP
+.B query_port_end=\fInumber\fP;
+Used if query_port_start is not none. Defines the last port of the range started by query_port_start
+used for querys by pdnsd. The default is 65535, which is also the maximum legal value for this option.
+For details see the description of query_port_start.
+.TP
+.B delegation_only=\fIstring\fP;
+\fIAdded by Paul Rombouts\fP: This option specifies a "delegation-only" zone.
+This means that if pdnsd receives a query for a name that is in a
+subdomain of a "delegation-only" zone but the remote name server
+returns an answer with an authority section lacking any NS RRs for
+subdomains of that zone, pdnsd will answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain).
+This feature can be used for undoing the undesired effects of DNS
+"wildcards". Several "delegation-only" zones may be specified together.
+If you specify root servers in a server section it is
+important that you set root_server=on in such a section.
+.br
+Example:
+
+delegation_only="com","net";
+
+This feature is off by default. It is recommended that you only use
+this feature if you actually need it, because there is a risk that
+some legitimate names will be blocked, especially if the remote
+name servers queried by pdnsd return answers with empty authority
+sections.
+.TP
+.B ipv4_6_prefix=\fIstring\fP;
+This option has the same effect as the -i command-line option.
+When pdnsd runs in IPv6 mode, this option specifies the prefix pdnsd uses to convert IPv4 addresses in
+the configuration file (or addresses specified with pdnsd-ctl)
+to IPv6-mapped addresses.
+The string must be a valid IPv6 address. Only the first 96 bits are used.
+Note that this only effects the parsing of IPv4 addresses listed after this option.
+.br
+The default is "::ffff.0.0.0.0".
+.TP
+.B use_nss=(on|off);
+If this option is turned on, pdnsd will call initgroups() to set up the group access list,
+whenever pdnsd changes its user and group id (see run_as option).
+There is a possible snag, though, if initgroups() uses NSS (Name Service Switch) and
+NSS in turn uses DNS. In such a case you may experience lengthy timeouts and stalls.
+By setting use_nss=off, you can disable the initgroups() call
+(only possible in versions 1.2.5 and later).
+.br
+This option was contributed by Jan-Marek Glogowski.
+.br
+On by default.
+.TP
+.B udpbufsize=\fInumber\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2.9:\fP
+This option sets the upper limit on the size of UDP DNS messages. The default is 1024.
+.br
+See also the edns_query server option below.
+
+.SS server Section
+Each server section specifies a set of name servers that pdnsd should try to get
+resource records or authoritative name server information from. The servers are
+queried in the order of their appearance (or parallel to a limited extend).
+If one fails, the next one is taken and so on.
+.br
+You probably want to specify  the dns server in your LAN, the caching dns servers
+of your internet provider or even a list of root servers in one or more server sections.
+.br
+The supported options in this section are:
+
+.TP
+.B label=\fIstring\fP;
+Specify a label for the server section. This can be used to refer to this section
+when using pdnsd-ctl, the pdnsd control utility.
+.br
+You can give several server sections the same label, but if you want to change the addresses
+of a server section (see \fBip\fP option below) during run-time with
+"pdnsd-ctl\ server\ \fIlabel\fP\ up\ \fIdns1\fP,\fIdns2\fP,...",
+the label must be unique.
+.TP
+.B ip=\fIstring\fP;
+Give the IP (the address, \fInot\fP the host name) of the server.
+.br
+Multiple IP addresses can be given per server section.
+This can be done by entering multiple lines of the form ip=\fIstring\fP;
+or a single line like this:
+
+ip=\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP;
+
+IP addresses do not have to be specified in the configuration file.
+A server section without IP addresses will remain inactive until it is assigned
+one or more addresses with pdnsd-ctl,
+the pdnsd control utility.
+.br
+If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, any IPv6 addresses you specify
+here will be skipped with a warning message, unless pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode.
+Thus, unless pdnsd was compiled to startup in IPv6 mode by default, you need to use the
+command-line option -6 or set run_ipv4=off
+first (see global section) in order to ensure
+that IPv6 addresses are parsed correctly.
+.br
+If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here,
+it will automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+.TP
+.B file=\fIstring\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2:\fP This option allows you to give the name of a resolv.conf-style file.
+Of the lines beginning with the nameserver keyword, the second field will be parsed as an
+IP address, as if it were specified with the ip= option. The remaining lines will be ignored.
+If the contents of the file changes while pdnsd is running, you can make pdnsd aware of the changes through the
+use of pdnsd-ctl, the pdnsd control utility.
+This is usually most conveniently done by placing the command "pdnsd-ctl\ config" in a script
+that is automatically run whenever the DNS configuration changes.
+.br
+For example, suppose you have a ppp client that writes the DNS configuration for your ISP to the file
+/etc/ppp/resolv.conf and runs the script /etc/ppp/ip-up when a new
+connection is established. One way of ensuring that pdnsd is automatically reconfigured is to
+add a server section in the config file with file=/etc/ppp/resolv.conf and to
+add the command "pdnsd-ctl\ config" to /etc/ppp/ip-up.
+.TP
+.B port=\fInumber\fP;
+Give the port the remote name server listens on. Default is 53 (the official
+dns port)
+.TP
+.B uptest=(ping|none|if|dev|diald|exec|query);
+Determine the method to check whether the server is available. Currently
+defined methods are:
+.IP
+(bu \fBping\fP: Send an ICMP_ECHO request to the server. If it doesn't respond
+within the timeout, it is regarded to be unavailable until the next probe.
+.IP
+(bu \fBnone\fP: The availability status is not changed, only the time stamp is updated.
+.IP
+(bu \fBif\fP: Check whether the interface (specified in the interface= option) is
+existent, up and running. This currently works for all "ordinary"
+network interfaces, interfaces that disappear when down (e.g. ppp?),
+and additionally for Linux isdn interfaces (as of kernel 2.2). Note that
+you need a /dev/isdninfo device file (major#45, minor#255), or the
+isdn uptest will always fail.
+.IP
+(bu \fBdev\fP and \fBdiald\fP: Perform an if uptest, and, if that
+was succesful, additionally check whether a program is running that
+has locked a given (modem-) device. The needed parameters are an interface (specified as for the if
+uptest, e.g. "ppp0") and a device relative to /dev (e.g.
+"modem" for /dev/modem specified using the device= option.
+pdnsd will then look for a pid file for the given interface in /var/lock (e.g.
+/var/run/ppp0.pid) and for a lockfile for the given device (e.g. /var/lock/LCK..modem),
+and then test whether the locking process is the process that created the pid file and this process is still
+alive. If this is the case, the normal if uptest is executed for the given interface.
+.br
+The dev option is for pppd dial-on-demand, diald is the same for diald users.
+.IP
+(bu \fBexec\fP: Executes a given command in the /bin/sh shell
+(as /bin/sh -c <command>)
+and evaluates the result (the return code of the last command) in the shell's way of handling return codes,
+i.e. 0 indicates success, all other indicate failure. The shell's process name will be
+uptest_sh. The command is given with the uptest_cmd option (see below).
+For secuity issues, also see that entry.
+.IP
+(bu \fBquery\fP: \fINew in version 1.2:\fP
+This works like the ping test, except it sends an (empty) DNS query to the remote server.
+If the server sends a well-formed response back within the timeout period (except SERVFAIL),
+it will be regarded as available.
+This test is useful if a remote server does not respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all,
+which unfortunately is quite common these days.
+It can also happen that a remote server is online but ignores empty DNS queries.
+Then you will need the set the query_test_name option (see below).
+In many cases this test will be a more reliable indicator of availability
+than the ones mentioned before.
+
+The default value is \fBnone\fP.
+
+\fBNOTE\fP: If you use on-demand dialing, use none, if,
+dev, diald or exec,
+since ping or query will send packets
+in the specified interval and the interface will thus frequently dial!
+.TP
+.B ping_timeout=\fInumber\fP;
+Sets the timeout for the ping test in tenths of seconds
+(this unit is used for legacy reasons; actually the current implementation is
+only accurate to a second).
+.br
+The default is 600 (one minute).
+.TP
+.B ping_ip=\fIstring\fP;
+The IP address for the ping test. The default is the IP of the name server.
+.TP
+.B query_test_name=\fIstring\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2.9:\fP
+Sets the name to be queried when using uptest=query availability test.
+If the string is the unquoted constant none,
+an empty query is used (this the default), otherwise a query of type A will be
+sent for the domain name specified here. It is not necessary for the domain name
+to exist or have a record of type A in order for the uptest to succeed.
+.br
+If the the remote server ignores empty queries, you will probably want to set
+query_test_name="." (the root domain).
+.TP
+.B uptest_cmd=\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP;
+or
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.PD
+.B uptest_cmd=\fIstring\fP;
+Sets the command for the uptest=exec function to the first string.
+If the second string is given, it specifies a user with whose user
+id and primary group id the command is executed.
+.br
+This is especially useful if you are executing the server as root,
+but do not want the uptest to be performed with root privileges.
+In fact, you should never execute the uptest as root if you can help
+it.
+.br
+If the server is running setuid or setgid, the privileges thus gained
+are attempted to be dropped even before changing identity to the
+specified user to prevent setuid/gid security holes (otherwise, any
+user might execute commands as root if you setuid the executable).
+.br
+\fBNote that this is not always possible, and that pdnsd should never
+be installed as setuid or setgid.\fP
+The command is executed using /bin/sh, so you should be able to use
+shell builtin commands.
+.TP
+.B interval=(\fItimespec\fP|onquery|ontimeout);
+Sets the interval for the server up-test. The default is 900 seconds;
+however, a test is forced when a query times out and the timestamp is reset then.
+.br
+If you specify onquery instead of a timeout, the interface will be
+tested before every query. This is to prevent automatically dialing
+interfaces (diald/pppd or ippp) to dial on dns queries. It is intended to be
+used in connection with an interface-testing uptest ;-) 
+.br
+Note that using uptest=exec, you might run into performance problems
+on slow machines when you use that option.
+DON'T use onquery with uptest=ping or
+uptest=query, as it may cause delays if the server does not answer
+(btw, it doesn't make sense anyway).
+Note also that using onquery is no guarantee that the interface
+will not be used. When another (reachable) dns server tells pdnsd
+to query a third dns server for data, pdnsd will do that and has
+no means of checking whether this will dial up the interface or not.
+This however should be a rare situation.
+.br
+\fINew in version 1.2.3:\fP
+A third possibility is to specify interval=ontimeout.
+In this case the server is not tested at startup/reconfiguration, nor at regular intervals,
+but only after a DNS query to a server times out. Certain types of network problems
+such as a refused connection will also cause the server to be considered unavailable.
+However, once a server is declared dead it is never considered again unless it is revived using a
+pdnsd-ctl config or server command.
+The idea behind this option is to minimize uptests by assuming all
+servers are available until there is reason to believe otherwise.
+.TP
+.B interface=\fIstring\fP;
+The network interface (or network device, e.g. "eth0") for the uptest=if option.
+Must be specified if uptest=if is given.
+.TP
+.B device=\fIstring\fP;
+The (modem-) device that is used for the dev uptest. If you use this for a dial-on-demand
+ppp uptest (together with uptest=dev), you need to enter the device you are using for your
+pppd here, e.g. modem for /dev/modem.
+.br
+Must be specified if uptest=dev is given.
+.TP
+.B timeout=\fItimespec\fP;
+Set the timeout for the dns query. The default is 120 seconds. You probably want to set this lower.
+.br
+Timeouts specified in the configuration file are only treated as the
+minimum period of time to wait for a reply. A queries to a remote
+server are not canceled until a useful reply has been received, or all
+the other queries have timed out or failed.
+.br
+If you have also set the global timeout option, you may consider setting a fairly small value here.
+See the explanation of the timeout option in the global
+section for what that means.
+.TP
+.B purge_cache=(on|off);
+In every fetched dns record, there is a cache timeout given, which
+specifies how long the fetched data may be cached until it needs to be
+reloaded. If purge_cache is set to off, the stale records are not purged
+(unless the cache size would be exceeded, in this case the oldest records are purged).
+Instead, they are still served if they cannot succesfully be
+updated (e.g. because all servers are down).
+.br
+Default is off.
+.TP
+.B caching=(on|off);
+Specifies if caching shall be performed for this server at all. Default is
+on.
+.TP
+.B lean_query=(on|off);
+Specifies whether to use the "lean" query mode. In this mode, only the
+information actually queried from pdnsd is resolved and cached. This has
+the advantage that usually less cache space is used and the query is
+usually faster. In 90% of the cases, only address (A) records are needed
+anyway. If switched off, pdnsd will always cache all data about a host
+it can find and will specifically ask for all available records
+(well, at least it is a good approximation for what it really does ;-)
+This will of course increase the answer packet sizes.
+.br
+Some buggy name servers may not deliver CNAME records when not asked for
+all records. I do not know if such servers are around, but if you have
+trouble resolving certain host names, try turning this option off.
+.br
+A last note: If you use multiple pdnsd's that access each other, turning
+this option on is probably a big win.
+.br
+This on by default.
+.TP
+.B edns_query=(on|off);
+\fINew in version 1.2.9:\fP
+Specifies whether to use EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS) for outgoing queries.
+Currently this is only useful for allowing UDP message sizes larger than 512 bytes.
+Note that setting this option on can give problems in combination with some legacy
+systems or software, including, embarrassingly enough, previous versions of pdnsd.
+.br
+The default is off, but if your network can handle UDP payloads
+significantly larger than 512 bytes, the recommended value is on.
+.br
+Note that this option only effects outgoing queries. If pdnsd receives a query using
+EDNS, it will reply using EDNS regardless of the value of this option.
+
+See also the udpbufsize option above.
+.TP
+.B scheme=\fIstring\fP;
+You can specify a pcmcia-cs scheme that is used in addition to the uptests. If you specify
+a scheme here, the server this section is for will only be queries if the given scheme
+is active. Shell wildcards (* and ?) are allowed in the string under their special
+meanings. You need to use the scheme_file option on the global
+section to make this option work.
+.TP
+.B preset=(on|off);
+This allows you to specify the initial state of a server before any uptest is performed.
+on specifies that the server is regarded available. The default is on.
+This is especially useful when you set uptest=none; and want to change
+the status of a server only via pdnsd-ctl.
+.TP
+.B proxy_only=(on|off);
+When this option is set to on, answers given by the servers are always accepted, and no
+other servers (as, for example, specified in the NS records of the query domain) are
+queried. If you do not turn this option on, pdnsd will do such queries in some cases
+(in particular when processing ANY queries).
+.br
+This option is useful when you do not want pdnsd to make connections to outside servers
+for some reasons (e.g. when a firewall is blocking such queries).
+.br
+I recommend that you turn on lean_query when using this option.
+.br
+Default is off.
+.TP
+.B root_server=(on|off|discover);
+Set this option to on if the servers specified in a section are root servers.
+A root server will typically only give the name servers for the top-level domain in its reply.
+Setting root_server=on will cause pdnsd to try to use cached information about
+top-level domains to reduce to number of queries to root servers, making the resolving of
+new names more efficient.
+You can get a list of available root servers by running the command
+"dig\ .\ ns".
+.br
+This option is also necessary if you use the delegation_only option.
+.br
+\fINew in version 1.2.8:\fP This option may also be set to "discover".
+This will cause pdnsd to query the servers provided with the ip= option
+to obtain the full list of root servers. The root-server addresses will replace the addresses
+specified with the ip= option.
+This will only be done once on startup, or after a "pdnsd-ctl\ config" command.
+In this case the name servers specified with the ip= option don't have to be
+root servers, they just have to know the names and addresses of the root servers.
+After root-server discovery pdnsd will behave just as if root_server=on
+had been specified.
+.br
+Default is off.
+.TP
+.B randomize_servers=(on|off);
+\fINew in version 1.2.6:\fP Set this option to on to give each name server
+in this section an equal chance of being queried. If this option is off, the name servers
+are always queried starting with the first one specified. Even with this option on, the
+query order is not truly random. Only the first server is selected randomly; the following
+ones are queried in consecutive order, wrapping around to the beginning of the list when
+the end is reached.  Note that this option only effects the order within a section. The
+servers in the first (active) section are always queried before those in the second one,
+etc.
+.br
+ The default is off, but if you are resolving from root servers setting this
+option on is highly recommended. If root_server=on this option also effects
+the query order of the name servers for the top-level domains.
+.TP
+.B reject=\fIstring\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2.6:\fP This option can be used to make pdnsd reject replies that
+contain certain IP addresses.  You can specify a single IP address, which will be matched
+exactly, or a range of addresses using an address/mask pair.
+The mask can be specified as a simple integer, indicating the number of initial 1 bits in
+the mask, or in the usual IP address notation. IP addresses may be either IPv4 or IPv6
+(provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries and support for AAAA records was
+not disabled).
+When addresses in the reject list are compared with those in a reply, only the bits
+corresponding to those set in the netmask are significant, the rest are ignored.
+.br
+Multiple addresses or address/mask pairs may be specified; this can be done by entering
+multiple lines of the form reject=\fIstring\fP;
+or a single line like this:
+
+reject=\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP;
+
+How pdnsd reacts when an address in the reply matches one in the reject list,
+depends on the reject_policy option, see below.
+.TP
+.B reject_policy=(fail|negate);
+\fINew in version 1.2.6:\fP
+This option determines what pdnsd does when an address in the reply from a name server
+matches the reject list (see above). If this option is set to
+fail, pdnsd will try another server, or, if there no more servers to try,
+return the answer SERVFAIL. If this option is set to negate, pdnsd will
+immediately return the answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain) without querying additional
+servers. The fail setting is useful if you don't always trust the servers in
+this section, but do trust the servers in the following section. The negate
+setting can be used to completely censor certain IP addresses. In this case you should put
+the same reject list in every server section, and also set the
+reject_recursively option (see below) to true.
+.br
+The default is fail.
+.TP
+.B reject_recursively=(on|off);
+\fINew in version 1.2.6:\fP Normally pdnsd checks for addresses in the
+reject list (see above) only when the reply comes directly from a name server
+listed in the configuration file.  With this option set to on, pdnsd will
+also do this check for name servers that where obtained from NS records in the authority
+section of a previous reply (which was incomplete and non-authoritative).
+.br
+Default is off.
+.TP
+.B policy=(included|excluded|simple_only|fqdn_only);
+pdnsd supports inclusion/exclusion lists for server sections: with include=
+and exclude= (see below) you can specify domain names for which this server
+will be used or will not be used. The first match counts (i.e., the first include or
+exclude rule in a server section that matches a domain name is applied, and the
+search for other rules is terminated). If no rule matched a given domain name,
+the policy= option determines whether this server is used for the
+lookup for that domain name; when included is given, the server will
+be asked, and when excluded is given, it will not.
+If simple_only is given the server will be used if the name to lookup
+is a simple (single-label) domain name, on the other hand if fqdn_only
+is given the server will be used only  for names consisting of two or more labels
+(i.e. the name has at least one dot in-between).
+.br
+If no server is available for a queried domain, pdnsd will return an error message
+to the client that usually will stop the client's attempts to resolve a specific
+domain from this server (the libc resolver will e.g. return an error to the application that
+tried to resolve the domain if no other servers are available in the resolv.conf).
+This may be of use sometimes.
+.br
+\fINote\fP: the simple_only and fqdn_only constants
+were added by Paul Rombouts.
+They are useful for controlling which name servers (if any) will be used by
+pdnsd for resolving simple (single-label) host names.
+fqdn_only used to stand for "fully qualified domain name only", but this is
+actually a misnomer. The names in queries received by pdnsd are always considered to be
+fully qualified. If you do not exactly understand what the options simple_only and
+fqdn_only are good for, you are probably better off not using them.
+.br
+The default for this option is included.
+.TP
+.B include=\fIstring\fP;
+This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+the name given as string, the server is queried if this was the first matching rule
+(see also the entry for policy).
+.br
+If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain
+of the given name including the one of that name is matched, e.g. ".foo.bar."
+will match the domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.
+.br
+If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case, of course)
+will be matched (hint: if you want to include all subdomains, but not the domain of the given
+name itself, place an exact-match exclude rule before the include rule, e.g:
+exclude="foo.bar."; include=".foo.bar.";
+.br
+Previous versions of pdnsd
+required that names given with this and the next option ended in a dot, but since
+version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically adds a dot at the end if it
+is missing.
+.br
+pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several "include" entries in
+one line, e.g.:
+
+include=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";
+
+.TP
+.B exclude=\fIstring\fP;
+This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+the name given as string, the server is not queried if this was the first matching rule
+(see also the entry for policy).
+.br
+If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain
+of the given name including the one of that name is matched, e.g. ".foo.bar."
+will match the domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.
+.br
+If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case, of course)
+will be matched (hint: if you want to exclude all subdomains, but not the domain of the given
+name itself, place an exact-match include rule before the exclude rule, e.g:
+include="foo.bar."; exclude=".foo.bar.";
+.br
+pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several "exclude" entries in
+one line, e.g.:
+
+exclude=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";
+
+
+.SS rr Section
+Every rr section specifies a dns resource record that is stored locally. It
+allows you to specify own dns records that are served by pdnsd in a limited way.
+Only A, PTR, CNAME, MX, NS and SOA records are implemented.
+.br
+This option is intended to allow you to define RRs for 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa.
+and localhost. (and perhaps even one or two hosts) without having to start an
+extra named if your cached name servers do not serve those records.
+It is \fBNOT\fP intended and not capable to work as a full-featured name server.
+
+.TP
+.B name=\fIstring\fP;
+Specifies the name of the resource records, i.e. the domain name of
+the resource the record describes. This option must be specified
+before any a, ptr, cname,
+mx, ns or soa records.
+Names are interpreted as absolute domain names
+(i.e. pdnsd assumes they end in the root domain).
+For this and all following arguments that take domain names, you need to
+specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).
+.br
+Previous versions of pdnsd
+required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+dot at the end if it is missing.
+.br
+\fINew in version 1.2:\fP It is also possible to specify a name starting
+with the label *. Such a name is called a wildcard. The * in a wildcard
+can match one or more labels in a queried name, but only whole labels.
+Any other * characters in a wildcard, apart from the leading one,
+will only match a literal *.
+.br
+For example, *.mydomain will match a.mydomain or www.a.mydomain, but not
+mydomain. *.a*.mydomain will match www.a*.mydomain, but not www.ab.mydomain.
+*a.mydomain will only match itself.
+.br
+Before you can specify an rr section with name=*.mydomain
+you must define some records for mydomain, typically NS and/or SOA records.
+Example:
+.DS L
+
+    rr {
+        name = mydomain;
+        ns = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+        name = *.mydomain;
+        a = 192.168.1.10;
+    }
+.DE
+
+In this example, www.mydomain and ftp.mydomain will resolve to the numeric
+address 192.168.1.10 (unless you add rr sections explicitly
+specifying different addresses for www.mydomain or ftp.mydomain).
+If you want mydomain also to resolve to a numeric address,
+add an A record to the first rr section.
+.TP
+.B ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after this entry.
+This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+.TP
+.B authrec=(on|off);
+If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records for this rr section.
+This means that pdnsd flags the domain record so that records of this domain that are not
+present in the cache are treated as non-existent, i.e. no other servers are queried for
+that record type, and an response containing none of those records is returned. This is
+most time what people want: if you add an A record for a host, and it has no AAAA record
+(thus no IPv6 address), you normally don't want other name servers to be queried for it.
+.br
+This is on by default.
+.br
+Please note that this only has an effect if it precedes the name option!
+.TP
+.B reverse=(on|off);
+\fINew in version 1.2:\fP If you want a locally defined name to resolve to a numeric address
+and vice versa, you can achieve this by setting reverse=on before defining the A record
+(see below). The alternative is to define a separate PTR record, but you will
+probably find this option much more convenient.
+.br
+The default is off.
+.TP
+.B a=\fIstring\fP;
+Defines an A (host address) record. The argument is an IPv4 address in dotted notation.
+pdnsd will serve this address for the host name given in the name option.
+.br
+Provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries and support for AAAA records was not
+disabled, the argument string may also be an IPv6 address, in which case an AAAA record
+will be defined.
+.br
+This option be may used multiple times within an rr section, causing
+multiple addresses to be defined for the name. However, if you put the different addresses
+in different rr sections for the same name, the definition in the last
+rr section will cancel the definitions in the previous ones.
+.TP
+.B ptr=\fIstring\fP;
+Defines a PTR (domain name pointer) record. The argument is a host name in
+dotted notation (see name). The ptr record is for resolving adresses into names. For example, if
+you want the adress 127.0.0.1 to resolve into localhost, and localhost into 127.0.0.1, you need something
+like the following sections:
+.br
+.DS L
+
+    rr {
+        name = localhost;
+        a = 127.0.0.1;
+        owner = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+        name = 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa;
+        ptr = localhost;
+        owner = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+.DE
+
+The second section is for reverse resolving and uses the ptr option.
+Note that you can get the same effect by specifying only the first rr section
+with reverse=on.
+.br
+There is something special about the name in the second section:
+when a resolver wants to get a host name from an internet address,
+it composes an address that is built of the IP address in reverse byte order
+(1.0.0.127 instead of 127.0.0.1) where each byte of the adress written
+as number constitutes a sub-domain under the domain in-addr.arpa. 
+.br
+So, if you want to compose an adress for reverse resolving, take your ip in dotted notation (e.g. 1.2.3.4),
+reverse the byte order (4.3.2.1) and append in-addr.arpa. (4.3.2.1.in-addr.arpa.)
+Then, define an rr section giving this address as name and the domain name corresponding to
+that ip in the ptr option.
+.TP
+.B cname=\fIstring\fP;
+Defines a CNAME (canonical name) record.
+The argument should be a fully-qualified host name in dotted notation (see name).
+A CNAME is the DNS equivalent of an alias or symbolic link.
+.br
+A useful application for CNAMEs is giving short, easy to remember nicknames to hosts with complicated names.
+For example, you might want the name "news" to refer to your ISP's news server "nntp2.myisp.com".
+Instead of adding an A record for "news" with the same address as "nntp2.myisp.com", you could
+put in a CNAME pointing to "nntp2.myisp.com", so that if the IP address of the news server changes,
+there is no need to update the record for "news".
+.br
+To implement this with pdnsd, you could add the following section to your configuration file:
+.br
+.DS L
+
+    rr {
+        name = news;
+        cname = nntp2.myisp.com;
+        owner = localhost;
+    }
+.DE
+
+.TP
+.B mx=\fIstring\fP,\fInumber\fP;
+Defines an MX (mail exchange) record. The string is the host name of the mail server in dotted notation (see name).
+The number specifies the preference level.
+.br
+When you send mail to someone, your mail typically goes from your E-mail client to an SMTP server.
+The SMTP server then checks for the MX record of the domain in the E-mail address.
+For example, with joe@example.com, it would look for the MX record for example.com and find
+that the name of mail server for that domain is, say, mail.example.com.
+The SMTP server then gets the A record for mail.example.com, and connects to the mail server.
+.br
+If there are multiple MX records, the SMTP server will pick one based on the preference level
+(starting with the lowest preference number, working its way up).
+.br
+Don't define MX records with pdnsd unless you know what you're doing.
+.TP
+.B owner=\fIstring\fP;
+or
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.PD
+.B ns=\fIstring\fP;
+Defines an NS (name server) record. Specifies the name of the host which should be authoritative for the records
+you defined in the rr section. This is typically the host pdnsd runs on.
+.br
+\fINote:\fP In previous versions of pdnsd this option had to be specified before
+any a, ptr, cname, mx or soa entries.
+In version 1.2, the restrictions on this option are same as the options just mentioned,
+and it must listed after the name= option.
+This can be a pain if you want to use an old config file which specifies owner=
+before name= (sorry about that).
+Apart from greater consistency, the advantage is that you can now specify as many NS records as you like (including zero).
+.TP
+.B soa=\fIstring\fP,\fIstring\fP,\fInumber\fP,\fItimespec\fP,\fItimespec\fP,\fItimespec\fP,\fItimespec\fP;
+This defines a soa (start of authority) record. The first string is the
+domain name of the server and should be equal to the name you specified as
+owner. 
+.br
+The second string specifies the email address of the maintainer of the name
+server. It is also specified as a domain name, so you will have to replace the
+@ sign in the name with a dot (.) to get the name you have to specify here.
+The next parameter (the first number) is the serial number of the record. You
+should increment this number if you change the record.
+.br
+The 4th parameter is the refresh timeout. It specifies after what amount
+of time a caching server should attempt to refresh the cached record.
+.br
+The 5th parameter specifies a time after which a caching server should attempt
+to refresh the record after a refresh failure.
+.br
+The 6th parameter defines the timeout after which a cached record expires if it
+has not been refreshed.
+.br
+The 7th parameter is the ttl that is specified in every rr and should be the
+same as given with the ttl option (if you do not specify a ttl, use the default 86400).
+.TP
+.B txt=\fIstring\fP,...,\fIstring\fP;
+\fINew in version 1.2.9:\fP
+Defines an TXT record. You can specify one or more strings here.
+
+.SS neg Section
+Every neg section specifies a dns resource record or a dns domain that should be
+cached negatively locally. Queries for negatively cached records are always answered
+immediatley with an error or an empty answer without querying other hosts as long
+as the record is valid. The records defined with neg sections remain
+valid until they are explicitely invalidated or deleted by the user using
+pdnsd-ctl.
+.br
+This is useful if a certain application asks periodically for nonexisting hosts or
+RR types and you do not want a query to go out every time the cached record has
+timed out. Example: Netscape Communicator will ask for the servers  news and mail
+on startup if unconfigured. If you do not have a dns search list for your network,
+you can inhibit outgoing queries for these by specifying
+.br
+.DS L
+
+    neg {
+        name = news;
+        types = domain;
+    }
+    neg {
+        name = mail;
+        types = domain;
+    }
+.DE
+
+in your config file. If you have a search list, you have to repeat that for any
+entry in your search list in addition to the entries given above!
+.br
+In versions 1.1.11 and later, if you negate whole domains this way, all subdomains
+will be negated as well. Thus if you specify
+.br
+neg {name=example.com; types=domain;} in the
+config file, this will also negate www.example.com, xxx.adserver.example.com, etc.
+
+.TP
+.B name=\fIstring\fP;
+Specifies the name of the domain for which negative cache entries are created.
+This option must be specified before the types option.
+Names are interpreted as absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd
+assumes they end in the root domain).
+You need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).
+.br
+Previous versions of pdnsd
+required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+dot at the end if it is missing.
+.TP
+.B ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after this entry.
+This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+.TP
+.B types=(domain|\fIrr_type\fP[,\fIrr_type\fP[,\fIrr_type\fP[,...]]]);
+Specifies what is to be cached negatively: domain will cache the whole
+domain negatively; alternatively, you can specify a comma-separated list of RR types
+which are to be cached negatively. You may specify multiple types options, but
+domain and the RR types are mutually exclusive.
+.br
+The RR types are specified using their official names from the RFC's in capitals,
+e.g. A, CNAME, NS, PTR, MX,
+AAAA, ...
+.br
+The command pdnsd-ctl\ list-rrtypes will give you a complete list
+of those types. pdnsd-ctl is built along with pdnsd
+and will be installed in the same directory as the pdnsd binary during make install.
+
+.SS source Section
+Every source section allows you to let pdnsd read the records from a file in an
+/etc/hosts-like format. pdnsd will generate records to resolve the entries
+address from its host name and vice versa for every entry in the file. This is
+normally easier than defining an rr for every of your addresses, since localhost
+and your other FQDNs are normally given in /etc/hosts.
+.br
+The accepted format is as follows: The #-sign initiates a comment, the rest of
+the line from the first occurence of this character on is ignored. Empty lines
+are tolerated.
+.br
+The first entry on a line (predeceded by an arbitrary number of tabs and spaces)
+is the IP in dotted notation, the second entry on one line (separated by the
+first by an arbitrary number of tabs and spaces) is the FQDN (fully qualified
+domain name) for that ip. The rest of the line is ignored by default (in the original
+/etc/hosts, it may contain information not needed by pdnsd).
+
+.TP
+.B owner=\fIstring\fP;
+Specifies the name of the host pdnsd runs on and that are specified in dns
+answers (specifically, nameserver records).
+Must be specified before any file entries.
+.br
+Names are interpreted as absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd
+assumes they end in the root domain).
+You need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).
+.br
+Previous versions of pdnsd
+required that domain names given in the configuration file ended in a
+dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically assumes a
+dot at the end if it is missing.
+.TP
+.B ttl=\fItimespec\fP;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after
+this entry. This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+.TP
+.B file=\fIstring\fP;
+The string specifies a file name. For every file entry in a source section,
+pdnsd will try to load the given file as described above. Failure is indicated
+only when the file cannot be opened, malformed entries will be ignored.
+.TP
+.B serve_aliases=(on|off);
+If this is turned on pdnsd will serve the aliases given in a hosts-style file.
+These are the third entry in a line of a hosts-style file, which usually give a "short name" for the host.
+This may be used to support broken clients without a proper domain-search option.
+If no aliases are given in a line of the file, pdnsd behaves as without this option for this line.
+.br
+This feature was suggested by Bert Frederiks.
+.br
+It is off by default.
+.TP
+.B authrec=(on|off);
+If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records with the data from the hosts file.
+Please see the description of the option of the same name in the rr section for a closer description of
+what this means. Please note that this only has an effect for files sourced with file options
+subsequent to this option.
+.br
+This is on by default.
+
+.SS include Section
+A configuration file may include other configuration files.
+However, only the top-level configuration file may contain global
+and server sections,
+thus include files are effectively limited to sections that add local definitions to the cache.
+.br
+Include sections currently only have one type of option, which may be given multiple times within a single section.
+
+.TP
+.B file=\fIstring\fP;
+The string specifies a file name. For every file option in an include section,
+pdnsd will parse the given file as described above. The file may contain include sections itself,
+but as a precaution pdnsd checks that a certain maximum depth is not exceeded to guard against
+the possibility of infinite recursion.
+
+.SH "VERSION"
+.PP
+This man page is correct for version @fullversion@ of pdnsd.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+.BR pdnsd (8),
+.BR pdnsd-ctl (8)
+.PP
+More documentation is available in the \fBdoc/\fP subdirectory of the source,
+or in \fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP if you are using a binary package.
+
+.SH AUTHORS
+
+\fBpdnsd\fP was originally written by Thomas Moestl
+.UR
+tmoestl@gmx.net
+.UE
+and was extensively revised by Paul A. Rombouts
+.UR
+p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+.UE
+(for versions 1.1.8b1-par and later).
+.PP
+Several others have contributed to \fBpdnsd\fP; see files in the source or
+\fB/usr/share/doc/pdnsd/\fP directory.
+.PP
+This man page was automatically generated from the html documentation for \fBpdnsd\fP,
+using a customized Perl script written by Paul A. Rombouts.
+.PP
+Last revised: 19 April 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.in b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e348eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/pdnsd.conf.in
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Sample pdnsd configuration file. Must be customized to obtain a working pdnsd setup!
+// Read the pdnsd.conf(5) manpage for an explanation of the options.
+// Add or remove '#' in front of options you want to disable or enable, respectively.
+// Remove '/*' and '*/' to enable complete sections.
+
+global {
+	perm_cache=1024;
+	cache_dir="@cachedir@";
+#	pid_file = /var/run/pdnsd.pid;
+	run_as="@def_id@";
+	server_ip = 127.0.0.1;  # Use eth0 here if you want to allow other
+				# machines on your network to query pdnsd.
+	status_ctl = on;
+#	paranoid=on;       # This option reduces the chance of cache poisoning
+	                   # but may make pdnsd less efficient, unfortunately.
+	query_method=udp_tcp;
+	min_ttl=15m;       # Retain cached entries at least 15 minutes.
+	max_ttl=1w;        # One week.
+	timeout=10;        # Global timeout option (10 seconds).
+	neg_domain_pol=on;
+	udpbufsize=1024;   # Upper limit on the size of UDP messages.
+}
+
+# The following section is most appropriate if you have a fixed connection to
+# the Internet and an ISP which provides good DNS servers.
+server {
+	label= "myisp";
+	ip = 192.168.0.1;  # Put your ISP's DNS-server address(es) here.
+#	proxy_only=on;     # Do not query any name servers beside your ISP's.
+	                   # This may be necessary if you are behind some
+	                   # kind of firewall and cannot receive replies
+	                   # from outside name servers.
+	timeout=4;         # Server timeout; this may be much shorter
+			   # that the global timeout option.
+	uptest=if;         # Test if the network interface is active.
+	interface=eth0;    # The name of the interface to check.
+	interval=10m;      # Check every 10 minutes.
+	purge_cache=off;   # Keep stale cache entries in case the ISP's
+			   # DNS servers go offline.
+	edns_query=yes;    # Use EDNS for outgoing queries to allow UDP messages
+			   # larger than 512 bytes. May cause trouble with some
+			   # legacy systems.
+#	exclude=.thepiratebay.org,  # If your ISP censors certain names, you may
+#		.thepiratebay.se,   # want to exclude them here, and provide an
+#		.piratebay.org,	    # alternative server section below that will
+#		.piratebay.se;	    # successfully resolve the names.
+}
+
+/*
+# The following section is more appropriate for dial-up connections.
+# Read about how to use pdnsd-ctl for dynamic configuration in the documentation.
+server {
+	label= "dialup";
+	file = "/etc/ppp/resolv.conf";  # Preferably do not use /etc/resolv.conf
+	proxy_only=on;
+	timeout=4;
+	uptest=if;
+	interface = ppp0;
+	interval=10;       # Check the interface every 10 seconds.
+	purge_cache=off;
+	preset=off;
+}
+*/
+
+/*
+# The servers provided by OpenDNS are fast, but they do not reply with
+# NXDOMAIN for non-existant domains, instead they supply you with an
+# address of one of their search engines. They also lie about the addresses of 
+# of the search engines of google, microsoft and yahoo.
+# If you do not like this behaviour the "reject" option may be useful.
+server {
+	label = "opendns";
+	ip = 208.67.222.222, 208.67.220.220;
+	reject = 208.69.32.0/24,  # You may need to add additional address ranges
+	         208.69.34.0/24,  # here if the addresses of their search engines
+	         208.67.219.0/24; # change.
+	reject_policy = fail;     # If you do not provide any alternative server
+	                          # sections, like the following root-server
+	                          # example, "negate" may be more appropriate here.
+	timeout = 4;
+	uptest = ping;            # Test availability using ICMP echo requests.
+        ping_timeout = 100;       # ping test will time out after 10 seconds.
+	interval = 15m;           # Test every 15 minutes.
+	preset = off;
+}
+*/
+
+/*
+# This section is meant for resolving from root servers.
+server {
+	label = "root-servers";
+	root_server = discover; # Query the name servers listed below
+				# to obtain a full list of root servers.
+	randomize_servers = on; # Give every root server an equal chance
+	                        # of being queried.
+	ip = 	198.41.0.4,     # This list will be expanded to the full
+		192.228.79.201; # list on start up.
+	timeout = 5;
+	uptest = query;         # Test availability using empty DNS queries.
+#	query_test_name = .;    # To be used if remote servers ignore empty queries.
+	interval = 30m;         # Test every half hour.
+	ping_timeout = 300;     # Test should time out after 30 seconds.
+	purge_cache = off;
+#	edns_query = yes;	# Use EDNS for outgoing queries to allow UDP messages
+			   	# larger than 512 bytes. May cause trouble with some
+			   	# legacy systems.
+	exclude = .localdomain;
+	policy = included;
+	preset = off;
+}
+*/
+
+source {
+	owner=localhost;
+#	serve_aliases=on;
+	file="/etc/hosts";
+}
+
+/*
+include {file="/etc/pdnsd.include";}	# Read additional definitions from /etc/pdnsd.include.
+*/
+
+rr {
+	name=localhost;
+	reverse=on;
+	a=127.0.0.1;
+	owner=localhost;
+	soa=localhost,root.localhost,42,86400,900,86400,86400;
+}
+
+/*
+neg {
+	name=doubleclick.net;
+	types=domain;   # This will also block xxx.doubleclick.net, etc.
+}
+*/
+
+/*
+neg {
+	name=bad.server.com;   # Badly behaved server you don't want to connect to.
+	types=A,AAAA;
+}
+*/
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/doc_makefile b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/doc_makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57aa7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/doc_makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Makefile for converting pdnsd html documentation to text files.
+# This file was based on a Makefile originally written by Thomas Moestl
+# and adapted by Paul Rombouts.
+
+
+HTML2TXT=w3m -dump -cols 80 -T text/html
+
+doc: intro.txt manual.txt faq.txt
+.PHONY: doc clean
+
+intro.txt: ../html/index.html
+	sed -e 's/<!--\(nodoc\|notext\)(-->/<!--/g' -e 's/<!--)\(nodoc\|notext\)-->/-->/g' ../html/index.html | $(HTML2TXT) | sed -e 's/[[:blank:]]+$$//' > intro.txt
+
+manual.txt: ../html/doc.html
+	sed -e 's/<!--\(nodoc\|notext\)(-->/<!--/g' -e 's/<!--)\(nodoc\|notext\)-->/-->/g' ../html/doc.html | $(HTML2TXT) | sed -e 's/[[:blank:]]+$$//' > manual.txt
+
+faq.txt: ../html/faq.html
+	sed -e 's/<!--\(nodoc\|notext\)(-->/<!--/g' -e 's/<!--)\(nodoc\|notext\)-->/-->/g' ../html/faq.html | $(HTML2TXT) | sed -e 's/[[:blank:]]+$$//' > faq.txt
+
+clean:
+	@rm -fv intro.txt manual.txt faq.txt
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/faq.txt b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/faq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0263161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/faq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+The pdnsd FAQ
+
+Q:  There are complete and well-tested name servers around, such as the BIND.
+    These do also perform caching. Why should I use pdnsd?
+
+    pdnsd does not aim to be a complete name server implementation, such as the
+    BIND. It is optimized for caching, and you can only specify a small subset
+    of all dns record types pdnsd knows in your local "zone" definitions. This
+    of course reduces the code size drastically, and such the memory footprint.
+    There are some features especially interesting for dialin networks,
+    ordinary (non-server) internet hosts and computers that are often not
+    connected to to their network, e.g. notebooks (I originally wrote this
+    program for use with my notebook). These features are:
+A:
+      * permanent disk cache (useful for frequent power-offs/reboots)
+      * usually smaller memory footprint (depends on cache size) (see next
+        question)
+      * offline-detection prevents hangs (e.g. the typical hang on startup of
+        some Netscape Navigator versions if not dialled in)
+      * better control about timeouts (also to prevent hangs)
+      * better control over the cache
+      * better run-time control
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    When I look at the process size with ps, top, gtop, or a similar tool, I
+Q:  see some processes with a total size well above 3.5 MB. This is much more
+    than e.g. BIND named (about 1.4 MB). Why?
+
+    Really, it is not. pdnsd uses multithreading, not multiprocessing. That
+    means that the processes share most of their process space. In the
+    LinuxThreads library or NPTL (Native Posix Thread Libary), which are used
+    by pdnsd on Linux, in fact the total process address space is shared
+A:  (although the processes have different stacks, these are in one process
+    address space). You may check this by looking at the at the process sizes
+    of the pdnsd threads: all should be the same. The effective size that pdnsd
+    occupies is thus the size of any of the processes, not the sum of those.
+    So, pdnsd with empty cache occupies about 800 kB, and the maximum size
+    should be about the cache size plus this size (in fact, ca 5-10% more).
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  What do I need the status control (option -s) for?
+
+    It enables you to do some things you might or might not need. With it, you
+    can:
+
+      * query pdnsd's settings at runtime to debug configuration files and see
+        which servers are regarded to be available
+A:    * mark servers as available or unavailable, or force a status retest -
+        very handy if you want to control which servers pdnsd queries, e.g for
+        muliple dial-up accounts
+      * delete, invalidate or add DNS records - useful e.g. when you want to
+        build records for dynamically assigned IP addresses or domain names
+      * reload pdnsd's configuration file without restarting pdnsd
+      * print information about the contents of pdnsd's cache.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  What do I need local records (rr- and source-sections in the config file)
+    for?
+
+    Some resolver programs, e.g. nslookup, want to look up the name of the
+    server they are using before doing anything else. This option is for
+    defining a PTR record for your IP such that those programs get an answer
+    even if the name server you are caching is not available or does not offer
+    these records. By extension, you may also define A and SOA records. This
+    allows you to build very small zones without having to use a "big" name
+    server. It is NOT intended to replace such a complete server in anything
+    but VERY small networks. Alternatively, you may start a named on another
+    host or on the same host on another port and cache it with pdnsd in
+    addition to other (more distant) name servers.
+A:  The source section allows you to let pdnsd read in your /etc/hosts file on
+    startup and serve its contents. This file is used by your local resolver
+    before it even tries the name servers and usually contains fully-qualified
+    domain names (FQDNs) for all of the internet addresses your host has. If
+    you source this file, you usually won't need any additional rr sections.
+    Sourcing it also allows other hosts (eg. in your local network) to access
+    the names defined in your hosts file. You can of course just add other
+    hosts in your local network to the servers hosts file, thus making them
+    known to your server's resolver and pdnsd (if you sourced that file).
+    If you don't know what this answer was all about, you should just take the
+    source section in the sample config file that comes with pdnsd, copy it
+    into your config file and forget about it.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    When compiling, I get an error message like
+Q:  Please define __BYTE_ORDER to be __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN
+    What's up?
+
+    Normally, this macros should be defined in your C library's header files.
+    There are two different methods, most C libraries support both (and pdnsd
+    honors both): either __BYTE_ORDER is set to __LITTLE_ENDIAN or
+    __BIG_ENDIAN, or __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN are directly defined as
+    macros.
+    Linux glibc, for example, does set those macros correctly. Never mind. You
+    just have to know whether your machine is little-endian or big-endian, this
+    means wheter your machine saves the least significant byte of a word or
+    double-word first in memory (little-endian) or the most significant first
+A:  (big-endian). All intel x86 and Alpha machines are little-endian, for
+    example, while SPARC and PowerPC architectures are big-endian. If your
+    machine is little-endian, add the following line to your config.h:
+    #define __BYTE_ORDER __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+    Likewise, if your machines byte order is big-endian:
+    #define __BYTE_ORDER __BIG_ENDIAN
+    Pathological byte orders like pdp-endian are not yet supported really;
+    However, for the place the endianess is needed, __LITTLE_ENDIAN should do
+    (it deals only with 16 bits; for all other occurances, ntoh[sl]/hton[sl] is
+    used).
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    At startup, I get a warning saying:
+Q:  Uptest command [...] will implicitly be executed as root
+    What does that mean?
+
+    This warning only occurs if you use the uptest=exec option in your
+    configuration. It means that the uptest command is run as root because
+    pdnsd is running as root, and this was not explicitely specified. The idea
+    is that it may introduce security holes (in the programs being run) when
+A:  they run as root, and so they shouldn't do that if possible. You can
+    specify the user that shall run the command by appending its name
+    comma-separated as string to the uptest_cmd line:
+    uptest_cmd="<your command>","<user>";
+    If it is correctly running as root, just append the user string "root" to
+    the command and the warning will not occur again.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  I cannot run my uptest_cmd command as root (it says permission denied),
+    although the pdnsd executable is setuid root. Why?
+
+    pdnsd will drop privileges gained through setuid/setgid before executing
+    the uptest commands (you shouldn't set the pdnsd executable setuid/setgid
+A:  anyway). The reason is clear: if you install the pdnsd executable as setuid
+    root and this wouln't be done, any user could execute shellcode with root
+    privileges using that option!
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    At startup, I get an error saying:
+Q:  Bad config file permissions: the file must be only writeable by the user
+    Why is that?
+
+    pdnsd has an option (uptest=exec) that allows the execution of arbitrary
+    shell code (for testing whether an interface is up). This must be of course
+    secured against unauthorized use. One of these protection is the one that
+    produces the error message: if you routinely run pdnsd, e.g. at system
+    startup, and your config file is editable for others, someone could change
+A:  it and insert shell code that is executed in the next pdnsd run -- with
+    your user privileges! To prevent this, pdnsd will exit if the config file
+    is writeable by others than the owner. To get rid of this message, just do
+    chmod go-w <filename>
+    on your config file (for the default file: chmod go-w /etc/pdnsd.conf). You
+    should also check that the ownership is set correct.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  serve_aliases does not seem to work.
+
+    Some resolvers (e.g. of the glibc 2.1) seem sometimes not to look up
+    unmodified names, but the names with an entry of the search path already
+A:  appended. Since pdnsd will serve short names with this option anyway, you
+    can delete the search an domain options from your /etc/resolv.conf. This is
+    reported to work in some cases.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  Some queries for domains that have many records (e.g. www.gmx.de) fail
+    mysteriously.
+
+    pdnsd versions prior to 1.1.0 had the tcp server thread disabled by
+    default. Most resolvers repeat their query using tcp when they receive a
+A:  truncated answer (the answer is truncated when it exceeds a length of 512
+    bytes). You need to recompile pdnsd with the option --enable-tcp-server to
+    fix this.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+    I am behind some kind of firewall. In the configuration file I have only
+Q:  listed addresses of name servers on the local (ISP's) network, but pdnsd is
+    slow and DNS queries frequently time out.
+
+    In some cases pdnsd will not consider the answer of the local name server
+    authoritative enough, and will try to get answers from the name servers
+    listed in the authority section of the reply message. If pdnsd is behind a
+    firewall that blocks the UDP reply packets from remote name servers, pdnsd
+    will wait in vain for a reply. One solution is to set proxy_only=on in the
+A:  servers sections of the configuration file. This will prevent pdnsd from
+    querying name servers that are not listed in the configuration file.
+    Another solution that can be tried is specifying query_method=tcp_only in
+    the global section of the configuration file, because a firewall that
+    blocks UDP packets from outside might still allow outgoing TCP connections
+    to port 53.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q:  Is pdnsd vulnerable to DNS cache poisoning as described in CERT
+    vulnerability note VU#800113?
+
+    Short answer: Yes.
+    Somewhat longer answer: The problem is not so much that pdnsd's
+    implementation is flawed but rather that the DNS protocol currently being
+    used is fundamentally flawed from a security viewpoint. As long as a more
+    secure protocol is not in place, all that the developers of pdnsd can do is
+    to try to tweak the current implementation to make it as difficult as
+    possible for an attacker to succeed.
+    From version 1.2.7 onwards, the default for the query_port_start option is
+A:  1024, which means that the pdnsd resolver will randomly select source ports
+    in the range 1024-65535. (In previous versions the default was to let the
+    kernel select the source ports, which will often result in a more or less
+    predictable sequence of ports.) It also helps to use a good quality source
+    of random numbers. On platforms where this is supported, it is preferable
+    to configure with --with-random-device=/dev/urandom. There is still more
+    that can be done to make pdnsd less vulnerable, but this remains (as of
+    this writing) a work in progress.
+    Please note that pdnsd was designed for small (private) networks, and that
+    it is generally not recommended to let untrusted users access pdnsd.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Thomas Moestl and Paul Rombouts
+
+
+Last revised: 18 August 2008 by Paul Rombouts
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/intro.txt b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/intro.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db1c89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/intro.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+About pdnsd
+
+pdnsd is a proxy DNS server with permanent caching (the cache contents are
+written to hard disk on exit) that is designed to cope with unreachable or down
+DNS servers (for example in dial-in networking).
+Since version 1.1.0, pdnsd supports negative caching.
+
+It is licensed under the GNU General Public License (GPL). This, in short,
+means that the sources are distributed togehter with the program, and that you
+are free to modify the sources and redistribute them as long as you also
+license them under the GPL. You do not need to pay anything for pdnsd. It also
+means that there is ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for pdnsd or any part of it. For
+details, please read the GPL.
+
+pdnsd can be used with applications that do DNS lookups, e.g. on startup, and
+can't be configured to change that behaviour, to prevent the often minute-long
+hangs (or even crashes) that result from stalled DNS queries. Some Netscape
+Navigator versions for Unix, for example, expose this behaviour.
+
+pdnsd is configurable via a file and supports run-time configuration using the
+program pdnsd-ctl that comes with pdnsd. This allows you to set the status
+flags of servers that pdnsd knows (to influence which servers pdnsd will
+query), and the addition, deletion and invalidation of DNS records in pdnsd's
+cache.
+Parallel name server queries are supported. This is a technique that allows
+querying several servers at the same time so that very slow or unavailable
+servers will not block the answer for one timeout interval.
+Since version 1.0.0, pdnsd has full IPv6 support.
+
+There is also a limited support for local zone records, intended for defining
+1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa. and localhost. , since some clients request that
+information and it must be served even if the cached servers are not available
+or do not serve these records. pdnsd may also read your /etc/hosts file (this
+file is normally used by your local resolver and usually contains information
+for localhost as well as for your machines FQDN) and serve its contents.
+
+pdnsd was started on Linux, and has since been ported to FreeBSD (and Cygwin
+and Darwin). 90% of the source code should be easily portable to POSIX- and
+BSD-compatible systems, provided that those systems support the POSIX threads
+(pthreads). The rest might need OS-specific rewrites.
+
+Currently, pdnsd is only compileable by gcc. This should be easy to fix, but I
+just do not have documentation for other compilers. If you are not able or do
+not want to use gcc, I would recommend you just try to do the minor changes.
+
+pdnsd must be started as root in some cases (raw sockets are needed for icmp
+echoes for the option uptest=ping, and the default port is 53, this must be >
+1024 to allow non-root execution). However, pdnsd can be configured to change
+it's user and group id to those of a non-privileged user after opening the
+sockets needed for this.
+
+The server should support the full standard DNS queries following the rfcs 1034
+and 1035. As of version 1.0.0, the rfc compliance has been improved again, and
+pdnsd is now believed (or hoped?) to be fully rfc-compatible. It completely
+follows rfc 2181 (except for one minor issue in the FreeBSD port, see the
+documentation). It does not support the following features, of which most are
+marked optional, experimental or obsolete in these rfcs:
+
+  * Inverse queries
+  * Status queries
+  * Completion queries
+  * Namespaces other than IN (Internet)
+  * AXFR and IXFR queries (whole zone transfers); since pdnsd does not maintain
+    zones, that should not violate the standard
+
+The following record types, that are extensions to the original DNS standard,
+are supported for caching since version 1.2.9 (if you do not need most of them,
+you can disable runtime support for the unneeded ones before compiling pdnsd
+and save a little cache and executable space, see the source file src/
+rr_types.in):
+
+  * RP (responsible person, RFC 1183)
+  * AFSDB (AFS database location, RFC 1183)
+  * X25 (X25 address, RFC 1183)
+  * ISDN (ISDN number/address, RFC 1183)
+  * RT (route through, RFC 1183)
+  * NSAP (Network Service Access Protocol address , RFC 1348)
+  * PX (X.400/RFC822 mapping information, RFC 1995)
+  * GPOS (geographic position, deprecated)
+  * AAAA (IPv6 address, RFC 1886)
+  * LOC (location, RFC 1876)
+  * EID (Nimrod EID)
+  * NIMLOC (Nimrod locator)
+  * SRV (service record, RFC 2782)
+  * ATMA (ATM address)
+  * NAPTR (URI mapping, RFC 2168)
+  * KX (key exchange, RFC 2230)
+  * CERT (Certificate record, RFC 4398)
+  * DS (Delegation Signer, RFC 4034)
+  * RRSIG (Resource Record Signature, RFC 4034)
+  * NSEC (Next Secure, RFC 4034)
+  * DNSKEY (record containing the public key for a zone, RFC 4034)
+  * NSEC3 (Next Secure version 3, RFC 5155)
+  * NSEC3PARAM (NSEC3 parameters, RFC 5155)
+
+Note: This list is incomplete. For the complete list see the source file src/
+rr_types.in.
+
+There are FreeBSD and OpenBSD ports available for pdnsd (ports/net/pdnsd for
+both). Thanks go to Roman Shterenzon for the FreeBSD port Sebastian Stark for
+the OpenBSD one! Thanks to Kiyo Kelvin Lee now also runs on the Cygwin
+platform! Thanks goes to Rodney Brown for extending portability to the Darwin
+(Apple Mac OS X) platform!
+
+If you have questions left, you should take a look into the FAQ.
+Bugfixes, patches and compatability fixes for other OSs are very welcome!
+
+Features in detail
+
+This section describes some of pdnsds features in detail. Most of the options
+are set in the config file. For more information on the configuration file, see
+the documenation page.
+
+
+Uptests
+
+pdnsd provides several methods to test whether a remote DNS server should be
+regarded as available (so that pdnsd can query it), in addition to the obvious
+"none" test (the server is always regarded as available, or availability is set
+on or off using the pdnsd-ctl utility). These tests are:
+
+  * ping: a given adress is ping'ed in a given interval. If it there is no
+    response or the host is unreachable, the server is seen to be not available
+    (for those who don't know: pinging is sending a certain Internet packet
+    type to a host to which any standard-conformant host is required to reply).
+  * if: a given network interface is tested whether it is existent, up and
+    running. If it is not, the server is regarded to be not available. This is
+    especially useful for ppp and similar interfaces. A special case test for
+    Linux isdn (ippp*) interfaces is integrated, so that the uptests should
+    also work for these.
+  * dev: this is a variant of the if uptest for use with Linux dial-on-demand
+    ppp interfaces. In addition to performing an if-style interface uptest, it
+    also tests whether a specified program (e.g. pppd) owns a lock to a given
+    (modem-) device.
+  * exec: a given shell command line is executed and the exit status of the
+    whole command line (which is normally the exit status of the last command)
+    is evaluated. If it is not zero, the server is regarded to be not
+    available. This is a very flexible testing method with which it should be
+    able to perform virtually any needed test.
+  * query: New in version 1.2: This works like the ping test, except it sends
+    an (empty) DNS query to the remote server. If the server sends a
+    well-formed response back within the timeout period (except SERVFAIL), it
+    will be regarded as available. This test is useful if a remote server does
+    not respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all, which unfortunately is quite
+    common these days. In many cases this test will be a more reliable
+    indicator of availability than the ones mentioned above.
+
+
+Local Records ("Zones")
+
+As mentioned above, there are only very basic local record types (ie the record
+types that you may use in record declarations in your local configuration for
+records that pdnsd shall serve in addion to the cached ones). They are
+organized roughly in zones but have not complete zone declarations, so I
+generally do not use the term "zone" for them, but rather "local records".
+These are the local record types pdnsd can understand:
+
+  * SOA (information about the name server)
+  * A (domain-name-to-address mapping)
+  * PTR (pointer, used normally for address-to-domain-name mapping)
+  * NS (name server, generated automatically by pdnsd for any local record set)
+  * CNAME (canonical host name)
+  * MX (mail exchange for the domain)
+  * TXT (arbitrary text strings, often used for Sender Policy Framework)
+
+You can specify these records in the configuration file.
+You may "source" a file in a format like that used in the /etc/hosts file, that
+means that pdnsd reads this file, extracts addresses and domain names from it
+and automatically generates A records for name to address mapping, PTR records
+for address to name mapping and NS records (name server specifiation) for each
+entry in the file.
+Records can also be changed dynamically at run time.
+A script contributed by Marko Stolle makes pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup using
+this feature.
+
+System requirements
+
+As mentioned, pdnsd currently runs under Linux, FreeBSD and Cygwin. Other BSD
+flavours may or may not work (feedback is very welcome!). The system and
+software requirements under Linux are:
+
+  * Kernel version >2.2.0
+  * glibc version >2.0.1 (aka libc6) with LinuxThreads (normally included) or
+    NPTL (Native Posix Thread Library, recommended).
+    Due to a bug, pdnsd 0.9.8 does not run with glibc2.1.1. This behaviour was
+    fixed in pdnsd 0.9.9.
+  * For IPv6: glibc>=2.1
+
+The system requirements under FreeBSD are:
+
+  * FreeBSD versions >=2.6 (prior ones may or may not work)
+  * For IPv6: FreeBSD >=4.0 is recommended (no idea if it runs on prior
+    versions)
+
+The common software requirements for all supported systems are:
+
+  * GCC, preferably egcs-2.* or 3.* (other compilers are currently not
+    supported; the needed patch for another compiler should not be difficult,
+    however)
+  * GNU or BSD make
+  * the standard commands install, grep, sed, awk, touch and which (along with
+    the REALLY standard ones mv, cp, ln, rm, pwd, test, echo, cat, mkdir,
+    chown, chmod, tar). In any standard Unix installation, this should be no
+    problem.
+  * for hacking and building own packages, you might also need gzip, bzip2,
+    perl and rpmbuild
+
+
+Download
+
+If you want to download pdnsd, please visit the download page.
+
+Authors
+
+pdnsd was originally written by Thomas Moestl, but is no longer maintained by
+him. Paul A. Rombouts has revised large portions of the code and has added a
+number of new features. See README.par and the ChangeLog in the source
+directory (or /usr/share/doc/pdnsd-<version> if you have installed a binary
+package) for more details. If you have questions about the recent
+modifications, you can find the email address of the current maintainer at the
+end of README.par.
+
+Daniel Smolik has contributed RedHat RPMs (the most recent RPMs are available
+here).
+Torben Janssen contributed start scripts for Red Hat Linux.
+Soenke J. Peters contributed patches and suggestions for Red Hat compatability.
+Wolfgang Ocker has contributed the code and documentation for the server_ip
+option.
+Markus Mohr contributed a Debian rc script.
+Nikita V. Youschenko contributed extensions to the "if" uptest.
+Lyonel Vincent extended the serve_aliases option to support an arbitrary number
+of aliases.
+Sourav K. Mandal wrote the autoconf scripts and contributed many fixes and
+suggestions.
+Stephan Boettcher contributed the SCHEME= option.
+Ron Yorston contributed the uptest for Linux ppp dial-on-demand devices.
+Alexandre Nunes fixed some bugs in the autoconf files.
+Sverker Wiberg contributed fixes for IPv6.
+Carsten Block contributed configure-able rc scripts.
+Olaf Kirch contributed a security fix for the run_as code.
+Paul Wagland contributed various patches for bind9-compatability and other
+issues.
+Roman Shterenzon contributed patches and lots of helpful hints for FreeBSD
+compatability.
+Bernd Leibing has contributed spec file fixes.
+Michael Wiedmann has contributed the pdnsd-ctl.8 man page.
+Marko Stolle has contributed the contrib/pdnsd_update.pl script that makes
+pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup.
+P.J. Bostley has contributed patches to get pdnsd working on alpha properly.
+Christian Engstler contributed patches for SuSE compatability.
+Bjoern Fischer contributed code to make pdnsd leave the case of names in the
+cache unchanged.
+Marko Stolle contributed the contrib/pdnsd_update.pl script that makes pdnsd
+usable in a DHCP setup.
+Andrew M. Bishop contributed the support for the label server option and the
+pdnsd-ctl interface for using it.
+Frank Elsner contributed rc script fixes.
+Andreas Steinmetz contributed the code for query_port_start and query_port_end
+options.
+Mahesh T. Pai contributed the pdnsd.8 man page.
+Nikola Kotur contributed the Slackware start-up script.
+Kiyo Kelvin Lee contributed a patch for Cygwin support.
+Rodney Brown contributed a patch for Darwin (Apple Mac OS X) support.
+Jan-Marek Glogowski contributed a patch implementing the use_nss option.
+
+Special thanks to Bert Frederiks for letting me do a late-night debugging run
+on his machine to spot obscure bugs!
+
+Thanks to the following persons for reporting bugs and being helpful:
+David G. Andersen,
+Dirk Armbrust,
+Daniel Black,
+Kevin A. Burton,
+Juliusz Chroboczek,
+Joachim Dorner,
+Stefan Erhardt,
+Stefan F?rster,
+Mike Hammer,
+Jonathan Hudson,
+Dan Jacobson,
+Byrial Jensen,
+Patrick Loschmidt,
+James MacLean,
+Fraser McCrossan,
+Michael M?ller,
+Erich Reitz,
+Brian Schroeder,
+Milan P. Stanic,
+Michael Steiner,
+Norbert Steinl,
+Markus Storm,
+Michael Str?der,
+Alan Swanson,
+Eelco Vriezekolk.
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Thomas Moestl and Paul A. Rombouts
+
+
+Last revised: 17 March 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/manual.txt b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/manual.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7e3e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/doc/txt/manual.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2017 @@
+                              pdnsd Documentation
+
+This is the "official" pdnsd documentation and reference written by Thomas
+Moestl with revisions by Paul A. Rombouts.
+This manual is a part of the pdnsd package, and may be distributed in original
+or modified form under terms of the GNU General Public License, as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+You can find a copy of the GNU GPL in the file COPYING in the source or
+documentation directory.
+This manual is up-to-date for version 1.2.9b. For older documentation, please
+refer to the doc directory of the respective pdnsd package.
+If you want a quicker introduction to pdnsd, you can try some of the HOWTOs
+available on the web. For Apple Mac users, Brian Wells has published a good
+HOWTO at http://web.mac.com/brianwells/main/pdnsd.html.
+
+0. Installation
+
+0.1 Installing binary RPM's
+
+To install a binary RPM, just do
+
+rpm -i pdnsd-<version>.rpm
+
+This should install pretty much everything automatically. The only thing left
+for you to do is adapt your configuration file (stored in /etc/pdnsd.conf)
+according to your needs (see below). In the Red Hat and SuSE RPMs, a start
+script is also installed; read the section 0.4, Start at Boot Time about that.
+
+0.2 Building RPM's
+
+It is possible to build a binary RPM from a source package using the command
+
+rpmbuild --rebuild pdnsd-<version>.src.rpm
+
+or alternatively from a tarball using the command
+
+rpmbuild -tb pdnsd-<version>.tar.gz
+
+You can do this as root, but it is safer to build a binary package first as a
+normal user, and then, when all has gone well, install the resulting binary
+package as root as in the previous section. How to build an RPM package without
+being root is described at http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/
+l-rpm1/.
+
+Several pdnsd-specific options are available when building RPM packages:
+
+--with isdn             Has the same effect as --enable-isdn (see below).
+
+--without poll          Has the same effect as --disable-poll (see below).
+
+--without nptl          Has the same effect as --with-thread-lib=linuxthreads (
+                        see below).
+
+--with ipv6             Has the same effect as --enable-ipv6 (see below).
+
+--without tcpqueries    Has the same effect as --disable-tcp-queries (see below
+                        ).
+
+--without debug         Has the same effect as --with-debug=0 (see below).
+
+--define "distro <      Has the same effect as --with-distribution=<distro> (
+distro>"                see below).
+
+--define "run_as_user   Has the same effect as --with-default-id=<user> (see
+<user>"                 below).
+                        For RPMs the default <user> is "pdnsd".
+
+                        If the user defined by the previous option does not
+--define "run_as_uid <  exist when the RPM is installed, the pre-install script
+uid>"                   will try to create a new user with numerical id <uid>.
+                        The default is to let the system choose the numerical
+                        id at install time.
+
+--define "cachedir <    Has the same effect as --with-cachedir=<dir> (see below
+dir>"                   ).
+
+You can also configure which compiler flags will be used by setting the
+environment variable CFLAGS. Using a bash shell, you can do that on the command
+line like this:  CFLAGS="-O1 -Wall" rpmbuild ...
+This is useful if you prefer a different level of optimization, for instance.
+
+0.3 Installing from pure sources (tar archives or git repositories)
+
+0.3.1 Setting up the source code tree
+
+Source code is available in the form of snapshots (tarballs) or a git
+repository with the very latest development code and a (nearly) complete
+history of all the revisions. Cloning a git repository is useful if you need a
+recent fix or feature that is not yet contained in a main release or you want
+to participate in pdnsd development. Otherwise you will probably find the
+tarballs more convenient because they are much more compact.
+
+0.3.1.1 Unpacking a tar archive
+
+The pdsnsd snapshot releases come in the form of a gzip'ed tar archive. To
+decompress it (using a modern tar) do
+
+tar -xzf pdnsd-<version>.tar.gz
+
+If your tar doesn't do this, use:
+
+gzip -dc pdnsd-<version>.tar.gz | tar -xf -
+
+0.3.1.2 Cloning a git repository
+
+To clone a git repository you need to install, if not already installed, the
+git version control system, which is available as a package in most modern
+Linux distributions. Then run the command:
+
+git clone git://gitorious.org/pdnsd/pdnsd.git pdnsd
+
+In rare cases, if you are behind some kind of firewall, the special git
+protocol can't be used and you will need to fall back to the http protocol. See
+the gitorious.org website or git documentation for more information.
+
+0.3.2 Configuring the source
+
+Change into the pdnsd source directory and run configure. It takes the
+following command line options (if you do not specify an option, defaults will
+be used):
+
+                            Specify the prefix directory. The pdnsd files are
+                            installed in subdirectories of the prefix, the
+--prefix=dir                pdnsd and pdnsd-ctl executables are for example
+                            installed in the sbin subdirectory of the prefix.
+                            The default for this is /usr/local; you might want
+                            to set this to /usr (using --prefix=/usr).
+
+                            Specify the config directory. pdnsd expects its
+                            pdnsd.conf file to reside there if the -c option is
+--sysconfdir=dir            not given at startup. The default for this is the
+                            etc subdirectory of your prefix, e.g. /usr/local/
+                            etc if you did not specify a prefix. To set this
+                            e.g. to /etc, use --sysconfdir=/etc.
+
+--with-distribution=        Specify target distribution (default=Generic;
+distro                      others: RedHat, SuSE, Debian)
+                            See below for the effect of these settings.
+
+                            Change compilation target platform (default:
+                            autodetect; others: Linux, BSD, Cygwin).
+                            autodetect will attempt to detect whether you are
+--with-target=platform      using Linux, *BSD or Cygwin and should normally be
+                            sufficient. If this does not work, try specifying
+                            your system manually (for the Darwin platform
+                            (Apple Mac OS X) specify BSD here).
+
+                            Default directory for pdnsd cache (default=/var/
+--with-cachedir=dir         cache/pdnsd)
+                            This setting can be changed via config file
+                            settings when pdnsd has been built.
+
+                            Number of hash buckets to use (default=1024). The
+                            default should be sufficient for most purposes, but
+                            if you want to store a large number of names in the
+--with-hash-buckets=num     cache, cache lookups may be faster if the number of
+                            hash buckets is comparable to the number of names
+                            stored in the cache. The number actually used is
+                            the smallest power of two greater or equal to the
+                            number specified here.
+
+                            Enable ISDN support
+                            This option will work only on Linux and may cause
+--enable-isdn               problems with 2.0.x or old 2.2.x kernels. You will
+                            need it for a proper if uptest under Linux for ISDN
+                            ppp devices.
+
+--disable-ipv4              Disable IPv4 networking support (default=enabled)
+
+                            Enable IPv6 networking support.
+--enable-ipv6               If your OS does support IPv6 properly, you should
+                            be able to serve also IPv4 queries using this.
+                            Normally, this is disabled and you won't need it.
+
+--disable-ipv4-startup      Disable IPv4 on pdnsd startup by default (default=
+                            enabled)
+
+                            Enable IPV6 on pdnsd startup by default (default=
+                            IPv4). These options are only defaults, you can
+--enable-ipv6-startup       specify on the command line or in the config files
+                            which IP version will really be used. Normally, you
+                            won't need to change these.
+
+--disable-udp-queries       Disable UDP as query method. You shouldn't need to
+                            change this.
+
+                            Disable TCP as query method. This only effects the
+                            querying of name servers by pdnsd, not the ability
+                            of pdnsd to answer TCP queries from clients. TCP
+                            queries are slower than UDP queries, but can be
+--disable-tcp-queries       more secure against certain types of attacks and
+                            are able to handle large answers. For normal use
+                            this can be disabled. (Note that the default has
+                            changed: TCP-query support is now compiled in by
+                            default, but it still depends on the run-time
+                            options whether it is actually used.)
+
+                            Specify the query method (default=udponly, others:
+                            tcponly, tcpudp, udptcp). If you have enabled both
+                            UDP and TCP queries, this lets you control which
+                            query method pdnsd will use by default. tcpudp will
+                            try TCP first and fall back to UDP if TCP is not
+--with-query-method=qm      supported by the server; udptcp will try UDP first
+                            and, if the answer was truncated, will repeat the
+                            query using TCP. udponly and tcponly should be
+                            clear. Note that this only effects the compiled-in
+                            default; the query method can still be changed
+                            using command-line options or options in the
+                            configuration file.
+
+                            Disable the TCP server. In this case pdnsd will not
+--disable-tcp-server        be able to respond to TCP queries from clients.
+                            This may cause problems with very large answers.
+
+                            Disable the UDP source address discovery.
+                            You need this only if you have trouble with
+--disable-src-addr-disc     messages saying "could not discover udp source
+                            address".
+                            For the Cygwin target, this option is disabled by
+                            default.
+
+--disable-poll              Disable poll(2) and use select(2) (default=enabled)
+                            You will normally not need this.
+
+                            Since version 1.2.9 this option is obsolete and
+                            ignored. It is now possible to configure for each
+--disable-new-rrs           RR type separately whether it is cacheable by pdnsd
+                            by editing the file src/rr_types.in. The comments
+                            in this file explain how to do this.
+
+                            Enforce strict RFC 2181 compliance.
+                            This will cause pdnsd to reject DNS answers with
+--enable-strict-rfc2181     incorrect timestamp settings (multiple RRs of the
+                            same type and for the same domain with different
+                            TTLs). Normally not needed.
+
+                            This option is obsolete. Since version 1.2, pdnsd
+--enable-underscores        places no restrictions on the types of characters
+                            in domain names (there are still a few restrictions
+                            for locally defined names, though).
+
+                            Specify random device; default: C Library random()
+                            PRNG
+                            pdnsd uses (pseudo-) random numbers as query IDs
+                            for security reasons (this makes forging DNS
+                            answers more difficult). This option controls where
+                            pdnsd gets these from. The default is the C library
+                            random() function, which is relatively weak. You
+                            can specify a device like /dev/urandom here if you
+--with-random-device=       like; pdnsd will read random numbers from it
+device                      16-bit-wise. /dev/urandom is present under Linux
+                            and most BSD derivates. You should not use /dev/
+                            random - it is more secure, but may block and delay
+                            pdnsd's answers for a long time.
+                            You can specify arc4random to use the BSD
+                            arc4random() library function (default for FreeBSD
+                            target), which is considered safe.
+                            You can also specify random as device to use the C
+                            Library random() function (described above).
+
+                            Specify default user for pdnsd (default=nobody).
+                            This is the user that will be entered for the
+--with-default-id=user      run_as option in the config file (see below) that
+                            will be installed during make install. You can
+                            change this any time in your config file.
+
+                            Specify debugging level. Normally you can safely
+                            switch debugging off by setting the level to 0.
+                            This will increase speed (although only marginally)
+                            and save space in the executable (only about 12kB).
+                            However, more significant may be the savings in
+                            stack space, especially if pdnsd is put under heavy
+                            load and there are many simultaneous running
+                            threads.
+                            Presently the only defined debug levels are in the
+                            range 0 - 9. Setting the level to 9 enables hex
+--with-debug=level          dumps of the queries and replies pdnsd receives and
+                            should normally not be needed. Debug output will
+                            only be generated if you turn on special switches;
+                            it might be useful for debugging your config files,
+                            so I recommend using the default (1). However, if
+                            you use pdnsd under heavy load, a better strategy
+                            may be to compile one version of pdnsd without
+                            debug support (configured with --with-debug=0) for
+                            production use, and one version with with debug
+                            support (e.g. --with-debug=9) for diagnostic
+                            purposes.
+
+--with-verbosity=level      Specify default message verbosity. The default
+                            should be ok.
+
+                            Enable RCS IDs in executables (default=disabled).
+--enable-rcsids             For personal use, there is no need to do this. If
+                            you build rpm's, it might have advantages.
+
+                            Enable subsequent tcp queries. The DNS protocol
+                            standard requires that servers must be capable of
+                            answering multiple subsequent queries that are sent
+                            over the same tcp connection, and that the server
+                            may only close the connection by himself after a
+                            certain timeout. This feature is rarely used, but
+--enable-tcp-subseq         may make denial-of-service attacks easier, as it
+                            allows for an attacker to hold a connection open a
+                            long time (although the attacker's IP is most
+                            likely revealed then). For full standard
+                            compliance, you should use this option. If you do
+                            not use --enable-tcp-server, is option is not
+                            honored.
+
+                            Specify default tcp query timeout after which the
+                            connection is closed if no full query has been
+--with-tcp-qtimeout=secs    received. The default is 30s. You can also change
+                            this option at run time using the tcp_qtimeout
+                            config file option. If you do not use
+                            --enable-tcp-server, is option is not honored.
+
+                            Specify the default number of queries that can be
+                            executed in parallel. You can also change this
+--with-par-queries=num      option at run time using the par_queries config
+                            file option. See the description of that option for
+                            an explanation of what it really does.
+                            The default for this option is 2.
+
+                            New in version 1.2.9b: Specify the maximum number
+                            of IP addresses that can be used per nameserver
+                            obtained from NS records (when resolving names
+                            recursively). Just one IP address per nameserver is
+                            sufficient in the vast majority of cases (and this
+--with-max-nameserver-ips   was the strategy used by pdnsd in previous
+=num                        versions), but in rare cases this will cause
+                            unnecessary resolve failures if the address chosen
+                            for each nameserver happens to be unreachable while
+                            the other addresses would lead to successful
+                            resolution.
+                            The default for this option is 3.
+
+                            Added by Paul Rombouts: Use this option if you
+                            experience problems with signal handling under
+                            Linux. The usual symptom is that pdnsd fails to
+                            save the cache to disk, and /var/cache/pdnsd/
+                            pdnsd.cache remains empty. If you experience this
+                            kind of trouble, try reconfiguring with different
+                            values for the --with-thread-lib option. The
+                            allowable values are linuxthreads (or lt for
+                            short), linuxthreads2 (or lt2 for short), and nptl.
+                            By default the configure script tries to detect
+--with-thread-lib=lib       automatically whether linuxthreads or nptl is more
+                            appropriate for your system, but the method used is
+                            not foolproof. Look for the line: checking if this
+                            is an NPTL-based system...
+                            If the automatic test mistakenly indentifies the
+                            thread library on your system as NPTL based, you
+                            should reconfigure with --with-thread-lib=lt and
+                            recompile. If the result of the automatic test is
+                            "no" or if --with-thread-lib=lt does not have the
+                            desired effect, try again using --with-thread-lib=
+                            lt2 .
+
+Normally, you will need only --prefix, --sysconfdir and --with-distribution. If
+you specify your distribution using --with-distribution, this has the following
+effects:
+
+  * An rc script is copied in the appropriate localtion, which enables pdnsd to
+    start at machine boot time (see 0.4)
+  * Distribution-specific portions might be included in the generated
+    pdnsd.spec file (only important if you want to build rpm archives
+    yourself).
+
+If you choose Generic, no rc script is installed, and a generic spec file is
+generated.
+Further instructions are in the INSTALL document in the pdnsd source directory.
+./configure --help will give you a list of all supported command line options.
+
+Note added by Paul Rombouts: Some people may want change the compiler
+optimization flag. I use the -O2 flag, but it might be safer to use a lower
+level of optimization or no optimization at all. In that case prefix the
+configure command with the desired compiler flags like this (assuming you're
+using a bash shell):
+
+CFLAGS="-O1 -Wall" ./configure ...
+
+
+0.3.3 Building & installing
+
+Type make in the source directory. Should work by now.
+To install, type make install or do the installation by hand (see 0.3.4).
+make install will do the following ($prefix is the prefix directory; see
+above):
+
+ 1. copies pdnsd to $(prefix)/sbin/
+ 2. copies pdnsd-ctl to $(prefix)/sbin/
+ 3. copies docs/pdnsd.conf.sample (a sample configuration) to the pdnsd config
+    directory.
+ 4. creates your cache directory if it is not there. After installation, you
+    should check the file permissions and create or edit /etc/pdnsd.conf to fit
+    your needs (see below). If you use the run_as option, please make sure that
+    your cache directory is owned by the user you specified with this option!
+
+You must be root for this installation!
+Security notes: never make the pdnsd cache directory writeable for untrusted
+users, or you will get several security holes: the users might modify the cache
+contents, or plant dangerous links.
+If you use a pidfile, you should be aware that you introduce security problems
+if you place the pidfile in a directory in a NFS filesystem that is writeable
+for untrusted users. Generally, the pidfile directory (typically /var/run)
+should not be writeable for untrusted users.
+
+0.3.4 Manual installation
+
+For a manual installation, you need to do the following steps:
+
+ 1. Copy pdnsd and pdnsd-ctl from your build directory to an appropriate
+    location (e.g. /usr/sbin).
+ 2. Copy docs/pdnsd.conf into the directory you want it to reside (/etc by
+    default, and change it according to your needs (see below).
+ 3. Create your caching directory; default is /var/cache/pdnsd (you may change
+    this in your pdnsd.conf); Permissions should be at max rwxr-xr-x (if you
+    want to protect your cache and status socket, make it rwx------).
+
+Thats it!
+
+0.4 Start at boot time
+
+In the src/rc folder of the pdnsd distribution are start scripts for pdnsd
+designed for different Linux distros. There are scripts for SuSE, Redhat,
+Debian, Arch Linux and Slackware now.
+The start scripts are automatically installed during RPM install, and also
+during make install if you specified your distro.
+For Slackware Linux there is a start-up script contributed by Nikola Kotur, but
+presently it must be installed manually. See src/rc/README and src/rc/Slackware
+/rc.pdnsd for details.
+
+0.4.1 SuSE Linux startup
+
+rc/SuSE/pdnsd is a start script for SuSE Linux. It was tested for 6.? but
+should run on some versions below. You can do make install as root in the rc/
+SuSE directory to install it, or you can install manually:
+
+manual installation
+
+For manual installation, copy rc/SuSE/pdnsd into /sbin/init.d/, go to /sbin/
+init.d/rc2.d/ and create there the following two symlinks:
+S11pdnsd to ../pdnsd (do ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd in that dir)
+K34pdnsd to ../pdnsd (do ln -s ../pdnsd K34pdnsd in that dir)
+The numbers dictate the order different services are started and might need to
+be modified. Then edit your /etc/rc.config file and add the line START_PDNSD=
+yes to start pdnsd at boot time.
+
+If you used the make install command, START_PDNSD=yes has been appended to your
+/etc/rc.config file, causing pdnsd to be started at boot time. If you don't
+want that, change the yes into no.
+
+This start script was created from /sbin/init.d/skeleton by me, so the most is
+copyrighted by SuSE. They put it under the GPL, however, so the license stated
+in COPYING also applies to this script. There is NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND on
+these scripts. This is no official SuSE script, and SuSE naturally does NO
+support for it.
+
+0.4.2 Red Hat Linux startup
+
+rc/Redhat/pdnsd is a start script for Red Hat Linux. It was contibuted by
+Torben Janssen.
+This was tested for 6.1 but should run on 5.0+. You can do make install as root
+in the rc/Redhat directory to install it, or you can install manually:
+
+manual installation
+
+For manual installation, copy rc/Redhat/pdnsd into /etc/rc.d/init.d/
+Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc3.d and create there the following symlink:
+S78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd (do ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd S78pdnsd in that dir)
+Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc0.d and create there the following symlink:
+K78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd (do ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd in that dir)
+Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc6.d and create there the following symlink:
+K78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd (do ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd in that dir)
+
+This script is also covered by license stated in COPYING. Again, there is NO
+WARRANTY OF ANY KIND on these scripts. This is no offical Redhat script, and
+Redhat naturally does NO support for it
+
+0.5 Notes for FreeBSD users
+
+The special handling of ISDN ppp devices is only supported on Linux. It is not
+needed in FreeBSD, the normal device handling also works fine with isdn4bsd
+devices.
+When compiled for FreeBSD, pdnsd as a small RFC compatability issue: RFC2181
+demands answers on dns querys to be sent with the same source address the query
+packet went to. In seldom cases, this will not be the case, because the kernel
+selects the source address depending on the interface that was used for sending
+the answer.
+Setting the source address currently does not work for IPv4. I have written a
+kernel patch that will provide an easy way to program this. We'll see if or
+when it gets commited.
+
+
+
+1 Invocation
+
+When invoking pdnsd, you can specify various options at the command line.
+Command line options always override config file options. The various --noX
+options are present to override config file options.
+
+pdnsd --help (or -h) gives you an overview of the pdnsd command line options.
+
+pdnsd --version (or -V for short) prints licence and version information.
+
+To start pdnsd as background daemon, specifiy --daemon (or -d for short) on the
+command line. Diagnostic and error messages after the actual daemon start will
+be printed to the syslog instead of the console. --nodaemon will disable this.
+
+When starting pdnsd as a daemon, the -p option may be helpful: It writes the
+pid of the server process to the file of the name given as argument to this
+option.
+Example: pdnsd -d -p /var/run/pdnsd.pid
+
+If you want to specify a configuration file other than /etc/pdnsd.conf, specify
+-c or --config-file on the command line, followed by a filename.
+
+If pdnsd was compiled with debugging support, you may specify -g or --debug on
+the command line. This will cause extra diagnostic messages to be printed. When
+pdnsd runs in daemon mode, the messages will be written to the pdnsd.debug file
+in your cache directory. --nodebug disables debugging.
+
+pdnsd -vn sets the verbosity level of pdnsd. n is normally a digit from 0 to 3,
+where 0 means normal operation, while 3 will most verbose. Level 9 can be used
+in combination with the --debug option for very extensive debug information.
+Note: The current implementation mostly ignores the verbosity level, so you may
+not notice much difference between the various levels.
+
+The option -s or --status enables the status control socket. This is a named
+socket in the cache directory called pdnsd.status. This socket allows run-time
+configuration of pdnsd using the utility pdnsd-ctl. See below for more details
+about pdnsd-ctl. --nostatus disables status control. See also the configuration
+option status_ctl in the global section.
+
+The option --notcp disables the seldom needed TCP server thread, which may save
+you some resources. -t or --tcp will enable it. See also the tcp_server
+configuration option.
+
+Using the -m option, you can select the method pdnsd uses to query other name
+servers. Following methods are supported (see also the query_method
+configuration option):
+-muo: pdnsd will use UDP only. This is the fastest method, and should be
+supported by all name servers on the Internet.
+-mto: pdnsd will use TCP only. TCP queries usually take longer time than UDP
+queries, but are more secure against certain attacks, where an attacker tries
+to guess your query id and to send forged answers. TCP queries are not
+supported by some name servers.
+-mtu: pdnsd will try to use TCP, and will fall back to UDP if its connection is
+refused or times out.
+-mut: New in version 1.2.5: pdnsd will try to use UDP, and will repeat the
+query using TCP if the UDP reply was truncated (i.e. the tc bit is set). This
+is the behaviour recommended by the DNS standards.
+
+The -4 option switches to IPv4 mode, providing pdnsd was compiled with IPv4
+support.
+The -6 option switches to IPv6 mode, providing pdnsd was compiled with IPv6
+support.
+The -a option is only available when pdnsd was compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6
+support. With this option, pdnsd will try to detect automatically if a system
+supports IPv6, and fall back to IPv4 otherwise.
+
+With -i prefix or --ipv4_6_prefix=prefix you can set the prefix pdnsd uses
+(when running in IPv6 mode) to map IPv4 addresses in the configuration file to
+IPv6 addresses. There is also a corresponding option for the config file, see
+below. Must be a valid IPv6 address. The default is ::ffff:0.0.0.0
+
+2 The configuration file
+
+This section describes the layout of the configuration file and the available
+configuration options. The default location of the file is /etc/pdnsd.conf.
+This may be changed with the -c command line option. An example pdnsd.conf
+comes with the pdnsd distribution in the docs directory and will be installed
+to /etc/ by make install.
+
+2.1 Layout
+
+The configuration file is divided into sections. Each section is prefixed with
+the section name and opening curlies ({) and closed with closing curlies (}).
+In each section, configuration options can be given in the form
+option_name=option_value;
+Option value may be a string literal, a number, a time specification or a
+constant. In previous versions of pdnsd strings had to be enclosed in quotes
+("), but since version 1.1.10 this is no longer necessary, unless a string
+contains a special character such as whitespace, a token that normally starts a
+comment, or one of ",;{}". Since version 1.2.9 a backslash () inside a string
+is interpreted as an escape character, so it is possible to include special
+characters in strings (both quoted or unquoted) by preceding them with a
+backslash. Some escape sequences are in interpreted as in the C programming
+language, e.g. \t becomes a tab, \n becomes a new-line control char.
+A time specification consists a sequence of digits followed by a one-letter
+suffix. The following suffixes are recognized: s (seconds), m (minutes), h
+(hours), d (days) and w (weeks). If the suffix is missing, seconds are assumed.
+If several time specifications are concatenated, their values are added
+together; e.g. 2h30m is interpreted as 2*60*60 + 30*60 = 9000 seconds.
+Some options take more than one value; in this case, the values are separated
+with commas.
+If you may supply one of a set of possible values to an option, this is noted
+in the documentation as (option1|option2|option3|...)
+The constants true|false and yes|no are accepted as synonyms for the constants
+on|off.
+Comments may be enclosed in /* and */, nested comments are possible. If the #
+sign or two slashes (//) appear in the configuration file, everything from
+these signs to the end of the current line is regarded as a comment and
+ignored.
+There are examples for nearly all options in the sample config file.
+
+2.1.1 global Section
+
+The global section specifies parameters that affect the overall behaviour of
+the server. If you specify multiple global sections, the settings of those
+later in the file will overwrite the earlier given values.
+These are the possible options:
+
+
+perm_cache=(number|off);
+Switch the disk cache off or supply a maximum cache size in kB. If the disk
+cache is switched off, 8 bytes will still be written to disk. The memory cache
+is always 10kB larger than the file cache. This value is 2048 (2 MB) by
+default.
+
+cache_dir=string;
+Set the directory you want to keep the cache in. The default is "/var/cache/
+pdnsd" (unless pdnsd was compiled with a different default).
+
+server_port=number;
+Set the server port. This is especially useful when you want to start the
+server and are not root. Note that you may also not specify uptest=ping in the
+server section as non-root.
+The default port is 53, the RFC-standard one. Note that you should only use
+non-standard ports when you only need clients on your machine to communicate
+with the server; others will probably fail if the try to contact the server on
+the basis of an NS record, since the A record that supplies the address for
+(among others) name servers does not have a port number specification.
+
+server_ip=string;
+or
+interface=string;
+Set the IP address pdnsd listens on for requests. This can be useful when the
+host has several interfaces and you want pdnsd not to listen on all interfaces.
+For example, it is possible to bind pdnsd to listen on 127.0.0.2 to allow pdnsd
+to be a forwarder for BIND. The default setting for this option is server_ip=
+any, which means that pdnsd will listen on all of your local interfaces.
+Presently you can only specify one address here; if you want pdnsd to listen on
+multiple interfaces but not all you will have to specify server_ip=any and use
+firewall rules to restrict access.
+The IP address used to need quotation marks around it, but since version 1.1.10
+this is no longer necessary.
+If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, and you want to
+specify an IPv6 address here, then unless pdnsd was compiled to start up in
+IPv6 mode by default, you will need to use the -6 command-line option or set
+run_ipv4=off first (see below) in order to ensure that the IPv6 address is
+parsed correctly.
+If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here, it will
+automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+New in version 1.2: You may also give the name of an interface such as "lo" or
+"eth0" here, instead of an IP address (this has been tested on Linux, and may
+or may not work on other platforms). pdnsd will not bind to the interface name,
+but will look up the address of the interface at start-up and listen on that
+address. If the address of the interface changes while pdnsd is running, pdnsd
+will not notice that. You will need to restart pdnsd in that case.
+
+outgoing_ip=string;
+or
+outside_interface=string;
+New in version 1.2.9: Set the IP address of the interface used by pdnsd for
+outgoing queries. This can be useful when the host has several interfaces and
+you want pdnsd to send outgoing queries via only one of them. For example, if
+pdnsd is running on a host with one interface with IP address 192.168.1.1
+connected to the local network, and another with IP address 123.xxx.yyy.zzz
+connected to the internet, you may specify server_ip=192.168.1.1 and
+outgoing_ip=123.xxx.yyy.zzz to enforce that pdnsd only responds to queries
+received from the local network, and only sends outgoing queries via the
+interface connected to the internet.
+The default setting for this option is any, which means that the kernel is free
+to decide which interface to use. Like with the server_ip option, you may also
+give the name of an interface here, instead of an IP address.
+
+linkdown_kluge=(on|off);
+This option enables a kluge that some people might need: when all servers are
+marked down, with this option set the cache is not even used when a query is
+received, and a DNS error is returned in any case. The only exception from this
+is that local records (as specified in rr and source sections are still served
+normally. In general, you probably want to get cached entries even when the
+network is down, so this defaults to off.
+
+max_ttl=timespec;
+This option sets the maximum time a record is held in cache. All dns resource
+records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the record
+may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is more than the value
+given with max_ttl, this time to live value is set to max_ttl. This is done to
+prevent records from being cached an inappropriate long period of time, because
+that is almost never a good thing to do. Default is 604800s (one week).
+
+min_ttl=timespec;
+This option sets the minimum time a record is held in cache. All dns resource
+records have a time to live field that says for what period of time the record
+may be cached before it needs to be requeried. If this is less than the value
+given with min_ttl, this time to live value is set to min_ttl. Default is 120
+seconds.
+
+neg_ttl=timespec;
+This option sets the time that negatively cached records will remain valid in
+the cache if no time to live can be determined. This is always the case when
+whole domains are being cached negatively, and additionally when record types
+are cached negatively for a domain for which no SOA record is known to pdnsd.
+If a SOA is present, the ttl of the SOA is taken.
+
+neg_rrs_pol=(on|off|auth|default);
+This sets the RR set policy for negative caching; this tells pdnsd under which
+circumstances it should cache a record type negatively for a certain domain.
+off will turn the negative caching of record types off, on will always add a
+negative cache entry when a name server did not return a record type we asked
+it for, and auth will only add such entries if the answer came from an
+authoritative name server for that domain.
+New in version 1.2.8: The default setting will add a negatively cached record
+if either the answer was authoritive or the answer indicated the name server
+had "recursion available" while the query explicitly requested such recursion.
+The preset is "default" (used to be auth).
+
+neg_domain_pol=(on|off|auth);
+This is analogue to neg_rrs_pol for whole domain negative caching. It should be
+safe to set this on, because I have not seen a caching server that will falsely
+claim that a domain does not exist.
+The default is auth.
+
+run_as=string;
+This option allows you to let pdnsd change its user and group id after
+operations that needed privileges have been done. This helps minimize security
+risks and is therefore recommended. The supplied string gives a user name whose
+user id and primary group id are taken.
+A little more details: after reading the config file, becoming a daemon (if
+specified) and starting the server status thread, the main thread changes its
+gid and uid, as do all newly created threads thereafter. By taking another uid
+and gid, those threads run with the privileges of the specified user. Under
+Linux and FreeBSD, the server status thread runs with the original privileges
+only when the strict_setuid option is set to off (see below, on by default),
+because these may be needed for exec uptests. The manager thread also retains
+its original privileges in this case. You should take care that the user you
+specify has write permissions on your cache file and status pipe (if you need a
+status pipe). You should look out for error messages like "permission denied"
+and "operation not permitted" to discover permission problems.
+
+strict_setuid=(on|off);
+When used together with the run_as option, this option lets you specify that
+all threads of the program will run with the privileges of the run_as user.
+This provides higher security than the normal run_as option, but is not always
+possible. See the run_as option for further discussion.
+This option is on by default.
+Note that this option has no effect on Non-Linux systems.
+
+paranoid=(on|off);
+Normally, pdnsd queries all servers in recursive mode (i.e. instructs servers
+to query other servers themselves if possible, and to give back answers for
+domains that may not be in its authority), and accepts additional records with
+information for servers that are not in the authority of the queried server.
+This opens the possibility of so-called cache poisoning: a malicious attacker
+might set up a dns server that, when queried, returns forged additional
+records. This way, he might replace trusted servers with his own ones by making
+your dns server return bad IP addresses. This option protects you from cache
+poisoning by rejecting additional records that do not describe domains in the
+queried servers authority space and not doing recursive queries any more. An
+exception to this rule are the servers you specify in your config file, which
+are trusted.
+The penalty is a possible performance decrease, in particular, more queries
+might be necessary for the same operation.
+You should also notice that there may be other similar security problems, which
+are essentially problems of the DNS, i.e. any "traditional" server has them
+(the DNS security extensions solve these problems, but are not widely
+supported). One of this vulnerabilities is that an attacker may bombard you
+with forged answers in hopes that one may match a query you have done. If you
+have done such a query, one in 65536 forged packets will be succesful (i.e. an
+average packet count of 32768 is needed for that attack). pdnsd can use TCP for
+queries, which has a slightly higher overhead, but is much less vulnerable to
+such attacks on sane operating systems. Also, pdnsd chooses random query ids,
+so that an attacker cannot take a shortcut. If the attacker is able to listen
+to your network traffic, this attack is relatively easy, though.
+This vulnerability is not pdnsd's fault, and is possible using any conventional
+name server (pdnsd is perhaps a little more secured against this type of
+attacks if you make it use TCP).
+The paranoid option is off by default.
+
+ignore_cd=(on|off);
+New in version 1.2.8: This option lets you specify that the CD bit of a DNS
+query will be ignored. Otherwise pdnsd will reply FORMERR to clients that set
+this bit in a query. It is safe to enable this option, as the CD bit refers to
+'Checking Disabled' which means that the client will accept non-authenticated
+data.
+This option is on by default. Turn it off if you want the old behaviour (before
+version 1.2.8).
+
+scheme_file=string;
+In addition to normal uptests, you may specify that some servers shall only be
+queried when a certain pcmcia-cs scheme is active (only under linux). For that,
+pdnsd needs to know where the file resides that holds the pcmcia scheme
+information. Normally, this is either /var/lib/pcmcia/scheme or /var/state/
+pcmcia/scheme.
+
+status_ctl=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -s command line option: the status control is
+enabled when on is specified.
+Added by Paul Rombouts: Note that pdnsd-ctl allows run-time configuration of
+pdnsd, even the IP addesses of the name servers can be changed. If you're not
+using pdnsd-ctl and you want maximum security, you should not enable this
+option. It is disabled by default.
+
+daemon=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -d command line option: the daemon mode is
+enabled when on is specified.
+Default is off.
+
+tcp_server=(on|off);
+tcp_server=on has the same effect as the -t or --tcp command-line option: it
+enables TCP serving. Similarly, tcp_server=off is like the --notcp command-line
+option.
+Default is on.
+
+pid_file=string;
+This has the same effect as the -p command line option: you can specify a file
+that pdnsd will write its pid into when it starts in daemon mode.
+
+verbosity=number;
+This has the same effect as the -v command line option: you can set the
+verbosity of pdnsd's messages with it. The argument is a number between 0 (few
+messages) to 3 (most messages).
+
+query_method=(tcp_only|udp_only|tcp_udp|udp_tcp);
+This has the same effect as the -m command line option. Read the documentation
+for the command line option on this. tcp_only corresponds to the to, udp_only
+to the uo, tcp_udp to the tu and udp_tcp to the ut argument of the command line
+option.
+If you use query_method=tcp_udp, it is recommended that you also set the global
+timeout option to at least twice the longest server timeout.
+
+run_ipv4=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -4 or -6 command line option: if on is
+specified, IPv4 support is enabled, and IPv6 support is disabled (if
+available). If off is specified, IPv4 will be disabled and IPv6 will be
+enabled. For this option to be meaningful, pdnsd needs to be compiled with
+support for the protocol you choose. If pdnsd was compiled with both IPv4 and
+IPv6 support, and you want to include IPv6 addresses in the configuration file,
+you will probably need to specify run_ipv4=off first to ensure that the IPv6
+addresses are parsed correctly.
+
+debug=(on|off);
+This has the same effect as the -g command line option: the debugging messages
+are enabled when on is specified.
+
+ctl_perms=number;
+This option allows you to set the file permissions that the pdnsd status
+control socket will have. These are the same as file permissions. The owner of
+the file will be the run_as user, or, if none is specified, the user who
+started pdnsd. If you want to specify the permissions in octal (as usual),
+don't forget the leading zero (0600 instead of 600!). To use the status
+control, write access is needed. The default is 0600 (only the owner may read
+or write).
+Please note that the socket is kept in the cache directory, and that the cache
+directory permissions might also need to be adjusted. Please ensure that the
+cache directory is not writeable for untrusted users.
+
+proc_limit=number;
+With this option, you can set a limit on the pdnsd threads that will be active
+simultaneously. If this number is exceeded, queries are queued and may be
+delayed some time. See also the procq_limit option.
+The default for this option is 40.
+
+procq_limit=number;
+When the query thread limit proc_limit is exceeded, connection attempts to
+pdnsd will be queued. With this option, you can set the maximum queue length.
+If this length is also exceeded, the incoming queries will be dropped. That
+means that tcp connections will be closed and udp queries will just be dropped,
+which will probably cause the querying resolver to wait for an answer until it
+times out.
+See also the proc_limit option. A maximum of proc_limit+procq_limit query
+threads will exist at any one time (plus 3 to 6 threads that will always be
+present depending on your configuration).
+The default for this option is 60.
+
+tcp_qtimeout=timespec;
+This option sets a timeout for tcp queries. If no full query has been received
+on a tcp connection after that time has passed, the connection will be closed.
+The default is set using the --with-tcp-qtimeout option to configure.
+
+par_queries=number;
+This option used to set the maximum number of remote servers that would be
+queried simultaneously, for every query that pdnsd receives.
+Since version 1.1.11, the meaning of this option has changed slightly. It is
+now the increment with which the number of parallel queries is increased when
+the previous set of servers has timed out. For example, if we have a list
+server1, server2, server3, etc. of available servers and par_queries=2, then
+pdnsd will first send queries to server1 and server2, and listen for responses
+from these servers.
+If these servers do not send a reply within their timeout period, pdnsd will
+send additional queries to server3 and server4, and listen for responses from
+server1, server2, server3 and server4, and so on until a useful reply is
+received or the list is exhausted.
+In the worst case there will be pending queries to all the servers in the list
+of available servers. We may be using more system resources this way (but only
+if the first servers in the list are slow or unresponsive), but the advantage
+is that we have a greater chance of catching a reply. After all, if we wait
+longer anyway, why not for more servers.
+See also the explanation of the global timeout option below.
+1 or 2 are good values for this option. The default is set at compile time
+using the --with-par-queries option to configure.
+
+timeout=timespec;
+This is the global timeout parameter for dns queries. This specifies the
+minimum period of time pdnsd will wait after sending the first query to a
+remote server before giving up without having received a reply. The timeout
+options in the configuration file are now only minimum timeout intervals.
+Setting the global timeout option makes it possible to specify quite short
+timeout intervals in the server sections (see below). This will have the effect
+that pdnsd will start querying additional servers fairly quickly if the first
+servers are slow to respond (but will still continue to listen for responses
+from the first ones). This may allow pdnsd to get an answer more quickly in
+certain situations.
+If you use query_method=tcp_udp it is recommended that you make the global
+timeout at least twice as large as the largest server timeout, otherwise pdnsd
+may not have time to try a UDP query if a TCP connection times out.
+Default value is 0.
+
+randomize_recs=(on|off);
+If this option is turned on, pdnsd will randomly reorder the cached records of
+one type when creating an answer. This supports round-robin DNS schemes and
+increases fail safety for hosts with multiple IP addresses, so this is usually
+a good idea.
+On by default.
+
+query_port_start=(number|none);
+If a number is given, this defines the start of the port range used for queries
+of pdnsd. The value given must be >= 1024. The purpose of this option is to aid
+certain firewall configurations that are based on the source port. Please keep
+in mind that another application may bind a port in that range, so a stateful
+firewall using target port and/or process uid may be more effective. In case a
+query start port is given pdnsd uses this port as the first port of a specified
+port range (see query_port_end) used for queries. pdnsd will try to randomly
+select a free port from this range as local port for the query.
+To ensure that there are enough ports for pdnsd to use, the range between
+query_port_start and query_port_end should be adjusted to at least (par_queries
+* proc_limit). A larger range is highly recommended for security reasons, and
+also because other applications may allocate ports in that range. If possible,
+this range should be kept out of the space that other applications usually use.
+The default for this option is 1024. Together with the default value of
+query_port_end, this makes it the hardest for an attacker to guess the source
+port used by the pdnsd resolver. If you specify none here, pdnsd will let the
+kernel choose the source port, but this may leave pdnsd more vulnerable to an
+attack.
+
+query_port_end=number;
+Used if query_port_start is not none. Defines the last port of the range
+started by query_port_start used for querys by pdnsd. The default is 65535,
+which is also the maximum legal value for this option. For details see the
+description of query_port_start.
+
+delegation_only=string;
+Added by Paul Rombouts: This option specifies a "delegation-only" zone. This
+means that if pdnsd receives a query for a name that is in a subdomain of a
+"delegation-only" zone but the remote name server returns an answer with an
+authority section lacking any NS RRs for subdomains of that zone, pdnsd will
+answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain). This feature can be used for undoing the
+undesired effects of DNS "wildcards". Several "delegation-only" zones may be
+specified together. If you specify root servers in a server section it is
+important that you set root_server=on in such a section.
+Example:
+
+delegation_only="com","net";
+
+This feature is off by default. It is recommended that you only use this
+feature if you actually need it, because there is a risk that some legitimate
+names will be blocked, especially if the remote name servers queried by pdnsd
+return answers with empty authority sections.
+
+ipv4_6_prefix=string;
+This option has the same effect as the -i command-line option. When pdnsd runs
+in IPv6 mode, this option specifies the prefix pdnsd uses to convert IPv4
+addresses in the configuration file (or addresses specified with pdnsd-ctl) to
+IPv6-mapped addresses. The string must be a valid IPv6 address. Only the first
+96 bits are used. Note that this only effects the parsing of IPv4 addresses
+listed after this option.
+The default is "::ffff.0.0.0.0".
+
+use_nss=(on|off);
+If this option is turned on, pdnsd will call initgroups() to set up the group
+access list, whenever pdnsd changes its user and group id (see run_as option).
+There is a possible snag, though, if initgroups() uses NSS (Name Service
+Switch) and NSS in turn uses DNS. In such a case you may experience lengthy
+timeouts and stalls. By setting use_nss=off, you can disable the initgroups()
+call (only possible in versions 1.2.5 and later).
+This option was contributed by Jan-Marek Glogowski.
+On by default.
+
+udpbufsize=number;
+New in version 1.2.9: This option sets the upper limit on the size of UDP DNS
+messages. The default is 1024.
+See also the edns_query server option below.
+
+
+2.1.2 server Section
+
+Each server section specifies a set of name servers that pdnsd should try to
+get resource records or authoritative name server information from. The servers
+are queried in the order of their appearance (or parallel to a limited extend).
+If one fails, the next one is taken and so on.
+You probably want to specify the dns server in your LAN, the caching dns
+servers of your internet provider or even a list of root servers in one or more
+server sections.
+The supported options in this section are:
+
+
+label=string;
+Specify a label for the server section. This can be used to refer to this
+section when using pdnsd-ctl, the pdnsd control utility.
+You can give several server sections the same label, but if you want to change
+the addresses of a server section (see ip option below) during run-time with
+"pdnsd-ctl server label up dns1,dns2,...", the label must be unique.
+
+ip=string;
+Give the IP (the address, not the host name) of the server.
+Multiple IP addresses can be given per server section. This can be done by
+entering multiple lines of the form ip=string; or a single line like this:
+
+ip=string,string,string;
+
+IP addresses do not have to be specified in the configuration file. A server
+section without IP addresses will remain inactive until it is assigned one or
+more addresses with pdnsd-ctl, the pdnsd control utility.
+If pdnsd has been compiled with both IPv4 and IPv6 support, any IPv6 addresses
+you specify here will be skipped with a warning message, unless pdnsd is
+running in IPv6 mode. Thus, unless pdnsd was compiled to startup in IPv6 mode
+by default, you need to use the command-line option -6 or set run_ipv4=off
+first (see global section) in order to ensure that IPv6 addresses are parsed
+correctly.
+If pdnsd is running in IPv6 mode and you specify an IPv4 address here, it will
+automatically be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+
+file=string;
+New in version 1.2: This option allows you to give the name of a
+resolv.conf-style file. Of the lines beginning with the nameserver keyword, the
+second field will be parsed as an IP address, as if it were specified with the
+ip= option. The remaining lines will be ignored. If the contents of the file
+changes while pdnsd is running, you can make pdnsd aware of the changes through
+the use of pdnsd-ctl, the pdnsd control utility. This is usually most
+conveniently done by placing the command "pdnsd-ctl config" in a script that is
+automatically run whenever the DNS configuration changes.
+For example, suppose you have a ppp client that writes the DNS configuration
+for your ISP to the file /etc/ppp/resolv.conf and runs the script /etc/ppp/
+ip-up when a new connection is established. One way of ensuring that pdnsd is
+automatically reconfigured is to add a server section in the config file with
+file=/etc/ppp/resolv.conf and to add the command "pdnsd-ctl config" to /etc/ppp
+/ip-up.
+
+port=number;
+Give the port the remote name server listens on. Default is 53 (the official
+dns port)
+
+uptest=(ping|none|if|dev|diald|exec|query);
+Determine the method to check whether the server is available. Currently
+defined methods are:
+
+  * ping: Send an ICMP_ECHO request to the server. If it doesn't respond within
+    the timeout, it is regarded to be unavailable until the next probe.
+  * none: The availability status is not changed, only the time stamp is
+    updated.
+  * if: Check whether the interface (specified in the interface= option) is
+    existent, up and running. This currently works for all "ordinary" network
+    interfaces, interfaces that disappear when down (e.g. ppp?), and
+    additionally for Linux isdn interfaces (as of kernel 2.2). Note that you
+    need a /dev/isdninfo device file (major#45, minor#255), or the isdn uptest
+    will always fail.
+  * dev and diald: Perform an if uptest, and, if that was succesful,
+    additionally check whether a program is running that has locked a given
+    (modem-) device. The needed parameters are an interface (specified as for
+    the if uptest, e.g. "ppp0") and a device relative to /dev (e.g. "modem" for
+    /dev/modem specified using the device= option. pdnsd will then look for a
+    pid file for the given interface in /var/lock (e.g. /var/run/ppp0.pid) and
+    for a lockfile for the given device (e.g. /var/lock/LCK..modem), and then
+    test whether the locking process is the process that created the pid file
+    and this process is still alive. If this is the case, the normal if uptest
+    is executed for the given interface.
+    The dev option is for pppd dial-on-demand, diald is the same for diald
+    users.
+  * exec: Executes a given command in the /bin/sh shell (as /bin/sh -c
+    <command>) and evaluates the result (the return code of the last command)
+    in the shell's way of handling return codes, i.e. 0 indicates success, all
+    other indicate failure. The shell's process name will be uptest_sh. The
+    command is given with the uptest_cmd option (see below). For secuity
+    issues, also see that entry.
+  * query: New in version 1.2: This works like the ping test, except it sends
+    an (empty) DNS query to the remote server. If the server sends a
+    well-formed response back within the timeout period (except SERVFAIL), it
+    will be regarded as available. This test is useful if a remote server does
+    not respond to ICMP_ECHO requests at all, which unfortunately is quite
+    common these days. It can also happen that a remote server is online but
+    ignores empty DNS queries. Then you will need the set the query_test_name
+    option (see below). In many cases this test will be a more reliable
+    indicator of availability than the ones mentioned before.
+
+The default value is none.
+
+NOTE: If you use on-demand dialing, use none, if, dev, diald or exec, since
+ping or query will send packets in the specified interval and the interface
+will thus frequently dial!
+
+ping_timeout=number;
+Sets the timeout for the ping test in tenths of seconds (this unit is used for
+legacy reasons; actually the current implementation is only accurate to a
+second).
+The default is 600 (one minute).
+
+ping_ip=string;
+The IP address for the ping test. The default is the IP of the name server.
+
+query_test_name=string;
+New in version 1.2.9: Sets the name to be queried when using uptest=query
+availability test. If the string is the unquoted constant none, an empty query
+is used (this the default), otherwise a query of type A will be sent for the
+domain name specified here. It is not necessary for the domain name to exist or
+have a record of type A in order for the uptest to succeed.
+If the the remote server ignores empty queries, you will probably want to set
+query_test_name="." (the root domain).
+
+uptest_cmd=string,string;
+or
+uptest_cmd=string;
+Sets the command for the uptest=exec function to the first string. If the
+second string is given, it specifies a user with whose user id and primary
+group id the command is executed.
+This is especially useful if you are executing the server as root, but do not
+want the uptest to be performed with root privileges. In fact, you should never
+execute the uptest as root if you can help it.
+If the server is running setuid or setgid, the privileges thus gained are
+attempted to be dropped even before changing identity to the specified user to
+prevent setuid/gid security holes (otherwise, any user might execute commands
+as root if you setuid the executable).
+Note that this is not always possible, and that pdnsd should never be installed
+as setuid or setgid. The command is executed using /bin/sh, so you should be
+able to use shell builtin commands.
+
+interval=(timespec|onquery|ontimeout);
+Sets the interval for the server up-test. The default is 900 seconds; however,
+a test is forced when a query times out and the timestamp is reset then.
+If you specify onquery instead of a timeout, the interface will be tested
+before every query. This is to prevent automatically dialing interfaces (diald/
+pppd or ippp) to dial on dns queries. It is intended to be used in connection
+with an interface-testing uptest ;-)
+Note that using uptest=exec, you might run into performance problems on slow
+machines when you use that option. DON'T use onquery with uptest=ping or uptest
+=query, as it may cause delays if the server does not answer (btw, it doesn't
+make sense anyway). Note also that using onquery is no guarantee that the
+interface will not be used. When another (reachable) dns server tells pdnsd to
+query a third dns server for data, pdnsd will do that and has no means of
+checking whether this will dial up the interface or not. This however should be
+a rare situation.
+New in version 1.2.3: A third possibility is to specify interval=ontimeout. In
+this case the server is not tested at startup/reconfiguration, nor at regular
+intervals, but only after a DNS query to a server times out. Certain types of
+network problems such as a refused connection will also cause the server to be
+considered unavailable. However, once a server is declared dead it is never
+considered again unless it is revived using a pdnsd-ctl config or server
+command. The idea behind this option is to minimize uptests by assuming all
+servers are available until there is reason to believe otherwise.
+
+interface=string;
+The network interface (or network device, e.g. "eth0") for the uptest=if
+option. Must be specified if uptest=if is given.
+
+device=string;
+The (modem-) device that is used for the dev uptest. If you use this for a
+dial-on-demand ppp uptest (together with uptest=dev), you need to enter the
+device you are using for your pppd here, e.g. modem for /dev/modem.
+Must be specified if uptest=dev is given.
+
+timeout=timespec;
+Set the timeout for the dns query. The default is 120 seconds. You probably
+want to set this lower.
+Timeouts specified in the configuration file are only treated as the minimum
+period of time to wait for a reply. A queries to a remote server are not
+canceled until a useful reply has been received, or all the other queries have
+timed out or failed.
+If you have also set the global timeout option, you may consider setting a
+fairly small value here. See the explanation of the timeout option in the
+global section for what that means.
+
+purge_cache=(on|off);
+In every fetched dns record, there is a cache timeout given, which specifies
+how long the fetched data may be cached until it needs to be reloaded. If
+purge_cache is set to off, the stale records are not purged (unless the cache
+size would be exceeded, in this case the oldest records are purged). Instead,
+they are still served if they cannot succesfully be updated (e.g. because all
+servers are down).
+Default is off.
+
+caching=(on|off);
+Specifies if caching shall be performed for this server at all. Default is on.
+
+lean_query=(on|off);
+Specifies whether to use the "lean" query mode. In this mode, only the
+information actually queried from pdnsd is resolved and cached. This has the
+advantage that usually less cache space is used and the query is usually
+faster. In 90% of the cases, only address (A) records are needed anyway. If
+switched off, pdnsd will always cache all data about a host it can find and
+will specifically ask for all available records (well, at least it is a good
+approximation for what it really does ;-) This will of course increase the
+answer packet sizes.
+Some buggy name servers may not deliver CNAME records when not asked for all
+records. I do not know if such servers are around, but if you have trouble
+resolving certain host names, try turning this option off.
+A last note: If you use multiple pdnsd's that access each other, turning this
+option on is probably a big win.
+This on by default.
+
+edns_query=(on|off);
+New in version 1.2.9: Specifies whether to use EDNS (Extension mechanisms for
+DNS) for outgoing queries. Currently this is only useful for allowing UDP
+message sizes larger than 512 bytes. Note that setting this option on can give
+problems in combination with some legacy systems or software, including,
+embarrassingly enough, previous versions of pdnsd.
+The default is off, but if your network can handle UDP payloads significantly
+larger than 512 bytes, the recommended value is on.
+Note that this option only effects outgoing queries. If pdnsd receives a query
+using EDNS, it will reply using EDNS regardless of the value of this option.
+See also the udpbufsize option above.
+
+scheme=string;
+You can specify a pcmcia-cs scheme that is used in addition to the uptests. If
+you specify a scheme here, the server this section is for will only be queries
+if the given scheme is active. Shell wildcards (* and ?) are allowed in the
+string under their special meanings. You need to use the scheme_file option on
+the global section to make this option work.
+
+preset=(on|off);
+This allows you to specify the initial state of a server before any uptest is
+performed. on specifies that the server is regarded available. The default is
+on. This is especially useful when you set uptest=none; and want to change the
+status of a server only via pdnsd-ctl.
+
+proxy_only=(on|off);
+When this option is set to on, answers given by the servers are always
+accepted, and no other servers (as, for example, specified in the NS records of
+the query domain) are queried. If you do not turn this option on, pdnsd will do
+such queries in some cases (in particular when processing ANY queries).
+This option is useful when you do not want pdnsd to make connections to outside
+servers for some reasons (e.g. when a firewall is blocking such queries).
+I recommend that you turn on lean_query when using this option.
+Default is off.
+
+root_server=(on|off|discover);
+Set this option to on if the servers specified in a section are root servers. A
+root server will typically only give the name servers for the top-level domain
+in its reply. Setting root_server=on will cause pdnsd to try to use cached
+information about top-level domains to reduce to number of queries to root
+servers, making the resolving of new names more efficient. You can get a list
+of available root servers by running the command "dig . ns".
+This option is also necessary if you use the delegation_only option.
+New in version 1.2.8: This option may also be set to "discover". This will
+cause pdnsd to query the servers provided with the ip= option to obtain the
+full list of root servers. The root-server addresses will replace the addresses
+specified with the ip= option. This will only be done once on startup, or after
+a "pdnsd-ctl config" command. In this case the name servers specified with the
+ip= option don't have to be root servers, they just have to know the names and
+addresses of the root servers. After root-server discovery pdnsd will behave
+just as if root_server=on had been specified.
+Default is off.
+
+randomize_servers=(on|off);
+New in version 1.2.6: Set this option to on to give each name server in this
+section an equal chance of being queried. If this option is off, the name
+servers are always queried starting with the first one specified. Even with
+this option on, the query order is not truly random. Only the first server is
+selected randomly; the following ones are queried in consecutive order,
+wrapping around to the beginning of the list when the end is reached. Note that
+this option only effects the order within a section. The servers in the first
+(active) section are always queried before those in the second one, etc.
+The default is off, but if you are resolving from root servers setting this
+option on is highly recommended. If root_server=on this option also effects the
+query order of the name servers for the top-level domains.
+
+reject=string;
+New in version 1.2.6: This option can be used to make pdnsd reject replies that
+contain certain IP addresses. You can specify a single IP address, which will
+be matched exactly, or a range of addresses using an address/mask pair. The
+mask can be specified as a simple integer, indicating the number of initial 1
+bits in the mask, or in the usual IP address notation. IP addresses may be
+either IPv4 or IPv6 (provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries
+and support for AAAA records was not disabled). When addresses in the reject
+list are compared with those in a reply, only the bits corresponding to those
+set in the netmask are significant, the rest are ignored.
+Multiple addresses or address/mask pairs may be specified; this can be done by
+entering multiple lines of the form reject=string; or a single line like this:
+
+reject=string,string,string;
+
+How pdnsd reacts when an address in the reply matches one in the reject list,
+depends on the reject_policy option, see below.
+
+reject_policy=(fail|negate);
+New in version 1.2.6: This option determines what pdnsd does when an address in
+the reply from a name server matches the reject list (see above). If this
+option is set to fail, pdnsd will try another server, or, if there no more
+servers to try, return the answer SERVFAIL. If this option is set to negate,
+pdnsd will immediately return the answer NXDOMAIN (unknown domain) without
+querying additional servers. The fail setting is useful if you don't always
+trust the servers in this section, but do trust the servers in the following
+section. The negate setting can be used to completely censor certain IP
+addresses. In this case you should put the same reject list in every server
+section, and also set the reject_recursively option (see below) to true.
+The default is fail.
+
+reject_recursively=(on|off);
+New in version 1.2.6: Normally pdnsd checks for addresses in the reject list
+(see above) only when the reply comes directly from a name server listed in the
+configuration file. With this option set to on, pdnsd will also do this check
+for name servers that where obtained from NS records in the authority section
+of a previous reply (which was incomplete and non-authoritative).
+Default is off.
+
+policy=(included|excluded|simple_only|fqdn_only);
+pdnsd supports inclusion/exclusion lists for server sections: with include= and
+exclude= (see below) you can specify domain names for which this server will be
+used or will not be used. The first match counts (i.e., the first include or
+exclude rule in a server section that matches a domain name is applied, and the
+search for other rules is terminated). If no rule matched a given domain name,
+the policy= option determines whether this server is used for the lookup for
+that domain name; when included is given, the server will be asked, and when
+excluded is given, it will not. If simple_only is given the server will be used
+if the name to lookup is a simple (single-label) domain name, on the other hand
+if fqdn_only is given the server will be used only for names consisting of two
+or more labels (i.e. the name has at least one dot in-between).
+If no server is available for a queried domain, pdnsd will return an error
+message to the client that usually will stop the client's attempts to resolve a
+specific domain from this server (the libc resolver will e.g. return an error
+to the application that tried to resolve the domain if no other servers are
+available in the resolv.conf). This may be of use sometimes.
+Note: the simple_only and fqdn_only constants were added by Paul Rombouts. They
+are useful for controlling which name servers (if any) will be used by pdnsd
+for resolving simple (single-label) host names. fqdn_only used to stand for
+"fully qualified domain name only", but this is actually a misnomer. The names
+in queries received by pdnsd are always considered to be fully qualified. If
+you do not exactly understand what the options simple_only and fqdn_only are
+good for, you are probably better off not using them.
+The default for this option is included.
+
+include=string;
+This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+the name given as string, the server is queried if this was the first matching
+rule (see also the entry for policy).
+If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain of the given name
+including the one of that name is matched, e.g. ".foo.bar." will match the
+domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.
+If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case,
+of course) will be matched (hint: if you want to include all subdomains, but
+not the domain of the given name itself, place an exact-match exclude rule
+before the include rule, e.g: exclude="foo.bar."; include=".foo.bar.";
+Previous versions of pdnsd required that names given with this and the next
+option ended in a dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd automatically adds
+a dot at the end if it is missing.
+pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several "include"
+entries in one line, e.g.:
+
+include=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";
+
+exclude=string;
+This option adds an entry to the exclusion/inclusion list. If a domain matches
+the name given as string, the server is not queried if this was the first
+matching rule (see also the entry for policy).
+If the given name starts with a dot, the whole subdomain of the given name
+including the one of that name is matched, e.g. ".foo.bar." will match the
+domain names a.foo.bar., a.b.c.foo.bar. and foo.bar.
+If it does not start in a dot, only exactly the given name (ignoring the case,
+of course) will be matched (hint: if you want to exclude all subdomains, but
+not the domain of the given name itself, place an exact-match include rule
+before the exclude rule, e.g: include="foo.bar."; exclude=".foo.bar.";
+pdnsd now also accepts a more compact notation for adding several "exclude"
+entries in one line, e.g.:
+
+exclude=".foo",".bar",".my.dom";
+
+
+2.1.3 rr Section
+
+Every rr section specifies a dns resource record that is stored locally. It
+allows you to specify own dns records that are served by pdnsd in a limited
+way. Only A, PTR, CNAME, MX, NS and SOA records are implemented.
+This option is intended to allow you to define RRs for 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa.
+and localhost. (and perhaps even one or two hosts) without having to start an
+extra named if your cached name servers do not serve those records. It is NOT
+intended and not capable to work as a full-featured name server.
+
+
+name=string;
+Specifies the name of the resource records, i.e. the domain name of the
+resource the record describes. This option must be specified before any a, ptr,
+cname, mx, ns or soa records. Names are interpreted as absolute domain names
+(i.e. pdnsd assumes they end in the root domain). For this and all following
+arguments that take domain names, you need to specify domain names in dotted
+notation (example venera.isi.edu.).
+Previous versions of pdnsd required that domain names given in the
+configuration file ended in a dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd
+automatically assumes a dot at the end if it is missing.
+New in version 1.2: It is also possible to specify a name starting with the
+label *. Such a name is called a wildcard. The * in a wildcard can match one or
+more labels in a queried name, but only whole labels. Any other * characters in
+a wildcard, apart from the leading one, will only match a literal *.
+For example, *.mydomain will match a.mydomain or www.a.mydomain, but not
+mydomain. *.a*.mydomain will match www.a*.mydomain, but not www.ab.mydomain.
+*a.mydomain will only match itself.
+Before you can specify an rr section with name=*.mydomain you must define some
+records for mydomain, typically NS and/or SOA records. Example:
+
+    rr {
+        name = mydomain;
+        ns = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+        name = *.mydomain;
+        a = 192.168.1.10;
+    }
+
+In this example, www.mydomain and ftp.mydomain will resolve to the numeric
+address 192.168.1.10 (unless you add rr sections explicitly specifying
+different addresses for www.mydomain or ftp.mydomain). If you want mydomain
+also to resolve to a numeric address, add an A record to the first rr section.
+
+ttl=timespec;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after
+this entry. This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+
+authrec=(on|off);
+If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records for this rr
+section. This means that pdnsd flags the domain record so that records of this
+domain that are not present in the cache are treated as non-existent, i.e. no
+other servers are queried for that record type, and an response containing none
+of those records is returned. This is most time what people want: if you add an
+A record for a host, and it has no AAAA record (thus no IPv6 address), you
+normally don't want other name servers to be queried for it.
+This is on by default.
+Please note that this only has an effect if it precedes the name option!
+
+reverse=(on|off);
+New in version 1.2: If you want a locally defined name to resolve to a numeric
+address and vice versa, you can achieve this by setting reverse=on before
+defining the A record (see below). The alternative is to define a separate PTR
+record, but you will probably find this option much more convenient.
+The default is off.
+
+a=string;
+Defines an A (host address) record. The argument is an IPv4 address in dotted
+notation. pdnsd will serve this address for the host name given in the name
+option.
+Provided there is sufficient support in the C libraries and support for AAAA
+records was not disabled, the argument string may also be an IPv6 address, in
+which case an AAAA record will be defined.
+This option be may used multiple times within an rr section, causing multiple
+addresses to be defined for the name. However, if you put the different
+addresses in different rr sections for the same name, the definition in the
+last rr section will cancel the definitions in the previous ones.
+
+ptr=string;
+Defines a PTR (domain name pointer) record. The argument is a host name in
+dotted notation (see name). The ptr record is for resolving adresses into
+names. For example, if you want the adress 127.0.0.1 to resolve into localhost,
+and localhost into 127.0.0.1, you need something like the following sections:
+
+    rr {
+        name = localhost;
+        a = 127.0.0.1;
+        owner = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+    rr {
+        name = 1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa;
+        ptr = localhost;
+        owner = localhost;
+        soa = localhost, root.localhost, 42, 86400, 900, 86400, 86400;
+    }
+
+The second section is for reverse resolving and uses the ptr option. Note that
+you can get the same effect by specifying only the first rr section with
+reverse=on.
+There is something special about the name in the second section: when a
+resolver wants to get a host name from an internet address, it composes an
+address that is built of the IP address in reverse byte order (1.0.0.127
+instead of 127.0.0.1) where each byte of the adress written as number
+constitutes a sub-domain under the domain in-addr.arpa.
+So, if you want to compose an adress for reverse resolving, take your ip in
+dotted notation (e.g. 1.2.3.4), reverse the byte order (4.3.2.1) and append
+in-addr.arpa. (4.3.2.1.in-addr.arpa.) Then, define an rr section giving this
+address as name and the domain name corresponding to that ip in the ptr option.
+
+cname=string;
+Defines a CNAME (canonical name) record. The argument should be a
+fully-qualified host name in dotted notation (see name). A CNAME is the DNS
+equivalent of an alias or symbolic link.
+A useful application for CNAMEs is giving short, easy to remember nicknames to
+hosts with complicated names. For example, you might want the name "news" to
+refer to your ISP's news server "nntp2.myisp.com". Instead of adding an A
+record for "news" with the same address as "nntp2.myisp.com", you could put in
+a CNAME pointing to "nntp2.myisp.com", so that if the IP address of the news
+server changes, there is no need to update the record for "news".
+To implement this with pdnsd, you could add the following section to your
+configuration file:
+
+    rr {
+        name = news;
+        cname = nntp2.myisp.com;
+        owner = localhost;
+    }
+
+mx=string,number;
+Defines an MX (mail exchange) record. The string is the host name of the mail
+server in dotted notation (see name). The number specifies the preference
+level.
+When you send mail to someone, your mail typically goes from your E-mail client
+to an SMTP server. The SMTP server then checks for the MX record of the domain
+in the E-mail address. For example, with joe@example.com, it would look for the
+MX record for example.com and find that the name of mail server for that domain
+is, say, mail.example.com. The SMTP server then gets the A record for
+mail.example.com, and connects to the mail server.
+If there are multiple MX records, the SMTP server will pick one based on the
+preference level (starting with the lowest preference number, working its way
+up).
+Don't define MX records with pdnsd unless you know what you're doing.
+
+owner=string;
+or
+ns=string;
+Defines an NS (name server) record. Specifies the name of the host which should
+be authoritative for the records you defined in the rr section. This is
+typically the host pdnsd runs on.
+Note: In previous versions of pdnsd this option had to be specified before any
+a, ptr, cname, mx or soa entries. In version 1.2, the restrictions on this
+option are same as the options just mentioned, and it must listed after the
+name= option. This can be a pain if you want to use an old config file which
+specifies owner= before name= (sorry about that). Apart from greater
+consistency, the advantage is that you can now specify as many NS records as
+you like (including zero).
+
+soa=string,string,number,timespec,timespec,timespec,timespec;
+This defines a soa (start of authority) record. The first string is the domain
+name of the server and should be equal to the name you specified as owner.
+The second string specifies the email address of the maintainer of the name
+server. It is also specified as a domain name, so you will have to replace the
+@ sign in the name with a dot (.) to get the name you have to specify here. The
+next parameter (the first number) is the serial number of the record. You
+should increment this number if you change the record.
+The 4th parameter is the refresh timeout. It specifies after what amount of
+time a caching server should attempt to refresh the cached record.
+The 5th parameter specifies a time after which a caching server should attempt
+to refresh the record after a refresh failure.
+The 6th parameter defines the timeout after which a cached record expires if it
+has not been refreshed.
+The 7th parameter is the ttl that is specified in every rr and should be the
+same as given with the ttl option (if you do not specify a ttl, use the default
+86400).
+
+txt=string,...,string;
+New in version 1.2.9: Defines an TXT record. You can specify one or more
+strings here.
+
+
+2.1.4 neg Section
+
+Every neg section specifies a dns resource record or a dns domain that should
+be cached negatively locally. Queries for negatively cached records are always
+answered immediatley with an error or an empty answer without querying other
+hosts as long as the record is valid. The records defined with neg sections
+remain valid until they are explicitely invalidated or deleted by the user
+using pdnsd-ctl.
+This is useful if a certain application asks periodically for nonexisting hosts
+or RR types and you do not want a query to go out every time the cached record
+has timed out. Example: Netscape Communicator will ask for the servers news and
+mail on startup if unconfigured. If you do not have a dns search list for your
+network, you can inhibit outgoing queries for these by specifying
+
+    neg {
+        name = news;
+        types = domain;
+    }
+    neg {
+        name = mail;
+        types = domain;
+    }
+
+in your config file. If you have a search list, you have to repeat that for any
+entry in your search list in addition to the entries given above!
+In versions 1.1.11 and later, if you negate whole domains this way, all
+subdomains will be negated as well. Thus if you specify
+neg {name=example.com; types=domain;} in the config file, this will also negate
+www.example.com, xxx.adserver.example.com, etc.
+
+
+name=string;
+Specifies the name of the domain for which negative cache entries are created.
+This option must be specified before the types option. Names are interpreted as
+absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd assumes they end in the root domain). You
+need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example venera.isi.edu.).
+Previous versions of pdnsd required that domain names given in the
+configuration file ended in a dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd
+automatically assumes a dot at the end if it is missing.
+
+ttl=timespec;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after
+this entry. This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+
+types=(domain|rr_type[,rr_type[,rr_type[,...]]]);
+Specifies what is to be cached negatively: domain will cache the whole domain
+negatively; alternatively, you can specify a comma-separated list of RR types
+which are to be cached negatively. You may specify multiple types options, but
+domain and the RR types are mutually exclusive.
+The RR types are specified using their official names from the RFC's in
+capitals, e.g. A, CNAME, NS, PTR, MX, AAAA, ...
+The command pdnsd-ctl list-rrtypes will give you a complete list of those
+types. pdnsd-ctl is built along with pdnsd and will be installed in the same
+directory as the pdnsd binary during make install.
+
+
+2.1.5 source Section
+
+Every source section allows you to let pdnsd read the records from a file in an
+/etc/hosts-like format. pdnsd will generate records to resolve the entries
+address from its host name and vice versa for every entry in the file. This is
+normally easier than defining an rr for every of your addresses, since
+localhost and your other FQDNs are normally given in /etc/hosts.
+The accepted format is as follows: The #-sign initiates a comment, the rest of
+the line from the first occurence of this character on is ignored. Empty lines
+are tolerated.
+The first entry on a line (predeceded by an arbitrary number of tabs and
+spaces) is the IP in dotted notation, the second entry on one line (separated
+by the first by an arbitrary number of tabs and spaces) is the FQDN (fully
+qualified domain name) for that ip. The rest of the line is ignored by default
+(in the original /etc/hosts, it may contain information not needed by pdnsd).
+
+
+owner=string;
+Specifies the name of the host pdnsd runs on and that are specified in dns
+answers (specifically, nameserver records). Must be specified before any file
+entries.
+Names are interpreted as absolute domain names (i.e. pdnsd assumes they end in
+the root domain). You need to specify domain names in dotted notation (example
+venera.isi.edu.).
+Previous versions of pdnsd required that domain names given in the
+configuration file ended in a dot, but since version 1.1.8b1-par8, pdnsd
+automatically assumes a dot at the end if it is missing.
+
+ttl=timespec;
+Specifies the ttl (time to live) for all resource records in this section after
+this entry. This may be redefined. The default is 86400 seconds (=1 day).
+
+file=string;
+The string specifies a file name. For every file entry in a source section,
+pdnsd will try to load the given file as described above. Failure is indicated
+only when the file cannot be opened, malformed entries will be ignored.
+
+serve_aliases=(on|off);
+If this is turned on pdnsd will serve the aliases given in a hosts-style file.
+These are the third entry in a line of a hosts-style file, which usually give a
+"short name" for the host. This may be used to support broken clients without a
+proper domain-search option. If no aliases are given in a line of the file,
+pdnsd behaves as without this option for this line.
+This feature was suggested by Bert Frederiks.
+It is off by default.
+
+authrec=(on|off);
+If this is turned on, pdnsd will create authoritative local records with the
+data from the hosts file. Please see the description of the option of the same
+name in the rr section for a closer description of what this means. Please note
+that this only has an effect for files sourced with file options subsequent to
+this option.
+This is on by default.
+
+
+2.1.6 include Section
+
+A configuration file may include other configuration files. However, only the
+top-level configuration file may contain global and server sections, thus
+include files are effectively limited to sections that add local definitions to
+the cache.
+Include sections currently only have one type of option, which may be given
+multiple times within a single section.
+
+
+file=string;
+The string specifies a file name. For every file option in an include section,
+pdnsd will parse the given file as described above. The file may contain
+include sections itself, but as a precaution pdnsd checks that a certain
+maximum depth is not exceeded to guard against the possibility of infinite
+recursion.
+
+
+3 pdnsd-ctl
+
+pdnsd-ctl allows you to configure pdnsd at run time. To make this work, you
+have to start pdnsd with the -s option (or use the status_ctl option in the
+config file). You also should make sure that you have appropriate permissions
+on the control socket (use the ctl_perms option to make this sure) and of your
+pdnsd cache directory (pdnsd keeps its socket there). Please make sure the
+pdnsd cache directory is not writeable for untrusted users!
+
+pdnsd-ctl accepts two command-line options starting with a dash.
+-c may be used to specify the cache directory (and takes this as argument). The
+default for this setting is the pdnsd default cache directory (specified at
+compile time). The cache directory for pdnsd-ctl must be the same pdnsd uses!
+-q can be used to make the output of pdnsd-ctl less verbose.
+
+The following table lists the commands that pdnsd-ctl supports. The command
+must always be the first command-line option (not starting with a dash), the
+arguments to the command must follow in the given order.
+In the following table, keywords are in a normal font, while placeholders are
+in italics.
+Alternatives are specified like (alt1|alt2|alt3). Optional arguments are placed
+between square brackets [].
+
+Command        Arguments                Description
+
+help                                    Print a command summary.
+
+version                                 Print version and license info.
+
+status                                  Print a description of pdnsd's cache status, thread status
+                                        and configuration. Also shows which remote name servers
+                                        are assumed to be available.
+
+server         (index|label)  (up|      Set the status of the server with the given index or label
+               down|retest)  [dns1[,    (where the given label matches the one given with the
+               dns2[,...]]]             label option in the respective server section in the
+                                        config file) to up or down, or force a retest. The index
+                                        is assigned in the order of definition in pdnsd.conf
+                                        starting with 0. Use the status command to view the
+                                        indices and labels. You can specify all instead of an
+                                        index or label to perform the action for all servers
+                                        registered with pdnsd. Example:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl server 0 retest
+                                        An optional third argument consisting of a list of IP
+                                        addresses (separated by commas or white-space characters)
+                                        can be given. This list will replace the previous list of
+                                        addresses of name servers used by pdnsd in the specified
+                                        section of the config file. For example in the /etc/ppp/
+                                        ip-up script called by pppd you could place the following
+                                        line:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl server isplabel up $DNS1,$DNS2
+                                        If white space is used to separate addresses the list will
+                                        have to be quoted. Spurious commas and white-space
+                                        characters are ignored. The last argument may also be an
+                                        empty string, in which case the existing IP addresses are
+                                        removed and the corresponding server section becomes
+                                        inactive.
+
+record         name  (delete|           Delete or invalidate the records of the given domain name
+               invalidate)              if it is in the cache. Invalidation means that the records
+                                        are marked as timed out, and will be reloaded if possible
+                                        (if purge_cache is set to on, they will be deleted in any
+                                        case).
+                                        For local records (i.e., records that were given in the
+                                        config file using a rr section, records read from a
+                                        hosts-style file and records added using pdnsd-ctl),
+                                        invalidation has no effect. Deletion will work, though.
+                                        Example:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl record localhost. delete
+
+source         fn  owner  [ttl]  [(on   Load a hosts-style file. Works like using the pdnsd source
+               |off)]  [noauth]         configuration section. owner and ttl are used as in the
+                                        source section. ttl has a default of 900 (it does not need
+                                        to be specified). The next to last argument corresponds to
+                                        the serve_aliases option, and is off by default (i.e. if
+                                        it is not specified). noauth is used to make the domains
+                                        non-authoritative - please see the description of the
+                                        authrec config file options for a description of what that
+                                        means. fn is the filename. The file must be readable by
+                                        pdnsd! Example:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl source /etc/hosts localhost. 900 off
+
+add            a  addr  name  [ttl]
+               [noauth]
+                                        Add a record of the given type to the pdnsd cache,
+                                        replacing existing records for the same name and type. The
+add            aaaa  addr  name  [ttl   2nd argument corresponds to the value of the option in the
+               ]  [noauth]              rr section that is named like the first argument: a is a
+                                        record for hostname-to-address mapping, aaaa is the same
+                                        thing for IPv6 addresses, and ptr is for
+add            ptr  host  name  [ttl]   address-to-hostname mapping. See the documentation for the
+                 [noauth]               rr section for more details. In case of A and AAAA
+                                        records, the addr argument may be a list of IP addresses,
+                                        separated by commas or white space, causing multiple
+add            cname  host  name  [     addresses to be defined for the same name. The ttl is
+               ttl]  [noauth]           optional, the default is 900 seconds. noauth is used to
+                                        make the domains non-authoritative - please see the
+                                        description of the authrec config file options for a
+add            mx  host  name  pref     description of what that means. If you want no other
+               [ttl]  [noauth]          record than the newly added in the cache, do
+                                        pdnsd-ctl record name delete before adding records. This
+                                        is also better when overwriting local records. Example:
+add            ns  host  name  [ttl]    pdnsd-ctl add a 127.0.0.1 localhost. 900
+                 [noauth]
+
+
+neg            name  [type]  [ttl]      Add a negatively cached record to pdnsd's cache, replacing
+                                        existing records for the same name and type. If no type is
+                                        given, the whole domain is cached negatively. For
+                                        negatively cached records, errors are immediately returned
+                                        on a query, without querying other servers first. The ttl
+                                        is optional, the default is 900 seconds.
+                                        You can get a list of all types you can pass to this
+                                        command using pdnsd-ctl list-rrtypes. The type is treated
+                                        case-sensitive! Example:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl neg foo.bar A 900
+                                        pdnsd-ctl neg foo.baz 900
+
+config         [filename]               Reload pdnsd's configuration file.
+                                        The config file must be owned by the uid that pdnsd had
+                                        when it was started, and be readable by pdnsd's run_as
+                                        uid. If no file name is specified, the config file used at
+                                        start-up is reloaded.
+                                        Note that some configuration changes, like the port or IP
+                                        address pdnsd listens on, cannot be made this way and you
+                                        will receive an error message. In these cases, you will
+                                        have to restart pdnsd instead.
+
+include        filename                 Parse the given file as an include file, see the
+                                        documentation on include sections for a description what
+                                        this file may contain.
+                                        This command is useful for adding definitions to the cache
+                                        without reconfiguring pdnsd.
+
+eval           string                   Parse the given string as if it were part of pdnsd's
+                                        configuration file. The string should hold one or more
+                                        complete configuration sections. However, global and
+                                        server sections are not allowed, just as in include files.
+                                        If multiple strings are given, they will be joined using
+                                        newline chars and parsed together.
+                                        This command is useful for adding records interactively to
+                                        the cache that cannot be defined using the "pdnsd-ctl add"
+                                        command, (e.g. soa records).
+
+empty-cache    [[+|-]name ...]          If no arguments are provided, the cache will be completely
+                                        emptied, freeing all existing entries. Note that this also
+                                        removes local records, as defined by the config file. To
+                                        restore local records, run "pdnsd-ctl config" or
+                                        "pdnsd-ctl include filename" immediately afterwards.
+                                        The "pdnsd-ctl empty-cache" command now accepts additional
+                                        arguments; these are interpreted as include/exclude names.
+                                        If an argument starts with a '+' the name will be
+                                        included. If an argument starts with a '-' it will be
+                                        excluded. If an argument does not begin with '+' or '-', a
+                                        '+' is assumed. If the domain name of a cache entry ends
+                                        in one of the names in the list, the first match will
+                                        determine what happens. If the matching name is to be
+                                        included, the cache entry is deleted, otherwise not. If
+                                        there are no matches, the default action is not to delete.
+                                        Note that if you want to delete exactly one name and no
+                                        others, you should use "pdnsd-ctl record name delete",
+                                        this is also much more efficient.
+                                        Examples:
+                                        pdnsd-ctl empty-cache
+                                        This command will remove all cache entries.
+
+                                        pdnsd-ctl empty-cache microsoft.com msft.net
+                                        This will remove all entries ending in microsoft.com or
+                                        msft.net.
+
+                                        pdnsd-ctl empty-cache -localdomain -168.192.in-addr.arpa .
+                                        This will remove all entries except those ending in
+                                        localdomain or 168.192.in-addr.arpa. Note that '.' is the
+                                        root domain which matches any domain name.
+
+dump           [name]                   Print information stored in the cache about name. If name
+                                        begins with a dot and is not the root domain, information
+                                        about the names in the cache ending in name (including
+                                        name without the leading dot) will be printed. If name is
+                                        not specified, information about all the names in the
+                                        cache will be printed.
+                                        For each RR record the time and date that this record has
+                                        been added to the cache will be printed in the form mm/dd
+                                        HH:MM:SS (locally defined records are printed without a
+                                        time stamp). After that the type of record is printed with
+                                        the data. For the more common types of RR records the data
+                                        will be printed in human readable form, the remaining ones
+                                        in a hexadecimal representation.
+                                        This command is mainly useful for diagnostic purposes.
+                                        Note that if you pipe the output of this command through
+                                        an application that reads only part of the output and then
+                                        blocks (such as more or less), pdnsd will not be able to
+                                        add new entries to the cache until the pipe is closed. It
+                                        is preferable to capture the output in a file in such a
+                                        case.
+
+list-rrtypes                            List available rr types for the neg command. Note that
+                                        those are only used for the neg command, not for add!
+
+
+
+4 contrib/
+
+The contrib directory in the pdnsd distribution contains useful
+user-contributed scripts.
+So far, there are scripts contributed by Marko Stolle and Paul Rombouts that
+make pdnsd usable in a DHCP setup. Please take a look into the README file in
+the contrib directory for further information.
+
+
+5 Problems...
+
+If you have problems with configuring or running pdnsd, be sure to read the FAQ
+. If this does not help you, pdnsd crashes or you find bugs, please mail one of
+the authors.
+Note added by Paul A. Rombouts: Thomas Moestl no longer maintains the code. I
+have revised the code and added new features. See README.par and the ChangeLog
+in the source directory (or /usr/share/doc/pdnsd-<version> if you have
+installed a binary package) for more details. If you have questions about my
+modifications, you can find my email address at the end of README.par.
+
+
+6 Hacking
+
+Here comes some information you might find useful for hacking pdnsd.
+
+6.1 Source files
+
+Makefile.am,          autoconf/automake/autoheader scripts. Makefile.am's are in
+configure.in,         most subdirectories.
+acconfig.h
+
+pdnsd.spec.in         A template from which configure generates a spec file for
+                      building rpm's for various distributions.
+
+version               Contains only the program version string. Needed for
+                      several templates.
+
+src/rc/*              rc (start-up) scripts for various linux distributions.
+
+                      The pdnsd cache subsystem(s) as defined in src/cache.h.
+src/cache.c           This is the "traditional" pdnsd system which keeps the
+                      cache in memory and uses hash tables for accesses. Sourav
+                      K. Mandal is working on a system using gdbm.
+
+src/pdnsd-ctl/*       Contains the code for pdnsd-ctl, a program that allows you
+                      to control pdnsd at run time.
+
+                      The lex/flex source file for the config file lexer. This is
+src/conf-lex.l.in     a template because there might be inserted "%option
+                      yylineno" for proper flex support. (obsolete, superseded by
+                      src/conf-parser.c)
+
+                      This is automatically generated by configure from
+src/conf-lex.l        conf-lex.l.in. It may be overwritten in any make, so never
+                      modify this, but conf-lex.l.in instead! (obsolete,
+                      superseded by src/conf-parser.c)
+
+src/conf-parse.y      The yacc/bison source of the config file parser. (obsolete,
+                      superseded by src/conf-parser.c)
+
+src/conf-parser.c,    The config file parser written purely in C (versions
+src/conf-parser.h,    1.1.10-par and later).
+src/conf-keywords.h
+
+src/conff.c, src/     The configuration handler functions and their prototypes.
+conff.h               The parser is called from here.
+
+src/consts.h          Some constants used by the parser, config file handler
+                      functions and in the server status thread, among others.
+
+                      Define dns message structures, constants, and some common
+src/dns.c, src/dns.h  dns data handlers. dns.h contains gcc-specific code (in
+                      praticular, "__attribute__((packed))").
+
+src/dns_answer.c,     Define functions that answer incoming dns queries.
+src/dns_answer.h
+
+src/dns_query.c, src  Define functions to manage outgoing dns queries.
+/dns_query.h
+
+src/error.c, src/     Functions for error output to stderr or the syslog, and
+error.h               debug output to stderr or pdnsd.debug.
+
+src/hash.c, src/      Contains the code for storing and looking up cache entries
+hash.h                in the hash table.
+
+src/helpers.c, src/   Define miscellaneous helper functions.
+helpers.h
+
+src/icmp.c, src/      Define a function for performing a ping test. This contains
+icmp.h                OS-specific code.
+
+src/main.c            Contains main(), which holds the command line parser,
+                      performs initialisations and signal handling.
+
+                      Contains the code for the executable make_hashconvtable,
+src/                  which is only run once, during build time, to generate the
+make_hashconvtable.c  file hashconvtable.h, used by src/hash.c (versions
+                      1.1.10-par and later). (obsolete since version 1.2)
+
+                      A perl script for generating src/rr_types.h, a C header
+src/                  file containing macro definitions and tables needed for
+make_rr_types_h.pl    handling the RR types known to pdnsd, from the text file
+                      src/rr_types.in.
+
+src/rr_types.c, src/  These define tables and macros needed for handling the RR
+rr_types.h, src/      types known to pdnsd. Since version 1.2.9, rr_types.h is an
+rr_types.in           automatically generated file, see make_rr_types_h.pl.
+
+src/netdev.c, src/    Define functions for network device handling. OS-specific.
+netdev.h
+
+src/servers.c, src/   Define functions for the server status thread that performs
+servers.h             the periodical uptests.
+
+src/status.c, src/    Define functions for the status control thread. This is
+status.h              pdnsd's interface to pdnsd-ctl.
+
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2012 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+Last revised: 19 April 2012 by Paul A. Rombouts
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/file-list.base.in b/jni/pdnsd/file-list.base.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..409ba33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/file-list.base.in
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc AUTHORS THANKS COPYING COPYING.BSD ChangeLog ChangeLog.old INSTALL NEWS README README.par README.par.old TODO
+%config /etc/pdnsd.conf.sample
+%attr(750, @def_id@, @def_id@) %dir @cachedir@
+%attr(640, @def_id@, @def_id@) %config @cachedir@/pdnsd.cache
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/install-sh b/jni/pdnsd/install-sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d4a951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=
+chgrpcmd=
+stripcmd=
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dstarg=
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+-c         (ignored)
+-d         create directories instead of installing files.
+-g GROUP   $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+-m MODE    $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+-o USER    $chownprog installed files to USER.
+-s         $stripprog installed files.
+-t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+-T         report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+--help     display this help and exit.
+--version  display version info and exit.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test -n "$1"; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+        shift
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog
+        shift
+        continue;;
+
+    -t) dstarg=$2
+	shift
+	shift
+	continue;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true
+	shift
+	continue;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    *)  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+	# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+	test -n "$dir_arg$dstarg" && break
+        # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+	for arg
+	do
+          if test -n "$dstarg"; then
+	    # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+	    set fnord "$@" "$dstarg"
+	    shift # fnord
+	  fi
+	  shift # arg
+	  dstarg=$arg
+	done
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -z "$1"; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    src=
+
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      mkdircmd=:
+      chmodcmd=
+    else
+      mkdircmd=$mkdirprog
+    fi
+  else
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dstarg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dstarg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst ;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  # This sed command emulates the dirname command.
+  dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,/*$,,;s,[^/]*$,,;s,/*$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+  # Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+
+  # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+  if test ! -d "$dstdir"; then
+    defaultIFS='
+	 '
+    IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
+
+    oIFS=$IFS
+    # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+    IFS='%'
+    set x `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+    shift
+    IFS=$oIFS
+
+    pathcomp=
+
+    while test $# -ne 0 ; do
+      pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
+      shift
+      if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+        $mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
+	# mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error in case several
+	# install-sh are creating the directory concurrently.  This
+	# is OK.
+	test -d "$pathcomp" || exit
+      fi
+      pathcomp=$pathcomp/
+    done
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    $doit $mkdircmd "$dst" \
+      && { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } \
+      && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; }
+
+  else
+    dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+    trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    $doit $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \
+      && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+    { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \
+      || {
+	   # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+	   # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+	   # support -f.
+
+	   # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	   # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	   # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	   # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	   # file should still install successfully.
+	   {
+	     if test -f "$dstdir/$dstfile"; then
+	       $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \
+	       || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \
+	       || {
+		 echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
+		 (exit 1); exit 1
+	       }
+	     else
+	       :
+	     fi
+	   } &&
+
+	   # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	   $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
+	 }
+    }
+  fi || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+done
+
+# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
+{
+  (exit 0); exit 0
+}
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/missing b/jni/pdnsd/missing
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..894e786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+
+scriptversion=2005-06-08.21
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard pinard@iro.umontreal.ca, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try `$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+  configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+  configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+  run=
+  shift
+  "$@" && exit 0
+  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
+  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
+  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+  # if --run hadn't been passed.
+  if test $? = 63; then
+    run=:
+    msg="probably too old"
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle `PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal      touch file `aclocal.m4'
+  autoconf     touch file `configure'
+  autoheader   touch file `config.h.in'
+  automake     touch all `Makefile.in' files
+  bison        create `y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+  flex         create `lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  help2man     touch the output file
+  lex          create `lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  makeinfo     touch the output file
+  tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+  yacc         create `y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Send bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown `$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try `$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program).
+case "$1" in
+  lex|yacc)
+    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    if test -n "$run"; then
+       echo 1>&2 "ERROR: `tar' requires --run"
+       exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
+       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+  aclocal*)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified `acinclude.m4' or `${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the `Automake' and `Perl' packages.  Grab them from
+         any GNU archive site."
+    touch aclocal.m4
+    ;;
+
+  autoconf)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified `${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
+         `Autoconf' and `GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
+         archive site."
+    touch configure
+    ;;
+
+  autoheader)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified `acconfig.h' or `${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the `Autoconf' and `GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
+         from any GNU archive site."
+    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(([^)]*)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+    touch_files=
+    for f in $files; do
+      case "$f" in
+      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+      esac
+    done
+    touch $touch_files
+    ;;
+
+  automake*)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified `Makefile.am', `acinclude.m4' or `${configure_ac}'.
+         You might want to install the `Automake' and `Perl' packages.
+         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+	   sed 's/.am$/.in/' |
+	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+    ;;
+
+  autom4te)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.
+         You can get `$1' as part of `Autoconf' from any GNU
+         archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*([^ ]*).*/\1/p'`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*([^ ]*).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -f "$file"; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo "#! /bin/sh"
+	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+	echo "#  $ $@"
+	echo "exit 0"
+	chmod +x $file
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  bison|yacc)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a `.y' file.  You may need the `Bison' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         `Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.y)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+	    fi
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+	echo >y.tab.h
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  lex|flex)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a `.l' file.  You may need the `Flex' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         `Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f lex.yy.c
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.l)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  help2man)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
+	 `Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+	 effect.  You can get `Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o ([^ ]*).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+	file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=([^ ]*).*/\1/p'`
+    fi
+    if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  makeinfo)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a `.texi' or `.texinfo' file, or any other file
+         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
+         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy `make' (AIX,
+         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the `Texinfo' package or
+         the `GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o ([^ ]*).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* ([^ ]*) *$/\1/'`
+      file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* ([^ ]*) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile`
+      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
+    fi
+    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+    # let's fail without touching anything.
+    test -f $file || exit 1
+    touch $file
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    shift
+
+    # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+    # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+    # messages.
+    if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+    fi
+    if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gtar "$@" && exit 0
+    fi
+    firstarg="$1"
+    if shift; then
+	case "$firstarg" in
+	*o*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	case "$firstarg" in
+	*h*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run `tar' with the given arguments.
+         You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+         command line arguments."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: `$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the `README' file,
+         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
+         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+         some other package would contain this missing `$1' program."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/pdnsd.spec.in b/jni/pdnsd/pdnsd.spec.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6af6cde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/pdnsd.spec.in
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+# rpmbuild spec file for pdnsd.
+# with modifications by Paul Rombouts.
+
+# Supported rpmbuild --define and --with options include:
+#
+# --with isdn                   Configure with --enable-isdn.
+#
+# --without poll                Configure with --disable-poll
+#
+# --without nptl                Configure with --with-thread-lib=linuxthreads.
+#
+# --with ipv6                   Configure with --enable-ipv6.
+#
+# --without tcpqueries          Configure with --disable-tcp-queries.
+#
+# --without debug 	        Configure with --with-debug=0.
+#
+# --define "distro <distro>" 	Configure with --with-distribution=<distro>.
+#
+# --define "run_as_user <user>" Configure with --with-default-id=<user>.
+#                               For RPMs the default <user> is "@def_id@".
+#
+# --define "run_as_uid <uid>" 	If the user defined by the previous option does not exist
+#                               when the RPM is installed, the pre-install script will try
+#                               to create a new user with numerical id <uid>.
+#
+# --define "cachedir <dir>" 	Configure with --with-cachedir=<dir>.
+#
+
+%{!?distro: %define distro @distribution@}
+
+# The default run_as ID to use
+%{!?run_as_user: %define run_as_user @def_id@}
+# By default, if a new run_as_user is to be created, we let
+# useradd choose the numerical uid, unless run_as_uid is defined.
+#define run_as_uid 96
+%{!?cachedir: %define cachedir @cachedir@}
+%define conffile %{_sysconfdir}/pdnsd.conf
+
+Summary: A caching dns proxy for small networks or dialin accounts
+Name: @PACKAGE@
+Version: @VERSION@
+Release: @packagerelease@
+License: GPLv3
+Group:  Daemons
+Source: http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd/releases/%%7Bname%7D-%%7Bversion%7...
+URL: http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html
+Vendor: Paul A. Rombouts
+Packager:  Paul A. Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
+
+%description
+pdnsd is a proxy DNS daemon with permanent (disk-)cache and the ability
+to serve local records. It is designed to detect network outages or hangups
+and to prevent DNS-dependent applications like Netscape Navigator from hanging.
+
+The original author of pdnsd is Thomas Moestl, but pdnsd is no longer maintained
+by him. This is an extensively revised version by Paul A. Rombouts.
+For a description of the changes see http://members.home.nl/p.a.rombouts/pdnsd.html
+and the file README.par in %{_docdir}/%{name}-%{version}
+
+%{!?distro:You can specify the target distribution when you build the source RPM. For instance, if you're building for a Red Hat system call rpmbuild with:}
+%{!?distro:  --define "distro RedHat"}
+%{?distro:This package was built for a %{distro} distribution.}
+%{!?_with_isdn:It's possible to rebuild the source RPM with isdn support using the rpmbuild option:}
+%{!?_with_isdn:  --with isdn}
+%{?_with_isdn:This package was built with isdn support enabled.}
+%{!?_with_ipv6:It's possible to rebuild the source RPM with ipv6 support using the rpmbuild option:}
+%{!?_with_ipv6:  --with ipv6}
+%{?_with_ipv6:This package was built with ipv6 support.}
+%{?_without_poll:This package was built with the select(2) function instead of poll(2).}
+
+%prep
+%setup
+
+%build
+CFLAGS="${CFLAGS:-$RPM_OPT_FLAGS -Wall}" ./configure \
+	--prefix=%{_prefix} --sysconfdir=%{_sysconfdir} --mandir=%{_mandir} \
+	--with-cachedir="%{cachedir}" \
+	%{?distro:--with-distribution=%{distro}} --enable-specbuild \
+	--with-default-id=%{run_as_user} \
+	%{?_with_isdn:--enable-isdn} \
+	%{?_without_poll:--disable-poll} \
+	%{?_without_nptl:--with-thread-lib=linuxthreads} \
+	%{?_with_ipv6:--enable-ipv6} \
+	%{?_without_tcpqueries:--disable-tcp-queries} \
+	%{?_without_debug:--with-debug=0}
+
+make
+
+%install
+%if "%{run_as_user}" != "nobody"
+[ "$(id -un)" != root ] ||
+id -u %{run_as_user} > /dev/null 2>&1 ||
+/usr/sbin/useradd -c "Proxy DNS daemon" %{?run_as_uid:-u %{run_as_uid}} \
+	-s /sbin/nologin -r -d "%{cachedir}" %{run_as_user} || {
+  set +x
+  echo "Cannot create user "%{run_as_user}"%{?run_as_uid: with uid=%{run_as_uid}}"
+  echo "Please select another numerical uid and rebuild with --define "run_as_uid uid""
+  echo "or create a user named "%{run_as_user}" by hand and try again."
+  exit 1
+}
+%endif
+
+rm -rf "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT"
+make DESTDIR="$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" install
+cp -f file-list.base file-list
+find doc contrib -not -type d -not -iname '*makefile' -not -name '*.am' \
+                 -not -name '*.in' -not -path 'doc/*.pl' |
+sed -e 's/^/%doc --parents /'  >> file-list
+CURDIR=$PWD; cd "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT"
+find . -not -type d '(' -not -name 'pdnsd.conf*' -or -name 'pdnsd.conf.[1-9]*' ')' \
+       -not -path '.%{_docdir}/*' -not -path './var/*' |
+sed -e 's/^.//
+        :/man:{
+          /.gz$/!s/$/.gz/
+        }'  >> "$CURDIR/file-list"
+
+%clean
+rm -rf "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT"
+#rm -rf %{_builddir}/%{name}-%{srcver}
+
+%files -f file-list
+
+%pre
+# First stop any running pdnsd daemons
+%if "%{distro}" == "SuSE"
+/sbin/init.d/pdnsd stop >/dev/null 2>&1
+%endif
+%if "%{distro}" == "RedHat"
+if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd ]; then
+  if /sbin/pidof pdnsd > /dev/null; then
+    /sbin/service pdnsd stop >/dev/null 2>&1
+    if [ "$1" -ge 2 ]; then touch /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd; fi
+  else
+    rm -f /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd
+  fi
+fi
+%endif
+
+%if "%{run_as_user}" != "nobody"
+# Add the "pdnsd" user
+id -u %{run_as_user} > /dev/null 2>&1 ||
+/usr/sbin/useradd -c "Proxy DNS daemon" %{?run_as_uid:-u %{run_as_uid}} \
+	 -s /sbin/nologin -r -d "%{cachedir}" %{run_as_user} || {
+  echo "Cannot create user "%{run_as_user}"%{?run_as_uid: with uid=%{run_as_uid}}"
+  echo "Please create a user named "%{run_as_user}" by hand and try again."
+  exit 1
+}
+[ "$(id -gn %{run_as_user})" = %{run_as_user} ] || {
+  echo "user "%{run_as_user}" does not have an corresponding group called "%{run_as_user}""
+  echo "Please change the initial group of user "%{run_as_user}" to "%{run_as_user}" and try again."
+  exit 1
+}
+
+if [ -f "%{conffile}" ] &&
+    grep -v -e '^[[:blank:]]*(#|//)'  "%{conffile}" |
+    grep -q -e '<run_as[[:blank:]]*=[[:blank:]]*"?nobody"?[[:blank:]]*;'
+then
+    echo "An existing pdnsd configuration file %{conffile} has been detected, containing the run_as user ID "nobody""
+    echo "For security reasons it is recommended that pdnsd run as a seperate user "%{run_as_user}""
+    mv -f "%{conffile}" "%{conffile}.rpmsave" &&
+    echo "Your original %{conffile} has been saved as %{conffile}.rpmsave" &&
+    sed -e '/^[[:blank:]]*(#|//)/!s/(<run_as[[:blank:]]*=[[:blank:]]*)"?nobody"?[[:blank:]]*;/\1"%{run_as_user}";/g' \
+         "%{conffile}.rpmsave" > "%{conffile}" &&
+    echo "In %{conffile} runs_as="nobody" has been replaced by run_as="%{run_as_user}""
+fi
+%endif
+
+if [ -f "%{cachedir}/pdnsd.cache" ]; then
+    chown -c %{run_as_user}:%{run_as_user} "%{cachedir}/pdnsd.cache"
+fi
+
+%post
+%if "%{distro}" == "SuSE"
+if [ -w /etc/rc.config ]; then
+  grep "START_PDNSD" /etc/rc.config > /dev/null
+  if [ $? -ne 0 ] ; then
+    echo -e \
+"\n\n#\n# Set to yes to start pdnsd at boot time\n#\nSTART_PDNSD=yes" \
+>> /etc/rc.config
+  fi
+fi
+%endif
+%if "%{distro}" == "RedHat"
+if [ "$1" = 1 ]; then
+  /sbin/chkconfig --add pdnsd
+fi
+%endif
+
+%preun
+%if "%{distro}" == "RedHat"
+if [ "$1" = 0 ]; then
+  /sbin/service pdnsd stop >/dev/null 2>&1
+  /sbin/chkconfig --del pdnsd
+fi
+%endif
+
+%postun
+%if "%{distro}" == "RedHat"
+if [ "$1" -ge 1 ]; then
+  /sbin/service pdnsd condrestart >/dev/null 2>&1
+fi
+%endif
+
+%changelog
+* Tue Jan 31 2012 Paul A. Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Prevent makefiles and perl scripts from being installed
+  in the documentation directory.
+* Sat Jan 28 2012 Paul A. Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Update the (Source) URLs.
+* Sat Aug  4 2007 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- License is now GPL version 3
+* Fri Mar 24 2006 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Instead of using a fixed default value for run_as_uid,
+  I let useradd choose the uid if run_as_uid is undefined.
+* Thu Dec 29 2005 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- TCP-query support is now compiled in by default,
+  but can be disabled using "--without tcpqueries".
+* Sun Jul 20 2003 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Changed default run_as ID from "nobody" to "pdnsd"
+* Fri Jun 20 2003 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Added configuration option for NPTL.
+* Sat Jun 07 2003 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Added automatic definition of distro using _vendor macro.
+* Thu May 22 2003 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Ensured that modification times of acconfig.h and configure.in
+  are not changed by patching to avoid unwanted reconfigure during make phase.
+* Tue May 20 2003 Paul Rombouts p.a.rombouts@home.nl
+- Applied my customized patch file. See READ.par for details.
+* Sun May 16 2001 Thomas Moestl tmoestl@gmx.net
+- Make use of chkconfig for Red Hat (patch by Christian Engstler)
+* Sun Mar 25 2001 Thomas Moestl tmoestl@gmx.net
+- Merged SuSE fixes by Christian Engstler
+* Fri Feb 09 2001 Thomas Moestl tmoestl@gmx.net
+- Merged in a spec fix for mapage inclusion contributed by Sourav K.
+  Mandal
+* Sun Nov 26 2000 Thomas Moestl tmoestl@gmx.net
+- Added some patches contributed by Bernd Leibing
+* Tue Aug 15 2000 Thomas Moestl tmoestl@gmx.net
+- Added the distro for configure
+* Tue Jul 11 2000 Sourav K. Mandal smandal@mit.edu
+- autoconf/automake modifications
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..959e669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+sbin_PROGRAMS = pdnsd
+
+pdnsd_CFLAGS = -DCONFDIR='"$(sysconfdir)"' $(thread_CFLAGS)
+
+pdnsd_SOURCES = conf-parser.c conff.c consts.c debug.c dns.c dns_answer.c \
+	dns_query.c error.c helpers.c icmp.c list.c main.c netdev.c rr_types.c \
+	status.c servers.c thread.c cache.c hash.c conf-parser.h \
+	conf-keywords.h conff.h consts.h debug.h dns.h dns_answer.h \
+	dns_query.h error.h helpers.h icmp.h ipvers.h list.h netdev.h \
+	rr_types.h servers.h status.h thread.h cache.h hash.h pdnsd_assert.h \
+	freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in
+
+## Try to do this last
+
+SUBDIRS = . pdnsd-ctl rc test
+
+$(pdnsd_OBJECTS): rr_types.h
+
+rr_types.h: make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in
+	perl make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in > rr_types.h
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75569a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+sbin_PROGRAMS = pdnsd$(EXEEXT)
+subdir = src
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"
+PROGRAMS = $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+am_pdnsd_OBJECTS = pdnsd-conf-parser.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-conff.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-consts.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-debug.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-dns.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-dns_answer.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-dns_query.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-error.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-helpers.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-icmp.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-list.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-main.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-netdev.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-rr_types.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-status.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-servers.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-thread.$(OBJEXT) pdnsd-cache.$(OBJEXT) \
+	pdnsd-hash.$(OBJEXT)
+pdnsd_OBJECTS = $(am_pdnsd_OBJECTS)
+pdnsd_LDADD = $(LDADD)
+pdnsd_LINK = $(CCLD) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) \
+	$(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+am__mv = mv -f
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+SOURCES = $(pdnsd_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(pdnsd_SOURCES)
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+	install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
+	installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
+	ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive	\
+  distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
+	$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+	distdir
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+am__relativize = \
+  dir0=`pwd`; \
+  sed_first='s,^([^/]*)/.*$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
+  sed_last='s,^.*/([^/]*)$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
+  while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
+    first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+    if test "$$first" != "."; then \
+      if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
+        dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
+        dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
+      else \
+        first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+        if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
+          dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+        else \
+          dir2="../$$dir2"; \
+        fi; \
+        dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
+      fi; \
+    fi; \
+    dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+  done; \
+  reldir="$$dir2"
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+pdnsd_CFLAGS = -DCONFDIR='"$(sysconfdir)"' $(thread_CFLAGS)
+pdnsd_SOURCES = conf-parser.c conff.c consts.c debug.c dns.c dns_answer.c \
+	dns_query.c error.c helpers.c icmp.c list.c main.c netdev.c rr_types.c \
+	status.c servers.c thread.c cache.c hash.c conf-parser.h \
+	conf-keywords.h conff.h consts.h debug.h dns.h dns_answer.h \
+	dns_query.h error.h helpers.h icmp.h ipvers.h list.h netdev.h \
+	rr_types.h servers.h status.h thread.h cache.h hash.h pdnsd_assert.h \
+	freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in
+SUBDIRS = . pdnsd-ctl rc test
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(sbindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"
+	@list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+	sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \
+	while read p p1; do if test -f $$p; \
+	  then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \
+	    -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \
+	sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \
+	$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \
+	  { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \
+	    if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \
+	    else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \
+	  END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \
+	while read type dir files; do \
+	    if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \
+	    test -z "$$files" || { \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir'"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \
+	    } \
+	; done
+
+uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \
+	  sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \
+	      -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \
+	test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" && rm -f $$files
+
+clean-sbinPROGRAMS:
+	-test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+pdnsd$(EXEEXT): $(pdnsd_OBJECTS) $(pdnsd_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f pdnsd$(EXEEXT)
+	$(pdnsd_LINK) $(pdnsd_OBJECTS) $(pdnsd_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Po@am__quote@
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+
+pdnsd-conf-parser.o: conf-parser.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-conf-parser.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-conf-parser.o `test -f 'conf-parser.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`conf-parser.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='conf-parser.c' object='pdnsd-conf-parser.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-conf-parser.o `test -f 'conf-parser.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`conf-parser.c
+
+pdnsd-conf-parser.obj: conf-parser.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-conf-parser.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-conf-parser.obj `if test -f 'conf-parser.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'conf-parser.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/conf-parser.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conf-parser.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='conf-parser.c' object='pdnsd-conf-parser.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-conf-parser.obj `if test -f 'conf-parser.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'conf-parser.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/conf-parser.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-conff.o: conff.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-conff.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-conff.o `test -f 'conff.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`conff.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='conff.c' object='pdnsd-conff.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-conff.o `test -f 'conff.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`conff.c
+
+pdnsd-conff.obj: conff.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-conff.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-conff.obj `if test -f 'conff.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'conff.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/conff.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-conff.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='conff.c' object='pdnsd-conff.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-conff.obj `if test -f 'conff.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'conff.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/conff.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-consts.o: consts.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-consts.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-consts.o `test -f 'consts.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`consts.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='consts.c' object='pdnsd-consts.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-consts.o `test -f 'consts.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`consts.c
+
+pdnsd-consts.obj: consts.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-consts.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-consts.obj `if test -f 'consts.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'consts.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/consts.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-consts.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='consts.c' object='pdnsd-consts.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-consts.obj `if test -f 'consts.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'consts.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/consts.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-debug.o: debug.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-debug.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-debug.o `test -f 'debug.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`debug.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='debug.c' object='pdnsd-debug.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-debug.o `test -f 'debug.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`debug.c
+
+pdnsd-debug.obj: debug.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-debug.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-debug.obj `if test -f 'debug.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'debug.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/debug.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-debug.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='debug.c' object='pdnsd-debug.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-debug.obj `if test -f 'debug.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'debug.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/debug.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-dns.o: dns.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns.o `test -f 'dns.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns.c' object='pdnsd-dns.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns.o `test -f 'dns.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns.c
+
+pdnsd-dns.obj: dns.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns.obj `if test -f 'dns.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns.c' object='pdnsd-dns.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns.obj `if test -f 'dns.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-dns_answer.o: dns_answer.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns_answer.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns_answer.o `test -f 'dns_answer.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns_answer.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns_answer.c' object='pdnsd-dns_answer.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns_answer.o `test -f 'dns_answer.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns_answer.c
+
+pdnsd-dns_answer.obj: dns_answer.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns_answer.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns_answer.obj `if test -f 'dns_answer.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns_answer.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns_answer.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_answer.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns_answer.c' object='pdnsd-dns_answer.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns_answer.obj `if test -f 'dns_answer.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns_answer.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns_answer.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-dns_query.o: dns_query.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns_query.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns_query.o `test -f 'dns_query.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns_query.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns_query.c' object='pdnsd-dns_query.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns_query.o `test -f 'dns_query.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`dns_query.c
+
+pdnsd-dns_query.obj: dns_query.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-dns_query.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-dns_query.obj `if test -f 'dns_query.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns_query.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns_query.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-dns_query.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='dns_query.c' object='pdnsd-dns_query.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-dns_query.obj `if test -f 'dns_query.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'dns_query.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/dns_query.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-error.o: error.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-error.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-error.o `test -f 'error.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`error.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='error.c' object='pdnsd-error.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-error.o `test -f 'error.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`error.c
+
+pdnsd-error.obj: error.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-error.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-error.obj `if test -f 'error.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'error.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/error.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-error.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='error.c' object='pdnsd-error.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-error.obj `if test -f 'error.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'error.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/error.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-helpers.o: helpers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-helpers.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-helpers.o `test -f 'helpers.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`helpers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='helpers.c' object='pdnsd-helpers.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-helpers.o `test -f 'helpers.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`helpers.c
+
+pdnsd-helpers.obj: helpers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-helpers.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-helpers.obj `if test -f 'helpers.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'helpers.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/helpers.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-helpers.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='helpers.c' object='pdnsd-helpers.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-helpers.obj `if test -f 'helpers.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'helpers.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/helpers.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-icmp.o: icmp.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-icmp.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-icmp.o `test -f 'icmp.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`icmp.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='icmp.c' object='pdnsd-icmp.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-icmp.o `test -f 'icmp.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`icmp.c
+
+pdnsd-icmp.obj: icmp.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-icmp.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-icmp.obj `if test -f 'icmp.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'icmp.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/icmp.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-icmp.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='icmp.c' object='pdnsd-icmp.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-icmp.obj `if test -f 'icmp.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'icmp.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/icmp.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-list.o: list.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-list.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-list.o `test -f 'list.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`list.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='list.c' object='pdnsd-list.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-list.o `test -f 'list.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`list.c
+
+pdnsd-list.obj: list.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-list.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-list.obj `if test -f 'list.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'list.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/list.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-list.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='list.c' object='pdnsd-list.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-list.obj `if test -f 'list.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'list.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/list.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-main.o: main.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-main.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-main.o `test -f 'main.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`main.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='main.c' object='pdnsd-main.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-main.o `test -f 'main.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`main.c
+
+pdnsd-main.obj: main.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-main.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-main.obj `if test -f 'main.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'main.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/main.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-main.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='main.c' object='pdnsd-main.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-main.obj `if test -f 'main.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'main.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/main.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-netdev.o: netdev.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-netdev.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-netdev.o `test -f 'netdev.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`netdev.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='netdev.c' object='pdnsd-netdev.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-netdev.o `test -f 'netdev.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`netdev.c
+
+pdnsd-netdev.obj: netdev.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-netdev.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-netdev.obj `if test -f 'netdev.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'netdev.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/netdev.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-netdev.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='netdev.c' object='pdnsd-netdev.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-netdev.obj `if test -f 'netdev.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'netdev.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/netdev.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-rr_types.o: rr_types.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-rr_types.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-rr_types.o `test -f 'rr_types.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`rr_types.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='rr_types.c' object='pdnsd-rr_types.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-rr_types.o `test -f 'rr_types.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`rr_types.c
+
+pdnsd-rr_types.obj: rr_types.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-rr_types.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-rr_types.obj `if test -f 'rr_types.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'rr_types.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/rr_types.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-rr_types.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='rr_types.c' object='pdnsd-rr_types.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-rr_types.obj `if test -f 'rr_types.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'rr_types.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/rr_types.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-status.o: status.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-status.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-status.o `test -f 'status.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`status.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='status.c' object='pdnsd-status.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-status.o `test -f 'status.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`status.c
+
+pdnsd-status.obj: status.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-status.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-status.obj `if test -f 'status.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'status.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/status.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-status.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='status.c' object='pdnsd-status.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-status.obj `if test -f 'status.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'status.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/status.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-servers.o: servers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-servers.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-servers.o `test -f 'servers.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`servers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='servers.c' object='pdnsd-servers.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-servers.o `test -f 'servers.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`servers.c
+
+pdnsd-servers.obj: servers.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-servers.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-servers.obj `if test -f 'servers.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'servers.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/servers.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-servers.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='servers.c' object='pdnsd-servers.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-servers.obj `if test -f 'servers.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'servers.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/servers.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-thread.o: thread.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-thread.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-thread.o `test -f 'thread.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`thread.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='thread.c' object='pdnsd-thread.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-thread.o `test -f 'thread.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`thread.c
+
+pdnsd-thread.obj: thread.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-thread.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-thread.obj `if test -f 'thread.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'thread.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/thread.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-thread.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='thread.c' object='pdnsd-thread.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-thread.obj `if test -f 'thread.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'thread.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/thread.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-cache.o: cache.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-cache.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-cache.o `test -f 'cache.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`cache.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='cache.c' object='pdnsd-cache.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-cache.o `test -f 'cache.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`cache.c
+
+pdnsd-cache.obj: cache.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-cache.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-cache.obj `if test -f 'cache.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'cache.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/cache.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-cache.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='cache.c' object='pdnsd-cache.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-cache.obj `if test -f 'cache.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'cache.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/cache.c'; fi`
+
+pdnsd-hash.o: hash.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-hash.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-hash.o `test -f 'hash.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`hash.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='hash.c' object='pdnsd-hash.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-hash.o `test -f 'hash.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`hash.c
+
+pdnsd-hash.obj: hash.c
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT pdnsd-hash.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Tpo -c -o pdnsd-hash.obj `if test -f 'hash.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'hash.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/hash.c'; fi`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-hash.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='hash.c' object='pdnsd-hash.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(pdnsd_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o pdnsd-hash.obj `if test -f 'hash.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'hash.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/hash.c'; fi`
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \"; \
+	    echo "     am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
+	    ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$new_distdir" \
+		am__remove_distdir=: \
+		am__skip_length_check=: \
+		am__skip_mode_fix=: \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+install-html: install-html-recursive
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-recursive
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
+	install-am install-strip tags-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
+	all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	clean-sbinPROGRAMS ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
+	distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+	install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-sbinPROGRAMS \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am \
+	ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+
+$(pdnsd_OBJECTS): rr_types.h
+
+rr_types.h: make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in
+	perl make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in > rr_types.h
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fbb7fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2723 @@
+/* cache.c - Keep the dns caches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "ipvers.h"
+
+
+/* A version identifier to prevent reading incompatible cache files */
+static const char cachverid[] = {'p','d','1','3'};
+
+/* CACHE STRUCTURE CHANGES IN PDNSD 1.0.0
+ * Prior to version 1.0.0, the cache was managed at domain granularity (all records of a domain were handled as a unit),
+ * which was suboptimal after the lean query feature and the additional record management were included.
+ * From 1.0.0 on, the cache management was switched to act with RR set granularity. The API of the cache handlers was
+ * slightly modified, in particular the rr_bucket_t was modified and some parameter list were changed. The cache
+ * file format had to be changed and is incompatible now. This means that post-1.0.0p1 versions will not read the cache
+ * files of older versions and vice versa. In addition, cache files from 1.0.0p5 on are incompatible to those of 1.0.0p1
+ * to 1.0.0p4.  Better delete them before upgrading.
+ * The "cent" lists common to old versions have vanished; the only access point to the cent's is the hash.
+ * However, there are now double linked rrset lists. Thus, rrs can be acces through the hash or through the rrset lists.
+ * The rrset list entries need some additional entries to manage the deletion from rrs lists as well as from the cents.
+ *
+ * Nearly all cache functions had to be changed significantly or even to be rewritten for that. Expect some beta time
+ * because of that.
+ * There are bonuses visible to the users resulting from this changes however: more consistent cache handling (under
+ * some circumstances, rrs could be in the cache more than once) and reduced memory requirements, as no rr needs
+ * to have stored its oname any more. There are more pointers however, and in some cases (CNAMES) the memory require-
+ * ments for some records may increase. The total should be lower, however.
+ *
+ * RRSET_L LIST STRUCTURE:
+ * The rrset_l rrset list is a simple double-linked list. The oldest entries are at the first positions, the list is sorted
+ * by age in descending order. Search is done only on insert.
+ * The rationale for this form is:
+ * - the purging operation needs to be fast (this way, the first records are the oldest and can easily be purged)
+ * - the append operation is common and needs to be fast (in normal operation, an appended record was just retrieved
+ *   and therefore is the newest, so it can be appended at the end of the list without search. Only in the case of
+ *   reading a disk cache file, searches are necessary)
+ * The rrset list is excusively used for purging purposes.
+ *
+ * THE DISK CACHE FILES:
+ * The disk cache file consists of cent's, i.e. structures for every known hostnames with a header and rrs attached to it.
+ * Therefore, the rr's are not ordered by their age and a search must be performed to insert the into the rr_l in the
+ * right positions. This operations has some costs (although not all too much), but the other way (rrs stored in order
+ * of their age and the cent headers separated from them), the rrs would need to be attached to the cent headers, which
+ * would be even more costly, also in means of disk space.
+ *
+ * CHANGES AFTER 1.0.0p1
+ * In 1.0.0p5, the cache granularity was changed from rr level to rr set level. This was done because rfc2181 demands
+ * rr set consistency constraints on rr set level and if we are doing so we can as well save space (and eliminate some
+ * error-prone algorithms).
+ *
+ * CHANGES FOR 1.1.0p1
+ * In this version, negative caching support was introduced. Following things were changed for that:
+ * - new members ts, ttl and flags in dns_cent_t and dns_file_t
+ * - new caching flag CF_NEGATIVE
+ * - all functions must accept and deal correctly with empty cents with DF_NEGATIVE set.
+ * - all functions must accept and deal correctly with empty rrsets with CF_NEGATIVE set.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * This is the size the memory cache may exceed the size of the permanent cache.
+ */
+#define MCSZ 10240
+
+/* Some structs used for storing cache entries in a file. */
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short   rdlen;
+/*	data (with length rdlen) follows here;*/
+} rr_fbucket_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char    tp;                      /* RR type */
+	unsigned char    num_rr;                  /* Number of records in RR set. */
+	unsigned short   flags;                   /* Flags for RR set. */
+	time_t           ttl;
+	time_t           ts;
+}  __attribute__((packed))
+rr_fset_t;
+
+#if NRRTOT>255
+#warning "Number of cache-able RR types is greater than 255. This can give problems when saving the cache to file."
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char    qlen;                    /* Length of the domain name which follows after the struct. */
+	unsigned char    num_rrs;                 /* Number of RR-sets. */
+	unsigned short   flags;                   /* Flags for the whole cent. */
+	unsigned char    c_ns,c_soa;              /* Number of trailing name elements in qname to use to find NS or SOA
+						     records to add to the authority section of a response. */
+     /* ttl and ts follow but only for negatively cached domains. */
+     /* qname (with length qlen) follows here. */
+}  __attribute__((packed))
+dns_file_t;
+
+
+/* TTL and timestamp for negatively cached domains. */
+typedef struct {
+	time_t           ttl;
+	time_t           ts;
+}  __attribute__((packed))
+dom_fttlts_t;
+
+/*
+ * This has two modes: Normally, we have rrset, cent and idx filled in;
+ * for negatively cached cents, we have rrset set to NULL and idx set to -1.
+ */
+typedef struct rr_lent_s {
+	struct rr_lent_s *next;
+	struct rr_lent_s *prev;
+	rr_set_t         *rrset;
+	dns_cent_t       *cent;
+	int              idx;    /* This is the array index, not the type of the RR-set. */
+} rr_lent_t;
+
+
+static rr_lent_t *rrset_l=NULL;
+static rr_lent_t *rrset_l_tail=NULL;
+
+/*
+ * We do not count the hash table sizes here. Those are very small compared
+ * to the cache entries.
+ */
+static volatile long cache_size=0;
+static volatile long ent_num=0;
+
+static volatile int cache_w_lock=0;
+static volatile int cache_r_lock=0;
+
+pthread_mutex_t lock_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+/*
+ * These are condition variables for lock coordination, so that normal lock
+ * routines do not need to loop. Basically, a process wanting to acquire a lock
+ * tries first to lock, and if the lock is busy, sleeps on one of the conds.
+ * If the r lock count has gone to zero one process sleeping on the rw cond
+ * will be awankened.
+ * If the rw lock is lifted, either all threads waiting on the r lock or one
+ * thread waiting on the rw lock is/are awakened. This is determined by policy.
+ */
+pthread_cond_t  rw_cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+pthread_cond_t  r_cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+
+/* This is to suspend the r lock to avoid lock contention by reading threads */
+static volatile int r_pend=0;
+static volatile int rw_pend=0;
+static volatile int r_susp=0;
+
+/* This threshold is used to temporarily suspend r locking to give rw locking
+ * a chance. */
+#define SUSP_THRESH(r_pend) (r_pend/2+2)
+
+/*
+ * This is set to 1 once the lock is intialized. This must happen before we get
+ * multiple threads.
+ */
+volatile short int use_cache_lock=0;
+
+/*
+  This is set to 0 while cache is read from disk.
+  This must be set to 1 before we start adding new entries.
+*/
+static short int insert_sort=1;
+
+
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+#define cache_free(ptr)		{ if (dbg) pdnsd_free(ptr); else free(ptr); }
+#define cache_malloc(sz)	((dbg)?(pdnsd_malloc(sz)):(malloc(sz)))
+#define cache_calloc(n,sz)	((dbg)?(pdnsd_calloc(n,sz)):(calloc(n,sz)))
+#define cache_realloc(ptr,sz)	((dbg)?(pdnsd_realloc(ptr,sz)):(realloc(ptr,sz)))
+#else
+#define cache_free(ptr)		{free(ptr);}
+#define cache_malloc(sz)	(malloc(sz))
+#define cache_calloc(n,sz)	(calloc(n,sz))
+#define cache_realloc(ptr,sz)	(realloc(ptr,sz))
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for internal use
+ */
+static void purge_cache(long sz, int lazy);
+static void del_cache_ent(dns_cent_t *cent,dns_hash_loc_t *loc);
+static void remove_rrl(rr_lent_t *le  DBGPARAM);
+
+/*
+ * Locking functions.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Lock/unlock cache for reading. Concurrent reads are allowed, while writes are forbidden.
+ * DO NOT MIX THE LOCK TYPES UP WHEN LOCKING/UNLOCKING!
+ *
+ * We use a mutex to lock the access to the locks ;-).
+ * This is because we do not allow read and write to interfere (for which a normal mutex would be
+ * fine), but we also want to allow concurrent reads.
+ * We use condition variables, and readlock contention protection.
+ */
+static void lock_cache_r(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return;
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	r_pend++;
+	while(((rw_pend>SUSP_THRESH(r_pend))?(r_susp=1):r_susp) || cache_w_lock) {
+		/* This will unlock the mutex while sleeping and relock it before exit */
+		pthread_cond_wait(&r_cond, &lock_mutex);
+	}
+	cache_r_lock++;
+	r_pend--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+}
+
+static void unlock_cache_r(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return;
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	if (cache_r_lock>0)
+		cache_r_lock--;
+	/* wakeup threads waiting to write */
+	if (!cache_r_lock)
+		pthread_cond_signal(&rw_cond);
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Lock/unlock cache for reading and writing. Concurrent reads and writes are forbidden.
+ * Do this only if you actually modify the cache.
+ * DO NOT MIX THE LOCK TYPES UP WHEN LOCKING/UNLOCKING!
+ * (cant say it often enough)
+ */
+static void lock_cache_rw(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return;
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	rw_pend++;
+	while(cache_w_lock || cache_r_lock) {
+		/* This will unlock the mutex while sleeping and relock it before exit */
+		pthread_cond_wait(&rw_cond, &lock_mutex);
+	}
+	cache_w_lock=1;
+	rw_pend--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+}
+
+/* Lock cache for reading and writing, or time out after tm seconds. */
+static int timedlock_cache_rw(int tm)
+{
+	int retval=0;
+	struct timeval now;
+	struct timespec timeout;
+
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return 0;
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	gettimeofday(&now,NULL);
+	timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + tm;
+	timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+	rw_pend++;
+	while(cache_w_lock || cache_r_lock) {
+		/* This will unlock the mutex while sleeping and relock it before exit */
+		if(pthread_cond_timedwait(&rw_cond, &lock_mutex, &timeout) == ETIMEDOUT)
+			goto cleanup_return;
+	}
+	cache_w_lock=1;
+	retval=1;
+ cleanup_return:
+	rw_pend--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+static void unlock_cache_rw(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return;
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	cache_w_lock=0;
+	/* always reset r suspension (r locking code will set it again) */
+	r_susp=0;
+	/* wakeup threads waiting to read or write */
+	if (r_pend==0 || rw_pend>SUSP_THRESH(r_pend))
+		pthread_cond_signal(&rw_cond); /* schedule another rw proc */
+	else
+		pthread_cond_broadcast(&r_cond); /* let 'em all read */
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+}
+
+
+/*
+  If there are other threads waiting to read from or write to
+  the cache, give up the read/write lock on the cache to give another
+  thread a chance; then try to get the lock back again.
+  This can be called regularly during a process that takes
+  a lot of processor time but has low priority, in order to improve
+  overall responsiveness.
+*/
+static void yield_lock_cache_rw()
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock || (!r_pend && !rw_pend))
+		return;
+
+	/* Give up the lock */
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	cache_w_lock=0;
+	/* always reset r suspension (r locking code will set it again) */
+	r_susp=0;
+	/* wakeup threads waiting to read or write */
+	if (r_pend==0 || rw_pend>SUSP_THRESH(r_pend))
+		pthread_cond_signal(&rw_cond); /* schedule another rw proc */
+	else
+		pthread_cond_broadcast(&r_cond); /* let 'em all read */
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+
+	usleep_r(1000);
+
+	/* Now try to get the lock back again */
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&lock_mutex);
+	rw_pend++;
+	while(cache_w_lock || cache_r_lock) {
+		/* This will unlock the mutex while sleeping and relock it before exit */
+		pthread_cond_wait(&rw_cond, &lock_mutex);
+	}
+	cache_w_lock=1;
+	rw_pend--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+}
+
+/* These are a special version of the ordinary read lock functions. The lock "soft" to avoid deadlocks: they will give up
+ * after a certain number of bad trials. You have to check the exit status though.
+ * To avoid blocking mutexes, we cannot use condition variables here. Never mind, these are only used on
+ * exit. */
+static int softlock_cache_r(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int lk=0,tr=0;
+
+		for(;;) {
+			if (!softlock_mutex(&lock_mutex))
+				return 0;
+			if(!cache_w_lock) {
+				lk=1;
+				cache_r_lock++;
+			}
+			pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+			if (lk) break;
+			if (++tr>=SOFTLOCK_MAXTRIES)
+				return 0;
+			usleep_r(1000); /*give contol back to the scheduler instead of hammering the lock close*/
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* On unlocking, we do not wake others. We are about to exit! */
+static int softunlock_cache_r(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return 0;
+	if (!softlock_mutex(&lock_mutex))
+		return 0;
+	if (cache_r_lock>0)
+		cache_r_lock--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static int softlock_cache_rw(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return 0;
+	{
+		int lk=0,tr=0;
+
+		for(;;) {
+			if (!softlock_mutex(&lock_mutex))
+				return 0;
+			if (!(cache_w_lock || cache_r_lock)) {
+				lk=1;
+				cache_w_lock=1;
+			}
+			pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+			if(lk) break;
+			if (++tr>=SOFTLOCK_MAXTRIES)
+				return 0;
+			usleep_r(1000); /*give contol back to the scheduler instead of hammering the lock close*/
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static int softunlock_cache_rw(void)
+{
+	if (!use_cache_lock)
+		return 0;
+	if (!softlock_mutex(&lock_mutex))
+		return 0;
+	cache_w_lock=0;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock_mutex);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Serial numbers: Serial numbers are used when additional records are added to the cache: serial numbers are unique to each
+ * query, so we can determine whether data was added by the query just executed (records can coexist) or not (records must
+ * be replaced). A serial of 0 is special and will not be used by any query. All records added added authoritatively (as
+ * chunk) or read from a file can have no query in process and therefore have serial 0, which is != any other serial.
+ */
+#if 0
+unsigned long l_serial=1;
+
+unsigned long get_serial()
+{
+	unsigned long rv;
+	lock_cache_rw();
+	rv=l_serial++;
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+	return rv;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Cache/cent handlers
+ */
+
+/* Initialize the cache. Call only once. */
+#if 0
+void init_cache()
+{
+	mk_hash_ctable();
+	mk_dns_hash();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the cache lock. Call only once. */
+/* This is now defined as an inline function in cache.h */
+#if 0
+void init_cache_lock()
+{
+
+	use_cache_lock=1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Empty the cache, freeing all entries that match the include/exclude list. */
+int empty_cache(slist_array sla)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/* Wait at most 60 seconds to obtain a lock. */
+	if(!timedlock_cache_rw(60))
+		return 0;
+
+	for(i=0; ; ) {
+		if(sla)
+			free_dns_hash_selected(i,sla);
+		else
+			free_dns_hash_bucket(i);
+		if(++i>=HASH_NUM_BUCKETS)
+			break;
+		/* Give another thread a chance */
+		yield_lock_cache_rw();
+	}
+
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Delete the cache. Call only once */
+void destroy_cache()
+{
+	/* lock the cache, in case that any thread is still accessing. */
+	if(!softlock_cache_rw()) {
+		log_error("Lock failed; could not destroy cache on exit.");
+		return;
+	}
+	free_dns_hash();
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if(ent_num || cache_size) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("After destroying cache, %ld entries (%ld bytes) remaining.\n",ent_num,cache_size);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+#if (TARGET!=TARGET_LINUX)
+	/* under Linux, this frees no resources but may hang on a crash */
+	pthread_mutex_destroy(&lock_mutex);
+	pthread_cond_destroy(&rw_cond);
+	pthread_cond_destroy(&r_cond);
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Make a flag value for a dns_cent_t (dns cache entry) from a server record */
+/* Now defined as inline function in cache.h */
+#if 0
+unsigned int mk_flag_val(servparm_t *server)
+{
+	unsigned int fl=0;
+	if (!server->purge_cache)
+		fl|=CF_NOPURGE;
+	if (server->nocache)
+		fl|=CF_NOCACHE;
+	if (server->rootserver)
+		fl|=CF_ROOTSERV;
+	return fl;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize a dns cache record (dns_cent_t) with the query name (in
+ * transport format), a flag value, a timestamp indicating
+ * the time the query was done, and a TTL. The timestamp and TTL
+ * are only used if DF_NEGATIVE is set in the flags. Otherwise,
+ * the timestamps of the individual records are used. DF_NEGATIVE
+ * is used for whole-domain negative caching.
+ * By convention, ttl and ts should be set to 0, unless the
+ * DF_NEGATIVE bit is set. */
+int init_cent(dns_cent_t *cent, const unsigned char *qname, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	int i;
+	size_t namesz=rhnlen(qname);
+
+	cent->qname=cache_malloc(namesz);
+	if (cent->qname == NULL)
+		return 0;
+	memcpy(cent->qname,qname,namesz);
+	cent->cs=sizeof(dns_cent_t)+namesz;
+	cent->num_rrs=0;
+	cent->flags=flags;
+	if(flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		cent->neg.lent=NULL;
+		cent->neg.ttl=ttl;
+		cent->neg.ts=ts;
+	}
+	else {
+		for(i=0; i<NRRMU; ++i)
+			cent->rr.rrmu[i]=NULL;
+		cent->rr.rrext=NULL;
+	}
+	cent->c_ns=cundef;
+	cent->c_soa=cundef;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a rr record holder using the given values.
+ */
+static rr_bucket_t *create_rr(unsigned dlen, void *data  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rrb;
+	rrb=(rr_bucket_t *)cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_bucket_t)+dlen);
+	if (rrb == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	rrb->next=NULL;
+
+	rrb->rdlen=dlen;
+	memcpy(rrb->data,data,dlen);
+	return rrb;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adds an empty rrset_t with the requested data to a cent. This is exactly what you need to
+ * do to create a negatively cached cent.
+ */
+static int add_cent_rrset_by_index(dns_cent_t *cent, unsigned int idx, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_set_t **rrext, **rrsetpa, *rrset;
+
+	/* If we add a rrset, even a negative one, the domain is not negative any more. */
+	if (cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		int i;
+		/* need to remove the cent from the lent list. */
+		if (cent->neg.lent)
+			remove_rrl(cent->neg.lent  DBGARG);
+		cent->flags &= ~DF_NEGATIVE;
+		for(i=0; i<NRRMU; ++i)
+			cent->rr.rrmu[i]=NULL;
+		cent->rr.rrext=NULL;
+	}
+
+	if(idx < NRRMU)
+		rrsetpa = &cent->rr.rrmu[idx];
+	else {
+		idx -= NRRMU;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(idx < NRREXT, "add_cent_rrset_by_index: rr-set index out of range");
+		rrext = cent->rr.rrext;
+		if(!rrext) {
+			int i;
+			cent->rr.rrext = rrext = cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT);
+			if(!rrext)
+				return 0;
+			for(i=0; i<NRREXT; ++i)
+				rrext[i]=NULL;
+			cent->cs += sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT;
+		}
+		rrsetpa = &rrext[idx];
+	}
+
+#if 0
+	if(*rrsetpa) del_rrset(*rrsetpa);
+#endif
+	*rrsetpa = rrset = cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_set_t));
+	if (!rrset)
+		return 0;
+	rrset->lent=NULL;
+	rrset->ttl=ttl;
+	rrset->ts=ts;
+	rrset->flags=flags;
+	rrset->rrs=NULL;
+	cent->cs += sizeof(rr_set_t);
+	++cent->num_rrs;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int add_cent_rrset_by_type(dns_cent_t *cent, int type, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	int tpi = type - T_MIN;
+
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(tpi>=0 && tpi<T_NUM, "add_cent_rrset_by_type: rr type value out of range");
+	return add_cent_rrset_by_index(cent, rrlkuptab[tpi], ttl, ts, flags  DBGARG);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Adds a rr record to a cent. For cache.c internal use.
+ * idx is the internally used RR-set index, not the RR type!
+ */
+static int add_cent_rr_int(dns_cent_t *cent, unsigned int idx, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags,
+			   unsigned dlen, void *data, rr_bucket_t **rtail  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rr;
+	rr_set_t *rrset;
+
+	if (!(rr=create_rr(dlen,data  DBGARG)))
+		return 0;
+	if(!(rtail && *rtail)) {
+		rrset = RRARR_INDEX_TESTEXT(cent,idx);
+		if (!rrset) {
+			if (!add_cent_rrset_by_index(cent, idx, ttl, ts, flags  DBGARG))
+				goto cleanup_return;
+			rrset = RRARR_INDEX(cent,idx);
+		}
+		/* do the linking work */
+		rr->next=rrset->rrs;
+		rrset->rrs=rr;
+	}
+	else {
+		/* append at the end */
+		rr->next=(*rtail)->next;
+		(*rtail)->next=rr;
+	}
+	if(rtail) *rtail=rr;
+	cent->cs += sizeof(rr_bucket_t)+rr->rdlen;
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if(debug_p) {
+		rrset = RRARR_INDEX(cent,idx);
+		if (rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE) {
+			char cflagstr[CFLAGSTRLEN];
+			DEBUG_MSG("Tried to add rr to a rrset with CF_NEGATIVE set! flags=%s\n",cflags2str(rrset->flags,cflagstr));
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	return 1;
+
+ cleanup_return:
+	free_rr(*rr);
+	free(rr);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Add an rr to a cache entry, giving the ttl, the data length, the rr type
+ * and a pointer to the data. A record is allocated, and the data is copied into
+ * it. Do this for all rrs in a cache entry.
+ * The return value will be 1 in case of success, or 0 in case of a memory allocation
+ * problem.
+ */
+int add_cent_rr(dns_cent_t *cent, int type, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags,
+		unsigned dlen, void *data  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	int tpi;
+	unsigned int idx;
+	rr_set_t *rrset;
+	rr_bucket_t *rtail, *rrb;
+
+	if ((cent->flags&DF_LOCAL) && !(flags&CF_LOCAL))
+		return 1;  /* ignore. Local has precedence. */
+
+	tpi = type - T_MIN;
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(tpi>=0 && tpi<T_NUM, "add_cent_rr: rr type value out of range");
+	idx= rrlkuptab[tpi];
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(idx < NRRTOT, "add_cent_rr: illegal rr type value for caching");
+	rrset= RRARR_INDEX_TESTEXT(cent,idx);
+	rtail=NULL;
+
+	if (rrset) {
+		if(ttl<rrset->ttl)
+			/* The ttl timestamps should be identical.
+			   In case they are not, we will use the smallest one. */
+			rrset->ttl= ttl;
+
+		/* OK, some stupid nameservers feel inclined to return the same address twice. Grmbl... */
+		rrb=rrset->rrs;
+		while (rrb) {
+			if (rrb->rdlen==dlen && memcmp(rrb->data,data,dlen)==0)
+				return 1;
+			rtail=rrb;
+			rrb=rrb->next;
+		}
+	}
+	return add_cent_rr_int(cent,idx,ttl,ts,flags,dlen,data,&rtail  DBGARG);
+}
+
+/* Free a complete rrset including all memory. Returns the size of the memory freed */
+int del_rrset(rr_set_t *rrs  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	int rv=sizeof(rr_set_t);
+	rr_bucket_t *rrb,*rrn;
+
+	if(rrs->lent) remove_rrl(rrs->lent  DBGARG);
+	rrb=rrs->rrs;
+	while (rrb) {
+		rv+=sizeof(rr_bucket_t)+rrb->rdlen;
+		rrn=rrb->next;
+		free_rr(*rrb);
+		cache_free(rrb);
+		rrb=rrn;
+	}
+	cache_free(rrs);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+/* Remove a complete rrset from a cent, freeing the memory.
+   The second argument should be an RR-set array index, not an RR type!
+   Returns the size of the memory freed */
+static int del_cent_rrset_by_index(dns_cent_t *cent, int i  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	int rv=0;
+	rr_set_t **rrspa = RRARR_INDEX_PA_TESTEXT(cent,i);
+
+	if(rrspa) {
+		rr_set_t *rrs = *rrspa;
+		if(rrs) {
+			rv= del_rrset(rrs  DBGARG);
+			*rrspa=NULL;
+			--cent->num_rrs;
+			cent->cs -= rv;
+			cent->flags &= ~DF_AUTH;
+		}
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static int del_cent_rrset_by_type(dns_cent_t *cent, int type  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	return del_cent_rrset_by_index(cent, rrlkuptab[type-T_MIN]  DBGARG);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Free the pointers contained in an rr record. If the rr record is on the heap,
+ * don't forget to delete itself. This is done extra mainly for extensibility
+ * -- This is not here any more. The definition is actually an empty macro in
+ * cache.h.
+ */
+void free_rr(rr_bucket_t rr)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Free all data referred by a cache entry. */
+void free_cent(dns_cent_t *cent  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	cache_free(cent->qname);
+	if(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		if(cent->neg.lent)
+			remove_rrl(cent->neg.lent  DBGARG);
+	}
+	else {
+		int i;
+		for (i=0; i<NRRMU; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrs=cent->rr.rrmu[i];
+			if (rrs) del_rrset(rrs  DBG0);
+		}
+		{
+			rr_set_t **rrext = cent->rr.rrext;
+			if(rrext) {
+				for(i=0; i<NRREXT; ++i) {
+					rr_set_t *rrs=rrext[i];
+					if (rrs) del_rrset(rrs  DBG0);
+				}
+				cache_free(rrext);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* Same as free_cent, but is suitable as cleanup handler */
+void free_cent0(void *ptr)
+{
+	free_cent(ptr  DBG0);
+}
+
+/* Negate an existing cache entry and free any existing rr sets. */
+void negate_cent(dns_cent_t *cent, time_t ttl, time_t ts)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if(!(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+		for (i=0; i<NRRMU; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrs=cent->rr.rrmu[i];
+			if (rrs) {
+				cent->cs -= del_rrset(rrs  DBG0);
+				/* cent->rr.rrmu[i]=NULL; */
+			}
+		}
+		{
+			rr_set_t **rrext = cent->rr.rrext;
+			if(rrext) {
+				for(i=0; i<NRREXT; ++i) {
+					rr_set_t *rrs=rrext[i];
+					if (rrs)
+						cent->cs -= del_rrset(rrs  DBG0);
+				}
+				cache_free(rrext);
+				/* cent->rr.rrext=NULL; */
+				cent->cs -= sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT;
+			}
+		}
+		cent->num_rrs=0;
+		cent->flags |= DF_NEGATIVE;
+		cent->neg.lent=NULL;
+	}
+
+	cent->neg.ttl=ttl;
+	cent->neg.ts=ts;
+}
+
+inline static time_t get_rrlent_ts(rr_lent_t *le)
+{
+	return (le->rrset)?(le->rrset->ts):(le->cent->neg.ts);
+}
+
+/* insert a rrset into the rr_l list. This modifies the rr_set_t if rrs is not NULL!
+ * The rrset address needs to be constant afterwards.
+ * idx is the internally used RR-set index, not the RR type!
+ * Call with locks applied. */
+static int insert_rrl(rr_set_t *rrs, dns_cent_t *cent, int idx)
+{
+	time_t ts;
+	rr_lent_t *le,*ne;
+
+	/* No need to add local records to the rr_l list, because purge_cache() ignores them anyway. */
+	if((rrs && (rrs->flags&CF_LOCAL)) || (cent->flags&DF_LOCAL))
+		return 1;
+
+	if (!(ne=malloc(sizeof(rr_lent_t))))
+		return 0;
+	ne->rrset=rrs;
+	ne->cent=cent;
+	ne->idx=idx;
+	ne->next=NULL;
+	ne->prev=NULL;
+
+	if(insert_sort) {
+		/* Since the append at the and is a very common case (and we want this case to be fast), we search back-to-forth.
+		 * Since rr_l is a list and we don't really have fast access to all elements, we do not perform an advanced algorithm
+		 * like binary search.*/
+		ts=get_rrlent_ts(ne);
+		le=rrset_l_tail;
+		while (le) {
+			if (ts>=get_rrlent_ts(le)) goto found;
+			le=le->prev;
+		}
+		/* not found, so it needs to be inserted at the start of the list. */
+		ne->next=rrset_l;
+		if (rrset_l)
+			rrset_l->prev=ne;
+		else
+			rrset_l_tail=ne;
+		rrset_l=ne;
+		goto finish;
+	found:
+		ne->next=le->next;
+		ne->prev=le;
+		if (le->next)
+			le->next->prev=ne;
+		else
+			rrset_l_tail=ne;
+		le->next=ne;
+	finish:;
+	}
+	else {
+		/* simply append at the end, sorting will be done later with a more efficient algorithm. */
+		ne->prev=rrset_l_tail;
+		if(rrset_l_tail)
+			rrset_l_tail->next=ne;
+		else
+			rrset_l=ne;
+		rrset_l_tail=ne;
+	}
+
+	if (rrs)
+		rrs->lent=ne;
+	else
+		cent->neg.lent=ne;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Remove a rr from the rr_l list. Call with locks applied. */
+static void remove_rrl(rr_lent_t *le  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_lent_t *next=le->next,*prev=le->prev;
+	if (next)
+		next->prev=prev;
+	else
+		rrset_l_tail=prev;
+	if (prev)
+		prev->next=next;
+	else
+		rrset_l=next;
+	cache_free(le);
+}
+
+
+/* Merge two sorted rr_l lists to make a larger sorted list.
+   The lists are sorted according to increasing time-stamp.
+   The back links are ignored, these must be fixed using a separate pass.
+*/
+static rr_lent_t *listmerge(rr_lent_t *p, rr_lent_t *q)
+{
+
+	if(!p)
+		return q;
+	else if(!q)
+		return p;
+	else {
+		rr_lent_t *l=NULL, **s= &l;
+
+		for(;;) {
+			if(get_rrlent_ts(p) <= get_rrlent_ts(q)) {
+				*s= p;
+				s= &p->next;
+				p= *s;
+				if(!p) {
+					*s= q;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			else { /* get_rrlent_ts(p) > get_rrlent_ts(q) */
+				*s= q;
+				s= &q->next;
+				q= *s;
+				if(!q) {
+					*s= p;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		return l;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Sort the rr_l list using merge sort, which can be more efficient than insertion sort used by rr_insert().
+   This algorithm is adapted from the GNU C++ STL implementation for list containers.
+   Call with locks applied.
+   Written by Paul Rombouts.
+*/
+static void sort_rrl()
+{
+	/* Do nothing unless the list has length >= 2. */
+	if(rrset_l && rrset_l->next) {
+		/* First sort the list ignoring the back links, these will be fixed later. */
+#               define NTMPSORT 32
+		/* Because we use an array of fixed length, the length of the list we can sort
+		   is bounded by pow(2,NTMPSORT)-1. */
+		rr_lent_t *tmp[NTMPSORT];  /* tmp[i] will either be NULL or point to a sorted list of length pow(2,i). */
+		rr_lent_t **fill= tmp, **end=tmp+NTMPSORT, **counter;
+		rr_lent_t *rem= rrset_l, *carry;
+
+		do {
+			carry=rem; rem=rem->next;
+			carry->next=NULL;
+			for(counter = tmp; counter!=fill && *counter!=NULL; ++counter) {
+				carry=listmerge(*counter,carry);
+				*counter=NULL;
+			}
+
+			PDNSD_ASSERT(counter!=end, "sort_rrl: tmp array overflowed");
+
+			*counter=carry;
+
+			if(counter==fill) ++fill;
+		}
+		while(rem);
+
+		/* Merge together all the remaining list fragments contained in array tmp. */
+		carry= tmp[0];
+		counter= tmp;
+		while(++counter!=fill)
+			carry=listmerge(*counter,carry);
+
+		rrset_l= carry;
+
+		{
+			/* Restore the backward links. */
+			rr_lent_t *p,*q=NULL;
+			for(p=rrset_l; p; p=p->next) {p->prev=q; q=p;}
+			rrset_l_tail=q;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* Copy a rr_bucket_t into newly allocated memory */
+inline static rr_bucket_t *copy_rr(rr_bucket_t *rr  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rrn;
+	rrn=cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_bucket_t)+rr->rdlen);
+	if (rrn == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	memcpy(rrn,rr,sizeof(rr_bucket_t)+rr->rdlen);
+	rrn->next=NULL;
+	return rrn;
+}
+
+
+/* Copy an RR set into newly allocated memory */
+static rr_set_t *copy_rrset(rr_set_t *rrset  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	rr_set_t *rrsc=cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_set_t));
+	rr_bucket_t *rr,**rrp;
+	if (rrsc) {
+		*rrsc=*rrset;
+		rrsc->lent=NULL;
+		rrp=&rrsc->rrs;
+		rr=rrset->rrs;
+		while(rr) {
+			rr_bucket_t *rrc=copy_rr(rr  DBGARG);
+			*rrp=rrc;
+			if (!rrc) goto cleanup_return;
+			rrp=&rrc->next;
+			rr=rr->next;
+		}
+	}
+	return rrsc;
+
+cleanup_return:
+	del_rrset(rrsc  DBG0);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Copy a cache entry into newly allocated memory */
+dns_cent_t *copy_cent(dns_cent_t *cent  DBGPARAM)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *copy;
+
+	/*
+	 * We do not debug cache internals with it, as mallocs seem to be
+	 * "lost" when they enter the cache for a longer time.
+	 */
+	if (!(copy=cache_malloc(sizeof(dns_cent_t))))
+		return NULL;
+
+	{
+		/* copy the name */
+		size_t namesz=rhnlen(cent->qname);
+		if (!(copy->qname=cache_malloc(namesz)))
+			goto free_return_null;
+
+		memcpy(copy->qname,cent->qname,namesz);
+	}
+	copy->cs= cent->cs;
+	copy->num_rrs= cent->num_rrs;
+	copy->flags= cent->flags;
+	copy->c_ns = cent->c_ns;
+	copy->c_soa= cent->c_soa;
+	if(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		copy->neg.lent=NULL;
+		copy->neg.ttl= cent->neg.ttl;
+		copy->neg.ts = cent->neg.ts;
+	}
+	else {
+		int i, ilim;
+		for (i=0; i<NRRMU; ++i)
+			copy->rr.rrmu[i]=NULL;
+		copy->rr.rrext=NULL;
+
+		ilim = NRRMU;
+		if(cent->rr.rrext) {
+			rr_set_t **rrextc;
+			ilim = NRRTOT;
+			copy->rr.rrext = rrextc = cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT);
+			if(!rrextc) goto free_cent_return_null;
+
+			for (i=0; i<NRREXT; ++i)
+				rrextc[i]=NULL;
+		}
+
+		for (i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(cent,i);
+			if (rrset) {
+				rr_set_t *rrsc=cache_malloc(sizeof(rr_set_t));
+				rr_bucket_t *rr,**rrp;
+				*RRARR_INDEX_PA(copy,i)=rrsc;
+				if (!rrsc)
+					goto free_cent_return_null;
+				*rrsc=*rrset;
+				rrsc->lent=NULL;
+				rrp=&rrsc->rrs;
+				rr=rrset->rrs;
+				while(rr) {
+					rr_bucket_t *rrc=copy_rr(rr  DBGARG);
+					*rrp=rrc;
+					if (!rrc) goto free_cent_return_null;
+					rrp=&rrc->next;
+					rr=rr->next;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return copy;
+
+ free_cent_return_null:
+	free_cent(copy  DBGARG);
+ free_return_null:
+	cache_free(copy);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove all timed out entries of the RR set with the given index.
+ * idx is the internally used RR-set index, not the RR type!
+ * Follow some rules based on flags etc.
+ * This will either delete the whole rrset, or will leave it as a whole (RFC2181 seems to
+ * go in that direction)
+ * This was pretty large once upon a time ;-), but now, since we operate in rrsets, was
+ * shrunk drastically.
+ * If test is zero and the record is in the cache, we need rw-locks applied.
+ * If test is nonzero, nothing will actually be deleted.
+ * Substracts the size of the freed memory from cache_size (if test is zero).
+ * Returns 1 if the rrset has been (or would have been) deleted.
+ */
+static int purge_rrset(dns_cent_t *cent, int idx, int test)
+{
+	rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX_TESTEXT(cent,idx);
+	if (rrs && !(rrs->flags&CF_NOPURGE || rrs->flags&CF_LOCAL) && timedout(rrs)) {
+		/* well, it must go. */
+		if(!test)
+			cache_size -= del_cent_rrset_by_index(cent,idx  DBG0);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+  Remove all timed out entries of alls RR sets of a cache entry.
+  The test flag works the same as in purge_rrset().
+  Substracts the size of the freed memory from cache_size, just as purge_rrset().
+  *numrrsrem is set to the number of remaining RR sets (or the number that would have remained).
+  Returns the number of items (RR sets or RR set arrays) that have been (or would have been) deleted.
+*/
+static int purge_all_rrsets(dns_cent_t *cent, int test, int *numrrsrem)
+{
+	int rv=0, numrrs=0, numrrext=0;
+
+	if(!(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+		int i, ilim= RRARR_LEN(cent);
+		for(i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX(cent,i);
+			if (rrs) {
+				if(!(rrs->flags&CF_NOPURGE || rrs->flags&CF_LOCAL) && timedout(rrs)) {
+					/* well, it must go. */
+					if(!test)
+						cache_size -= del_cent_rrset_by_index(cent, i  DBG0);
+					++rv;
+				}
+				else {
+					++numrrs;
+					if(i>=NRRMU) ++numrrext;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* If the array of less frequently used RRs has become empty, free it. */
+		if(cent->rr.rrext && numrrext==0) {
+			if(!test) {
+				cache_free(cent->rr.rrext);
+				cent->rr.rrext=NULL;
+				cent->cs -= sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT;
+				cache_size -= sizeof(rr_set_t*)*NRREXT;
+			}
+			++rv;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(numrrsrem) *numrrsrem=numrrs;
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Purge a cent, deleting timed-out rrs (following the constraints noted in "purge_rrset").
+ * Since the cent may actually become empty and be deleted, you may not use it after this call until
+ * you refetch its address from the hash (if it is still there).
+ * If test is zero and the record is in the cache, we need rw-locks applied.
+ * If test is nonzero, nothing will actually be deleted.
+ * Substracts the size of the freed memory from cache_size (if test is zero).
+ * If delete is nonzero and the cent was purged empty and no longer needed, it is removed from the cache.
+ * Returns -1 if the cent was (or would have been) completely removed,
+ * otherwise returns the number of items that were (or would have been) deleted.
+ */
+static int purge_cent(dns_cent_t *cent, int delete, int test)
+{
+	int npurge, numrrs;
+
+	npurge = purge_all_rrsets(cent,test, &numrrs);
+
+	/* If the cache entry was purged empty, delete it from the cache. */
+	if (delete && numrrs==0
+	    && (!(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) ||
+		(!(cent->flags&DF_LOCAL) && timedout_nxdom(cent))))
+	{
+		if(!test)
+			del_cache_ent(cent,NULL); /* this will subtract the cent's left size from cache_size */
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if(!(cent->flags&DF_LOCAL)) {
+		/* Set stale references to NS or SOA records back to undefined. */
+		unsigned scnt=rhnsegcnt(cent->qname);
+		if(cent->c_ns!=cundef) {
+			rr_set_t *rrset=NULL;
+			if(cent->c_ns==scnt)
+				rrset=getrrset_NS(cent);
+			else if(cent->c_ns<scnt) {
+				dns_cent_t *ce=dns_lookup(skipsegs(cent->qname,scnt-cent->c_ns),NULL);
+				if(ce) rrset=getrrset_NS(ce);
+			}
+			if(!rrset || !rrset->rrs || (!(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL) && timedout(rrset))) {
+				if(!test)
+					cent->c_ns=cundef;
+				++npurge;
+			}
+		}
+		if(cent->c_soa!=cundef) {
+			rr_set_t *rrset=NULL;
+			if(cent->c_soa==scnt)
+				rrset=getrrset_SOA(cent);
+			else if(cent->c_soa<scnt) {
+				dns_cent_t *ce=dns_lookup(skipsegs(cent->qname,scnt-cent->c_soa),NULL);
+				if(ce) rrset=getrrset_SOA(ce);
+			}
+			if(!rrset || !rrset->rrs || (!(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL) && timedout(rrset))) {
+				if(!test)
+					cent->c_soa=cundef;
+				++npurge;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return npurge;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Bring cache to a size below or equal the cache size limit (sz). There are two strategies:
+ * - for cached sets with CF_NOPURGE not set: delete if timed out
+ * - additional: delete oldest sets.
+ */
+static void purge_cache(long sz, int lazy)
+{
+	rr_lent_t *le;
+
+	/* Walk the cache list from the oldest entries to the newest, deleting timed-out
+	 * records.
+	 * XXX: We walk the list a second time if this did not free up enough space - this
+	 * should be done better. */
+	le=rrset_l;
+	while (le && (!lazy || cache_size>sz)) {
+		/* Note by Paul Rombouts:
+		 * If data integrity is ensured, at most one node is removed from the rrset_l
+		 * per iteration, and this node is the one referenced by le. */
+		rr_lent_t *next=le->next;
+		if (!((le->rrset && (le->rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) ||
+		      (le->cent->flags&DF_LOCAL))) {
+			dns_cent_t *ce = le->cent;
+			if (le->rrset)
+				purge_rrset(ce, le->idx,0);
+			/* Side effect: if purge_rrset called del_cent_rrset then le has been freed.
+			 * ce, however, is still guaranteed to be valid. */
+			if (ce->num_rrs==0 && (!(ce->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) ||
+					       (!(ce->flags&DF_LOCAL) && timedout_nxdom(ce))))
+				del_cache_ent(ce,NULL);
+		}
+		le=next;
+	}
+	if (cache_size<=sz)
+		return;
+
+	/* we are still above the desired cache size. Well, delete records from the oldest to
+	 * the newest. This is the case where nopurge records are deleted anyway. Only local
+	 * records are kept in any case.*/
+	if(!insert_sort) {
+		sort_rrl();
+		insert_sort=1; /* use insertion sort from now on */
+	}
+
+	le=rrset_l;
+	while (le && cache_size>sz) {
+		rr_lent_t *next=le->next;
+		if (!((le->rrset && (le->rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) ||
+		      (le->cent->flags&DF_LOCAL))) {
+			dns_cent_t *ce = le->cent;
+			if (le->rrset)
+				cache_size -= del_cent_rrset_by_index(ce, le->idx  DBG0);
+			/* this will also delete negative cache entries */
+			if (ce->num_rrs==0)
+				del_cache_ent(ce,NULL);
+		}
+		le=next;
+	}
+}
+
+#define log_warn_read_error(f,item) \
+        log_warn("%s encountered while reading %s from disk cache file.", \
+        ferror(f)?"Error":feof(f)?"EOF":"Incomplete item",item)
+
+/*
+ * Load cache from disk and rebuild the hash tables.
+ */
+void read_disk_cache()
+{
+	/* The locks are done when we add items. */
+	dns_cent_t ce;
+	int dtsz=512;
+	unsigned char *data;
+	unsigned long cnt;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	char path[strlen(global.cache_dir)+sizeof("/pdnsd.cache")];
+
+	stpcpy(stpcpy(path,global.cache_dir),"/pdnsd.cache");
+
+	if (!(f=fopen(path,"r"))) {
+		log_warn("Could not open disk cache file %s: %s",path,strerror(errno));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!(data = malloc(dtsz))) {
+		goto fclose_exit;
+	}
+
+	/* Don't use insertion sort while reading caches entries from disk, because this can be
+	   noticeably inefficient with large cache files.
+	   Entries are simply appended at the end of the rr_l list.
+	   The rr_l list is sorted using a more efficient merge sort after we are done reading.
+	*/
+	insert_sort=0;
+
+	{
+		unsigned nb;
+		char buf[sizeof(cachverid)];
+
+		/* check cache version identifier */
+		nb=fread(buf,1,sizeof(cachverid),f);
+		if (nb!=sizeof(cachverid)) {
+			/* Don't complain about empty files */
+			if(nb!=0 || !feof(f)) {
+				log_warn_read_error(f,"cache version identifier");
+			}
+			goto free_data_fclose;
+		}
+		if(memcmp(buf,cachverid,sizeof(cachverid))) {
+			log_warn("Cache file %s ignored because of incompatible version identifier",path);
+			goto free_data_fclose;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (fread(&cnt,sizeof(cnt),1,f)!=1) {
+		log_warn_read_error(f,"entry count");
+		goto free_data_fclose;
+	}
+
+	for(;cnt>0;--cnt) {
+		dns_file_t fe;
+		dom_fttlts_t fttlts = {0,0};
+		unsigned char nb[256];
+		unsigned num_rrs;
+		unsigned char prevtp;
+		if (fread(&fe,sizeof(fe),1,f)!=1) {
+			log_warn_read_error(f,"cache entry header");
+			goto free_data_fclose;
+		}
+		if(fe.flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			if (fread(&fttlts,sizeof(fttlts),1,f)!=1) {
+				log_warn_read_error(f,"cache TTL and timestamp");
+				goto free_data_fclose;
+			}
+		}
+		if (fe.qlen) {
+			int i;
+			/* Because of its type qlen should be <=255. */
+			if (fread(nb,fe.qlen,1,f)!=1) {
+				log_warn_read_error(f,"domain name");
+				goto free_data_fclose;
+			}
+			for(i=0;i<fe.qlen;) {
+				unsigned lb=nb[i];
+				if(!lb || lb>63 || (i += lb+1)>fe.qlen) {
+					log_warn("Invalid domain name encountered while reading disk cache file.");
+					goto free_data_fclose;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		nb[fe.qlen]='\0';
+		if (!init_cent(&ce, nb, fttlts.ttl, fttlts.ts, fe.flags  DBG0)) {
+			goto free_data_fclose_exit;
+		}
+		ce.c_ns=fe.c_ns; ce.c_soa=fe.c_soa;
+
+		/* now, read the rr's */
+		prevtp=0;
+		for (num_rrs=fe.num_rrs;num_rrs;--num_rrs) {
+			rr_fset_t sh;
+			unsigned num_rr;
+			if (fread(&sh,sizeof(sh),1,f)!=1) {
+				log_warn_read_error(f,"rr header");
+				goto free_cent_data_fclose;
+			}
+			if(PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(sh.tp)) {
+				log_warn("Invalid rr type encountered while reading disk cache file.");
+				goto free_data_fclose;
+			}
+			if(sh.tp<=prevtp) {
+				log_warn("Unexpected rr type encountered (not in strict ascending order) while reading disk cache file.");
+				goto free_data_fclose;
+			}
+			prevtp=sh.tp;
+			/* Add the rrset header in any case (needed for negative caching) */
+			if(!add_cent_rrset_by_type(&ce, sh.tp, sh.ttl, sh.ts, sh.flags  DBG0)) {
+				goto free_cent_data_fclose_exit;
+			}
+			for (num_rr=sh.num_rr;num_rr;--num_rr) {
+				rr_fbucket_t rr;
+				if (fread(&rr,sizeof(rr),1,f)!=1) {
+					log_warn_read_error(f,"rr data length");
+					goto free_cent_data_fclose;
+				}
+				if (rr.rdlen>dtsz) {
+					unsigned char *tmp;
+					dtsz=rr.rdlen;
+					tmp=realloc(data,dtsz);
+					if (!tmp) {
+						goto free_cent_data_fclose_exit;
+					}
+					data=tmp;
+				}
+				if (rr.rdlen && fread(data,rr.rdlen,1,f)!=1) {
+					log_warn_read_error(f,"rr data");
+					goto free_cent_data_fclose;
+				}
+				if (!add_cent_rr(&ce,sh.tp,sh.ttl,sh.ts,sh.flags,rr.rdlen,data  DBG0)) {
+					goto free_cent_data_fclose_exit;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		add_cache(&ce);
+		free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUG_HASH
+	free(data);
+	fclose(f);
+	dumphash();
+	goto sort_return;
+#else
+	goto free_data_fclose;
+#endif
+
+ free_cent_data_fclose:
+	free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+ free_data_fclose:
+	free(data);
+	fclose(f);
+#ifdef DEBUG_HASH
+ sort_return:
+#endif
+	/* Do we need read/write locks to sort the rr_l list?
+	   As long as at most one thread is sorting, it is OK for the other threads
+	   to read the cache, providing they do not add or delete anything.
+	*/
+	lock_cache_r();
+	if(!insert_sort) {
+		sort_rrl();
+		insert_sort=1;
+	}
+	unlock_cache_r();
+	return;
+
+ free_cent_data_fclose_exit:
+	free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+ free_data_fclose_exit:
+	free(data);
+ fclose_exit:
+	fclose(f);
+	log_error("Out of memory in reading cache file. Exiting.");
+	pdnsd_exit();
+}
+
+/* write an rr to the file f */
+static int write_rrset(int tp, rr_set_t *rrs, FILE *f)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rr;
+	rr_fset_t sh;
+	rr_fbucket_t rf;
+	unsigned num_rr;
+
+	sh.tp=tp;
+
+	num_rr=0;
+	for(rr=rrs->rrs; rr && num_rr<255; rr=rr->next) ++num_rr;
+	sh.num_rr=num_rr;
+	sh.flags=rrs->flags;
+	sh.ttl=rrs->ttl;
+	sh.ts=rrs->ts;
+
+	if (fwrite(&sh,sizeof(sh),1,f)!=1) {
+		log_error("Error while writing rr header to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	rr=rrs->rrs;
+	for(; num_rr; --num_rr) {
+		rf.rdlen=rr->rdlen;
+		if (fwrite(&rf,sizeof(rf),1,f)!=1 || (rf.rdlen && fwrite((rr->data),rf.rdlen,1,f)!=1)) {
+			log_error("Error while writing rr data to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+			return 0;
+		}
+		rr=rr->next;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Write cache to disk on termination. The hash table is lost and needs to be regenerated
+ * on reload.
+ *
+ * The locks are not very fine grained here, but I don't think this needs fixing as this routine
+ * is only called on exit.
+ *
+ */
+void write_disk_cache()
+{
+	int j, jlim;
+	dns_cent_t *le;
+	unsigned long en=0;
+	dns_hash_pos_t pos;
+	FILE *f;
+	unsigned long num_rrs_errs=0;
+#	define MAX_NUM_RRS_ERRS 10
+
+	char path[strlen(global.cache_dir)+sizeof("/pdnsd.cache")];
+
+	stpcpy(stpcpy(path,global.cache_dir),"/pdnsd.cache");
+
+	DEBUG_MSG("Writing cache to %s\n",path);
+
+	if (!softlock_cache_rw()) {
+		goto lock_failed;
+	}
+	/* purge cache down to allowed size*/
+	purge_cache((long)global.perm_cache*1024, 0);
+	if (!softunlock_cache_rw()) {
+		goto lock_failed;
+	}
+
+	if (!softlock_cache_r()) {
+		goto lock_failed;
+	}
+
+	if (!(f=fopen(path,"w"))) {
+		log_warn("Could not open disk cache file %s: %s",path,strerror(errno));
+		goto softunlock_return;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the cache version identifier */
+	if (fwrite(cachverid,sizeof(cachverid),1,f)!=1) {
+		log_error("Error while writing cache version identifier to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+		goto fclose_unlock;
+	}
+
+	for (le=fetch_first(&pos); le; le=fetch_next(&pos)) {
+		/* count the rr's */
+		if(le->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			if(!(le->flags&DF_LOCAL))
+				++en;
+		}
+		else {
+			jlim= RRARR_LEN(le);
+			for (j=0; j<jlim; ++j) {
+				rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(le,j);
+				if (rrset && !(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+					++en;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (fwrite(&en,sizeof(en),1,f)!=1) {
+		log_error("Error while writing entry count to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+		goto fclose_unlock;
+	}
+
+	for (le=fetch_first(&pos); le; le=fetch_next(&pos)) {
+		/* now, write the rr's */
+		if(le->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			if(!(le->flags&DF_LOCAL))
+				goto write_rrs;
+		}
+		else {
+			jlim= RRARR_LEN(le);
+			for (j=0; j<jlim; ++j) {
+				rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(le,j);
+				if (rrset && !(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+					goto write_rrs;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		continue;
+	       write_rrs:
+		{
+			dns_file_t df;
+			int num_rrs;
+			const unsigned short *iterlist;
+			df.qlen=rhnlen(le->qname)-1; /* Don't include the null byte at the end */
+			df.num_rrs=0;
+			df.flags=le->flags;
+			df.c_ns=le->c_ns; df.c_soa=le->c_soa;
+			num_rrs=0;
+			jlim=RRARR_LEN(le);
+			for (j=0; j<jlim; ++j) {
+				rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(le,j);
+				if(rrset) {
+					++num_rrs;
+					if(!(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL))
+						++df.num_rrs;
+				}
+			}
+			if(num_rrs!=le->num_rrs && ++num_rrs_errs<=MAX_NUM_RRS_ERRS) {
+				unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				log_warn("Counted %d rr record types for %s but cached counter=%d",
+					 num_rrs,rhn2str(le->qname,buf,sizeof(buf)),le->num_rrs);
+			}
+			if (fwrite(&df,sizeof(df),1,f)!=1) {
+				log_error("Error while writing cache entry header to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+				goto fclose_unlock;
+			}
+			if(le->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+				dom_fttlts_t fttlts= {le->neg.ttl,le->neg.ts};
+				if (fwrite(&fttlts,sizeof(fttlts),1,f)!=1) {
+					log_error("Error while writing cache TTL and timestamp to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+					goto fclose_unlock;
+				}
+			}
+			if (df.qlen && fwrite(le->qname,df.qlen,1,f)!=1) {
+				log_error("Error while writing domain name to disk cache: %s", strerror(errno));
+				goto fclose_unlock;
+			}
+
+			jlim= NRRITERLIST(le);
+			iterlist= RRITERLIST(le);
+			for (j=0; j<jlim; ++j) {
+				int tp= iterlist[j];
+				rr_set_t *rrset= getrrset_eff(le,tp);
+				if(rrset && !(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+					if(!write_rrset(tp,rrset,f))
+						goto fclose_unlock;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(fclose(f)) {
+		log_error("Could not close cache file %s after writing cache: %s", path,strerror(errno));
+	}
+	softunlock_cache_r();
+	DEBUG_MSG("Finished writing cache to disk.\n");
+	return;
+
+ fclose_unlock:
+	fclose(f);
+ softunlock_return:
+	softunlock_cache_r();
+	return;
+
+ lock_failed:
+	crash_msg("Lock failed; could not write disk cache.");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Conflict Resolution.
+ * The first function is the actual checker; the latter two are wrappers for the respective
+ * function for convenience only.
+ *
+ * We check for conflicts by checking the new data rrset by rrset against the cent.
+ * This is not bad when considering that new records are hopefully consistent; if they are not,
+ * we might end up deleteing too much of the old data, which is probably added back through the
+ * new query, though.
+ * Having checked additions rrset by rrset, we are at least sure that the resulting record is OK.
+ * cr_check_add returns 1 if the addition is OK, 0 otherwise.
+ * This is for records that are already in the cache!
+ *
+ * idx is the internally used RR-set index, not the RR type!
+ */
+static int cr_check_add(dns_cent_t *cent, int idx, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags)
+{
+	time_t nttl;
+	const struct rr_infos *rri;
+
+	if (flags & CF_NEGATIVE)
+		return 1;		/* no constraints here. */
+
+	nttl = 0;
+	rri = &rr_info[idx];
+
+	if (!(flags & CF_LOCAL)) {
+		int i, ilim, ncf;
+
+		if(cent->flags & DF_LOCAL)
+			return 0;   /* Local has precedence. */
+
+		ncf = 0; ilim = RRARR_LEN(cent);
+		for (i = 0; i < ilim; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX(cent,i);
+			/* Should be symmetric; check both ways anyway. */
+			if (rrs && !(rrs->flags & CF_NEGATIVE) &&
+			    ((rri->class & rr_info[i].excludes) ||
+			    (rri->excludes & rr_info[i].class)))
+			{
+				time_t rttl;
+				if (rrs->flags & CF_LOCAL)
+					return 0;   /* old was authoritative. */
+				++ncf;
+				rttl = rrs->ttl + rrs->ts - time(NULL);
+				if(rttl > 0) nttl += rttl;
+			}
+		}
+		if (ncf == 0)	/* no conflicts */
+			return 1;
+		/* Medium ttl of conflicting records */
+		nttl /= ncf;
+	}
+	if ((flags & CF_LOCAL) || ttl > nttl) {
+		int i, ilim= RRARR_LEN(cent);
+
+		/* Remove the old records, so that the new one can be added. */
+		for (i = 0; i < ilim; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX(cent,i);
+			/* Should be symmetric; check both ways anyway. */
+			if (rrs && !(rrs->flags & CF_NEGATIVE) &&
+			    ((rri->class & rr_info[i].excludes) ||
+			    (rri->excludes & rr_info[i].class))) {
+				del_cent_rrset_by_index(cent, i  DBG0);
+			}
+		}
+		return 1;
+	}
+	/* old records precede */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+inline static void adjust_ttl(rr_set_t *rrset)
+{
+	if (rrset->flags&CF_NOCACHE) {
+		rrset->flags &= ~CF_NOCACHE;
+		rrset->ttl=0;
+	}
+	else {
+		time_t min_ttl= global.min_ttl, neg_ttl=global.neg_ttl;
+		if((rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE) && neg_ttl<min_ttl)
+			min_ttl=neg_ttl;
+		if(rrset->ttl<min_ttl)
+			rrset->ttl=min_ttl;
+		else {
+			time_t max_ttl= global.max_ttl;
+			if(rrset->ttl>max_ttl)
+				rrset->ttl=max_ttl;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* Only use for negatively cached domains, thus only
+   if the DF_NEGATIVE bit is set! */
+inline static void adjust_dom_ttl(dns_cent_t *cent)
+{
+	if (cent->flags&DF_NOCACHE) {
+		cent->flags &= ~DF_NOCACHE;
+		cent->neg.ttl=0;
+	}
+	else {
+		time_t min_ttl= global.min_ttl, neg_ttl=global.neg_ttl;
+		if(/* (cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && */ neg_ttl<min_ttl)
+			min_ttl=neg_ttl;
+		if(cent->neg.ttl<min_ttl)
+			cent->neg.ttl=min_ttl;
+		else {
+			time_t max_ttl= global.max_ttl;
+			if(cent->neg.ttl>max_ttl)
+				cent->neg.ttl=max_ttl;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a ready built dns_cent_t to the hashes, purge if necessary to not exceed cache size
+ * limits, and add the entries to the hashes.
+ * As memory is already reserved for the rrs, we only need to wrap up the dns_cent_t and
+ * alloc memory for it.
+ * New entries are appended, so we easiliy know the oldest for purging. For fast acces,
+ * we use hashes instead of ordered storage.
+ *
+ * This does not free the argument, and it uses a copy of it, so the caller must do free_cent()
+ * on it.
+ *
+ * The new entries rr sets replace the old ones, i.e. old rr sets with the same key are deleted
+ * before the new ones are added.
+ */
+void add_cache(dns_cent_t *cent)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *ce;
+	dns_hash_loc_t loc;
+	int i,ilim;
+
+	lock_cache_rw();
+ retry:
+	if (!(ce=dns_lookup(cent->qname,&loc))) {
+		/* if the new entry doesn't contain any information,
+		   don't try to add it to the cache because purge_cache() will not
+		   be able to get rid of it.
+		*/
+		if(cent->num_rrs==0 && !(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE))
+			goto purge_cache_return;
+
+		if(!(ce=copy_cent(cent  DBG0)))
+			goto warn_unlock_cache_return;
+
+		if(!(ce->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+			ilim= RRARR_LEN(ce);
+			/* Add the rrs to the rr list */
+			for (i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+				rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(ce,i);
+				if (rrset) {
+					adjust_ttl(rrset);
+					if (!insert_rrl(rrset,ce,i))
+						goto free_cent_unlock_cache_return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			/* If this domain is negatively cached, add the cent to the rr_l list. */
+			adjust_dom_ttl(ce);
+			if (!insert_rrl(NULL,ce,-1))
+				goto free_cent_unlock_cache_return;
+		}
+		if (!add_dns_hash(ce,&loc))
+			goto free_cent_unlock_cache_return;
+		++ent_num;
+	} else {
+		if (cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			/* the new entry is negative. So, we need to delete the whole cent,
+			 * and then generate a new one. */
+			ilim= RRARR_LEN(ce);
+			for (i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+				rr_set_t *cerrs= RRARR_INDEX(ce,i);
+				if (cerrs && cerrs->flags&CF_LOCAL) {
+					goto unlock_cache_return; /* Do not clobber local records */
+				}
+			}
+			del_cache_ent(ce,&loc);
+			goto retry;
+		}
+		purge_cent(ce, 0,0);
+		/* We have a record; add the rrsets replacing old ones */
+		cache_size-=ce->cs;
+
+		ilim= RRARR_LEN(cent);
+		for (i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+			rr_set_t *centrrs= RRARR_INDEX(cent,i);
+			if(centrrs) {
+				rr_set_t *cerrs= RRARR_INDEX_TESTEXT(ce,i);
+				/* Local records have precedence.
+				   Records from answer sections have precedence over additional (off-topic) records.
+				   Answers obtained from root servers have precedence over additional records
+				   from other servers. */
+				if (!(cerrs &&
+				      ((!(centrrs->flags&CF_LOCAL) && (cerrs->flags&CF_LOCAL)) ||
+				       ((centrrs->flags&CF_ADDITIONAL) && (!(cerrs->flags&CF_ADDITIONAL) ||
+									   (!(centrrs->flags&CF_ROOTSERV) &&
+									    (cerrs->flags&CF_ROOTSERV))) &&
+					!timedout(cerrs)))))
+				{
+					rr_bucket_t *rr,*rtail;
+
+					del_cent_rrset_by_index(ce,i  DBG0);
+
+					if (!cr_check_add(ce, i, centrrs->ttl, centrrs->ts, centrrs->flags))
+						continue;  /* the new record has been deleted as a conflict resolution measure. */
+
+					/* pre-initialize a rrset_t for the case we have a negative cached
+					 * rrset, in which case no further rrs will be added. */
+					if (!add_cent_rrset_by_index(ce, i, centrrs->ttl, centrrs->ts, centrrs->flags  DBG0)) {
+						goto addsize_unlock_cache_return;
+					}
+					rtail=NULL;
+					for (rr=centrrs->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+						if (!add_cent_rr_int(ce,i,centrrs->ttl, centrrs->ts, centrrs->flags,
+								     rr->rdlen, rr->data, &rtail  DBG0))
+						{
+							/* cleanup this entry */
+							goto cleanup_cent_unlock_cache_return;
+						}
+					}
+					cerrs= RRARR_INDEX(ce,i);
+					adjust_ttl(cerrs);
+					if (!insert_rrl(cerrs,ce,i)) {
+						goto cleanup_cent_unlock_cache_return;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		ce->flags |= (cent->flags&(DF_AUTH|DF_WILD));
+		if(cent->c_ns!=cundef && (ce->c_ns==cundef || ce->c_ns<cent->c_ns))
+			ce->c_ns=cent->c_ns;
+		if(cent->c_soa!=cundef && (ce->c_soa==cundef || ce->c_soa<cent->c_soa))
+			ce->c_soa=cent->c_soa;
+	}
+
+	cache_size += ce->cs;
+ purge_cache_return:
+	purge_cache((long)global.perm_cache*1024+MCSZ, 1);
+	goto unlock_cache_return;
+
+ cleanup_cent_unlock_cache_return:
+	del_cent_rrset_by_index(ce, i  DBG0);
+ addsize_unlock_cache_return:
+	cache_size += ce->cs;
+	goto warn_unlock_cache_return;
+
+ free_cent_unlock_cache_return:
+	free_cent(ce  DBG0);
+	pdnsd_free(ce);
+ warn_unlock_cache_return:
+	log_warn("Out of cache memory.");
+ unlock_cache_return:
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+}
+
+/*
+  Convert A (and AAAA) records in a ready built cache entry to PTR records suitable for reverse resolving
+  of numeric addresses and add them to the cache.
+*/
+int add_reverse_cache(dns_cent_t * cent)
+{
+	int tp=T_A;
+	rr_set_t *rrset= getrrset_A(cent);
+
+	for(;;) {
+		if(rrset) {
+			rr_bucket_t *rr;
+			for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+				dns_cent_t ce;
+				unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				if(!a2ptrstr((pdnsd_ca *)(rr->data),tp,buf) || !str2rhn(buf,rhn))
+					return 0;
+				if(!init_cent(&ce, rhn, 0, 0, cent->flags  DBG0))
+					return 0;
+				if(!add_cent_rr(&ce,T_PTR,rrset->ttl,rrset->ts,rrset->flags,rhnlen(cent->qname),cent->qname  DBG0)) {
+					free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+					return 0;
+				}
+#ifdef RRMUINDEX_NS
+				ce.rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_NS]=cent->rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_NS];
+#endif
+#ifdef RRMUINDEX_SOA
+				ce.rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_SOA]=cent->rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_SOA];
+#endif
+				add_cache(&ce);
+#ifdef RRMUINDEX_NS
+				ce.rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_NS]=NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef RRMUINDEX_SOA
+				ce.rr.rrmu[RRMUINDEX_SOA]=NULL;
+#endif
+				free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+			}
+		}
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+		if(tp==T_AAAA)
+			break;
+		tp=T_AAAA;
+		rrset= getrrset_AAAA(cent);
+#else
+		break;
+#endif
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+   Delete a cent from the cache. Call with write locks applied.
+   Does not delete corresponding entry in hash table, call del_cache_ent()
+   or del_cache() for that.
+*/
+void del_cent(dns_cent_t *cent)
+{
+	cache_size -= cent->cs;
+
+	/* free the data referred by the cent and the cent itself */
+	free_cent(cent  DBG0);
+	free(cent);
+
+	--ent_num;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete a cent from the cache. Call with write locks applied.
+ */
+static void del_cache_ent(dns_cent_t *cent,dns_hash_loc_t *loc)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *data;
+
+	/* Delete from the hash */
+	if(loc)
+		data=del_dns_hash_ent(loc);
+	else
+		data=del_dns_hash(cent->qname);
+	if(!data) {
+		log_warn("Cache entry not found by del_dns_hash() in %s, line %d",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+	else if(data!=cent) {
+		log_warn("pointer returned by del_dns_hash() does not match cache entry in %s, line %d",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+	del_cent(cent);
+}
+
+/* Delete a cached record. Performs locking. Call this from the outside, NOT del_cache_ent */
+void del_cache(const unsigned char *name)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *cent;
+
+	lock_cache_rw();
+	if ((cent=del_dns_hash(name))) {
+		del_cent(cent);
+	}
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+}
+
+
+/* Invalidate a record by resetting the fetch time to 0. This means that it will be refreshed
+ * if possible (and will only be served when purge_cache=off;) */
+void invalidate_record(const unsigned char *name)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *ce;
+	int i, ilim;
+
+	lock_cache_rw();
+	if ((ce=dns_lookup(name,NULL))) {
+		if(!(ce->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+			ilim= RRARR_LEN(ce);
+			for (i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+				rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX(ce,i);
+				if (rrs) {
+					rrs->ts=0;
+					rrs->flags &= ~CF_AUTH;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			/* set the cent time to 0 (for the case that this was negative) */
+			ce->neg.ts=0;
+		}
+		ce->flags &= ~DF_AUTH;
+	}
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+}
+
+
+/*
+  Set flags of the cache entry with the specified name.
+  Don't use this to set the DF_NEGATIVE flag, or you will
+  risk leaving the cache in an inconsistent state.
+  Returns 0 if the cache entry cannot be found, otherwise 1.
+ */
+int set_cent_flags(const unsigned char *name, unsigned flags)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *ret;
+	lock_cache_rw();
+	ret=dns_lookup(name,NULL);
+	if (ret) {
+		ret->flags |= flags;
+	}
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+	return ret!=NULL;
+}
+
+unsigned char *getlocalowner(unsigned char *name,int tp)
+{
+	unsigned char *ret=NULL;
+	dns_cent_t *ce;
+	unsigned lb;
+
+	lock_cache_r();
+	if((lb = *name)) {
+		while(name += lb+1, lb = *name) {
+			if((ce=dns_lookup(name,NULL))) {
+				if(!(ce->flags&DF_LOCAL))
+					break;
+				if(have_rr(ce,tp)) {
+					ret=name;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	unlock_cache_r();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* Lookup an entry in the cache using name (in length byte -  string notation).
+ * For thread safety, a copy must be returned, so delete it after use, by first doing
+ * free_cent to remove the rrs and then by freeing the returned pointer.
+ * If wild is nonzero, and name can't be found in the cache, lookup_cache()
+ * will search up the name hierarchy for a record with the DF_NEGATIVE or DF_WILD flag set.
+ */
+dns_cent_t *lookup_cache(const unsigned char *name, int *wild)
+{
+	int purge=0;
+	dns_cent_t *ret;
+
+	/* First try with only read access to the cache. */
+	lock_cache_r();
+	ret=dns_lookup(name,NULL);
+	if(wild) {
+		*wild=0;
+		if(!ret) {
+			const unsigned char *nm=name;
+			unsigned lb=*nm;
+			if(lb) {
+				while(nm += lb+1, lb = *nm) {
+					if ((ret=dns_lookup(nm,NULL))) {
+						if(ret->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)
+							/* use this entry */
+							*wild=w_neg;
+						else if(ret->flags&DF_WILD) {
+							unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+							buf[0]=1; buf[1]='*';
+							/* When we get here, at least one element of name
+							   has been removed, so assuming name is not longer
+							   than DNSNAMEBUFSIZE bytes, the remainder is guaranteed to
+							   fit into DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2 bytes */
+							rhncpy(&buf[2],nm);
+							ret=dns_lookup(buf,NULL);
+							if(ret)
+								*wild=w_wild;
+						}
+						else if(ret->flags&DF_LOCAL)
+							*wild=w_locnerr;
+						else
+							ret=NULL;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (ret) {
+		if(!(purge=purge_cent(ret, 1,1))) /* test only, don't remove anything yet! */
+			ret=copy_cent(ret  DBG1);
+	}
+	unlock_cache_r();
+
+	if(purge) {
+		/* we need exclusive read and write access before we delete anything. */
+		lock_cache_rw();
+		ret=dns_lookup(name,NULL);
+		if(wild) {
+			*wild=0;
+			if(!ret) {
+				const unsigned char *nm=name;
+				unsigned lb=*nm;
+				if(lb) {
+					while(nm += lb+1, lb = *nm) {
+						if ((ret=dns_lookup(nm,NULL))) {
+							if(ret->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)
+								/* use this entry */
+								*wild=w_neg;
+							else if(ret->flags&DF_WILD) {
+								unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+								buf[0]=1; buf[1]='*';
+								rhncpy(&buf[2],nm);
+								ret=dns_lookup(buf,NULL);
+								if(ret)
+									*wild=w_wild;
+							}
+							else if(ret->flags&DF_LOCAL)
+								*wild=w_locnerr;
+							else
+								ret=NULL;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (ret) {
+			if(purge_cent(ret, 1,0)<0)
+				ret=NULL;
+			else
+				ret=copy_cent(ret  DBG1);
+		}
+		unlock_cache_rw();
+	}
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/* lookup_cache_local_rrset() check if there is locally defined RR set of a specific RR type
+   for name, and if so, returns a copy of the RR set. After use, the copy should be cleaned
+   up using del_rrset().
+   This is potentially much more efficient than using lookup_cache(), if the name is likely
+   to have a cache entry, but unlikely to have locally defined RR sets.
+*/
+rr_set_t *lookup_cache_local_rrset(const unsigned char *name, int type)
+{
+	rr_set_t *ret=NULL;
+	dns_cent_t *cent;
+
+	lock_cache_r();
+	cent= dns_lookup(name,NULL);
+	if(cent) {
+		rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset(cent,type);
+		if(rrset && (rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+			ret= copy_rrset(rrset);
+		}
+	}
+	unlock_cache_r();
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Add an rr to an existing cache entry or create a new entry if necessary.
+ * The rr is treated with the precedence of an additional or off-topic record, ie. regularly retrieved
+ * have precedence.
+ * You cannot add a negative additional record. Makes no sense anyway. */
+int add_cache_rr_add(const unsigned char *name, int tp, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags, unsigned dlen, void *data, unsigned long serial)
+{
+	dns_hash_loc_t loc;
+	dns_cent_t *ret;
+	rr_set_t *rrs;
+	int rv=0;
+
+	lock_cache_rw();
+	if (!(ret=dns_lookup(name,&loc))) {
+		if (!(ret=cache_malloc(sizeof(dns_cent_t))))
+			goto unlock_return;
+		if(!init_cent(ret, name, 0, 0, 0  DBG0)) {
+			pdnsd_free(ret);
+			goto unlock_return;
+		}
+		if(!add_dns_hash(ret,&loc)) {
+			free_cent(ret  DBG0);
+			pdnsd_free(ret);
+			goto unlock_return;
+		}
+		++ent_num;
+	}
+	else {
+		/* purge the record. */
+		purge_cent(ret,0,0);
+		cache_size-=ret->cs;
+	}
+	rrs=getrrset(ret,tp);
+	if (rrs &&
+	    ((rrs->flags&CF_NEGATIVE && !(rrs->flags&CF_LOCAL)) ||
+	     (rrs->flags&CF_NOPURGE && timedout(rrs)) ||
+	     (rrs->flags&CF_ADDITIONAL && rrs->serial!=serial) ||
+	     (rrs->serial==serial && rrs->ttl!=(ttl<global.min_ttl?global.min_ttl:(ttl>global.max_ttl?global.max_ttl:ttl))))) {
+		del_cent_rrset_by_type(ret,tp  DBG0);
+		rrs=NULL;
+	}
+	if (rrs==NULL || rrs->serial==serial) {
+		if (cr_check_add(ret,rrlkuptab[tp-T_MIN],ttl,ts,flags)) {
+			if (add_cent_rr(ret,tp,ttl,ts,flags,dlen,data,serial  DBG0)) {
+				rr_set_t *rrsnew;
+				if (!rrs && (rrsnew=getrrset(ret,tp)) && !insert_rrl(rrsnew,ret,rrlkuptab[tp-T_MIN])) {
+					del_cent_rrset_by_type(ret,tp  DBG0);
+				}
+				else {
+					cache_size+=ret->cs;
+					purge_cent(ret,1,0);
+					rv=1;
+					goto unlock_return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		rv=1;
+	}
+	cache_size+=ret->cs;
+
+ unlock_return:
+	unlock_cache_rw();
+	return rv;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Report the cache status to the file descriptor f, for the status fifo (see status.c) */
+int report_cache_stat(int f)
+{
+	/* Cache size and entry counters are volatile (and even the entries
+	   in the global struct can change), so make copies to get consistent data.
+	   Even better would be to use locks, but that could be rather costly. */
+	long csz= cache_size, en= ent_num;
+	long pc= global.perm_cache;
+	long mc= pc*1024+MCSZ;
+
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\nCache status:\n=============\n");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"%ld kB maximum disk cache size.\n",pc);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"%ld of %ld bytes (%.3g%%) memory cache used in %ld entries"
+			   " (avg %.5g bytes/entry).\n",
+			   csz, mc, (((double)csz)/mc)*100, en,
+			   ((double)csz)/en);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+#define timestamp2str(ts,now,buf)								\
+{												\
+	struct tm tstm;										\
+	if(!((ts) && localtime_r(&(ts), &tstm) &&						\
+	     strftime(buf, sizeof(buf),								\
+		      ((ts)<=(now) && (now)-(ts)<365*24*60*60/2)?"    %m/%d %T":"%Y/%m/%d %T",	\
+		      &tstm)>0))								\
+		strcpy(buf,"                  ");						\
+}
+
+/* Dump contents of a cache entry to file descriptor fd.
+   Returns 1 on success, -1 if there is an IO error.
+*/
+static int dump_cent(int fd, dns_cent_t *cent)
+{
+	time_t now;
+	char tstr[sizeof "2000/12/31 23:59:59"],dbuf[1024];
+
+	fsprintf_or_return(fd,"%s\n",rhn2str(cent->qname,ucharp dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)));
+	now=time(NULL);
+
+	if(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		timestamp2str(cent->neg.ts,now,tstr);
+		fsprintf_or_return(fd,"%s    (domain negated)\n",tstr);
+	}
+	else {
+		int i, n= NRRITERLIST(cent);
+		const unsigned short *iterlist= RRITERLIST(cent);
+		for(i=0; i<n; ++i) {
+			int tp= iterlist[i];
+			rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_eff(cent,tp);
+			if (rrset) {
+				timestamp2str(rrset->ts,now,tstr);
+				if(rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE) {
+					fsprintf_or_return(fd,"%s    %-7s (negated)\n",tstr,rrnames[tp-T_MIN]);
+				}
+				else {
+					rr_bucket_t *rr;
+					for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+						switch (tp) {
+						case T_CNAME:
+						case T_MB:
+						case T_MD:
+						case T_MF:
+						case T_MG:
+						case T_MR:
+						case T_NS:
+						case T_PTR:
+							rhn2str((unsigned char *)(rr->data),ucharp dbuf,sizeof(dbuf));
+							break;
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO || IS_CACHED_RP
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO
+						case T_MINFO:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RP
+						case T_RP:
+#endif
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							int n;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp dbuf,sizeof(dbuf));
+							n=strlen(dbuf);
+							dbuf[n++] = ' ';
+							if(n>=sizeof(dbuf))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							rhn2str(skiprhn(p),ucharp dbuf+n,sizeof(dbuf)-n);
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+						case T_MX:
+#if IS_CACHED_AFSDB
+						case T_AFSDB:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RT
+						case T_RT:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_KX
+						case T_KX:
+#endif
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							unsigned pref;
+							int n;
+							GETINT16(pref,p);
+							n=sprintf(dbuf,"%u ",pref);
+							if(n<0) goto hex_dump;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp dbuf+n,sizeof(dbuf)-n);
+						}
+						break;
+						case T_SOA:
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							char *q;
+							int n,rem;
+							uint32_t serial,refresh,retry,expire,minimum;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp dbuf,sizeof(dbuf));
+							n=strlen(dbuf);
+							dbuf[n++] = ' ';
+							if(n>=sizeof(dbuf))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							q=dbuf+n;
+							rem=sizeof(dbuf)-n;
+							p=skiprhn(p);
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp q,rem);
+							n=strlen(q);
+							q[n++] = ' ';
+							if(n>=rem)
+								goto hex_dump;
+							q += n;
+							rem -= n;
+							p=skiprhn(p);
+							GETINT32(serial,p);
+							GETINT32(refresh,p);
+							GETINT32(retry,p);
+							GETINT32(expire,p);
+							GETINT32(minimum,p);
+							n=snprintf(q,rem,"%lu %lu %lu %lu %lu",
+								   (unsigned long)serial,(unsigned long)refresh,
+								   (unsigned long)retry,(unsigned long)expire,
+								   (unsigned long)minimum);
+							if(n<0 || n>=rem)
+								goto hex_dump;
+						}
+						break;
+#if IS_CACHED_HINFO || IS_CACHED_TXT || IS_CACHED_SPF
+#if IS_CACHED_HINFO
+						case T_HINFO:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_TXT
+						case T_TXT:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_SPF
+						case T_SPF:
+#endif
+						{
+							/* TXT records are not necessarily validated
+							   before they are stored in the cache, so
+							   we need to be careful. */
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							char *q=dbuf;
+							int j=0,n,rem=sizeof(dbuf);
+							while(j<rr->rdlen) {
+								unsigned lb;
+								if(rem<3)
+									goto hex_dump;
+								if(j) {
+									*q++ = ' ';
+									--rem;
+								}
+								*q++ = '"';
+								--rem;
+								lb=*p++;
+								if((j += lb+1)>rr->rdlen)
+									goto hex_dump;
+								n=escapestr(charp p,lb,q,rem);
+								if(n<0 || n+1>=rem)
+									goto hex_dump;
+								q += n;
+								*q++ = '"';
+								rem -= n+1;
+								p += lb;
+							}
+							*q=0;
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_PX
+						case T_PX:
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							char *q;
+							unsigned pref;
+							int n,rem;
+							GETINT16(pref,p);
+							n=sprintf(dbuf,"%u ",pref);
+							if(n<0) goto hex_dump;
+							q=dbuf+n;
+							rem=sizeof(dbuf)-n;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp q,rem);
+							n=strlen(q);
+							q[n++] = ' ';
+							if(n>=rem)
+								goto hex_dump;
+							rhn2str(skiprhn(p),ucharp q+n,rem-n);
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+						case T_SRV:
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							unsigned priority,weight,port;
+							int n;
+							GETINT16(priority,p);
+							GETINT16(weight,p);
+							GETINT16(port,p);
+							n=sprintf(dbuf,"%u %u %u ",priority,weight,port);
+							if(n<0) goto hex_dump;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp dbuf+n,sizeof(dbuf)-n);
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NXT
+						case T_NXT:
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							int n,rlen;
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp dbuf,sizeof(dbuf));
+							n=strlen(dbuf);
+							dbuf[n++] = ' ';
+							if(n>=sizeof(dbuf))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							rlen=rhnlen(p);
+							hexdump(p+rlen,rr->rdlen-rlen,dbuf+n,sizeof(dbuf)-n);
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NAPTR
+						case T_NAPTR:
+						{
+							unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rr->data);
+							char *q;
+							unsigned order,pref;
+							int n,rem,j;
+							GETINT16(order,p);
+							GETINT16(pref,p);
+							n=sprintf(dbuf,"%u %u ",order,pref);
+							if(n<0) goto hex_dump;
+							q=dbuf+n;
+							rem=sizeof(dbuf)-n;
+							for (j=0;j<3;++j) {
+								unsigned lb;
+								if(rem<2)
+									goto hex_dump;
+								*q++ = '"';
+								--rem;
+								lb=*p++;
+								n=escapestr(charp p,lb,q,rem);
+								if(n<0 || n+2>=rem)
+									goto hex_dump;
+								q += n;
+								*q++ = '"';
+								*q++ = ' ';
+								rem -= n+2;
+								p += lb;
+							}
+							rhn2str(p,ucharp q,rem);
+						}
+						break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_LOC
+						case T_LOC:
+							/* Binary data length has not necessarily been validated */
+							if(rr->rdlen!=16)
+								goto hex_dump;
+							if(!loc2str(rr->data,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							break;
+#endif
+						case T_A:
+							if (!inet_ntop(AF_INET,rr->data,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							break;
+#if IS_CACHED_AAAA && defined(AF_INET6)
+						case T_AAAA:
+							if (!inet_ntop(AF_INET6,rr->data,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)))
+								goto hex_dump;
+							break;
+#endif
+						default:
+						hex_dump:
+							hexdump(rr->data,rr->rdlen,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf));
+						}
+						fsprintf_or_return(fd,"%s    %-7s %s\n",tstr,rrnames[tp-T_MIN],dbuf);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	fsprintf_or_return(fd,"\n");
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Dump cache contents to file descriptor fd.
+   If name is not null, restricts information to that name,
+   otherwise dumps information about all names found in the cache.
+   Returns 1 on success, 0 if the name is not found, -1 is there is an IO error.
+   Mainly for debugging purposes.
+*/
+int dump_cache(int fd, const unsigned char *name, int exact)
+{
+	int rv=0;
+	lock_cache_r();
+	if(name && exact) {
+		dns_cent_t *cent=dns_lookup(name,NULL);
+		if(cent)
+			rv=dump_cent(fd,cent);
+	}
+	else {
+		dns_cent_t *cent;
+		dns_hash_pos_t pos;
+		for (cent=fetch_first(&pos); cent; cent=fetch_next(&pos)) {
+			unsigned int nrem;
+			if(!name || (domain_match(name,cent->qname,&nrem,NULL),nrem==0))
+				if((rv=dump_cent(fd,cent))<0)
+					break;
+		}
+	}
+	unlock_cache_r();
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+
+/* Added by Paul Rombouts: This is only used in debug messages. */
+const char cflgnames[NCFLAGS*3]={'N','E','G','L','O','C','A','U','T','N','O','C','A','D','D','N','O','P','R','T','S'};
+const char dflgnames[NDFLAGS*3]={'N','E','G','L','O','C','A','U','T','N','O','C','W','L','D'};
+
+char *flags2str(unsigned flags,char *buf,int nflags,const char *flgnames)
+{
+	char *p=buf;
+	int i,nflgchars=3*nflags;
+	for(i=0;i<nflgchars;i+=3) {
+		if(flags&1) {
+			if(p>buf) *p++='|';
+			p=mempcpy(p,&flgnames[i],3);
+		}
+		flags >>= 1;
+	}
+	if(p==buf)
+		*p++='0';
+	*p=0;
+	return buf;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5056dec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/cache.h
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* cache.h - Definitions for the dns cache
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _CACHE_H_
+#define _CACHE_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "list.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+
+struct rr_lent_s;
+
+/*
+ * These values are converted to host byte order. the data is _not_.
+ */
+typedef struct rr_b_s  {
+	struct rr_b_s    *next;                   /* this is the next pointer in the dns_cent_t list. */
+	unsigned         rdlen;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA || defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+	struct in6_addr  data[0];                 /* dummy for alignment */
+#else
+	struct in_addr   data[0];
+#endif
+} rr_bucket_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+	struct rr_lent_s *lent;                   /* this points to the list entry */
+	time_t           ttl;
+	time_t           ts;
+	unsigned short   flags;
+	rr_bucket_t      *rrs;
+} rr_set_t;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char    *qname;                  /* Name of the domain in length byte - string notation. */
+	size_t           cs;                      /* Size of the cache entry, including RR sets. */
+	unsigned short   num_rrs;                 /* The number of RR sets. When this decreases to 0, the cent is deleted. */
+	unsigned short   flags;                   /* Flags for the whole domain. */
+	union {
+		struct {                          /* Fields used only for negatively cached domains. */
+			struct rr_lent_s *lent;   /* list entry for the whole cent. */
+			time_t           ttl;     /* TTL for negative caching. */
+			time_t           ts;      /* Timestamp. */
+		} neg;
+		struct {                          /* Fields used only for domains that actually exist. */
+			rr_set_t         *(rrmu[NRRMU]); /* The most used records.
+							    Use the the value obtained from rrlkuptab[] as index. */
+			rr_set_t         **rrext; /* Pointer (may be NULL) to an array of size NNRREXT storing the
+						     less frequently used records. */
+		} rr;
+	};
+	unsigned char    c_ns,c_soa;              /* Number of trailing name elements in qname to use to find NS or SOA
+						     records to add to the authority section of a response. */
+} dns_cent_t;
+
+/* This value is used to represent an undefined c_ns or c_soa field. */
+#define cundef 0xff
+
+/*
+ * the flag values for RR sets in the cache
+ */
+#define CF_NEGATIVE    1       /* this one is for per-RRset negative caching*/
+#define CF_LOCAL       2       /* Local zone entry */
+#define CF_AUTH        4       /* authoritative record */
+#define CF_NOCACHE     8       /* Only hold for the cache latency time period, then purge.
+				* Not really written to cache, but used by add_cache. */
+#define CF_ADDITIONAL 16       /* This was fetched as an additional or "off-topic" record. */
+#define CF_NOPURGE    32       /* Do not purge this record */
+#define CF_ROOTSERV   64       /* This record was directly obtained from a root server */
+
+#define CFF_NOINHERIT (CF_LOCAL|CF_AUTH|CF_ADDITIONAL|CF_ROOTSERV) /* not to be inherited on requery */
+
+/*
+ * the flag values for whole domains in the cache
+ */
+#define DF_NEGATIVE    1       /* this one is for whole-domain negative caching (created on NXDOMAIN)*/
+#define DF_LOCAL       2       /* local record (in conj. with DF_NEGATIVE) */
+#define DF_AUTH        4       /* authoritative record */
+#define DF_NOCACHE     8       /* Only hold for the cache latency time period, then purge.
+				* Only used for negatively cached domains.
+				* Not really written to cache, but used by add_cache. */
+#define DF_WILD       16       /* subdomains of this domain have wildcard records */
+
+/* #define DFF_NOINHERIT (DF_NEGATIVE) */ /* not to be inherited on requery */
+
+enum {w_wild=1, w_neg, w_locnerr};  /* Used to distinguish different types of wildcard records. */
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+#define NCFLAGS 7
+#define NDFLAGS 5
+#define CFLAGSTRLEN (NCFLAGS*4)
+#define DFLAGSTRLEN (NDFLAGS*4)
+extern const char cflgnames[];
+extern const char dflgnames[];
+char *flags2str(unsigned flags,char *buf,int nflags,const char *flgnames);
+#define cflags2str(flags,buf) flags2str(flags,buf,NCFLAGS,cflgnames)
+#define dflags2str(flags,buf) flags2str(flags,buf,NDFLAGS,dflgnames)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is the time in secs any record remains at least in the cache before it is purged.
+ * (exception is that the cache is full)
+ */
+#define CACHE_LAT 120
+#define CLAT_ADJ(ttl) ((ttl)<CACHE_LAT?CACHE_LAT:(ttl))
+/* This is used internally to check if a rrset has timed out. */
+#define timedout(rrset) ((rrset)->ts+CLAT_ADJ((rrset)->ttl)<time(NULL))
+/* This is used internally to check if a negatively cached domain has timed out.
+   Only use if the DF_NEGATIVE bit is set! */
+#define timedout_nxdom(cent) ((cent)->neg.ts+CLAT_ADJ((cent)->neg.ttl)<time(NULL))
+
+extern volatile short int use_cache_lock;
+
+
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+#define DBGPARAM ,int dbg
+#define DBGARG ,dbg
+#define DBG0 ,0
+#define DBG1 ,1
+#else
+#define DBGPARAM
+#define DBGARG
+#define DBG0
+#define DBG1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the cache. Call only once. */
+#define init_cache mk_dns_hash
+
+/* Initialize the cache lock. Call only once. */
+inline static void init_cache_lock()  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void init_cache_lock()
+{
+	use_cache_lock=1;
+}
+
+int empty_cache(slist_array sla);
+void destroy_cache(void);
+void read_disk_cache(void);
+void write_disk_cache(void);
+
+int report_cache_stat(int f);
+int dump_cache(int fd, const unsigned char *name, int exact);
+
+/*
+ *  add_cache expects the dns_cent_t to be filled.
+ */
+void add_cache(dns_cent_t *cent);
+int add_reverse_cache(dns_cent_t * cent);
+void del_cache(const unsigned char *name);
+void invalidate_record(const unsigned char *name);
+int set_cent_flags(const unsigned char *name, unsigned flags);
+unsigned char *getlocalowner(unsigned char *name,int tp);
+dns_cent_t *lookup_cache(const unsigned char *name, int *wild);
+rr_set_t *lookup_cache_local_rrset(const unsigned char *name, int type);
+#if 0
+int add_cache_rr_add(const unsigned char *name, int tp, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags, unsigned dlen, void *data, unsigned long serial);
+#endif
+
+inline static unsigned int mk_flag_val(servparm_t *server)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static unsigned int mk_flag_val(servparm_t *server)
+{
+	unsigned int fl=0;
+	if (!server->purge_cache)
+		fl|=CF_NOPURGE;
+	if (server->nocache)
+		fl|=CF_NOCACHE;
+	if (server->rootserver)
+		fl|=CF_ROOTSERV;
+	return fl;
+}
+
+int init_cent(dns_cent_t *cent, const unsigned char *qname, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags  DBGPARAM);
+int add_cent_rrset_by_type(dns_cent_t *cent,  int type, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags  DBGPARAM);
+int add_cent_rr(dns_cent_t *cent, int type, time_t ttl, time_t ts, unsigned flags,unsigned dlen, void *data  DBGPARAM);
+int del_rrset(rr_set_t *rrs  DBGPARAM);
+void free_cent(dns_cent_t *cent  DBGPARAM);
+void free_cent0(void *ptr);
+void negate_cent(dns_cent_t *cent, time_t ttl, time_t ts);
+void del_cent(dns_cent_t *cent);
+
+/* Because this is empty by now, it is defined as an empty macro to save overhead.*/
+/*void free_rr(rr_bucket_t cent);*/
+#define free_rr(x)
+
+dns_cent_t *copy_cent(dns_cent_t *cent  DBGPARAM);
+
+#if 0
+unsigned long get_serial(void);
+#endif
+
+/* Get pointer to rrset given cache entry and rr type value. */
+inline static rr_set_t *getrrset(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static rr_set_t *getrrset(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+{
+	if(!(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+		int tpi= type - T_MIN;
+
+		if(tpi>=0 && tpi<T_NUM) {
+			unsigned int idx = rrlkuptab[tpi];
+			if(idx < NRRMU)
+				return cent->rr.rrmu[idx];
+			else {
+				idx -= NRRMU;
+				if(idx < NRREXT) {
+					rr_set_t **rrext= cent->rr.rrext;
+					if(rrext)
+						return rrext[idx];
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This version of getrrset is slightly more efficient,
+   but also more dangerous, because it performs less checks.
+   It is safe to use if T_MIN <= type <= T_MAX and cent
+   is not negative.
+*/
+inline static rr_set_t *getrrset_eff(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static rr_set_t *getrrset_eff(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+{
+	unsigned int idx = rrlkuptab[type-T_MIN];
+	if(idx < NRRMU)
+		return cent->rr.rrmu[idx];
+	else {
+		idx -= NRRMU;
+		if(idx < NRREXT) {
+			rr_set_t **rrext= cent->rr.rrext;
+			if(rrext)
+				return rrext[idx];
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* have_rr() tests whether a cache entry has at least one record of a given type.
+   Only use if T_MIN <= type <=T_MAX
+*/
+inline static int have_rr(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int have_rr(dns_cent_t *cent, int type)
+{
+	rr_set_t *rrset;
+	return !(cent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && (rrset=getrrset_eff(cent, type)) && rrset->rrs;
+}
+
+/* Some quick and dirty and hopefully fast macros. */
+#define PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(type) ((type)<T_MIN || (type)>T_MAX || rrlkuptab[(type)-T_MIN]>=NRRTOT)
+
+/* This is useful for iterating over all the RR types in a cache entry in strict ascending order. */
+#define NRRITERLIST(cent) ((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE?0:(cent)->rr.rrext?NRRTOT:NRRMU)
+#define RRITERLIST(cent)  ((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE?NULL:(cent)->rr.rrext?rrcachiterlist:rrmuiterlist)
+
+/* The following macros use array indices as arguments, not RR type values! */
+#define GET_RRSMU(cent,i)  (!((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)?(cent)->rr.rrmu[i]:NULL)
+#define GET_RRSEXT(cent,i) (!((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && (cent)->rr.rrext?(cent)->rr.rrext[i]:NULL)
+#define HAVE_RRMU(cent,i)  (!((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && (cent)->rr.rrmu[i] && (cent)->rr.rrmu[i]->rrs)
+#define HAVE_RREXT(cent,i) (!((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && (cent)->rr.rrext && (cent)->rr.rrext[i] && (cent)->rr.rrext[i]->rrs)
+
+#define RRARR_LEN(cent) ((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE?0:(cent)->rr.rrext?NRRTOT:NRRMU)
+
+/* This allows us to index the RR-set arrays in a cache entry as if they formed one contiguous array. */
+#define RRARR_INDEX_TESTEXT(cent,i)    ((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE?NULL:(i)<NRRMU?(cent)->rr.rrmu[i]:(cent)->rr.rrext?(cent)->rr.rrext[(i)-NRRMU]:NULL)
+/* This gets the address where the pointer to an RR-set is stored in a cache entry,
+   given the cache entry and an RR-set index.
+   Address may be NULL if no storage space for the type has been allocated. */
+#define RRARR_INDEX_PA_TESTEXT(cent,i) ((cent)->flags&DF_NEGATIVE?NULL:(i)<NRRMU?&(cent)->rr.rrmu[i]:(cent)->rr.rrext?&(cent)->rr.rrext[(i)-NRRMU]:NULL)
+
+/* The following macros should only be used if 0 <= i < RRARR_LEN(cent) ! */
+#define RRARR_INDEX(cent,i)    ((i)<NRRMU?(cent)->rr.rrmu[i]:(cent)->rr.rrext[(i)-NRRMU])
+#define RRARR_INDEX_PA(cent,i) ((i)<NRRMU?&(cent)->rr.rrmu[i]:&(cent)->rr.rrext[(i)-NRRMU])
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-keywords.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-keywords.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bcdacf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-keywords.h
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* conf-keywords.h - Tables used by parser of configuration file.
+   Based on information previously contained in conf-lex.y and conf-parse.y
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009,2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+enum {
+	ERROR,
+
+	GLOBAL,
+	SERVER,
+	RR,
+	NEG,
+	SOURCE,
+	INCLUDE_F,
+
+	PERM_CACHE,
+	CACHE_DIR,
+	SERVER_PORT,
+	SERVER_IP,
+	OUTGOING_IP,
+	SCHEME_FILE,
+	LINKDOWN_KLUGE,
+	MAX_TTL,
+	MIN_TTL,
+	RUN_AS,
+	STRICT_SETUID,
+	USE_NSS,
+	PARANOID,
+	IGNORE_CD,
+	STATUS_CTL,
+	DAEMON,
+	C_TCP_SERVER,
+	PID_FILE,
+	C_VERBOSITY,
+	C_QUERY_METHOD,
+	RUN_IPV4,
+	IPV4_6_PREFIX,
+	C_DEBUG,
+	C_CTL_PERMS,
+	C_PROC_LIMIT,
+	C_PROCQ_LIMIT,
+	TCP_QTIMEOUT,
+	C_PAR_QUERIES,
+	C_RAND_RECS,
+	NEG_TTL,
+	NEG_RRS_POL,
+	NEG_DOMAIN_POL,
+	QUERY_PORT_START,
+	QUERY_PORT_END,
+	UDP_BUFSIZE,
+	DELEGATION_ONLY,
+
+	IP,
+	PORT,
+	SCHEME,
+	UPTEST,
+	TIMEOUT,
+	PING_TIMEOUT,
+	PING_IP,
+	UPTEST_CMD,
+	QUERY_TEST_NAME,
+	INTERVAL,
+	INTERFACE,
+	DEVICE,
+	PURGE_CACHE,
+	CACHING,
+	LEAN_QUERY,
+	EDNS_QUERY,
+	PRESET,
+	PROXY_ONLY,
+	ROOT_SERVER,
+	RANDOMIZE_SERVERS,
+	INCLUDE,
+	EXCLUDE,
+	POLICY,
+	REJECTLIST,
+	REJECTPOLICY,
+	REJECTRECURSIVELY,
+	LABEL,
+
+	A,
+	PTR,
+	MX,
+	SOA,
+	CNAME,
+	TXT,
+	SPF,
+	NAME,
+	OWNER,
+	TTL,
+	TYPES,
+	FILET,
+	SERVE_ALIASES,
+	AUTHREC,
+	REVERSE
+};
+
+
+/* Table for looking up section headers. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t section_headers[]= {
+	{"global",  GLOBAL},
+	{"include", INCLUDE_F},
+	{"neg",     NEG},
+	{"rr",      RR},
+	{"server",  SERVER},
+	{"source",  SOURCE}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up global options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t global_options[]= {
+	{"cache_dir",         CACHE_DIR},
+	{"ctl_perms",         C_CTL_PERMS},
+	{"daemon",            DAEMON},
+	{"debug",             C_DEBUG},
+	{"delegation_only",   DELEGATION_ONLY},
+	{"ignore_cd",         IGNORE_CD},
+	{"interface",         SERVER_IP},
+	{"ipv4_6_prefix",     IPV4_6_PREFIX},
+	{"linkdown_kluge",    LINKDOWN_KLUGE},
+	{"max_ttl",           MAX_TTL},
+	{"min_ttl",           MIN_TTL},
+	{"neg_domain_pol",    NEG_DOMAIN_POL},
+	{"neg_rrs_pol",       NEG_RRS_POL},
+	{"neg_ttl",           NEG_TTL},
+	{"outgoing_ip",       OUTGOING_IP},
+	{"outside_interface", OUTGOING_IP},
+	{"par_queries",       C_PAR_QUERIES},
+	{"paranoid",          PARANOID},
+	{"perm_cache",        PERM_CACHE},
+	{"pid_file",          PID_FILE},
+	{"proc_limit",        C_PROC_LIMIT},
+	{"procq_limit",       C_PROCQ_LIMIT},
+	{"query_method",      C_QUERY_METHOD},
+	{"query_port_end",    QUERY_PORT_END},
+	{"query_port_start",  QUERY_PORT_START},
+	{"randomize_recs",    C_RAND_RECS},
+	{"run_as",            RUN_AS},
+	{"run_ipv4",          RUN_IPV4},
+	{"scheme_file",       SCHEME_FILE},
+	{"server_ip",         SERVER_IP},
+	{"server_port",       SERVER_PORT},
+	{"status_ctl",        STATUS_CTL},
+	{"strict_setuid",     STRICT_SETUID},
+	{"tcp_qtimeout",      TCP_QTIMEOUT},
+	{"tcp_server",        C_TCP_SERVER},
+	{"timeout",           TIMEOUT},
+	{"udpbufsize",        UDP_BUFSIZE},
+	{"use_nss",           USE_NSS},
+	{"verbosity",         C_VERBOSITY}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up server options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t server_options[]= {
+	{"caching",            CACHING},
+	{"device",             DEVICE},
+	{"edns_query",         EDNS_QUERY},
+	{"exclude",            EXCLUDE},
+	{"file",               FILET},
+	{"include",            INCLUDE},
+	{"interface",          INTERFACE},
+	{"interval",           INTERVAL},
+	{"ip",                 IP},
+	{"label",              LABEL},
+	{"lean_query",         LEAN_QUERY},
+	{"ping_ip",            PING_IP},
+	{"ping_timeout",       PING_TIMEOUT},
+	{"policy",             POLICY},
+	{"port",               PORT},
+	{"preset",             PRESET},
+	{"proxy_only",         PROXY_ONLY},
+	{"purge_cache",        PURGE_CACHE},
+	{"query_test_name",    QUERY_TEST_NAME},
+	{"randomize_servers",  RANDOMIZE_SERVERS},
+	{"reject",             REJECTLIST},
+	{"reject_policy",      REJECTPOLICY},
+	{"reject_recursively", REJECTRECURSIVELY},
+	{"root_server",        ROOT_SERVER},
+	{"scheme",             SCHEME},
+	{"timeout",            TIMEOUT},
+	{"uptest",             UPTEST},
+	{"uptest_cmd",         UPTEST_CMD}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up rr options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t rr_options[]= {
+	{"a",       A},
+	{"authrec", AUTHREC},
+	{"cname",   CNAME},
+	{"mx",      MX},
+	{"name",    NAME},
+	{"ns",      OWNER},
+	{"owner",   OWNER},
+	{"ptr",     PTR},
+	{"reverse", REVERSE},
+	{"soa",     SOA},
+	{"spf",     SPF},
+	{"ttl",     TTL},
+	{"txt",     TXT}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up source options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t source_options[]= {
+	{"authrec",       AUTHREC},
+	{"file",          FILET},
+	{"ns",            OWNER},
+	{"owner",         OWNER},
+	{"serve_aliases", SERVE_ALIASES},
+	{"ttl",           TTL}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up include options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t include_options[]= {
+	{"file",          FILET}
+};
+
+/* Table for looking up neg options. Order alphabetically! */
+static const namevalue_t neg_options[]= {
+	{"name",  NAME},
+	{"ttl",   TTL},
+	{"types", TYPES}
+};
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cf9180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2118 @@
+/* conf-parser.c - Parser for pdnsd config files.
+   Based on the files conf-lex.l and conf-parse.y written by
+   Thomas Moestl.
+   This version was rewritten in C from scratch by Paul A. Rombouts
+   and doesn't require (f)lex or yacc/bison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts.
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_IFREQ)
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+#include "conff.h"
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "rr_types.h"
+#include "netdev.h"
+#include "conf-keywords.h"
+#include "conf-parser.h"
+
+
+/* Check that include files are not nested deeper than MAXINCLUDEDEPTH,
+   as a precaution against infinite recursion. */
+#define MAXINCLUDEDEPTH 100
+
+static char *report_error (const char *conftype, unsigned linenr, const char *msg)
+{
+  char *retval;
+  if(linenr) {
+    if(asprintf(&retval, "Error in %s (line %u): %s",conftype,linenr,msg)<0)
+      retval=NULL;
+  }
+  else {
+    if(asprintf(&retval, "Error in %s: %s",conftype,msg)<0)
+      retval=NULL;
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+static char *report_errorf (const char *conftype, unsigned linenr, const char *frm,...) printfunc(3, 4);
+static char *report_errorf (const char *conftype, unsigned linenr, const char *frm,...)
+{
+  char *msg,*retval; int mlen;
+  va_list va;
+  va_start(va,frm);
+  mlen=vasprintf(&msg,frm,va);
+  va_end(va);
+  if(mlen<0) return NULL;
+  retval=report_error(conftype,linenr,msg);
+  free(msg);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* return pointer to next character in linebuffer after skipping blanks and comments */
+static char* getnextp(char **buf, size_t *n, FILE* in, char *p, unsigned *linenr, char **errstr)
+{
+  if(!p) goto nextline;
+ tryagain:
+  if(!*p) {
+  nextline:
+    do {
+      if(!in || getline(buf,n,in)<0) {
+	*errstr=NULL;
+	return NULL;
+      }
+      ++*linenr;
+      p=*buf;
+    } while(!*p);
+  }
+  if(isspace(*p)) {
+    ++p; goto tryagain;
+  }
+  if(*p=='#') {
+  skip_rest_of_line:
+    if(*linenr)
+      goto nextline;
+    else {
+      p=strchr(p,'\n');
+      if(p) {
+	++p;
+	goto tryagain;
+      }
+      else
+	goto nextline;
+    }
+  }
+  if(*p=='/') {
+    if(*(p+1)=='/')
+      goto skip_rest_of_line;
+    if(*(p+1)=='*') {
+      int lev=1;
+      p +=2;
+      for(;;) {
+	while(*p) {
+	  if(*p=='/' && *(p+1)=='*') {
+	    ++lev;
+	    p +=2;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	  else if(*p=='*' && *(p+1)=='/') {
+	    p +=2;
+	    if(--lev==0) goto tryagain;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	  ++p;
+	}
+	if(!in || getline(buf,n,in)<0) {
+	  *errstr="comment without closing */";
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+	++*linenr;
+	p=*buf;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+static char translescapedchar(char c)
+{
+  switch(c) {
+  case 'f': return '\f';
+  case 'n': return '\n';
+  case 'r': return '\r';
+  case 't': return '\t';
+  case 'v': return '\v';
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/* Scan a buffer for a string and copy the decoded (i.e. unescaped) version into
+   another buffer.
+
+   A string either begins after and ends before a double-quote ("),
+   or simply consists of a sequence of "non-special" characters,
+   starting at the current position.
+   A back-slash () acts as an escape character, preventing any character
+   following it from terminating the string. Thus, for example,
+   back-slash double-quote (") may be used to include double-quotes
+   in a string.
+   A number of escape sequences are interpreted as in C, e.g.
+   \t, \n, \r yield control-chars as in C.
+
+   char **curp should point to the position in the buffer where
+               the scanning should begin. It will be updated to point
+               to the first character past the scanned string.
+
+   char *outbuf is used to store the decoded string.
+   size_t outbufsz should be the size of outbuf.
+
+   The return value is the length of the decoded string, unless an error occurs,
+   in which case -1 is returned and *errstr is assigned an error message.
+   The returned length may be larger than outbufsz, in which case the buffer
+   is filled with only the first outbufsz chars of the string.
+*/
+static int scan_string(char **curp,char *outbuf, unsigned outbufsz, char **errstr)
+{
+  char *cur=*curp;
+  unsigned i=0;
+
+  if(*cur=='"') {
+    /* Double-quoted string. */
+    ++cur; /* Skip opening quote. */
+    for(;; ++i,++cur) {
+      if(!*cur) goto noclosingquote;
+      if(*cur=='"') break;
+      if(*cur=='\') {
+	if(!*++cur) goto nofollowingchar;
+	if(i<outbufsz)
+	  outbuf[i]= translescapedchar(*cur);
+      }
+      else if(i<outbufsz)
+	outbuf[i]= *cur;
+    }
+    ++cur; /* Skip closing quote. */
+  }
+  else {
+    /* Bare (unquoted) string. */
+    for(; *cur; ++i,++cur) {
+      if(*cur=='\') {
+	/* Accept any non-null char following a back-slash. */
+	if(!*++cur) goto nofollowingchar;
+	if(i<outbufsz)
+	  outbuf[i]= translescapedchar(*cur);
+      }
+      else if(isspace(*cur) ||
+	      *cur==',' || *cur==';' ||
+	      *cur=='{' || *cur=='}' ||
+	      *cur=='"' || *cur=='#' ||
+	      (*cur=='/' && (*(cur+1)=='/'|| *(cur+1)=='*')))
+	break;
+      else if(i<outbufsz)
+	outbuf[i]= *cur;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(i<outbufsz)
+    outbuf[i]=0;
+  *curp=cur;
+  return i;
+
+ noclosingquote:
+  *errstr="quoted string without closing quote";
+  return -1;
+ nofollowingchar:
+  *errstr="may not use backslash to escape end-of-line";
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* Convert a string to a time value in seconds.
+   The string referred to by nptr is scanned for a sequence of components,
+   where each component contains a non-empty sequence of digits followed
+   by a possible one-letter suffix.
+   The position where the scanning stops is returned in endptr.
+   If an error is detected during scanning, a pointer to a
+   (static) error message is returned in errstr.
+*/
+static time_t strtotime(char *nptr, char **endptr, char **errstr)
+{
+  time_t retval=0,t;
+  char c;
+
+  *errstr=NULL;
+  while(isalnum(c=*nptr)) {
+    if(!isdigit(c)) {
+	*errstr="no digits before suffix.";
+	break;
+    }
+
+    t=strtol(nptr,&nptr,10);
+
+    if(isalpha(c=*nptr)) {
+      if(c=='s') /* seconds */
+	;
+      else if(c=='m') /* minutes */
+	t *= 60;
+      else if(c=='h') /* hours */
+	t *= 60*60;
+      else if(c=='d') /* days */
+	t *= 24*60*60;
+      else if(c=='w') /* weeks */
+	t *= 7*24*60*60;
+      else {
+	*errstr="allowed suffixes are w,d,h,m,s.";
+	break;
+      }
+      ++nptr;
+    }
+
+    retval += t;
+  }
+
+  if(endptr) *endptr=nptr;
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#define lookup_keyword(name,len,dic) binsearch_keyword(name,len,dic,sizeof(dic)/sizeof(namevalue_t))
+static const char *parse_ip(const char *ipstr, pdnsd_a *a);
+static const char *addr_add(atup_array *ata, const char *ipstr);
+#define addr_add_(ata,ipstr,len) addr_add(ata,ipstr)
+static const char *reject_add(servparm_t *serv, const char *ipstr);
+#define reject_add_(serv,ipstr,len) reject_add(serv,ipstr)
+static void check_localaddrs(servparm_t *serv);
+static int read_resolv_conf(const char *fn, atup_array *ata, char **errstr);
+static const char *slist_add(slist_array *sla, const char *nm, unsigned int len, int tp);
+#define include_list_add(sla,nm,len) slist_add(sla,nm,len,C_INCLUDED)
+#define exclude_list_add(sla,nm,len) slist_add(sla,nm,len,C_EXCLUDED)
+static const char *zone_add(zone_array *za, const char *zone, unsigned int len);
+
+#define CONCAT(a,b) a ## b
+/* a macro for concatenating tokens that expands its arguments */
+#define XCONCAT(a,b) CONCAT(a,b)
+/* a macro for generating (mostly) unique labels using line number */
+#define N_LABEL(pre) XCONCAT(pre,__LINE__)
+
+
+#define SCAN_ALPHANUM(start,cur,len)			\
+{							\
+  (start)=(cur);					\
+  do {							\
+    ++(cur);						\
+  } while(*(cur) && (isalnum(*(cur)) || *(cur)=='_'));	\
+  (len)=(cur)-(start);					\
+}
+
+#define STRNDUP(dst,src,len)			\
+{						\
+  if(dst) free(dst);				\
+  if(!((dst)=strndup(src,len))) {		\
+    OUTOFMEMERROR;				\
+  }						\
+}
+
+#define STRNCP(dst,src,len,errmsg)		\
+{						\
+  if ((len)<sizeof(dst)) {			\
+    memcpy(dst,src,len);			\
+    (dst)[len]=0;				\
+  }						\
+  else {					\
+    REPORT_ERROR(errmsg ": string too long");	\
+    PARSERROR;					\
+  }						\
+}
+
+/* TEMPSTRNCPY declares dst as a variable length array */
+#define TEMPSTRNCPY(dst,src,len)		\
+  char dst[(len)+1];				\
+  memcpy(dst,src,len);				\
+  dst[len]=0;
+
+#define SCAN_STRING_LIST(dst,cur,strbuf,len,addfunc)	\
+{							\
+  for(;;) {						\
+    const char *_err;					\
+    SCAN_STRING(cur,strbuf,len);			\
+    if((_err=addfunc(dst,strbuf,len))) {		\
+      REPORT_ERROR(_err);				\
+      PARSERROR;					\
+    }							\
+    SKIP_BLANKS(cur);					\
+    if(*(cur)!=',') break;				\
+    ++(cur);						\
+    SKIP_BLANKS(cur);					\
+  }							\
+}
+
+#define ASSIGN_ON_OFF(dst,cur,onoff,errmsg)	\
+{						\
+  if(isalpha(*(cur))) {				\
+    char *_str;					\
+    size_t _len;				\
+    int _cnst;					\
+    SCAN_ALPHANUM(_str,cur,_len);		\
+    _cnst=lookup_const(_str,_len);		\
+    if(_cnst==C_ON || _cnst==C_OFF) {		\
+      (dst)=(_cnst==(onoff));			\
+    }						\
+    else {					\
+      goto N_LABEL(ASSIGN_ON_OFF_) ;		\
+    }						\
+  }						\
+  else {					\
+  N_LABEL(ASSIGN_ON_OFF_) :			\
+    REPORT_ERROR(errmsg);			\
+    PARSERROR;					\
+  }						\
+}
+
+#define ASSIGN_CONST(dst,cur,test,errmsg)	\
+{						\
+  if(isalpha(*(cur))) {				\
+    char *_str;					\
+    size_t _len;				\
+    SCAN_ALPHANUM(_str,cur,_len);		\
+    (dst)=lookup_const(_str,_len);		\
+    if(!(test)) {				\
+      goto N_LABEL(ASSIGN_CONST_) ;		\
+    }						\
+  }						\
+  else {					\
+  N_LABEL(ASSIGN_CONST_) :			\
+    REPORT_ERROR(errmsg);			\
+    PARSERROR;					\
+  }						\
+}
+
+#define SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(dst,cur,errmsg)				\
+{									\
+  if(isdigit(*(cur))) {							\
+    dst=strtol(cur,&(cur),0);						\
+  }									\
+  else {								\
+    REPORT_ERROR("expected unsigned integer value for " errmsg);	\
+    PARSERROR;								\
+  }									\
+}
+
+#define SCAN_TIMESECS(dst,cur,errmsg)						\
+{										\
+  if(isdigit(*(cur))) {								\
+    char *_err;									\
+    dst=strtotime(cur,&(cur),&_err);						\
+    if(_err) {									\
+      REPORT_ERRORF("invalid time specification for %s: %s",errmsg,_err);	\
+      PARSERROR;								\
+    }										\
+  }										\
+  else {									\
+    REPORT_ERROR("expected a time specification for " errmsg);			\
+    PARSERROR;									\
+  }										\
+}
+
+#define PARSESTR2RHN(src,len,dst)		\
+{						\
+  const char *_err;				\
+  if ((_err=parsestr2rhn(src,len,dst))) {	\
+    REPORT_ERROR(_err);				\
+    PARSERROR;					\
+  }						\
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Copy a domain name, adding a dot at the end if necessary.
+   The format of the name (including the length) is checked with parsestr2rhn()
+*/
+#define DOM_NAME_CPY(dst,src,len)		\
+{						\
+  unsigned char _buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];		\
+  PARSESTR2RHN(src,len,_buf);			\
+  memcpy(dst,src,len);				\
+  (dst)[len]=0;					\
+  if((len)==0 || (dst)[(len)-1]!='.') {		\
+    (dst)[len]='.'; (dst)[(len)+1]=0;		\
+  }						\
+}
+#endif
+
+# define SKIP_COMMA(cur,errmsg)			\
+{						\
+  SKIP_BLANKS(cur);				\
+  if(*(cur)!=',') {				\
+    REPORT_ERROR(errmsg);			\
+    PARSERROR;					\
+  }						\
+  ++(cur);					\
+  SKIP_BLANKS(cur);				\
+}
+
+
+/* Parse a configuration file, adding data to a (separate) global section and servers array,
+   and the cache.
+
+   FILE *in should point to the input stream. It may be NULL, in which case no file is read.
+
+   char *prestr may be NULL or point to a string which will be parsed before the input file.
+
+   globparm_t *global should point to a struct which will be used to store the data of the
+                      global section(s). If it is NULL, no global sections are allowed in the
+		      input.
+
+   servparm_array *servers should point to a dynamic array which will be grown to store the data
+                           of the server sections. If it is NULL, no server sections are allowed
+			   in the input.
+
+   int includedepth is used to track how deeply recursive calls of confparse are nested.
+                    Should be 0 for a top-level call.
+
+   char **errstr is used to return a possible error message.
+                 In case of failure, *errstr will refer to a newly allocated string.
+
+   confparse returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+*/
+int confparse(FILE* in, char *prestr, globparm_t *global, servparm_array *servers, int includedepth, char **errstr)
+{
+  char *linebuf=NULL,*p,*ps,*getnextperr=NULL,*scanstrerr=NULL;
+  const char *conftype;
+  size_t buflen=256;
+  unsigned linenr=0;
+  int retval=0,sechdr,option,len;
+  char strbuf[1024];
+# define CLEANUP_HANDLER
+# define CLEANUP_HANDLER2
+# define CLEANUP_HANDLERS CLEANUP_HANDLER2;CLEANUP_HANDLER
+# define SKIP_BLANKS(cur) {if(!((cur)=getnextp(&linebuf,&buflen,in,cur,&linenr,&getnextperr))) {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto unexpected_eof;}}
+# define SCAN_STRING(cur,buf,len) {					\
+    if(((len)=scan_string(&(cur),buf,sizeof(buf),&scanstrerr))==-1)	\
+      {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto string_err;}				\
+    else if((len)>=sizeof(buf))						\
+      {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto string_too_long;}				\
+  }
+# define REPORT_ERROR(msg) (*errstr=report_error(conftype,linenr,msg))
+# if !defined(CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS)
+   /* GNU C Macro Varargs style. */
+#  define REPORT_ERRORF(args...) (*errstr=report_errorf(conftype,linenr,args))
+#else
+   /* ANSI C99 style. */
+#  define REPORT_ERRORF(...) (*errstr=report_errorf(conftype,linenr,__VA_ARGS__))
+# endif
+# define PARSERROR {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto free_linebuf_return;}
+# define OUTOFMEMERROR {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto out_of_memory;}
+# define CLEANUP_GOTO(lab) {CLEANUP_HANDLERS; goto lab;}
+
+  *errstr=NULL;
+  if(in) {
+    linebuf=malloc(buflen);
+    if(!linebuf) {
+      /* If malloc() just failed, allocating space for an error message is unlikely to succeed. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if(global)
+      conftype="config file";
+    else
+      conftype="include file";
+  }
+  else
+    conftype="config string";
+
+  p=prestr;
+  while((p=getnextp(&linebuf,&buflen,in,p,&linenr,&getnextperr))) {
+    if(isalpha(*p)) {
+      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+      sechdr=lookup_keyword(ps,len,section_headers);
+      if(!sechdr) {
+	REPORT_ERRORF("invalid section header: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	PARSERROR;
+      }
+      SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+      if(*p!='{') goto expected_bropen;
+      ++p;
+      SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+      switch(sechdr) {
+      case GLOBAL:
+	if(!global) {
+	  REPORT_ERROR(in?"global section not allowed in include file":
+		       "global section not allowed in eval string");
+	  PARSERROR;
+	}
+
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,global_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for global section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') goto expected_equals;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	    pdnsd_a *ipaddrp;
+
+	  case PERM_CACHE:
+	    if (isalpha(*p)) {
+	      int cnst;
+	      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	      cnst=lookup_const(ps,len);
+	      if(cnst==C_OFF) {
+		global->perm_cache=0;
+	      }
+	      else
+		goto bad_perm_cache_option;
+	    }
+	    else if(isdigit(*p)) {
+	      global->perm_cache=strtol(p,&p,0);
+	    }
+	    else {
+	    bad_perm_cache_option:
+	      REPORT_ERROR("bad qualifier in perm_cache= option.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case CACHE_DIR:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNDUP(global->cache_dir,strbuf,len);
+	    break;
+
+	  case SERVER_PORT:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(global->port,p,"server_port option")
+	    break;
+
+	  case OUTGOING_IP:
+	    ipaddrp= &global->out_a;
+	    goto scan_ip_or_interface;
+
+	  case SERVER_IP:
+	    ipaddrp= &global->a;
+	  scan_ip_or_interface:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    {
+	      const char *err;
+	      if ((err=parse_ip(strbuf,ipaddrp))) {
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_IFREQ) && defined(IFNAMSIZ) && defined(SIOCGIFADDR)
+		if(!strcmp(err,"bad IP address") && len<IFNAMSIZ) {
+		  /* Treat the string argument as the name of an interface
+		     and try to find its IP address.
+		  */
+		  int fd;
+		  struct ifreq req;
+		  memcpy(req.ifr_name, strbuf, len);
+		  req.ifr_name[len]=0;
+		  req.ifr_addr.sa_family = PDNSD_AF_INET;
+
+
+		  if ((fd = socket(PDNSD_PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0))!=-1 && ioctl(fd, SIOCGIFADDR, &req)!=-1) {
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		    if (run_ipv4)
+		      ipaddrp->ipv4= ((struct sockaddr_in *)&req.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
+# endif
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		    ELSE_IPV6
+		      ipaddrp->ipv6= ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&req.ifr_addr)->sin6_addr;
+# endif
+		    close(fd);
+		  }
+		  else {
+		    REPORT_ERRORF("Failed to get IP address of %s: %s",req.ifr_name,strerror(errno));
+		    if(fd!=-1) close(fd);
+		    PARSERROR;
+		  }
+		}
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    REPORT_ERRORF("%s for the %s= option.",err,option==SERVER_IP?"server_ip":"outgoing_ip");
+		    PARSERROR;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case SCHEME_FILE:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNDUP(global->scheme_file, strbuf,len);
+	    break;
+
+	  case LINKDOWN_KLUGE:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(global->lndown_kluge,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in linkdown_kluge= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case MAX_TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(global->max_ttl,p,"max_ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case MIN_TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(global->min_ttl,p,"min_ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case RUN_AS:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNCP(global->run_as, strbuf,len, "run_as");
+	    break;
+
+	  case STRICT_SETUID:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(global->strict_suid, p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in strict_setuid= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case USE_NSS:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(global->use_nss, p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in use_nss= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PARANOID:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(global->paranoid, p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in paranoid= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case IGNORE_CD: {
+	    int ignore_cd;
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(ignore_cd, p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in ignore_cd= option.");
+	    fprintf(stderr, "Warning: ignore_cd option in configuration file is obsolete and currently has no effect.\n");
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case STATUS_CTL: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst, p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF ,"bad qualifier in status_pipe= option.");
+	    if(!cmdline.stat_pipe) global->stat_pipe=(cnst==C_ON);
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case DAEMON: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst, p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF ,"bad qualifier in daemon= option.");
+	    if(!cmdline.daemon) global->daemon=(cnst==C_ON);
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_TCP_SERVER: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst, p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF ,"bad qualifier in tcp_server= option.");
+	    if(!cmdline.notcp) {
+	      global->notcp=(cnst==C_OFF);
+#ifdef NO_TCP_SERVER
+	      if(!global->notcp) {
+		REPORT_ERROR("pdnsd was compiled without TCP server support. tcp_server=on is not allowed.");
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+#endif
+	    }
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case PID_FILE:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    if(!cmdline.pidfile) {STRNDUP(global->pidfile,strbuf,len);}
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_VERBOSITY: {
+	    int val;
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(val,p,"verbosity option");
+	    if(!cmdline.verbosity) global->verbosity=val;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_QUERY_METHOD: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==TCP_ONLY || cnst==UDP_ONLY || cnst==TCP_UDP || cnst==UDP_TCP,"bad qualifier in query_method= option.");
+#ifdef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+	    if (cnst==TCP_ONLY) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("the tcp_only option is only available when pdnsd is compiled with TCP support.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    else
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_UDP_QUERIES
+	      if (cnst==UDP_ONLY) {
+		REPORT_ERROR("the udp_only option is only available when pdnsd is compiled with UDP support.");
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	      else
+#endif
+#if defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) || defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+		if (cnst==TCP_UDP) {
+		  REPORT_ERROR("the tcp_udp option is only available when pdnsd is compiled with both TCP and UDP support.");
+		  PARSERROR;
+		}
+		else if (cnst==UDP_TCP) {
+		  REPORT_ERROR("the udp_tcp option is only available when pdnsd is compiled with both TCP and UDP support.");
+		  PARSERROR;
+		}
+		else
+#endif
+		  if(!cmdline.query_method) global->query_method=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case RUN_IPV4: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF,"bad qualifier in run_ipv4= option.");
+#ifndef ENABLE_IPV4
+	    if(cnst==C_ON) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("You can only set run_ipv4=on when pdnsd is compiled with IPv4 support.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+#endif
+#ifndef ENABLE_IPV6
+	    if(cnst==C_OFF) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("You can only set run_ipv4=off when pdnsd is compiled with IPv6 support.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+#endif
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+	    if(!cmdlineipv) {
+	      run_ipv4=(cnst==C_ON); cmdlineipv=-1;
+	    }
+	    else if(cmdlineipv<0 && run_ipv4!=(cnst==C_ON)) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR(cmdlineipv==-1?
+			   "IPv4/IPv6 conflict: you are trying to set run_ipv4 to a value that conflicts with a previous run_ipv4 setting.":
+			   "You must set the run_ipv4 option before specifying IP addresses.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+#endif
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case IPV4_6_PREFIX:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	    if(!cmdline.prefix) {
+	      if(inet_pton(AF_INET6,strbuf,&global->ipv4_6_prefix)<=0) {
+		REPORT_ERROR("ipv4_6_prefix: argument not a valid IPv6 address.");
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+#else
+	    fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without IPv6 support. ipv4_6_prefix option in config file will be ignored.\n");
+#endif
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_DEBUG: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst, p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF ,"bad qualifier in debug= option.");
+	    if(!cmdline.debug) {
+	      global->debug=(cnst==C_ON);
+#if !DEBUG
+	      if(global->debug)
+		fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without debugging support. debug=on has no effect.\n");
+#endif
+	    }
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_CTL_PERMS:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(global->ctl_perms, p,"ctl_perms option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_PROC_LIMIT:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(global->proc_limit, p,"proc_limit option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_PROCQ_LIMIT:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(global->procq_limit, p,"procq_limit option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case TCP_QTIMEOUT:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(global->tcp_qtimeout, p,"tcp_qtimeout option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIMEOUT:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(global->timeout, p,"global timeout option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_PAR_QUERIES: {
+	    int val;
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(val, p,"par_queries option");
+	    if(val<=0) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("bad value for par_queries.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    } else {
+	      global->par_queries=val;
+	    }
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case C_RAND_RECS:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(global->rnd_recs, p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in randomize_recs= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case NEG_TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(global->neg_ttl, p,"neg_ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case NEG_RRS_POL: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF || cnst==C_DEFAULT || cnst==C_AUTH,
+			 "bad qualifier in neg_rrs_pol= option.");
+	    global->neg_rrs_pol=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case NEG_DOMAIN_POL: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF || cnst==C_AUTH,"bad qualifier in neg_domain_pol= option.");
+	    global->neg_domain_pol=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case QUERY_PORT_START: {
+	    int val;
+	    if(isalpha(*p)) {
+	      int cnst;
+	      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	      cnst=lookup_const(ps,len);
+	      if(cnst==C_NONE)
+		val=-1;
+	      else
+		goto bad_port_start_option;
+	    }
+	    else if(isdigit(*p)) {
+	      val=strtol(p,&p,0);
+	      if(val>65535) {
+		REPORT_ERROR("value for query_port_start out of range.");
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	      else if(val<1024)
+		fprintf(stderr,"Warning: query_port_start=%i but source ports <1204 can only be used as root.\n",
+			val);
+	    }
+	    else {
+	    bad_port_start_option:
+	      REPORT_ERROR("bad qualifier in query_port_start= option.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    global->query_port_start=val;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case QUERY_PORT_END: {
+	    int val;
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(val,p,"query_port_end option");
+	    if(val>65535) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("value for query_port_end out of range.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    global->query_port_end=val;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case UDP_BUFSIZE: {
+	    int val;
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(val,p,"udpbufsize");
+	    if(val<512 || val>65535-(20+8)) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("value for udpbufsize out of range.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    global->udpbufsize=val;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case DELEGATION_ONLY:
+	    SCAN_STRING_LIST(&global->deleg_only_zones,p,strbuf,len,zone_add)
+	    break;
+
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    goto internal_parse_error;
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') goto expected_semicolon;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+
+	if(*p!='}') goto expected_closing_brace;
+	if (global->query_port_end < global->query_port_start) {
+	  REPORT_ERROR("query_port_end may not be smaller than query_port_start.");
+	  PARSERROR;
+	}
+	break;
+
+      case SERVER: {
+	servparm_t server;
+
+	if(!servers) {
+	  REPORT_ERROR(in?"server section not allowed in include file":
+		       "server section not allowed in eval string");
+	  PARSERROR;
+	}
+
+	server=serv_presets;
+#	undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#	define CLEANUP_HANDLER (free_servparm(&server))
+
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,server_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for server section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_equals);
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	  case IP:
+	    SCAN_STRING_LIST(&server.atup_a,p,strbuf,len,addr_add_);
+	    break;
+
+	  case FILET:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    {
+	      char *errmsg;
+	      if (!read_resolv_conf(strbuf, &server.atup_a, &errmsg)) {
+		if(errmsg) {REPORT_ERROR(errmsg); free(errmsg);}
+		else *errstr=NULL;
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case PORT:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(server.port,p,"port option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case SCHEME:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNCP(server.scheme, strbuf,len, "scheme");
+	    break;
+
+	  case UPTEST: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_PING || cnst==C_NONE || cnst==C_IF || cnst==C_EXEC || cnst==C_DEV || cnst==C_DIALD || cnst==C_QUERY,"bad qualifier in uptest= option.");
+	    server.uptest=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case TIMEOUT:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(server.timeout,p,"timeout option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PING_TIMEOUT:
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(server.ping_timeout,p,"ping_timeout option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PING_IP:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    {
+	      const char *err;
+	      if ((err=parse_ip(strbuf,&server.ping_a))) {
+		REPORT_ERRORF("%s for the ping_ip= option.",err);
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case UPTEST_CMD:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNDUP(server.uptest_cmd, strbuf,len);
+	    SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	    if(*p==',') {
+	      ++p;
+	      SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	      SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	      STRNCP(server.uptest_usr, strbuf,len, "second argument of uptest_cmd");
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case QUERY_TEST_NAME:
+	    if(isalpha(*p)) {
+	      int cnst;
+	      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	      if(*p!='.' && *p!='-') {
+		cnst=lookup_const(ps,len);
+		if(cnst==C_NONE) {
+		  if(server.query_test_name)
+		    free(server.query_test_name);
+		  server.query_test_name=NULL;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      }
+	      p=ps;  /* reset current char pointer and try again. */
+	    }
+	    {
+	      unsigned char tname[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE], *copy;
+	      unsigned sz;
+
+	      SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	      PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,tname);
+	      sz=rhnlen(tname);
+	      copy= malloc(sz);
+	      if(!copy) {
+		OUTOFMEMERROR;
+	      }
+	      memcpy(copy,tname,sz);
+	      if(server.query_test_name)
+		free(server.query_test_name);
+	      server.query_test_name=copy;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case INTERVAL:
+	    if(isalpha(*p)) {
+	      int cnst;
+	      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	      cnst=lookup_const(ps,len);
+	      if(cnst==C_ONQUERY) {
+		server.interval=-1;
+	      }
+	      else if(cnst==C_ONTIMEOUT) {
+		server.interval=-2;
+	      }
+	      else {
+		goto bad_interval_option;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    else if(isdigit(*p)) {
+	      char *err;
+	      server.interval=strtotime(p,&p,&err);
+	      if(err) {
+		REPORT_ERRORF("bad time specification in interval= option: %s",err);
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    else {
+	    bad_interval_option:
+	      REPORT_ERROR("bad qualifier in interval= option.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case INTERFACE:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNCP(server.interface, strbuf,len, "interface");
+	    break;
+
+	  case DEVICE:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNCP(server.device, strbuf,len, "device");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PURGE_CACHE:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.purge_cache,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in purge_cache= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case CACHING:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.nocache,p,C_OFF,"bad qualifier in caching= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case LEAN_QUERY:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.lean_query,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in lean_query= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case EDNS_QUERY:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.edns_query,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in edns_query= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PRESET:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.preset,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in preset= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case PROXY_ONLY:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.is_proxy,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in proxy_only= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case ROOT_SERVER: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF || cnst==C_DISCOVER,"bad qualifier in root_server= option.");
+	    server.rootserver= (cnst==C_DISCOVER? 2: cnst==C_ON);
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case RANDOMIZE_SERVERS:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.rand_servers,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in randomize_servers= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case POLICY: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_INCLUDED || cnst==C_EXCLUDED || cnst==C_SIMPLE_ONLY || cnst==C_FQDN_ONLY,"bad qualifier in policy= option.");
+	    server.policy=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case INCLUDE:
+	    SCAN_STRING_LIST(&server.alist,p,strbuf,len,include_list_add)
+	    break;
+
+	  case EXCLUDE:
+	    SCAN_STRING_LIST(&server.alist,p,strbuf,len,exclude_list_add)
+	    break;
+
+	  case REJECTLIST:
+	    SCAN_STRING_LIST(&server,p,strbuf,len,reject_add_);
+	    break;
+
+	  case REJECTPOLICY: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_FAIL || cnst==C_NEGATE,"bad qualifier in reject_policy= option.");
+	    server.rejectpolicy=cnst;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case REJECTRECURSIVELY:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(server.rejectrecursively,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in reject_recursively= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case LABEL:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    STRNDUP(server.label,strbuf,len);
+	    break;
+
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    CLEANUP_GOTO(internal_parse_error);
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_semicolon);
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+
+	if(*p!='}') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_closing_brace);
+	if (server.uptest==C_EXEC) {
+	  if (!server.uptest_cmd) {
+	    REPORT_ERROR("you must specify uptest_cmd if you specify uptest=exec!");
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	}
+	if (server.is_proxy && server.rootserver) {
+	  REPORT_ERROR("A server may not be specified as both a proxy and a root-server.");
+	  PARSERROR;
+	}
+	if(server.rootserver && (server.policy==C_SIMPLE_ONLY || server.policy==C_FQDN_ONLY))
+	  fprintf(stderr,"Warning: using policy=%s with a root-server usually makes no sense.",
+		  const_name(server.policy));
+	if (DA_NEL(server.atup_a)) {
+	  check_localaddrs(&server);
+	  if(!DA_NEL(server.atup_a)) {
+	    REPORT_ERROR("Server section contains only local IP addresses.\n"
+			 "Bind pdnsd to a different local IP address or specify different port numbers"
+			 " in global section and server section if you want pdnsd to query servers on"
+			 " the same machine.");
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	}
+	{
+	  int j,n=DA_NEL(server.atup_a);
+	  for(j=0;j<n;++j) {
+	    atup_t *at= &DA_INDEX(server.atup_a,j);
+	    at->is_up=server.preset;
+	    /* A negative test interval means don't test at startup or reconfig. */
+	    if(server.interval<0) at->i_ts=time(NULL);
+	  }
+	}
+	if(server.interval==-1) global->onquery=1;
+
+	if (!(*servers=DA_GROW1_F(*servers,(void(*)(void*))free_servparm))) {
+	  OUTOFMEMERROR;
+	}
+	DA_LAST(*servers)= server;
+#	undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#	define CLEANUP_HANDLER
+      }
+	break;
+
+      case RR: {
+	/* Initialize c_cent to all zeros.
+	   Then it should be safe to call free_cent() on it, even before calling init_cent(). */
+	dns_cent_t c_cent={0};
+	time_t c_ttl=86400;
+	unsigned c_flags=DF_LOCAL;
+	unsigned char reverse=0;
+
+#	undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#	define CLEANUP_HANDLER (free_cent(&c_cent DBG0))
+
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,rr_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for rr section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_equals);
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	    int tp; const char *tpname;
+	  case NAME: {
+	    unsigned char c_name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+	    if (c_cent.qname) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("You may specify only one name in a rr section.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,c_name);
+	    if (!init_cent(&c_cent, c_name, 0, 0, c_flags  DBG0))
+	      goto out_of_memory;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(c_ttl,p, "ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case AUTHREC: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    if (c_cent.qname) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("The authrec= option has no effect unless it precedes name= in a rr section.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF,"Bad qualifier in authrec= option.");
+	    c_flags=(cnst==C_ON)?DF_LOCAL:0;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case REVERSE:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(reverse,p,C_ON,"bad qualifier in reverse= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case A: {
+	    unsigned int sz;
+	    pdnsd_ca c_a;
+
+	    if (!c_cent.qname)
+	      goto no_name_spec;
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    if (inet_aton(strbuf,&c_a.ipv4)) {
+	      tp=T_A;
+	      sz=sizeof(struct in_addr);
+	    }
+	    else
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	      if (inet_pton(AF_INET6,strbuf,&c_a.ipv6)>0) {
+		tp=T_AAAA;
+		sz=sizeof(struct in6_addr);
+	      }
+	      else
+#endif
+		{
+		  REPORT_ERROR("bad IP address in a= option.");
+		  PARSERROR;
+		}
+
+	    if(!add_cent_rr(&c_cent,tp,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,sz,&c_a  DBG0))
+	      goto add_rr_failed;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case OWNER:
+	    tp=T_NS;
+	    goto scan_name;
+	  case CNAME:
+	    tp=T_CNAME;
+	    goto scan_name;
+	  case PTR:
+	    tp=T_PTR;
+	  scan_name:
+	    {
+	      unsigned char c_name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+	      if (!c_cent.qname)
+		goto no_name_spec;
+	      SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	      PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,c_name);
+	      if(!add_cent_rr(&c_cent,tp,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,rhnlen(c_name),c_name  DBG0))
+		goto add_rr_failed;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case MX: {
+	    unsigned char *cp;
+	    unsigned pref;
+	    unsigned char c_mx[2+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+	    if (!c_cent.qname)
+	      goto no_name_spec;
+	    cp=c_mx+2;
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,cp);
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing second argument (preference level) of mx= option");
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(pref,p,"second argument of mx= option");
+	    cp=c_mx;
+	    PUTINT16(pref,cp);
+	    if(!add_cent_rr(&c_cent,T_MX,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,2+rhnlen(cp),c_mx  DBG0))
+	      goto add_rr_failed;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  case SOA: {
+	    unsigned int blen,rlen;
+	    unsigned char *bp;
+	    uint32_t val;
+	    unsigned char buf[2*DNSNAMEBUFSIZE+20];
+
+	    if (!c_cent.qname)
+	      goto no_name_spec;
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,buf);
+	    rlen=rhnlen(buf);
+	    blen=rlen;
+	    bp=buf+rlen;
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 2nd argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,bp);
+	    rlen=rhnlen(bp);
+	    blen += rlen;
+	    bp += rlen;
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 3rd argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_UNSIGNED_NUM(val,p,"3rd argument of soa= option");
+	    PUTINT32(val,bp);
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 4th argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(val,p,"4th argument of soa= option");
+	    PUTINT32(val,bp);
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 5th argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(val,p,"5th argument of soa= option");
+	    PUTINT32(val,bp);
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 6th argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(val,p,"6th argument of soa= option");
+	    PUTINT32(val,bp);
+	    SKIP_COMMA(p,"missing 7th argument of soa= option");
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(val,p,"7th argument of soa= option");
+	    PUTINT32(val,bp);
+	    blen += 20;
+	    if(!add_cent_rr(&c_cent,T_SOA,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,blen,buf  DBG0))
+	      goto add_rr_failed;
+	  }
+	    break;
+	  case SPF:
+#if IS_CACHED_SPF
+	    tp=T_SPF; tpname="spf";
+	    goto define_txt_rr;
+#else
+	    REPORT_ERROR("Missing support for caching SPF records in rr section");
+	    PARSERROR;
+#endif
+	  case TXT:
+#if IS_CACHED_TXT
+	    tp=T_TXT; tpname="txt";
+#else
+	    REPORT_ERROR("Missing support for caching TXT records in rr section");
+	    PARSERROR;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_TXT || IS_CACHED_SPF
+#if IS_CACHED_SPF
+	  define_txt_rr:
+#endif
+	  {
+	    unsigned char *rbuf;
+	    unsigned sz,allocsz;
+	    int rv;
+
+	    if (!c_cent.qname)
+	      goto no_name_spec;
+	    rbuf=NULL;
+	    sz=allocsz=0;
+#           undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER2
+#           define CLEANUP_HANDLER2 (free(rbuf))
+
+	    for(;;) {
+	      unsigned char *newbuf,*cp;
+	      unsigned newsz=sz+256;
+	      int n;
+	      if(newsz>allocsz) {
+		allocsz += 512;
+		newbuf=realloc(rbuf,allocsz);
+		if(!newbuf) {
+		  OUTOFMEMERROR;
+		}
+		rbuf=newbuf;
+	      }
+	      cp = rbuf+sz;
+	      n=scan_string(&p, charp (cp+1), 255, &scanstrerr);
+	      if(n==-1) {
+		REPORT_ERRORF("%s in %s= option", scanstrerr, tpname);
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	      if(n>255) {
+		REPORT_ERRORF("string longer than 255 bytes in %s= option", tpname);
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	      *cp=n;
+	      sz += n+1;
+	      if(sz>0xffff) {
+		REPORT_ERRORF("data exceeds maximum size (65535 bytes) in %s= option", tpname);
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	      SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	      if(*p!=',') break;
+	      ++p;
+	      SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	    }
+	    rv=add_cent_rr(&c_cent,tp,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,sz,rbuf  DBG0);
+	    CLEANUP_HANDLER2;
+#           undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER2
+#           define CLEANUP_HANDLER2
+	    if(!rv)
+	      goto add_rr_failed;
+	  }
+	    break;
+#endif
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    CLEANUP_GOTO(internal_parse_error);
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_semicolon);
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+
+	if(*p!='}') CLEANUP_GOTO(expected_closing_brace);
+	if (!c_cent.qname)
+	  goto no_name_spec;
+	if(c_cent.qname[0]==1 && c_cent.qname[1]=='*') {
+	  /* Wild card record. Set the DF_WILD flag for the name with '*.' removed. */
+	  if(!set_cent_flags(&c_cent.qname[2],DF_WILD)) {
+	    unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+	    rhn2str(c_cent.qname,buf,sizeof(buf));
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("You must define some records for '%s'"
+			  " before you can define records for the wildcard name '%s'",
+			  &buf[2],buf);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	}
+
+	add_cache(&c_cent);
+	if(reverse) {
+	  if(!add_reverse_cache(&c_cent)) {
+		    REPORT_ERROR("Can't convert IP address in a= option"
+				 " into form suitable for reverse resolving.");
+		    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	}
+	CLEANUP_HANDLER;
+	break;
+
+      add_rr_failed:
+	OUTOFMEMERROR;
+#	undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#	define CLEANUP_HANDLER
+      }
+
+      case SOURCE: {
+	unsigned char c_owner[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+	time_t c_ttl;
+	unsigned c_flags;
+	unsigned char c_aliases;
+
+	c_owner[0]='\0';
+	c_ttl=86400;
+	c_flags=DF_LOCAL;
+	c_aliases=0;
+
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,source_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for source section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') goto expected_equals;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	  case OWNER:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,c_owner);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(c_ttl,p,"ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case FILET:
+	    if (!c_owner[0]) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("you must specify owner before file= in source records.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    {
+	      char *errmsg;
+	      if (!read_hosts(strbuf, c_owner, c_ttl, c_flags, c_aliases, &errmsg)) {
+		if(errmsg) { REPORT_ERROR(errmsg); free(errmsg); }
+		else *errstr=NULL;
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  case SERVE_ALIASES:
+	    ASSIGN_ON_OFF(c_aliases,p,C_ON,"Bad qualifier in serve_aliases= option.");
+	    break;
+
+	  case AUTHREC: {
+	    int cnst;
+	    ASSIGN_CONST(cnst,p,cnst==C_ON || cnst==C_OFF,"Bad qualifier in authrec= option.");
+	    c_flags=(cnst==C_ON)?DF_LOCAL:0;
+	  }
+	    break;
+
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    goto internal_parse_error;
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') goto expected_semicolon;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+      }
+	break;
+
+      case INCLUDE_F: {
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,include_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for include section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') goto expected_equals;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	  case FILET:
+	    if(includedepth>=MAXINCLUDEDEPTH) {
+	      REPORT_ERRORF("maximum include depth (%d) exceeded.",MAXINCLUDEDEPTH);
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    {
+	      char *errmsg;
+	      if (!read_config_file(strbuf, NULL, NULL, includedepth+1, &errmsg)) {
+		if(errmsg) {
+		  if(linenr) {
+		    if(asprintf(errstr, "In file %s included at line %u:\n%s",strbuf,linenr,errmsg)<0)
+		      *errstr=NULL;
+		  }
+		  else {
+		    if(asprintf(errstr, "In file %s:\n%s",strbuf,errmsg)<0)
+		      *errstr=NULL;
+		  }
+		  free(errmsg);
+		}
+		else
+		  *errstr=NULL;
+		PARSERROR;
+	      }
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    goto internal_parse_error;
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') goto expected_semicolon;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+      }
+	break;
+
+      case NEG: {
+	unsigned char c_name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+	time_t c_ttl;
+	unsigned char htp,hdtp;
+
+	htp=0;
+	hdtp=0;
+	c_name[0]='\0';
+	c_ttl=86400;
+
+	while(isalpha(*p)) {
+	  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	  option=lookup_keyword(ps,len,neg_options);
+	  if(!option) {
+	    REPORT_ERRORF("invalid option for neg section: %.*s",(int)len,ps);
+	    PARSERROR;
+	  }
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!='=') goto expected_equals;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+
+	  switch(option) {
+	  case NAME:
+	    SCAN_STRING(p,strbuf,len);
+	    PARSESTR2RHN(ucharp strbuf,len,c_name);
+	    break;
+
+	  case TTL:
+	    SCAN_TIMESECS(c_ttl,p, "ttl option");
+	    break;
+
+	  case TYPES:
+	    if (!c_name[0]) {
+	      REPORT_ERROR("you must specify a name before the types= option.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    if (isalpha(*p)) {
+	      int cnst;
+	      dns_cent_t c_cent /* ={0} */;
+	      SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+	      cnst=lookup_const(ps,len);
+	      if(cnst==C_DOMAIN) {
+		if (htp) {
+		  REPORT_ERROR("You may not specify types=domain together with other types!");
+		  PARSERROR;
+		}
+		hdtp=1;
+		if (!init_cent(&c_cent, c_name, c_ttl, 0, DF_LOCAL|DF_NEGATIVE  DBG0))
+		  goto out_of_memory;
+	      }
+	      else if(cnst==0) {
+		if (hdtp) {
+		  REPORT_ERROR("You may not specify types=domain together with other types!");
+		  PARSERROR;
+		}
+		htp=1;
+		if (!init_cent(&c_cent, c_name, 0, 0, 0  DBG0))
+		  goto out_of_memory;
+#		undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#		define CLEANUP_HANDLER (free_cent(&c_cent DBG0))
+		for(;;) {
+		  {
+		    TEMPSTRNCPY(buf,ps,len);
+		    cnst=rr_tp_byname(buf);
+		  }
+		  if(cnst==-1) {
+		    REPORT_ERRORF("unrecognized rr type '%.*s' used as argument for types= option.",(int)len,ps);
+		    PARSERROR;
+		  }
+		  if(PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(cnst)) {
+		    REPORT_ERRORF("illegal rr type '%.*s' used as argument for types= option.",(int)len,ps);
+		    PARSERROR;
+		  }
+		  if (!getrrset_eff(&c_cent,cnst) && !add_cent_rrset_by_type(&c_cent,cnst,c_ttl,0,CF_LOCAL|CF_NEGATIVE  DBG0)) {
+		    OUTOFMEMERROR;
+		  }
+		  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+		  if(*p!=',') break;
+		  ++p;
+		  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+		  if (!isalpha(*p))
+		    {CLEANUP_GOTO(bad_types_option);}
+		  SCAN_ALPHANUM(ps,p,len);
+		}
+	      }
+	      else
+		goto bad_types_option;
+
+	      add_cache(&c_cent);
+	      CLEANUP_HANDLER;
+#	      undef  CLEANUP_HANDLER
+#	      define CLEANUP_HANDLER
+	    }
+	    else {
+	    bad_types_option:
+	      REPORT_ERROR("Bad argument for types= option.");
+	      PARSERROR;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	  default: /* we should never get here */
+	    goto internal_parse_error;
+	  } /* end of switch(option) */
+
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	  if(*p!=';') goto expected_semicolon;
+	  ++p;
+	  SKIP_BLANKS(p);
+	}
+      }
+	break;
+
+      default: /* we should never get here */
+	goto internal_parse_error;
+      } /* end of switch(sechdr) */
+
+      if(*p!='}') goto expected_closing_brace;
+      ++p;
+    }
+    else {
+      REPORT_ERROR("expected section header");
+      PARSERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(!in || feof(in)) {
+    if(getnextperr) {
+      REPORT_ERROR(getnextperr);
+      PARSERROR;
+    }
+    retval=1; /* success */
+  }
+  else
+    goto input_error;
+
+  goto free_linebuf_return;
+
+ expected_bropen:
+  REPORT_ERROR("expected opening brace after section name");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ expected_closing_brace:
+  REPORT_ERROR("expected beginning of new option or closing brace");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ expected_equals:
+  REPORT_ERROR("expected equals sign after option name");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ expected_semicolon:
+  REPORT_ERROR("too many arguments to option or missing semicolon");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ string_err:
+  REPORT_ERROR(scanstrerr);
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ string_too_long:
+  REPORT_ERROR("string length exceeds buffer size");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ no_name_spec:
+  REPORT_ERROR("you must specify a name before a,ptr,cname,mx,ns(owner) and soa records.");
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ internal_parse_error:
+  if(asprintf(errstr,"Internal inconsistency detected while parsing line %u of %s.\n"
+	      "Please consider reporting this error to one of the maintainers.\n",linenr,conftype)<0)
+    *errstr=NULL;
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ out_of_memory:
+  /* If malloc() just failed, allocating space for an error message is unlikely to succeed. */
+  *errstr=NULL;
+  PARSERROR;
+
+ unexpected_eof:
+  if(!in || feof(in)) {
+    REPORT_ERROR(getnextperr?getnextperr:in?"unexpected end of file":"unexpected end of input string");
+  }
+  else
+    input_error: {
+    if(asprintf(errstr,"Error while reading config file: %s",strerror(errno))<0)
+      *errstr=NULL;
+  }
+
+ free_linebuf_return:
+  free(linebuf);
+  return retval;
+
+#undef SKIP_BLANKS
+#undef SCAN_STRING
+#undef REPORT_ERROR
+#undef REPORT_ERRORF
+#undef PARSERROR
+#undef OUTOFMEMERROR
+#undef CLEANUP_GOTO
+}
+
+
+/* Convert a string representation of an IP address into a binary format. */
+static const char* parse_ip(const char *ipstr, pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+  if(!cmdlineipv) cmdlineipv=-2;
+#endif
+  {
+    if(!strcmp(ipstr,"any")) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+      if (run_ipv4)
+	a->ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+      ELSE_IPV6
+	a->ipv6=in6addr_any;
+#endif
+    }
+    else if(!str2pdnsd_a(ipstr,a)) {
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+      if(run_ipv4 && inet_pton(AF_INET6,ipstr,&a->ipv6)>0) {
+	return "You should set run_ipv4=off or use the command-line option -6"
+	  " before specifying an IPv6 address";
+      }
+#endif
+      return "bad IP address";
+    }
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Add an IP address to the list of name servers. */
+static const char *addr_add(atup_array *ata, const char *ipstr)
+{
+  atup_t *at;
+  pdnsd_a addr;
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+  if(!cmdlineipv) cmdlineipv=-2;
+#endif
+  {
+    if(!str2pdnsd_a(ipstr,&addr)) {
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+      if(run_ipv4 && inet_pton(AF_INET6,ipstr,&addr.ipv6)>0) {
+	fprintf(stderr,"IPv6 address "%s" in config file ignored while running in IPv4 mode.\n",ipstr);
+	return NULL;
+      }
+#endif
+      return "bad IP address";
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!(*ata=DA_GROW1(*ata))) {
+    return "out of memory!";
+  }
+  at=&DA_LAST(*ata);
+  SET_PDNSD_A2(&at->a, &addr);
+  at->is_up=0;
+  at->i_ts=0;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* Helper functions for making netmasks */
+inline static uint32_t mk_netmask4(int len)
+{
+  uint32_t m;
+
+  if(len<=0)
+    return 0;
+
+  m= ~(uint32_t)0;
+  return (len<32)? htonl(m<<(32-len)): m;
+}
+
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+inline static void mk_netmask6(struct in6_addr *m, int len)
+{
+  uint32_t *ma = (uint32_t *)m;
+  ma[0] = mk_netmask4(len);
+  ma[1] = mk_netmask4(len -= 32);
+  ma[2] = mk_netmask4(len -= 32);
+  ma[3] = mk_netmask4(len -= 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Add an IP address/mask to the reject lists. */
+static const char *reject_add(servparm_t *serv, const char *ipstr)
+{
+  char *slash=strchr(ipstr,'/'); int mlen=0;
+
+  if(slash) {
+    *slash++=0;
+
+    if(*slash && isdigit(*slash)) {
+      char *endptr;
+      int l = strtol(slash,&endptr,10);
+      if(!*endptr) {
+	mlen=l;
+	slash=NULL;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+    mlen=128; /* Works for both IPv4 and IPv6 */
+
+  {
+    addr4maskpair_t am;
+
+    am.mask.s_addr = mk_netmask4(mlen);
+    if(inet_aton(ipstr,&am.a) && (!slash || inet_aton(slash,&am.mask))) {
+      if(!(serv->reject_a4=DA_GROW1(serv->reject_a4)))
+	return "out of memory!";
+
+      DA_LAST(serv->reject_a4) = am;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+  {
+    addr6maskpair_t am;
+
+    mk_netmask6(&am.mask,mlen);
+    if(inet_pton(AF_INET6,ipstr,&am.a)>0 && (!slash || inet_pton(AF_INET6,slash,&am.mask)>0)) {
+      if(!(serv->reject_a6=DA_GROW1(serv->reject_a6)))
+	return "out of memory!";
+
+      DA_LAST(serv->reject_a6) = am;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return "bad IP address";
+}
+
+/* Try to avoid the possibility that pdnsd will query itself. */
+static void check_localaddrs(servparm_t *serv)
+{
+  if(serv->port == global.port) {
+    atup_array ata=serv->atup_a;
+    int i,j=0,n=DA_NEL(ata);
+    for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+      atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(ata,i);
+      if(is_inaddr_any(&global.a)) {
+	if(is_local_addr(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&at->a))) {
+	  char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+	  fprintf(stderr,"Local name-server address "%s" ignored in config file.\n",
+		  pdnsd_a2str(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&at->a),buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+	  continue;
+	}
+      }
+      else {
+	if(equiv_inaddr2(&global.a,&at->a)) {
+	  char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+	  fprintf(stderr,"Ignoring name-server address "%s" in config file (identical to server_ip address).\n",
+		  pdnsd_a2str(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&at->a),buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+	  continue;
+	}
+      }
+      if(j<i)
+	DA_INDEX(ata,j)=*at;
+      ++j;
+    }
+    if(j<n)
+      serv->atup_a=DA_RESIZE(ata,j);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Read the name server addresses from a resolv.conf-style file. */
+static int read_resolv_conf(const char *fn, atup_array *ata, char **errstr)
+{
+  int rv=0;
+  FILE *f;
+  char *buf;
+  size_t buflen=256;
+  unsigned linenr=0;
+
+  if (!(f=fopen(fn,"r"))) {
+    if(asprintf(errstr, "Failed to open %s: %s", fn, strerror(errno))<0)
+      *errstr=NULL;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  buf=malloc(buflen);
+  if(!buf) {
+    *errstr=NULL;
+    goto fclose_return;
+  }
+  while(getline(&buf,&buflen,f)>=0) {
+    size_t len;
+    char *p,*ps;
+    ++linenr;
+    p=buf;
+    for(;; ++p) {
+      if(!*p) goto nextline;
+      if(!isspace(*p)) break;
+    }
+    ps=p;
+    do {
+      if(!*++p) goto nextline;
+    } while(!isspace(*p));
+    len=p-ps;
+    if(len==strlitlen("nameserver") && !strncmp(ps,"nameserver",len)) {
+      const char *errmsg;
+      do {
+	if(!*++p) goto nextline;
+      } while (isspace(*p));
+      ps=p;
+      do {
+	++p;
+      } while(*p && !isspace(*p));
+      len=p-ps;
+      {
+	TEMPSTRNCPY(ipstr,ps,len);
+	errmsg=addr_add(ata, ipstr);
+      }
+      if(errmsg) {
+	if(asprintf(errstr, "%s in line %u of file %s", errmsg,linenr,fn)<0)
+	  *errstr=NULL;
+	goto cleanup_return;
+      }
+    }
+  nextline:;
+  }
+  if (feof(f))
+    rv=1;
+  else if(asprintf(errstr, "Failed to read %s: %s", fn, strerror(errno))<0)
+    *errstr=NULL;
+ cleanup_return:
+  free(buf);
+ fclose_return:
+  fclose(f);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static const char *slist_add(slist_array *sla, const char *nm, unsigned int len, int tp)
+{
+  slist_t *sl;
+  int exact=1;
+  const char *err;
+  size_t sz;
+  unsigned char rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+  if (len>1 && *nm=='.') {
+    exact=0;
+    ++nm;
+    --len;
+  }
+  if((err=parsestr2rhn(ucharp nm,len,rhn)))
+    return err;
+  sz=rhnlen(rhn);
+  if (!(*sla=DA_GROW1_F(*sla,free_slist_domain))) {
+    return "out of memory!";
+  }
+  sl=&DA_LAST(*sla);
+
+  sl->exact=exact;
+  sl->rule=tp;
+  if (!(sl->domain=malloc(sz)))
+    return "out of memory!";
+  memcpy(sl->domain,rhn,sz);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static const char *zone_add(zone_array *za, const char *zone, unsigned int len)
+{
+  zone_t z;
+  const char *err;
+  size_t sz;
+  unsigned char rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+  if((err=parsestr2rhn(ucharp zone,len,rhn)))
+    return err;
+  sz=rhnlen(rhn);
+  if(!(*za=DA_GROW1_F(*za,free_zone)) || !(DA_LAST(*za)=z=malloc(sz)))
+    return "out of memory!";
+  memcpy(z,rhn,sz);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3a3e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/conf-parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* conf-parser.h - definitions for parser of pdnsd config files.
+   The parser was rewritten in C from scratch and doesn't require (f)lex
+   or yacc/bison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004,2008 Paul A. Rombouts.
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONF_PARSER_H
+#define CONF_PARSER_H
+
+int confparse(FILE* in, char *prestr, globparm_t *global, servparm_array *servers, int includedepth, char **errstr);
+
+#endif /* CONF_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db6c5d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* conff.c - Maintain configuration information
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "conf-parser.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "icmp.h"
+
+
+globparm_t global={
+  perm_cache:        2048,
+  cache_dir:         NULL,
+  pidfile:           NULL,
+  port:              53,
+  a:                 PDNSD_A_INITIALIZER,
+  out_a:             PDNSD_A_INITIALIZER,
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+  ipv4_6_prefix:     IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT,
+#endif
+  max_ttl:           604800,
+  min_ttl:           120,
+  neg_ttl:           900,
+  neg_rrs_pol:       C_DEFAULT,
+  neg_domain_pol:    C_AUTH,
+  verbosity:         VERBOSITY,
+  run_as:            "",
+  daemon:            0,
+  debug:             0,
+  stat_pipe:         0,
+  notcp:             0,
+  strict_suid:       1,
+  use_nss:           1,
+  paranoid:          0,
+  lndown_kluge:      0,
+  onquery:           0,
+  rnd_recs:          1,
+  ctl_perms:         0600,
+  scheme_file:       NULL,
+  proc_limit:        40,
+  procq_limit:       60,
+  tcp_qtimeout:      TCP_TIMEOUT,
+  timeout:           0,
+  par_queries:       PAR_QUERIES,
+  query_method:      M_PRESET,
+  query_port_start:  1024,
+  query_port_end:    65535,
+  udpbufsize:        1024,
+  deleg_only_zones:  NULL
+};
+
+servparm_t serv_presets={
+  port:              53,
+  uptest:            C_NONE,
+  timeout:           120,
+  interval:          900,
+  ping_timeout:      600,
+  scheme:            "",
+  uptest_cmd:        NULL,
+  uptest_usr:        "",
+  interface:         "",
+  device:            "",
+  query_test_name:   NULL,
+  label:             NULL,
+  purge_cache:       0,
+  nocache:           0,
+  lean_query:        1,
+  edns_query:        0,
+  is_proxy:          0,
+  rootserver:        0,
+  rand_servers:      0,
+  preset:            1,
+  rejectrecursively: 0,
+  rejectpolicy:      C_FAIL,
+  policy:            C_INCLUDED,
+  alist:             NULL,
+  atup_a:            NULL,
+  reject_a4:         NULL,
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+  reject_a6:         NULL,
+#endif
+  ping_a:            PDNSD_A_INITIALIZER
+};
+
+servparm_array servers=NULL;
+
+static void free_zones(zone_array za);
+static void free_server_data(servparm_array sa);
+static int report_server_stat(int f,int i);
+
+
+/*
+ * Read a configuration file, saving the results in a (separate) global section and servers array,
+ * and the cache.
+ *
+ * char *nm should contain the name of the file to read. If it is NULL, the name of the config file
+ *          read during startup is used.
+ *
+ * globparm_t *global should point to a struct which will be used to store the data of the
+ *                    global section(s). If it is NULL, no global sections are allowed in the
+ *		      file.
+ *
+ * servparm_array *servers should point to a dynamic array which will be grown to store the data
+ *                         of the server sections. If it is NULL, no server sections are allowed
+ *			   in the file.
+ *
+ * char **errstr is used to return a possible error message.
+ *               In case of failure, *errstr will refer to a newly allocated string.
+ *
+ * read_config_file returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ */
+int read_config_file(const char *nm, globparm_t *global, servparm_array *servers, int includedepth, char **errstr)
+{
+	int retval=0;
+	const char *conftype= (global?"config":"include");
+	FILE *in;
+
+	if (nm==NULL)
+		nm=conf_file;
+
+	if (!(in=fopen(nm,"r"))) {
+		if(asprintf(errstr,"Error: Could not open %s file %s: %s",conftype,nm,strerror(errno))<0)
+			*errstr=NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	retval=confparse(in,NULL,global,servers,includedepth,errstr);
+close_file:
+	if(fclose(in) && retval) {
+		if(asprintf(errstr,"Error: Could not close %s file %s: %s",
+			    conftype,nm,strerror(errno))<0)
+			*errstr=NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if(retval && servers && !DA_NEL(*servers)) {
+		if(asprintf(errstr,"Error: no server sections defined in config file %s",nm)<0)
+			*errstr=NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Re-Read the configuration file.
+ * Return 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ * In case of failure, the old configuration will be unchanged (although the cache may not) and
+ * **errstr will refer to a newly allocated string containing an error message.
+ */
+int reload_config_file(const char *nm, char **errstr)
+{
+	globparm_t global_new;
+	servparm_array servers_new;
+
+	global_new=global;
+	global_new.cache_dir=NULL;
+	global_new.pidfile=NULL;
+	global_new.scheme_file=NULL;
+	global_new.deleg_only_zones=NULL;
+	global_new.onquery=0;
+	servers_new=NULL;
+	if(read_config_file(nm,&global_new,&servers_new,0,errstr)) {
+		if(global_new.cache_dir && strcmp(global_new.cache_dir,global.cache_dir)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified cache_dir directory has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.pidfile && (!global.pidfile || strcmp(global_new.pidfile,global.pidfile))) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified pid_file has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.scheme_file && strcmp(global_new.scheme_file,global.scheme_file)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified scheme_file has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.port!=global.port) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified server_port has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(!ADDR_EQUIV(&global_new.a,&global.a)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified interface address (server_ip) has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		if(!IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&global_new.ipv4_6_prefix,&global.ipv4_6_prefix)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified ipv4_6_prefix has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+#endif
+		if(strcmp(global_new.run_as,global.run_as)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified run_as id has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.daemon!=global.daemon) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the daemon option has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.debug!=global.debug) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the debug option has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.stat_pipe!=global.stat_pipe) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the status_ctl option has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.notcp!=global.notcp) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the tcp_server option has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.strict_suid!=global.strict_suid) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the strict_setuid option has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(global_new.ctl_perms!=global.ctl_perms) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: the specified ctl_perms has changed.\n"
+				       "Try restarting pdnsd instead.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		if(ping_isocket==-1
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		   && ping6_isocket==-1
+#endif
+		  ) {
+			int i,n=DA_NEL(servers_new);
+			for (i=0;i<n;++i) {
+				if (DA_INDEX(servers_new,i).uptest==C_PING) {
+					if(asprintf(errstr,"Cannot reload config file: the ping socket is not initialized"
+						    " and the new config contains uptest=ping in server section %i.\n"
+						    "Try restarting pdnsd instead.",i)<0)
+						*errstr=NULL;
+					goto cleanup_return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* we need exclusive access to the server data to make the changes */
+		/* Wait at most 60 seconds to obtain a lock. */
+		if(!exclusive_lock_server_data(60)) {
+			*errstr=strdup("Cannot reload config file: Timed out while waiting for access to config data.");
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+		free(global_new.cache_dir); global_new.cache_dir=global.cache_dir;
+		free(global_new.pidfile); global_new.pidfile=global.pidfile;
+		free(global_new.scheme_file); global_new.scheme_file=global.scheme_file;
+		free_zones(global.deleg_only_zones);
+		global=global_new;
+
+		free_server_data(servers);
+		servers=servers_new;
+		/* schedule a retest to check which servers are up,
+		   and free the lock. */
+		exclusive_unlock_server_data(1);
+
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+ cleanup_return:
+	free(global_new.cache_dir);
+	free(global_new.pidfile);
+	free(global_new.scheme_file);
+	free_zones(global_new.deleg_only_zones);
+	free_server_data(servers_new);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void free_zone(void *ptr)
+{
+  free(*((unsigned char **)ptr));
+}
+
+static void free_zones(zone_array za)
+{
+	int i,n=DA_NEL(za);
+	for(i=0;i<n;++i)
+		free(DA_INDEX(za,i));
+
+	da_free(za);
+}
+
+void free_slist_domain(void *ptr)
+{
+	free(((slist_t *)ptr)->domain);
+}
+
+void free_slist_array(slist_array sla)
+{
+	int j,m=DA_NEL(sla);
+	for(j=0;j<m;++j)
+		free(DA_INDEX(sla,j).domain);
+	da_free(sla);
+
+}
+
+void free_servparm(servparm_t *serv)
+{
+	free(serv->uptest_cmd);
+	free(serv->query_test_name);
+	free(serv->label);
+	da_free(serv->atup_a);
+	free_slist_array(serv->alist);
+	da_free(serv->reject_a4);
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	da_free(serv->reject_a6);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void free_server_data(servparm_array sa)
+{
+	int i,n=DA_NEL(sa);
+	for(i=0;i<n;++i)
+		free_servparm(&DA_INDEX(sa,i));
+	da_free(sa);
+}
+
+/* Report the current configuration to the file descriptor f (for the status fifo, see status.c) */
+int report_conf_stat(int f)
+{
+	int i,n,retval=0;
+
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\nConfiguration:\n==============\nGlobal:\n-------\n");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tCache size: %li kB\n",global.perm_cache);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tServer directory: %s\n",global.cache_dir);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tScheme file (for Linux pcmcia support): %s\n",global.scheme_file);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tServer port: %i\n",global.port);
+	{
+	  char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+	  fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tServer IP (%s=any available one): %s\n", SEL_IPVER("0.0.0.0","::"),
+			     pdnsd_a2str(&global.a,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+	  if(!is_inaddr_any(&global.out_a)) {
+	    fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tIP bound to interface used for querying remote servers: %s\n",
+			       pdnsd_a2str(&global.out_a,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+	  }
+	}
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if(!run_ipv4) {
+	  char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+	  fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tIPv4 to IPv6 prefix: %s\n",inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&global.ipv4_6_prefix,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN)?:"?.?.?.?");
+	}
+#endif
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tIgnore cache when link is down: %s\n",global.lndown_kluge?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tMaximum ttl: %li\n",(long)global.max_ttl);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tMinimum ttl: %li\n",(long)global.min_ttl);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tNegative ttl: %li\n",(long)global.neg_ttl);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tNegative RRS policy: %s\n",const_name(global.neg_rrs_pol));
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tNegative domain policy: %s\n",const_name(global.neg_domain_pol));
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tRun as: %s\n",global.run_as);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tStrict run as: %s\n",global.strict_suid?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tUse NSS: %s\n",global.use_nss?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tParanoid mode (cache pollution prevention): %s\n",global.paranoid?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tControl socket permissions (mode): %o\n",global.ctl_perms);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tMaximum parallel queries served: %i\n",global.proc_limit);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tMaximum queries queued for serving: %i\n",global.procq_limit);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tGlobal timeout setting: %li\n",(long)global.timeout);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tParallel queries increment: %i\n",global.par_queries);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tRandomize records in answer: %s\n",global.rnd_recs?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tQuery method: %s\n",const_name(global.query_method));
+	{
+		int query_port_start=global.query_port_start;
+		if(query_port_start==-1) {
+			fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tQuery port start: (let kernel choose)\n");
+		}
+		else {
+			fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tQuery port start: %i\n",query_port_start);
+			fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tQuery port end: %i\n",global.query_port_end);
+		}
+	}
+#ifndef NO_TCP_SERVER
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tTCP server thread: %s\n",global.notcp?"off":"on");
+	if(!global.notcp)
+	  {fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tTCP query timeout: %li\n",(long)global.tcp_qtimeout);}
+#endif
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tMaximum udp buffer size: %i\n",global.udpbufsize);
+
+	lock_server_data();
+	{
+		int rv=fsprintf(f,"\tDelegation-only zones: ");
+		if(rv<0) {retval=rv; goto unlock_return;}
+	}
+	if(global.deleg_only_zones==NULL) {
+		int rv=fsprintf(f,"(none)\n");
+		if(rv<0) {retval=rv; goto unlock_return;}
+	}
+	else {
+		int rv;
+		n=DA_NEL(global.deleg_only_zones);
+		for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+			unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+			rv=fsprintf(f,i==0?"%s":", %s",
+					rhn2str(DA_INDEX(global.deleg_only_zones,i),buf,sizeof(buf)));
+			if(rv<0) {retval=rv; goto unlock_return;}
+		}
+		rv=fsprintf(f,"\n");
+		if(rv<0) {retval=rv; goto unlock_return;}
+	}
+
+	n=DA_NEL(servers);
+	for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+		int rv=report_server_stat(f,i);
+		if(rv<0) {retval=rv; goto unlock_return;}
+	}
+ unlock_return:
+	unlock_server_data();
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+#define serv_has_rejectlist(s) ((s)->reject_a4!=NULL || (s)->reject_a6!=NULL)
+#else
+#define serv_has_rejectlist(s) ((s)->reject_a4!=NULL)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Report the current status of server i to the file descriptor f.
+   Call with locks applied.
+*/
+static int report_server_stat(int f,int i)
+{
+	servparm_t *st=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+	int j,m;
+
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"Server %i:\n------\n",i);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tlabel: %s\n",st->label?st->label:"(none)");
+	m=DA_NEL(st->atup_a);
+	if(st->rootserver>1 && m)
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tThe following name servers will be used for discovery of rootservers only:\n");
+	for(j=0;j<m;j++) {
+		atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(st->atup_a,j);
+		{char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+		 fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tip: %s\n",pdnsd_a2str(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&at->a),buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));}
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tserver assumed available: %s\n",at->is_up?"yes":"no");
+	}
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tport: %hu\n",st->port);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tuptest: %s\n",const_name(st->uptest));
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\ttimeout: %li\n",(long)st->timeout);
+	if(st->interval>0) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tuptest interval: %li\n",(long)st->interval);
+	} else {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tuptest interval: %s\n",
+				   st->interval==-1?"onquery":
+				   st->interval==-2?"ontimeout":
+				                    "(never retest)");
+	}
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tping timeout: %li\n",(long)st->ping_timeout);
+	{char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+	 fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tping ip: %s\n",is_inaddr_any(&st->ping_a)?"(using server ip)":pdnsd_a2str(&st->ping_a,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));}
+	if(st->interface[0]) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tinterface: %s\n",st->interface);
+	}
+	if(st->device[0]) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tdevice (for special Linux ppp device support): %s\n",st->device);
+	}
+	if(st->uptest_cmd) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tuptest command: %s\n",st->uptest_cmd);
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tuptest user: %s\n",st->uptest_usr[0]?st->uptest_usr:"(process owner)");
+	}
+	if(st->query_test_name) {
+		unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tname used in query uptest: %s\n",
+				   rhn2str(st->query_test_name,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)));
+	}
+	if (st->scheme[0]) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tscheme: %s\n", st->scheme);
+	}
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tforce cache purging: %s\n",st->purge_cache?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tserver is cached: %s\n",st->nocache?"off":"on");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tlean query: %s\n",st->lean_query?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tUse EDNS in outgoing queries: %s\n",st->edns_query?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tUse only proxy?: %s\n",st->is_proxy?"on":"off");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tAssumed root server: %s\n",st->rootserver?(st->rootserver==1?"yes":"discover"):"no");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tRandomize server query order: %s\n",st->rand_servers?"yes":"no");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tDefault policy: %s\n",const_name(st->policy));
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tPolicies:%s\n", st->alist?"":" (none)");
+	for (j=0;j<DA_NEL(st->alist);++j) {
+		slist_t *sl=&DA_INDEX(st->alist,j);
+		unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\t\t%s: %s%s\n",
+				   sl->rule==C_INCLUDED?"include":"exclude",
+				   sl->exact?"":".",
+				   rhn2str(sl->domain,buf,sizeof(buf)));
+	}
+	if(serv_has_rejectlist(st)) {
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tAddresses which should be rejected in replies:\n");
+		m=DA_NEL(st->reject_a4);
+		for (j=0;j<m;++j) {
+			addr4maskpair_t *am=&DA_INDEX(st->reject_a4,j);
+			char abuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN],mbuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+			fsprintf_or_return(f,"\t\t%s/%s\n",inet_ntop(AF_INET,&am->a,abuf,sizeof(abuf)),
+					   inet_ntop(AF_INET,&am->mask,mbuf,sizeof(mbuf)));
+		}
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+		m=DA_NEL(st->reject_a6);
+		for (j=0;j<m;++j) {
+			addr6maskpair_t *am=&DA_INDEX(st->reject_a6,j);
+			char abuf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN],mbuf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
+			fsprintf_or_return(f,"\t\t%s/%s\n",inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&am->a,abuf,sizeof(abuf)),
+					   inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&am->mask,mbuf,sizeof(mbuf)));
+		}
+#endif
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tReject policy: %s\n",const_name(st->rejectpolicy));
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"\tReject recursively: %s\n",st->rejectrecursively?"yes":"no");
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a07b156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/conff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* conff.h - Definitions for configuration management.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef CONFF_H
+#define CONFF_H
+
+/* XXX should use the system defined ones. */
+/* #define MAXPATH 1024 */
+/* #define MAXIFNAME 31 */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/* From main.c */
+#if DEBUG>0
+extern short int debug_p;
+#else
+#define debug_p 0
+#endif
+extern short int stat_pipe;
+extern pthread_t main_thrid;
+extern uid_t init_uid;
+extern char *conf_file;
+
+/* ----------- */
+
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(pdnsd_a) *addr_array;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(pdnsd_a2) *addr2_array;
+
+typedef struct {
+  time_t     i_ts;
+  char       is_up;
+  pdnsd_a2   a;
+} atup_t;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(atup_t) *atup_array;
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char   *domain;
+	short            exact;
+	short            rule;
+} slist_t;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(slist_t) *slist_array;
+
+typedef struct {
+	struct in_addr   a,mask;
+} addr4maskpair_t;
+
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(addr4maskpair_t) *a4_array;
+
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+typedef struct {
+	struct in6_addr  a,mask;
+} addr6maskpair_t;
+
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(addr6maskpair_t) *a6_array;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short   port;
+	short            uptest;
+	time_t           timeout;
+	time_t           interval;
+	time_t           ping_timeout;
+        char             scheme[32];
+	char            *uptest_cmd;
+	char             uptest_usr[21];
+	char             interface[IFNAMSIZ];
+ 	char             device[IFNAMSIZ];
+	unsigned char   *query_test_name;
+	char            *label;
+	char             purge_cache;
+	char             nocache;
+	char             lean_query;
+	char             edns_query;
+	char             is_proxy;
+	char             rootserver;
+	char             rand_servers;
+	char             preset;
+	char             rejectrecursively;
+	short            rejectpolicy;
+	short            policy;
+	slist_array      alist;
+	atup_array       atup_a;
+	a4_array         reject_a4;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	a6_array         reject_a6;
+#endif
+	pdnsd_a          ping_a;
+} servparm_t;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(servparm_t) *servparm_array;
+
+typedef unsigned char *zone_t;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(zone_t) *zone_array;
+
+typedef struct {
+	long          perm_cache;
+	char         *cache_dir;
+	char         *pidfile;
+	int           port;
+	pdnsd_a       a;
+	pdnsd_a       out_a;
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	struct in6_addr ipv4_6_prefix;
+#endif
+	time_t        max_ttl;
+	time_t        min_ttl;
+	time_t        neg_ttl;
+	short         neg_rrs_pol;
+	short         neg_domain_pol;
+	short         verbosity;
+	char          run_as[21];
+	char          daemon;
+	char          debug;
+	char          stat_pipe;
+	char          notcp;
+	char          strict_suid;
+	char          use_nss;
+	char          paranoid;
+	char          lndown_kluge;
+	char	      onquery;
+	char          rnd_recs;
+	int           ctl_perms;
+        char         *scheme_file;
+	int           proc_limit;
+	int           procq_limit;
+	time_t        tcp_qtimeout;
+	time_t        timeout;
+	int           par_queries;
+	int           query_method;
+	int           query_port_start;
+	int           query_port_end;
+	int           udpbufsize;
+	zone_array    deleg_only_zones;
+} globparm_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+	char
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		prefix,
+#endif
+		pidfile,
+		verbosity,
+		pdnsduser,
+		daemon,
+		debug,
+		stat_pipe,
+		notcp,
+		query_method;
+} cmdlineflags_t;
+
+extern globparm_t global;
+extern cmdlineflags_t cmdline;
+extern servparm_t serv_presets;
+
+extern servparm_array servers;
+
+int read_config_file(const char *nm, globparm_t *global, servparm_array *servers, int includedepth, char **errstr);
+int reload_config_file(const char *nm, char **errstr);
+void free_zone(void *ptr);
+void free_slist_domain(void *ptr);
+void free_slist_array(slist_array sla);
+void free_servparm(servparm_t *serv);
+
+int report_conf_stat(int f);
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c875a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* consts.c - Common config constants & handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "rr_types.h"
+
+
+/* Order alphabetically!! */
+static const namevalue_t const_dic[]={
+	{"auth",        C_AUTH},
+	{"default",     C_DEFAULT},
+	{"dev",         C_DEV},
+	{"diald",       C_DIALD},
+	{"discover",    C_DISCOVER},
+	{"domain",      C_DOMAIN},
+	{"excluded",    C_EXCLUDED},
+	{"exec",        C_EXEC},
+	{"fail",        C_FAIL},
+	{"false",       C_OFF},
+	{"fqdn_only",   C_FQDN_ONLY},
+	{"if",          C_IF},
+	{"included",    C_INCLUDED},
+	{"negate",      C_NEGATE},
+	{"no",          C_OFF},
+	{"none",        C_NONE},
+	{"off",         C_OFF},
+	{"on",          C_ON},
+	{"onquery",     C_ONQUERY},
+	{"ontimeout",   C_ONTIMEOUT},
+	{"ping",        C_PING},
+	{"query",       C_QUERY},
+	{"simple_only", C_SIMPLE_ONLY},
+	{"tcp_only",    TCP_ONLY},
+	{"tcp_udp",     TCP_UDP},
+	{"true",        C_ON},
+	{"udp_only",    UDP_ONLY},
+	{"udp_tcp",     UDP_TCP},
+	{"yes",         C_ON}
+};
+
+/* Added by Paul Rombouts */
+static const char *const const_names[]={
+	"error",
+	"on",
+	"off",
+	"default",
+	"discover",
+	"none",
+	"if",
+	"exec",
+	"ping",
+	"query",
+	"onquery",
+	"ontimeout",
+	"udp_only",
+	"tcp_only",
+	"tcp_udp",
+	"udp_tcp",
+	"dev",
+	"diald",
+	"included",
+	"excluded",
+	"simple_only",
+	"fqdn_only",
+	"auth",
+	"domain",
+	"fail",
+	"negate"
+};
+
+/* compare two strings.
+   The first one is given as pointer to a char array of length len (which
+   should not contain any null chars),
+   the second one as a pointer to a null terminated char array.
+*/
+inline static int keyncmp(const char *key1, int len, const char *key2)
+{
+	int cmp=strncmp(key1,key2,len);
+	if(cmp) return cmp;
+	return -(int)((unsigned char)(key2[len]));
+}
+
+int binsearch_keyword(const char *name, int len, const namevalue_t dic[], int range)
+{
+	int i=0,j=range;
+
+	while(i<j) {
+		int k=(i+j)/2;
+		int cmp=keyncmp(name,len,dic[k].name);
+		if(cmp<0)
+			j=k;
+		else if(cmp>0)
+			i=k+1;
+		else
+			return dic[k].val;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+int lookup_const(const char *name, int len)
+{
+	return binsearch_keyword(name,len,const_dic,sizeof(const_dic)/sizeof(namevalue_t));
+}
+
+/* Added by Paul Rombouts */
+const char *const_name(int c)
+{
+  return (c>=0 && c<sizeof(const_names)/sizeof(char *))? const_names[c] : "ILLEGAL!";
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c812b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/consts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* consts.h - Common config constants & handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef CONSTS_H
+#define CONSTS_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define C_RRTOFFS  64
+
+enum {
+	C_ERR,
+	C_ON,
+	C_OFF,
+	C_DEFAULT,
+	C_DISCOVER,
+	C_NONE,
+	C_IF,
+	C_EXEC,
+	C_PING,
+	C_QUERY,
+	C_ONQUERY,
+	C_ONTIMEOUT,
+	UDP_ONLY,
+	TCP_ONLY,
+	TCP_UDP,
+	UDP_TCP,
+	C_DEV,
+	C_DIALD,
+	C_INCLUDED,
+	C_EXCLUDED,
+	C_SIMPLE_ONLY,
+	C_FQDN_ONLY,
+	C_AUTH,
+	C_DOMAIN,
+	C_FAIL,
+	C_NEGATE
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	const char *name;
+	int         val;
+} namevalue_t;
+
+int binsearch_keyword(const char *name, int len, const namevalue_t dic[], int range);
+int lookup_const(const char *name, int len);
+const char *const_name(int c);  /* Added by Paul Rombouts */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd7f244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* debug.c -  Various debugging facilities
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Thomas Moestl
+ *
+ * This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
+ * USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * This is indeed very primitive (it does not track allocation failures
+ * and so on). It should be expanded some time.
+ */
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+void *DBGcalloc(size_t n, size_t sz, char *file, int line)
+{
+	DEBUG_MSG("+ calloc, %s:%d\n", file, line);
+	return calloc(n, sz);
+}
+
+void *DBGmalloc(size_t sz, char *file, int line)
+{
+	DEBUG_MSG("+ malloc, %s:%d\n", file, line);
+	return malloc(sz);
+}
+
+void *DBGrealloc(void *ptr, size_t sz, char *file, int line)
+{
+	if (ptr == NULL && sz != 0)
+		DEBUG_MSG("+ realloc, %s:%d\n", file, line);
+	if (ptr != NULL && sz == 0)
+		DEBUG_MSG("- realloc(0), %s:%d\n", file, line);
+	return realloc(ptr, sz);
+}
+void DBGfree(void *ptr, char *file, int line)
+{
+	DEBUG_MSG("- free, %s:%d\n", file, line);
+	free(ptr);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02f0e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/debug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* debug.h - Various debugging facilities
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Thomas Moestl
+ *
+ * This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
+ * USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_H
+#define DEBUG_H
+
+/*
+ * A hand-rolled alloc debug factility, because most available libraries have
+ * problems with at least one thread implementation.
+ */
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+void *DBGcalloc(size_t n, size_t sz, char *file, int line);
+void *DBGmalloc(size_t sz, char *file, int line);
+void *DBGrealloc(void *ptr, size_t sz, char *file, int line);
+void DBGfree(void *ptr, char *file, int line);
+
+#define pdnsd_calloc(n,sz)	DBGcalloc(n,sz,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define pdnsd_malloc(sz)	DBGmalloc(sz,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define pdnsd_realloc(ptr,sz)	DBGrealloc(ptr,sz,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#define pdnsd_free(ptr)		DBGfree(ptr,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#else
+#define pdnsd_calloc	calloc
+#define pdnsd_malloc	malloc
+#define pdnsd_realloc	realloc
+#define pdnsd_free	free
+#endif
+
+#endif /* def DEBUG_H */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a02d7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.c
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
+/* dns.c - Declarations for dns handling and generic dns functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+
+
+/* Decompress a name record, taking the whole message as msg, returning its results in tgt
+ * (which should be able hold at least DNSNAMEBUFSIZE chars),
+ * taking sz as the remaining msg size (it is returned decremented by the name length, ready for further use) and
+ * a source pointer (it is returned pointing to the location after the name). msgsize is the size of the whole message,
+ * len is the total name length.
+ * msg and msgsz are needed for decompression (see rfc1035). The returned data is decompressed, but still in the
+ * rr name form (length byte - string of that length, terminated by a 0 length byte).
+ *
+ * Returned is a dns return code, with one exception: RC_TRUNC, as defined in dns.h, indicates that the message is
+ * truncated at the name (which needs a special return code, as it might or might not be fatal).
+ */
+int decompress_name(unsigned char *msg, size_t msgsz, unsigned char **src, size_t *sz, unsigned char *tgt, unsigned int *len)
+{
+	unsigned int lb,offs;
+	unsigned int hops=0,tpos=0;
+	unsigned char *lptr=*src;
+	size_t oldsz=*sz;
+	size_t newsz=oldsz;
+
+	if (newsz==0)
+		goto name_outside_data;
+	if (lptr-msg>=msgsz)
+		goto name_outside_msg;
+
+	for(;;) {
+		newsz--;
+		lb=*lptr++;
+
+		if(lb>0x3f) {
+ 			if (lb<0xc0)     /* The two highest bits must be either 00 or 11 */
+				goto unsupported_lbl_bits;
+			if (newsz==0)
+				goto name_outside_data;
+			if (lptr-msg>=msgsz)
+				goto name_outside_msg;
+			newsz--;
+			offs=((lb&0x3f)<<8)|(*lptr);
+			if (offs>=msgsz)
+				goto offset_outside_msg;
+			lptr=msg+offs;
+			goto jumped;
+		}
+ 		tgt[tpos++]=lb;
+		if (lb==0)
+			break;
+
+		if (newsz<=lb)
+			goto name_outside_data;
+		if (lptr+lb-msg>=msgsz)
+			goto name_outside_msg;
+		if (tpos+lb>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-1) /* terminating null byte has to follow */
+			goto name_buf_full;
+		newsz -= lb;
+		do {
+			/* if (!*lptr || *lptr=='.')
+				return RC_FORMAT; */
+			tgt[tpos++]=*lptr++;
+		} while(--lb);
+	}
+	goto return_OK;
+
+ jumped:
+	++hops;
+	for(;;) {
+		lb=*lptr++;
+
+		while(lb>0x3f) {
+ 			if (lb<0xc0)     /* The two highest bits must be either 00 or 11 */
+				goto unsupported_lbl_bits;
+			if (lptr-msg>=msgsz)
+				goto name_outside_msg;
+			if (++hops>255)
+				goto too_many_hops;
+			offs=((lb&0x3f)<<8)|(*lptr);
+			if (offs>=msgsz)
+				goto offset_outside_msg;
+			lptr=msg+offs;
+			lb=*lptr++;
+		}
+ 		tgt[tpos++]=lb;
+		if (lb==0)
+			break;
+
+		if (lptr+lb-msg>=msgsz)
+			goto name_outside_msg;
+		if(tpos+lb>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-1) /* terminating null byte has to follow */
+			goto name_buf_full;
+		do {
+			/* if (!*lptr || *lptr=='.')
+				return RC_FORMAT; */
+			tgt[tpos++]=*lptr++;
+		} while(--lb);
+	}
+ return_OK:
+	*src += oldsz-newsz;
+	*sz = newsz;
+	if(len) *len=tpos;
+	return RC_OK;
+
+ name_outside_data:
+	DEBUG_MSG("decompress_name: compressed name extends outside data field.\n");
+	return RC_TRUNC;
+
+ name_outside_msg:
+	DEBUG_MSG("decompress_name: compressed name extends outside message.\n");
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ unsupported_lbl_bits:
+	DEBUG_MSG(lb==0x41?"decompress_name: Bit-string labels not supported.\n":
+		  "decompress_name: unsupported label type.\n");
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ offset_outside_msg:
+	DEBUG_MSG("decompress_name: offset points outside message.\n");
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ name_buf_full:
+	DEBUG_MSG("decompress_name: decompressed name larger than %u bytes.\n", DNSNAMEBUFSIZE);
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ too_many_hops:
+	DEBUG_MSG("decompress_name: too many offsets in compressed name.\n");
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Compare two names (ordinary C-strings) back-to-forth and return the longest match.
+   The comparison is done at name granularity.
+   The return value is the length of the match in name elements.
+   *os (*od) is set to the offset in the domain name ms (md) of the match.
+ */
+int domain_name_match(const unsigned char *ms, const unsigned char *md, int *os, int *od)
+{
+	int i,j,k=0,offs,offd;
+
+	offs=i=strlen(ms); offd=j=strlen(md);
+	if(i && ms[i-1]=='.') --offs;
+	if(j && md[j-1]=='.') --offd;
+
+	if(i==0 || (i==1 && *ms=='.') || j==0 || (j==1 && *md=='.'))
+		/* Special case: root domain */
+		;
+	else {
+		--i; if(ms[i]=='.') --i;
+		--j; if(md[j]=='.') --j;
+		while(tolower(ms[i]) == tolower(md[j])) {
+			if(ms[i]=='.') {
+				++k;
+				offs=i+1; offd=j+1;
+			}
+			if(i==0 || j==0) {
+				if((i==0 || ms[i-1]=='.') && (j==0 || md[j-1]=='.')) {
+					++k;
+					offs=i; offd=j;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			--i; --j;
+		}
+	}
+	if(os) *os=offs;
+	if(od) *od=offd;
+	return k;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Compare the names (in length byte-string notation) back-to-forth and return the longest match.
+   The comparison is done at name granularity.
+   The return value is the length of the match in name elements.
+   *os (*od) is set to the offset in the domain name ms (md) of the match.
+ */
+unsigned int domain_match(const unsigned char *ms, const unsigned char *md, unsigned int *os, unsigned int *od)
+{
+	unsigned int i,j,k,n,ns=0,nd=0,offs,offd;
+	unsigned char lb,ls[128],ld[128];
+
+	/* first collect all length bytes */
+	i=0;
+	while((lb=ms[i])) {
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(ns<128, "domain_match: too many name segments");
+		ls[ns++]=lb;
+		i += ((unsigned)lb)+1;
+	}
+
+	j=0;
+	while((lb=md[j])) {
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(nd<128, "domain_match: too many name segments");
+		ld[nd++]=lb;
+		j += ((unsigned)lb)+1;
+	}
+
+	n=ns;  if(n>nd) n=nd;
+
+	for(k=1; offs=i,offd=j,k<=n; ++k) {
+		lb=ls[ns-k];
+		if(lb!=ld[nd-k]) goto mismatch;
+		for(;lb;--lb)
+			if(tolower(ms[--i]) != tolower(md[--j])) goto mismatch;
+		--i; --j;
+	}
+ mismatch:
+
+	if(os) *os=offs;
+	if(od) *od=offd;
+	return k-1;
+}
+
+/* compress the domain name in in and put the result (of maximum length of rhnlen(in)) and
+ * fill cb with compression information for further strings.*cb may be NULL initially.
+ * offs is the offset the generated string will be placed in the packet.
+ * retval: 0 - error, otherwise length
+ * When done, just free() cb (if it is NULL, free will behave correctly).
+ * It is guaranteed (and insured by assertions) that the output is smaller or equal in
+ * size to the input.
+ */
+unsigned int compress_name(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, unsigned int offs, dlist *cb)
+{
+	compel_t *ci;
+	unsigned int longest=0,lrem=0,coffs=0;
+	unsigned int rl=0;
+	unsigned ilen = rhnlen(in);
+	unsigned short add=1;
+
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(ilen<=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE, "compress_name: name too long");
+
+	/* part 1: compression */
+	for (ci=dlist_first(*cb); ci; ci=dlist_next(ci)) {
+		unsigned int rv,rem,to;
+		if ((rv=domain_match(in, ci->s, &rem,&to))>longest) {
+			/*
+			 * This has some not obvious implications that should be noted: If a
+			 * domain name as saved in the list has been compressed, we only can
+			 * index the non-compressed part. We rely here that the first occurence
+			 * can't be compressed. So we take the first occurence of a given length.
+			 * This works perfectly, but watch it if you change something.
+			 */
+			unsigned int newoffs= ci->index + to;
+			 /* Only use if the offset is not too large. */
+			if(newoffs<=0x3fff) {
+				longest=rv;
+				lrem=rem;
+				coffs= newoffs;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (longest>0) {
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(lrem+2 <= ilen, "compress_name: length increased");
+		memcpy(out, in,lrem);
+		out[lrem]=0xc0|((coffs&0x3f00)>>8);
+		out[lrem+1]=coffs&0xff;
+		rl=lrem+2;
+		add= lrem!=0;
+	}
+	else {
+		memcpy(out,in,ilen);
+		rl=ilen;
+	}
+
+	/* part 2: addition to the cache structure */
+	if (add) {
+		if (!(*cb=dlist_grow(*cb,sizeof(compel_t)+ilen)))
+			return 0;
+		ci=dlist_last(*cb);
+		ci->index=offs;
+		memcpy(ci->s,in,ilen);
+	}
+	return rl;
+}
+
+/* Convert a numeric IP address into a domain name representation
+   (C string) suitable for PTR records.
+   buf is assumed to be at least DNSNAMEBUFSIZE bytes in size.
+*/
+int a2ptrstr(pdnsd_ca *a, int tp, unsigned char *buf)
+{
+	if(tp==T_A) {
+		unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)&a->ipv4.s_addr;
+		int n=snprintf(charp buf,DNSNAMEBUFSIZE,"%u.%u.%u.%u.in-addr.arpa.",p[3],p[2],p[1],p[0]);
+		if(n<0 || n>=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE)
+			return 0;
+	}
+	else
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	if(tp==T_AAAA) {
+		unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)&a->ipv6;
+		int i,offs=0;
+		for (i=15;i>=0;--i) {
+			unsigned char bt=p[i];
+			int n=snprintf(charp(buf+offs), DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-offs,"%x.%x.",bt&0xf,(bt>>4)&0xf);
+			if(n<0) return 0;
+			offs+=n;
+			if(offs>=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE) return 0;
+		}
+		if(!strncp(charp(buf+offs),"ip6.arpa.",DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-offs))
+			return 0;
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add records for a host as read from a hosts-style file.
+ * Returns 1 on success, 0 in an out of memory condition, and -1 when there was a problem with
+ * the record data.
+ */
+static int add_host(unsigned char *pn, unsigned char *rns, pdnsd_ca *a, int tp, int a_sz, time_t ttl, unsigned flags, int reverse)
+{
+	dns_cent_t ce;
+
+	if (!init_cent(&ce, pn, 0, 0, flags  DBG0))
+		return 0;
+	if (!add_cent_rr(&ce,tp,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,a_sz,a  DBG0))
+		goto free_cent_return0;
+	if (!add_cent_rr(&ce,T_NS,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,rhnlen(rns),rns  DBG0))
+		goto free_cent_return0;
+	add_cache(&ce);
+	free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+	if (reverse) {
+		unsigned char b2[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		if(!a2ptrstr(a,tp,b2))
+			return -1;
+		if (!str2rhn(b2,rhn))
+			return -1;
+		if (!init_cent(&ce, rhn, 0, 0, flags  DBG0))
+			return 0;
+		if (!add_cent_rr(&ce,T_PTR,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,rhnlen(pn),pn  DBG0))
+			goto free_cent_return0;
+		if (!add_cent_rr(&ce,T_NS,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,rhnlen(rns),rns  DBG0))
+			goto free_cent_return0;
+		add_cache(&ce);
+		free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+	}
+	return 1;
+
+ free_cent_return0:
+	free_cent(&ce  DBG0);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a file in /etc/hosts-format and add generate rrs for it.
+ * Errors are largely ignored so that we can skip entries we do not understand
+ * (but others possibly do).
+ */
+int read_hosts(const char *fn, unsigned char *rns, time_t ttl, unsigned flags, int aliases, char **errstr)
+{
+	int rv=0;
+	FILE *f;
+	char *buf;
+	size_t buflen=256;
+
+	if (!(f=fopen(fn,"r"))) {
+		if(asprintf(errstr, "Failed to source %s: %s", fn, strerror(errno))<0) *errstr=NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+	buf=malloc(buflen);
+	if(!buf) {
+		*errstr=NULL;
+		goto fclose_return;
+	}
+	while(getline(&buf,&buflen,f)>=0) {
+		unsigned int len;
+		unsigned char *p,*pn,*pi;
+		unsigned char rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		int tp,sz;
+		pdnsd_ca a;
+
+		p= ucharp strchr(buf,'#');
+		if(p) *p=0;
+		p= ucharp buf;
+		for(;;) {
+			if(!*p) goto nextline;
+			if(!isspace(*p)) break;
+			++p;
+		}
+		pi=p;
+		do {
+			if(!*++p) goto nextline;
+		} while(!isspace(*p));
+		*p=0;
+		do {
+			if(!*++p) goto nextline;
+		} while (isspace(*p));
+		pn=p;
+		do {
+			++p;
+		} while(*p && !isspace(*p));
+		len=p-pn;
+		if (parsestr2rhn(pn,len,rhn)!=NULL)
+			continue;
+		if (inet_aton(charp pi,&a.ipv4)) {
+			tp=T_A;
+			sz=sizeof(struct in_addr);
+		} else {
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA    /* We don't read them otherwise, as the C library may not be able to to that.*/
+			if (inet_pton(AF_INET6,charp pi,&a.ipv6)>0) {
+				tp=T_AAAA;
+				sz=sizeof(struct in6_addr);
+			} else
+#endif
+			continue;
+		}
+		{
+			int res=add_host(rhn, rns, &a, tp,sz, ttl, flags, 1);
+			if(res==0) {
+				*errstr= NULL;
+				goto cleanup_return;
+			}
+			else if(res<0)
+				continue;
+		}
+		if(aliases) {
+			for(;;) {
+				for(;;) {
+					if(!*p) goto nextline;
+					if(!isspace(*p)) break;
+					++p;
+				}
+				pn=p;
+				do {
+					++p;
+				} while(*p && !isspace(*p));
+				len=p-pn;
+				if (parsestr2rhn(pn,len,rhn)!=NULL)
+					break;
+				if (add_host(rhn, rns, &a, tp,sz, ttl, flags, 0) == 0) {
+					*errstr= NULL;
+					goto cleanup_return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	nextline:;
+	}
+	if (feof(f))
+		rv=1;
+	else if(asprintf(errstr, "Failed to source %s: %s", fn, strerror(errno))<0) *errstr=NULL;
+ cleanup_return:
+	free(buf);
+ fclose_return:
+	fclose(f);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+/* Get the name of an RR type given its value. */
+const char *getrrtpname(int tp)
+{
+	return tp>=T_MIN && tp<=T_MAX? rrnames[tp-T_MIN]: "[unknown]";
+}
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+/*
+ * Const decoders for debugging display
+ */
+static const char *const c_names[C_NUM] = {"IN","CS","CH","HS"};
+static const char *const qt_names[QT_NUM]={"IXFR","AXFR","MAILB","MAILA","*"};
+
+const char *get_cname(int id)
+{
+	if (id>=C_MIN && id<=C_MAX)
+		return c_names[id-C_MIN];
+	if (id==QC_ALL)
+		return "*";
+	return "[unknown]";
+}
+
+const char *get_tname(int id)
+{
+	if (id>=T_MIN && id<=T_MAX)
+		return rrnames[id-T_MIN];
+        else if (id>=QT_MIN && id<=QT_MAX)
+		return qt_names[id-QT_MIN];
+	return "[unknown]";
+}
+
+
+#define NRC 17
+static const char *const e_names[NRC]={
+	"no error",
+	"query format error",
+	"server failed",
+	"non-existent domain",
+	"not supported",
+	"query refused",
+	"name exists when it should not",
+	"RR set exists when it should not",
+	"RR set that should exist does not",
+	"server not authoritative for zone",
+	"name not contained in zone",
+	"11",
+	"12",
+	"13",
+	"14",
+	"15",
+	"bad OPT version"
+};
+
+const char *get_ename(int id)
+{
+	if (id>=0 && id<NRC)
+		return e_names[id];
+	return "[unknown]";
+}
+
+
+/* Construct a human-readable string listing the flags that are set
+   in a dns header. buf must have a size of at least DNSFLAGSMAXSTRSIZE.
+   Used for debugging purposes only.
+*/
+char *dnsflags2str(dns_hdr_t *hdr, char *buf)
+{
+	char *p= buf;
+
+	if (hdr->aa)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " AA", 3);
+	if (hdr->tc)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " TC", 3);
+	if (hdr->rd)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " RD", 3);
+	if (hdr->ra)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " RA", 3);
+	if (hdr->z)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " Z", 2);
+	if (hdr->ad)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " AD", 3);
+	if (hdr->cd)
+		p=mempcpy(p, " CD", 3);
+	*p=0;
+
+	return buf;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if DEBUG>=9
+/* Based on debug code contributed by Kiyo Kelvin Lee. */
+
+void debug_dump_dns_msg(void *data, size_t len)
+{
+	unsigned char *udata = (unsigned char *)data;
+#       define dmpchksz 16
+	char buf[dmpchksz*4+2];
+	size_t i, j, k, l;
+
+	DEBUG_MSG("pointer=%p len=%lu\n", udata, (unsigned long)len);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i += dmpchksz) {
+		char *cp = buf;
+		k = l = i + dmpchksz;
+		if(k > len) k = len;
+		for (j = i; j < k; ++j) {
+			int n = sprintf(cp, "%02x ", udata[j]);
+			cp += n;
+		}
+		for (; j < l; ++j) {
+			*cp++ = ' ';
+			*cp++ = ' ';
+			*cp++ = ' ';
+		}
+		*cp++ = ' ';
+		for (j = i; j < k; ++j) {
+			*cp++ = isprint(udata[j]) ? udata[j] : '.';
+		}
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(cp < buf + sizeof(buf), "debug_dump_dns_msg: line buffer overflowed");
+		*cp = '\0';
+		DEBUG_MSG("%s\n", buf);
+	}
+
+	if(len >= sizeof(dns_hdr_t)) {
+		dns_hdr_t *hdr = (dns_hdr_t *)data;
+
+		DEBUG_MSG(
+			"id=%04x qr=%x opcode=%x aa=%x tc=%x rd=%x "
+			"ra=%x z=%x ad=%x cd=%x rcode=%x\n",
+			ntohs(hdr->id), hdr->qr, hdr->opcode, hdr->aa, hdr->tc, hdr->rd,
+			hdr->ra, hdr->z, hdr->ad, hdr->cd, hdr->rcode);
+		DEBUG_MSG(
+			"qdcount=%04x ancount=%04x nscount=%04x arcount=%04x\n",
+			ntohs(hdr->qdcount), ntohs(hdr->ancount), ntohs(hdr->nscount), ntohs(hdr->arcount));
+	}
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f6a4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns.h
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* dns.h - Declarations for dns handling and generic dns functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef DNS_H
+#define DNS_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include "rr_types.h"
+#include "list.h"
+#include "ipvers.h"
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_BSD)
+# if !defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
+#  if defined(BIG_ENDIAN)
+#   define __BIG_ENDIAN BIG_ENDIAN
+#  elif defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)
+#   define __BIG_ENDIAN _BIG_ENDIAN
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+#  if defined(LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+#   define __LITTLE_ENDIAN LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#  elif defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+#   define __LITTLE_ENDIAN _LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined(__BYTE_ORDER)
+#  if defined(BYTE_ORDER)
+#   define __BYTE_ORDER BYTE_ORDER
+#  elif defined(_BYTE_ORDER)
+#   define __BYTE_ORDER _BYTE_ORDER
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Deal with byte orders */
+#ifndef __BYTE_ORDER
+# if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) && defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
+#  error Fuzzy endianness system! Both __LITTLE_ENDIAN and __BIG_ENDIAN have been defined!
+# endif
+# if !defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) && !defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
+#  error Strange Endianness-less system! Neither __LITTLE_ENDIAN nor __BIG_ENDIAN has been defined!
+# endif
+# if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+#  define __BYTE_ORDER __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+# elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN)
+#  define __BYTE_ORDER __BIG_ENDIAN
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* special rr type codes for queries */
+#define QT_MIN    251
+#define QT_IXFR   251
+#define QT_AXFR   252
+#define QT_MAILB  253
+#define QT_MAILA  254
+#define QT_ALL    255
+#define QT_MAX    255
+#define QT_NUM      5
+
+/* rr classes */
+#define C_MIN       1
+#define C_IN        1
+#define C_CS        2
+#define C_CH        3
+#define C_HS        4
+#define C_MAX       4
+#define C_NUM       4
+
+/* special classes for queries */
+#define QC_ALL    255
+
+/* status codes */
+#define RC_OK       0
+#define RC_FORMAT   1
+#define RC_SERVFAIL 2
+#define RC_NAMEERR  3
+#define RC_NOTSUPP  4
+#define RC_REFUSED  5
+#define RC_BADVERS 16
+
+/*
+ * special internal retvals
+ */
+#define RC_NOTCACHED  0xfffa
+#define RC_CACHED     0xfffb
+#define RC_STALE      0xfffc
+#define RC_TCPREFUSED 0xfffd
+#define RC_TRUNC      0xfffe
+#define RC_FATALERR   0xffff
+
+/* query/response */
+#define QR_QUERY    0
+#define QR_RESP     1
+
+/*opcodes */
+#define OP_QUERY    0
+#define OP_IQUERY   1
+#define OP_STATUS   2
+
+#if 0
+typedef struct {
+	/* the name is the first field. It has variable length, so it can't be put in the struct */
+	uint16_t type;
+	uint16_t class;
+	uint32_t ttl;
+	uint16_t rdlength;
+	/* rdata follows */
+} __attribute__((packed)) rr_hdr_t;
+
+#define sizeof_rr_hdr_t (sizeof rr_hdr_t)
+#else
+
+/* We will not actually use the rr_hdr_t type, only its size:
+   sizeof(rr_hdr_t) = 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 */
+#define sizeof_rr_hdr_t 10
+#endif
+
+#define sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr  (1+sizeof_rr_hdr_t)
+
+#if 0
+typedef struct {
+	/* The server name and maintainer mailbox are the first two fields. It has variable length, */
+	/* so they can't be put in the struct */
+	uint32_t serial;
+	uint32_t refresh;
+	uint32_t retry;
+	uint32_t expire;
+	uint32_t minimum;
+} __attribute__((packed)) soa_r_t;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+/*	char           qname[];*/
+	uint16_t qtype;
+	uint16_t qclass;
+} __attribute__((packed)) std_query_t;
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct {
+	uint16_t id;
+#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	unsigned int   rd:1;
+	unsigned int   tc:1;
+	unsigned int   aa:1;
+	unsigned int   opcode:4;
+	unsigned int   qr:1;
+	unsigned int   rcode:4;
+	unsigned int   cd:1;
+	unsigned int   ad:1;
+	unsigned int   z :1;
+	unsigned int   ra:1;
+#elif __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+	unsigned int   qr:1;
+	unsigned int   opcode:4;
+	unsigned int   aa:1;
+	unsigned int   tc:1;
+	unsigned int   rd:1;
+	unsigned int   ra:1;
+	unsigned int   z :1;
+	unsigned int   ad:1;
+	unsigned int   cd:1;
+	unsigned int   rcode:4;
+#else
+# error	"Please define __BYTE_ORDER to be __LITTLE_ENDIAN or __BIG_ENDIAN"
+#endif
+	uint16_t qdcount;
+	uint16_t ancount;
+	uint16_t nscount;
+	uint16_t arcount;
+} __attribute__((packed)) dns_hdr_t;
+
+
+/* A structure that can also be used for DNS messages over TCP. */
+typedef struct {
+#ifndef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+	uint16_t len;
+#endif
+	dns_hdr_t hdr;
+} __attribute__((packed)) dns_msg_t;
+
+#ifdef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+# define dnsmsghdroffset 0
+#else
+# define dnsmsghdroffset 2
+#endif
+
+
+/* Structure for storing EDNS (Extension mechanisms for DNS) information. */
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short udpsize;
+	unsigned short rcode;
+	unsigned short version;
+	unsigned char  do_flg;
+} edns_info_t;
+
+
+/* Macros to retrieve or store integer data that is not necessarily aligned.
+   Also takes care of network to host byte order.
+   The pointer cp is advanced and should be of type void* or char*.
+   These are actually adapted versions of the NS_GET16 and NS_GET32
+   macros in the arpa/nameser.h include file in the BIND 9 source.
+*/
+
+#define GETINT16(s,cp) do {							\
+	register uint16_t t_s;							\
+	register const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp);	\
+	t_s = (uint16_t)*t_cp++ << 8;						\
+	t_s |= (uint16_t)*t_cp++;						\
+	(s) = t_s;								\
+	(cp) = (void *)t_cp;							\
+} while (0)
+
+#define GETINT32(l,cp) do {							\
+	register uint32_t t_l;							\
+	register const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp);	\
+	t_l = (uint32_t)*t_cp++ << 24;						\
+	t_l |= (uint32_t)*t_cp++ << 16;						\
+	t_l |= (uint32_t)*t_cp++ << 8;						\
+	t_l |= (uint32_t)*t_cp++;						\
+	(l) = t_l;								\
+	(cp) = (void *)t_cp;							\
+} while (0)
+
+#define PUTINT16(s,cp) do {					\
+	register uint16_t t_s = (uint16_t)(s);			\
+	register unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp);	\
+	*t_cp++ = t_s >> 8;					\
+	*t_cp++ = t_s;						\
+	(cp) = (void *)t_cp;					\
+} while (0)
+
+#define PUTINT32(l,cp) do {					\
+	register uint32_t t_l = (uint32_t)(l);			\
+	register unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp);	\
+	*t_cp++ = t_l >> 24;					\
+	*t_cp++ = t_l >> 16;					\
+	*t_cp++ = t_l >> 8;					\
+	*t_cp++ = t_l;						\
+	(cp) = (void *)t_cp;					\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Size (number of bytes) of buffers used to hold domain names. */
+#define DNSNAMEBUFSIZE 256
+
+/* Recursion depth. */
+#define MAX_HOPS 20
+
+/*
+ * Types for compression buffers.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int  index;
+	unsigned char s[0];
+} compel_t;
+
+
+
+int decompress_name(unsigned char *msg, size_t msgsz, unsigned char **src, size_t *sz, unsigned char *tgt, unsigned int *len);
+/* int domain_name_match(const unsigned char *ms, const unsigned char *md, int *os, int *od); */
+unsigned int domain_match(const unsigned char *ms, const unsigned char *md, unsigned int *os, unsigned int *od);
+unsigned int compress_name(unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out, unsigned int offs, dlist *cb);
+int a2ptrstr(pdnsd_ca *a, int tp, unsigned char *buf);
+int read_hosts(const char *fn, unsigned char *rns, time_t ttl, unsigned flags, int aliases, char **errstr);
+
+const char *getrrtpname(int tp);
+#if DEBUG>0
+const char *get_cname(int id);
+const char *get_tname(int id);
+const char *get_ename(int id);
+#define DNSFLAGSMAXSTRSIZE (7*3+1)
+char *dnsflags2str(dns_hdr_t *hdr, char *buf);
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG>=9
+void debug_dump_dns_msg(void *data, size_t len);
+#define DEBUG_DUMP_DNS_MSG(d,l) {if(debug_p && global.verbosity>=9) debug_dump_dns_msg(d,l);}
+#else
+#define DEBUG_DUMP_DNS_MSG(d,l)
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a2a5b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2170 @@
+/* dns_answer.c - Receive and process incoming dns queries.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * STANDARD CONFORMITY
+ *
+ * There are several standard conformity issues noted in the comments.
+ * Some additional comments:
+ *
+ * I always set RA but I ignore RD largely (in everything but CNAME recursion),
+ * not because it is not supported, but because I _always_ do a recursive
+ * resolve in order to be able to cache the results.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H
+#include <sys/poll.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "list.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "dns_answer.h"
+#include "dns_query.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * This is for error handling to prevent spewing the log files.
+ * Maximums of different message types are set.
+ * Races do not really matter here, so no locks.
+ */
+#define TCP_MAX_ERRS 10
+#define UDP_MAX_ERRS 10
+#define MEM_MAX_ERRS 10
+#define THRD_MAX_ERRS 10
+#define MISC_MAX_ERRS 10
+static volatile unsigned long da_tcp_errs=0;
+static volatile unsigned long da_udp_errs=0;
+static volatile unsigned long da_mem_errs=0;
+static volatile unsigned long da_thrd_errs=0;
+#if DEBUG>0
+static volatile unsigned long da_misc_errs=0;
+#endif
+static volatile int procs=0;   /* active query processes */
+static volatile int qprocs=0;  /* queued query processes */
+static volatile unsigned long dropped=0,spawned=0;
+static volatile unsigned thrid_cnt=0;
+static pthread_mutex_t proc_lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+
+#ifdef SOCKET_LOCKING
+static pthread_mutex_t s_lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+#endif
+
+typedef union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+# if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	struct in_pktinfo   pi4;
+# else
+	struct in_addr      ai4;
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	struct in6_pktinfo  pi6;
+#endif
+} pkt_info_t;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+	union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		struct sockaddr_in  sin4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif
+	}                  addr;
+
+	pkt_info_t         pi;
+
+	int                sock;
+	int                proto;
+	size_t             len;
+	unsigned char      buf[0];  /* Actual size determined by global.udpbufsize */
+} udp_buf_t;
+
+
+/* ALLOCINITIALSIZE should be at least sizeof(dns_msg_t) = 2+12 */
+#define ALLOCINITIALSIZE 256
+/* This mask corresponds to a chunk size of 128 bytes. */
+#define ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK ((size_t)0x7f)
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short qtype;
+	unsigned short qclass;
+	unsigned char  query[0];
+} dns_queryel_t;
+
+
+#define S_ANSWER     1
+#define S_AUTHORITY  2
+#define S_ADDITIONAL 3
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short tp,dlen;
+	unsigned char nm[0];
+	/* unsigned char data[0]; */
+} sva_t;
+
+
+/*
+ * Mark an additional record as added to avoid double records.
+ */
+static int sva_add(dlist *sva, const unsigned char *rhn, unsigned short tp, unsigned short dlen, void* data)
+{
+	if (sva) {
+		size_t rlen=rhnlen(rhn);
+		sva_t *st;
+		if (!(*sva=dlist_grow(*sva,sizeof(sva_t)+rlen+dlen))) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+		st=dlist_last(*sva);
+		st->tp=tp;
+		st->dlen=dlen;
+		memcpy(mempcpy(st->nm,rhn,rlen),data,dlen);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* ans_ttl computes the ttl value to return to the client.
+   This is the ttl value stored in the cache entry minus the time
+   the cache entry has lived in the cache.
+   Local cache entries are an exception, they never "age".
+*/
+inline static time_t ans_ttl(rr_set_t *rrset, time_t queryts)
+{
+	time_t ttl= rrset->ttl;
+
+	if (!(rrset->flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+		time_t tpassed= queryts - rrset->ts;
+		if(tpassed<0) tpassed=0;
+		ttl -= tpassed;
+		if(ttl<0) ttl=0;
+	}
+	return ttl;
+}
+
+/* follow_cname_chain takes a cache entry and a buffer (must be at least DNSNAMEBUFSIZE bytes),
+   and copies the name indicated by the first cname record in the cache entry.
+   The name is returned in length-byte string notation.
+   follow_cname_chain returns 1 if a cname record is found, otherwise 0.
+*/
+inline static int follow_cname_chain(dns_cent_t *c, unsigned char *name)
+{
+	rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_CNAME(c);
+	rr_bucket_t *rr;
+	if (!rrset || !(rr=rrset->rrs))
+		return 0;
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(rr->rdlen <= DNSNAMEBUFSIZE, "follow_cname_chain: record too long");
+	memcpy(name,rr->data,rr->rdlen);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Add data from a rr_bucket_t (as in cache) into a dns message in ans. Ans is grown
+ * to fit, sz is the old size of the packet (it is modified so at the end of the procedure
+ * it is the new size), type is the rr type and ltime is the time in seconds the record is
+ * old.
+ * cb is the buffer used for message compression. *cb should be NULL when you call compress_name
+ * or add_to_response the first time.
+ * It gets filled with a pointer to compression information that can be reused in subsequent calls
+ * to add_to_response.
+ * sect is the section (S_ANSWER, S_AUTHORITY or S_ADDITIONAL) in which the record
+ * belongs logically. Note that you still have to add the rrs in the right order (answer rrs first,
+ * then authority and last additional).
+ */
+static int add_rr(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *sz, size_t *allocsz,
+		  unsigned char *rrn, unsigned short type, uint32_t ttl,
+		  unsigned int dlen, void *data, char section, unsigned *udp, dlist *cb)
+{
+	size_t osz= *sz;
+	unsigned int ilen,blen,rdlen;
+	unsigned char *rrht;
+
+	{
+		unsigned int nlen;
+		unsigned char nbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+		if (!(nlen=compress_name(rrn,nbuf,*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+
+		/* This buffer is usually over-allocated due to compression.
+		   Never mind, just a few bytes, and the buffer is freed soon. */
+		{
+			size_t newsz= dnsmsghdroffset + *sz + nlen + sizeof_rr_hdr_t + dlen;
+			if(newsz > *allocsz) {
+				/* Need to allocate more space.
+				   To avoid frequent reallocs, we allocate
+				   a multiple of a certain chunk size. */
+				size_t newallocsz= (newsz+ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK)&(~ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK);
+				dns_msg_t *newans=(dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_realloc(*ans,newallocsz);
+				if (!newans)
+					return 0;
+				*ans=newans;
+				*allocsz=newallocsz;
+			}
+		}
+		memcpy((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr)+ *sz, nbuf, nlen);
+		*sz += nlen;
+	}
+
+	/* the rr header will be filled in later. Just reserve some space for it. */
+	rrht= ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr)) + *sz;
+	*sz += sizeof_rr_hdr_t;
+
+	switch (type) {
+	case T_CNAME:
+	case T_MB:
+	case T_MD:
+	case T_MF:
+	case T_MG:
+	case T_MR:
+	case T_NS:
+	case T_PTR:
+		if (!(rdlen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data), ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_CNAME/T_MB/...: got longer");
+		*sz+=rdlen;
+		break;
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO || IS_CACHED_RP
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO
+	case T_MINFO:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RP
+	case T_RP:
+#endif
+		if (!(rdlen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data), ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		*sz+=rdlen;
+		ilen=rhnlen((unsigned char *)data);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= ilen, "T_MINFO/T_RP: got longer");
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen+=blen;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_MINFO/T_RP: got longer");
+		*sz+=blen;
+		break;
+#endif
+	case T_MX:
+#if IS_CACHED_AFSDB
+	case T_AFSDB:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RT
+	case T_RT:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_KX
+	case T_KX:
+#endif
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen > 2, "T_MX/T_AFSDB/...: rr botch");
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),(unsigned char *)data,2);
+		*sz+=2;
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+2, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen=2+blen;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_MX/T_AFSDB/...: got longer");
+		*sz+=blen;
+		break;
+	case T_SOA:
+		if (!(rdlen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data), ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		*sz+=rdlen;
+		ilen=rhnlen((unsigned char *)data);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= ilen, "T_SOA: got longer");
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen+=blen;
+		*sz+=blen;
+		ilen+=rhnlen(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= ilen, "T_SOA: got longer");
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),((unsigned char *)data)+ilen,20);
+		rdlen+=20;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_SOA: rr botch");
+		*sz+=20;
+		break;
+#if IS_CACHED_PX
+	case T_PX:
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen > 2, "T_PX: rr botch");
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),(unsigned char *)data,2);
+		*sz+=2;
+		ilen=2;
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen=2+blen;
+		*sz+=blen;
+		ilen+=rhnlen(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= ilen, "T_PX: got longer");
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen+=blen;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_PX: got longer");
+		*sz+=blen;
+		break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+	case T_SRV:
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen > 6, "T_SRV: rr botch");
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),(unsigned char *)data,6);
+		*sz+=6;
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+6, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen=6+blen;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_SRV: got longer");
+		*sz+=blen;
+		break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NXT
+	case T_NXT:
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data), ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen=blen;
+		*sz+=blen;
+		ilen=rhnlen((unsigned char *)data);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= ilen, "T_NXT: got longer");
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen >= ilen, "T_NXT: rr botch");
+		if (dlen > ilen) {
+			unsigned int wlen = dlen - ilen;
+			memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),((unsigned char *)data)+ilen,wlen);
+			*sz+=wlen;
+			rdlen+=wlen;
+		}
+		break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NAPTR
+	case T_NAPTR:
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen > 4, "T_NAPTR: rr botch");
+		ilen=4;
+		{
+			int j;
+			for (j=0;j<3;j++) {
+				ilen += ((unsigned)*(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen)) + 1;
+				PDNSD_ASSERT(dlen > ilen, "T_NAPTR: rr botch 2");
+			}
+		}
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),((unsigned char *)data),ilen);
+		(*sz)+=ilen;
+
+		if (!(blen=compress_name(((unsigned char *)data)+ilen, ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),*sz,cb)))
+			return 0;
+		rdlen=ilen+blen;
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(rdlen <= dlen, "T_NAPTR: got longer");
+		*sz+=blen;
+		break;
+#endif
+	default:
+		memcpy(((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr))+(*sz),((unsigned char *)data),dlen);
+		rdlen=dlen;
+		*sz+=dlen;
+	}
+
+	if (udp && *sz>*udp && section==S_ADDITIONAL) /* only add the record if we do not increase the length over 512 */
+		*sz=osz;                              /* (or possibly more if the request used EDNS) in additionals for udp answer. */
+	else {
+		PUTINT16(type,rrht);
+		PUTINT16(C_IN,rrht);
+		PUTINT32(ttl,rrht);
+		PUTINT16(rdlen,rrht);
+
+		switch (section) {
+		case S_ANSWER:
+			(*ans)->hdr.ancount=htons(ntohs((*ans)->hdr.ancount)+1);
+			break;
+		case S_AUTHORITY:
+			(*ans)->hdr.nscount=htons(ntohs((*ans)->hdr.nscount)+1);
+			break;
+		case S_ADDITIONAL:
+			(*ans)->hdr.arcount=htons(ntohs((*ans)->hdr.arcount)+1);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Add an OPT pseudo RR containing EDNS info.
+   Can only be added to the additional section!
+*/
+int add_opt_pseudo_rr(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *sz, size_t *allocsz,
+		      unsigned short udpsize, unsigned short rcode,
+		      unsigned short ednsver, unsigned short Zflags)
+{
+	unsigned char *ptr;
+	size_t newsz= dnsmsghdroffset + *sz + sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr;
+	if(newsz > *allocsz) {
+		/* Need to allocate more space.
+		   To avoid frequent reallocs, we allocate
+		   a multiple of a certain chunk size. */
+		size_t newallocsz= (newsz+ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK)&(~ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK);
+		dns_msg_t *newans=(dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_realloc(*ans,newallocsz);
+		if (!newans)
+			return 0;
+		*ans=newans;
+		*allocsz=newallocsz;
+	}
+
+	ptr= ((unsigned char *)(&(*ans)->hdr)) + *sz;
+	*ptr++ = 0;             /* Empty name */
+	PUTINT16(T_OPT,ptr);    /* type field */
+	PUTINT16(udpsize,ptr);  /* class field */
+	*ptr++ = rcode>>4;      /* 4 byte TTL field */
+	*ptr++ = ednsver;
+	PUTINT16(Zflags,ptr);
+	PUTINT16(0,ptr);        /* rdlen field */
+        /* Empty RDATA. */
+
+	*sz += sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr;
+	/* Increment arcount field in dns header. */
+	(*ans)->hdr.arcount = htons(ntohs((*ans)->hdr.arcount)+1);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Remove the last entry in the additional section,
+   assuming it is an OPT pseudo RR of fixed size.
+   Returns the new message size if successful, or
+   zero if an inconsistency is detected.
+*/
+size_t remove_opt_pseudo_rr(dns_msg_t *ans, size_t sz)
+{
+	uint16_t acnt=ntohs(ans->hdr.arcount), type;
+	unsigned char *ptr;
+	/* First do some sanity checks. */
+	if(!(acnt>0 && sz >= sizeof(dns_hdr_t)+sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr))
+		return 0;
+	sz -= sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr;
+	ptr= ((unsigned char *)(&ans->hdr)) + sz;
+	if(*ptr++)
+		return 0;  /* Name must be empty. */
+	GETINT16(type,ptr);
+	if(type!=T_OPT)
+		return 0;  /* RR type must be OPT. */
+	/* Decrement arcount field in dns header. */
+	ans->hdr.arcount = htons(acnt-1);
+	return sz;
+}
+
+typedef struct rre_s {
+	unsigned short tp;
+	unsigned short tsz;		/* Size of tnm field */
+	uint32_t       ttl;		/* ttl of the record in the answer (if tp==T_NS or T_SOA) */
+	unsigned char  tnm[0];		/* Name for the domain a record refers to */
+	/* unsigned char  nm[0]; */	/* Name of the domain the record is for (if tp==T_NS or T_SOA) */
+} rr_ext_t;
+
+
+/* types for the tp field */
+/* #define RRETP_NS	T_NS */		/* For name server: add to authority, add address to additional. */
+/* #define RRETP_SOA	T_SOA */	/* For SOA record: add to authority. */
+#define RRETP_ADD	0		/* For other records: add the address of buf to additional */
+
+static int add_ar(dlist *ar,unsigned short tp, unsigned short tsz,void *tnm,unsigned char *nm, uint32_t ttl)
+{
+	rr_ext_t *re;
+	unsigned char *p;
+	size_t nmsz=0,size=sizeof(rr_ext_t)+tsz;
+	if(tp==T_NS || tp==T_SOA) {
+		nmsz=rhnlen(nm);
+		size += nmsz;
+	}
+	if (!(*ar=dlist_grow(*ar,size)))
+		return 0;
+	re=dlist_last(*ar);
+	re->tp=tp;
+	re->tsz=tsz;
+	re->ttl=ttl;
+	p=mempcpy(re->tnm,tnm,tsz);
+	if(tp==T_NS || tp==T_SOA) {
+		memcpy(p,nm,nmsz);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Select a random rr record from a list. */
+inline static rr_bucket_t *randrr(rr_bucket_t *rrb)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rr;
+	unsigned cnt=0;
+
+	/* In order to have an equal chance for each record to be selected, we have to count first. */
+	for(rr=rrb; rr; rr=rr->next) ++cnt;
+
+	/* We do not use the pdnsd random functions (these might use /dev/urandom if the user is paranoid,
+	 * and we do not need any good PRNG here). */
+	if(cnt) for(cnt=random()%cnt; cnt; --cnt) rrb=rrb->next;
+
+	return rrb;
+}
+
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+#define AR_NUM 6
+#else
+#define AR_NUM 5
+#endif
+static const int ar_recs[AR_NUM]={T_NS, T_MD, T_MF, T_MB, T_MX
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+				  ,T_SRV
+#endif
+};
+/* offsets from record data start to server name */
+static const int ar_offs[AR_NUM]={0,0,0,0,2
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+				  ,6
+#endif
+};
+
+/* This adds an rrset, optionally randomizing the first element it adds.
+ * if that is done, all rrs after the randomized one appear in order, starting from
+ * that one and wrapping over if needed. */
+static int add_rrset(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *sz, size_t *allocsz,
+		     unsigned char *rrn, unsigned tp, time_t queryts,
+		     dns_cent_t *cached, unsigned *udp, dlist *cb, dlist *sva, dlist *ar)
+{
+	rr_set_t *crrset=getrrset(cached,tp);
+
+	if (crrset && crrset->rrs) {
+		rr_bucket_t *b;
+		rr_bucket_t *first=NULL; /* Initialized to inhibit compiler warning */
+		int i;
+		short rnd_recs=global.rnd_recs;
+
+		b=crrset->rrs;
+		if (rnd_recs) b=first=randrr(crrset->rrs);
+
+		while (b) {
+			if (!add_rr(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, tp, ans_ttl(crrset,queryts),
+				    b->rdlen, b->data, S_ANSWER, udp, cb))
+				return 0;
+			if (tp==T_NS || tp==T_A || tp==T_AAAA) {
+				/* mark it as added */
+				if (!sva_add(sva,rrn,tp,b->rdlen,b->data))
+					return 0;
+			}
+			/* Mark for additional address records. XXX: this should be a more effective algorithm; at least the list is small */
+			for (i=0;i<AR_NUM;i++) {
+				if (ar_recs[i]==tp) {
+					if (!add_ar(ar, RRETP_ADD,b->rdlen-ar_offs[i],((unsigned char *)(b->data))+ar_offs[i],
+						    ucharp "", 0))
+						return 0;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			b=b->next;
+			if (rnd_recs) {
+				if(!b) b=crrset->rrs; /* wraparound */
+				if(b==first)	break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add the fitting elements of the cached record to the message in ans, where ans
+ * is grown to fit, sz is the size of the packet and is modified to be the new size.
+ * The query is in qe.
+ * cb is the buffer used for message compression. *cb should be NULL if you call add_to_response
+ * the first time. It gets filled with a pointer to compression information that can be
+ * reused in subsequent calls to add_to_response.
+ */
+static int add_to_response(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *sz, size_t *allocsz,
+			   unsigned char *rrn, unsigned qtype, time_t queryts,
+			   dns_cent_t *cached, unsigned *udp, dlist *cb, dlist *sva, dlist *ar)
+{
+	/* First of all, unless we have records of qtype, add cnames.
+	   Well, actually, there should be at max one cname. */
+	if (qtype!=T_CNAME && qtype!=QT_ALL && !(qtype>=T_MIN && qtype<=T_MAX && have_rr(cached,qtype)))
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_CNAME, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+
+	/* We need no switch for qclass, since we already have filtered packets we cannot understand */
+	if (qtype==QT_AXFR || qtype==QT_IXFR) {
+		/* I do not know what to do in this case. Since we do not maintain zones (and since we are
+		   no master server, so it is not our task), I just return an error message. If anyone
+		   knows how to do this better, please notify me.
+		   Anyway, this feature is rarely used in client communication, and there is no need for
+		   other name servers to ask pdnsd. Btw: many bind servers reject an ?XFR query for security
+		   reasons. */
+		return 0;
+	} else if (qtype==QT_MAILB) {
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_MB, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_MG, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_MR, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+	} else if (qtype==QT_MAILA) {
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_MD, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_MF, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+	} else if (qtype==QT_ALL) {
+		int i, n= NRRITERLIST(cached);
+		const unsigned short *iterlist= RRITERLIST(cached);
+		for (i=0; i<n; ++i) {
+			if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, iterlist[i], queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+				return 0;
+		}
+	} else if (qtype>=T_MIN && qtype<=T_MAX) {
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, qtype, queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+	} else /* Shouldn't get here. */
+		return 0;
+#if 0
+	if (!ntohs((*ans)->hdr.ancount)) {
+		/* Add a SOA if we have one and no other records are present in the answer.
+		 * This is to aid caches so that they have a ttl. */
+		if (!add_rrset(ans, sz, allocsz, rrn, T_SOA , queryts, cached, udp, cb, sva, ar))
+			return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add an additional
+ */
+static int add_additional_rr(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *rlen, size_t *allocsz,
+			     unsigned char *rhn, unsigned tp, time_t ttl,
+			     unsigned dlen, void *data, int sect, unsigned *udp, dlist *cb, dlist *sva)
+{
+	sva_t *st;
+
+	/* Check if already added; no double additionals */
+	for (st=dlist_first(*sva); st; st=dlist_next(st)) {
+		if (st->tp==tp && rhnicmp(st->nm,rhn) && st->dlen==dlen &&
+		    (memcmp(skiprhn(st->nm),data, dlen)==0))
+		{
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+	/* add_rr will do nothing when udp!=NULL and sz>*udp. */
+	if(!add_rr(ans, rlen, allocsz, rhn, tp, ttl, dlen, data, sect, udp, cb))
+		return 0;
+	/* mark it as added */
+	if (!sva_add(sva,rhn,tp,dlen,data))
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add one or more additionals from an rr bucket.
+ */
+static int add_additional_rrs(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *rlen, size_t *allocsz,
+			      unsigned char *rhn, unsigned tp, time_t ttl,
+			      rr_bucket_t *rrb, int sect, unsigned *udp, dlist *cb, dlist *sva)
+{
+	rr_bucket_t *rr;
+	rr_bucket_t *first=NULL; /* Initialized to inhibit compiler warning */
+	short rnd_recs=global.rnd_recs;
+
+	rr=rrb;
+	if (rnd_recs) rr=first=randrr(rrb);
+
+	while(rr) {
+		if (!add_additional_rr(ans, rlen, allocsz, rhn, tp, ttl, rr->rdlen,rr->data, sect, udp, cb, sva))
+			return 0;
+		rr=rr->next;
+		if (rnd_recs) {
+			if(!rr) rr=rrb; /* wraparound */
+			if(rr==first)	break;
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The code below actually handles A and AAAA additionals.
+ */
+static int add_additional_a(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *rlen, size_t *allocsz,
+			    unsigned char *rhn, time_t queryts,
+			    unsigned *udp, dlist *cb, dlist *sva)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *ae;
+	int retval = 1;
+
+	if ((ae=lookup_cache(rhn,NULL))) {
+		rr_set_t *rrset; rr_bucket_t *rr;
+		rrset=getrrset_A(ae);
+		if (rrset && (rr=rrset->rrs))
+			if (!add_additional_rrs(ans, rlen, allocsz,
+						rhn, T_A, ans_ttl(rrset,queryts),
+						rr, S_ADDITIONAL, udp, cb, sva))
+				retval = 0;
+
+#if IS_CACHED_AAAA
+		if(retval) {
+			rrset=getrrset_AAAA(ae);
+			if (rrset && (rr=rrset->rrs))
+				if (!add_additional_rrs(ans, rlen, allocsz,
+							rhn, T_AAAA, ans_ttl(rrset,queryts),
+							rr, S_ADDITIONAL, udp, cb, sva))
+					retval = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+		free_cent(ae  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(ae);
+	}
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compose an answer message for the decoded query in ql, hdr is the header of the dns request
+ * rlen is set to be the answer length.
+ * If udp is not NULL, *udp indicates the max length the dns response may have.
+ */
+static dns_msg_t *compose_answer(llist *ql, dns_hdr_t *hdr, size_t *rlen, edns_info_t *ednsinfo, unsigned *udp, int *rcodep)
+{
+	unsigned short rcode=RC_OK, aa=1;
+	dlist cb=NULL;
+	dlist sva=NULL;
+	dlist ar=NULL;
+	time_t queryts=time(NULL);
+	dns_queryel_t *qe;
+	dns_msg_t *ans;
+	size_t allocsz= ALLOCINITIALSIZE;
+	dns_cent_t *cached;
+
+	ans=(dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_malloc(allocsz);
+	if (!ans)
+		goto return_ans;
+	ans->hdr.id=hdr->id;
+	ans->hdr.qr=QR_RESP;
+	ans->hdr.opcode=OP_QUERY;
+	ans->hdr.aa=0;
+	ans->hdr.tc=0; /* If tc is needed, it is set when the response is sent in udp_answer_thread. */
+	ans->hdr.rd=hdr->rd;
+	ans->hdr.ra=1;
+	ans->hdr.z=0;
+	ans->hdr.ad=0;
+	ans->hdr.cd=0;
+	ans->hdr.rcode=rcode;
+	ans->hdr.qdcount=0; /* this is first filled in and will be modified */
+	ans->hdr.ancount=0;
+	ans->hdr.nscount=0;
+	ans->hdr.arcount=0;
+
+	*rlen=sizeof(dns_hdr_t);
+	/* first, add the query to the response */
+	for (qe=llist_first(ql); qe; qe=llist_next(qe)) {
+		unsigned int qclen;
+		size_t newsz= dnsmsghdroffset + *rlen + rhnlen(qe->query) + 4;
+		if(newsz > allocsz) {
+			/* Need to allocate more space.
+			   To avoid frequent reallocs, we allocate
+			   a multiple of a certain chunk size. */
+			size_t newallocsz= (newsz+ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK)&(~ALLOCCHUNKSIZEMASK);
+			dns_msg_t *newans=(dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_realloc(ans,newallocsz);
+			if (!newans)
+				goto error_ans;
+			ans=newans;
+			allocsz=newallocsz;
+		}
+
+		{
+			unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *)&ans->hdr) + *rlen;
+			/* the first name occurrence will not be compressed,
+			   but the offset needs to be stored for future compressions */
+			if (!(qclen=compress_name(qe->query,p,*rlen,&cb)))
+				goto error_ans;
+			p += qclen;
+			PUTINT16(qe->qtype,p);
+			PUTINT16(qe->qclass,p);
+		}
+		*rlen += qclen+4;
+		ans->hdr.qdcount=htons(ntohs(ans->hdr.qdcount)+1);
+	}
+
+	/* Barf if we get a query we cannot answer */
+	for (qe=llist_first(ql); qe; qe=llist_next(qe)) {
+		if ((PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(qe->qtype) &&
+		     (qe->qtype!=QT_MAILB && qe->qtype!=QT_MAILA && qe->qtype!=QT_ALL)) ||
+		    (qe->qclass!=C_IN && qe->qclass!=QC_ALL))
+		{
+			DEBUG_MSG("Unsupported QTYPE or QCLASS.\n");
+			ans->hdr.rcode=rcode=RC_NOTSUPP;
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* second, the answer section */
+	for (qe=llist_first(ql); qe; qe=llist_next(qe)) {
+		int hops;
+		unsigned char qname[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+		rhncpy(qname,qe->query);
+		/* look if we have a cached copy. otherwise, perform a nameserver query. Same with timeout */
+		hops=MAX_HOPS;
+		do {
+			int rc;
+			unsigned char c_soa=cundef;
+			if ((rc=dns_cached_resolve(qname,qe->qtype, &cached, MAX_HOPS,queryts,&c_soa))!=RC_OK) {
+				ans->hdr.rcode=rcode=rc;
+				if(rc==RC_NAMEERR) {
+					if(c_soa!=cundef) {
+						/* Try to add a SOA record to the authority section. */
+						unsigned scnt=rhnsegcnt(qname);
+						if(c_soa<scnt && (cached=lookup_cache(skipsegs(qname,scnt-c_soa),NULL))) {
+							rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_SOA(cached);
+							if (rrset && !(rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE)) {
+								rr_bucket_t *rr;
+								for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+									if (!add_rr(&ans,rlen,&allocsz,cached->qname,T_SOA,ans_ttl(rrset,queryts),
+										    rr->rdlen,rr->data,S_AUTHORITY,udp,&cb))
+										goto error_cached;
+								}
+							}
+							free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+							pdnsd_free(cached);
+						}
+					}
+
+					/* Possibly add an OPT pseudo-RR to the additional section. */
+					if(ednsinfo) {
+						if(!add_opt_pseudo_rr(&ans, rlen, &allocsz, global.udpbufsize, rcode, 0,0))
+							goto error_ans;
+					}
+				}
+				goto cleanup_return;
+			}
+			if(!(cached->flags&DF_LOCAL))
+				aa=0;
+
+			if (!add_to_response(&ans,rlen,&allocsz,qname,qe->qtype,queryts,cached,udp,&cb,&sva,&ar))
+				goto error_cached;
+			if (hdr->rd && qe->qtype!=T_CNAME && qe->qtype!=QT_ALL &&
+			    !(qe->qtype>=T_MIN && qe->qtype<=T_MAX && have_rr(cached,qe->qtype)) &&
+			    follow_cname_chain(cached,qname))
+				/* The rd bit is set and the response does not contain records of the requested type,
+				 * but the response does contain a cname, so repeat the inquiry with the cname.
+				 * add_to_response() has already added the cname to the response.
+				 * Because of follow_cname_chain(), qname now contains the last cname in the chain. */
+				;
+			else {
+				/* maintain a list (ar) for authority records: We will add every name server that was
+				   listed as authoritative in a reply we received (and only those) to this list.
+				   This list will be used to fill the authority and additional sections of our own reply.
+				   We only do this for the last record in a cname chain, to prevent answer bloat. */
+				rr_set_t *rrset;
+				int rretp=T_NS;
+				if((qe->qtype>=T_MIN && qe->qtype<=T_MAX && !have_rr(cached,qe->qtype)) ||
+				   (qe->qtype==QT_MAILB && !have_rr_MB(cached) && !have_rr_MG(cached) && !have_rr_MR(cached)) ||
+				   (qe->qtype==QT_MAILA && !have_rr_MD(cached) && !have_rr_MF(cached)))
+				{
+					/* no record of requested type in the answer section. */
+					rretp=T_SOA;
+				}
+				rrset=getrrset(cached,rretp);
+				if(rrset && (rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE))
+					rrset=NULL;
+				if(!rrset) {
+					/* Try to find a name server higher up the hierarchy .
+					 */
+					dns_cent_t *prev=cached;
+					unsigned scnt=rhnsegcnt(prev->qname);
+					unsigned tcnt=(rretp==T_NS?prev->c_ns:prev->c_soa);
+					if((cached=lookup_cache((tcnt!=cundef && tcnt<scnt)?skipsegs(prev->qname,scnt-tcnt):prev->qname,NULL))) {
+						rrset=getrrset(cached,rretp);
+						if(rrset && (rrset->flags&CF_NEGATIVE))
+							rrset=NULL;
+					}
+					if(!rrset && (prev->flags&DF_LOCAL)) {
+						unsigned char *nm=getlocalowner(prev->qname,rretp);
+						if(nm) {
+							if(cached) {
+								free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+								pdnsd_free(cached);
+							}
+							if((cached=lookup_cache(nm,NULL)))
+								rrset=getrrset(cached,rretp);
+						}
+					}
+					free_cent(prev  DBG1);
+					pdnsd_free(prev);
+				}
+				if (rrset) {
+					rr_bucket_t *rr;
+					for (rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+						if (!add_ar(&ar, rretp, rr->rdlen,rr->data, cached->qname,
+							    ans_ttl(rrset,queryts)))
+							goto error_cached;
+					}
+				}
+				hops=0;  /* this will break the loop */
+			}
+			if(cached) {
+				free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(cached);
+			}
+		} while (--hops>=0);
+	}
+
+	{
+		rr_ext_t *rre;
+		/* Add the authority section */
+		for (rre=dlist_first(ar); rre; rre=dlist_next(rre)) {
+			if (rre->tp == T_NS || rre->tp == T_SOA) {
+				unsigned char *nm = rre->tnm + rre->tsz;
+				if (!add_additional_rr(&ans, rlen, &allocsz,
+						       nm, rre->tp, rre->ttl, rre->tsz, rre->tnm,
+						       S_AUTHORITY, udp, &cb, &sva))
+				{
+					goto error_ans;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Add the additional section, but only if we stay within the UDP buffer limit. */
+		/* If a pseudo RR doesn't fit, nothing else will. */
+		if(!(udp && *rlen+sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr>*udp)) {
+
+			/* Possibly add an OPT pseudo-RR to the additional section. */
+			if(ednsinfo) {
+				if(!add_opt_pseudo_rr(&ans, rlen, &allocsz, global.udpbufsize, rcode, 0,0))
+					goto error_ans;
+			}
+
+			/* now add the name server addresses */
+			for (rre=dlist_first(ar); rre; rre=dlist_next(rre)) {
+				if (rre->tp == T_NS || rre->tp == RRETP_ADD) {
+					if (!add_additional_a(&ans, rlen, &allocsz,
+							      rre->tnm, queryts, udp, &cb, &sva))
+						goto error_ans;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (aa)
+		ans->hdr.aa=1;
+	goto cleanup_return;
+
+	/* You may not like goto's, but here we avoid lots of code duplication. */
+error_cached:
+	free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+	pdnsd_free(cached);
+error_ans:
+	pdnsd_free(ans);
+	ans=NULL;
+cleanup_return:
+	dlist_free(ar);
+	dlist_free(sva);
+	dlist_free(cb);
+return_ans:
+	if(rcodep) *rcodep=rcode;
+	return ans;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Decode the query (the query messgage is in data and rlen bytes long) into a dlist.
+ * XXX: data needs to be aligned.
+ * The return value can be RC_OK or RC_TRUNC, in which case the (partially) constructed list is
+ * returned in qp, or something else (RC_FORMAT or RC_SERVFAIL), in which case no list is returned.
+ *
+ * *ptrrem  will be assigned the address just after the questions sections in the message, and *lenrem
+ * the remaining message length after the questions section. These values are only meaningful if the
+ * return value is RC_OK.
+ */
+static int decode_query(unsigned char *data, size_t rlen, unsigned char **ptrrem, size_t *lenrem, llist *qp)
+{
+	int i,res=RC_OK;
+	dns_hdr_t *hdr=(dns_hdr_t *)data; /* aligned, so no prob. */
+	unsigned char *ptr=(unsigned char *)(hdr+1);
+	size_t sz= rlen - sizeof(dns_hdr_t);
+	uint16_t qdcount=ntohs(hdr->qdcount);
+
+	llist_init(qp);
+	for (i=0; i<qdcount; ++i) {
+		dns_queryel_t *qe;
+		unsigned int qlen;
+		unsigned char qbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		res=decompress_name(data,rlen,&ptr,&sz,qbuf,&qlen);
+		if (res==RC_TRUNC)
+			break;
+		if (res!=RC_OK) {
+			llist_free(qp);
+			break;
+		}
+		if (sz<4) {
+			/* truncated in qtype or qclass */
+			DEBUG_MSG("decode_query: query truncated in qtype or qclass.\n");
+			res=RC_TRUNC;
+			break;
+		}
+		if(!llist_grow(qp,sizeof(dns_queryel_t)+qlen)) {
+			res=RC_SERVFAIL;
+			break;
+		}
+		qe=llist_last(qp);
+		GETINT16(qe->qtype,ptr);
+		GETINT16(qe->qclass,ptr);
+		sz-=4;
+		memcpy(qe->query,qbuf,qlen);
+	}
+
+	if(ptrrem) *ptrrem=ptr;
+	if(lenrem) *lenrem=sz;
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Scan the additional section of a query message for an OPT pseudo RR.
+   data and rlen are as in decode_query(). Note in particular that data needs to be aligned!
+   ptr should point the beginning of the additional section, sz should contain the
+   length of this remaining part of the message and numrr the number of resource records in the section.
+   *numopt is incremented with the number of OPT RRs found (should be at most one).
+
+   Note that a return value of RC_OK means the additional section was parsed without errors, not that
+   an OPT pseudo RR was found! Check the value of *numopt for the latter.
+
+   The structure pointed to by ep is filled with the information of the first OPT pseudo RR found,
+   but only if *numopt was set to zero before the call.
+*/
+static int decode_query_additional(unsigned char *data, size_t rlen, unsigned char *ptr, size_t sz, int numrr,
+				   int *numopt, edns_info_t *ep)
+{
+	int i, res;
+
+	for (i=0; i<numrr; ++i) {
+		unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		uint16_t type,class;
+		unsigned char *ttlp;
+		uint16_t rdlen;
+		res=decompress_name(data,rlen,&ptr,&sz,nmbuf,NULL);
+		if (res!=RC_OK)
+			return res;
+		if (sz<sizeof_rr_hdr_t) {
+			/* truncated in rr header */
+			DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: additional section truncated in RR header.\n");
+			return RC_TRUNC;
+		}
+		sz -= sizeof_rr_hdr_t;
+		GETINT16(type,ptr);
+		GETINT16(class,ptr);
+		ttlp= ptr;   /* Remember pointer to ttl field. */
+		ptr += 4;    /* Skip ttl field (4 bytes). */
+		GETINT16(rdlen,ptr);
+		if (sz<rdlen) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: additional section truncated in RDATA field.\n");
+			return RC_TRUNC;
+		}
+
+		if(type==T_OPT) {
+			/* Found OPT pseudo-RR */
+			if((*numopt)++ == 0) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(nmbuf[0]!=0) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: name in OPT record not empty!\n");
+				}
+#endif
+				ep->udpsize= class;
+				ep->rcode= ((uint16_t)ttlp[0]<<4) | ((dns_hdr_t *)data)->rcode;
+				ep->version= ttlp[1];
+				ep->do_flg= (ttlp[2]>>7)&1;
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(debug_p) {
+					unsigned int Zflags= ((uint16_t)ttlp[2]<<8) | ttlp[3];
+					if(Zflags & 0x7fff) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: Z field contains unknown nonzero bits (%04x).\n",
+							  Zflags);
+					}
+					if(rdlen) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: RDATA field in OPT record not empty!\n");
+					}
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+			else {
+				DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: ingnoring surplus OPT record.\n");
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			DEBUG_MSG("decode_query_additional: ignoring record of type %s (%d).\n",
+				  getrrtpname(type), type);
+		}
+
+		/* Skip RDATA field. */
+		sz -= rdlen;
+		ptr += rdlen;
+	}
+
+	return RC_OK;
+}
+
+/* Make a dns error reply message
+ * Id is the query id and still in network order.
+ * op is the opcode to fill in, rescode - name says it all.
+ */
+static void mk_error_reply(unsigned short id, unsigned short opcode,unsigned short rescode,dns_hdr_t *rep)
+{
+	rep->id=id;
+	rep->qr=QR_RESP;
+	rep->opcode=opcode;
+	rep->aa=0;
+	rep->tc=0;
+	rep->rd=0;
+	rep->ra=1;
+	rep->z=0;
+	rep->ad=0;
+	rep->cd=0;
+	rep->rcode=rescode;
+	rep->qdcount=0;
+	rep->ancount=0;
+	rep->nscount=0;
+	rep->arcount=0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Analyze and answer the query in data. The answer is returned. rlen is at call the query length and at
+ * return the length of the answer. You have to free the answer after sending it.
+ */
+static dns_msg_t *process_query(unsigned char *data, size_t *rlenp, unsigned *udp, int *rcodep)
+{
+	size_t rlen= *rlenp;
+	int res;
+	dns_hdr_t *hdr;
+	llist ql;
+	dns_msg_t *ans;
+	edns_info_t ednsinfo= {0}, *ednsinfop= NULL;
+
+	DEBUG_MSG("Received query (msg len=%u).\n", (unsigned int)rlen);
+	DEBUG_DUMP_DNS_MSG(data, rlen);
+
+	/*
+	 * We will ignore all records that come with a query, except for the actual query records,
+	 * and possible OPT pseudo RRs in the addtional section.
+	 * We will send back the query in the response. We will reject all non-queries, and
+	 * some not supported thingies.
+	 * If anyone notices behaviour that is not in standard conformance, please notify me!
+	 */
+	hdr=(dns_hdr_t *)data;
+	if (rlen<2) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Message too short.\n");
+		return NULL; /* message too short: no id provided. */
+	}
+	if (rlen<sizeof(dns_hdr_t)) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Message too short.\n");
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+	if (hdr->qr!=QR_QUERY) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("The QR bit indicates this is a response, not a query.\n");
+		return NULL; /* RFC says: discard */
+	}
+	if (hdr->opcode!=OP_QUERY) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Not a standard query (opcode=%u).\n",hdr->opcode);
+		res=RC_NOTSUPP;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if(debug_p) {
+		char flgsbuf[DNSFLAGSMAXSTRSIZE];
+		dnsflags2str(hdr, flgsbuf);
+		if(flgsbuf[0]) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Flags:%s\n", flgsbuf);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	if (hdr->z!=0) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Malformed query (nonzero Z bit).\n");
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+	if (hdr->rcode!=RC_OK) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Bad rcode(%u).\n",hdr->rcode);
+		return NULL; /* discard (may cause error storms) */
+	}
+
+	if (hdr->ancount) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Query has a non-empty answer section!\n");
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+
+	if (hdr->nscount) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Query has a non-empty authority section!\n");
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+
+#if 0
+	/* The following only makes sense if we completely disallow
+	   Extension Mechanisms for DNS (RFC 2671). */
+	if (hdr->arcount) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Query has a non-empty additional section!\n");
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+#endif
+	{
+		unsigned char *ptr;
+		size_t sz;
+		uint16_t arcount;
+		res=decode_query(data,rlen,&ptr,&sz,&ql);
+		if(res!=RC_OK) {
+			if(res==RC_TRUNC) {
+				if(!hdr->tc || llist_isempty(&ql)) {
+					res=RC_FORMAT;
+					goto free_ql_error_reply;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+				goto error_reply;
+		}
+
+		if ((arcount=ntohs(hdr->arcount))) {
+			int numoptrr= 0;
+			DEBUG_MSG("Query has a non-empty additional section: "
+				  "checking for OPT pseudo-RR.\n");
+			if(res==RC_TRUNC) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Additional section cannot be read due to truncation!\n");
+				res=RC_FORMAT;
+				goto free_ql_error_reply;
+			}
+			res=decode_query_additional(data,rlen,ptr,sz,arcount, &numoptrr, &ednsinfo);
+			if(!(res==RC_OK || (res==RC_TRUNC && hdr->tc))) {
+				res=RC_FORMAT;
+				goto free_ql_error_reply;
+			}
+			if(numoptrr) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(numoptrr!=1) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("Additional section in query contains %d OPT pseudo-RRs!\n", numoptrr);
+				}
+#endif
+				if(ednsinfo.version!=0) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("Query contains unsupported EDNS version %d!\n", ednsinfo.version);
+					res=RC_BADVERS;
+					goto free_ql_error_reply;
+				}
+				if(ednsinfo.rcode!=0) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("Query contains non-zero EDNS rcode (%d)!\n", ednsinfo.rcode);
+					res=RC_FORMAT;
+					goto free_ql_error_reply;
+				}
+				DEBUG_MSG("Query contains OPT pseudosection: EDNS udp size = %u, flag DO=%u\n",
+					  ednsinfo.udpsize, ednsinfo.do_flg);
+				ednsinfop = &ednsinfo;
+				if(udp && ednsinfo.udpsize>UDP_BUFSIZE) {
+					unsigned udpbufsize = global.udpbufsize;
+					if(udpbufsize > ednsinfo.udpsize)
+						udpbufsize = ednsinfo.udpsize;
+					*udp = udpbufsize;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if (debug_p) {
+		if(!llist_isempty(&ql)) {
+			dns_queryel_t *qe;
+			DEBUG_MSG("Questions are:\n");
+			for (qe=llist_first(&ql); qe; qe=llist_next(qe)) {
+				DEBUG_RHN_MSG("\tqc=%s (%u), qt=%s (%u), query="%s"\n",
+					      get_cname(qe->qclass),qe->qclass,get_tname(qe->qtype),qe->qtype,RHN2STR(qe->query));
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Query contains no questions.\n");
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (llist_isempty(&ql)) {
+		res=RC_FORMAT;
+		goto error_reply;
+	}
+	if (!(ans=compose_answer(&ql, hdr, rlenp, ednsinfop, udp, rcodep))) {
+		/* An out of memory condition or similar could cause NULL output. Send failure notification */
+		res=RC_SERVFAIL;
+		goto free_ql_error_reply;
+	}
+	llist_free(&ql);
+	return ans;
+
+ free_ql_error_reply:
+	llist_free(&ql);
+ error_reply:
+	*rlenp=sizeof(dns_hdr_t);
+	{
+		size_t allocsz = sizeof(dns_msg_t);
+		if(res&~0xf)
+			allocsz += sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr;
+		ans= (dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_malloc(allocsz);
+		if (ans) {
+			mk_error_reply(hdr->id,rlen>=3?hdr->opcode:OP_QUERY,res,&ans->hdr);
+			if(res&~0xf)
+				add_opt_pseudo_rr(&ans,rlenp,&allocsz,
+						  global.udpbufsize,res,0,0);
+		}
+		else if (++da_mem_errs<=MEM_MAX_ERRS) {
+			log_error("Out of memory in query processing.");
+		}
+	}
+	if(rcodep) *rcodep= res;
+	return ans;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called by *_answer_thread exit handler to clean up process count.
+ */
+inline static void decrease_procs()
+{
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+	procs--;
+	qprocs--;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+}
+
+static void udp_answer_thread_cleanup(void *data)
+{
+	pdnsd_free(data);
+	decrease_procs();
+}
+
+/*
+ * A thread opened to answer a query transmitted via udp. Data is a pointer to the structure udp_buf_t that
+ * contains the received data and various other parameters.
+ * After the query is answered, the thread terminates
+ * XXX: data must point to a correctly aligned buffer
+ */
+static void *udp_answer_thread(void *data)
+{
+	struct msghdr msg;
+	struct iovec v;
+	struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
+#if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+	char ctrl[CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(pkt_info_t))];
+#endif
+	size_t rlen=((udp_buf_t *)data)->len;
+	unsigned udpmaxrespsize = UDP_BUFSIZE;
+	/* XXX: process_query is assigned to this, this mallocs, so this points to aligned memory */
+	dns_msg_t *resp;
+	int rcode;
+	unsigned thrid;
+	pthread_cleanup_push(udp_answer_thread_cleanup, data);
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+
+	if (!global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+	}
+
+	for(;;) {
+		pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+		if (procs<global.proc_limit)
+			break;
+		pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+		usleep_r(50000);
+	}
+	++procs;
+	thrid= ++thrid_cnt;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if(debug_p) {
+		int err;
+		if ((err=pthread_setspecific(thrid_key, &thrid)) != 0) {
+			if(++da_misc_errs<=MISC_MAX_ERRS)
+				log_error("pthread_setspecific failed: %s",strerror(err));
+			/* pdnsd_exit(); */
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (!(resp=process_query(((udp_buf_t *)data)->buf,&rlen,&udpmaxrespsize,&rcode))) {
+		/*
+		 * A return value of NULL is a fatal error that prohibits even the sending of an error message.
+		 * logging is already done. Just exit the thread now.
+		 */
+		pthread_exit(NULL); /* data freed by cleanup handler */
+	}
+	pthread_cleanup_push(free, resp);
+	if (rlen>udpmaxrespsize) {
+		rlen=udpmaxrespsize;
+		resp->hdr.tc=1; /*set truncated bit*/
+	}
+	DEBUG_MSG("Outbound msg len %li, tc=%u, rc="%s"\n",(long)rlen,resp->hdr.tc,get_ename(rcode));
+
+	v.iov_base=(char *)&resp->hdr;
+	v.iov_len=rlen;
+	msg.msg_iov=&v;
+	msg.msg_iovlen=1;
+#if (TARGET!=TARGET_CYGWIN)
+#if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+	msg.msg_control=ctrl;
+	msg.msg_controllen=sizeof(ctrl);
+#else
+	msg.msg_control=NULL;
+	msg.msg_controllen=0;
+#endif
+	msg.msg_flags=0;  /* to avoid warning message by Valgrind */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+
+		msg.msg_name=&((udp_buf_t *)data)->addr.sin4;
+		msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+# if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+#  if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+		((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi4.ipi_spec_dst=((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi4.ipi_addr;
+		cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+		cmsg->cmsg_len=CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in_pktinfo));
+		cmsg->cmsg_level=SOL_IP;
+		cmsg->cmsg_type=IP_PKTINFO;
+		memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg),&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi4,sizeof(struct in_pktinfo));
+		msg.msg_controllen=CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(struct in_pktinfo));
+#  else
+		cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+		cmsg->cmsg_len=CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in_addr));
+		cmsg->cmsg_level=IPPROTO_IP;
+		cmsg->cmsg_type=IP_RECVDSTADDR;
+		memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg),&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.ai4,sizeof(struct in_addr));
+		msg.msg_controllen=CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(struct in_addr));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if DEBUG>0
+		{
+			char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+
+			DEBUG_MSG("Answering to: %s", inet_ntop(AF_INET,&((udp_buf_t *)data)->addr.sin4.sin_addr,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+#  if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+#   if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+			DEBUG_MSGC(", source address: %s\n", inet_ntop(AF_INET,&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi4.ipi_spec_dst,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+#   else
+			DEBUG_MSGC(", source address: %s\n", inet_ntop(AF_INET,&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.ai4,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+#   endif
+#  else
+			DEBUG_MSGC("\n");
+#  endif
+		}
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+
+		msg.msg_name=&((udp_buf_t *)data)->addr.sin6;
+		msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+# if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+		cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+		cmsg->cmsg_len=CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in6_pktinfo));
+		cmsg->cmsg_level=SOL_IPV6;
+		cmsg->cmsg_type=IPV6_PKTINFO;
+		memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg),&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi6,sizeof(struct in6_pktinfo));
+		msg.msg_controllen=CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(struct in6_pktinfo));
+# endif
+# if DEBUG>0
+		{
+			char buf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+
+			DEBUG_MSG("Answering to: %s", inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&((udp_buf_t *)data)->addr.sin6.sin6_addr,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+#  if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+			DEBUG_MSGC(", source address: %s\n", inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&((udp_buf_t *)data)->pi.pi6.ipi6_addr,buf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN));
+#  else
+			DEBUG_MSGC("\n");
+#  endif
+		}
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Lock the socket, and clear the error flag before dropping the lock */
+#ifdef SOCKET_LOCKING
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&s_lock);
+#endif
+	if (sendmsg(((udp_buf_t *)data)->sock,&msg,0)<0) {
+#ifdef SOCKET_LOCKING
+		pthread_mutex_unlock(&s_lock);
+#endif
+		if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+			log_error("Error in udp send: %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+	} else {
+		int tmp;
+		socklen_t sl=sizeof(tmp);
+		getsockopt(((udp_buf_t *)data)->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &tmp, &sl);
+#ifdef SOCKET_LOCKING
+		pthread_mutex_unlock(&s_lock);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	pthread_cleanup_pop(1);  /* free(resp) */
+	pthread_cleanup_pop(1);  /* free(data) */
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+int init_udp_socket()
+{
+	int sock;
+	int so=1;
+	union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		struct sockaddr_in sin4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif
+	} sin;
+	socklen_t sinl;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		if ((sock=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_DGRAM,IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not open udp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memset(&sin.sin4,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+		sin.sin4.sin_family=AF_INET;
+		sin.sin4.sin_port=htons(global.port);
+		sin.sin4.sin_addr=global.a.ipv4;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN4(sin.sin4);
+		sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		if ((sock=socket(PF_INET6,SOCK_DGRAM,IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not open udp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memset(&sin.sin6,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6));
+		sin.sin6.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+		sin.sin6.sin6_port=htons(global.port);
+		sin.sin6.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+		sin.sin6.sin6_addr=global.a.ipv6;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN6(sin.sin6);
+		sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SRC_ADDR_DISC
+# if (TARGET!=TARGET_LINUX)
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+# endif
+		/* The following must be set on any case because it also applies for IPv4 packets sent to
+		 * ipv6 addresses. */
+# if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX )
+		if (setsockopt(sock,SOL_IP,IP_PKTINFO,&so,sizeof(so))!=0) {
+# else
+		if (setsockopt(sock,IPPROTO_IP,IP_RECVDSTADDR,&so,sizeof(so))!=0) {
+# endif
+			log_error("Could not set options on udp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			close(sock);
+			return -1;
+		}
+# if (TARGET!=TARGET_LINUX)
+	}
+# endif
+
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if (!run_ipv4) {
+		if (setsockopt(sock,SOL_IPV6,IPV6_RECVPKTINFO,&so,sizeof(so))!=0) {
+			log_error("Could not set options on udp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			close(sock);
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+# endif
+#endif
+	if (bind(sock,(struct sockaddr *)&sin,sinl)!=0) {
+		log_error("Could not bind to udp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+		close(sock);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return sock;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Listen on the specified port for udp packets and answer them (each in a new thread to be nonblocking)
+ * This was changed to support sending UDP packets with exactly the same source address as they were coming
+ * to us, as required by rfc2181. Although this is a sensible requirement, it is slightly more difficult
+ * and may introduce portability issues.
+ */
+void *udp_server_thread(void *dummy)
+{
+	int sock;
+	ssize_t qlen;
+	pthread_t pt;
+	udp_buf_t *buf;
+	struct msghdr msg;
+	struct iovec v;
+	struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
+	char ctrl[512];
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV6) && (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	struct in_pktinfo sip;
+#endif
+	/* (void)dummy; */ /* To inhibit "unused variable" warning */
+
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+
+
+	if (!global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+	}
+
+	sock=udp_socket;
+
+	while (1) {
+		int udpbufsize= global.udpbufsize;
+		if (!(buf=(udp_buf_t *)pdnsd_calloc(1,sizeof(udp_buf_t)+udpbufsize))) {
+			if (++da_mem_errs<=MEM_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_error("Out of memory in request handling.");
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		buf->sock=sock;
+
+		v.iov_base=(char *)buf->buf;
+		v.iov_len=udpbufsize;
+		msg.msg_iov=&v;
+		msg.msg_iovlen=1;
+#if (TARGET!=TARGET_CYGWIN)
+		msg.msg_control=ctrl;
+		msg.msg_controllen=sizeof(ctrl);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SRC_ADDR_DISC)
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		if (run_ipv4) {
+			msg.msg_name=&buf->addr.sin4;
+			msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+			if ((qlen=recvmsg(sock,&msg,0))>=0) {
+				cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+				while(cmsg) {
+#  if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+					if (cmsg->cmsg_level==SOL_IP && cmsg->cmsg_type==IP_PKTINFO) {
+						memcpy(&buf->pi.pi4,CMSG_DATA(cmsg),sizeof(struct in_pktinfo));
+						break;
+					}
+#  else
+					if (cmsg->cmsg_level==IPPROTO_IP && cmsg->cmsg_type==IP_RECVDSTADDR) {
+						memcpy(&buf->pi.ai4,CMSG_DATA(cmsg),sizeof(buf->pi.ai4));
+						break;
+					}
+#  endif
+					cmsg=CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg,cmsg);
+				}
+				if (!cmsg) {
+					if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+						log_error("Could not discover udp destination address");
+					}
+					goto free_buf_continue;
+				}
+			} else if (errno!=EINTR) {
+				if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_error("error in UDP recv: %s", strerror(errno));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+# endif
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		ELSE_IPV6 {
+			msg.msg_name=&buf->addr.sin6;
+			msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+			if ((qlen=recvmsg(sock,&msg,0))>=0) {
+				cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+				while(cmsg) {
+					if (cmsg->cmsg_level==SOL_IPV6 && cmsg->cmsg_type==IPV6_PKTINFO) {
+						memcpy(&buf->pi.pi6,CMSG_DATA(cmsg),sizeof(struct in6_pktinfo));
+						break;
+					}
+					cmsg=CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg,cmsg);
+				}
+				if (!cmsg) {
+				       /* We might have an IPv4 Packet incoming on our IPv6 port, so we also have to
+				        * check for IPv4 sender addresses */
+					cmsg=CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+					while(cmsg) {
+#  if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+						if (cmsg->cmsg_level==SOL_IP && cmsg->cmsg_type==IP_PKTINFO) {
+							memcpy(&sip,CMSG_DATA(cmsg),sizeof(sip));
+							IPV6_MAPIPV4(&sip.ipi_addr,&buf->pi.pi6.ipi6_addr);
+							buf->pi.pi6.ipi6_ifindex=sip.ipi_ifindex;
+							break;
+						}
+						/* FIXME: What about BSD? probably ok, but... */
+#  endif
+						cmsg=CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg,cmsg);
+					}
+					if (!cmsg) {
+						if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+							log_error("Could not discover udp destination address");
+						}
+						goto free_buf_continue;
+					}
+				}
+			} else if (errno!=EINTR) {
+				if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_error("error in UDP recv: %s", strerror(errno));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+# endif
+#else /* !SRC_ADDR_DISC */
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		if (run_ipv4) {
+			msg.msg_name=&buf->addr.sin4;
+			msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+		}
+# endif
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		ELSE_IPV6 {
+			msg.msg_name=&buf->addr.sin6;
+			msg.msg_namelen=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+		}
+# endif
+		qlen=recvmsg(sock,&msg,0);
+		if (qlen<0 && errno!=EINTR) {
+			if (++da_udp_errs<=UDP_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_error("error in UDP recv: %s", strerror(errno));
+			}
+		}
+#endif /* SRC_ADDR_DISC */
+
+		if (qlen>=0) {
+			pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+			if (qprocs<global.proc_limit+global.procq_limit) {
+				int err;
+				++qprocs; ++spawned;
+				pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+				buf->len=qlen;
+				err=pthread_create(&pt,&attr_detached,udp_answer_thread,(void *)buf);
+				if(err==0)
+					continue;
+				if(++da_thrd_errs<=THRD_MAX_ERRS)
+					log_warn("pthread_create failed: %s",strerror(err));
+				/* If thread creation failed, free resources associated with it. */
+				pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+				--qprocs; --spawned;
+			}
+			++dropped;
+			pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+		}
+	free_buf_continue:
+		pdnsd_free(buf);
+		usleep_r(50000);
+	}
+
+	udp_socket=-1;
+	close(sock);
+	udps_thrid=main_thrid;
+	if (tcp_socket==-1)
+	  pdnsd_exit();
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_TCP_SERVER
+
+static void tcp_answer_thread_cleanup(void *csock)
+{
+	close(*((int *)csock));
+	pdnsd_free(csock);
+	decrease_procs();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process a dns query via tcp. The argument is a pointer to the socket.
+ */
+static void *tcp_answer_thread(void *csock)
+{
+	/* XXX: This should be OK, the original must be (and is) aligned */
+	int sock=*((int *)csock);
+	unsigned thrid;
+
+	pthread_cleanup_push(tcp_answer_thread_cleanup, csock);
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+
+	if (!global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+	}
+
+	for(;;) {
+		pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+		if (procs<global.proc_limit)
+			break;
+		pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+		usleep_r(50000);
+	}
+	++procs;
+	thrid= ++thrid_cnt;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if(debug_p) {
+		int err;
+		if ((err=pthread_setspecific(thrid_key, &thrid)) != 0) {
+			if(++da_misc_errs<=MISC_MAX_ERRS)
+				log_error("pthread_setspecific failed: %s",strerror(err));
+			/* pdnsd_exit(); */
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef TCP_SUBSEQ
+
+	/* rfc1035 says we should process multiple queries in succession, so we are looping until
+	 * the socket is closed by the other side or by tcp timeout.
+	 * This in fact makes DoSing easier. If that is your concern, you should disable pdnsd's
+	 * TCP server.*/
+	for(;;)
+#endif
+	{
+		int rlen,olen;
+		size_t nlen;
+		unsigned char *buf;
+		dns_msg_t *resp;
+
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+		fd_set fds;
+		struct timeval tv;
+		FD_ZERO(&fds);
+		PDNSD_ASSERT(sock<FD_SETSIZE,"socket file descriptor exceeds FD_SETSIZE.");
+		FD_SET(sock, &fds);
+		tv.tv_usec=0;
+		tv.tv_sec=global.tcp_qtimeout;
+		if (select(sock+1,&fds,NULL,NULL,&tv)<=0)
+			pthread_exit(NULL); /* socket is closed by cleanup handler */
+#else
+		struct pollfd pfd;
+		pfd.fd=sock;
+		pfd.events=POLLIN;
+		if (poll(&pfd,1,global.tcp_qtimeout*1000)<=0)
+			pthread_exit(NULL); /* socket is closed by cleanup handler */
+#endif
+		{
+			ssize_t err;
+			uint16_t rlen_net;
+			if ((err=read(sock,&rlen_net,sizeof(rlen_net)))!=sizeof(rlen_net)) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Error while reading from TCP client: %s\n",err==-1?strerror(errno):"incomplete data");
+				/*
+				 * If the socket timed or was closed before we even received the
+				 * query length, we cannot return an error. So exit silently.
+				 */
+				pthread_exit(NULL); /* socket is closed by cleanup handler */
+			}
+			rlen=ntohs(rlen_net);
+		}
+		if (rlen == 0) {
+			log_error("TCP zero size query received.\n");
+			pthread_exit(NULL);
+		}
+		buf=(unsigned char *)pdnsd_malloc(rlen);
+		if (!buf) {
+			if (++da_mem_errs<=MEM_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_error("Out of memory in request handling.");
+			}
+			pthread_exit(NULL); /* socket is closed by cleanup handler */
+		}
+		pthread_cleanup_push(free, buf);
+
+		olen=0;
+		while(olen<rlen) {
+			int rv;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			FD_ZERO(&fds);
+			FD_SET(sock, &fds);
+			tv.tv_usec=0;
+			tv.tv_sec=global.tcp_qtimeout;
+			if (select(sock+1,&fds,NULL,NULL,&tv)<=0)
+				pthread_exit(NULL);  /* buf freed and socket closed by cleanup handlers */
+#else
+			pfd.fd=sock;
+			pfd.events=POLLIN;
+			if (poll(&pfd,1,global.tcp_qtimeout*1000)<=0)
+				pthread_exit(NULL);  /* buf freed and socket closed by cleanup handlers */
+#endif
+			rv=read(sock,buf+olen,rlen-olen);
+			if (rv<=0) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Error while reading from TCP client: %s\n",rv==-1?strerror(errno):"incomplete data");
+				/*
+				 * If the promised length was not sent, we should return an error message,
+				 * but if read fails that way, it is unlikely that it will arrive. Nevertheless...
+				 */
+				if (olen>=2) { /* We need the id to send a valid reply. */
+					dns_msg_t err;
+					mk_error_reply(((dns_hdr_t*)buf)->id,
+						       olen>=3?((dns_hdr_t*)buf)->opcode:OP_QUERY,
+						       RC_FORMAT,
+						       &err.hdr);
+					err.len=htons(sizeof(dns_hdr_t));
+					write_all(sock,&err,sizeof(err)); /* error anyway. */
+				}
+				pthread_exit(NULL); /* buf freed and socket closed by cleanup handlers */
+			}
+			olen += rv;
+		}
+		nlen=rlen;
+		if (!(resp=process_query(buf,&nlen,NULL,NULL))) {
+			/*
+			 * A return value of NULL is a fatal error that prohibits even the sending of an error message.
+			 * logging is already done. Just exit the thread now.
+			 */
+			pthread_exit(NULL);
+		}
+		pthread_cleanup_pop(1);  /* free(buf) */
+		pthread_cleanup_push(free,resp);
+		{
+			int err; size_t rsize;
+			resp->len=htons(nlen);
+			rsize=dnsmsghdroffset+nlen;
+			if ((err=write_all(sock,resp,rsize))!=rsize) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Error while writing to TCP client: %s\n",err==-1?strerror(errno):"unknown error");
+				pthread_exit(NULL); /* resp is freed and socket is closed by cleanup handlers */
+			}
+		}
+		pthread_cleanup_pop(1);  /* free(resp) */
+	}
+
+	/* socket is closed by cleanup handler */
+	pthread_cleanup_pop(1);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+int init_tcp_socket()
+{
+	int sock;
+	union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		struct sockaddr_in sin4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif
+	} sin;
+	socklen_t sinl;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		if ((sock=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,IPPROTO_TCP))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not open tcp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memset(&sin.sin4,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+		sin.sin4.sin_family=AF_INET;
+		sin.sin4.sin_port=htons(global.port);
+		sin.sin4.sin_addr=global.a.ipv4;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN4(sin.sin4);
+		sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		if ((sock=socket(PF_INET6,SOCK_STREAM,IPPROTO_TCP))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not open tcp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memset(&sin.sin6,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6));
+		sin.sin6.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+		sin.sin6.sin6_port=htons(global.port);
+		sin.sin6.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+		sin.sin6.sin6_addr=global.a.ipv6;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN6(sin.sin6);
+		sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+	}
+#endif
+	{
+		int so=1;
+		/* The SO_REUSEADDR socket option tells the kernel that even if this port
+		   is busy (in the TIME_WAIT state), go ahead and reuse it anyway. If it
+		   is busy, but with another state, we should get an address already in
+		   use error. It is useful if pdnsd is shut down, and then restarted right
+		   away while sockets are still active on its port. There is a slight risk
+		   though. If unexpected data comes in, it may confuse pdnsd, but while
+		   this is possible, it is not likely.
+		*/
+		if(setsockopt(sock,SOL_SOCKET,SO_REUSEADDR,&so,sizeof(so)))
+			log_warn("Could not set options on tcp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+	}
+	if (bind(sock,(struct sockaddr *)&sin,sinl)) {
+		log_error("Could not bind tcp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+		close(sock);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return sock;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Listen on the specified port for tcp connects and answer them (each in a new thread to be nonblocking)
+ */
+void *tcp_server_thread(void *p)
+{
+	int sock;
+	pthread_t pt;
+	int *csock;
+
+	/* (void)p; */  /* To inhibit "unused variable" warning */
+
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+
+	if (!global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+	}
+
+	sock=tcp_socket;
+
+	if (listen(sock,5)) {
+		if (++da_tcp_errs<=TCP_MAX_ERRS) {
+			log_error("Could not listen on tcp socket: %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+		goto close_sock_return;
+	}
+
+	while (1) {
+		if (!(csock=(int *)pdnsd_malloc(sizeof(int)))) {
+			if (++da_mem_errs<=MEM_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_error("Out of memory in request handling.");
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		if ((*csock=accept(sock,NULL,0))==-1) {
+			if (errno!=EINTR && ++da_tcp_errs<=TCP_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_error("tcp accept failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * With creating a new thread, we follow recommendations
+			 * in rfc1035 not to block
+			 */
+			pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+			if (qprocs<global.proc_limit+global.procq_limit) {
+				int err;
+				++qprocs; ++spawned;
+				pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+				err=pthread_create(&pt,&attr_detached,tcp_answer_thread,(void *)csock);
+				if(err==0)
+					continue;
+				if(++da_thrd_errs<=THRD_MAX_ERRS)
+					log_warn("pthread_create failed: %s",strerror(err));
+				/* If thread creation failed, free resources associated with it. */
+				pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+				--qprocs; --spawned;
+			}
+			++dropped;
+			pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+			close(*csock);
+		}
+		pdnsd_free(csock);
+		usleep_r(50000);
+	}
+ close_sock_return:
+	tcp_socket=-1;
+	close(sock);
+	tcps_thrid=main_thrid;
+	if (udp_socket==-1)
+		pdnsd_exit();
+	return NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Starts the tcp server thread and the udp server thread. Both threads
+ * are not terminated, so only a signal can interrupt the server.
+ */
+void start_dns_servers()
+{
+
+#ifndef NO_TCP_SERVER
+	if (tcp_socket!=-1) {
+		pthread_t tcps;
+
+		if (pthread_create(&tcps,&attr_detached,tcp_server_thread,NULL)) {
+			log_error("Could not create TCP server thread. Exiting.");
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		} else {
+			tcps_thrid=tcps;
+			log_info(2,"TCP server thread started.");
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (udp_socket!=-1) {
+		pthread_t udps;
+
+		if (pthread_create(&udps,&attr_detached,udp_server_thread,NULL)) {
+			log_error("Could not create UDP server thread. Exiting.");
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		} else {
+			udps_thrid=udps;
+			log_info(2,"UDP server thread started.");
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/* Report the thread status to the file descriptor f, for the status fifo (see status.c) */
+int report_thread_stat(int f)
+{
+	unsigned long nspawned,ndropped;
+	int nactive,ncurrent,nqueued;
+
+	/* The thread counters are volatile, so we will make copies
+	   under locked conditions to make sure we get consistent data.
+	*/
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&proc_lock);
+	nspawned=spawned; ndropped=dropped;
+	nactive=procs; ncurrent=qprocs;
+	nqueued=ncurrent-nactive;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&proc_lock);
+
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"\nThread status:\n==============\n");
+	if(!pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid))
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"server status thread is running.\n");
+	if(!pthread_equal(statsock_thrid,main_thrid))
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"pdnsd control thread is running.\n");
+	if(!pthread_equal(tcps_thrid,main_thrid))
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"tcp server thread is running.\n");
+	if(!pthread_equal(udps_thrid,main_thrid))
+		fsprintf_or_return(f,"udp server thread is running.\n");
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"%lu query threads spawned in total (%lu queries dropped).\n",
+			   nspawned,ndropped);
+	fsprintf_or_return(f,"%i running query threads (%i active, %i queued).\n",
+			   ncurrent,nactive,nqueued);
+	return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d67b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_answer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* dns_answer.h - Receive and process icoming dns queries.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef DNS_ANSWER_H
+#define DNS_ANSWER_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* --- from main.c */
+extern pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid,statsock_thrid,tcps_thrid,udps_thrid;
+extern volatile int tcp_socket;
+extern volatile int udp_socket;
+/* --- */
+
+int init_udp_socket(void);
+int init_tcp_socket(void);
+void start_dns_servers(void);
+int report_thread_stat(int f);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b6c9c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3798 @@
+/* dns_query.c - Execute outgoing dns queries and write entries to cache
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H
+#include <sys/poll.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "list.h"
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include "dns_query.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "netdev.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+
+#if defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && M_PRESET!=UDP_ONLY
+# error "You may not define NO_TCP_QUERIES when M_PRESET is not set to UDP_ONLY"
+#endif
+#if defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES) && M_PRESET!=TCP_ONLY
+# error "You may not define NO_UDP_QUERIES when M_PRESET is not set to TCP_ONLY"
+#endif
+
+/* data type to hold lists of IP addresses (both v4 and v6)
+   The allocated size should be:
+     sizeof(rejectlist_t) + na4*sizeof(addr4maskpair_t) + na6*sizeof(addr6maskpair_t)
+*/
+typedef struct rejectlist_s {
+	struct rejectlist_s *next;
+	short               policy;
+	short               inherit;
+	int                 na4;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	int                 na6;
+	addr6maskpair_t     rdata[0];  /* dummy array for alignment */
+#else
+	addr4maskpair_t     rdata[0];
+#endif
+} rejectlist_t;
+
+/* --- structures and state constants for parallel query */
+typedef struct {
+	union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		struct sockaddr_in  sin4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif
+	}                   a;
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	struct in_addr      a4fallback;
+#endif
+	time_t              timeout;
+	unsigned short      flags;
+	short               state;
+	short               qm;
+	char                nocache;
+        char                auth_serv;
+	char                lean_query;
+	char                edns_query;
+	char                needs_testing;
+	char                trusted;
+	char                aa;
+	char                tc;
+	char                ra;
+	char                failed;
+	const unsigned char *nsdomain;
+	rejectlist_t        *rejectlist;
+	/* internal state for p_exec_query */
+	int                 sock;
+#if 0
+	dns_cent_t          nent;
+	dns_cent_t          servent;
+#endif
+	unsigned short      transl;
+	unsigned short      recvl;
+#ifndef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+	int                 iolen;  /* number of bytes written or read up to now */
+#endif
+	dns_msg_t           *msg;
+	dns_hdr_t           *recvbuf;
+	unsigned short      myrid;
+	int                 s_errno;
+} query_stat_t;
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(query_stat_t) *query_stat_array;
+
+/* Some macros for handling data in reject lists
+   Perhaps we should use inline functions instead of macros.
+*/
+#define have_rejectlist(st) ((st)->rejectlist!=NULL)
+#define inherit_rejectlist(st) ((st)->rejectlist && (st)->rejectlist->inherit)
+#define reject_policy(st)   ((st)->rejectlist->policy)
+#define nreject_a4(st)      ((st)->rejectlist->na4)
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+#define nreject_a6(st)      ((st)->rejectlist->na6)
+#define rejectlist_a6(st)   ((addr6maskpair_t *)(st)->rejectlist->rdata)
+#define rejectlist_a4(st)   ((addr4maskpair_t *)(rejectlist_a6(st)+nreject_a6(st)))
+#else
+#define rejectlist_a4(st)   ((addr4maskpair_t *)(st)->rejectlist->rdata)
+#endif
+
+#define QS_INITIAL       0  /* This is the initial state. Set this before starting. */
+
+#define QS_TCPINITIAL    1  /* Start a TCP query. */
+#define QS_TCPWRITE      2  /* Waiting to write data. */
+#define QS_TCPREAD       3  /* Waiting to read data. */
+
+#define QS_UDPINITIAL    4  /* Start a UDP query */
+#define QS_UDPRECEIVE    5  /* UDP query transmitted, waiting for response. */
+
+#define QS_QUERY_CASES   case QS_TCPINITIAL: case QS_TCPWRITE: case QS_TCPREAD: case QS_UDPINITIAL: case QS_UDPRECEIVE
+
+#define QS_CANCELED      7  /* query was started, but canceled before completion */
+#define QS_DONE          8  /* done, resources freed, result is in stat_t */
+
+
+/* Events to be polled/selected for */
+#define QS_WRITE_CASES case QS_TCPWRITE
+#define QS_READ_CASES  case QS_TCPREAD: case QS_UDPRECEIVE
+
+/*
+ * This is for error handling to prevent spewing the log files.
+ * Races do not really matter here, so no locks.
+ */
+#define MAXPOLLERRS 10
+static volatile unsigned long poll_errs=0;
+
+#define SOCK_ADDR(p) ((struct sockaddr *) &(p)->a)
+
+#ifdef SIN_LEN
+#undef SIN_LEN
+#endif
+
+#define SIN_LEN SEL_IPVER(sizeof(struct sockaddr_in),sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6))
+#define PDNSD_A(p) SEL_IPVER(((pdnsd_a *) &(p)->a.sin4.sin_addr),((pdnsd_a *) &(p)->a.sin6.sin6_addr))
+
+#ifndef EWOULDBLOCK
+#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN
+#endif
+
+typedef DYNAMIC_ARRAY(dns_cent_t) *dns_cent_array;
+
+
+/*
+ * Take the data from an RR and add it to an array of cache entries.
+ * The return value will be RC_OK in case of success,
+ * RC_SERVFAIL in case there is a problem with inconsistent ttl timestamps
+ * or RC_FATALERR in case of a memory allocation failure.
+ */
+static int rr_to_cache(dns_cent_array *centa, unsigned char *oname, int tp, time_t ttl,
+		       unsigned dlen, void *data, unsigned flags, time_t queryts)
+{
+	int i,n;
+	dns_cent_t *cent;
+
+	n=DA_NEL(*centa);
+	for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+		cent=&DA_INDEX(*centa,i);
+		if (rhnicmp(cent->qname,oname)) {
+			int retval=RC_OK;
+			/* We already have an entry in the array for this name. add_cent_rr is sufficient.
+			   However, make sure there are no double records. This is done by add_cent_rr */
+#ifdef RFC2181_ME_HARDER
+			rr_set_t *rrset= getrrset(cent,tp);
+			if (rrset && rrset->ttl!=ttl)
+				retval= RC_SERVFAIL;
+#endif
+			return add_cent_rr(cent,tp,ttl,queryts,flags,dlen,data  DBG1)? retval: RC_FATALERR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Add a new entry to the array for this name. */
+	if (!(*centa=DA_GROW1_F(*centa,free_cent0)))
+		return RC_FATALERR;
+	cent=&DA_LAST(*centa);
+	if (!init_cent(cent,oname, 0, 0, 0  DBG1)) {
+		*centa=DA_RESIZE(*centa,n);
+		return RC_FATALERR;
+	}
+	return add_cent_rr(cent,tp,ttl,queryts,flags,dlen,data  DBG1)? RC_OK: RC_FATALERR;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Takes a pointer (ptr) to a buffer with recnum rrs,decodes them and enters
+ * them into an array of cache entries. *ptr is modified to point after the last
+ * rr, and *lcnt is decremented by the size of the rrs.
+ *
+ * *numopt is incremented with the number of OPT pseudo RRs found (should be at most one).
+ * The structure pointed to by ep is filled with the information of the first OPT pseudo RR found,
+ * but only if *numopt was set to zero before the call.
+ *
+ * The return value will be either RC_OK (which indicates success),
+ * or one of the failure codes RC_FORMAT, RC_TRUNC, RC_SERVFAIL or RC_FATALERR
+ * (the latter indicates a memory allocation failure).
+*/
+static int rrs2cent(unsigned char *msg, size_t msgsz, unsigned char **ptr, size_t *lcnt, int recnum,
+		    unsigned flags, time_t queryts, dns_cent_array *centa, int *numopt, edns_info_t *ep)
+{
+	int rc, retval=RC_OK;
+	int i;
+	uint16_t type,class; uint32_t ttl; uint16_t rdlength;
+
+	for (i=0;i<recnum;i++) {
+		unsigned char oname[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE], *ttlp;
+		unsigned int len;
+		if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, ptr, lcnt, oname, &len))!=RC_OK) {
+			return rc;
+		}
+		if (*lcnt<sizeof_rr_hdr_t) {
+			return RC_TRUNC;
+		}
+		*lcnt -= sizeof_rr_hdr_t;
+		GETINT16(type,*ptr);
+		GETINT16(class,*ptr);
+		ttlp= *ptr;   /* Remember pointer to ttl field. */
+		GETINT32(ttl,*ptr);
+		GETINT16(rdlength,*ptr);
+		if (*lcnt<rdlength) {
+			return RC_TRUNC;
+		}
+
+		if(type==T_OPT) {
+			/* Found OPT pseudo-RR */
+			if((*numopt)++ == 0) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(oname[0]!=0) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: name in OPT record not empty!\n");
+				}
+#endif
+				ep->udpsize= class;
+				ep->rcode= ((uint16_t)ttlp[0]<<4) | ((dns_hdr_t *)msg)->rcode;
+				ep->version= ttlp[1];
+				ep->do_flg= (ttlp[2]>>7)&1;
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(debug_p) {
+					unsigned int Zflags= ((uint16_t)ttlp[2]<<8) | ttlp[3];
+					if(Zflags & 0x7fff) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: Z field contains unknown nonzero bits (%04x).\n",
+							  Zflags);
+					}
+				}
+				if(rdlength) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: RDATA field in OPT record not empty!\n");
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+			else {
+				DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: ingnoring surplus OPT record.\n");
+			}
+		}
+		else if (!(PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(type) || class!=C_IN)) {
+			/* Some types contain names that may be compressed, so these need to be processed.
+			 * The other records are taken as they are. */
+
+			size_t blcnt=rdlength;
+			unsigned char *bptr=*ptr;  /* make backup for decompression, because rdlength is the
+						      authoritative record length and pointer and size will be
+						      modified by decompress_name. */
+			unsigned char *nptr;
+			unsigned int slen;
+
+			switch (type) {
+			case T_A:
+				/* Validate types we use internally */
+				if(rdlength!=4) goto invalid_length;
+				goto default_case;
+
+			case T_CNAME:
+			case T_MB:
+			case T_MD:
+			case T_MF:
+			case T_MG:
+			case T_MR:
+			case T_NS:
+			case T_PTR:
+			{
+				unsigned char db[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, db, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, len, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO || IS_CACHED_RP
+#if IS_CACHED_MINFO
+			case T_MINFO:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RP
+			case T_RP:
+#endif
+			{
+				unsigned char db[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				nptr=db;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/* PDNSD_ASSERT(len + DNSNAMEBUFSIZE <= sizeof(db), "T_MINFO/T_RP: buffer limit reached"); */
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen=len;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/*nptr+=len;*/
+				slen+=len;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+			case T_MX:
+#if IS_CACHED_AFSDB
+			case T_AFSDB:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RT
+			case T_RT:
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_KX
+			case T_KX:
+#endif
+			{
+				unsigned char db[2+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				if (blcnt<2)
+					goto record_too_short;
+				memcpy(db,bptr,2); /* copy the preference field*/
+				blcnt-=2;
+				bptr+=2;
+				nptr=db+2;
+				slen=2;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/*nptr+=len;*/
+				slen+=len;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+
+			case T_SOA:
+			{
+				unsigned char db[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE+20];
+				nptr=db;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/* PDNSD_ASSERT(len + DNSNAMEBUFSIZE <= sizeof(db), "T_SOA: buffer limit reached"); */
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen=len;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen+=len;
+				/* PDNSD_ASSERT(slen + 20 <= sizeof(db), "T_SOA: buffer limit reached"); */
+				if (blcnt<20)
+					goto record_too_short;
+				memcpy(nptr,bptr,20); /*copy the rest of the SOA record*/
+				blcnt-=20;
+				slen+=20;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#if IS_CACHED_AAAA
+			case T_AAAA:
+				/* Validate types we use internally */
+				if(rdlength!=16) goto invalid_length;
+				goto default_case;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_PX
+			case T_PX:
+			{
+				unsigned char db[2+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				if (blcnt<2)
+					goto record_too_short;
+				memcpy(db,bptr,2); /* copy the preference field*/
+				blcnt-=2;
+				bptr+=2;
+				nptr=db+2;
+				slen=2;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/* PDNSD_ASSERT(len + DNSNAMEBUFSIZE <= sizeof(db), "T_PX: buffer limit reached"); */
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen+=len;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/* nptr+=len; */
+				slen+=len;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_SRV
+			case T_SRV:
+			{
+				unsigned char db[6+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				if (blcnt<6)
+					goto record_too_short;
+				memcpy(db,bptr,6);
+				blcnt-=6;
+				bptr+=6;
+				nptr=db+6;
+				slen=6;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/*nptr+=len;*/
+				slen+=len;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NXT
+			case T_NXT:
+			{
+				unsigned char db[1040];
+				nptr=db;
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen=len+blcnt;
+				if (slen > sizeof(db))
+					goto buffer_overflow;
+				memcpy(nptr,bptr,blcnt);
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NAPTR
+			case T_NAPTR:
+			{
+				int j;
+				unsigned char db[4 + 3*256 + DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+				nptr=db;
+				/*
+				 * After the preference field, three text strings follow, the maximum length being 255
+				 * characters for each (this is ensured by the type of *bptr), plus one length byte for
+				 * each, so 3 * 256 = 786 in total. In addition, the name below is up to DNSNAMEBUFSIZE characters
+				 * in size, and the preference field is another 4 bytes in size, so the total length
+				 * that can be taken up is 1028 characters. This means that the whole record will always
+				 * fit into db.
+				 */
+				len=4;   /* also copy the preference field*/
+				for (j=0;j<3;j++) {
+					if (len>=blcnt)
+						goto record_too_short;
+					len += ((unsigned)bptr[len])+1;
+				}
+				if(len>blcnt)
+					goto record_too_short;
+				memcpy(nptr,bptr,len);
+				blcnt-=len;
+				bptr+=len;
+				nptr+=len;
+				slen=len;
+
+				/* PDNSD_ASSERT(slen+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE <= sizeof(db), "T_NAPTR: buffer limit reached (name)"); */
+				if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nptr, &len))!=RC_OK)
+					return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+				/*nptr+=len;*/
+				slen+=len;
+				if (blcnt!=0)
+					goto trailing_junk;
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, db, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_IPSECKEY
+			case T_IPSECKEY:
+			{
+				unsigned gwtp;
+				/* An IPSECKEY record can contain a domain name, so we do some sanity checks just to be sure. */
+				if(blcnt<3) goto record_too_short;
+				gwtp= bptr[1];
+				blcnt -= 3;
+				bptr += 3;
+				switch(gwtp) {
+				case 0: goto default_case;
+				case 1: /* There should be enough room for IPv4 address. */
+					if(blcnt<4) goto record_too_short;
+					goto default_case;
+				case 2: /* There should be enough room for IPv6 address. */
+					if(blcnt<16) goto record_too_short;
+					goto default_case;
+				case 3: /* Check that domain name is not compressed. */
+					if(isnormalencdomname(bptr,blcnt)) goto default_case;
+					/* It appears the name is compressed even though RFC 4025
+					   says it shouldn't be. For the sake of flexibility, we
+					   try to decompress it anyway. */
+					{
+						unsigned char *rbuf, nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+						if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nmbuf, &len))!=RC_OK)
+							return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+						slen=3+len+blcnt;
+						rbuf=malloc(slen);
+						if(!rbuf) return RC_FATALERR;
+						nptr=mempcpy(rbuf,*ptr,3);
+						nptr=mempcpy(nptr,nmbuf,len);
+						memcpy(nptr,bptr,blcnt);
+						rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, rbuf, flags,queryts);
+						free(rbuf);
+						if(rc!=RC_OK) {
+							if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+								return rc;
+							retval=rc;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				default:
+					DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: %s record contains unsupported gateway type (%u).\n",getrrtpname(type),gwtp);
+					return RC_FORMAT;
+				}
+			}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_RRSIG
+			case T_RRSIG:
+				/* An RRSIG record contains a domain name, so we do some sanity checks just to be sure. */
+				if(blcnt<18) goto record_too_short;
+				blcnt -= 18;
+				bptr += 18;
+				if(isnormalencdomname(bptr,blcnt)) goto default_case;
+				/* It appears the name is compressed even though RFC 4034
+				   says it shouldn't be. For the sake of flexibility, we
+				   try to decompress it anyway. */
+				{
+					unsigned char *rbuf, nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nmbuf, &len))!=RC_OK)
+						return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+					slen=18+len+blcnt;
+					rbuf=malloc(slen);
+					if(!rbuf) return RC_FATALERR;
+					nptr=mempcpy(rbuf,*ptr,18);
+					nptr=mempcpy(nptr,nmbuf,len);
+					memcpy(nptr,bptr,blcnt);
+					rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, rbuf, flags,queryts);
+					free(rbuf);
+					if(rc!=RC_OK) {
+						if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+							return rc;
+						retval=rc;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+#endif
+#if IS_CACHED_NSEC
+			case T_NSEC:
+				/* An NSEC record contains a domain name, so we do some sanity checks just to be sure. */
+				if(isnormalencdomname(bptr,blcnt)) goto default_case;
+				/* It appears the name is compressed even though RFC 4034
+				   says it shouldn't be. For the sake of flexibility, we
+				   try to decompress it anyway. */
+				{
+					unsigned char *rbuf, nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					if ((rc=decompress_name(msg, msgsz, &bptr, &blcnt, nmbuf, &len))!=RC_OK)
+						return rc==RC_TRUNC?RC_FORMAT:rc;
+					slen=len+blcnt;
+					rbuf=malloc(slen);
+					if(!rbuf) return RC_FATALERR;
+					nptr=mempcpy(rbuf,nmbuf,len);
+					memcpy(nptr,bptr,blcnt);
+					rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, slen, rbuf, flags,queryts);
+					free(rbuf);
+					if(rc!=RC_OK) {
+						if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+							return rc;
+						retval=rc;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+#endif
+			default:
+			default_case:
+				if ((rc=rr_to_cache(centa, oname, type, ttl, rdlength, *ptr, flags,queryts))!=RC_OK) {
+					if(rc==RC_FATALERR)
+						return rc;
+					retval=rc;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			/* skip otherwise */
+			DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: ignoring record of type %s (%d), class %s (%d).\n",
+				  getrrtpname(type), type,
+				  class==C_IN?"IN":"[unknown]", class);
+		}
+
+		*lcnt -= rdlength;
+		*ptr += rdlength;
+	}
+	return retval;
+
+ trailing_junk:
+	DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: %s record has trailing junk.\n",getrrtpname(type));
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ record_too_short:
+	DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: %s record too short.\n",getrrtpname(type));
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ buffer_overflow:
+	DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: buffer too small to process %s record.\n",getrrtpname(type));
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+
+ invalid_length:
+	DEBUG_MSG("rrs2cent: %s record has length %u.\n",getrrtpname(type),rdlength);
+	return RC_FORMAT;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to bind the socket to a port in the given port range. Returns 1 on success, or 0 on failure.
+ */
+static int bind_socket(int s)
+{
+	int query_port_start=global.query_port_start,query_port_end=global.query_port_end;
+
+	/*
+	 * -1, as a special value for query_port_start, denotes that we let the kernel select
+	 * a port when we first use the socket, which used to be the default.
+	 */
+	if (query_port_start >= 0) {
+		union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+			struct sockaddr_in sin4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+			struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+#endif
+		} sin;
+		socklen_t sinl;
+		int prt, pstart, range = query_port_end-query_port_start+1, m=0xffff;
+		unsigned try1,try2, maxtry2;
+
+		if (range<=0 || range>0x10000) {
+			log_warn("Illegal port range in %s line %d, dropping query!\n",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if(range<=0x8000) {
+			/* Find the smallest power of 2 >= range. */
+			for(m=1; m<range; m <<= 1);
+			/* Convert into a bit mask. */
+			--m;
+		}
+
+		for (try2=0,maxtry2=range*2;;) {
+			/* Get a random number < range, by rejecting those >= range. */
+			for(try1=0;;) {
+				prt= get_rand16()&m;
+				if(prt<range) break;
+				if(++try1>=0x10000) {
+					log_warn("Cannot get random number < range"
+						 " after %d tries in %s line %d,"
+						 " bad random number generator?\n",
+						 try1,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+					return 0;
+				}
+			}
+			prt += query_port_start;
+
+			for(pstart=prt;;) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+				if (run_ipv4) {
+					memset(&sin.sin4,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+					sin.sin4.sin_family=AF_INET;
+					sin.sin4.sin_port=htons(prt);
+					sin.sin4.sin_addr=global.out_a.ipv4;
+					SET_SOCKA_LEN4(sin.sin4);
+					sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
+				}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+				ELSE_IPV6 {
+					memset(&sin.sin6,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6));
+					sin.sin6.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+					sin.sin6.sin6_port=htons(prt);
+					sin.sin6.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+					sin.sin6.sin6_addr=global.out_a.ipv6;
+					SET_SOCKA_LEN6(sin.sin6);
+					sinl=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6);
+				}
+#endif
+				if (bind(s,(struct sockaddr *)&sin,sinl)==-1) {
+					if (errno!=EADDRINUSE &&
+					    errno!=EADDRNOTAVAIL) { /* EADDRNOTAVAIL should not happen here... */
+						log_warn("Could not bind to socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+						return 0;
+					}
+					/* If the address is in use, we continue. */
+				} else
+					goto done;
+
+				if(++try2>=maxtry2) {
+					/* It is possible we missed the free ports by chance,
+					   try scanning the whole range. */
+					if (++prt>query_port_end)
+						prt=query_port_start;
+					if (prt==pstart) {
+						/* Wrapped around, scanned the whole range. Give up. */
+						log_warn("Out of ports in the range"
+							 " %d-%d, dropping query!\n",
+							 query_port_start,query_port_end);
+						return 0;
+					}
+				}
+				else    /* Try new random number */
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+done:
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+inline static void *realloc_or_cleanup(void *ptr,size_t size)
+{
+	void *retval=pdnsd_realloc(ptr,size);
+	if(!retval)
+		pdnsd_free(ptr);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+#if defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES)
+# define USE_UDP(st) 1
+#elif defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+# define USE_UDP(st) 0
+#else /* !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES) */
+# define USE_UDP(st) ((st)->qm==UDP_ONLY || (st)->qm==UDP_TCP)
+
+/* These functions will be used in case a TCP query might fail and we want to try again using UDP. */
+
+# define tentative_tcp_query(st) ((st)->qm==TCP_UDP && ((st)->state==QS_TCPWRITE || ((st)->state==QS_TCPREAD && (st)->iolen==0)))
+
+inline static void switch_to_udp(query_stat_t *st)
+{
+	st->qm=UDP_ONLY;
+	st->myrid=get_rand16();
+	st->msg->hdr.id=htons(st->myrid);
+	st->state=QS_UDPINITIAL;
+	/* st->failed=0; */
+}
+
+/* This function will be used in case a UDP reply was truncated and we want to try again using TCP. */
+
+inline static void switch_to_tcp(query_stat_t *st)
+{
+	/* PDNSD_ASSERT(st->state==QS_INITIAL || st->state==QS_DONE || st->state==QS_CANCELED,
+	   "Attempt to switch to TCP while a query is in progress."); */
+	st->qm=TCP_ONLY;
+	st->state=QS_INITIAL;
+	st->failed=0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* ------ following is the parallel query code.
+ * It has been observed that a whole lot of name servers are just damn lame, with response time
+ * of about 1 min. If that slow one is by chance the first server we try, serializing the tries is quite
+ * sub-optimal. Also when doing serial queries, the timeout values given in the config will add up, which
+ * is not the Right Thing. Now that serial queries are in place, this is still true for CNAME recursion,
+ * and for recursion in quest for the holy AA, but not totally for querying multiple servers.
+ * The impact on network bandwith should be only marginal (given todays bandwith).
+ *
+ * The actual strategy is to do (max) PAR_QUERIES parallel queries, and, if these time out or fail, do again
+ * that number of queries, until we are successful or there are no more servers to query.
+ * Since the memory footprint of a thread is considerably large on some systems, and because we have better
+ * control, we will do the parallel queries multiplexed in one thread.
+ */
+
+/* The query state machine that is called from p_exec_query. This is called once for initialization (state
+ * QS_TCPINITIAL or QS_UDPINITIAL is preset), and the state that it gives back may either be state QS_DONE,
+ * in which case it must return a return code other than -1 and is called no more for this server
+ * (except perhaps in UDP mode if TCP failed). If p_query_sm returns -1, then the state machine is in a read
+ * or write state, and a function higher up the calling chain can setup a poll() or select() together with st->sock.
+ * If that poll/select is succesful for that socket, p_exec_query is called again and will hand over to p_query_sm.
+ * So, you can assume that read(), write() and recvfrom() will not block at the start of a state handling when you
+ * have returned -1 (which means "call again") as last step of the last state handling. */
+static int p_query_sm(query_stat_t *st)
+{
+	int retval=RC_SERVFAIL,rv;
+
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+ tryagain:
+#endif
+	switch (st->state){
+		/* TCP query code */
+#ifndef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+	case QS_TCPINITIAL:
+		if ((st->sock=socket(PDNSD_PF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,IPPROTO_TCP))==-1) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Could not open socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+			break;
+		}
+		/* sin4 or sin6 is intialized, hopefully. */
+
+		/* maybe bind */
+		if (!bind_socket(st->sock)) {
+			close(st->sock);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* transmit query by tcp*/
+		/* make the socket non-blocking */
+		{
+			int oldflags = fcntl(st->sock, F_GETFL, 0);
+			if (oldflags == -1 || fcntl(st->sock,F_SETFL,oldflags|O_NONBLOCK)==-1) {
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("fcntl error while trying to make socket to %s non-blocking: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno));
+				close(st->sock);
+				break;
+			}
+ 		}
+		st->iolen=0;
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	retry_tcp_connect:
+#endif
+		if (connect(st->sock,SOCK_ADDR(st),SIN_LEN)==-1) {
+			if (errno==EINPROGRESS || errno==EPIPE) {
+				st->state=QS_TCPWRITE;
+				/* st->event=QEV_WRITE; */ /* wait for writability; the connect is then done */
+				return -1;
+			} else if (errno==ECONNREFUSED) {
+				st->s_errno=errno;
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("TCP connection refused by %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+				close(st->sock);
+				goto tcp_failed; /* We may want to try again using UDP */
+			} else {
+				/* Since immediate connect() errors do not cost any time, we do not try to switch the
+				 * server status to offline */
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+				/* if IPv6 connectivity is for some reason unavailable, perhaps the
+				   IPv4 fallback address can still be reached. */
+				if(!run_ipv4 && (errno==ENETUNREACH || errno==ENETDOWN)
+				   && st->a4fallback.s_addr!=INADDR_ANY)
+				{
+#if DEBUG>0
+					char abuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Connecting to %s failed: %s, retrying with IPv4 address %s\n",
+							 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno),
+							 inet_ntop(AF_INET,&st->a4fallback,abuf,sizeof(abuf)));
+#endif
+					IPV6_MAPIPV4(&st->a4fallback,&st->a.sin6.sin6_addr);
+					st->a4fallback.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+					goto retry_tcp_connect;
+				}
+#endif
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while connecting to %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno));
+				close(st->sock);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		st->state=QS_TCPWRITE;
+		/* st->event=QEV_WRITE; */
+		/* fall through in case of not EINPROGRESS */
+	case QS_TCPWRITE:
+		{
+			int rem= dnsmsghdroffset + st->transl - st->iolen;
+			if(rem>0) {
+				rv=write(st->sock,((unsigned char*)st->msg)+st->iolen,rem);
+				if(rv==-1) {
+					if(errno==EWOULDBLOCK)
+						return -1;
+					st->s_errno=errno;
+					close(st->sock);
+					if (st->iolen==0 &&
+					    (st->s_errno==ECONNREFUSED || st->s_errno==ECONNRESET ||
+					     st->s_errno==EPIPE))
+					{
+						/* This error may be delayed from connect() */
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("TCP connection to %s failed: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(st->s_errno));
+						goto tcp_failed; /* We may want to try again using UDP */
+					}
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while sending data to %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(st->s_errno));
+					break;
+				}
+				st->iolen += rv;
+				if(rv<rem)
+					return -1;
+			}
+		}
+		st->state=QS_TCPREAD;
+		st->iolen=0;
+		/* st->event=QEV_READ; */
+		/* fall through */
+	case QS_TCPREAD:
+	        if(st->iolen==0) {
+			uint16_t recvl_net;
+			rv=read(st->sock,&recvl_net,sizeof(recvl_net));
+			if(rv==-1 && errno==EWOULDBLOCK)
+				return -1;
+			if(rv!=sizeof(recvl_net))
+				goto error_receiv_data;
+			st->iolen=rv;
+			st->recvl=ntohs(recvl_net);
+			if(!(st->recvbuf=(dns_hdr_t *)realloc_or_cleanup(st->recvbuf,st->recvl))) {
+				close(st->sock);
+				DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in query.\n");
+				retval=RC_FATALERR;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		{
+			int offset=st->iolen-sizeof(uint16_t);
+			int rem=st->recvl-offset;
+			if(rem>0) {
+				rv=read(st->sock,((unsigned char*)st->recvbuf)+offset,rem);
+				if(rv==-1) {
+					if(errno==EWOULDBLOCK)
+						return -1;
+					goto error_receiv_data;
+				}
+				if(rv==0)
+					goto error_receiv_data; /* unexpected EOF */
+				st->iolen += rv;
+				if(rv<rem)
+					return -1;
+			}
+		}
+		close(st->sock);
+		st->state=QS_DONE;
+		return RC_OK;
+	error_receiv_data:
+		if(rv==-1) st->s_errno=errno;
+		DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while receiving data from %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),
+				 rv==-1?strerror(errno):(rv==0 && st->iolen==0)?"no data":"incomplete data");
+		close(st->sock);
+	tcp_failed:
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+		if(st->qm==TCP_UDP) {
+			switch_to_udp(st);
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("TCP query to %s failed. Trying to use UDP.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+			goto tryagain;
+		}
+#endif
+		break;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_UDP_QUERIES
+		/* UDP query code */
+	case QS_UDPINITIAL:
+		if ((st->sock=socket(PDNSD_PF_INET,SOCK_DGRAM,IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Could not open socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* maybe bind */
+		if (!bind_socket(st->sock)) {
+			close(st->sock);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* connect */
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	retry_udp_connect:
+#endif
+		if (connect(st->sock,SOCK_ADDR(st),SIN_LEN)==-1) {
+			if (errno==ECONNREFUSED) st->s_errno=errno;
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+			/* if IPv6 connectivity is for some reason unavailable, perhaps the
+			   IPv4 fallback address can still be reached. */
+			else if(!run_ipv4 && (errno==ENETUNREACH || errno==ENETDOWN)
+				   && st->a4fallback.s_addr!=INADDR_ANY)
+			{
+#if DEBUG>0
+				char abuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Connecting to %s failed: %s, retrying with IPv4 address %s\n",
+						 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno),
+						 inet_ntop(AF_INET,&st->a4fallback,abuf,sizeof(abuf)));
+#endif
+				IPV6_MAPIPV4(&st->a4fallback,&st->a.sin6.sin6_addr);
+				st->a4fallback.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+				goto retry_udp_connect;
+			}
+#endif
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while connecting to %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno));
+			close(st->sock);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/* transmit query by udp*/
+		/* send will hopefully not block on a freshly opened socket (the buffer
+		 * must be empty) */
+		if (send(st->sock,&st->msg->hdr,st->transl,0)==-1) {
+			st->s_errno=errno;
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while sending data to %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno));
+			close(st->sock);
+			break;
+		}
+		st->state=QS_UDPRECEIVE;
+		/* st->event=QEV_READ; */
+		return -1;
+	case QS_UDPRECEIVE:
+	{
+		int udpbufsize= (st->edns_query?global.udpbufsize:UDP_BUFSIZE);
+		if(!(st->recvbuf=(dns_hdr_t *)realloc_or_cleanup(st->recvbuf,udpbufsize))) {
+			close(st->sock);
+			DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in query.\n");
+			retval=RC_FATALERR;
+			break;
+		}
+		if ((rv=recv(st->sock,st->recvbuf,udpbufsize,0))==-1) {
+			st->s_errno=errno;
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Error while receiving data from %s: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),strerror(errno));
+			close(st->sock);
+			break;
+		}
+		st->recvl=rv;
+		if (st->recvl<sizeof(dns_hdr_t) || ntohs(st->recvbuf->id)!=st->myrid) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Bad answer received. Ignoring it.\n");
+			/* no need to care about timeouts here. That is done at an upper layer. */
+			st->state=QS_UDPRECEIVE;
+			/* st->event=QEV_READ; */
+			return -1;
+		}
+		close(st->sock);
+		st->state=QS_DONE;
+		return RC_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* If we get here, something has gone wrong. */
+	st->state=QS_DONE;
+	return retval; /* should be either RC_SERVFAIL or RC_FATALERR */
+}
+
+static dns_cent_t *lookup_cent_array(dns_cent_array ca, const unsigned char *nm)
+{
+	int i,n=DA_NEL(ca);
+	for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+		dns_cent_t *ce=&DA_INDEX(ca,i);
+		if(rhnicmp(ce->qname,nm))
+			return ce;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Extract the minimum ttl field from the SOA record stored in an rr bucket. */
+static time_t soa_minimum(rr_bucket_t *rrs)
+{
+	uint32_t minimum;
+	unsigned char *p=(unsigned char *)(rrs->data);
+
+	/* Skip owner and maintainer. Lengths are validated in cache. */
+	p=skiprhn(skiprhn(p));
+	/* Skip serial, refresh, retry, expire fields. */
+	p += 4*sizeof(uint32_t);
+	GETINT32(minimum,p);
+	return minimum;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The function that will actually execute a query. It takes a state structure in st.
+ * st->state must be set to QS_INITIAL before calling.
+ * This may return one of the RC_* codes, where RC_OK indicates success, the other
+ * RC codes indicate the appropriate errors. -1 is the return value that indicates that
+ * you should call p_exec_query again with the same state for the result until you get
+ * a return value >0. Alternatively, call p_cancel_query to cancel it.
+ * Timeouts are already handled by this function.
+ * Any records that the query has yielded and that are not a direct answer to the query
+ * (i.e. are records for other domains) are added to the cache, while the direct answers
+ * are returned in ent.
+ * All ns records, to whomever they might belong, are additionally returned in the ns list.
+ * Free it when done.
+ * This function calls another query state machine function that supports TCP and UDP.
+ *
+ * If you want to tell me that this function has a truly ugly coding style, ah, well...
+ * You are right, somehow, but I feel it is conceptually elegant ;-)
+ */
+static int p_exec_query(dns_cent_t **entp, const unsigned char *name, int thint,
+			query_stat_t *st, dlist *ns, unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	int rv,rcode;
+	unsigned short rd;
+
+	switch (st->state){
+	case QS_INITIAL: {
+		size_t transl,allocsz;
+		unsigned int rrnlen=0;
+
+		allocsz= sizeof(dns_msg_t);
+		if(name) {
+			rrnlen=rhnlen(name);
+			allocsz += rrnlen+4;
+			if(st->edns_query)
+				allocsz += sizeof_opt_pseudo_rr;
+		}
+		st->msg=(dns_msg_t *)pdnsd_malloc(allocsz);
+		if (!st->msg) {
+			st->state=QS_DONE;
+ 			return RC_FATALERR; /* unrecoverable error */
+		}
+		st->myrid=get_rand16();
+		st->msg->hdr.id=htons(st->myrid);
+		st->msg->hdr.qr=QR_QUERY;
+		st->msg->hdr.opcode=OP_QUERY;
+		st->msg->hdr.aa=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.tc=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.rd=(name && st->trusted);
+		st->msg->hdr.ra=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.z=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.ad=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.cd=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.rcode=RC_OK;
+		st->msg->hdr.qdcount=htons(name!=NULL);
+		st->msg->hdr.ancount=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.nscount=0;
+		st->msg->hdr.arcount=0;
+
+		transl= sizeof(dns_hdr_t);
+		if(name) {
+			unsigned char *p = mempcpy((unsigned char *)(&st->msg->hdr+1),name,rrnlen);
+			unsigned short qtype=(st->lean_query?thint:QT_ALL);
+			PUTINT16(qtype,p);
+			PUTINT16(C_IN,p);
+			transl += rrnlen+4;
+			if(st->edns_query)
+				add_opt_pseudo_rr(&st->msg,&transl,&allocsz,
+						  global.udpbufsize,RC_OK,0,0);
+		}
+		st->transl=transl;
+#ifndef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+		st->msg->len=htons(st->transl);
+#endif
+		st->recvbuf=NULL;
+		st->state=(USE_UDP(st)?QS_UDPINITIAL:QS_TCPINITIAL);
+		/* fall through */
+	}
+	QS_QUERY_CASES:
+	tryagain:
+		rv=p_query_sm(st);
+		if (rv==-1) {
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if (rv!=RC_OK) {
+			pdnsd_free(st->msg);
+			pdnsd_free(st->recvbuf);
+			st->state=QS_DONE;
+			if(st->needs_testing) {
+				switch(st->s_errno) {
+				case ENETUNREACH:  /* network unreachable */
+				case EHOSTUNREACH: /* host unreachable */
+				case ENOPROTOOPT:  /* protocol unreachable */
+				case ECONNREFUSED: /* port unreachable */
+				case ENETDOWN:     /* network down */
+				case EHOSTDOWN:    /* host down */
+#ifdef ENONET
+				case ENONET:       /* machine not on the network */
+#endif
+					/* Mark this server as down for a period of time */
+					sched_server_test(PDNSD_A(st),1,0);
+					st->needs_testing=0;
+				}
+			}
+			return rv;
+		}
+		/* rv==RC_OK */
+		DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Received reply from %s (msg len=%u).\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)), st->recvl);
+		DEBUG_DUMP_DNS_MSG(st->recvbuf, st->recvl);
+
+		/* Basic sanity checks */
+		if (st->recvl<sizeof(dns_hdr_t)) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Message too short!\n");
+			goto discard_reply;
+		}
+		{
+			uint16_t recvid=ntohs(st->recvbuf->id);
+			if (recvid!=st->myrid) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("ID mismatch: expected %04x, got %04x!\n", st->myrid, recvid);
+				goto discard_reply;
+			}
+		}
+		if (st->recvbuf->qr!=QR_RESP) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("The QR bit indicates this is a query, not a response!\n");
+			goto discard_reply;
+		}
+		if (st->recvbuf->opcode!=OP_QUERY) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Not a reply to a standard query (opcode=%u).\n",st->recvbuf->opcode);
+			goto discard_reply;
+		}
+
+		rcode=st->recvbuf->rcode;
+#if DEBUG>0
+		{
+			char flgsbuf[DNSFLAGSMAXSTRSIZE];
+			DEBUG_MSG("rcode=%u (%s), flags:%s\n", rcode, get_ename(rcode), dnsflags2str(st->recvbuf, flgsbuf));
+		}
+#endif
+		if (st->recvbuf->z!=0) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Malformed response (nonzero Z bit).\n");
+			goto discard_reply;
+		}
+
+		if(st->needs_testing) {
+			/* We got an answer from this server, so don't bother with up tests for a while. */
+			sched_server_test(PDNSD_A(st),1,1);
+			st->needs_testing=0;
+		}
+
+		rv=rcode;
+		if(rcode==RC_OK || rcode==RC_NAMEERR) {
+			/* success or at least no requery is needed */
+			st->state=QS_DONE;
+			break;
+		}
+		else if (entp) {
+			if(rcode==RC_SERVFAIL || rcode==RC_NOTSUPP || rcode==RC_REFUSED) {
+				if (st->msg->hdr.rd && !st->recvbuf->ra) {
+					/* seems as if we have got no recursion available.
+					   We will have to do it by ourselves (sigh...) */
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Server %s returned error code: %s."
+							 " Maybe does not support recursive query?"
+							 " Querying non-recursively.\n",
+							 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),get_ename(rcode));
+					st->msg->hdr.rd=0;
+					goto resetstate_tryagain;
+				}
+				else if(rcode!=RC_SERVFAIL && st->edns_query && st->msg->hdr.arcount)
+					goto try_withoutedns;
+				else if (st->recvbuf->ancount && st->auth_serv==2) {
+					/* The name server returned a failure code,
+					   but the answer section is not empty,
+					   and the answer is from a server lower down the call chain.
+					   Use this answer tentatively (it may be the
+					   best we can get), but remember the failure. */
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Server %s returned error code: %s,"
+							 " but the answer section is not empty."
+							 " Using the answer tentatively.\n",
+							 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),get_ename(rcode));
+					st->failed=3;
+					st->state=QS_DONE;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			else if(rcode==RC_FORMAT && st->edns_query && st->msg->hdr.arcount)
+			try_withoutedns: {
+				size_t transl;
+				/* Perhaps the remote server barfs when the query
+				   contains an OPT RR in the additional section.
+				   Try again with an empty addtional section. */
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Server %s returned error code: %s."
+						 " Maybe cannot handle EDNS?"
+						 " Querying with empty additional section.\n",
+						 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),get_ename(rcode));
+				transl=remove_opt_pseudo_rr(st->msg,st->transl);
+				if(transl!=0 && st->msg->hdr.arcount==0) {
+					st->transl=transl;
+#ifndef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+					st->msg->len=htons(st->transl);
+#endif
+					st->edns_query=0;
+				resetstate_tryagain:
+					st->myrid=get_rand16();
+					st->msg->hdr.id=htons(st->myrid);
+					st->state=(USE_UDP(st)?QS_UDPINITIAL:QS_TCPINITIAL);
+					goto tryagain;
+				}
+				else {
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Internal error: could not remove additional section from query"
+							 " to server %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+	discard_reply:
+		/* report failure */
+		pdnsd_free(st->msg);
+		pdnsd_free(st->recvbuf);
+		/*close(st->sock);*/
+		st->state=QS_DONE;
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if(entp) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Discarding reply from server %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+		}
+#endif
+		if (rv!=RC_OK)
+			return rv;
+
+		return RC_SERVFAIL; /* mock error code */
+
+	default: /* we shouldn't get here */
+		st->state=QS_DONE;
+		return RC_SERVFAIL; /* mock error code */
+	}
+
+        /* If we reach this code, we have successfully received an answer,
+	 * because we have returned error codes on errors or -1 on AGAIN conditions.
+	 * So we *should* have a usable dns record in recvbuf by now.
+	 */
+	rd= st->msg->hdr.rd; /* Save the 'Recursion Desired' bit of the query. */
+	pdnsd_free(st->msg);
+	if(entp) {
+		time_t queryts=time(NULL);
+		size_t lcnt= ((size_t)st->recvl) - sizeof(dns_hdr_t);
+		unsigned char *rrp=(unsigned char *)(st->recvbuf+1);
+		dns_cent_array secs[3]={NULL,NULL,NULL};
+#		define ans_sec  secs[0]
+#		define auth_sec secs[1]
+#		define add_sec  secs[2]
+		unsigned short qtype,flags,aa,neg_ans=0,reject_ans=0,num_ns=0;
+		int numoptrr;
+		edns_info_t ednsinfo= {0};
+
+		if (ntohs(st->recvbuf->qdcount)!=1) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Bad number of query records in answer from %s\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+			rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+			goto free_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+		/* check & skip the query record. */
+		{
+			unsigned char nbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+			if ((rv=decompress_name((unsigned char *)st->recvbuf, st->recvl, &rrp, &lcnt, nbuf, NULL))!=RC_OK) {
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Cannot decompress QNAME in answer from %s\n",
+						 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+				rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+				goto free_recvbuf_return;
+			}
+			if(!rhnicmp(nbuf,name)) {
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Answer from %s does not match query.\n",
+						 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+				rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+				goto free_recvbuf_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		qtype=(st->lean_query?thint:QT_ALL);
+		if (lcnt<4) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Format error in reply from %s (message truncated in qtype or qclass).\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+			rv=RC_SERVFAIL; /* mock error code */
+			goto free_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+		{
+			unsigned short qt,qc;
+			GETINT16(qt,rrp);
+			GETINT16(qc,rrp);
+			if(qt!=qtype) {
+				DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("qtype in answer (%u) from %s does not match expected qtype (%u).\n",
+						 qt,PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),qtype);
+				rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+				goto free_recvbuf_return;
+			}
+		}
+		lcnt-=4;
+
+		st->aa= (st->recvbuf->aa && !st->failed);
+		st->tc= st->recvbuf->tc;
+		st->ra= (rd && st->recvbuf->ra);
+
+		/* Don't flag cache entries from a truncated reply as authoritative. */
+		aa= (st->aa && !st->tc);
+		flags=st->flags;
+		if (aa) flags|=CF_AUTH;
+
+
+		/* Initialize a dns_cent_t in the array for the answer section */
+		if (!(ans_sec=DA_GROW1(ans_sec))) {
+			rv=RC_FATALERR; /* unrecoverable error */
+			goto free_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+		/* By marking DF_AUTH, we mean authoritative AND complete. */
+		if (!init_cent(&DA_INDEX(ans_sec,0), name, 0, 0, (aa && qtype==QT_ALL)?DF_AUTH:0  DBG1)) {
+			rv=RC_FATALERR; /* unrecoverable error */
+			goto free_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+
+		/* Now read the answer, authority and additional sections,
+		   storing the results in the arrays ans_sec,auth_sec and add_sec.
+		*/
+		numoptrr=0;
+		rv=rrs2cent((unsigned char *)st->recvbuf, st->recvl, &rrp, &lcnt, ntohs(st->recvbuf->ancount),
+			    flags, queryts, &ans_sec, &numoptrr, &ednsinfo);
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if(numoptrr!=0) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Answer section in reply contains %d OPT pseudo-RRs!\n", numoptrr);
+		}
+#endif
+		numoptrr=0;
+		if(rv==RC_OK) {
+			uint16_t nscount=ntohs(st->recvbuf->nscount);
+			if (nscount) {
+				rv=rrs2cent((unsigned char *)st->recvbuf, st->recvl, &rrp, &lcnt, nscount,
+					    flags|CF_ADDITIONAL, queryts, &auth_sec, &numoptrr, &ednsinfo);
+#if DEBUG>0
+				if(numoptrr!=0) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("Authority section in reply contains %d OPT pseudo-RRs!\n", numoptrr);
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+		}
+
+		numoptrr=0;
+		if(rv==RC_OK) {
+			uint16_t arcount=ntohs(st->recvbuf->arcount);
+			if (arcount) {
+				rv=rrs2cent((unsigned char *)st->recvbuf, st->recvl, &rrp, &lcnt, arcount,
+					    flags|CF_ADDITIONAL, queryts, &add_sec, &numoptrr, &ednsinfo);
+				if(numoptrr!=0) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+					if(numoptrr!=1) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("Additional section in reply contains %d OPT pseudo-RRs!\n", numoptrr);
+					}
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Reply from %s contains OPT pseudosection: EDNS version = %u, udp size = %u, flag DO=%u\n",
+							 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)), ednsinfo.version, ednsinfo.udpsize, ednsinfo.do_flg);
+#endif
+					if(rcode!=ednsinfo.rcode) {
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Reply from %s contains unexpected EDNS rcode %u (%s)!\n",
+								 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)), ednsinfo.rcode, get_ename(ednsinfo.rcode));
+						rcode=ednsinfo.rcode;
+						/* Mark as failed, but use answer tentatively. */
+						if(!st->failed) st->failed=1;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(!(rv==RC_OK || (rv==RC_TRUNC && st->recvbuf->tc))) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(rv==RC_FORMAT?"Format error in reply from %s.\n":
+					 rv==RC_TRUNC?"Format error in reply from %s (message unexpectedly truncated).\n":
+					 rv==RC_SERVFAIL?"Inconsistent timestamps in reply from %s.\n":
+					 "Out of memory while processing reply from %s.\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+			if(rv==RC_SERVFAIL) {
+				/* Inconsistent ttl timestamps and we are
+				   enforcing strict RFC 2181 compliance.
+				   Mark as failed, but use answer tentatively. */
+				if(!st->failed) st->failed=1;
+			}
+			else {
+				if(rv!=RC_FATALERR) rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+				goto free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		{
+			/* Remember references to NS and SOA records in the answer or authority section
+			   so that we can add this information to our own reply. */
+			int i,n=DA_NEL(ans_sec);
+			for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+				dns_cent_t *cent=&DA_INDEX(ans_sec,i);
+				unsigned scnt=rhnsegcnt(cent->qname);
+
+				if(getrrset_NS(cent))
+					cent->c_ns=scnt;
+				if(getrrset_SOA(cent))
+					cent->c_soa=scnt;
+
+				if((qtype>=QT_MIN && qtype<=QT_MAX) ||
+				   (/* (qtype>=T_MIN && qtype<=T_MAX) && */ getrrset(cent,qtype)) ||
+				   (n==1 && cent->num_rrs==0))
+				{
+					/* Match this name with names in the authority section */
+					int j,m=DA_NEL(auth_sec);
+					for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+						dns_cent_t *ce=&DA_INDEX(auth_sec,j);
+						unsigned int ml,rem;
+						ml=domain_match(ce->qname,cent->qname, &rem, NULL);
+						if(rem==0 &&
+						   /* Don't accept records for the root domain from name servers
+						      that were not listed in the configuration file. */
+						   (ml || st->auth_serv!=2)) {
+							if(getrrset_NS(ce)) {
+								if(cent->c_ns==cundef || cent->c_ns<ml)
+									cent->c_ns=ml;
+							}
+							if(getrrset_SOA(ce)) {
+								if(cent->c_soa==cundef || cent->c_soa<ml)
+									cent->c_soa=ml;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Check whether the answer contains an IP address that should be rejected. */
+		if(have_rejectlist(st)) {
+			int i;
+			int na4=nreject_a4(st);
+			addr4maskpair_t *a4arr=rejectlist_a4(st);
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+			int na6=nreject_a6(st);
+			addr6maskpair_t *a6arr=rejectlist_a6(st);
+#endif
+			/* Check addresses in the answer, authority and additional sections. */
+			for(i=0;i<3;++i) {
+				dns_cent_array sec=secs[i];
+				int j,nce=DA_NEL(sec);
+				for(j=0;j<nce;++j) {
+					dns_cent_t *cent=&DA_INDEX(sec,j);
+					rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_A(cent);
+					if(rrset && na4) {
+						/* This is far from the world's most efficient matching algorithm,
+						   but it should work OK as long as the numbers involved are small.
+						*/
+						rr_bucket_t *rr;
+						for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+							struct in_addr *a=(struct in_addr *)(rr->data);
+							int k;
+							for(k=0;k<na4;++k) {
+								addr4maskpair_t *am = &a4arr[k];
+								if(ADDR4MASK_EQUIV(a,&am->a,&am->mask)) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+									unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE]; char abuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN];
+									DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Rejecting answer from server %s because it contains an A record"
+											 " for "%s" with an address in the reject list: %s\n",
+											 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),
+											 rhn2str(cent->qname,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)),
+											 inet_ntop(AF_INET,a,abuf,sizeof(abuf)));
+#endif
+									reject_ans=1; goto rejectlist_scan_done;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+					rrset=getrrset_AAAA(cent);
+					if(rrset && na6) {
+						rr_bucket_t *rr;
+						for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+							struct in6_addr *a=(struct in6_addr *)(rr->data);
+							int k;
+							for(k=0;k<na6;++k) {
+								addr6maskpair_t *am = &a6arr[k];
+								if(ADDR6MASK_EQUIV(a,&am->a,&am->mask)) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+									unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE]; char abuf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
+									DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Rejecting answer from server %s because it contains an AAAA record"
+											 " for "%s" with an address in the reject list: %s\n",
+											 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),
+											 rhn2str(cent->qname,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)),
+											 inet_ntop(AF_INET6,a,abuf,sizeof(abuf)));
+#endif
+									reject_ans=1; goto rejectlist_scan_done;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+#endif
+				}
+			}
+		rejectlist_scan_done:;
+		}
+
+		/* negative caching for domains */
+		if (rcode==RC_NAMEERR) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Server %s returned error code: %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),get_ename(rcode));
+		name_error:
+			neg_ans=1;
+			{
+				/* We did not get what we wanted. Cache according to policy */
+				dns_cent_t *ent=&DA_INDEX(ans_sec,0);
+				int neg_domain_pol=global.neg_domain_pol;
+				if (neg_domain_pol==C_ON || (neg_domain_pol==C_AUTH && st->aa)) {
+					time_t ttl=global.neg_ttl;
+
+					/* Try to find a SOA record that came with the reply.
+					 */
+					if(ent->c_soa!=cundef) {
+						unsigned scnt=rhnsegcnt(name);
+						dns_cent_t *cent;
+						if(ent->c_soa<scnt && (cent=lookup_cent_array(auth_sec,skipsegs(name,scnt-ent->c_soa)))) {
+							rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_SOA(cent);
+							if (rrset && rrset->rrs) {
+								time_t min=soa_minimum(rrset->rrs);
+								ttl=rrset->ttl;
+								if(ttl>min)
+									ttl=min;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Caching domain %s negative with ttl %li\n",RHN2STR(name),(long)ttl);
+					negate_cent(ent,ttl,queryts);
+					if(st->nocache) ent->flags |= DF_NOCACHE;
+					goto cleanup_return_OK;
+				} else {
+					if(c_soa) *c_soa=ent->c_soa;
+					free_cent(ent  DBG1);
+					rv=RC_NAMEERR;
+					goto add_additional;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(reject_ans) {
+			if(reject_policy(st)==C_NEGATE && st->failed<=1)
+				goto name_error;
+			else {
+				rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+				goto free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(global.deleg_only_zones && st->auth_serv<3) { /* st->auth_serv==3 means this server is a root-server. */
+			int missingdelegation,authcnt;
+			/* The deleg_only_zones data may change due to runtime reconfiguration,
+			   therefore use locks. */
+			lock_server_data();
+			missingdelegation=0; authcnt=0;
+			{
+				int i,n=DA_NEL(global.deleg_only_zones); unsigned rem,zrem;
+				for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+					if(domain_match(name,DA_INDEX(global.deleg_only_zones,i),&rem,&zrem) && zrem==0)
+						goto zone_match;
+				}
+				goto delegation_OK;
+			zone_match:
+				/* The name queried matches a delegation-only zone. */
+				if(rem) {
+					/* Check if we can find delegation in the answer or authority section. */
+					/* dns_cent_array secs[2]={ans_sec,auth_sec}; */
+					int j;
+					for(j=0;j<2;++j) {
+						dns_cent_array sec=secs[j];
+						int k,m=DA_NEL(sec);
+						for(k=0;k<m;++k) {
+							dns_cent_t *ce=&DA_INDEX(sec,k);
+							if(getrrset_NS(ce) || getrrset_SOA(ce)) {
+								/* Found a NS or SOA record in the answer or authority section. */
+								int l;
+								++authcnt;
+								for(l=0;l<n;++l) {
+									if(domain_match(ce->qname,DA_INDEX(global.deleg_only_zones,l),&rem,&zrem) && zrem==0) {
+										if(rem) break;
+										else    goto try_next_auth;
+									}
+								}
+								goto delegation_OK;
+							}
+						try_next_auth:;
+						}
+					}
+#if DEBUG>0
+					{
+						unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],zbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(authcnt?"%s is in %s zone, but no delegation found in answer returned by server %s\n"
+								 :"%s is in %s zone, but no authority information provided by server %s\n",
+								 rhn2str(name,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)), rhn2str(DA_INDEX(global.deleg_only_zones,i),zbuf,sizeof(zbuf)),
+								 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+					}
+#endif
+					missingdelegation=1;
+				}
+			delegation_OK:;
+			}
+			unlock_server_data();
+
+			if(missingdelegation) {
+				if(authcnt && st->failed<=1) {
+					/* Treat this as a nonexistant name. */
+					goto name_error;
+				}
+				else if(st->auth_serv<2) {
+					/* If this is one of the servers obtained from the list
+					   pdnsd was configured with, treat this as a failure.
+					   Hopefully one of the other servers in the list will
+					   return a non-empty authority section.
+					*/
+					rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+					goto free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		{
+			/* Negative caching of rr sets */
+			dns_cent_t *ent=&DA_INDEX(ans_sec,0);
+
+			if(!ent->num_rrs) neg_ans=1;
+
+			if (thint>=T_MIN && thint<=T_MAX && !getrrset(ent,thint) && !st->tc && st->failed<=1) {
+				/* We did not get what we wanted. Cache according to policy */
+				int neg_rrs_pol=global.neg_rrs_pol;
+				if (neg_rrs_pol==C_ON || (neg_rrs_pol==C_AUTH && aa) ||
+				    (neg_rrs_pol==C_DEFAULT && (aa || st->ra)))
+				{
+					time_t ttl=global.neg_ttl;
+					rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_SOA(ent);
+					dns_cent_t *cent;
+					unsigned scnt;
+					/* If we received a SOA, we should take the ttl of that record. */
+					if ((rrset && rrset->rrs) ||
+					    /* Try to find a SOA record higher up the hierarchy that came with the reply. */
+					    ((cent=lookup_cent_array(auth_sec,
+								     (ent->c_soa!=cundef && ent->c_soa<(scnt=rhnsegcnt(name)))?
+								     skipsegs(name,scnt-ent->c_soa):
+								     name)) &&
+					     (rrset=getrrset_SOA(cent)) && rrset->rrs))
+					{
+						time_t min=soa_minimum(rrset->rrs);
+						ttl=rrset->ttl;
+						if(ttl>min)
+							ttl=min;
+					}
+					DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Caching type %s for domain %s negative with ttl %li\n",getrrtpname(thint),RHN2STR(name),(long)ttl);
+					if (!add_cent_rrset_by_type(ent, thint, ttl, queryts, CF_NEGATIVE|flags  DBG1)) {
+						rv=RC_FATALERR;
+						goto free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (st->failed<=1) {
+			/* The domain names of all name servers found in the answer and authority sections are placed in *ns,
+			   which is automatically grown. */
+			/* dns_cent_array secs[2]={ans_sec,auth_sec}; */
+			int i;
+			for(i=0;i<2;++i) {
+				dns_cent_array sec=secs[i];
+				int j,n=DA_NEL(sec);
+				for(j=0;j<n;++j) {
+					dns_cent_t *cent=&DA_INDEX(sec,j);
+					unsigned int rem;
+					/* Don't accept records for the root domain from name servers
+					   that were not listed in the configuration file. */
+					if((*(cent->qname) || st->auth_serv!=2) &&
+					   /* Don't accept possibly poisoning nameserver entries in paranoid mode */
+					   (st->trusted || !st->nsdomain || (domain_match(st->nsdomain, cent->qname, &rem,NULL),rem==0)) &&
+					   /* The following test is actually redundant and should never fail. */
+					   *(cent->qname)!=0xff)
+					{
+						/* Some nameservers obviously choose to send SOA records instead of NS ones.
+						 * Although I think that this is poor behaviour, we'll have to work around that. */
+						static const unsigned short nstypes[2]={T_NS,T_SOA};
+						int k;
+						for(k=0;k<2;++k) {
+							rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset(cent,nstypes[k]);
+							if(rrset) {
+								rr_bucket_t *rr;
+								unsigned short first=1;
+								for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+									size_t sz1,sz2;
+									unsigned char *p;
+									/* Skip duplicate records */
+									for(p=dlist_first(*ns); p; p=dlist_next(p)) {
+										if(rhnicmp(*p==0xff?p+1:skiprhn(p),(unsigned char *)(rr->data)))
+											goto next_nsr;
+									}
+									/* add to the nameserver list.
+									   Here we use a little compression trick: if
+									   the first byte of a name is 0xff, this means
+									   repeat the previous name.
+									 */
+									sz1= (first?rhnlen(cent->qname):1);
+									sz2=rhnlen((unsigned char *)(rr->data));
+									if (!(*ns=dlist_grow(*ns,sz1+sz2))) {
+										rv=RC_FATALERR;
+										goto free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+									}
+									p=dlist_last(*ns);
+									if(first) {
+										first=0;
+										p=mempcpy(p,cent->qname,sz1);
+									}
+									else
+										*p++ = 0xff;  /* 0xff means 'idem' */
+									/* This will only copy the first name, which is the NS */
+									memcpy(p,(unsigned char *)(rr->data),sz2);
+									++num_ns;
+								next_nsr:;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	cleanup_return_OK:
+		if(st->failed && neg_ans && num_ns==0) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Answer from server %s does not contain usable records.\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+			rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+			goto free_ns_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+		if(!(*entp=malloc(sizeof(dns_cent_t)))) {
+			rv=RC_FATALERR;
+			goto free_ns_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+		}
+		**entp=DA_INDEX(ans_sec,0);
+		rv=RC_OK;
+	add_additional:
+		if (!st->failed && !reject_ans) {
+			/* Add the additional RRs to the cache. */
+			/* dns_cent_array secs[3]={ans_sec,auth_sec,add_sec}; */
+			int i;
+#if DEBUG>0
+			if(debug_p && neg_ans) {
+				int j,n=DA_NEL(ans_sec);
+				for(j=1; j<n; ++j) {
+					unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],nmbuf2[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Reply from %s is negative for %s, dropping record(s) for %s in answer section.\n",
+							 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)),
+							 rhn2str(name,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)),
+							 rhn2str(DA_INDEX(ans_sec,j).qname,nmbuf2,sizeof(nmbuf2)));
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+			for(i=neg_ans; i<3; ++i) {
+				dns_cent_array sec=secs[i];
+				int j,n=DA_NEL(sec);
+				/* The first entry in the answer section is treated separately, so skip that one. */
+				for(j= !i; j<n; ++j) {
+					dns_cent_t *cent=&DA_INDEX(sec,j);
+					if(*(cent->qname) || st->auth_serv!=2) {
+						unsigned int rem;
+						if(st->trusted || !st->nsdomain || (domain_match(st->nsdomain, cent->qname, &rem, NULL),rem==0))
+							add_cache(cent);
+						else {
+#if DEBUG>0
+							unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],nsbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+							DEBUG_MSG("Record for %s not in nsdomain %s; dropped.\n",
+								  rhn2str(cent->qname,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)),rhn2str(st->nsdomain,nsbuf,sizeof(nsbuf)));
+#endif
+						}
+					}
+					else {
+#if DEBUG>0
+						static const char *const secname[3]={"answer","authority","additional"};
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Record(s) for root domain in %s section from %s dropped.\n", secname[i],PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(st)));
+#endif
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		goto free_centarrays_recvbuf_return;
+
+	free_ns_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return:
+		dlist_free(*ns); *ns=NULL;
+	free_ent_centarrays_recvbuf_return:
+		if(DA_NEL(ans_sec)>=1) free_cent(&DA_INDEX(ans_sec,0)  DBG1);
+	free_centarrays_recvbuf_return:
+		{
+			/* dns_cent_array secs[3]={ans_sec,auth_sec,add_sec}; */
+			int i;
+			for(i=0;i<3;++i) {
+				dns_cent_array sec=secs[i];
+				int j,n=DA_NEL(sec);
+				/* The first entry in the answer section is treated separately, so skip that one. */
+				for(j= !i; j<n; ++j)
+					free_cent(&DA_INDEX(sec,j)  DBG1);
+
+				da_free(sec);
+			}
+		}
+#undef          ans_sec
+#undef          auth_sec
+#undef          add_sec
+	}
+ free_recvbuf_return:
+	pdnsd_free(st->recvbuf);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cancel a query, freeing all resources. Any query state is valid as input (this may even be called
+ * if a call to p_exec_query already returned error or success)
+ */
+static void p_cancel_query(query_stat_t *st)
+{
+	switch (st->state) {
+	QS_WRITE_CASES:
+	QS_READ_CASES:
+		close(st->sock);
+		/* fall through */
+	case QS_TCPINITIAL:
+	case QS_UDPINITIAL:
+		pdnsd_free(st->recvbuf);
+		pdnsd_free(st->msg);
+	}
+	if(st->state!=QS_INITIAL && st->state!=QS_DONE)
+		st->state=QS_CANCELED;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Initialize a query_serv_t (server list for parallel query)
+ * This is there for historical reasons only.
+ */
+inline static void init_qserv(query_stat_array *q)
+{
+	*q=NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Add a server entry to a query_serv_t
+ * Note: only a reference to nsdomain is copied, not the name itself.
+ * Be sure to free the q-list before freeing the name.
+ */
+static int add_qserv(query_stat_array *q, pdnsd_a2 *a, int port, time_t timeout, unsigned flags,
+		     char nocache, char lean_query, char edns_query, char auth_s, char needs_testing, char trusted,
+		     const unsigned char *nsdomain, rejectlist_t *rejectlist)
+{
+	query_stat_t *qs;
+
+	if ((*q=DA_GROW1(*q))==NULL) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in add_qserv()\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	qs=&DA_LAST(*q);
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		memset(&qs->a.sin4,0,sizeof(qs->a.sin4));
+		qs->a.sin4.sin_family=AF_INET;
+		qs->a.sin4.sin_port=htons(port);
+		qs->a.sin4.sin_addr=a->ipv4;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN4(qs->a.sin4);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		memset(&qs->a.sin6,0,sizeof(qs->a.sin6));
+		qs->a.sin6.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+		qs->a.sin6.sin6_port=htons(port);
+		qs->a.sin6.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+		qs->a.sin6.sin6_addr=a->ipv6;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN6(qs->a.sin6);
+
+		qs->a4fallback=a->ipv4;
+	}
+#endif
+	qs->timeout=timeout;
+	qs->flags=flags;
+	qs->nocache=nocache;
+	qs->auth_serv=auth_s;
+	qs->lean_query=lean_query;
+	qs->edns_query=edns_query;
+	qs->needs_testing=needs_testing;
+	qs->trusted=trusted;
+	qs->aa=0;
+	qs->tc=0;
+	qs->ra=0;
+	qs->failed=0;
+	qs->nsdomain=nsdomain; /* Note: only a reference is copied, not the name itself! */
+	qs->rejectlist=rejectlist;
+
+	qs->state=QS_INITIAL;
+	qs->qm=global.query_method;
+	qs->s_errno=0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Test whether two pdnsd_a2 addresses are the same. */
+inline __attribute__((always_inline))
+static int same_inaddr2_2(pdnsd_a2 *a, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER(  a->ipv4.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr,
+		     IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a->ipv6,&b->ipv6) &&
+		      a->ipv4.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr );
+}
+
+/* This can be used to check whether a server address was already used in a
+   previous query_stat_t entry. */
+inline static int query_stat_same_inaddr2(query_stat_t *qs, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER(  qs->a.sin4.sin_addr.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr,
+		     IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&qs->a.sin6.sin6_addr,&b->ipv6) &&
+		      qs->a4fallback.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free resources used by a query_serv_t
+ * There for historical reasons only.
+ */
+inline static void del_qserv(query_stat_array q)
+{
+	da_free(q);
+}
+
+struct qstatnode_s {
+	query_stat_array    qa;
+	struct qstatnode_s  *next;
+};
+typedef struct qstatnode_s qstatnode_t;
+
+struct qhintnode_s {
+	const unsigned char *nm;
+	int                 tp;
+	struct qhintnode_s  *next;
+};
+/* typedef struct qhintnode_s qhintnode_t; */  /* Already defined in dns_query.h */
+
+static int auth_ok(query_stat_array q, const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t *ent,
+		   int hops, qstatnode_t *qslist, qhintnode_t *qhlist,
+		   query_stat_t *qse, dlist ns, query_stat_array *serv);
+static int p_dns_cached_resolve(query_stat_array q, const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp,
+				int hops, qstatnode_t *qslist, qhintnode_t *qhlist, time_t queryts,
+				unsigned char *c_soa);
+static int simple_dns_cached_resolve(atup_array atup_a, int port, char edns_query, time_t timeout,
+				     const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp);
+
+
+/*
+ * Performs a semi-parallel query on the servers in q. PAR_QUERIES are executed parallel at a time.
+ * name is the query name in dns protocol format (number.string etc),
+ * ent is the dns_cent_t that will be filled.
+ * hops is the number of recursions left.
+ * qslist should refer to a list of server arrays used higher up in the calling chain. This way we can
+ * avoid name servers that have already been tried for this name.
+ * qhlist should refer to a list of names that we are trying to resolve higher up in the calling chain.
+ * These names should be avoided further down the chain, or we risk getting caught in a wasteful cycle.
+ * thint is a hint on the requested query type used to decide whether an aa record must be fetched
+ * or a non-authoritative answer will be enough.
+ *
+ * nocache is needed because we add AA records to the cache. If the nocache flag is set, we do not
+ * take the original values for the record, but flags=0 and ttl=0 (but only if we do not already have
+ * a cached record for that set). These settings cause the record be purged on the next cache addition.
+ * It will also not be used again.
+ *
+ * The return value of p_recursive_query() has the same meaning as that of p_dns_cached_resolve()
+ * (see below).
+ */
+static int p_recursive_query(query_stat_array q, const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **entp,
+			     int *nocache, int hops, qstatnode_t *qslist, qhintnode_t *qhlist,
+			     unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *ent,*entsave=NULL;
+	int i,j,k;
+	int rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+	int qualval=0;
+	query_stat_t *qse=NULL;  /* Initialized to inhibit compiler warning */
+	dlist ns=NULL,nssave=NULL;
+	query_stat_array serv=NULL,servsave=NULL;
+
+#       define W_AUTHOK    8
+#       define W_NOTFAILED 2
+#       define W_NOTTRUNC  1
+#       define NOTFAILMASK 6
+#       define GOODQUAL    (W_AUTHOK+3*W_NOTFAILED)
+#	define save_query_result(ent,qs,ns,serv,authok)						\
+	{											\
+		int qval = authok*W_AUTHOK + (3-qs->failed)*W_NOTFAILED + (!qs->tc)*W_NOTTRUNC; \
+		if(entsave && qval>qualval) {							\
+			/* Free the old copy, because the new result is better. */		\
+			free_cent(entsave DBG1);						\
+			pdnsd_free(entsave);							\
+			entsave=NULL;								\
+			del_qserv(servsave);							\
+			dlist_free(nssave);							\
+		}										\
+		if(!entsave) {									\
+			entsave=ent;								\
+			servsave=serv;								\
+			/* The serv array contains references to data within the ns list,	\
+			   so we need to save a copy of the ns list as well! */			\
+			if(DA_NEL(serv)>0) nssave=ns; else {nssave=NULL;dlist_free(ns);}	\
+			qualval=qval;								\
+			qse=qs;									\
+		}										\
+		else {										\
+			/* We already have a copy, free the present one. */			\
+			free_cent(ent DBG1);							\
+			pdnsd_free(ent);							\
+			del_qserv(serv);							\
+			dlist_free(ns);								\
+		}										\
+		serv=NULL;									\
+		ns=NULL;									\
+	}
+
+	{
+		time_t ts0=time(NULL),global_timeout=global.timeout;
+		int dc=0,mc=0,nq=DA_NEL(q),parqueries=global.par_queries;
+
+		for (j=0; j<nq; j += parqueries) {
+			mc=j+parqueries;
+			if (mc>nq) mc=nq;
+
+			/* First, call p_exec_query once for each parallel set to initialize.
+			 * Then, as long as not all have the state QS_DONE or we have a timeout,
+			 * build a poll/select set for all active queries and call them accordingly. */
+			for (i=dc;i<mc;i++) {
+				query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+				if(i>=j) {
+					/* The below should not happen any more, but may once again
+					 * (immediate success) */
+					DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Sending query to %s\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+				retryquery:
+					rv=p_exec_query(&ent, name, thint, qs,&ns,c_soa);
+					if (rv==RC_OK) {
+						int authok;
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Query to %s succeeded.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+						if((authok=auth_ok(q, name, thint, ent, hops, qslist, qhlist, qs, ns, &serv))) {
+							if(authok>=0) {
+								if(!qs->failed
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+								   && !(qs->qm==UDP_TCP && qs->tc)
+#endif
+								  )
+								{
+									qse=qs;
+									mc=i; /* No need to cancel queries beyond i */
+									goto done;
+								}
+							}
+							else {
+								mc=i; /* No need to cancel queries beyond i */
+								goto free_ent_return_failed;
+							}
+						}
+						/* We do not have a satisfactory answer.
+						   However, we will save a copy in case none of the other
+						   servers in the q list give a satisfactory answer either.
+						 */
+						save_query_result(ent,qs,ns,serv,authok);
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+						if(qs->qm==UDP_TCP && qs->tc) {
+							switch_to_tcp(qs);
+							DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Reply from %s was truncated. Trying again using TCP.\n",
+									 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+							goto retryquery;
+						}
+#endif
+					}
+					else if (rv==RC_NAMEERR || rv==RC_FATALERR) {
+						mc=i; /* No need to cancel queries beyond i */
+						goto done;
+					}
+				}
+				if (qs->state==QS_DONE && i==dc)
+					dc++;
+			}
+			if (dc<mc) {
+				time_t ts,maxto,now;
+				int pc,nevents;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+				int maxfd;
+				fd_set reads;
+				fd_set writes;
+				struct timeval tv;
+#else
+				int ic;
+				struct pollfd polls[mc-dc];  /* Variable length array, may cause portability problems */
+#endif
+				/* we do time keeping by hand, because poll/select might be interrupted and
+				 * the returned times are not always to be trusted upon */
+				ts=time(NULL);
+				do {
+					/* build poll/select sets, maintain time.
+					 * If you do parallel queries, the highest timeout will be honored
+					 * also for the other servers when their timeout is exceeded and
+					 * the highest is not.
+					 * Changed by Paul Rombouts: queries are not canceled until we receive
+					 * a useful reply or everything has failed or timed out (also taking into
+					 * account the global timeout option).
+					 * Thus in the worst case all the queries in the q list will be active
+					 * simultaneously. The downside is that we may be wasting more resources
+					 * this way. The advantage is that we have a greater chance of catching a
+					 * reply. After all, if we wait longer anyway, why not for more servers. */
+					maxto=0;
+					pc=0;
+					rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+					FD_ZERO(&reads);
+					FD_ZERO(&writes);
+					maxfd=0;
+#endif
+					for (i=dc;i<mc;i++) {
+						query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+						if (qs->state!=QS_DONE) {
+							if (i>=j && qs->timeout>maxto)
+								maxto=qs->timeout;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+							if (qs->sock>maxfd) {
+								maxfd=qs->sock;
+								PDNSD_ASSERT(maxfd<FD_SETSIZE,"socket file descriptor exceeds FD_SETSIZE.");
+							}
+
+							switch (qs->state) {
+							QS_READ_CASES:
+								FD_SET(qs->sock,&reads);
+								break;
+							QS_WRITE_CASES:
+								FD_SET(qs->sock,&writes);
+								break;
+							}
+#else
+							polls[pc].fd=qs->sock;
+							switch (qs->state) {
+							QS_READ_CASES:
+								polls[pc].events=POLLIN;
+								break;
+							QS_WRITE_CASES:
+								polls[pc].events=POLLOUT;
+								break;
+							default:
+								polls[pc].events=0;
+							}
+#endif
+							pc++;
+						}
+					}
+					if (pc==0) {
+						/* In this case, ALL are done and we do not need to cancel any
+						 * query. */
+						dc=mc;
+						break;
+					}
+					now=time(NULL);
+					maxto -= now-ts;
+					if (mc==nq) {
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+						/* Don't use the global timeout if there are TCP queries
+						   we might want to retry using UDP. */
+						for (i=j;i<mc;i++) {
+							query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+							if(tentative_tcp_query(qs))
+								goto skip_globto;
+						}
+#endif
+						{
+							time_t globto=global_timeout-(now-ts0);
+							if(globto>maxto) maxto=globto;
+						}
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+					skip_globto:;
+#endif
+					}
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+					tv.tv_sec=(maxto>0)?maxto:0;
+					tv.tv_usec=0;
+					nevents=select(maxfd+1,&reads,&writes,NULL,&tv);
+#else
+					nevents=poll(polls,pc,(maxto>0)?(maxto*1000):0);
+#endif
+					if (nevents<0) {
+						/* if(errno==EINTR)
+							continue; */
+						log_warn("poll/select failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+						goto done;
+					}
+					if (nevents==0) {
+						/* We have timed out. Mark the unresponsive servers so that we can consider
+						   them for retesting later on. We will continue to listen for replies from
+						   these servers as long as we have additional servers to try. */
+						for (i=j;i<mc;i++) {
+							query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+							if (qs->state!=QS_DONE && qs->needs_testing)
+								qs->needs_testing=2;
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+							if (tentative_tcp_query(qs)) {
+								/* We timed out while waiting for a TCP connection.
+								   Try again using UDP.
+								*/
+								close(qs->sock);
+								switch_to_udp(qs);
+								DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("TCP connection to %s timed out. Trying to use UDP.\n",
+										 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+
+								rv=p_exec_query(&ent, name, thint, qs,&ns,c_soa);
+								/* In the unlikely case of immediate success */
+								if (rv==RC_OK) {
+									int authok;
+									DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Query to %s succeeded.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+									if((authok=auth_ok(q, name, thint, ent, hops, qslist, qhlist, qs, ns, &serv))) {
+										if(authok>=0) {
+											if(!qs->failed) {
+												qse=qs;
+												goto done;
+											}
+										}
+										else
+											goto free_ent_return_failed;
+									}
+									save_query_result(ent,qs,ns,serv,authok);
+								}
+								else if (rv==RC_NAMEERR || rv==RC_FATALERR) {
+									goto done;
+								}
+								++nevents;
+							}
+#endif
+						}
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+						if (mc==nq) {
+							/* We will not try additional servers, but we might want to try again
+							   using UDP instead of TCP
+							*/
+							if(nevents && (time(NULL)-ts0)<global_timeout)
+								continue;
+						}
+#endif
+						break;
+					}
+#ifndef NO_POLL
+					ic=0;
+#endif
+					for (i=dc;i<mc;i++) {
+						query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+						/* Check if we got a poll/select event */
+						if (qs->state!=QS_DONE) {
+							int srv_event=0;
+							/* This detection may seem suboptimal, but normally, we have at most 2-3 parallel
+							 * queries, and anything else would be higher overhead, */
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+							switch (qs->state) {
+							QS_READ_CASES:
+								srv_event=FD_ISSET(qs->sock,&reads);
+								break;
+							QS_WRITE_CASES:
+								srv_event=FD_ISSET(qs->sock,&writes);
+								break;
+							}
+#else
+							do {
+								PDNSD_ASSERT(ic<pc, "file descriptor not found in poll() array");
+								k=ic++;
+							} while(polls[k].fd!=qs->sock);
+							/*
+							 * In case of an error, reenter the state machine
+							 * to catch it.
+							 */
+							switch (qs->state) {
+							QS_READ_CASES:
+								srv_event=polls[k].revents&(POLLIN|POLLERR|POLLHUP|POLLNVAL);
+								break;
+							QS_WRITE_CASES:
+								srv_event=polls[k].revents&(POLLOUT|POLLERR|POLLHUP|POLLNVAL);
+								break;
+							}
+#endif
+							if (srv_event) {
+								--nevents;
+							retryquery2:
+								rv=p_exec_query(&ent, name, thint, qs,&ns,c_soa);
+								if (rv==RC_OK) {
+									int authok;
+									DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Query to %s succeeded.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+									if((authok=auth_ok(q, name, thint, ent, hops, qslist, qhlist, qs, ns, &serv))) {
+										if(authok>=0) {
+											if(!qs->failed
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+											   && !(qs->qm==UDP_TCP && qs->tc)
+#endif
+											  )
+											{
+												qse=qs;
+												goto done;
+											}
+										}
+										else
+											goto free_ent_return_failed;
+									}
+									save_query_result(ent,qs,ns,serv,authok);
+#if !defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES) && !defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES)
+									if(qs->qm==UDP_TCP && qs->tc) {
+										switch_to_tcp(qs);
+										DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Reply from %s was truncated. Trying again using TCP.\n",
+												 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qs)));
+										goto retryquery2;
+									}
+#endif
+								}
+								else if (rv==RC_NAMEERR || rv==RC_FATALERR) {
+									goto done;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+						/* recheck, this might have changed after the last p_exec_query */
+						if (qs->state==QS_DONE && i==dc)
+							dc++;
+					}
+					if(nevents>0) {
+						/* We have not managed to handle all the events reported by poll/select.
+						   Better call it quits, or we risk getting caught in a wasteful cycle.
+						*/
+						if(++poll_errs<=MAXPOLLERRS)
+							log_error("%d unhandled poll/select event(s) in p_recursive_query() at %s, line %d.",nevents,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+						rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+						goto done;
+					}
+				} while (dc<mc);
+			}
+		}
+		goto cancel_queries;
+	free_ent_return_failed:
+		free_cent(ent  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(ent);
+		rv=RC_FATALERR;
+	done:
+		if (entsave) {
+			/* We have or will get an authoritative answer, or we have encountered an error.
+			   Free the non-authoritative answer. */
+			free_cent(entsave DBG1);
+			pdnsd_free(entsave);
+			entsave=NULL;
+			del_qserv(servsave);
+			dlist_free(nssave);
+		}
+	cancel_queries:
+		/* Cancel any remaining queries. */
+		for (i=dc;i<mc;i++)
+			p_cancel_query(&DA_INDEX(q,i));
+
+		{
+			/* See if any servers need to be retested for availability.
+			   We build up a list of addresses rather than call
+			   sched_server_test() separately for each address to
+			   reduce the overhead caused by locking and signaling */
+			int n=0;
+			for (i=0;i<mc;i++)
+				if (DA_INDEX(q,i).needs_testing > 1)
+					++n;
+			if(n>0) {
+				pdnsd_a addrs[n]; /* variable length array */
+				k=0;
+				for (i=0;i<mc;i++) {
+					query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(q,i);
+					if (qs->needs_testing > 1)
+						addrs[k++]= *PDNSD_A(qs);
+				}
+				sched_server_test(addrs,n,-1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(entsave) {
+		/*
+		 * If we didn't get rrs from any of the authoritative servers, or the answers were
+		 * unsatisfactory for another reason, take the one we had.
+		 * However, raise the CF_NOCACHE flag, so that it won't be used again (outside the
+		 * cache latency period).
+		 */
+		DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Using %s reply from %s.\n",
+				 !(qualval&NOTFAILMASK)? "reportedly failed":
+				 !(qualval&W_NOTFAILED)? "inconsistent":
+				 !(qualval&W_NOTTRUNC)? "truncated":
+				 !(qualval&W_AUTHOK)? "non-authoritative": "good",
+				 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qse)));
+		ent=entsave;
+		serv=servsave;
+		ns=nssave;
+		if(qualval<GOODQUAL) {
+			if(!(ent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE)) {
+				int jlim= RRARR_LEN(ent);
+				for (j=0; j<jlim; ++j) {
+					rr_set_t *rrs= RRARR_INDEX(ent,j);
+					if (rrs)
+						rrs->flags |= CF_NOCACHE;
+				}
+			}
+			else    /* Very unlikely, but not impossible. */
+				ent->flags |= DF_NOCACHE;
+		}
+		rv=RC_OK;
+	}
+	else if (rv!=RC_OK) {
+		if(rv==RC_FATALERR) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Unrecoverable error encountered while processing query.\n");
+			rv=RC_SERVFAIL;
+		}
+		DEBUG_MSG("%sReturning error code "%s"\n",
+			  rv!=RC_NAMEERR? "No query succeeded. ": "",
+			  get_ename(rv));
+		goto clean_up_return;
+	}
+
+	if(nocache) *nocache=qse->nocache;
+
+	if (DA_NEL(serv)>0) {
+		/* Authority records present. Ask them, because the answer was non-authoritative. */
+		qstatnode_t qsn={q,qslist};
+		unsigned char save_ns=ent->c_ns,save_soa=ent->c_soa;
+		
+		if(qse->aa || qse->ra) {
+			/* The server claimed to be authoritative or have recursion available,
+			   yet we did not completely trust the answer for some reason.
+			   We will try to ask the servers in the authority records,
+			   but in case we fail, we will save a copy of the answer. */
+			entsave=ent;
+		}
+		else {
+			free_cent(ent  DBG1);
+			pdnsd_free(ent);
+			entsave=NULL;
+		}
+		rv=p_dns_cached_resolve(serv, name, thint,&ent,hops-1,&qsn,qhlist,time(NULL),c_soa);
+		if(rv==RC_OK || rv==RC_CACHED || (rv==RC_STALE && !entsave)) {
+			if(save_ns!=cundef && (ent->c_ns==cundef || ent->c_ns<save_ns))
+				ent->c_ns=save_ns;
+			if(save_soa!=cundef && (ent->c_soa==cundef || ent->c_soa<save_soa))
+				ent->c_soa=save_soa;
+			goto free_entsave;
+		}
+		else if(rv==RC_NAMEERR) {
+			if(c_soa && save_soa!=cundef && (*c_soa==cundef || *c_soa<save_soa))
+				*c_soa=save_soa;
+		free_entsave:
+			if(entsave) {
+				free_cent(entsave  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(entsave);
+			}
+		}
+		else if(entsave) {
+			if(rv==RC_STALE) {
+				free_cent(ent  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(ent);
+			}
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Using saved reply from %s that claims to %s.\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qse)),
+					 qse->aa? "be authoritative": "have recursion available");
+			ent=entsave;
+			rv=RC_OK;
+		}
+	}
+
+ clean_up_return:
+	/* Always free the serv array before freeing the ns list,
+	   because the serv array contains references to data within the ns list! */
+	del_qserv(serv);
+	dlist_free(ns);
+
+	if(rv==RC_OK || rv==RC_CACHED || rv==RC_STALE) *entp=ent;
+	return rv;
+#	undef save_query_result
+}
+
+/* auth_ok returns 1 if we don't need an authoritative answer or
+   if we can find servers to ask for an authoritative answer.
+   In the latter case these servers will be added to the *serv list.
+   A return value of 0 means the answer is not satisfactory in the
+   previous sense.
+   A return value of -1 indicates an error.
+*/
+static int auth_ok(query_stat_array q, const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t *ent,
+		   int hops, qstatnode_t *qslist, qhintnode_t *qhlist,
+		   query_stat_t *qse, dlist ns, query_stat_array *serv)
+{
+	int retval=0;
+
+	/* If the answer was obtained from a name server which returned a failure code,
+	   the answer is never satisfactory. */
+	if(qse->failed > 1) return 0;
+
+	/*
+	  Look into the query type hint. If it is a wildcard (QT_*), we need an authoritative answer.
+	  Same if there is no record that answers the query.
+	  This test will also succeed if we have a negative cached record. This is done purposely.
+	*/
+#define aa_needed ((thint>=QT_MIN && thint<=QT_MAX) || \
+	           ((thint>=T_MIN && thint<=T_MAX) && \
+		    (!have_rr(ent,thint) && !have_rr_CNAME(ent))))
+
+	/* We will want to query authoritative servers if all of the following conditions apply:
+
+	   1) The server from which we got the answer was not configured as "proxy only".
+	   2) The answer is not a negatively cached domain (i.e. the server did not reply with NXDOMAIN).
+	   3) The query type is a wild card (QT_*), or no record answers the query.
+	   4) The answer that we have is non-authoritative.
+	*/
+	if(!(qse->auth_serv && !(ent->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) && aa_needed))
+		return 1;
+
+	if(qse->aa) {
+		/* The reply we have claims to be authoritative.
+		   However, I have seen cases where name servers raise the authority flag incorrectly (groan...),
+		   so as a work-around, we will check whether the domains for which the servers in the ns
+		   list are responsible, match the queried name better than the domain for which the
+		   last server was responsible. */
+		unsigned char *nsdomain;
+
+		if(!qse->nsdomain)
+			return 1;
+
+		nsdomain=dlist_first(ns);
+		if(!nsdomain)
+			return 1;
+		for(;;) {
+			unsigned int rem,crem;
+			domain_match(nsdomain,qse->nsdomain,&rem,&crem);
+			if(!(rem>0 && crem==0))
+				return 1;
+			domain_match(nsdomain,name,&rem,NULL);
+			if(rem!=0)
+				return 1;
+			do {
+				nsdomain=dlist_next(nsdomain);
+				if(!nsdomain)
+					goto done_checkauth;
+			} while(*nsdomain==0xff);  /* Skip repeats. */
+		}
+	done_checkauth:;
+
+		/* The name servers in the ns list are a better match for the queried name than
+		   the server from which we got the last reply, so ignore the aa flag.
+		*/
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if(debug_p) {
+			unsigned char dbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],sdbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+			nsdomain=dlist_first(ns);
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("The name server %s which is responsible for the %s domain, raised the aa flag, but appears to delegate to the sub-domain %s\n",
+					 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qse)),
+					 rhn2str(qse->nsdomain,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)),
+					 rhn2str(nsdomain,sdbuf,sizeof(sdbuf)));
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* The answer was non-authoritative. Try to build a list of addresses of authoritative servers. */
+	if (hops>0) {
+		unsigned char *nsdomp, *nsdomain=NULL;
+		rr_set_t *localrrset=NULL;
+		rr_bucket_t *localrr=NULL;
+		for (nsdomp=dlist_first(ns);;) {
+			unsigned char *nsname=NULL;  /* Initialize to inhibit compiler warning. */
+			int nserva, ia, n;
+			pdnsd_a2 serva[MAXNAMESERVIPS];
+
+			/* Get next name server. */
+			if(localrr) {
+				/* Use next locally defined NS record. */
+				nsname=(unsigned char *)(localrr->data);
+				localrr= localrr->next;
+			}
+			else {
+				if(localrrset) {
+					/* clean up rrset */
+					del_rrset(localrrset  DBG1);
+					localrrset=NULL;
+				}
+				if(!nsdomp)
+					break;
+				else if(*nsdomp!=0xff) {
+					/* New domain. */
+					nsdomain=nsdomp;
+					if (global.paranoid) {
+						unsigned int rem;
+						/* paranoia mode: don't query name servers that are not responsible */
+						domain_match(nsdomain,name,&rem,NULL);
+						if (rem!=0) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+							unsigned char nmbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],dbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],nsbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+							DEBUG_MSG("The name server %s is responsible for the %s domain, which does not match %s\n",
+								  rhn2str(nsname,nsbuf,sizeof(nsbuf)),
+								  rhn2str(nsdomain,dbuf,sizeof(dbuf)),
+								  rhn2str(name,nmbuf,sizeof(nmbuf)));
+#endif
+							/* Skip records in ns list for the same domain. */
+							do {
+								nsdomp=dlist_next(nsdomp);
+							} while (nsdomp && *nsdomp==0xff);
+							continue;
+						}
+					}
+					/*   Check if we have locally defined NS records, because
+					     they will override the ones provided by remote servers.
+					*/
+					localrrset=lookup_cache_local_rrset(nsdomain,T_NS);
+					if(localrrset) {
+						/* Skip records in ns list for the same domain. */
+						do {
+							nsdomp=dlist_next(nsdomp);
+						} while (nsdomp && *nsdomp==0xff);
+						localrr=localrrset->rrs;
+						if(!localrr) continue;
+						nsname=(unsigned char *)(localrr->data);
+						localrr= localrr->next;
+					}
+					else {
+						nsname=skiprhn(nsdomp);
+						nsdomp=dlist_next(nsdomp);
+					}
+				}
+				else {
+					/* domain repeated. */
+					nsname= nsdomp+1;
+					nsdomp=dlist_next(nsdomp);
+				}
+			}
+			/* look it up in the cache or resolve it if needed.
+			   The records received should be in the cache now, so it's ok.
+			*/
+			nserva=0;
+
+			{
+				const unsigned char *nm=name;
+				int tp=thint;
+				qhintnode_t *ql=qhlist;
+
+				for(;;) {
+					if(rhnicmp(nm,nsname) && tp==T_A) {
+						DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Not looking up address for name server "%s": "
+							      "risk of infinite recursion.\n",RHN2STR(nsname));
+						goto skip_server;
+					}
+					if(!ql) break;
+					nm=ql->nm;
+					tp=ql->tp;
+					ql=ql->next;
+				}
+				{
+					qhintnode_t qhn={name,thint,qhlist};
+					dns_cent_t *servent;
+					if (r_dns_cached_resolve(nsname,T_A, &servent, hops-1, &qhn,time(NULL),NULL)==RC_OK) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+						if (run_ipv4) {
+							rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_A(servent);
+							rr_bucket_t *rrs;
+							if (rrset)
+								for(rrs=rrset->rrs; rrs && nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS; rrs=rrs->next)
+									serva[nserva++].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs->data);
+						}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+						ELSE_IPV6 {
+							rr_set_t *rrset6=getrrset_AAAA(servent);
+							rr_bucket_t *rrs6= (rrset6? rrset6->rrs: NULL);
+							rr_set_t *rrset4=getrrset_A(servent);
+							rr_bucket_t *rrs4= (rrset4? rrset4->rrs: NULL);
+							while(nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS) {
+								if(rrs6) {
+									serva[nserva].ipv6 = *((struct in6_addr *)rrs6->data);
+									rrs6=rrs6->next;
+									if (rrs4) {
+										/* Store IPv4 address as fallback. */
+										serva[nserva].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs4->data);
+										rrs4=rrs4->next;
+									}
+									else
+										serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+								}
+								else if (rrs4) {
+									struct in_addr *ina = (struct in_addr *)rrs4->data;
+									struct in6_addr *in6a = &serva[nserva].ipv6;
+									IPV6_MAPIPV4(ina,in6a);
+									serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+									rrs4=rrs4->next;
+								}
+								else
+									break;
+								++nserva;
+							}
+						}
+#endif
+						free_cent(servent  DBG1);
+						pdnsd_free(servent);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+			if(nserva==0) {
+				DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Looking up address for name server "%s" failed.\n",RHN2STR(nsname));
+			}
+#endif
+			n=DA_NEL(*serv);
+			for(ia=0; ia<nserva; ++ia) {
+				pdnsd_a2 *pserva= &serva[ia];
+				int i;
+
+				if(is_local_addr(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(pserva)))
+					continue;  /* Do not use local address (as defined in netdev.c). */
+
+				/* Skip duplicate addresses. */
+				for (i=0; i<n; ++i) {
+					query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(*serv,i);
+					if (query_stat_same_inaddr2(qs,pserva))
+						goto skip_server_addr;
+				}
+
+				{       /* We've got an address. Add it to the list if it wasn't one of the servers we queried. */
+					query_stat_array qa=q;
+					qstatnode_t *ql=qslist;
+					for(;;) {
+						int i,n=DA_NEL(qa);
+						for (i=0; i<n; ++i) {
+							/* If qa[i].state == QS_DONE, then p_exec_query() has been called,
+							   and we should not query this server again */
+							query_stat_t *qs=&DA_INDEX(qa,i);
+							if (qs->state==QS_DONE && equiv_inaddr2(PDNSD_A(qs),pserva)) {
+								DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Not trying name server %s, already queried.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(pserva)));
+								goto skip_server_addr;
+							}
+						}
+						if(!ql) break;
+						qa=ql->qa;
+						ql=ql->next;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* lean query mode is inherited. CF_AUTH and CF_ADDITIONAL are not (as specified
+				 * in CFF_NOINHERIT). */
+				if (!add_qserv(serv, pserva, 53, qse->timeout, qse->flags&~CFF_NOINHERIT, 0,
+					       qse->lean_query,qse->edns_query,2,0,!global.paranoid,nsdomain,
+					       inherit_rejectlist(qse)?qse->rejectlist:NULL))
+				{
+					return -1;
+				}
+				retval=1;
+			skip_server_addr:;
+			}
+		skip_server:;
+		}
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if(!retval) {
+			DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("No remaining authoritative name servers to try in authority section from %s.\n", PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A(qse)));
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+	else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Maximum hops count reached; not trying any more name servers.\n");
+	}
+
+	return retval;
+
+#undef  aa_needed
+}
+
+/*
+ * This checks the given name to resolve against the access list given for the server using the
+ * include=, exclude= and policy= parameters.
+ */
+static int use_server(servparm_t *s, const unsigned char *name)
+{
+	int i,n=DA_NEL(s->alist);
+
+	for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
+		slist_t *sl=&DA_INDEX(s->alist,i);
+		unsigned int nrem,lrem;
+		domain_match(name,sl->domain,&nrem,&lrem);
+		if(!lrem && (!sl->exact || !nrem))
+			return sl->rule==C_INCLUDED;
+	}
+
+	if (s->policy==C_SIMPLE_ONLY || s->policy==C_FQDN_ONLY) {
+                if(rhnsegcnt(name)<=1)
+			return s->policy==C_SIMPLE_ONLY;
+                else
+			return s->policy==C_FQDN_ONLY;
+        }
+
+	return s->policy==C_INCLUDED;
+}
+
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+#define serv_has_rejectlist(s) ((s)->reject_a4!=NULL || (s)->reject_a6!=NULL)
+#else
+#define serv_has_rejectlist(s) ((s)->reject_a4!=NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* Take the lists of IP addresses from a server section sp and
+   convert them into a form that can be used by p_exec_query().
+   If successful, add_rejectlist returns a new list which is added to the old list rl,
+   otherwise the return value is NULL.
+*/
+static rejectlist_t *add_rejectlist(rejectlist_t *rl, servparm_t *sp)
+{
+	int i,na4=DA_NEL(sp->reject_a4);
+	addr4maskpair_t *a4p;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	int na6=DA_NEL(sp->reject_a6);
+	addr6maskpair_t *a6p;
+#endif
+	rejectlist_t *rlist = malloc(sizeof(rejectlist_t) + na4*sizeof(addr4maskpair_t)
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+				     + na6*sizeof(addr6maskpair_t)
+#endif
+				     );
+
+	if(rlist) {
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+		/* Store the larger IPv6 addresses first to avoid possible alignment problems. */
+		rlist->na6 = na6;
+		a6p = (addr6maskpair_t *)rlist->rdata;
+		for(i=0;i<na6;++i)
+			*a6p++ = DA_INDEX(sp->reject_a6,i);
+#endif
+		rlist->na4 = na4;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+		a4p = (addr4maskpair_t *)a6p;
+#else
+		a4p = (addr4maskpair_t *)rlist->rdata;
+#endif
+		for(i=0;i<na4;++i)
+			*a4p++ = DA_INDEX(sp->reject_a4,i);
+
+		rlist->policy = sp->rejectpolicy;
+		rlist->inherit = sp->rejectrecursively;
+		rlist->next = rl;
+	}
+	else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in add_rejectlist()\n");
+	}
+
+	return rlist;
+}
+
+inline static void free_rejectlist(rejectlist_t *rl)
+{
+	while(rl) {
+		rejectlist_t *next = rl->next;
+		free(rl);
+		rl=next;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Lookup addresses of nameservers provided by root servers for a given domain in the cache.
+   Returns NULL if unsuccessful (or the cache entries have timed out).
+*/
+static addr2_array lookup_ns(const unsigned char *domain)
+{
+	addr2_array res=NULL;
+
+	dns_cent_t *cent=lookup_cache(domain,NULL);
+	if(cent) {
+		rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_NS(cent);
+		if(rrset && (rrset->flags&CF_ROOTSERV) && !timedout(rrset)) {
+			rr_bucket_t *rr;
+			for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+				dns_cent_t *servent=lookup_cache((unsigned char*)(rr->data),NULL);
+				int nserva=0;
+				pdnsd_a2 serva[MAXNAMESERVIPS];
+				if(servent) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+					if (run_ipv4) {
+						rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_A(servent);
+						rr_bucket_t *rrs;
+						if (rrset && !timedout(rrset))
+							for(rrs=rrset->rrs; rrs && nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS; rrs=rrs->next)
+								serva[nserva++].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs->data);
+					}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+					ELSE_IPV6 {
+						rr_set_t *rrset6=getrrset_AAAA(servent);
+						rr_set_t *rrset4=getrrset_A(servent);
+						rr_bucket_t *rrs6=NULL, *rrs4=NULL;
+						if (rrset6 && !(rrset6->flags&CF_NEGATIVE)) {
+							if(!timedout(rrset6)) {
+								rrs6= rrset6->rrs;
+								if (rrs6 && rrset4 && !(rrset4->flags&CF_NEGATIVE)) {
+									if(timedout(rrset4) || !(rrs4=rrset4->rrs))
+										/* Treat this as a failure. */
+										rrs6=NULL;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+						else if (rrset4 && !timedout(rrset4))
+							rrs4= rrset4->rrs;
+
+						while(nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS) {
+							if(rrs6) {
+								serva[nserva].ipv6 = *((struct in6_addr *)rrs6->data);
+								rrs6=rrs6->next;
+								if (rrs4) {
+									/* Store IPv4 address as fallback. */
+									serva[nserva].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs4->data);
+									rrs4=rrs4->next;
+								}
+								else
+									serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+							}
+							else if (rrs4) {
+								struct in_addr *ina = (struct in_addr *)rrs4->data;
+								struct in6_addr *in6a = &serva[nserva].ipv6;
+								IPV6_MAPIPV4(ina,in6a);
+								serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+								rrs4=rrs4->next;
+							}
+							else
+								break;
+							++nserva;
+						}
+					}
+#endif
+					free_cent(servent  DBG1);
+					pdnsd_free(servent);
+				}
+				if(nserva==0) {
+					/* Address lookup failed. */
+					da_free(res); res=NULL;
+					break;
+				}
+				else {
+					int i, j, n=DA_NEL(res);
+					for(i=0; i<nserva; ++i) {
+						pdnsd_a2 *pserva= &serva[i];
+						/* Skip duplicates */
+						for (j=0; j<n; ++j) {
+							pdnsd_a2 *pa= &DA_INDEX(res,j);
+							if (same_inaddr2_2(pa,pserva))
+								goto skip_address;
+						}
+						if(!(res=DA_GROW1(res))) {
+							DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in lookup_ns()\n");
+							goto free_cent_return;
+						}
+						DA_LAST(res)= *pserva;
+					skip_address:;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	free_cent_return:
+		free_cent(cent  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(cent);
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Find addresses of root servers by looking them up in the cache or querying (non-recursively)
+   the name servers in the list provided.
+   Returns NULL if unsuccessful (or the cache entries have timed out).
+*/
+addr2_array dns_rootserver_resolv(atup_array atup_a, int port, char edns_query, time_t timeout)
+{
+	addr2_array res=NULL;
+	dns_cent_t *cent;
+	static const unsigned char rdomain[1]={0};  /* root-domain name. */
+	int rc;
+
+	rc=simple_dns_cached_resolve(atup_a,port,edns_query,timeout,rdomain,T_NS,&cent);
+	if(rc==RC_OK) {
+		rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_NS(cent);
+		if(rrset) {
+			rr_bucket_t *rr;
+			unsigned nfail=0;
+			for(rr=rrset->rrs; rr; rr=rr->next) {
+				dns_cent_t *servent;
+				int nserva=0;
+				pdnsd_a2 serva[MAXNAMESERVIPS];
+
+				rc=simple_dns_cached_resolve(atup_a,port,edns_query,timeout,
+							     (const unsigned char *)(rr->data),T_A,&servent);
+				if(rc==RC_OK) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+					if (run_ipv4) {
+						rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset_A(servent);
+						rr_bucket_t *rrs;
+						if (rrset)
+							for(rrs=rrset->rrs; rrs && nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS; rrs=rrs->next)
+								serva[nserva++].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs->data);
+					}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+					ELSE_IPV6 {
+						rr_set_t *rrset6=getrrset_AAAA(servent);
+						rr_bucket_t *rrs6= (rrset6? rrset6->rrs: NULL);
+						rr_set_t *rrset4=getrrset_A(servent);
+						rr_bucket_t *rrs4= (rrset4? rrset4->rrs: NULL);
+						while(nserva<MAXNAMESERVIPS) {
+							if(rrs6) {
+								serva[nserva].ipv6 = *((struct in6_addr *)rrs6->data);
+								rrs6=rrs6->next;
+								if (rrs4) {
+									/* Store IPv4 address as fallback. */
+									serva[nserva].ipv4 = *((struct in_addr *)rrs4->data);
+									rrs4=rrs4->next;
+								}
+								else
+									serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+							}
+							else if (rrs4) {
+								struct in_addr *ina = (struct in_addr *)rrs4->data;
+								struct in6_addr *in6a = &serva[nserva].ipv6;
+								IPV6_MAPIPV4(ina,in6a);
+								serva[nserva].ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+								rrs4=rrs4->next;
+							}
+							else
+								break;
+							++nserva;
+						}
+					}
+#endif
+					free_cent(servent  DBG1);
+					pdnsd_free(servent);
+				}
+				else {
+					DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Simple query for %s type A failed (rc: %s)\n",
+						      RHN2STR((const unsigned char *)(rr->data)),get_ename(rc));
+				}
+
+				if(nserva==0) {
+					/* Address lookup failed. */
+					DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Failed to obtain address of root server %s in dns_rootserver_resolv()\n",
+						      RHN2STR((const unsigned char *)(rr->data)));
+					++nfail;
+				}
+				else {
+					int i, j, n=DA_NEL(res);
+					for(i=0; i<nserva; ++i) {
+						pdnsd_a2 *pserva= &serva[i];
+						/* Skip duplicates */
+						for (j=0; j<n; ++j) {
+							pdnsd_a2 *pa= &DA_INDEX(res,j);
+							if (same_inaddr2_2(pa,pserva))
+								goto skip_address;
+						}
+						if(!(res=DA_GROW1(res))) {
+							DEBUG_MSG("Out of memory in dns_rootserver_resolv()\n");
+							goto free_cent_return;
+						}
+						DA_LAST(res)= *pserva;
+					skip_address:;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			/* At least half of the names should resolve, otherwise we reject the result. */
+			if(nfail>DA_NEL(res)) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Too many root-server resolve failures (%u succeeded, %u failed),"
+					  " rejecting the result.\n", DA_NEL(res),nfail);
+				da_free(res); res=NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	free_cent_return:
+		free_cent(cent  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(cent);
+	}
+	else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Simple query for root domain type NS failed (rc: %s)\n",get_ename(rc));
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+static int p_dns_resolve(const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp, int hops, qhintnode_t *qhlist,
+			 unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	int i,n,rc;
+	int one_up=0,seenrootserv=0;
+	query_stat_array serv=NULL;
+	rejectlist_t *rejectlist=NULL;
+
+	/* try the servers in the order of their definition */
+	lock_server_data();
+	n=DA_NEL(servers);
+	for (i=0;i<n;++i) {
+		servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+		if(sp->rootserver<=1 && use_server(sp,name)) {
+			int m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+			if(m>0) {
+				rejectlist_t *rjl=NULL;
+				int j=0, jstart=0;
+				if(sp->rand_servers) j=jstart=random()%m;
+				do {
+					atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j);
+					if (at->is_up) {
+						if(sp->rootserver) {
+							if(!seenrootserv) {
+								int nseg,mseg=1,l=0;
+								const unsigned char *topdomain=NULL;
+								addr2_array adrs=NULL;
+								seenrootserv=1;
+								nseg=rhnsegcnt(name);
+								if(nseg>=2) {
+									static const unsigned char rhn_arpa[6]= {4,'a','r','p','a',0};
+									unsigned int rem;
+									/* Check if the queried name ends in "arpa" */
+									domain_match(rhn_arpa, name, &rem,NULL);
+									if(rem==0) mseg=3;
+								}
+								if(nseg<=mseg) {
+									if(nseg>0) mseg=nseg-1; else mseg=0;
+								}
+								for(;mseg>=1; --mseg) {
+									topdomain=skipsegs(name,nseg-mseg);
+									adrs=lookup_ns(topdomain);
+									l=DA_NEL(adrs);
+									if(l>0) break;
+									if(adrs) da_free(adrs);
+								}
+								if(l>0) {
+									/* The name servers for this top level domain have been found in the cache.
+									   Instead of asking the root server, we will use this cached information.
+									*/
+									int k=0, kstart=0;
+									if(sp->rand_servers) k=kstart=random()%l;
+									if(serv_has_rejectlist(sp) && sp->rejectrecursively && !rjl) {
+										rjl=add_rejectlist(rejectlist,sp);
+										if(!rjl) {one_up=0; da_free(adrs); goto done;}
+										rejectlist=rjl;
+									}
+									do {
+										one_up=add_qserv(&serv, &DA_INDEX(adrs,k), 53, sp->timeout,
+												 mk_flag_val(sp)&~CFF_NOINHERIT, sp->nocache,
+												 sp->lean_query, sp->edns_query, 2, 0,
+												 !global.paranoid, topdomain, rjl);
+										if(!one_up) {
+											da_free(adrs);
+											goto done;
+										}
+										if(++k==l) k=0;
+									} while(k!=kstart);
+									da_free(adrs);
+									DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Not querying root-server %s, using cached information instead.\n",
+											 PDNSDA2STR(PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&at->a)));
+									seenrootserv=2;
+									break;
+								}
+							}
+							else if(seenrootserv==2)
+								break;
+						}
+						if(serv_has_rejectlist(sp) && !rjl) {
+							rjl=add_rejectlist(rejectlist,sp);
+							if(!rjl) {one_up=0; goto done;}
+							rejectlist=rjl;
+						}
+						one_up=add_qserv(&serv, &at->a, sp->port, sp->timeout,
+								 mk_flag_val(sp), sp->nocache, sp->lean_query, sp->edns_query,
+								 sp->rootserver?3:(!sp->is_proxy),
+								 needs_testing(sp), 1, NULL, rjl);
+						if(!one_up)
+							goto done;
+					}
+					if(++j==m) j=0;
+				} while(j!=jstart);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+ done:
+	unlock_server_data();
+	if (one_up) {
+		dns_cent_t *cached;
+		int nocache;
+		rc=p_recursive_query(serv, name, thint, &cached, &nocache, hops, NULL, qhlist, c_soa);
+		if (rc==RC_OK) {
+			if (!nocache) {
+				dns_cent_t *tc;
+				add_cache(cached);
+				if ((tc=lookup_cache(name,NULL))) {
+					/* The cache may hold more information  than the recent query yielded.
+					 * try to get the merged record. If that fails, revert to the new one. */
+					free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+					pdnsd_free(cached);
+					cached=tc;
+					/* rc=RC_CACHED; */
+				} else
+					DEBUG_MSG("p_dns_resolve: merging answer with cache failed, using local cent copy.\n");
+			} else
+				DEBUG_MSG("p_dns_resolve: nocache.\n");
+
+			*cachedp=cached;
+		}
+		else if(rc==RC_CACHED || rc==RC_STALE)
+			*cachedp=cached;
+	}
+	else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("No server is marked up and allowed for this domain.\n");
+		rc=RC_SERVFAIL; /* No server up */
+	}
+	del_qserv(serv);
+	free_rejectlist(rejectlist);
+	return rc;
+}
+
+static int set_flags_ttl(unsigned short *flags, time_t *ttl, dns_cent_t *cached, int tp)
+{
+	rr_set_t *rrset=getrrset(cached,tp);
+	if (rrset) {
+		time_t t;
+		*flags|=rrset->flags;
+		t=rrset->ts+CLAT_ADJ(rrset->ttl);
+		if (!*ttl || *ttl>t)
+			*ttl=t;
+		return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static void set_all_flags_ttl(unsigned short *flags, time_t *ttl, dns_cent_t *cached)
+{
+	int i, ilim= RRARR_LEN(cached);
+
+	for(i=0; i<ilim; ++i) {
+		rr_set_t *rrset= RRARR_INDEX(cached,i);
+		if (rrset) {
+			time_t t;
+			*flags|=rrset->flags;
+			t=rrset->ts+CLAT_ADJ(rrset->ttl);
+			if (!*ttl || *ttl>t)
+				*ttl=t;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+  Lookup name in the cache, and if records of type thint are found, check whether a requery is needed.
+  Possible returns values are:
+    RC_OK:        the name is locally defined.
+    RC_NAMEERR:   the name is locally negatively cached.
+    RC_CACHED:    name was found in the cache, requery not needed.
+    RC_STALE:     name was found in the cache, but requery is needed.
+    RC_NOTCACHED: name was not found in the cache.
+*/
+static int lookup_cache_status(const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp, unsigned short *flagsp,
+			       time_t queryts, unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *cached;
+	int rc=RC_NOTCACHED;
+	int wild=0;
+	unsigned short flags=0;
+
+	if ((cached=lookup_cache(name,&wild))) {
+		short int neg=0,timed=0,need_req=0;
+		time_t ttl=0;
+
+		if (cached->flags&DF_LOCAL) {
+#if DEBUG>0
+			{
+				char dflagstr[DFLAGSTRLEN];
+				DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Entry found in cache for '%s' with dflags=%s.\n",
+					      RHN2STR(cached->qname),dflags2str(cached->flags,dflagstr));
+			}
+#endif
+			if((cached->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) || wild==w_locnerr) {
+				if(c_soa) {
+					if(cached->c_soa!=cundef)
+						*c_soa=cached->c_soa;
+					else if(have_rr_SOA(cached))
+						*c_soa=rhnsegcnt(cached->qname);
+					else {
+						unsigned char *owner=getlocalowner(cached->qname,T_SOA);
+						if(owner)
+							*c_soa=rhnsegcnt(owner);
+					}
+				}
+				free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(cached);
+				rc= RC_NAMEERR;
+				goto return_rc;
+			}
+			else {
+				rc= RC_OK;
+				goto return_rc_cent;
+			}
+		}
+		DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Record found in cache for %s\n",RHN2STR(cached->qname));
+		if (cached->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			if ((ttl=cached->neg.ts+CLAT_ADJ(cached->neg.ttl))>=queryts)
+				neg=1;
+			else
+				timed=1;
+		} else {
+			if (thint==QT_ALL) {
+				set_all_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached);
+			}
+			else if (!set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_CNAME) || (getrrset_CNAME(cached)->flags&CF_NEGATIVE)) {
+				flags=0; ttl=0;
+				if (thint>=T_MIN && thint<=T_MAX) {
+					if (set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, thint))
+						neg=getrrset(cached,thint)->flags&CF_NEGATIVE && ttl>=queryts;
+				}
+				else if (thint==QT_MAILB) {
+					set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_MB);
+					set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_MG);
+					set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_MR);
+				}
+				else if (thint==QT_MAILA) {
+					set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_MD);
+					set_flags_ttl(&flags, &ttl, cached, T_MF);
+				}
+			}
+			if(!(flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+				if (thint==QT_ALL) {
+					if(!(cached->flags&DF_AUTH))
+						need_req=1;
+				}
+				else if (thint>=QT_MIN && thint<=QT_MAX) {
+					if(!(flags&CF_AUTH && !(flags&CF_ADDITIONAL)))
+						need_req=1;
+				}
+				if (ttl<queryts)
+					timed=1;
+			}
+		}
+#if DEBUG>0
+		{
+			char dflagstr[DFLAGSTRLEN],cflagstr[CFLAGSTRLEN];
+			DEBUG_MSG("Requery decision: dflags=%s, cflags=%s, req=%i, neg=%i, timed=%i, %s=%li\n",
+				  dflags2str(cached->flags,dflagstr),cflags2str(flags,cflagstr),need_req,neg,timed,
+				  ttl?"ttl":"timestamp",(long)(ttl?(ttl-queryts):ttl));
+		}
+#endif
+		rc = (!neg && (need_req || timed))? RC_STALE: RC_CACHED;
+	return_rc_cent:
+		*cachedp=cached;
+	}
+
+return_rc:
+	if(flagsp) *flagsp=flags;
+	return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Resolve records for name into dns_cent_t, type thint.
+ * q is the set of servers to query from. Set q to NULL if you want to ask the servers registered with pdnsd.
+ * qslist should refer to a list of server arrays already used higher up the calling chain (may be NULL).
+ * p_dns_cached_resolve() returns one of the following values:
+ *   RC_OK  means that the name was successfully resolved by querying other servers.
+ *   RC_CACHED or RC_STALE means that the name was found in the cache.
+ *   RC_NAMEERR or RC_SERVFAIL indicates a resolve error.
+ */
+static int p_dns_cached_resolve(query_stat_array q, const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp,
+				int hops, qstatnode_t *qslist, qhintnode_t *qhlist, time_t queryts,
+				unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *cached=NULL;
+	int rc;
+	unsigned short flags=0;
+
+	DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Starting cached resolve for: %s, query %s\n",RHN2STR(name),get_tname(thint));
+	rc= lookup_cache_status(name, thint, &cached, &flags,queryts,c_soa);
+	if(rc==RC_OK) {
+		/* Locally defined record. */
+		*cachedp=cached;
+		return RC_CACHED;
+	}
+	else if(rc==RC_NAMEERR)  /* Locally negated name. */
+		return RC_NAMEERR;
+
+	/* update server records set onquery */
+	if(global.onquery) test_onquery();
+	if (global.lndown_kluge && !(flags&CF_LOCAL)) {
+		int i,n,linkdown=1;
+		lock_server_data();
+		n=DA_NEL(servers);
+		for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+			servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+			if(sp->rootserver<=1) {
+				int j,m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+				for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+					if (DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).is_up) {
+						linkdown=0;
+						goto done;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	done:
+		unlock_server_data();
+		if (linkdown) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Link is down.\n");
+			rc=RC_SERVFAIL;
+			goto cleanup_return;
+		}
+	}
+	if (rc!=RC_CACHED) {
+		dns_cent_t *ent;
+		DEBUG_MSG("Trying name servers.\n");
+		if (q)
+			rc=p_recursive_query(q,name,thint, &ent,NULL,hops,qslist,qhlist,c_soa);
+		else
+			rc=p_dns_resolve(name,thint, &ent,hops,qhlist,c_soa);
+
+		if(rc==RC_OK || rc==RC_CACHED || rc==RC_STALE) {
+			if (cached) {
+				free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(cached);
+			}
+			cached=ent;
+		}
+		else if (rc==RC_SERVFAIL && cached && (flags&CF_NOPURGE)) {
+			/* We could not get a new record, but we have a timed-out cached one
+			   with the nopurge flag set. This means that we shall use it even
+			   if timed out when no new one is available*/
+			DEBUG_MSG("Falling back to cached record.\n");
+			rc=RC_STALE;
+		}
+		else
+			goto cleanup_return;
+	} else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Using cached record.\n");
+	}
+	*cachedp=cached;
+	return rc;
+
+ cleanup_return:
+	if(cached) {
+		free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(cached);
+	}
+	return rc;
+}
+
+
+/* r_dns_cached_resolve() is like p_dns_cached_resolve(), except that r_dns_cached_resolve()
+   will not return negatively cached entries, but returns RC_NAMEERR instead.
+   It also does not return RC_CACHED or RC_STALE, but RC_OK instead.
+*/
+int r_dns_cached_resolve(unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp,
+			 int hops, qhintnode_t *qhlist, time_t queryts,
+			 unsigned char *c_soa)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *cached;
+	int rc=p_dns_cached_resolve(NULL,name,thint,&cached,hops,NULL,qhlist,queryts,c_soa);
+	if(rc==RC_OK || rc==RC_CACHED || rc==RC_STALE) {
+		if(cached->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+			if(c_soa)
+				*c_soa=cached->c_soa;
+			free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+			pdnsd_free(cached);
+			return RC_NAMEERR;
+		}
+		else {
+			*cachedp=cached;
+			return RC_OK;
+		}
+	}
+	return rc;
+}
+
+
+static int simple_dns_cached_resolve(atup_array atup_a, int port, char edns_query, time_t timeout,
+				     const unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *cached=NULL;
+	int rc;
+
+	DEBUG_RHN_MSG("Starting simple cached resolve for: %s, query %s\n",RHN2STR(name),get_tname(thint));
+	rc= lookup_cache_status(name, thint, &cached, NULL, time(NULL), NULL);
+	if(rc==RC_OK) {
+		/* Locally defined record. */
+		*cachedp=cached;
+		return RC_OK;
+	}
+	else if(rc==RC_NAMEERR)  /* Locally negated name. */
+		return RC_NAMEERR;
+
+	if (rc!=RC_CACHED) {
+		query_stat_array qserv;
+		int j,m;
+		if (cached) {
+			free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+			pdnsd_free(cached);
+			cached=NULL;
+		}
+		DEBUG_MSG("Trying name servers.\n");
+		qserv=NULL;
+		m=DA_NEL(atup_a);
+		for(j=0; j<m; ++j) {
+			if(!add_qserv(&qserv, &DA_INDEX(atup_a,j).a, port, timeout, 0, 0, 1, edns_query, 0, 0, 1, NULL, NULL)) {
+				/* Note: qserv array already cleaned up by add_qserv() */
+				return RC_SERVFAIL;
+			}
+		}
+		rc=p_recursive_query(qserv,name,thint, &cached,NULL,0,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+		del_qserv(qserv);
+		if (rc==RC_OK) {
+			dns_cent_t *tc;
+			add_cache(cached);
+			if ((tc=lookup_cache(name,NULL))) {
+				/* The cache may hold more information  than the recent query yielded.
+				 * try to get the merged record. If that fails, revert to the new one. */
+				free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+				pdnsd_free(cached);
+				cached=tc;
+			} else
+				DEBUG_MSG("simple_dns_cached_resolve: merging answer with cache failed, using local cent copy.\n");
+		}
+		else if(!(rc==RC_CACHED || rc==RC_STALE))  /* RC_CACHED and RC_STALE should not be possible. */
+			return rc;
+	} else {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Using cached record.\n");
+	}
+
+	if(cached->flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+		free_cent(cached  DBG1);
+		pdnsd_free(cached);
+		return RC_NAMEERR;
+	}
+
+	*cachedp=cached;
+	return RC_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Check whether a server is responsive by sending it an (empty) query.
+   rep is the number of times this is tried in case of no reply.
+ */
+int query_uptest(pdnsd_a *addr, int port, const unsigned char *name, time_t timeout, int rep)
+{
+	query_stat_t qs;
+	int iter=0,rv;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		memset(&qs.a.sin4,0,sizeof(qs.a.sin4));
+		qs.a.sin4.sin_family=AF_INET;
+		qs.a.sin4.sin_port=htons(port);
+		qs.a.sin4.sin_addr=addr->ipv4;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN4(qs.a.sin4);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		memset(&qs.a.sin6,0,sizeof(qs.a.sin6));
+		qs.a.sin6.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+		qs.a.sin6.sin6_port=htons(port);
+		qs.a.sin6.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+		qs.a.sin6.sin6_addr=addr->ipv6;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN6(qs.a.sin6);
+
+		qs.a4fallback.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+	}
+#endif
+	qs.timeout=timeout;
+	qs.flags=0;
+	qs.nocache=0;
+	qs.auth_serv=0;
+	qs.lean_query=1;
+	qs.edns_query=0;
+	qs.needs_testing=0;
+	qs.trusted=1;
+	qs.aa=0;
+	qs.tc=0;
+	qs.ra=0;
+	qs.failed=0;
+	qs.nsdomain=NULL;
+	qs.rejectlist=NULL;
+
+ try_again:
+	qs.state=QS_INITIAL;
+	qs.qm=global.query_method;
+	qs.s_errno=0;
+	rv=p_exec_query(NULL, name, T_A, &qs, NULL, NULL);
+	if(rv==-1) {
+		time_t ts, tpassed;
+		for(ts=time(NULL), tpassed=0;; tpassed=time(NULL)-ts) {
+			int event;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			fd_set reads;
+			fd_set writes;
+			struct timeval tv;
+			FD_ZERO(&reads);
+			FD_ZERO(&writes);
+			PDNSD_ASSERT(qs.sock<FD_SETSIZE,"socket file descriptor exceeds FD_SETSIZE.");
+			switch (qs.state) {
+			QS_READ_CASES:
+				FD_SET(qs.sock,&reads);
+				break;
+			QS_WRITE_CASES:
+				FD_SET(qs.sock,&writes);
+				break;
+			}
+			tv.tv_sec=timeout>tpassed?timeout-tpassed:0;
+			tv.tv_usec=0;
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that doing
+			   this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				p_cancel_query(&qs);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			event=select(qs.sock+1,&reads,&writes,NULL,&tv);
+#else
+			struct pollfd pfd;
+			pfd.fd=qs.sock;
+			switch (qs.state) {
+			QS_READ_CASES:
+				pfd.events=POLLIN;
+				break;
+			QS_WRITE_CASES:
+				pfd.events=POLLOUT;
+				break;
+			default:
+				pfd.events=0;
+			}
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that doing
+			   this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				p_cancel_query(&qs);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			event=poll(&pfd,1,timeout>tpassed?(timeout-tpassed)*1000:0);
+#endif
+			if (event<0) {
+				if(errno==EINTR && is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("poll/select interrupted in server status thread.\n");
+				}
+				else
+					log_warn("poll/select failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+				p_cancel_query(&qs);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			if(event==0) {
+				/* timed out */
+				p_cancel_query(&qs);
+				if(++iter<rep) goto try_again;
+				return 0;
+			}
+			event=0;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			switch (qs.state) {
+			QS_READ_CASES:
+				event=FD_ISSET(qs.sock,&reads);
+				break;
+			QS_WRITE_CASES:
+				event=FD_ISSET(qs.sock,&writes);
+				break;
+			}
+#else
+			switch (qs.state) {
+			QS_READ_CASES:
+				event=pfd.revents&(POLLIN|POLLERR|POLLHUP|POLLNVAL);
+				break;
+			QS_WRITE_CASES:
+				event=pfd.revents&(POLLOUT|POLLERR|POLLHUP|POLLNVAL);
+				break;
+			}
+#endif
+			if(event) {
+				rv=p_exec_query(NULL, name, T_A, &qs, NULL, NULL);
+				if(rv!=-1) break;
+			}
+			else {
+				if(++poll_errs<=MAXPOLLERRS)
+					log_error("Unhandled poll/select event in query_uptest() at %s, line %d.",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+				p_cancel_query(&qs);
+				return 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return (rv!=RC_SERVFAIL && rv!=RC_FATALERR);
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b57e7be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/dns_query.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* dns_query.h - Execute outgoing dns queries and write entries to cache
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef DNS_QUERY_H
+#define DNS_QUERY_H
+
+#include "cache.h"
+
+/* Default UDP buffer size (when EDNS is not used). */
+#define UDP_BUFSIZE 512
+
+
+typedef struct qhintnode_s qhintnode_t;
+
+/* --- parallel query */
+int r_dns_cached_resolve(unsigned char *name, int thint, dns_cent_t **cachedp,
+			 int hops, qhintnode_t *qhlist, time_t queryts,
+			 unsigned char *c_soa);
+#define dns_cached_resolve(name,thint,cachedp,hops,queryts,c_soa) \
+        r_dns_cached_resolve(name,thint,cachedp,hops,NULL,queryts,c_soa)
+
+addr2_array dns_rootserver_resolv(atup_array atup_a, int port, char edns_query, time_t timeout);
+int query_uptest(pdnsd_a *addr, int port, const unsigned char *name, time_t timeout, int rep);
+
+/* --- from dns_answer.c */
+int add_opt_pseudo_rr(dns_msg_t **ans, size_t *sz, size_t *allocsz,
+		      unsigned short udpsize, unsigned short rcode,
+		      unsigned short ednsver, unsigned short Zflags);
+size_t remove_opt_pseudo_rr(dns_msg_t *ans, size_t sz);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/error.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4584866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* error.c - Error handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+
+
+pthread_mutex_t loglock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+volatile short int use_log_lock=0;
+
+/*
+ * Initialize a mutex for io-locking in order not to produce gibberish on
+ * multiple simultaneous errors.
+ */
+/* This is now defined as an inline function in error.h */
+#if 0
+void init_log_lock(void)
+{
+	use_log_lock=1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* We crashed? Ooops... */
+void crash_msg(char *msg)
+{
+	log_error("%s", msg);
+	log_error("pdnsd probably crashed due to a bug. Please consider sending a bug");
+	log_error("report to p.a.rombouts@home.nl or tmoestl@gmx.net");
+}
+
+/* Log a warning, error or info message.
+ * If we are a daemon, use the syslog. s is a format string like in printf,
+ * the optional following arguments are the arguments like in printf */
+void log_message(int prior, const char *s, ...)
+{
+	int gotlock=0;
+	va_list va;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	if (use_log_lock) {
+		gotlock=softlock_mutex(&loglock);
+		/* If we failed to get the lock and the type of the
+		   message is "info" or less important, then don't bother. */
+		if(!gotlock && prior>=LOG_INFO)
+			return;
+	}
+	if (global.daemon) {
+		openlog("pdnsd",LOG_PID,LOG_DAEMON);
+		va_start(va,s);
+		vsyslog(prior,s,va);
+		va_end(va);
+		closelog();
+	}
+	else {
+		f=stderr;
+#if DEBUG > 0
+		goto printtofile;
+	}
+	if(debug_p) {
+		f=dbg_file;
+	printtofile:
+#endif
+		{
+			char ts[sizeof "* 12/31 23:59:59| "];
+			time_t tt = time(NULL);
+			struct tm tm;
+
+			if(!localtime_r(&tt, &tm) || strftime(ts, sizeof(ts), "* %m/%d %T| ", &tm) <=0)
+				ts[0]=0;
+			fprintf(f,"%spdnsd: %s: ", ts,
+				prior<=LOG_CRIT?"critical":
+				prior==LOG_ERR?"error":
+				prior==LOG_WARNING?"warning":
+				"info");
+		}
+		va_start(va,s);
+		vfprintf(f,s,va);
+		va_end(va);
+		{
+			const char *p=strchr(s,0);
+			if(!p || p==s || *(p-1)!='\n')
+				fputc('\n',f);
+		}
+	}
+	if (gotlock)
+		pthread_mutex_unlock(&loglock);
+}
+
+
+#if DEBUG > 0
+/* XXX: The timestamp generation makes this a little heavy-weight */
+void debug_msg(int c, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list va;
+
+	if (!c) {
+		char ts[sizeof "12/31 23:59:59"];
+		time_t tt = time(NULL);
+		struct tm tm;
+		unsigned *id;
+
+		if(localtime_r(&tt, &tm) && strftime(ts, sizeof(ts), "%m/%d %T", &tm) > 0) {
+			if((id = (unsigned *)pthread_getspecific(thrid_key)))
+				fprintf(dbg_file,"%u %s| ", *id, ts);
+			else
+				fprintf(dbg_file,"- %s| ", ts);
+		}
+	}
+	va_start(va,fmt);
+	vfprintf(dbg_file,fmt,va);
+	va_end(va);
+	fflush(dbg_file);
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/error.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1678744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* error.h - Error handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef ERROR_H
+#define ERROR_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "pdnsd_assert.h"
+
+/* --- from error.c */
+extern volatile short int use_log_lock;
+/* --- */
+
+void crash_msg(char *msg);
+
+inline static void init_log_lock(void) __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void init_log_lock(void)
+{
+	use_log_lock=1;
+}
+
+void log_message(int prior,const char *s, ...) printfunc(2, 3);
+#if !defined(CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS)
+/* GNU C Macro Varargs style. */
+#define log_error(args...) log_message(LOG_ERR,args)
+#define log_warn(args...) log_message(LOG_WARNING,args)
+#define log_info(level,args...) {if((level)<=global.verbosity) log_message(LOG_INFO,args);}
+#else
+/* ANSI C99 style. */
+#define log_error(...) log_message(LOG_ERR,__VA_ARGS__)
+#define log_warn(...) log_message(LOG_WARNING,__VA_ARGS__)
+#define log_info(level,...) {if((level)<=global.verbosity) log_message(LOG_INFO,__VA_ARGS__);}
+#endif
+
+/* Following are some ugly macros for debug messages that
+ * should inhibit any code generation when DEBUG is not defined.
+ * Of course, those messages could be done in a function, but I
+ * want to save the overhead when DEBUG is not defined.
+ * debug_p needs to be defined (by including conff.h), or you
+ * will get strange errors.
+ * A macro call expands to a complete statement, so a semicolon after
+ * the macro call is redundant.
+ * The arguments are normal printfs, so you know how to use the args
+ */
+#if DEBUG>0
+void debug_msg(int c, const char *fmt, ...) printfunc(2, 3);
+/* from main.c */
+extern FILE *dbg_file;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS)
+/* GNU C Macro Varargs style. */
+# if DEBUG > 0
+#  define DEBUG_MSG(args...)	{if (debug_p) debug_msg(0,args);}
+#  define DEBUG_MSGC(args...)	{if (debug_p) debug_msg(1,args);}
+#  define DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(args...) {char _debugsockabuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN]; DEBUG_MSG(args);}
+#  define PDNSDA2STR(a)		pdnsd_a2str(a,_debugsockabuf,sizeof(_debugsockabuf))
+#  define DEBUG_RHN_MSG(args...) {unsigned char _debugstrbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE]; DEBUG_MSG(args);}
+#  define RHN2STR(a)		rhn2str(a,_debugstrbuf,sizeof(_debugstrbuf))
+# else
+#  define DEBUG_MSG(args...)
+#  define DEBUG_MSGC(args...)
+#  define DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(args...)
+#  define DEBUG_RHN_MSG(args...)
+# endif	/* DEBUG > 0 */
+#else
+/* ANSI C99 style. */
+# if DEBUG > 0
+/*
+ * XXX: The ANSI and GCC variadic macros should be merged as far as possible, but that
+ *      might make things even more messy...
+ */
+#  define DEBUG_MSG(...)	{if (debug_p) debug_msg(0,__VA_ARGS__);}
+#  define DEBUG_MSGC(...)	{if (debug_p) debug_msg(1,__VA_ARGS__);}
+#  define DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(...)	{char _debugsockabuf[ADDRSTR_MAXLEN]; DEBUG_MSG(__VA_ARGS__);}
+#  define PDNSDA2STR(a)		pdnsd_a2str(a,_debugsockabuf,ADDRSTR_MAXLEN)
+#  define DEBUG_RHN_MSG(...)	{unsigned char _debugstrbuf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE]; DEBUG_MSG(__VA_ARGS__);}
+#  define RHN2STR(a)		rhn2str(a,_debugstrbuf,sizeof(_debugstrbuf))
+# else
+#  define DEBUG_MSG(...)
+#  define DEBUG_MSGC(...)
+#  define DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG(...)
+#  define DEBUG_RHN_MSG(...)
+# endif	/* DEBUG > 0 */
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4577ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ip_icmp.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
+ * $FreeBSD: src/sys/netinet/ip_icmp.h,v 1.20 2003/03/21 15:28:10 mdodd Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef _NETINET_IP_ICMP_H_
+#define _NETINET_IP_ICMP_H_
+
+/*
+ * Interface Control Message Protocol Definitions.
+ * Per RFC 792, September 1981.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Internal of an ICMP Router Advertisement
+ */
+struct icmp_ra_addr {
+	u_int32_t ira_addr;
+	u_int32_t ira_preference;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Structure of an icmp header.
+ */
+struct icmp {
+	u_char	icmp_type;		/* type of message, see below */
+	u_char	icmp_code;		/* type sub code */
+	u_short	icmp_cksum;		/* ones complement cksum of struct */
+	union {
+		u_char ih_pptr;			/* ICMP_PARAMPROB */
+		struct in_addr ih_gwaddr;	/* ICMP_REDIRECT */
+		struct ih_idseq {
+			n_short	icd_id;
+			n_short	icd_seq;
+		} ih_idseq;
+		int ih_void;
+
+		/* ICMP_UNREACH_NEEDFRAG -- Path MTU Discovery (RFC1191) */
+		struct ih_pmtu {
+			n_short ipm_void;
+			n_short ipm_nextmtu;
+		} ih_pmtu;
+
+		struct ih_rtradv {
+			u_char irt_num_addrs;
+			u_char irt_wpa;
+			u_int16_t irt_lifetime;
+		} ih_rtradv;
+	} icmp_hun;
+#define	icmp_pptr	icmp_hun.ih_pptr
+#define	icmp_gwaddr	icmp_hun.ih_gwaddr
+#define	icmp_id		icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_id
+#define	icmp_seq	icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_seq
+#define	icmp_void	icmp_hun.ih_void
+#define	icmp_pmvoid	icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_void
+#define	icmp_nextmtu	icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_nextmtu
+#define	icmp_num_addrs	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_num_addrs
+#define	icmp_wpa	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_wpa
+#define	icmp_lifetime	icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_lifetime
+	union {
+		struct id_ts {			/* ICMP Timestamp */
+			n_time its_otime;	/* Originate */
+			n_time its_rtime;	/* Receive */
+			n_time its_ttime;	/* Transmit */
+		} id_ts;
+		struct id_ip  {
+			struct ip idi_ip;
+			/* options and then 64 bits of data */
+		} id_ip;
+		struct icmp_ra_addr id_radv;
+		u_int32_t id_mask;
+		char	id_data[1];
+	} icmp_dun;
+#define	icmp_otime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_otime
+#define	icmp_rtime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_rtime
+#define	icmp_ttime	icmp_dun.id_ts.its_ttime
+#define	icmp_ip		icmp_dun.id_ip.idi_ip
+#define	icmp_radv	icmp_dun.id_radv
+#define	icmp_mask	icmp_dun.id_mask
+#define	icmp_data	icmp_dun.id_data
+};
+
+/*
+ * Lower bounds on packet lengths for various types.
+ * For the error advice packets must first insure that the
+ * packet is large enough to contain the returned ip header.
+ * Only then can we do the check to see if 64 bits of packet
+ * data have been returned, since we need to check the returned
+ * ip header length.
+ */
+#define	ICMP_MINLEN	8				/* abs minimum */
+#define	ICMP_TSLEN	(8 + 3 * sizeof (n_time))	/* timestamp */
+#define	ICMP_MASKLEN	12				/* address mask */
+#define	ICMP_ADVLENMIN	(8 + sizeof (struct ip) + 8)	/* min */
+#define	ICMP_ADVLEN(p)	(8 + ((p)->icmp_ip.ip_hl << 2) + 8)
+	/* N.B.: must separately check that ip_hl >= 5 */
+
+/*
+ * Definition of type and code field values.
+ */
+#define	ICMP_ECHOREPLY		0		/* echo reply */
+#define	ICMP_UNREACH		3		/* dest unreachable, codes: */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_NET	0		/* bad net */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_HOST	1		/* bad host */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_PROTOCOL	2		/* bad protocol */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_PORT	3		/* bad port */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_NEEDFRAG	4		/* IP_DF caused drop */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_SRCFAIL	5		/* src route failed */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_NET_UNKNOWN 6		/* unknown net */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_UNKNOWN 7		/* unknown host */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_ISOLATED	8		/* src host isolated */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_NET_PROHIB	9		/* prohibited access */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PROHIB 10		/* ditto */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_TOSNET	11		/* bad tos for net */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_TOSHOST	12		/* bad tos for host */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_FILTER_PROHIB 13		/* admin prohib */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PRECEDENCE 14		/* host prec vio. */
+#define		ICMP_UNREACH_PRECEDENCE_CUTOFF 15	/* prec cutoff */
+#define	ICMP_SOURCEQUENCH	4		/* packet lost, slow down */
+#define	ICMP_REDIRECT		5		/* shorter route, codes: */
+#define		ICMP_REDIRECT_NET	0		/* for network */
+#define		ICMP_REDIRECT_HOST	1		/* for host */
+#define		ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSNET	2		/* for tos and net */
+#define		ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSHOST	3		/* for tos and host */
+#define	ICMP_ECHO		8		/* echo service */
+#define	ICMP_ROUTERADVERT	9		/* router advertisement */
+#define	ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT	10		/* router solicitation */
+#define	ICMP_TIMXCEED		11		/* time exceeded, code: */
+#define		ICMP_TIMXCEED_INTRANS	0		/* ttl==0 in transit */
+#define		ICMP_TIMXCEED_REASS	1		/* ttl==0 in reass */
+#define	ICMP_PARAMPROB		12		/* ip header bad */
+#define		ICMP_PARAMPROB_ERRATPTR 0		/* error at param ptr */
+#define		ICMP_PARAMPROB_OPTABSENT 1		/* req. opt. absent */
+#define		ICMP_PARAMPROB_LENGTH 2			/* bad length */
+#define	ICMP_TSTAMP		13		/* timestamp request */
+#define	ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY	14		/* timestamp reply */
+#define	ICMP_IREQ		15		/* information request */
+#define	ICMP_IREQREPLY		16		/* information reply */
+#define	ICMP_MASKREQ		17		/* address mask request */
+#define	ICMP_MASKREPLY		18		/* address mask reply */
+
+#define	ICMP_MAXTYPE		18
+
+#define	ICMP_INFOTYPE(type) \
+	((type) == ICMP_ECHOREPLY || (type) == ICMP_ECHO || \
+	(type) == ICMP_ROUTERADVERT || (type) == ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT || \
+	(type) == ICMP_TSTAMP || (type) == ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY || \
+	(type) == ICMP_IREQ || (type) == ICMP_IREQREPLY || \
+	(type) == ICMP_MASKREQ || (type) == ICMP_MASKREPLY)
+
+#ifdef _KERNEL
+void	icmp_error(struct mbuf *, int, int, n_long, struct ifnet *);
+void	icmp_input(struct mbuf *, int);
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e2074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/* hash.c - Manage hashes for cached dns records
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "consts.h"
+
+
+/* This is not a perfect hash, but I hope it holds. It is designed for 1024 hash
+ * buckets, and hashes strings with case-insensitivity.
+ * It is position-aware in a limited way.
+ * It is exactly seen a two-way hash: because I do not want to exaggerate
+ * the hash buckets (i do have 1024), but I hash strings and string-comparisons
+ * are expensive, I save another 32 bit hash in each hash element that is checked
+ * before the string. The 32 bit hash is also used to order the entries in a hash chain.
+ * I hope not to have all too much collision concentration.
+ *
+ * The ip hash was removed. I don't think it concentrated the collisions too much.
+ * If it does, the hash algorithm needs to be changed, rather than using another
+ * hash.
+ * Some measurements seem to indicate that the hash algorithm is doing reasonable well.
+ */
+
+dns_hash_ent_t *hash_buckets[HASH_NUM_BUCKETS];
+
+
+/*
+ * Hash a dns name (length-byte string format) to HASH_SZ bit.
+ * *rhash is set to a long int hash.
+ */
+static unsigned dns_hash(const unsigned char *str, unsigned long *rhash)
+{
+	unsigned s,i,lb,c;
+	unsigned long r;
+	s=0; r=0;
+	i=0;
+	while((lb=str[i])) {
+		s+=lb<<(i%(HASH_SZ-5));
+		r+=((unsigned long)lb)<<(i%(8*sizeof(unsigned long)-7));
+		++i;
+		do {
+			c=toupper(str[i]);
+			s+=c<<(i%(HASH_SZ-5));
+			r+=((unsigned long)c)<<(i%(8*sizeof(unsigned long)-7));
+			++i;
+		} while(--lb);
+	}
+	s=(s&HASH_BITMASK)+((s&(~HASH_BITMASK))>>HASH_SZ);
+	s=(s&HASH_BITMASK)+((s&(~HASH_BITMASK))>>HASH_SZ);
+	s &= HASH_BITMASK;
+#ifdef DEBUG_HASH
+	{
+		unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+		printf("Diagnostic: hashes for %s: %03x,%04lx\n",rhn2str(str,buf,sizeof(buf)),s,r);
+	}
+#endif
+	if(rhash) *rhash=r;
+	return s;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize hash to hold a dns hash table
+ */
+/* This is now defined as an inline function in hash.h */
+#if 0
+void mk_dns_hash()
+{
+	int i;
+	for(i=0;i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS;i++)
+		hash_buckets[i]=NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+  Lookup in the hash table for key. If it is found, return the pointer to the cache entry.
+  If no entry is found, return 0.
+  If loc is not NULL, it will used to store information about the location within the hash table
+  This can be used to add an entry with add_dns_hash() or delete the entry with del_dns_hash_ent().
+*/
+dns_cent_t *dns_lookup(const unsigned char *key, dns_hash_loc_t *loc)
+{
+	dns_cent_t *retval=NULL;
+	unsigned idx;
+	unsigned long rh;
+	dns_hash_ent_t **hep,*he;
+
+	idx = dns_hash(key,&rh);
+	hep = &hash_buckets[idx];
+	while ((he= *hep) && he->rhash<=rh) {
+		if (he->rhash==rh && rhnicmp(key,he->data->qname)) {
+			retval = he->data;
+			break;
+		}
+		hep = &he->next;
+	}
+	if(loc) {
+		loc->pos = hep;
+		loc->rhash = rh;
+	}
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+  Add a cache entry to the hash table.
+
+  loc must contain the location where the the new entry should be inserted
+  (this location can be obtained with dns_lookup).
+
+  add_dns_hash returns 1 on success, or 0 if out of memory.
+*/
+int add_dns_hash(dns_cent_t *data, dns_hash_loc_t *loc)
+{
+	dns_hash_ent_t *he = malloc(sizeof(dns_hash_ent_t));
+
+	if(!he)
+		return 0;
+
+	he->next = *(loc->pos);
+	he->rhash = loc->rhash;
+	he->data = data;
+	*(loc->pos) = he;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+  Delete the hash entry indentified by the location returned by dns_lookup().
+*/
+dns_cent_t *del_dns_hash_ent(dns_hash_loc_t *loc)
+{
+	dns_hash_ent_t *he = *(loc->pos);
+	dns_cent_t *data;
+
+	*(loc->pos) = he->next;
+	data = he->data;
+	free(he);
+	return data;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete the first entry indexed by key from the hash. Returns the data field or NULL.
+ * Since two cents are not allowed to be for the same host name, there will be only one.
+ */
+dns_cent_t *del_dns_hash(const unsigned char *key)
+{
+	unsigned idx;
+	unsigned long rh;
+	dns_hash_ent_t **hep,*he;
+	dns_cent_t *data;
+
+	idx = dns_hash(key,&rh);
+	hep = &hash_buckets[idx];
+	while ((he= *hep) && he->rhash<=rh) {
+		if (he->rhash==rh && rhnicmp(key,he->data->qname)) {
+			*hep = he->next;
+			data = he->data;
+			free(he);
+			return data;
+		}
+		hep = &he->next;
+	}
+	return NULL;   /* not found */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Delete all entries in a hash bucket.
+ */
+void free_dns_hash_bucket(int i)
+{
+	dns_hash_ent_t *he,*hen;
+
+	he=hash_buckets[i];
+	hash_buckets[i]=NULL;
+	while (he) {
+		hen=he->next;
+		del_cent(he->data);
+		free(he);
+		he=hen;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete all entries in a hash bucket whose names match those in
+ * an include/exclude list.
+ */
+void free_dns_hash_selected(int i, slist_array sla)
+{
+	dns_hash_ent_t **hep,*he,*hen;
+	int j,m=DA_NEL(sla);
+
+	hep= &hash_buckets[i];
+	he= *hep;
+
+	while (he) {
+		unsigned char *name=he->data->qname;
+		for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+			slist_t *sl=&DA_INDEX(sla,j);
+			unsigned int nrem,lrem;
+			domain_match(name,sl->domain,&nrem,&lrem);
+			if(!lrem && (!sl->exact || !nrem)) {
+				if(sl->rule==C_INCLUDED)
+					goto delete_entry;
+				else
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		/* default policy is not to delete */
+		hep= &he->next;
+		he= *hep;
+		continue;
+
+	delete_entry:
+		*hep=hen=he->next;;
+		del_cent(he->data);
+		free(he);
+		he=hen;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete the whole hash table, freeing all memory
+ */
+void free_dns_hash()
+{
+	int i;
+	dns_hash_ent_t *he,*hen;
+	for (i=0;i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS;i++) {
+		he=hash_buckets[i];
+		hash_buckets[i]=NULL;
+		while (he) {
+			hen=he->next;
+			del_cent(he->data);
+			free(he);
+			he=hen;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following functions are for iterating over the hash.
+ * fetch_first returns the data field of the first element (or NULL if there is none), and fills pos
+ * for subsequent calls of fetch_next.
+ * fetch_next returns the data field of the element after the element that was returned by the last
+ * call with the same position argument (or NULL if there is none)
+ *
+ * Note that these are designed so that you may actually delete the elements you retrieved from the hash.
+ */
+dns_cent_t *fetch_first(dns_hash_pos_t *pos)
+{
+	int i;
+	for (i=0;i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS;i++) {
+		dns_hash_ent_t *he=hash_buckets[i];
+		if (he) {
+			pos->bucket=i;
+			pos->ent=he->next;
+			return he->data;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+dns_cent_t *fetch_next(dns_hash_pos_t *pos)
+{
+	dns_hash_ent_t *he=pos->ent;
+	int i;
+	if (he) {
+		pos->ent=he->next;
+		return he->data;
+	}
+
+	for (i=pos->bucket+1;i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS;i++) {
+		he=hash_buckets[i];
+		if (he) {
+			pos->bucket=i;
+			pos->ent=he->next;
+			return he->data;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HASH
+void dumphash()
+{
+	if(debug_p) {
+		int i, j;
+		dns_hash_ent_t *he;
+
+		for (i=0; i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS; i++) {
+			for (j=0, he=hash_buckets[i]; he; he=he->next, j++) ;
+			DEBUG_MSG("bucket %d: %d entries\n", i, j);
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db25a34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* hash.h - Manage hashes for cached dns records
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _HASH_H_
+#define _HASH_H_
+#include <config.h>
+#include "cache.h"
+
+typedef struct dns_hash_ent_s {
+	struct dns_hash_ent_s	*next;
+	unsigned long		rhash; /* this is a better hash */
+	dns_cent_t		*data;
+} dns_hash_ent_t;
+
+/* Redefine this if you want another hash size. Should work ;-).
+ * The number of hash buckets is computed as power of two;
+ * so, e.g. HASH_SZ set to 10 yields 1024 hash rows (2^10 or 1<<10).
+ * Only powers of two are possible conveniently.
+ * HASH_SZ may not be bigger than 32 (if you set it even close to that value,
+ * you are nuts.) */
+/* #define HASH_SZ       10 */  /* Now defined in config.h */
+#define HASH_NUM_BUCKETS (1<<HASH_SZ)
+
+#define HASH_BITMASK     (HASH_NUM_BUCKETS-1)
+
+extern dns_hash_ent_t *hash_buckets[];
+
+/* A type for remembering the position in the hash table where a new entry can be inserted. */
+typedef struct {
+	dns_hash_ent_t **pos;      /* pointer to the location in the hash table */
+	unsigned long  rhash;      /* long hash */
+} dns_hash_loc_t;
+
+/* A type for position specification for fetch_first and fetch_next */
+typedef struct {
+	int            bucket;     /* bucket chain we are in */
+	dns_hash_ent_t *ent;       /* entry */
+} dns_hash_pos_t;
+
+inline static void mk_dns_hash()  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void mk_dns_hash()
+{
+	int i;
+	for(i=0;i<HASH_NUM_BUCKETS;i++)
+		hash_buckets[i]=NULL;
+}
+
+dns_cent_t *dns_lookup(const unsigned char *key, dns_hash_loc_t *loc);
+int add_dns_hash(dns_cent_t *data, dns_hash_loc_t *loc);
+dns_cent_t *del_dns_hash_ent(dns_hash_loc_t *loc);
+dns_cent_t *del_dns_hash(const unsigned char *key);
+void free_dns_hash_bucket(int i);
+void free_dns_hash_selected(int i, slist_array sla);
+void free_dns_hash();
+
+dns_cent_t *fetch_first(dns_hash_pos_t *pos);
+dns_cent_t *fetch_next(dns_hash_pos_t *pos);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_HASH
+void dumphash();
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5682d64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,795 @@
+/* helpers.c - Various helper functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * This is to exit pdnsd from any thread.
+ */
+void pdnsd_exit()
+{
+	pthread_kill(main_thrid,SIGTERM);
+	pthread_exit(NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to grab a mutex. If we can't, fail. This will loop until we get the
+ * mutex or fail. This is only used in debugging code or at exit, otherwise
+ * we might run into lock contention problems.
+ */
+int softlock_mutex(pthread_mutex_t *mutex)
+{
+	unsigned int tr=0;
+	while(pthread_mutex_trylock(mutex)) {
+		if (++tr>=SOFTLOCK_MAXTRIES)
+			return 0;
+		usleep_r(10000);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * setuid() and setgid() for a specified user.
+ */
+int run_as(const char *user)
+{
+	if (user[0]) {
+#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM_R
+		struct passwd pwdbuf, *pwd;
+		size_t buflen;
+		int err;
+
+		for(buflen=128;; buflen*=2) {
+			char buf[buflen];  /* variable length array */
+
+			/* Note that we use getpwnam_r() instead of getpwnam(),
+			   which returns its result in a statically allocated buffer and
+			   cannot be considered thread safe.
+			   Doesn't use NSS! */
+			err=getpwnam_r(user, &pwdbuf, buf, buflen, &pwd);
+			if(err==0 && pwd) {
+				/* setgid first, because we may not be allowed to do it anymore after setuid */
+				if (setgid(pwd->pw_gid)!=0) {
+					log_error("Could not change group id to that of run_as user '%s': %s",
+						  user,strerror(errno));
+					return 0;
+				}
+
+				/* initgroups uses NSS, so we can disable it,
+				   i.e. we might need DNS for LDAP lookups, which times out */
+				if (global.use_nss && (initgroups(user, pwd->pw_gid)!=0)) {
+					log_error("Could not initialize the group access list of run_as user '%s': %s",
+						  user,strerror(errno));
+					return 0;
+				}
+				if (setuid(pwd->pw_uid)!=0) {
+					log_error("Could not change user id to that of run_as user '%s': %s",
+						  user,strerror(errno));
+					return 0;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			else if(err!=ERANGE) {
+				if(err)
+					log_error("run_as user '%s' could not be found: %s",user,strerror(err));
+				else
+					log_error("run_as user '%s' could not be found.",user);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			else if(buflen>=16*1024) {
+				/* If getpwnam_r() seems defective, call it quits rather than
+				   keep on allocating ever larger buffers until we crash. */
+				log_error("getpwnam_r() requires more than %u bytes of buffer space.",(unsigned)buflen);
+				return 0;
+			}
+			/* Else try again with larger buffer. */
+		}
+#else
+		/* No getpwnam_r() :-(  We'll use getpwnam() and hope for the best. */
+		struct passwd *pwd;
+
+		if (!(pwd=getpwnam(user))) {
+			log_error("run_as user %s could not be found.",user);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* setgid first, because we may not allowed to do it anymore after setuid */
+		if (setgid(pwd->pw_gid)!=0) {
+			log_error("Could not change group id to that of run_as user '%s': %s",
+				  user,strerror(errno));
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* initgroups uses NSS, so we can disable it,
+		   i.e. we might need DNS for LDAP lookups, which times out */
+		if (global.use_nss && (initgroups(user, pwd->pw_gid)!=0)) {
+			log_error("Could not initialize the group access list of run_as user '%s': %s",
+				  user,strerror(errno));
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (setuid(pwd->pw_uid)!=0) {
+			log_error("Could not change user id to that of run_as user '%s': %s",
+				  user,strerror(errno));
+			return 0;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns whether c is allowed in IN domain names
+ */
+#if 0
+int isdchar (unsigned char c)
+{
+	if ((c>='a' && c<='z') || (c>='A' && c<='Z') || (c>='0' && c<='9') || c=='-'
+#ifdef UNDERSCORE
+	    || c=='_'
+#endif
+	   )
+		return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string given in dotted notation to the transport format (length byte prepended
+ * domain name parts, ended by a null length sequence)
+ * The memory areas referenced by str and rhn may not overlap.
+ * The buffer rhn points to is assumed to be at least DNSNAMEBUFSIZE bytes in size.
+ *
+ * Returns 1 if successful, otherwise 0.
+ */
+int str2rhn(const unsigned char *str, unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned int i,j;
+
+	if(*str=='.' && !*(str+1)) {
+		/* Special case: root domain */
+		rhn[0]=0;
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	for(i=0;;) {
+		unsigned int jlim= i+63;
+		if(jlim>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2) jlim=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2; /* DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2 because the termination 0 has to follow */
+		for(j=i; str[j] && str[j]!='.'; ++j) {
+			if(j>=jlim) return 0;
+			rhn[j+1]=str[j];
+		}
+		if(!str[j])
+			break;
+		if(j<=i)
+			return 0;
+		rhn[i]=(unsigned char)(j-i);
+		i = j+1;
+	}
+
+	rhn[i]=0;
+	if (j>i || i==0)
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+  parsestr2rhn is essentially the same as str2rhn, except that it doesn't look beyond
+  the first len chars in the input string. It also tolerates strings
+  not ending in a dot and returns a message in case of an error.
+ */
+const char *parsestr2rhn(const unsigned char *str, unsigned int len, unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned int i,j;
+
+	if(len>0 && *str=='.' && (len==1 || !*(str+1))) {
+		/* Special case: root domain */
+		rhn[0]=0;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	i=0;
+	do {
+		unsigned int jlim= i+63;
+		if(jlim>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2) jlim=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE-2;
+		for(j=i; j<len && str[j] && str[j]!='.'; ++j) {
+			/* if(!isdchar(str[j]))
+				return "Illegal character in domain name"; */
+			if(j>=jlim)
+				return "Domain name element too long";
+			rhn[j+1]=str[j];
+		}
+
+		if(j<=i) {
+			if(j<len && str[j])
+				return "Empty name element in domain name";
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+
+		rhn[i]=(unsigned char)(j-i);
+		i = j+1;
+	} while(j<len && str[j]);
+
+	rhn[i]=0;
+	if(i==0)
+		return "Empty domain name not allowed";
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Take a host name as used in the dns transfer protocol (a length byte,
+ * followed by the first part of the name, ..., followed by a 0 length byte),
+ * and return a string in the usual dotted notation. Length checking is done
+ * elsewhere (in decompress_name), this takes names from the cache which are
+ * validated. No more than "size" bytes will be written to the buffer str points to
+ * (but size must be positive).
+ * If the labels in rhn contains non-printable characters, these are represented
+ * in the result by a backslash followed three octal digits. Additionally some
+ * special characters are preceded by a backslash. Normally the result should
+ * fit within DNSNAMEBUFSIZE bytes, but if there are many non-printable characters, the
+ * receiving buffer may not be able to contain the full result. In that case the
+ * truncation in the result is indicated by series of trailing dots. This
+ * function is only used for diagnostic purposes, thus a truncated result should
+ * not be a very serious problem (and should only occur under pathological
+ * circumstances).
+ */
+const unsigned char *rhn2str(const unsigned char *rhn, unsigned char *str, unsigned int size)
+{
+	unsigned int i,j,lb;
+
+	if(size==0) return NULL;
+
+	i=0; j=0;
+	lb=rhn[i++];
+	if (!lb) {
+		if(size>=2)
+			str[j++]='.';
+	}
+	else {
+		do {
+			for (;lb;--lb) {
+				unsigned char c;
+				if(j+2>=size)
+					goto overflow;
+				c=rhn[i++];
+				if(isgraph(c)) {
+					if(c=='.' || c=='\' || c=='"') {
+						str[j++]='\';
+						if(j+2>=size)
+							goto overflow;
+					}
+					str[j++]=c;
+				}
+				else {
+					unsigned int rem=size-1-j;
+					int n=snprintf(charp &str[j],rem,"\%03o",c);
+					if(n<0 || n>=rem) {
+						str[j++]='.';
+						goto overflow;
+					}
+					j+=n;
+				}
+			}
+			str[j++]='.';
+			lb=rhn[i++];
+		} while(lb);
+	}
+	str[j]=0;
+	return str;
+
+ overflow:
+	j=size;
+	str[--j]=0;
+	if(j>0) {
+		str[--j]='.';
+		if(j>0) {
+			str[--j]='.';
+			if(j>0)
+				str[--j]='.';
+		}
+	}
+	return str;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of a domain name in transport format.
+   The definition has in fact been moved to helpers.h as an inline function.
+   Note added by Paul Rombouts:
+   Compared to the definition used by Thomas Moestl (strlen(rhn)+1), the following definition of rhnlen
+   may yield a different result in certain error situations (when a domain name segment contains null byte).
+*/
+#if 0
+unsigned int rhnlen(const unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned int i=0,lb;
+
+	while((lb=rhn[i++]))
+		i+=lb;
+	return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Non-validating rhn copy (use with checked or generated data only).
+ * Returns number of characters copied. The buffer dst points to is assumed to be DNSNAMEBUFSIZE (or
+ * at any rate large enough) bytes in size.
+ * The answer assembly code uses this; it is guaranteed to not clobber anything
+ * after the name.
+ */
+unsigned int rhncpy(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src)
+{
+	unsigned int len = rhnlen(src);
+
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(len<=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE,"rhncpy: src too long!");
+	memcpy(dst,src,len>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE?DNSNAMEBUFSIZE:len);
+	return len;
+}
+
+
+/* Check whether a name is a normal wire-encoded domain name,
+   i.e. is not compressed, doesn't use extended labels and is not
+   too long.
+*/
+int isnormalencdomname(const unsigned char *rhn, unsigned maxlen)
+{
+	unsigned int i,lb;
+
+	if(maxlen>DNSNAMEBUFSIZE)
+		maxlen=DNSNAMEBUFSIZE;
+	for(i=0;;) {
+		if(i>=maxlen) return 0;
+		lb=rhn[i++];
+		if(lb==0)    break;
+		if(lb>0x3f)  return 0;
+		i += lb;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int str2pdnsd_a(const char *addr, pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		return inet_aton(addr,&a->ipv4);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		/* Try to map an IPv4 address to IPv6 */
+		struct in_addr a4;
+		if(inet_aton(addr,&a4)) {
+			a->ipv6=global.ipv4_6_prefix;
+			((uint32_t *)(&a->ipv6))[3]=a4.s_addr;
+			return 1;
+		}
+		return inet_pton(AF_INET6,addr,&a->ipv6)>0;
+	}
+#endif
+	/* return 0; */
+}
+
+/* definition moved to helpers.h */
+#if 0
+int is_inaddr_any(pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER( a->ipv4.s_addr==INADDR_ANY,
+		    IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&a->ipv6) );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is used for user output only, so it does not matter when an error occurs.
+ */
+const char *pdnsd_a2str(pdnsd_a *a, char *buf, int maxlen)
+{
+	const char *res= SEL_IPVER( inet_ntop(AF_INET,&a->ipv4,buf,maxlen),
+				    inet_ntop(AF_INET6,&a->ipv6,buf,maxlen) );
+	if (!res) {
+		log_error("inet_ntop: %s", strerror(errno));
+		return "?.?.?.?";
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+/* Appropriately set our random device */
+#ifdef R_DEFAULT
+# if (TARGET == TARGET_BSD) && !defined(__NetBSD__)
+#  define R_ARC4RANDOM 1
+# else
+#  define R_RANDOM 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RANDOM_DEVICE
+FILE *rand_file;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef R_RANDOM
+void init_crandom()
+{
+	struct timeval tv;
+	struct timezone tz;
+
+	gettimeofday(&tv,&tz);
+	srandom(tv.tv_sec^tv.tv_usec); /* not as guessable as time() */
+}
+#endif
+
+/* initialize the PRNG */
+int init_rng()
+{
+#ifdef RANDOM_DEVICE
+	if (!(rand_file=fopen(RANDOM_DEVICE,"r"))) {
+		log_error("Could not open %s.",RANDOM_DEVICE);
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef R_RANDOM
+	init_crandom();
+#endif
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* The following function is now actually defined as a macro in helpers.h */
+#if 0
+void free_rng()
+{
+#ifdef RANDOM_DEVICE
+	if (rand_file)
+		fclose(rand_file);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* generate a (more or less) random number 16 bits long. */
+unsigned short get_rand16()
+{
+#ifdef RANDOM_DEVICE
+	unsigned short rv;
+
+	if (rand_file) {
+		if (fread(&rv,sizeof(rv),1, rand_file)!=1) {
+			log_error("Error while reading from random device: %s", strerror(errno));
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+		return rv&0xffff;
+	} else
+		return random()&0xffff;
+#endif
+#ifdef R_RANDOM
+	return random()&0xffff;
+#endif
+#ifdef R_ARC4RANDOM
+	return arc4random()&0xffff;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* fsprintf does formatted output to a file descriptor.
+   The functionality is similar to fprintf, but note that fd
+   is of type int instead of FILE*.
+   This function has been rewritten by Paul Rombouts */
+int fsprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...)
+{
+	int n;
+	va_list va;
+
+	{
+		char buf[256];
+
+		va_start(va,format);
+		n=vsnprintf(buf,sizeof(buf),format,va);
+		va_end(va);
+
+		if(n<(int)sizeof(buf)) {
+			if(n>0) n=write_all(fd,buf,n);
+			return n;
+		}
+	}
+	/* retry with a right sized buffer, needs glibc 2.1 or higher to work */
+	{
+		unsigned bufsize=n+1;
+		char buf[bufsize];
+
+		va_start(va,format);
+		n=vsnprintf(buf,bufsize,format,va);
+		va_end(va);
+
+		if(n>0) n=write_all(fd,buf,n);
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+/* Convert data into a hexadecimal representation (for debugging purposes)..
+   The result is stored in the character array buf.
+   If buf is not large enough to hold the result, the
+   truncation is indicated by trailing dots.
+*/
+void hexdump(const void *data, int dlen, char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	const unsigned char *p=data;
+	int i,j=0;
+	for(i=0;i<dlen;++i) {
+		int rem=buflen-j;
+		int n=snprintf(buf+j, rem, i==0?"%02x":" %02x", p[i]);
+		if(n<0 || n>=rem) goto truncated;
+		j += n;
+	}
+	goto done;
+
+ truncated:
+	if(j>=6) {
+		j -= 3;
+		if(j+4>=buflen)
+			j -= 3;
+		buf[j++]=' ';
+		buf[j++]='.';
+		buf[j++]='.';
+		buf[j++]='.';
+	}
+	else {
+		int ndots=buflen-1;
+		if(ndots>3) ndots=3;
+		j=0;
+		while(j<ndots) buf[j++]='.';
+	}
+ done:
+	buf[j]=0;
+}
+
+/* Copy string "in" to "str" buffer, converting non-printable characters
+   to escape sequences.
+   Returns the length of the output string, or -1 if the result does not
+   fit in the output buffer.
+*/
+int escapestr(const char *in, int ilen, char *str, int size)
+{
+	int i,j=0;
+	for(i=0;i<ilen;++i) {
+		unsigned char c;
+		if(j+1>=size)
+			return -1;
+		c=in[i];
+		if(!isprint(c)) {
+			int rem=size-j;
+			int n=snprintf(&str[j],rem,"\%03o",c);
+			if(n<0 || n>=rem) {
+				return -1;
+			}
+			j+=n;
+		}
+		else {
+			if(c=='\' || c=='"') {
+				str[j++]='\';
+				if(j+1>=size)
+					return -1;
+			}
+			str[j++]=c;
+		}
+	}
+	str[j]=0;
+	return j;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is not like strcmp, but will return 1 on match or 0 if the
+ * strings are different.
+ */
+/* definition moved to helpers.h as an inline function. */
+#if 0
+int stricomp(char *a, char *b)
+{
+	int i;
+	if (strlen(a) != strlen(b))
+		return 0;
+	for (i=0;i<strlen(a);i++) {
+		if (tolower(a[i])!=tolower(b[i]))
+			return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Bah. I want strlcpy */
+/* definition moved to helpers.h */
+#if 0
+int strncp(char *dst, char *src, int dstsz)
+{
+	char o;
+
+	strncpy(dst,src,dstsz);
+	o=dst[dstsz-1];
+	dst[dstsz-1]='\0';
+	if (strlen(dst) >= dstsz-1 && o!='\0')
+		return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
+/* Note by Paul Rombouts: I know that getline is a GNU extension and is not really portable,
+   but the alternative standard functions have some real problems.
+   The following substitute does not have exactly the same semantics as the GNU getline,
+   but it should be good enough, as long as the stream doesn't contain any null chars.
+   This version is actually based on fgets_realloc() that I found in the WWWOFFLE source.
+*/
+
+#define BUFSIZE 256
+int getline(char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
+{
+	char *line=*lineptr;
+	size_t sz=*n,i;
+
+	if(!line || sz<BUFSIZE) {
+		sz=BUFSIZE;
+		line = realloc(line,sz);
+		if(!line) return -1;
+		*lineptr=line;
+		*n=sz;
+	}
+
+	for (i=0;;) {
+		char *lni;
+
+		if(!(lni=fgets(line+i,sz-i,stream))) {
+			if(i && feof(stream))
+				break;
+			else
+				return -1;
+		}
+
+		i += strlen(lni);
+
+		if(i<sz-1 || line[i-1]=='\n')
+			break;
+
+		sz += BUFSIZE;
+		line = realloc(line,sz);
+		if(!line) return -1;
+		*lineptr=line;
+		*n=sz;
+	}
+
+	return i;
+}
+#undef BUFSIZE
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+/* On systems where the macro va_copy is not available, hopefully simple assignment will work.
+   Otherwise, I don't see any portable way of defining vasprintf() (without using a completely
+   different algorithm).
+*/
+#ifndef va_copy
+# ifdef __va_copy
+#  define va_copy __va_copy
+# else
+#  warning "No va_copy or __va_copy macro found, trying simple assignment."
+#  define va_copy(dst,src) ((dst)=(src))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int vasprintf (char **lineptr, const char *format, va_list va)
+{
+	int sz=128,n;
+	char *line=malloc(sz);
+	va_list vasave;
+
+	if(!line) return -1;
+
+	va_copy(vasave,va);
+	n=vsnprintf(line,sz,format,va);
+
+	if(n>=sz) {
+		/* retry with a right sized buffer, needs glibc 2.1 or higher to work */
+		sz=n+1;
+		{
+			char *tmp=realloc(line,sz);
+			if(tmp) {
+				line=tmp;
+				n=vsnprintf(line,sz,format,vasave);
+			}
+			else
+				n= -1;
+		}
+	}
+	va_end(vasave);
+
+	if(n>=0)
+		*lineptr=line;
+	else
+		free(line);
+	return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+int asprintf (char **lineptr, const char *format, ...)
+{
+	int n;
+	va_list va;
+
+	va_start(va,format);
+	n=vasprintf(lineptr,format,va);
+	va_end(va);
+
+	return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+const char *inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size)
+{
+	const char *rc = NULL;
+
+	if (src != NULL && dst != NULL && size > 0) {
+		switch (af) {
+		case AF_INET:
+		{
+			const unsigned char *p=src;
+			int n = snprintf(dst, size, "%u.%u.%u.%u",
+					 p[0],p[1],p[2],p[3]);
+			if (n >= 0 && n < size) rc = dst;
+		}
+		break;
+
+#ifdef AF_INET6
+		case AF_INET6:
+		{
+			const unsigned char *p=src;
+			unsigned int i,offs=0;
+			for (i=0;i<16;i+=2) {
+				int n=snprintf(dst+offs, size-offs,i==0?"%x":":%x", ((unsigned)p[i]<<8)|p[i+1]);
+				if(n<0) return NULL;
+				offs+=n;
+				if(offs>=size) return NULL;
+			}
+			rc = dst;
+		}
+		break;
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rc;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e45c56e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/helpers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/* helpers.h - Various helper functions
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef HELPERS_H
+#define HELPERS_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "pdnsd_assert.h"
+
+#define SOFTLOCK_MAXTRIES 1000
+
+int run_as(const char *user);
+void pdnsd_exit(void);
+int softlock_mutex(pthread_mutex_t *mutex);
+
+#if 0
+inline static int isdchar (unsigned char c)
+{
+  return ((c>='a' && c<='z') || (c>='A' && c<='Z') || (c>='0' && c<='9') || c=='-'
+#ifdef UNDERSCORE
+	  || c=='_'
+#endif
+	  );
+}
+#endif
+
+const unsigned char *rhn2str(const unsigned char *rhn, unsigned char *str, unsigned int size);
+int  str2rhn(const unsigned char *str, unsigned char *rhn);
+const char *parsestr2rhn(const unsigned char *str, unsigned int len, unsigned char *rhn);
+
+/* Note added by Paul Rombouts:
+   Compared to the definition used by Thomas Moestl (strlen(rhn)+1), the following definition of rhnlen
+   may yield a different result in certain error situations (when a domain name segment contains a null byte).
+*/
+inline static unsigned int rhnlen(const unsigned char *rhn)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static unsigned int rhnlen(const unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned int i=0,lb;
+
+	while((lb=rhn[i++]))
+		i+=lb;
+	return i;
+}
+
+/* Skip k segments in a name in length-byte string notation. */
+inline static const unsigned char *skipsegs(const unsigned char *nm, unsigned k)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static const unsigned char *skipsegs(const unsigned char *nm, unsigned k)
+{
+	unsigned lb;
+	for(;k && (lb= *nm); --k) {
+		nm += lb+1;
+	}
+	return nm;
+}
+
+/* Skip a name in length-byte string notation and return a pointer to the
+   position right after the terminating null byte.
+*/
+inline static unsigned char *skiprhn(unsigned char *rhn)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static unsigned char *skiprhn(unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned lb;
+
+	while((lb= *rhn++))
+		rhn += lb;
+	return rhn;
+}
+
+/* count the number of name segments of a name in length-byte string notation. */
+inline static unsigned int rhnsegcnt(const unsigned char *rhn)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static unsigned int rhnsegcnt(const unsigned char *rhn)
+{
+	unsigned int res=0,lb;
+
+	while((lb= *rhn)) {
+		++res;
+		rhn += lb+1;
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+unsigned int rhncpy(unsigned char *dst, const unsigned char *src);
+int isnormalencdomname(const unsigned char *rhn, unsigned maxlen);
+
+inline static int is_inaddr_any(pdnsd_a *a)  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int is_inaddr_any(pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER( a->ipv4.s_addr==INADDR_ANY,
+		    IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&a->ipv6) );
+}
+
+
+inline static int same_inaddr(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a *b)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int same_inaddr(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a *b)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER( a->ipv4.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr,
+		    IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a->ipv6,&b->ipv6) );
+}
+
+/* Compare a pdnsd_a*  with a pdnsd_a2*. */
+inline static int same_inaddr2(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int same_inaddr2(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER( a->ipv4.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr,
+		    IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a->ipv6,&b->ipv6) && b->ipv4.s_addr==INADDR_ANY );
+}
+
+inline static int equiv_inaddr2(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int equiv_inaddr2(pdnsd_a *a, pdnsd_a2 *b)
+{
+  return SEL_IPVER( a->ipv4.s_addr==b->ipv4.s_addr,
+		    IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a->ipv6,&b->ipv6) ||
+		     (b->ipv4.s_addr!=INADDR_ANY && ADDR_EQUIV6_4(&a->ipv6,&b->ipv4)) );
+}
+
+int str2pdnsd_a(const char *addr, pdnsd_a *a);
+const char *pdnsd_a2str(pdnsd_a *a, char *buf, int maxlen);
+
+int init_rng(void);
+#ifdef RANDOM_DEVICE
+extern FILE *rand_file;
+/* Because this is usually empty, it is now defined as a macro to save overhead.*/
+#define free_rng() {if (rand_file) fclose(rand_file);}
+#else
+#define free_rng()
+#endif
+
+unsigned short get_rand16(void);
+
+int fsprintf(int fd, const char *format, ...) printfunc(2, 3);
+#if !defined(CPP_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS)
+/* GNU C Macro Varargs style. */
+# define fsprintf_or_return(args...) {int _retval; if((_retval=fsprintf(args))<0) return _retval;}
+#else
+/* ANSI C99 style variadic macro. */
+# define fsprintf_or_return(...) {int _retval; if((_retval=fsprintf(__VA_ARGS__))<0) return _retval;}
+#endif
+
+/* Added by Paul Rombouts */
+inline static ssize_t write_all(int fd,const void *data,size_t n)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static ssize_t write_all(int fd,const void *data,size_t n)
+{
+  ssize_t written=0;
+
+  while(written<n) {
+      ssize_t m=write(fd,(const void*)(((const char*)data)+written),n-written);
+
+      if(m<0)
+	return m;
+
+      written+=m;
+    }
+
+  return written;
+}
+
+void hexdump(const void *data, int dlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+int escapestr(const char *in, int ilen, char *str, int size);
+
+#if 0
+inline static int stricomp(const char *a, const char *b)
+{
+  return !strcasecmp(a,b);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* compare two names in length byte - string format
+   rhnicmp returns 1 if the names are the same (ignoring upper/lower case),
+   0 otherwise.
+ */
+inline static int rhnicmp(const unsigned char *a, const unsigned char *b)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int rhnicmp(const unsigned char *a, const unsigned char *b)
+{
+	unsigned int i=0;
+	unsigned char lb;
+	for(;;) {
+		lb=a[i];
+		if(lb!=b[i]) return 0;
+		if(!lb) break;
+		++i;
+		do {
+			if(tolower(a[i])!=tolower(b[i])) return 0;
+			++i;
+		} while(--lb);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Bah. I want strlcpy. */
+inline static int strncp(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dstsz)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int strncp(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dstsz)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_STRLCPY
+	return (strlcpy(dst,src,dstsz)<dstsz);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STPNCPY
+	char *p=stpncpy(dst,src,dstsz);
+	if(p<dst+dstsz) return 1;
+	*(p-1)='\0';
+	return 0;
+#else
+	strncpy(dst,src,dstsz);
+	if(strlen(src)<dstsz) return 1;
+	dst[dstsz-1]='\0';
+	return 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
+inline static char *strdup(const char *s)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static char *strdup(const char *s)
+{
+	size_t sz=strlen(s)+1;
+	char *cp=malloc(sz);
+	if(cp)
+		memcpy(cp,s,sz);
+	return cp;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP
+/* This version may allocate a buffer that is unnecessarily large,
+   but I'm always going to use it with n<strlen(s)
+*/
+inline static char *strndup(const char *s, size_t n)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static char *strndup(const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+	char *cp;
+	cp=malloc(n+1);
+	if(cp) {
+		memcpy(cp,s,n);
+		cp[n]='\0';
+	}
+	return cp;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+inline static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  while ((*d++ = *s++) != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+inline static void *mempcpy(void *dest, const void *src, size_t len)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *mempcpy(void *dest, const void *src, size_t len)
+{
+  memcpy(dest,src,len);
+  return ((char *)dest)+len;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLINE
+int getline(char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+int asprintf (char **lineptr, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+#include <stdarg.h>
+int vasprintf (char **lineptr, const char *format, va_list va);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+const char *inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+#define strlitlen(strlit) (sizeof(strlit)-1)
+
+#endif /* HELPERS_H */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e3e46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* icmp.c - Server response tests using ICMP echo requests
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2007, 2012 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * This should now work on both Linux and FreeBSD (and CYGWIN?). If anyone
+ * with experience in other Unix flavors wants to contribute platform-specific
+ * code, he is very welcome.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_POLL_H
+#include <sys/poll.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+# include <netinet/ip.h>
+# include <linux/types.h>
+# include <linux/icmp.h>
+#elif (TARGET==TARGET_BSD)
+# include <netinet/in_systm.h>
+# include <netinet/ip.h>
+# include <netinet/ip_icmp.h>
+#elif (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+# include <netinet/ip.h>
+# include <netinet/in_systm.h>
+# include <netinet/ip_icmp.h>
+# include "freebsd_netinet_ip_icmp.h"
+#else
+# error Unsupported platform!
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+# include <netinet/ip6.h>
+# include <netinet/icmp6.h>
+#endif
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include "icmp.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+
+
+#define ICMP_MAX_ERRS 10
+static volatile unsigned long icmp_errs=0; /* This is only here to minimize log output.
+					      Since the consequences of a race is only
+					      one log message more/less (out of
+					      ICMP_MAX_ERRS), no lock is required. */
+
+volatile int ping_isocket=-1;
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+volatile int ping6_isocket=-1;
+#endif
+
+/* different names, same thing... be careful, as these are macros... */
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+# define ip_saddr  saddr
+# define ip_daddr  daddr
+# define ip_hl     ihl
+# define ip_p	   protocol
+#else
+# define icmphdr   icmp
+# define iphdr     ip
+# define ip_saddr  ip_src.s_addr
+# define ip_daddr  ip_dst.s_addr
+#endif
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+# define icmp_type  type
+# define icmp_code  code
+# define icmp_cksum checksum
+# define icmp_id un.echo.id
+# define icmp_seq un.echo.sequence
+#else
+# define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH  ICMP_UNREACH
+# define ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED ICMP_TIMXCEED
+#endif
+
+#define ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN  8
+#define ICMP4_ECHO_LEN    ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) || (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+/*
+ * These are the ping implementations for Linux/FreeBSD in their IPv4/ICMPv4 and IPv6/ICMPv6 versions.
+ * I know they share some code, but I'd rather keep them separated in some parts, as some
+ * things might go in different directions there.
+ */
+
+/* Initialize the sockets for pinging */
+void init_ping_socket()
+{
+	if ((ping_isocket=socket(PF_INET, SOCK_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMP))==-1) {
+		log_warn("icmp ping: socket() failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+	}
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if (!run_ipv4)  {
+		/* Failure to initialize the IPv4 ping socket is not
+		   necessarily a problem, as long as the IPv6 version works. */
+		if ((ping6_isocket=socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMPV6))==-1) {
+			log_warn("icmpv6 ping: socket() failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Takes a packet as send out and a received ICMP packet and looks whether the ICMP packet is
+ * an error reply on the sent-out one. packet is only the packet (without IP header).
+ * errmsg includes an IP header.
+ * to is the destination address of the original packet (the only thing that is actually
+ * compared of the IP header). The RFC says that we get at least 8 bytes of the offending packet.
+ * We do not compare more, as this is all we need.*/
+static int icmp4_errcmp(char *packet, int plen, struct in_addr *to, char *errmsg, int elen, int errtype)
+{
+	struct iphdr iph;
+	struct icmphdr icmph;
+	struct iphdr eiph;
+	char *data;
+
+	/* XXX: lots of memcpy to avoid unaligned accesses on alpha */
+	if (elen<sizeof(struct iphdr))
+		return 0;
+	memcpy(&iph,errmsg,sizeof(iph));
+	if (iph.ip_p!=IPPROTO_ICMP || elen<iph.ip_hl*4+ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN+sizeof(eiph))
+		return 0;
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(sizeof(icmph) >= ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN, "icmp4_errcmp: ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN botched");
+	memcpy(&icmph,errmsg+iph.ip_hl*4,ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN);
+	memcpy(&eiph,errmsg+iph.ip_hl*4+ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN,sizeof(eiph));
+	if (elen<iph.ip_hl*4+ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN+eiph.ip_hl*4+8)
+		return 0;
+	data=errmsg+iph.ip_hl*4+ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN+eiph.ip_hl*4;
+	return icmph.icmp_type==errtype && memcmp(&to->s_addr, &eiph.ip_daddr, sizeof(to->s_addr))==0 &&
+		memcmp(data, packet, plen<8?plen:8)==0;
+}
+
+/* IPv4/ICMPv4 ping. Called from ping (see below) */
+static int ping4(struct in_addr addr, int timeout, int rep)
+{
+	int i;
+	int isock;
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	struct icmp_filter f;
+#endif
+	unsigned short id=(unsigned short)get_rand16(); /* randomize a ping id */
+
+	isock=ping_isocket;
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	/* Fancy ICMP filering -- only on Linux (as far is I know) */
+
+	/* In fact, there should be macros for treating icmp_filter, but I haven't found them in Linux 2.2.15.
+	 * So, set it manually and unportable ;-) */
+	/* This filter lets ECHO_REPLY (0), DEST_UNREACH(3) and TIME_EXCEEDED(11) pass. */
+	/* !(0000 1000 0000 1001) = 0xff ff f7 f6 */
+	f.data=0xfffff7f6;
+	if (setsockopt(isock,SOL_RAW,ICMP_FILTER,&f,sizeof(f))==-1) {
+		if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+			log_warn("icmp ping: setsockopt() failed: %s", strerror(errno));
+		}
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	for (i=0;i<rep;i++) {
+		struct sockaddr_in from,to;
+		struct icmphdr icmpd;
+		unsigned long sum;
+		uint16_t *ptr;
+		long tm,tpassed;
+		int j;
+
+		icmpd.icmp_type=ICMP_ECHO;
+		icmpd.icmp_code=0;
+		icmpd.icmp_cksum=0;
+		icmpd.icmp_id=htons((uint16_t)id);
+		icmpd.icmp_seq=htons((uint16_t)i);
+
+		/* Checksumming - Algorithm taken from nmap. Thanks... */
+
+		ptr=(uint16_t *)&icmpd;
+		sum=0;
+
+		for (j=0;j<4;j++) {
+			sum+=*ptr++;
+		}
+		sum = (sum >> 16) + (sum & 0xffff);
+		sum += (sum >> 16);
+		icmpd.icmp_cksum=~sum;
+
+		memset(&to,0,sizeof(to));
+		to.sin_family=AF_INET;
+		to.sin_port=0;
+		to.sin_addr=addr;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN4(to);
+		if (sendto(isock,&icmpd,ICMP4_ECHO_LEN,0,(struct sockaddr *)&to,sizeof(to))==-1) {
+			if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_warn("icmp ping: sendto() failed: %s.",strerror(errno));
+			}
+			return -1;
+		}
+		/* listen for reply. */
+		tm=time(NULL); tpassed=0;
+		do {
+			int psres;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			fd_set fds,fdse;
+			struct timeval tv;
+			FD_ZERO(&fds);
+			PDNSD_ASSERT(isock<FD_SETSIZE,"socket file descriptor exceeds FD_SETSIZE.");
+			FD_SET(isock, &fds);
+			fdse=fds;
+			tv.tv_usec=0;
+			tv.tv_sec=timeout>tpassed?timeout-tpassed:0;
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that the effort
+			   to do this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			psres=select(isock+1,&fds,NULL,&fdse,&tv);
+#else
+			struct pollfd pfd;
+			pfd.fd=isock;
+			pfd.events=POLLIN;
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that the effort
+			   to do this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			psres=poll(&pfd,1,timeout>tpassed?(timeout-tpassed)*1000:0);
+#endif
+
+			if (psres<0) {
+				if(errno==EINTR && is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("poll/select interrupted in server status thread.\n");
+				}
+				else if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_warn("poll/select failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+				}
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (psres==0)  /* timed out */
+				break;
+
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			if (FD_ISSET(isock,&fds) || FD_ISSET(isock,&fdse))
+#else
+			if (pfd.revents&(POLLIN|POLLERR))
+#endif
+			{
+				char buf[1024];
+				socklen_t sl=sizeof(from);
+				int len;
+
+				if ((len=recvfrom(isock,&buf,sizeof(buf),0,(struct sockaddr *)&from,&sl))!=-1) {
+					if (len>sizeof(struct iphdr)) {
+						struct iphdr iph;
+
+						memcpy(&iph, buf, sizeof(iph));
+						if (len-iph.ip_hl*4>=ICMP_BASEHDR_LEN) {
+							struct icmphdr icmpp;
+
+							memcpy(&icmpp, ((uint32_t *)buf)+iph.ip_hl, sizeof(icmpp));
+							if (iph.ip_saddr==addr.s_addr && icmpp.icmp_type==ICMP_ECHOREPLY &&
+							    ntohs(icmpp.icmp_id)==id && ntohs(icmpp.icmp_seq)<=i) {
+								return (i-ntohs(icmpp.icmp_seq))*timeout+(time(NULL)-tm); /* return the number of ticks */
+							} else {
+								/* No regular echo reply. Maybe an error? */
+								if (icmp4_errcmp((char *)&icmpd, ICMP4_ECHO_LEN, &to.sin_addr, buf, len, ICMP_DEST_UNREACH) ||
+								    icmp4_errcmp((char *)&icmpd, ICMP4_ECHO_LEN, &to.sin_addr, buf, len, ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED)) {
+									return -1;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+					return -1; /* error */
+				}
+			}
+			else {
+				if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_error("Unhandled poll/select event in ping4() at %s, line %d.",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+				}
+				return -1;
+			}
+			tpassed=time(NULL)-tm;
+		} while (tpassed<timeout);
+	}
+	return -1; /* no answer */
+}
+
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+
+/* Takes a packet as send out and a received ICMPv6 packet and looks whether the ICMPv6 packet is
+ * an error reply on the sent-out one. packet is only the packet (without IPv6 header).
+ * errmsg does not include an IPv6 header. to is the address the sent packet went to.
+ * This is specialized for icmpv6: It zeros out the checksum field, which is filled in
+ * by the kernel, and expects that the checksum field in the sent-out packet is zeroed out too
+ * We need a little magic to parse the answer, as there could be extension headers present, end
+ * we don't know their length a priori.*/
+static int icmp6_errcmp(char *packet, int plen, struct in6_addr *to, char *errmsg, int elen, int errtype)
+{
+	struct icmp6_hdr icmph;
+	struct ip6_hdr eiph;
+	struct ip6_hbh hbh;
+	char *data;
+	int rlen,nxt;
+
+	/* XXX: lots of memcpy here to avoid unaligned access faults on alpha */
+	if (elen<sizeof(icmph)+sizeof(eiph))
+		return 0;
+	memcpy(&icmph,errmsg,sizeof(icmph));
+	memcpy(&eiph,errmsg+sizeof(icmph),sizeof(eiph));
+	if (!IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&eiph.ip6_dst, to))
+		return 0;
+	rlen=elen-sizeof(icmph)-sizeof(eiph);
+	data=errmsg+sizeof(icmph)+sizeof(eiph);
+	nxt=eiph.ip6_nxt;
+	/* Now, jump over any known option header that might be present, and then
+	 * try to compare the packets. */
+	while (nxt!=IPPROTO_ICMPV6) {
+		/* Those are the headers we understand. */
+		if (nxt!=IPPROTO_HOPOPTS && nxt!=IPPROTO_ROUTING && nxt!=IPPROTO_DSTOPTS)
+			return 0;
+		if (rlen<sizeof(hbh))
+			return 0;
+		memcpy(&hbh,data,sizeof(hbh));
+		if (rlen<hbh.ip6h_len)
+			return 0;
+		rlen-=hbh.ip6h_len;
+		nxt=hbh.ip6h_nxt;
+		data+=hbh.ip6h_len;
+	}
+	if (rlen<sizeof(struct icmp6_hdr))
+		return 0;
+	/* Zero out the checksum of the enclosed ICMPv6 header, it is kernel-filled in the original data */
+	memset(((char *)data)+offsetof(struct icmp6_hdr,icmp6_cksum),0,sizeof(icmph.icmp6_cksum));
+	return icmph.icmp6_type==errtype && memcmp(data, packet, plen<rlen?plen:rlen)==0;
+}
+
+/* IPv6/ICMPv6 ping. Called from ping (see below) */
+static int ping6(struct in6_addr a, int timeout, int rep)
+{
+	int i;
+/*	int ck_offs=2;*/
+	int isock;
+	struct icmp6_filter f;
+	unsigned short id=(unsigned short)(rand()&0xffff); /* randomize a ping id */
+
+	isock=ping6_isocket;
+
+	ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(&f);
+	ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY,&f);
+	ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(ICMP6_DST_UNREACH,&f);
+	ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED,&f);
+
+	if (setsockopt(isock,IPPROTO_ICMPV6,ICMP6_FILTER,&f,sizeof(f))==-1) {
+		if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+			log_warn("icmpv6 ping: setsockopt() failed: %s", strerror(errno));
+		}
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	for (i=0;i<rep;i++) {
+		struct sockaddr_in6 from;
+		struct icmp6_hdr icmpd;
+		long tm,tpassed;
+
+		icmpd.icmp6_type=ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST;
+		icmpd.icmp6_code=0;
+		icmpd.icmp6_cksum=0; /* The friendly kernel does fill that in for us. */
+		icmpd.icmp6_id=htons((uint16_t)id);
+		icmpd.icmp6_seq=htons((uint16_t)i);
+
+		memset(&from,0,sizeof(from));
+		from.sin6_family=AF_INET6;
+		from.sin6_flowinfo=IPV6_FLOWINFO;
+		from.sin6_port=0;
+		from.sin6_addr=a;
+		SET_SOCKA_LEN6(from);
+		if (sendto(isock,&icmpd,sizeof(icmpd),0,(struct sockaddr *)&from,sizeof(from))==-1) {
+			if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+				log_warn("icmpv6 ping: sendto() failed: %s.",strerror(errno));
+			}
+			return -1;
+		}
+		/* listen for reply. */
+		tm=time(NULL); tpassed=0;
+		do {
+			int psres;
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			fd_set fds,fdse;
+			struct timeval tv;
+			FD_ZERO(&fds);
+			PDNSD_ASSERT(isock<FD_SETSIZE,"socket file descriptor exceeds FD_SETSIZE.");
+			FD_SET(isock, &fds);
+			fdse=fds;
+			tv.tv_usec=0;
+			tv.tv_sec=timeout>tpassed?timeout-tpassed:0;
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that the effort
+			   to do this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			psres=select(isock+1,&fds,NULL,&fdse,&tv);
+#else
+			struct pollfd pfd;
+			pfd.fd=isock;
+			pfd.events=POLLIN;
+			/* There is a possible race condition with the arrival of a signal here,
+			   but it is so unlikely to be a problem in practice that the effort
+			   to do this properly is not worth the trouble.
+			*/
+			if(is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("server status thread interrupted.\n");
+				return -1;
+			}
+			psres=poll(&pfd,1,timeout>tpassed?(timeout-tpassed)*1000:0);
+#endif
+
+			if (psres<0) {
+				if(errno==EINTR && is_interrupted_servstat_thread()) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("poll/select interrupted in server status thread.\n");
+				}
+				else if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_warn("poll/select failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+				}
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (psres==0)  /* timed out */
+				break;
+
+#ifdef NO_POLL
+			if (FD_ISSET(isock,&fds) || FD_ISSET(isock,&fdse))
+#else
+			if (pfd.revents&(POLLIN|POLLERR))
+#endif
+			{
+				char buf[1024];
+				socklen_t sl=sizeof(from);
+				int len;
+				if ((len=recvfrom(isock,&buf,sizeof(buf),0,(struct sockaddr *)&from,&sl))!=-1) {
+					if (len>=sizeof(struct icmp6_hdr)) {
+						/* we get packets without IPv6 header, luckily */
+						struct icmp6_hdr icmpp;
+
+						memcpy(&icmpp, buf, sizeof(icmpp));
+						if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&from.sin6_addr,&a) &&
+						    ntohs(icmpp.icmp6_id)==id && ntohs(icmpp.icmp6_seq)<=i) {
+							return (i-ntohs(icmpp.icmp6_seq))*timeout+(time(NULL)-tm); /* return the number of ticks */
+						} else {
+							/* No regular echo reply. Maybe an error? */
+							if (icmp6_errcmp((char *)&icmpd, sizeof(icmpd), &from.sin6_addr, buf, len, ICMP6_DST_UNREACH) ||
+							    icmp6_errcmp((char *)&icmpd, sizeof(icmpd), &from.sin6_addr, buf, len, ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED)) {
+								return -1;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+					return -1; /* error */
+				}
+			}
+			else {
+				if (++icmp_errs<=ICMP_MAX_ERRS) {
+					log_error("Unhandled poll/select event in ping6() at %s, line %d.",__FILE__,__LINE__);
+				}
+				return -1;
+			}
+			tpassed=time(NULL)-tm;
+		} while (tpassed<timeout);
+	}
+	return -1; /* no answer */
+}
+#endif /* ENABLE_IPV6*/
+
+
+/* Perform an icmp ping on a host, returning -1 on timeout or
+ * "host unreachable" or the ping time in 10ths of secs
+ * (but actually, we are not that accurate any more).
+ * timeout in 10ths of seconds, rep is the repetition count
+ */
+int ping(pdnsd_a *addr, int timeout, int rep)
+{
+
+	if (SEL_IPVER(ping_isocket,ping6_isocket) == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	/* We were given a timeout in 10ths of seconds,
+	   but ping4 and ping6 want a timeout in seconds. */
+	timeout /= 10;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4)
+		return ping4(addr->ipv4,timeout,rep);
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		/* If it is a IPv4 mapped IPv6 address, we prefer ICMPv4. */
+		if (ping_isocket!=-1 && IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&addr->ipv6)) {
+			struct in_addr v4;
+			v4.s_addr=((uint32_t *)&addr->ipv6)[3];
+			return ping4(v4,timeout,rep);
+		} else
+			return ping6(addr->ipv6,timeout,rep);
+	}
+#endif
+	return -1;
+}
+
+#else
+# error "Huh! No OS macro defined!"
+#endif /*(TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) || (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)*/
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fa6778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/icmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* icmp.h - Server response tests using ICMP echo requests
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2007 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef ICMP_H
+#define ICMP_H
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+
+volatile extern int ping_isocket;
+volatile extern int ping6_isocket;
+
+/* initialize a socket for pinging */
+void init_ping_socket(void);
+
+/*
+ * This is a classical ping routine.
+ * timeout in 10ths of seconds, rep is the repetition count.
+ */
+
+int ping(pdnsd_a *addr, int timeout, int rep);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/ipvers.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/ipvers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1d7a2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/ipvers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* ipvers.h - definitions for IPv4 and IPv6
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef IPVERS_H
+#define IPVERS_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include "rr_types.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && !defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+# ifdef DEFAULT_IPV4
+#  undef DEFAULT_IPV4
+# endif
+# define DEFAULT_IPV4 1
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+# ifdef DEFAULT_IPV4
+#  undef DEFAULT_IPV4
+# endif
+# define DEFAULT_IPV4 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+# define ELSE_IPV6 else
+#else
+# define ELSE_IPV6
+#endif
+
+/* From main.c */
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+extern short int run_ipv4;
+extern short int cmdlineipv;
+#  define SEL_IPVER(a4,a6)  (run_ipv4? a4: a6)
+# else
+#  define run_ipv4 1
+#  define SEL_IPVER(a4,a6)  (a4)
+# endif
+#else
+#  define run_ipv4 0
+#  define SEL_IPVER(a4,a6)  (a6)
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+#define DEFAULT_IPV4_6_PREFIX "::ffff:0.0.0.0"
+/* extern short int cmdlineprefix; */
+#endif
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) && !defined(HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO)
+struct in_pktinfo
+{
+	int		ipi_ifindex;
+	struct in_addr	ipi_spec_dst;
+	struct in_addr	ipi_addr;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+/* some older glibc versions seem to lack this. */
+# ifndef IP_PKTINFO
+#  define IP_PKTINFO 8
+# endif
+# ifndef CMSG_LEN
+/* ---- from glibc 2.1.2 */
+
+/* Ancillary data object manipulation macros.  */
+#  if !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+#   define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) ((cmsg)->__cmsg_data)
+#  else
+#   define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) ((unsigned char *) ((struct cmsghdr *) (cmsg) + 1))
+#  endif
+#  define CMSG_NXTHDR(mhdr, cmsg) __cmsg_nxthdr (mhdr, cmsg)
+#  define CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr) \
+  ((size_t) (mhdr)->msg_controllen >= sizeof (struct cmsghdr)		      \
+   ? (struct cmsghdr *) (mhdr)->msg_control : (struct cmsghdr *) NULL)
+#  define CMSG_ALIGN(len) (((len) + sizeof (size_t) - 1) \
+			 & ~(sizeof (size_t) - 1))
+#  define CMSG_SPACE(len) (CMSG_ALIGN (len) \
+			 + CMSG_ALIGN (sizeof (struct cmsghdr)))
+#  define CMSG_LEN(len)   (CMSG_ALIGN (sizeof (struct cmsghdr)) + (len))
+extern struct cmsghdr *__cmsg_nxthdr __P ((struct msghdr *__mhdr,
+					   struct cmsghdr *__cmsg));
+#  ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+#   ifndef _EXTERN_INLINE
+#    define _EXTERN_INLINE extern __inline
+#   endif
+_EXTERN_INLINE struct cmsghdr *
+__cmsg_nxthdr (struct msghdr *__mhdr, struct cmsghdr *__cmsg) __THROW
+{
+  if ((size_t) __cmsg->cmsg_len < sizeof (struct cmsghdr))
+    /* The kernel header does this so there may be a reason.  */
+    return 0;
+
+  __cmsg = (struct cmsghdr *) ((unsigned char *) __cmsg
+			       + CMSG_ALIGN (__cmsg->cmsg_len));
+  if ((unsigned char *) (__cmsg + 1) >= ((unsigned char *) __mhdr->msg_control
+					 + __mhdr->msg_controllen)
+      || ((unsigned char *) __cmsg + CMSG_ALIGN (__cmsg->cmsg_len)
+	  >= ((unsigned char *) __mhdr->msg_control + __mhdr->msg_controllen)))
+    /* No more entries.  */
+    return 0;
+  return __cmsg;
+}
+#  endif	/* Use `extern inline'.  */
+/* ---- */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && !defined(SIN_LEN) && (TARGET==TARGET_BSD)
+# define SIN_LEN
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV6) && (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+
+/* Some glibc versions (I know of 2.1.2) get this wrong, so we define our own. To be exact, this is fixed
+ * glibc code. */
+#ifdef IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL
+# undef IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL
+#endif
+#define IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(a,b) \
+	((((uint32_t *) (a))[0] == ((uint32_t *) (b))[0]) && \
+	 (((uint32_t *) (a))[1] == ((uint32_t *) (b))[1]) && \
+	 (((uint32_t *) (a))[2] == ((uint32_t *) (b))[2]) && \
+	 (((uint32_t *) (a))[3] == ((uint32_t *) (b))[3]))
+
+#endif
+
+/* This is the IPv6 flowid that we pass on to the IPv6 protocol stack. This value was not currently defined
+ * at the time of writing. Should this change, define a appropriate flowinfo here. */
+#ifndef IPV6_FLOWINFO
+#define IPV6_FLOWINFO 0
+#endif
+
+/* There does not seem to be a function/macro to generate IPv6-mapped IPv4-Adresses. So here comes mine.
+ * Pass an in_addr* and an in6_addr* */
+#define IPV6_MAPIPV4(a,b) {((uint32_t *)(b))[3]=(a)->s_addr;		\
+			   ((uint32_t *)(b))[2]=htonl(0xffff);		\
+			   ((uint32_t *)(b))[1]=((uint32_t *)(b))[0]=0; }
+
+/* A macro to extract the pointer to the address of a struct sockaddr (_in or _in6) */
+
+#define SOCKA_A4(a) ((pdnsd_a *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)(a))->sin_addr)
+#define SOCKA_A6(a) ((pdnsd_a *)&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)(a))->sin6_addr)
+
+#define SOCKA_A(a) SEL_IPVER(SOCKA_A4(a),SOCKA_A6(a))
+#define PDNSD_PF_INET SEL_IPVER(PF_INET,PF_INET6)
+#define PDNSD_AF_INET SEL_IPVER(AF_INET,AF_INET6)
+
+/* This is to compare two addresses. This is a macro because it may change due to the more complex IPv6 adressing architecture
+ * (there are, for example, two equivalent addresses of the loopback device)
+ * Pass this two addresses as in_addr or in6_addr. pdnsd_a is ok (it is a union) */
+
+#define ADDR_EQUIV4(a,b) (((struct in_addr *)(a))->s_addr==((struct in_addr *)(b))->s_addr)
+#define ADDR_EQUIV6(a,b) IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(((struct in6_addr *)(a)),((struct in6_addr *)(b)))
+
+#define ADDR_EQUIV(a,b) SEL_IPVER(ADDR_EQUIV4(a,b), ADDR_EQUIV6(a,b))
+
+/* Compare an IPv6 adress with an IPv4 one. b should have type struct in_addr*.
+   Note the similarity with the IPV6_MAPIPV4 macro. */
+#define ADDR_EQUIV6_4(a,b) (((uint32_t *)(a))[3]==(b)->s_addr &&	\
+			    ((uint32_t *)(a))[2]==htonl(0xffff) &&	\
+			    ((uint32_t *)(a))[1]==0 &&			\
+			    ((uint32_t *)(a))[0]==0)
+
+/* Compare two address a and b in combination with a netmask m.
+   Only the bits coresponding to those set in the netmask are matched, the rest are ignored.
+   Pass in_addr* or in6_addr* arguments, respectively. */
+#define ADDR4MASK_EQUIV(a,b,m) ((((a)->s_addr^(b)->s_addr)&(m)->s_addr)==0)
+#define ADDR6MASK_EQUIV(a,b,m) (((((uint32_t *)(a))[0]^((uint32_t *)(b))[0])&((uint32_t *)(m))[0])==0 && \
+				((((uint32_t *)(a))[1]^((uint32_t *)(b))[1])&((uint32_t *)(m))[1])==0 && \
+				((((uint32_t *)(a))[2]^((uint32_t *)(b))[2])&((uint32_t *)(m))[2])==0 && \
+				((((uint32_t *)(a))[3]^((uint32_t *)(b))[3])&((uint32_t *)(m))[3])==0)
+
+/* See if we need 4.4BSD style sockaddr_* structures and define some macros that set the length field.
+ * The non-4.4BSD behaviour is the only one that is POSIX-conformant.*/
+#if defined(SIN6_LEN) || defined(SIN_LEN)
+# define BSD44_SOCKA
+# define SET_SOCKA_LEN4(socka) (socka.sin_len=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))
+# define SET_SOCKA_LEN6(socka) (socka.sin6_len=sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6))
+#else
+# define SET_SOCKA_LEN4(socka)
+# define SET_SOCKA_LEN6(socka)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+# define ADDRSTR_MAXLEN INET6_ADDRSTRLEN
+#else
+# ifdef INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+#  define ADDRSTR_MAXLEN INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+# else
+#  define ADDRSTR_MAXLEN 16
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+# define SOL_IPV6 IPPROTO_IPV6
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+# ifndef IPV6_RECVPKTINFO
+/* This appears to be needed e.g. on Darwin (Mac OS X). */
+#  define IPV6_RECVPKTINFO IPV6_PKTINFO
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef union {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	struct in_addr   ipv4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	struct in6_addr  ipv6;
+#endif
+} pdnsd_a;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+#define  PDNSD_A_INITIALIZER {{INADDR_ANY}}
+#else
+#define  PDNSD_A_INITIALIZER {IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT}
+#endif
+
+
+/* The pdnsd_a2 type is very similar to pdnsd_a, but can hold
+   both an IPv4 and an IPv6 address at the same time,
+   i.e. a struct instead of a union.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	struct in6_addr  ipv6;
+#endif
+	struct in_addr   ipv4;
+} pdnsd_a2;
+
+/* Macros/functions for assigning/converting a pdnsd_a* to a pdnsd_a2* type,
+   and vice versa.
+*/
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+inline static void SET_PDNSD_A2(pdnsd_a2 *a2, pdnsd_a *a) __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void SET_PDNSD_A2(pdnsd_a2 *a2, pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if(run_ipv4)
+		a2->ipv4=a->ipv4;
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+		a2->ipv6=a->ipv6;
+		a2->ipv4.s_addr=INADDR_ANY;
+	}
+}
+#else
+# define SET_PDNSD_A2(a2,a) ((a2)->ipv4=(a)->ipv4)
+#endif
+
+#define PDNSD_A2_TO_A(a2) SEL_IPVER(((pdnsd_a *)&(a2)->ipv4),((pdnsd_a *)&(a2)->ipv6))
+
+/* Do we have sufficient support in the C libraries to allow local AAAA records
+   to be defined? */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR) && defined(HAVE_INET_PTON)
+# define ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA IS_CACHED_AAAA
+#else
+# define ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA 0
+#endif
+
+/* Used to enter local records */
+typedef	union {
+	struct in_addr ipv4;
+#if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+	struct in6_addr ipv6;
+#endif
+} pdnsd_ca;
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/list.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0370186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* list.c - Dynamic array and list handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2007, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+
+/* Grow a dynamic array to hold one extra element.
+   This could be done using da_resize(), but this is such a common operation
+   it is has been given its own optimized implementation.
+   da_grow1() returns a pointer to the new (possibly reallocated) array if
+   successful, otherwise it frees the old array (after freeing all the array
+   elements if a clean-up routine is supplied) and returns NULL.
+*/
+darray da_grow1(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, void (*cleanuproutine) (void *))
+{
+	size_t k = (a?a->nel:0);
+	if(!a || (k!=0 && (k&7)==0)) {
+		darray tmp=(darray)realloc(a, headsz+elemsz*(k+8));
+		if (!tmp && a) {
+			if(cleanuproutine) {
+				size_t i;
+				for(i=0;i<k;++i)
+					cleanuproutine(((char *)a)+headsz+elemsz*i);
+			}
+			free(a);
+		}
+		a=tmp;
+	}
+	if(a) a->nel=k+1;
+	return a;
+}
+
+inline static size_t alloc_nel(size_t n)
+{
+  return n==0 ? 8 : (n+7)&(~7);
+}
+
+/* da_resize() allows you to grow (or shrink) a dynamic array to an arbitrary length n,
+   but is otherwise similar to da_grow1().
+*/
+darray da_resize(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, size_t n, void (*cleanuproutine) (void *))
+{
+	size_t ael = (a?alloc_nel(a->nel):0);
+	size_t new_ael = alloc_nel(n);
+	if(new_ael != ael) {
+		/* adjust alloced space. */
+		darray tmp=(darray)realloc(a, headsz+elemsz*new_ael);
+		if (!tmp && a) {
+			if(cleanuproutine) {
+				size_t i,k=a->nel;
+				for(i=0;i<k;++i)
+					cleanuproutine(((char *)a)+headsz+elemsz*i);
+			}
+			free(a);
+		}
+		a=tmp;
+	}
+	if(a) a->nel=n;
+	return a;
+}
+
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+void DBGda_free(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, char *file, int line)
+{
+	if (a==NULL)
+		{DEBUG_MSG("- da_free, %s:%d, not initialized\n", file, line);}
+	else
+		{DEBUG_MSG("- da_free, %s:%d, %lu bytes\n", file, line,
+			   (unsigned long)(headsz+elemsz*alloc_nel(a->nel)));}
+	free(a);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#define DLISTALIGN(len) (((len) + (sizeof(size_t)-1)) & ~(sizeof(size_t)-1))
+/* This mask corresponds to a chunk size of 1024. */
+#define DLISTCHUNKSIZEMASK ((size_t)0x3ff)
+
+/* Add space for a new item of size len to the list a.
+   dlist_grow() returns a pointer to the new (possibly reallocated) list structure if
+   successful, otherwise it frees the old list and returns NULL.
+*/
+dlist dlist_grow(dlist a, size_t len)
+{
+	size_t sz=0, allocsz=0, szincr, newsz;
+	if(a) {
+		sz=a->last+a->lastsz;
+		allocsz = (sz+DLISTCHUNKSIZEMASK)&(~DLISTCHUNKSIZEMASK);
+		*((size_t *)&a->data[a->last])=a->lastsz;
+	}
+	szincr=DLISTALIGN(len+sizeof(size_t));
+	newsz=sz+szincr;
+	if(newsz>allocsz) {
+		dlist tmp;
+		allocsz = (newsz+DLISTCHUNKSIZEMASK)&(~DLISTCHUNKSIZEMASK);
+		tmp=realloc(a, sizeof(struct _dynamic_list_head)+allocsz);
+		if (!tmp)
+			free(a);
+		a=tmp;
+	}
+	if(a) {
+		a->last=sz;
+		a->lastsz=szincr;
+		*((size_t *)&a->data[sz])=0;
+	}
+	return a;
+}
+
+
+/* Add a new node, capable of holding data of size len, at the end of a linked list.
+   llist_grow() returns 1 if successful, otherwise it frees the entire linked list
+   and returns 0.
+ */
+int llist_grow(llist *a, size_t len)
+{
+  struct llistnode_s *new= (struct llistnode_s *)malloc(sizeof(struct llistnode_s)+len);
+
+  if(!new) {
+    llist_free(a);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  new->next=NULL;
+
+  if(!a->first)
+    a->first=new;
+  else
+    a->last->next=new;
+
+  a->last=new;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void llist_free(llist *a)
+{
+  struct llistnode_s *p= a->first;
+
+  while(p) {
+    struct llistnode_s *next= p->next;
+    free(p);
+    p=next;
+  }
+
+  a->first=NULL;
+  a->last= NULL;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/list.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/list.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c63534e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* list.h - Dynamic array and list handling
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "pdnsd_assert.h"
+
+
+typedef struct {size_t nel;} *darray;
+
+/* used in type declarations */
+#define DYNAMIC_ARRAY(typ)  struct {size_t nel; typ elem[0];}
+#define DA_TYP_OFFSET(atyp) ((size_t)((atyp)0)->elem)
+#define DA_OFFSET(a) DA_TYP_OFFSET(typeof (a))
+
+#define DA_CREATE(atyp,n) ((atyp)da_resize(NULL,DA_TYP_OFFSET(atyp),sizeof(((atyp)0)->elem[0]),n,NULL))
+#define DA_INDEX(a,i) ((a)->elem[i])
+/* Used often, so make special-case macro here */
+#define DA_LAST(a) ((a)->elem[(a)->nel-1])
+
+#define DA_GROW1(a) ((typeof (a))da_grow1((darray)(a),DA_OFFSET(a),sizeof((a)->elem[0]),NULL))
+#define DA_GROW1_F(a,cleanup) ((typeof (a))da_grow1((darray)(a),DA_OFFSET(a),sizeof((a)->elem[0]),cleanup))
+#define DA_RESIZE(a,n) ((typeof (a))da_resize((darray)(a),DA_OFFSET(a),sizeof((a)->elem[0]),n,NULL))
+#define DA_NEL(a) da_nel((darray)(a))
+
+/*
+ * Some or all of these should be inline.
+ * They aren't macros for type safety.
+ */
+
+darray da_grow1(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, void (*cleanuproutine) (void *));
+darray da_resize(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, size_t n, void (*cleanuproutine) (void *));
+
+inline static unsigned int da_nel(darray a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static unsigned int da_nel(darray a)
+{
+  if (a==NULL)
+    return 0;
+  return a->nel;
+}
+
+/* alloc/free debug code.*/
+#ifdef ALLOC_DEBUG
+void   DBGda_free(darray a, size_t headsz, size_t elemsz, char *file, int line);
+#define da_free(a)	DBGda_free((darray)(a),DA_OFFSET(a),sizeof((a)->elem[0]), __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#else
+#define da_free		free
+#endif
+
+
+/* This dynamic "list" structure is useful if the items are not all the same size.
+   The elements can only be read back in sequential order, not indexed as with the dynamic arrays.
+*/
+struct _dynamic_list_head {
+	size_t last,lastsz;
+	char data[0];
+};
+
+typedef struct _dynamic_list_head  *dlist;
+
+inline static void *dlist_first(dlist a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *dlist_first(dlist a)
+{
+  return a?&a->data[sizeof(size_t)]:NULL;
+}
+
+/* dlist_next() returns a reference to the next item in the list, or NULL is there is no next item.
+   ref should be properly aligned.
+   If the dlist was grown with dlist_grow(), this should be OK.
+*/
+inline static void *dlist_next(void *ref)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *dlist_next(void *ref)
+{
+  size_t incr= *(((size_t *)ref)-1);
+  return incr?((char *)ref)+incr:NULL;
+}
+
+/* dlist_last() returns a reference to the last item. */
+inline static void *dlist_last(dlist a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *dlist_last(dlist a)
+{
+  return a?&a->data[a->last+sizeof(size_t)]:NULL;
+}
+
+dlist dlist_grow(dlist a, size_t len);
+
+#define dlist_free free
+
+
+/* linked list data type. */
+struct llistnode_s {
+  struct llistnode_s *next;
+  char *data[0];
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+  struct llistnode_s *first, *last;
+}
+  llist;
+
+inline static void llist_init(llist *a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void llist_init(llist *a)
+{
+  a->first=NULL;
+  a->last= NULL;
+}
+
+inline static int llist_isempty(llist *a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int llist_isempty(llist *a)
+{
+  return a->first==NULL;
+}
+
+inline static void *llist_first(llist *a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *llist_first(llist *a)
+{
+  struct llistnode_s *p= a->first;
+  return p?p->data:NULL;
+}
+
+inline static void *llist_next(void *ref)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *llist_next(void *ref)
+{
+  struct llistnode_s *next= *(((struct llistnode_s **)ref)-1);
+  return next?next->data:NULL;
+}
+
+inline static void *llist_last(llist *a)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static void *llist_last(llist *a)
+{
+  struct llistnode_s *p= a->last;
+  return p?p->data:NULL;
+}
+
+int llist_grow(llist *a, size_t len);
+void llist_free(llist *a);
+
+#endif /* def LIST_H */
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/main.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1190b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
+/* main.c - Command line parsing, intialisation and server start
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+/* in order to use O_NOFOLLOW on Linux: */
+/* #define _GNU_SOURCE */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "status.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "dns_answer.h"
+#include "dns_query.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "icmp.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+short int debug_p=0;
+#endif
+short int stat_pipe=0;
+
+/* int sigr=0; */
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+short int run_ipv4=DEFAULT_IPV4;
+short int cmdlineipv=0;
+#endif
+cmdlineflags_t cmdline={0};
+pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid,statsock_thrid,tcps_thrid,udps_thrid;
+uid_t init_uid;
+#if DEBUG>0
+FILE *dbg_file=NULL;
+#endif
+volatile int tcp_socket=-1;
+volatile int udp_socket=-1;
+sigset_t sigs_msk;
+char *conf_file=CONFDIR"/pdnsd.conf";
+
+
+/* version and licensing information */
+static const char info_message[] =
+
+	"pdnsd - dns proxy daemon, version " VERSION "\n\n"
+	"Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl\n"
+	"Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 Paul A. Rombouts\n\n"
+	"pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n"
+	"it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n"
+	"the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or\n"
+	"(at your option) any later version.\n\n"
+	"pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n"
+	"but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n"
+	"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the\n"
+	"GNU General Public License for more details.\n\n"
+	"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n"
+	"along with pdsnd; see the file COPYING.  If not, see\n"
+	"http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.\n";
+
+
+/* the help page */
+static const char help_message[] =
+
+	"\n\nUsage: pdnsd [-h] [-V] [-s] [-d] [-g] [-t] [-p file] [-vn] [-mxx] [-c file]"
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	" [-4]"
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	" [-6] [-i prefix]"
+#endif
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+	" [-a]"
+#endif
+	"\n\n"
+	"Options:\n"
+	"-h\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--help\t\tprint this help page and exit.\n"
+	"-V\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--version\tprint version and license information and exit.\n"
+	"--pdnsd-user\tprint the user pdnsd will run as and exit.\n"
+	"-s\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--status\tEnable status control socket in the cache directory.\n"
+	"-d\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--daemon\tStart pdnsd in daemon mode (as background process.)\n"
+	"-g\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--debug\t\tPrint some debug messages on the console or to the\n"
+	"\t\tfile pdnsd.debug in your cache directory (in daemon mode).\n"
+	"-t\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--tcp\t\tEnables the TCP server thread. pdnsd will then serve\n"
+	"\t\tTCP and UDP queries.\n"
+	"-p\t\tWrites the pid the server runs as to a specified filename.\n"
+	"\t\tWorks only in daemon mode.\n"
+	"-vn\t\tsets the verbosity of pdnsd. n is a numeric argument from 0\n"
+	"\t\t(normal operation) to 9 (many messages for debugging).\n"
+	"\t\tUse like -v2\n"
+	"-mxx\t\tsets the query method pdnsd uses. Possible values for xx are:\n"
+	"\t\tuo (UDP only), to (TCP only), tu (TCP or, if the server\n"
+	"\t\tdoes not support this, UDP) and ut (UDP and, if the reply was\n"
+	"\t\ttruncated, TCP). Use like -muo. Preset: "
+#if M_PRESET==UDP_ONLY
+	"-muo"
+#elif M_PRESET==TCP_ONLY
+	"-mto"
+#elif M_PRESET==TCP_UDP
+	"-mtu"
+#else
+	"-mut"
+#endif
+	"\n"
+	"-c\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--config-file\tspecifies the file the configuration is read from.\n"
+	"\t\tDefault is " CONFDIR "/pdnsd.conf\n"
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	"-4\t\tswitches to IPv4 mode.\n"
+	"\t\t"
+#  if DEFAULT_IPV4
+	"On"
+#  else
+	"Off"
+#  endif
+	" by default.\n"
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	"-6\t\tswitches to IPv6 mode.\n"
+	"\t\t"
+#  if DEFAULT_IPV4
+	"Off"
+#  else
+	"On"
+#  endif
+	" by default.\n"
+	"-i\t\t--or--\n"
+	"--ipv4_6_prefix\tspecifies the prefix pdnsd uses to map IPv4 to IPv6\n"
+	"\t\taddresses. Must be a valid IPv6 address.\n"
+	"\t\tDefault is " DEFAULT_IPV4_6_PREFIX "\n"
+#endif
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+	"-a\t\tWith this option, pdnsd will try to detect automatically if\n"
+	"\t\tthe system supports IPv6, and revert to IPv4 otherwise.\n"
+#endif
+	"\n\n"no" can be prepended to the --status, --daemon, --debug and --tcp\n"
+	"options (e.g. --notcp) to reverse their effect.\n";
+
+
+/* These are some init steps we have to call before we get daemon on linux, but need
+ * to call after daemonizing on other OSes.
+ * Theay are also the last steps before we drop privileges. */
+int final_init()
+{
+#ifndef NO_TCP_SERVER
+	if (!global.notcp)
+		tcp_socket=init_tcp_socket();
+#endif
+	udp_socket=init_udp_socket();
+	if (tcp_socket==-1 && udp_socket==-1) {
+		log_error("tcp and udp initialization failed. Exiting.");
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+/* Check if IPv6 is available.
+ * With thanks to Juliusz Chroboczek.
+ */
+static int check_ipv6()
+{
+    int fd;
+    fd = socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+    if(fd < 0) {
+        if(errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT || errno == EAFNOSUPPORT || errno == EINVAL)
+            return 0;
+        return -1;
+    }
+    close(fd);
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Argument parsing, init, server startup
+ */
+int main(int argc,char *argv[])
+{
+	int i,sig,pfd=-1;  /* Initialized to inhibit compiler warning */
+
+	main_thrid=pthread_self();
+	servstat_thrid=main_thrid;
+	statsock_thrid=main_thrid;
+	tcps_thrid=main_thrid;
+	udps_thrid=main_thrid;
+	init_uid=getuid();
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	{
+		int err;
+		if((err=inet_pton(AF_INET6,DEFAULT_IPV4_6_PREFIX,&global.ipv4_6_prefix))<=0) {
+			fprintf(stderr,"Error: inet_pton() wont accept default prefix %s in %s, line %d\n",
+				DEFAULT_IPV4_6_PREFIX,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+			if(err)
+				perror("inet_pton");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Parse the command line.
+	   Remember which options were specified here, because the command-line options
+	   shall override the ones given in the config file */
+	for (i=1;i<argc;i++) {
+		char *arg=argv[i];
+		if (strcmp(arg,"-h")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--help")==0) {
+			fputs(info_message,stdout);
+			fputs(help_message,stdout);
+			exit(1);
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-V")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--version")==0) {
+			fputs(info_message,stdout);
+			exit(1);
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-c")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--config-file")==0) {
+			if (++i<argc) {
+				conf_file=argv[i];
+			} else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: file name expected after %s option.\n",arg);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-4")==0) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+			run_ipv4=1; cmdlineipv=1;
+# endif
+#else
+			fprintf(stderr,"Error: -4: pdnsd was compiled without IPv4 support.\n");
+			exit(1);
+#endif
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-6")==0) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+			run_ipv4=0; cmdlineipv=1;
+# endif
+#else
+			fprintf(stderr,"Error: -6: pdnsd was compiled without IPv6 support.\n");
+			exit(1);
+#endif
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-a")==0) {
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+			int rv=check_ipv6();
+			if(rv<0) {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: -a: can't check availability of IPv6: %s\n"
+					"Try using -4 or -6 option instead.\n",strerror(errno));
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			if((run_ipv4= !rv))
+				fprintf(stderr,"Switching to IPv4 mode.\n");
+			cmdlineipv=1;
+#else
+			fprintf(stderr,"Warning: -a option does nothing unless pdnsd is compiled with both IPv4 AND IPv6 support.\n");
+#endif
+		} else if(strcmp(arg,"-i")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--ipv4_6_prefix")==0) {
+			if (++i<argc) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+				if(inet_pton(AF_INET6,argv[i],&global.ipv4_6_prefix)<=0) {
+					fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s: argument not a valid IPv6 address.\n",arg);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+				cmdline.prefix=1;
+#else
+				fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without IPv6 support. %s will be ignored.\n",arg);
+#endif
+			} else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: IPv6 address expected after %s option.\n",arg);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-s")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--status")==0) {
+			global.stat_pipe=1; cmdline.stat_pipe=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"--nostatus")==0) {
+			global.stat_pipe=0; cmdline.stat_pipe=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-d")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--daemon")==0) {
+			global.daemon=1; cmdline.daemon=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"--nodaemon")==0) {
+			global.daemon=0; cmdline.daemon=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-t")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--tcp")==0) {
+			global.notcp=0; cmdline.notcp=1;
+#ifdef NO_TCP_SERVER
+			fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without tcp server support. -t has no effect.\n");
+#endif
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"--notcp")==0) {
+			global.notcp=1; cmdline.notcp=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-p")==0) {
+			if (++i<argc) {
+				global.pidfile=argv[i]; cmdline.pidfile=1;
+			} else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: file name expected after -p option.\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+		} else if (strncmp(arg,"-v",2)==0) {
+			if (strlen(arg)!=3 || !isdigit(arg[2])) {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: one digit expected after -v option (like -v2).\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			global.verbosity=arg[2]-'0'; cmdline.verbosity=1;
+		} else if (strncmp(arg,"-m",2)==0) {
+			if (strlen(arg)!=4) {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: uo, to or tu expected after the  -m option (like -muo).\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			if (strcmp(&arg[2],"uo")==0) {
+#ifdef NO_UDP_QUERIES
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: pdnsd was compiled without UDP support.\n");
+				exit(1);
+#else
+				global.query_method=UDP_ONLY;
+#endif
+			} else if (strcmp(&arg[2],"to")==0) {
+#ifdef NO_TCP_QUERIES
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: pdnsd was compiled without TCP support.\n");
+				exit(1);
+#else
+				global.query_method=TCP_ONLY;
+#endif
+			} else if (strcmp(&arg[2],"tu")==0) {
+#if defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES) || defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES)
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: pdnsd was not compiled with UDP and TCP support.\n");
+				exit(1);
+#else
+				global.query_method=TCP_UDP;
+#endif
+			} else if (strcmp(&arg[2],"ut")==0) {
+#if defined(NO_UDP_QUERIES) || defined(NO_TCP_QUERIES)
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: pdnsd was not compiled with UDP and TCP support.\n");
+				exit(1);
+#else
+				global.query_method=UDP_TCP;
+#endif
+			} else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: uo, to, tu or ut expected after the  -m option (like -muo).\n");
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			cmdline.query_method=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"-g")==0 || strcmp(arg,"--debug")==0) {
+			global.debug=1; cmdline.debug=1;
+#if !DEBUG
+			fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without debugging support. -g has no effect.\n");
+#endif
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"--nodebug")==0) {
+			global.debug=0; cmdline.debug=1;
+		} else if (strcmp(arg,"--pdnsd-user")==0) {
+			cmdline.pdnsduser=1;
+		} else {
+			char *equ=strchr(arg,'=');
+			if(equ) {
+				int plen=equ-arg;
+				char *valstr=equ+1;
+#       			define arg_isparam(strlit) (!strncmp(arg,strlit,strlitlen(strlit)) && plen==strlitlen(strlit))
+
+				if(arg_isparam("--config-file")) {
+					conf_file=valstr;
+				}
+				else if(arg_isparam("--ipv4_6_prefix")) {
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+					if(inet_pton(AF_INET6,valstr,&global.ipv4_6_prefix)<=0) {
+						fprintf(stderr,"Error: --ipv4_6_prefix: argument not a valid IPv6 address.\n");
+						exit(1);
+					}
+					cmdline.prefix=1;
+#else
+					fprintf(stderr,"pdnsd was compiled without IPv6 support. --ipv4_6_prefix will be ignored.\n");
+#endif
+				}
+				else {
+					fprintf(stderr,"Error: unknown option: %.*s\n",plen,arg);
+					exit(1);
+				}
+			} else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Error: unknown option: %s\n",arg);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	init_cache();
+	{
+		char *errmsg;
+		if(!read_config_file(conf_file,&global,&servers,0,&errmsg)) {
+			fputs(errmsg?:"Out of memory.",stderr);
+			fputc('\n',stderr);
+			exit(3);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(cmdline.pdnsduser) {
+		if (global.run_as[0]) {
+			printf("%s\n",global.run_as);
+		} else {
+			uid_t uid=getuid();
+			struct passwd *pws=getpwuid(uid);
+			if (pws)
+				printf("%s\n",pws->pw_name);
+			else
+				printf("%i\n",uid);
+		}
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	if(!global.cache_dir)   global.cache_dir = CACHEDIR;
+	if(!global.scheme_file) global.scheme_file = "/var/lib/pcmcia/scheme";
+	stat_pipe=global.stat_pipe;
+
+	if (!(global.run_as[0] && global.strict_suid)) {
+		for (i=0; i<DA_NEL(servers); i++) {
+			servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+			if (sp->uptest==C_EXEC && sp->uptest_usr[0]=='\0') {
+				uid_t uid=getuid();
+				struct passwd *pws=getpwuid(uid);
+
+				/* No explicit uptest user given. If we run_as and strict_suid, we assume that
+				 * this is safe. If not - warn. */
+				fprintf(stderr,"Warning: uptest command "%s" will implicitly be executed as user ", sp->uptest_cmd);
+				if (pws)
+					fprintf(stderr,"%s\n",pws->pw_name);
+				else
+					fprintf(stderr,"%i\n",uid);
+
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (global.daemon && global.pidfile) {
+		if (unlink(global.pidfile)!=0 && errno!=ENOENT) {
+			log_error("Error: could not unlink pid file %s: %s",global.pidfile, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if ((pfd=open(global.pidfile,O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL
+#ifdef O_NOFOLLOW
+			      |O_NOFOLLOW
+#else
+		/*
+		 * No O_NOFOLLOW. Nevertheless, this not a hole, since the
+		 * directory for pidfiles should not be world writeable.
+		 * OS's that do not support O_NOFOLLOW are currently not
+		 * supported, this is just-in-case code.
+		 */
+#endif
+			      , 0600))==-1)
+		{
+			log_error("Error: could not open pid file %s: %s",global.pidfile, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+	}
+	for (i=0;i<DA_NEL(servers);i++) {
+		if (DA_INDEX(servers,i).uptest==C_PING) {
+			init_ping_socket();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!init_rng())
+		exit(1);
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	if (!final_init())
+		exit(1);
+#endif
+
+	{
+		struct sigaction action;
+		action.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+		sigemptyset(&action.sa_mask);
+		action.sa_flags = 0;
+		if(sigaction(SIGPIPE, &action, NULL) != 0)
+			log_error("Could not call sigaction to ignore SIGPIPE: %s",strerror(errno));
+	}
+
+	umask(0077); /* for security reasons */
+	if (global.daemon) {
+		pid_t pid;
+		int fd;
+
+		/* become a daemon */
+		pid=fork();
+		if (pid==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not become a daemon: fork #1 failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if (pid!=0) {
+			/* This is the parent.
+			   The child is going to do another fork() and will exit quickly.
+			   Perhaps we should wait for the child and return
+			   its exit status? */
+			exit(0); /* exit parent */
+		}
+		/* dissociate from controlling terminal */
+		if (setsid()==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not become a daemon: setsid failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		pid=fork();
+		if (pid==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not become a daemon: fork #2 failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		if (pid!=0) {
+			int exitval=0;
+			if (global.pidfile) {
+				if(fsprintf(pfd,"%i\n",(int)pid)<0) {
+					log_error("Error: could not write to pid file %s: %s",
+						  global.pidfile, strerror(errno));
+					exitval=1;
+				}
+				if(close(pfd)<0) {
+					log_error("Error: could not close pid file %s: %s",
+						  global.pidfile, strerror(errno));
+					exitval=1;
+				}
+			}
+			_exit(exitval); /* exit parent, so we are no session group leader */
+		}
+
+		if (global.pidfile) close(pfd);
+		if(chdir("/"))
+			log_warn("Cannot chdir to root directory: %s",strerror(errno));
+		if ((fd=open("/dev/null",O_RDONLY))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not become a daemon: open for /dev/null failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		dup2(fd,0);
+		close(fd);
+		if ((fd=open("/dev/null",O_WRONLY))==-1) {
+			log_error("Could not become a daemon: open for /dev/null failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+		dup2(fd,1);
+		dup2(fd,2);
+		close(fd);
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if (global.debug) {
+			char dbgpath[strlen(global.cache_dir)+sizeof("/pdnsd.debug")];
+			stpcpy(stpcpy(dbgpath,global.cache_dir),"/pdnsd.debug");
+			if (!(dbg_file=fopen(dbgpath,"w")))
+				log_warn("Warning: could not open debug file %s: %s",dbgpath, strerror(errno));
+		}
+#endif
+	} else {
+#if DEBUG>0
+		dbg_file=stdout;
+#endif
+	}
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+	debug_p= (global.debug && dbg_file);
+#endif
+	log_info(0,"pdnsd-%s starting.\n",VERSION);
+	DEBUG_MSG("Debug messages activated\n");
+
+#if (TARGET!=TARGET_LINUX)
+	if (!final_init())
+		_exit(1);
+#endif
+	DEBUG_MSG(SEL_IPVER("Using IPv4.\n", "Using IPv6.\n"));
+
+	/* initialize attribute for creating detached threads */
+	pthread_attr_init(&attr_detached);
+	pthread_attr_setdetachstate(&attr_detached,PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
+
+	read_disk_cache();
+
+	/* This must be done before any other thread is started to avoid races. */
+	if (stat_pipe)
+		init_stat_sock();
+
+
+	/* Before this point, logging and cache accesses are not locked because we are single-threaded. */
+	init_log_lock();
+	init_cache_lock();
+
+	sigemptyset(&sigs_msk);
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGHUP);
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGINT);
+#ifndef THREADLIB_NPTL
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGILL);
+#endif
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGABRT);
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGFPE);
+#ifndef THREADLIB_NPTL
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGSEGV);
+#endif
+	sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGTERM);
+	/* if (!daemon_p) {
+		sigaddset(&sigs_msk,SIGQUIT);
+	} */
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK,&sigs_msk,NULL);
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+	{
+		int err;
+		/* Generate a key for storing our thread id's */
+		if ((err=pthread_key_create(&thrid_key, NULL)) != 0) {
+			log_error("pthread_key_create failed: %s",strerror(err));
+			_exit(1);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	{
+#if DEBUG>0
+		int thrdsucc=1;
+# define thrdfail (thrdsucc=0)
+#else
+# define thrdfail
+#endif
+
+		if(start_servstat_thread()) thrdfail;
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+		if (!global.strict_suid) {
+			if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+				_exit(1);
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (stat_pipe)
+			if(start_stat_sock()) thrdfail;
+
+		start_dns_servers();
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+		if(thrdsucc) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("All threads started successfully.\n");
+		}
+#endif
+#undef thrdfail
+	}
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) && !defined(THREADLIB_NPTL)
+	pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK,&sigs_msk,NULL);
+	waiting=1;
+#endif
+	{
+		int err;
+		while ((err=sigwait(&sigs_msk,&sig))) {
+			if (err!=EINTR) {
+				log_error("sigwait failed: %s",strerror(err));
+				sig=0;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(sig) DEBUG_MSG("Signal %i caught.\n",sig);
+	write_disk_cache();
+	destroy_cache();
+	if(sig) log_warn("Caught signal %i. Exiting.",sig);
+	if (sig==SIGSEGV || sig==SIGILL || sig==SIGBUS)
+		crash_msg("This is a fatal signal probably triggered by a bug.");
+	if (ping_isocket!=-1)
+		close(ping_isocket);
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if (ping6_isocket!=-1)
+		close(ping6_isocket);
+#endif
+	/* Close and delete the status socket */
+	if(stat_pipe) close(stat_sock);
+	if (sock_path && unlink(sock_path))
+		log_warn("Failed to unlink %s: %s",sock_path, strerror(errno));
+
+	free_rng();
+#if DEBUG>0
+	if (debug_p && global.daemon)
+		if(fclose(dbg_file)<0) {
+			log_warn("Could not close debug file: %s", strerror(errno));
+		}
+#endif
+	_exit(0);
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/make_rr_types_h.pl b/jni/pdnsd/src/make_rr_types_h.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8c0f9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/make_rr_types_h.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+# This Perl script is used to generate rr_types.h, using rr_types.in as input.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+#
+# This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use integer;
+
+print << "END-OF-TEXT";
+/* This file was generated by running '$0 @ARGV'.
+   Modifications to this file may be lost the next time it is automatically
+   regenerated.
+*/
+
+END-OF-TEXT
+
+my %valdic;
+my %namedic;
+my %classdic;
+my %muset;
+my $nrr=0;
+my $nmu=0;
+my $minval;
+my $maxval;
+#my $maxmuval;
+
+while(<>) {
+    if(/\S/ && !/^\s*#/) {
+	if(/^\s*(?:([*+-])\s*)?([\w-]+)\s+(\d+)\s+(?:((\w+)))?/) {
+	    my $mu = $1; my $name=$2; my $val=$3+0; my $class=$4;
+	    $name =~ s/-/_/g;
+	    if(defined($valdic{$name})) {warn "The name "$name" does not have a unique value.\n"}
+	    if(defined($namedic{$val})) {warn "The value "$val" does not have a unique name.\n"}
+	    $valdic{$name}=$val; $namedic{$val}=$name; $classdic{$val}=$class if defined($class);
+	    if(defined($mu)) {
+		if($mu eq '-') {next}
+		$muset{$val}= 1;
+		++$nmu;
+		#if(!defined($maxmuval) || $val>$maxmuval) {$maxmuval=$val}
+	    }
+	    else {$muset{$val}= 0}
+	    ++$nrr;
+	    if(!defined($minval) || $val<$minval) {$minval=$val}
+	    if(!defined($maxval) || $val>$maxval) {$maxval=$val}
+	}
+	else {die "Can't find name-value pair in following line:\n$_\n"}
+    }
+}
+
+defined($minval) or die "No values defined.\n";
+if($nrr>255) {warn "Warning: total number of cache-able RR types is greater than 255.\n"}
+
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+/* rr_types.h - A header file with names & descriptions of
+                all rr types known to pdnsd
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RR_TYPES_H_
+#define _RR_TYPES_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+END-OF-TEXT
+
+print "#define T_MIN $minval\n";
+foreach my $name (sort {$valdic{$a} <=> $valdic{$b} } (keys %valdic)) {
+    printf("#define %-12s %2d\n", "T_$name", $valdic{$name});
+}
+print "#define T_MAX $maxval\n";
+print("\n/* T_MAX - T_MIN + 1 */\n","#define T_NUM ",$maxval+1-$minval,"\n");
+#print("\n/* Largest most frequently used type value. */\n","#define T_MAXMU $maxmuval\n");
+print("\n/* Number of most frequently used rr types. */\n","#define NRRMU $nmu\n");
+print("\n/* Number of remaining rr types. */\n","#define NRREXT ",$nrr-$nmu,"\n");
+print("\n/* NRRMU + NRREXT */\n","#define NRRTOT $nrr\n");
+
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+/* Lookup table for converting rr type values to internally used indices. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrlkuptab[T_NUM];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const unsigned short int rrlkuptab[T_NUM] = {
+END-OF-TEXT
+my @rrtpval=();
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0, my $j=$nmu, my $k=$nrr; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    my $idx;
+    if(defined($muset{$val})) {
+	if($muset{$val}) {
+	    $idx = $i++;
+	}
+	else {
+	    $idx =  $j++;
+	}
+	$rrtpval[$idx]=$val;
+    }
+    else {
+	$idx = $k++;
+    }
+
+    printf('%4d', $idx);
+    if(defined($namedic{$val})) {
+	print "  /* $namedic{$val} */";
+    }
+    print ',' if $val<$maxval;
+    print "\n";
+}
+#print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+#};
+##endif
+#
+#/* Table for converting internally used indices to rr type values.
+#   This is more or less the inverse of the rrlkuptab[] mapping. */
+#extern const unsigned short int rrtpval[NRRTOT];
+##if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+#const unsigned short int rrtpval[NRRTOT] = {
+#END-OF-TEXT
+#for(my $i=0; $i<$nrr; ++$i) {
+#    if($i ==0) {
+#	print "  /* Most frequently used types. */\n";
+#    }
+#    else {
+#	print ",\n";
+#    }
+#    print "  /* Remaining (less frequently used) types. */\n"
+#	if $i == $nmu;
+#    my $val= $rrtpval[$i];
+#    print("  ",defined($namedic{$val})? "T_$namedic{$val}": $val);
+#}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+};
+#endif
+
+/* List of most frequently used RR types in ascending order. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrmuiterlist[NRRMU];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const unsigned short int rrmuiterlist[NRRMU] = {
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    if(defined($muset{$val}) && $muset{$val}) {
+	print ",\n" if $i++;
+	print("  ",defined($namedic{$val})? "T_$namedic{$val}": $val);
+    }
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+};
+#endif
+
+/* List of the cache-able RR types in ascending order. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrcachiterlist[NRRTOT];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS
+const unsigned short int rrcachiterlist[NRRTOT] = {
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    if(defined($muset{$val})) {
+	print ",\n" if $i++;
+	print("  ",defined($namedic{$val})? "T_$namedic{$val}": $val);
+    }
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Optimized getrrset macros for fixed rr types. */
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0, my $j=0; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    if(defined($muset{$val})) {
+	my $name = $namedic{$val};
+	my $mdef;
+	if($muset{$val}) {
+	    $mdef= "GET_RRSMU(cent,$i)";
+	    ++$i;
+	}
+	else {
+	    $mdef= "GET_RRSEXT(cent,$j)";
+	    ++$j;
+	}
+	printf("#define %-25s %s\n", "getrrset_$name(cent)", $mdef)
+	    if defined($name);
+    }
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+/* have_rr macros for fixed rr types. */
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0, my $j=0; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    my $name = $namedic{$val};
+    my $mdef = '0';
+    if(defined($muset{$val})) {
+	if($muset{$val}) {
+	    $mdef= "HAVE_RRMU(cent,$i)";
+	    ++$i;
+	}
+	else {
+	    $mdef= "HAVE_RREXT(cent,$j)";
+	    ++$j;
+	}
+    }
+    printf("#define %-25s %s\n", "have_rr_$name(cent)", $mdef)
+	if defined($name);
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+/* These macros specify which RR types are cached by pdnsd. */
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    if(defined($muset{$val})) {
+	my $name = $namedic{$val};
+	printf("#define IS_CACHED_%-10s 1\n", defined($name)? $name: "TYPE$val")
+    }
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+/* Array indices for most frequently used rr types. */
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval, my $i=0; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    if(defined($muset{$val}) && $muset{$val}) {
+	printf("#define %-18s %2d\n", "RRMUINDEX_$namedic{$val}", $i)
+	    if defined($namedic{$val});
+	++$i;
+    }
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+/* Table of rr names. */
+extern const char *const rrnames[T_NUM];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS
+const char *const rrnames[T_NUM] = {
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $val=$minval; $val<=$maxval; ++$val) {
+    my $name = $namedic{$val};
+    print('  "', defined($name)? $name: "TYPE$val", '"');
+    print ',' if $val<$maxval;
+    print "\n";
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Structure for rr information */
+struct rr_infos {
+	unsigned short class;		/* class (values see below) */
+	unsigned short excludes;	/* relations to other classes.
+					   Mutual exclusion is marked by or'ing the
+					   respective RRCL value in this field.
+					   Exclusions should be symmetric. */
+};
+
+/* Class values */
+#define RRCL_ALIAS	1	/* for CNAMES, conflicts with RRCL_RECORD */
+#define RRCL_RECORD	2	/* normal direct record */
+#define RRCL_IDEM	4	/* types that conflict with no others (MX, CNAME, ...) */
+#define RRCL_PTR	8	/* PTR */
+
+/* Standard excludes for the classes */
+#define RRX_ALIAS	(RRCL_RECORD|RRCL_PTR)
+#define	RRX_RECORD	(RRCL_ALIAS|RRCL_PTR)
+#define	RRX_IDEM	0
+#define	RRX_PTR		(RRCL_ALIAS|RRCL_RECORD)
+
+/* There could be a separate table detailing the relationship of types, but this
+ * is slightly more flexible, as it allows a finer granularity of exclusion. Also,
+ * Membership in multiple classes could be added.
+ * Index by internally used RR-set indices, not RR type values!
+ */
+extern const struct rr_infos rr_info[NRRTOT];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const struct rr_infos rr_info[NRRTOT] = {
+END-OF-TEXT
+for(my $i=0; $i<$nrr; ++$i) {
+    print ",\n" if $i;
+    my $val=$rrtpval[$i];
+    my $class = (defined($classdic{$val})? $classdic{$val}: 'IDEM');
+    printf('  %-16s %-15s %s',"{RRCL_$class,", "RRX_$class}", defined($namedic{$val})?"/* $namedic{$val} */":"");
+}
+print << 'END-OF-TEXT';
+
+};
+#endif
+
+int rr_tp_byname(char *name);
+const char *loc2str(const void *binary, char *ascii, size_t asclen);
+
+#endif
+END-OF-TEXT
+
+exit
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd5f8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.c
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/* netdev.c - Test network devices for existence and status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Portions are under the following copyright and taken from FreeBSD
+ * (clause 3 deleted as it no longer applies):
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)if.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
+ * $FreeBSD: src/sys/net/if.h,v 1.58.2.1 2000/05/05 13:37:04 jlemon Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "netdev.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_BSD)
+/* Taken from FreeBSD net/if.h rev. 1.58.2.1 */
+#define	SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ(ifr) \
+	((ifr).ifr_addr.sa_len > sizeof(struct sockaddr) ? \
+	 (sizeof(struct ifreq) - sizeof(struct sockaddr) + \
+	  (ifr).ifr_addr.sa_len) : sizeof(struct ifreq))
+#elif (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+#define SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ(ifr) (sizeof(struct sockaddr))
+#endif
+
+#define MAX_SOCKETOPEN_ERRS 10
+static volatile unsigned long socketopen_errs=0;
+
+/*
+ * Portions of the following code are Linux/FreeBSD specific.
+ * Please write interface-detection routines for other flavours of Unix if you can and want.
+ */
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) || (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+# if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+
+static volatile unsigned long isdn_errs=0;
+
+#  ifdef ISDN_SUPPORT
+
+/*
+ * Test the status of an ippp interface. Taken from the isdn4k-utils (thanks!) and adapted
+ * by me (I love free software!)
+ * This will not work with older kernels.
+ * If your kernel is too old or too new, just try to get the status as uptest=exec command
+ * This will work, although slower.
+ */
+
+#   include <linux/isdn.h>
+
+int statusif(char *name)
+{
+	isdn_net_ioctl_phone phone;
+	int isdninfo,rc=0;
+
+	if ((isdninfo = open("/dev/isdninfo", O_RDONLY))<0) {
+		if (++isdn_errs<=2) {
+			log_warn("Could not open /dev/isdninfo for uptest: %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	strncp(phone.name, name, sizeof(phone.name));
+	if (ioctl(isdninfo, IIOCNETGPN, &phone)==0)
+		rc=1;
+	close(isdninfo);
+	return rc;
+}
+#  endif
+
+/*
+ * Test whether the network interface specified in ifname and its
+ * associated device specified in devname have locks owned by the
+ * same process.
+ */
+int dev_up(char *ifname, char *devname)
+{
+ 	FILE *fd;
+ 	int pidi, pidd, rv;
+
+	{
+	  char path[sizeof("/var/run/.pid")+strlen(ifname)];
+	  stpcpy(stpcpy(stpcpy(path,"/var/run/"),ifname),".pid");
+	  if ((fd=fopen(path, "r")) == NULL )
+	    return 0;
+
+	  if (fscanf(fd, "%d", &pidi) != 1 ) {
+	    fclose(fd) ;
+	    return 0;
+	  }
+	  fclose(fd);
+	}
+
+	{
+	  char path[sizeof("/var/lock/LCK..")+strlen(devname)];
+	  stpcpy(stpcpy(path,"/var/lock/LCK.."),devname);
+	  if ((fd=fopen(path, "r")) == NULL)
+	    return 0;
+
+	  if (fscanf(fd, "%d", &pidd) != 1) {
+	    fclose(fd);
+	    return 0;
+	  }
+	  fclose(fd);
+	}
+
+ 	if (pidi != pidd)
+		return 0;
+	/* Test whether pppd is still alive */
+	rv=kill(pidi,0);
+	return (rv==0 || (rv==-1 && errno!=ESRCH));
+}
+
+
+# endif /*(TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)*/
+
+/*
+ * Test whether the network device specified in devname is up and
+ * running (returns -1) or non-existent, down or not-running (returns 0)
+ *
+ * Note on IPv6-Comptability: rfc2133 requires all IPv6 implementation
+ * to be backwards-compatible to IPv4 in means of permitting socket(PF_INET,...)
+ * and similar. So, I don't put code here for both IPv4 and IPv6, since
+ * I use that socket only for ioctls. If somebody notices incompatabilities,
+ * please notify me.
+ */
+int if_up(char *devname)
+{
+	int sock;
+	struct ifreq ifr;
+# if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+	unsigned int devnamelen=strlen(devname);
+	if (devnamelen>4 && devnamelen<=6 && strncmp(devname,"ippp",4)==0) {
+		/* This function didn't manage the interface uptest correctly. Thanks to
+		 * Joachim Dorner for pointing out.
+		 * The new code (statusif()) was shamelessly stolen from isdnctrl.c of the
+		 * isdn4k-utils. */
+#  ifdef ISDN_SUPPORT
+		return statusif(devname);
+#  else
+		if (isdn_errs++==0) {
+			log_warn("An ippp? device was specified for uptest, but pdnsd was compiled without ISDN support.");
+			log_warn("The uptest result will be wrong.");
+		}
+#  endif
+		/* If it doesn't match our rules for isdn devices, treat as normal if */
+	}
+# endif
+	if ((sock=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+		if(++socketopen_errs<=MAX_SOCKETOPEN_ERRS) {
+			log_warn("Could not open socket in if_up(): %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+	strncp(ifr.ifr_name,devname,IFNAMSIZ);
+	if (ioctl(sock,SIOCGIFFLAGS,&ifr)==-1) {
+		close(sock);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	close(sock);
+	return (ifr.ifr_flags&IFF_UP) && (ifr.ifr_flags&IFF_RUNNING);
+}
+
+# if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+#  ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+#define MAX_IF_INET6_OPEN_ERRS 10
+static volatile unsigned long if_inet6_open_errs=0;
+#  endif
+
+int is_local_addr(pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+	int res=0;
+
+#  ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (run_ipv4) {
+		int i,sock;
+		struct ifreq ifr;
+		if ((sock=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+			if(++socketopen_errs<=MAX_SOCKETOPEN_ERRS) {
+				log_warn("Could not open socket in is_local_addr(): %s",strerror(errno));
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+		for (i=1;i<255;i++) {
+			ifr.ifr_ifindex=i;
+			if (ioctl(sock,SIOCGIFNAME,&ifr)==-1) {
+				/* There may be gaps in the interface enumeration, so just continue */
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (ioctl(sock,SIOCGIFADDR, &ifr)==-1) {
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (((struct sockaddr_in *)(&ifr.ifr_addr))->sin_addr.s_addr==a->ipv4.s_addr) {
+				res=1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		close(sock);
+	}
+
+#  endif
+#  ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	ELSE_IPV6 {
+		char   buf[40];
+		FILE   *f;
+		struct in6_addr b;
+		/* the interface configuration and information retrieval is obiously currently done via
+		 * rt-netlink sockets. I think it is relatively likely to change in an incompatible way the
+		 * Linux kernel (there seem to be some major changes for 2.4).
+		 * Right now, I just analyze the /proc/net/if_inet6 entry. This may not be the fastest, but
+		 * should work and is easy to adapt should the format change. */
+		if (!(f=fopen("/proc/net/if_inet6","r"))) {
+			if(++if_inet6_open_errs<=MAX_IF_INET6_OPEN_ERRS) {
+				log_warn("Could not open /proc/net/if_inet6 in is_local_addr(): %s",strerror(errno));
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* The address is at the start of the line. We just read 32 characters and insert a ':' 7
+		 * times. Such, we can use inet_pton conveniently. More portable, that. */
+		for(;;) {
+			int i,ch; char *p=buf;
+			for (i=0;i<32;i++) {
+				if(i && i%4==0) *p++ = ':';
+				if ((ch=fgetc(f))==EOF)
+					goto fclose_return; /* we are at the end of the file and haven't found anything.*/
+				if(ch=='\n') goto nextline;
+				*p++ = ch;
+			}
+			*p=0;
+			if (inet_pton(AF_INET6,buf,&b) >0) {
+				if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&b,&a->ipv6)) {
+					res=1;
+					goto fclose_return;
+				}
+			}
+			do {
+				if ((ch=fgetc(f))==EOF) goto fclose_return;
+			} while(ch!='\n');
+		nextline:;
+		}
+	fclose_return:
+		fclose(f);
+	}
+#  endif
+	return res;
+}
+
+# else /*(TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)*/
+
+
+#define MAX_SIOCGIFCONF_ERRS 4
+static volatile unsigned long siocgifconf_errs=0;
+
+int is_local_addr(pdnsd_a *a)
+{
+	int retval=0, sock, cnt;
+        struct ifconf ifc;
+	char buf[2048];
+
+
+	if ((sock=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP))==-1) {
+		if(++socketopen_errs<=MAX_SOCKETOPEN_ERRS) {
+			log_warn("Could not open socket in is_local_addr(): %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	ifc.ifc_len=sizeof(buf);
+	ifc.ifc_buf=buf;
+	if (ioctl(sock,SIOCGIFCONF,&ifc)==-1) {
+		if(++siocgifconf_errs<=MAX_SIOCGIFCONF_ERRS) {
+			log_warn("ioctl() call with request SIOCGIFCONF failed in is_local_addr(): %s",strerror(errno));
+		}
+	        goto close_sock_return;
+	}
+
+	cnt=0;
+	while(cnt+sizeof(struct ifreq)<=ifc.ifc_len) {
+		struct ifreq *ir= (struct ifreq *)(buf+cnt);
+		cnt += SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ(*ir);
+		if (cnt>ifc.ifc_len)
+			break;
+		if (SEL_IPVER(ir->ifr_addr.sa_family==AF_INET &&
+			       ((struct sockaddr_in *)&ir->ifr_addr)->sin_addr.s_addr==a->ipv4.s_addr,
+			      ir->ifr_addr.sa_family==AF_INET6 &&
+			       IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&ir->ifr_addr)->sin6_addr,
+						  &a->ipv6)))
+		{
+			retval=1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+ close_sock_return:
+	close(sock);
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+# error "Huh. No OS macro defined."
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..529b8a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/netdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* netdev.h - Test network devices for existence and status
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _NETDEV_H_
+#define _NETDEV_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "ipvers.h"
+
+int if_up(char *devname);
+int dev_up(char *ifname, char *devname);
+int is_local_addr(pdnsd_a *a);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcb7327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+sbin_PROGRAMS = pdnsd-ctl
+
+pdnsd_ctl_SOURCES = pdnsd-ctl.c
+pdnsd_ctl_LDADD =  rr_types.o
+pdnsd_ctl_DEPENDENCIES = rr_types.o
+
+# These are Symlinks we want to have in the package
+#EXTRA_DIST = rr_types.h
+
+pdnsd-ctl.o rr_types.o: ../rr_types.h
+
+../rr_types.h: ../make_rr_types_h.pl ../rr_types.in
+	perl ../make_rr_types_h.pl ../rr_types.in > ../rr_types.h
+
+rr_types.o: %.o: ../%.c
+	$(COMPILE) -DCLIENT_ONLY -c $<
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80f3987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+sbin_PROGRAMS = pdnsd-ctl$(EXEEXT)
+subdir = src/pdnsd-ctl
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"
+PROGRAMS = $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+am_pdnsd_ctl_OBJECTS = pdnsd-ctl.$(OBJEXT)
+pdnsd_ctl_OBJECTS = $(am_pdnsd_ctl_OBJECTS)
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+am__mv = mv -f
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+SOURCES = $(pdnsd_ctl_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(pdnsd_ctl_SOURCES)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+pdnsd_ctl_SOURCES = pdnsd-ctl.c
+pdnsd_ctl_LDADD = rr_types.o
+pdnsd_ctl_DEPENDENCIES = rr_types.o
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/pdnsd-ctl/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(sbindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"
+	@list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+	sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \
+	while read p p1; do if test -f $$p; \
+	  then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \
+	done | \
+	sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' -e 's|.*|.|' \
+	    -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \
+	sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \
+	$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \
+	  { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \
+	    if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \
+	    else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \
+	  END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \
+	while read type dir files; do \
+	    if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \
+	    test -z "$$files" || { \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir'"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \
+	    } \
+	; done
+
+uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(sbindir)" || list=; \
+	files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \
+	  sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \
+	      -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' `; \
+	test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
+	echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+	cd "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" && rm -f $$files
+
+clean-sbinPROGRAMS:
+	-test -z "$(sbin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(sbin_PROGRAMS)
+pdnsd-ctl$(EXEEXT): $(pdnsd_ctl_OBJECTS) $(pdnsd_ctl_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f pdnsd-ctl$(EXEEXT)
+	$(LINK) $(pdnsd_ctl_OBJECTS) $(pdnsd_ctl_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pdnsd-ctl.Po@am__quote@
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-sbinPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	clean-sbinPROGRAMS ctags distclean distclean-compile \
+	distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+	install-ps install-ps-am install-sbinPROGRAMS install-strip \
+	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \
+	uninstall-am uninstall-sbinPROGRAMS
+
+
+# These are Symlinks we want to have in the package
+#EXTRA_DIST = rr_types.h
+
+pdnsd-ctl.o rr_types.o: ../rr_types.h
+
+../rr_types.h: ../make_rr_types_h.pl ../rr_types.in
+	perl ../make_rr_types_h.pl ../rr_types.in > ../rr_types.h
+
+rr_types.o: %.o: ../%.c
+	$(COMPILE) -DCLIENT_ONLY -c $<
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a21ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd-ctl/pdnsd-ctl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
+/* pdnsd-ctl.c - Control pdnsd through a pipe
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#include <alloca.h>
+#endif
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/un.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stddef.h>	/* for offsetof */
+#include "../helpers.h"
+#include "../status.h"
+#include "../conff.h"
+#include "../list.h"
+#include "../dns.h"
+#include "../rr_types.h"
+#include "../cache.h"
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
+#define alloca malloc
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR) && defined(HAVE_INET_PTON)
+# define ALLOW_AAAA IS_CACHED_AAAA
+#else
+# define ALLOW_AAAA 0
+#endif
+
+static short int verbose=1;
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *name;
+	int  val;
+} cmd_s;
+
+#define CMD_LIST_RRTYPES (CTL_MAX+1)
+#define CMD_HELP         (CTL_MAX+2)
+#define CMD_VERSION      (CTL_MAX+3)
+
+static const cmd_s top_cmds[]={
+	{"help",CMD_HELP},{"version",CMD_VERSION},{"list-rrtypes",CMD_LIST_RRTYPES},
+	{"status",CTL_STATS},{"server",CTL_SERVER},{"record",CTL_RECORD},
+	{"source",CTL_SOURCE},{"add",CTL_ADD},{"neg",CTL_NEG},
+	{"config",CTL_CONFIG},{"include",CTL_INCLUDE},{"eval",CTL_EVAL},
+	{"empty-cache",CTL_EMPTY}, {"dump",CTL_DUMP},
+	{NULL,0}
+};
+static const cmd_s server_cmds[]= {{"up",CTL_S_UP},{"down",CTL_S_DOWN},{"retest",CTL_S_RETEST},{NULL,0}};
+static const cmd_s record_cmds[]= {{"delete",CTL_R_DELETE},{"invalidate",CTL_R_INVAL},{NULL,0}};
+static const cmd_s onoff_cmds[]= {{"off",0},{"on",1},{NULL,0}};
+static const cmd_s rectype_cmds[]= {{"a",T_A},
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+				    {"aaaa",T_AAAA},
+#endif
+				    {"ptr",T_PTR},{"cname",T_CNAME},{"mx",T_MX},{"ns",T_NS},{NULL,0}};
+
+static const char version_message[] =
+	"pdnsd-ctl, version pdnsd-" VERSION "\n\n";
+
+static const char license_statement[] =
+	"Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl\n"
+	"Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts\n\n"
+	"This program is part of the pdnsd package.\n\n"
+	"pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n"
+	"it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n"
+	"the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or\n"
+	"(at your option) any later version.\n\n"
+	"pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n"
+	"but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n"
+	"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the\n"
+	"GNU General Public License for more details.\n\n"
+	"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n"
+	"along with pdsnd; see the file COPYING.  If not, see\n"
+	"http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.\n";
+
+static const char *const help_messages[] =
+{
+	"Usage: pdnsd-ctl [-c cachedir] [-q] <command> [arguments]\n\n"
+
+	"Command-line options:\n"
+
+	"-c\tcachedir\n\tSet the cache directory to cachedir (must match pdnsd setting).\n"
+	"\tThe default is '" CACHEDIR "'.\n"
+	"-q\n\tBe quiet unless output is specified by command or something goes wrong.\n\n"
+
+	"Commands and needed arguments are:\n"
+
+	"help\t[no arguments]\n\tPrint this help.\n"
+	"version\t[no arguments]\n\tPrint version and license info.\n",
+
+	"status\t[no arguments]\n\tPrint pdnsd's status.\n",
+
+	"server\t(index|label)\t(up|down|retest)\t[dns1[,dns2[,...]]]\n"
+	"\tSet the status of the server with the given index to up or down, or\n"
+	"\tforce a retest. The index is assigned in the order of definition in\n"
+	"\tpdnsd.conf starting with 0. Use the status command to see the indexes.\n"
+	"\tYou can specify the label of a server (that matches the label option)\n"
+	"\tinstead of an index to make this easier.\n"
+
+	"\tYou can specify all instead of an index to perform the action for all\n"
+	"\tservers registered with pdnsd.\n"
+
+	"\tAn optional third argument can be given consisting of a list of IP\n"
+	"\taddresses separated by commas or spaces. This list will replace the\n"
+	"\taddresses of name servers used by pdnsd for the given server section.\n"
+	"\tThis feature is useful for run-time configuration of pdnsd with dynamic\n"
+	"\tDNS data in scripts called by ppp or DHCP clients. The last argument\n"
+	"\tmay also be an empty string, which causes existing IP addresses to be\n"
+	"\tremoved and the corresponding server section to become inactive.\n",
+
+	"record\tname\t(delete|invalidate)\n"
+	"\tDelete or invalidate the record of the given domain if it is in the\n"
+	"\tcache.\n",
+
+	"source\tfn\towner\t[ttl]\t[(on|off)]\t[noauth]\n"
+	"\tLoad a hosts-style file. Works like using the pdnsd source\n"
+	"\tconfiguration section.\n"
+	"\tOwner and ttl are used as in the source section. ttl has a default\n"
+	"\tof 900 (it does not need to be specified). The next to last argument\n"
+	"\tcorresponds to the serve_aliases option, and is off by default.\n"
+	"\tnoauth is used to make the domains non-authoritative (please\n"
+	"\tconsult the pdnsd manual for what that means).\n"
+	"\tfn is the name of the file, which must be readable by pdnsd.\n",
+
+	"add\ta\taddr\tname\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+	"add\taaaa\taddr\tname\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+#endif
+	"add\tptr\thost\tname\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+	"add\tcname\thost\tname\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+	"add\tmx\thost\tname\tpref\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+	"add\tns\thost\tname\t[ttl]\t[noauth]\n"
+	"\tAdd a record of the given type to the pdnsd cache, replacing existing\n"
+	"\trecords for the same name and type. The 2nd argument corresponds\n"
+ 	"\tto the value of the option in the rr section that is named like\n"
+ 	"\tthe first argument. The addr argument may be a list of IP addresses,\n"
+	"\tseparated by commas or white space. The ttl is optional, the default is\n"
+	"\t900 seconds. noauth is used to make the domains non-authoritative.\n"
+ 	"\tIf you want no other record than the newly added in the cache, do\n"
+ 	"\tpdnsdctl record <name> delete\n"
+ 	"\tbefore adding records.\n",
+
+	"neg\tname\t[type]\t[ttl]\n"
+ 	"\tAdd a negatively cached record to pdnsd's cache, replacing existing\n"
+	"\trecords for the same name and type. If no type is given, the whole\n"
+	"\tdomain is cached negatively. For negatively cached records, errors are\n"
+	"\timmediately returned on a query, without querying other servers first.\n"
+	"\tThe ttl is optional, the default is 900 seconds.\n",
+
+	"config\t[filename]\n"
+	"\tReload pdnsd's configuration file.\n"
+	"\tThe config file must be owned by the uid that pdnsd had when it was\n"
+	"\tstarted, and be readable by pdnsd's run_as uid. If no file name is\n"
+	"\tspecified, the config file used at start up is reloaded.\n",
+
+	"include\tfilename\n"
+	"\tParse the given file as an include file, which may contain the same\n"
+	"\ttype of sections as a config file, expect for global and server\n"
+	"\tsections, which are not allowed. This command can be used to add data\n"
+	"\tto the cache without reconfiguring pdnsd.\n",
+
+	"eval\tstring\n"
+	"\tParse string as if it were part of pdnsd's configuration file.\n"
+	"\tThe string should hold one or more complete configuration sections,\n"
+	"\tbut no global and server sections, which are not allowed.\n"
+	"\tIf multiple strings are given, they will be joined using newline chars\n"
+	"\tand parsed together.\n",
+
+	"empty-cache\t[[+|-]name ...]\n"
+	"\tDelete all entries in the cache matching include/exclude rules.\n"
+	"\tIf no arguments are provided, the cache is completely emptied,\n"
+	"\tfreeing all existing entries. This also removes "local" records,\n"
+	"\tas defined by the config file. To restore local records, run\n"
+	"\t"pdnsd-ctl config" or "pdnsd-ctl include filename"  immediately\n"
+	"\tafterwards.\n"
+	"\tIf one or more arguments are provided, these are interpreted as \n"
+	"\tinclude/exclude names. If an argument starts with a '+' the name is to\n"
+	"\tbe included. If an argument starts with a '-' it is to be excluded.\n"
+	"\tIf an argument does not begin with '+' or '-', a '+' is assumed.\n"
+	"\tIf the domain name of a cache entry ends in one of the names in the\n"
+	"\tlist, the first match will determine what happens. If the matching name\n"
+	"\tis to be included, the cache entry is deleted, otherwise it remains.\n"
+	"\tIf there are no matches, the default action is not to delete.\n",
+
+	"dump\t[name]\n"
+	"\tPrint information stored in the cache about name.\n"
+	"\tIf name begins with a dot and is not the root domain, information\n"
+	"\tabout the names in the cache ending in name (including name without\n"
+	"\tthe leading dot) will be printed. If name is missing, information about\n"
+	"\tall the names in the cache will be printed.\n",
+
+	"list-rrtypes\t[no arguments]\n"
+	"\tList available rr types for the neg command. Note that those are only\n"
+	"\tused for the neg command, not for add!\n"
+};
+
+#define NUM_HELP_MESSAGES (sizeof(help_messages)/sizeof(char*))
+
+
+/* Open connection to control socket and send command code.
+   If successful, open_sock returns a file descriptor for the new socket,
+   otherwise the program is aborted.
+*/
+static int open_sock(const char *cache_dir, uint16_t cmd)
+{
+	struct sockaddr_un *sa;
+	unsigned int sa_len;
+	int sock;
+	uint16_t nc;
+
+	if ((sock=socket(PF_UNIX,SOCK_STREAM,0))==-1) {
+		perror("Error: could not open socket");
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	sa_len = (offsetof(struct sockaddr_un, sun_path) + strlitlen("/pdnsd.status") + strlen(cache_dir));
+	sa=(struct sockaddr_un *)alloca(sa_len+1);
+	sa->sun_family=AF_UNIX;
+	stpcpy(stpcpy(sa->sun_path,cache_dir),"/pdnsd.status");
+
+	if (connect(sock,(struct sockaddr *)sa,sa_len)==-1) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"Error: could not open socket %s: %s\n",sa->sun_path,strerror(errno));
+		close(sock);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+	if(verbose) printf("Opening socket %s\n",sa->sun_path);
+
+	/* Send command code */
+
+	nc=htons(cmd|CTL_CMDVERNR); /* Add magic number, convert to network byte order. */
+
+	if (write(sock,&nc,sizeof(nc))!=sizeof(nc)) {
+		perror("Error: could not write command code");
+		close(sock);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	return sock;
+}
+
+static void send_long(int fd,uint32_t cmd)
+{
+	uint32_t nc=htonl(cmd);
+
+	if (write(fd,&nc,sizeof(nc))!=sizeof(nc)) {
+		perror("Error: could not write long");
+		close(fd);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+}
+
+static void send_short(int fd,uint16_t cmd)
+{
+	uint16_t nc=htons(cmd);
+
+	if (write(fd,&nc,sizeof(nc))!=sizeof(nc)) {
+		perror("Error: could not write short");
+		close(fd);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+}
+
+#define MAXSENDSTRLEN 0xfffe
+
+static void send_string(int fd, const char *s)
+{
+	if(s) {
+		size_t len=strlen(s);
+		if(len>MAXSENDSTRLEN) {
+			fprintf(stderr,"Error: send_string: string length (%lu) exceeds maximum (%u).\n",
+				(unsigned long)len, MAXSENDSTRLEN);
+			close(fd);
+			exit(2);
+		}
+		send_short(fd,len);
+		if (write_all(fd,s,len)!=len) {
+			perror("Error: could not write string");
+			close(fd);
+			exit(2);
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		send_short(fd, ~0);
+}
+
+static uint16_t read_short(int fd)
+{
+	ssize_t err;
+	uint16_t nc;
+
+	if ((err=read(fd,&nc,sizeof(nc)))!=sizeof(nc)) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"Error: could not read short: %s\n",err<0?strerror(errno):"unexpected EOF");
+		close(fd);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+	return ntohs(nc);
+}
+
+/* copy data from file descriptor fd to file stream out until EOF
+   or error is encountered.
+*/
+static ssize_t copymsgtofile(int fd, FILE* out)
+{
+	ssize_t n,ntot=0;
+	char buf[1024];
+
+	while ((n=read(fd,buf,sizeof(buf)))>0)
+		ntot+=fwrite(buf,1,n,out);
+
+	if(n<0)
+		return n;
+
+	return ntot;
+}
+
+static int match_cmd(const char *cmd, const cmd_s cmds[])
+{
+	int i;
+	for(i=0; cmds[i].name; ++i) {
+		if (strcasecmp(cmd,cmds[i].name)==0)
+			return cmds[i].val;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *cache_dir= CACHEDIR;
+	int rv=0;
+	{
+		int i;
+		char *arg;
+		for(i=1; i<argc && (arg=argv[i]) && *arg=='-'; ++i) {
+			if(!strcmp(arg,"-c")) {
+				if(++i<argc) {
+					cache_dir= argv[i];
+				}
+				else {
+					fprintf(stderr,"file name expected after -c option.\n");
+					goto print_try_pdnsd_ctl_help;
+				}
+			}
+			else if(!strcmp(arg,"-q")) {
+				verbose=0;
+			}
+			else {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Unknown option: %s\n",arg);
+				goto print_try_pdnsd_ctl_help;
+			}
+		}
+		argc -= i;
+		argv += i;
+	}
+
+	if (argc<1) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"No command specified.\n");
+	print_try_pdnsd_ctl_help:
+		fprintf(stderr,"Try 'pdnsd-ctl help' for available commands and options.\n");
+		exit(2);
+	} else {
+		int pf,acnt=0,cmd;
+
+		cmd=match_cmd(argv[0],top_cmds);
+		if(cmd==-1) {
+			fprintf(stderr,"Command not recognized: %s\n",argv[0]);
+			goto print_try_pdnsd_ctl_help;
+		}
+		switch (cmd) {
+		case CMD_HELP: {
+			int i;
+			fputs(version_message,stdout);
+			for(i=0; i<NUM_HELP_MESSAGES; ++i)
+				fputs(help_messages[i],stdout);
+		}
+			break;
+
+		case CMD_VERSION:
+			fputs(version_message,stdout);
+			fputs(license_statement,stdout);
+			break;
+
+		case CMD_LIST_RRTYPES: {
+			int i;
+			if (argc!=1)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			printf("Available RR types for the neg command:\n");
+			for (i=0; i<NRRTOT; ++i)
+				printf("%s\n",rrnames[rrcachiterlist[i]-T_MIN]);
+		}
+			break;
+
+		case CTL_STATS:
+			if (argc!=1)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			goto copy_pf;
+
+		case CTL_SERVER: {
+			int server_cmd;
+			if (argc<3 || argc>4)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			acnt=2;
+			server_cmd=match_cmd(argv[2],server_cmds);
+			if(server_cmd==-1) goto bad_arg;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argv[1]);
+			send_short(pf,server_cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argc<4?NULL:argv[3]);
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_RECORD: {
+			int record_cmd;
+			if (argc!=3)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			acnt=2;
+			record_cmd=match_cmd(argv[2],record_cmds);
+			if(record_cmd==-1) goto bad_arg;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_short(pf,record_cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argv[1]);
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_SOURCE: {
+			long ttl;
+			int servaliases,flags;
+			if (argc<3 || argc>6)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			ttl=900;
+			flags=DF_LOCAL;
+			acnt=3;
+			if (argc==6 || (argc>=4 && isdigit(argv[3][0]))) {
+				char *endptr;
+				ttl=strtol(argv[3],&endptr,0);
+				if (*endptr)
+					goto bad_arg;
+				acnt++;
+			}
+			servaliases=0;
+			if (acnt<argc && (argc==6 || strcasecmp(argv[acnt], "noauth"))) {
+				servaliases=match_cmd(argv[acnt],onoff_cmds);
+				if(servaliases==-1) goto bad_arg;
+				acnt++;
+			}
+			if (acnt<argc) {
+				if (!strcasecmp(argv[acnt], "noauth"))
+					flags=0;
+				else
+					goto bad_arg;
+			}
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argv[1]);
+			send_string(pf,argv[2]);
+			send_long(pf,ttl);
+			send_short(pf,servaliases);
+			send_short(pf,flags);
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_ADD: {
+			long ttl;
+			int tp,flags,pref;
+			unsigned int nadr;
+			size_t adrsz, adrbufsz;
+			char *q;
+
+			if (argc<2) goto wrong_args;
+			acnt=1;
+			tp=match_cmd(argv[1],rectype_cmds);
+			if(tp==-1) goto bad_arg;
+			acnt=((tp==T_MX)?5:4);
+			if (argc<acnt || argc>acnt+2)
+				goto wrong_args;
+
+			ttl=900;
+			flags=DF_LOCAL;
+			pref=0;
+			if(tp==T_MX) {
+				char *endptr;
+				pref=strtol(argv[4],&endptr,0);
+				if (*endptr) {
+					acnt=4;
+					goto bad_arg;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (acnt<argc && strcasecmp(argv[acnt],"noauth")) {
+				char *endptr;
+				ttl=strtol(argv[acnt],&endptr,0);
+				if (*endptr)
+					goto bad_arg;
+				acnt++;
+			}
+			if (acnt<argc && !strcasecmp(argv[acnt],"noauth")) {
+				flags=0;
+				acnt++;
+			}
+			if (acnt<argc)
+				goto bad_arg;
+
+			nadr=0; adrsz=0;
+			switch (tp) {
+			case T_A:
+				adrsz= sizeof(struct in_addr);
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+				goto count_addresses;
+			case T_AAAA:
+				adrsz= sizeof(struct in6_addr);
+			count_addresses:
+#endif
+				/* first count the number of comma- or space-delimited address strings,
+				   ignoring blank strings. */
+				for(q=argv[2];;) {
+					for(;;++q) {
+						if(!*q) goto finished_counting_addresses;
+						if(*q!=',' && !isspace(*q)) break;
+					}
+					do {
+						++q;
+					} while(*q && *q!=',' && !isspace(*q));
+					++nadr;
+				}
+			finished_counting_addresses:
+				if (!nadr) {
+					fprintf(stderr,"Empty IP list for 'add %s' command.\n", argv[1]);
+					exit(2);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+
+			adrbufsz = nadr*adrsz;
+			{
+				/* Variable-size array for storing IP addresses. */
+				unsigned char adrbuf[adrbufsz] __attribute__((aligned));
+
+				switch (tp) {
+				case T_A:
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+				case T_AAAA:
+#endif
+				{
+					/* Convert the address strings into binary addresses and
+					   store them in adrbuf. */
+					unsigned char *adrp = adrbuf;
+					for(q=argv[2];;) {
+						char *p; size_t len;
+						for(;;++q) {
+							if(!*q) goto finished_converting_addresses;
+							if(*q!=',' && !isspace(*q)) break;
+						}
+						p=q;
+						do {
+							++q;
+						} while(*q && *q!=',' && !isspace(*q));
+						len = q-p;
+						{
+							char tmpbuf[len+1];
+							memcpy(tmpbuf,p,len);
+							tmpbuf[len]=0;
+
+							if(
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+								tp==T_AAAA? inet_pton(AF_INET6,tmpbuf,adrp)<=0:
+#endif
+								!inet_aton(tmpbuf,(struct in_addr *)adrp))
+							{
+								fprintf(stderr,"Bad IP for 'add %s' command: %s\n",
+									argv[1],tmpbuf);
+								exit(2);
+							}
+						}
+						adrp += adrsz;
+					}
+				}
+				finished_converting_addresses:
+					break;
+				}
+
+				pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+				send_short(pf,tp);
+				send_string(pf,argv[3]);
+				send_long(pf,ttl);
+				send_short(pf,flags);
+
+				switch (tp) {
+				case T_A:
+#if ALLOW_AAAA
+				case T_AAAA:
+#endif
+					send_short(pf,nadr);
+					if(write_all(pf,adrbuf,adrbufsz)!=adrbufsz) {
+						perror("Error: could not send IP address(es)");
+						close(pf);
+						exit(2);
+					}
+					break;
+				case T_MX:
+					send_short(pf,pref);
+					/* fall through */
+				case T_PTR:
+				case T_CNAME:
+				case T_NS:
+					send_string(pf,argv[2]);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_NEG: {
+			long ttl;
+			int tp;
+
+			if (argc<2 || argc>4)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			tp=255;
+			ttl=900;
+			acnt=2;
+			if (argc==3) {
+				if (isdigit(argv[2][0])) {
+					char *endptr;
+					ttl=strtol(argv[2],&endptr,0);
+					if (*endptr)
+						goto bad_arg;
+				} else if ((tp=rr_tp_byname(argv[2]))==-1) {
+					goto bad_type;
+				}
+			} else if (argc==4) {
+				char *endptr;
+				if ((tp=rr_tp_byname(argv[2]))==-1)
+					goto bad_type;
+				ttl=strtol(argv[3],&endptr,0);
+				if (*endptr) {
+					acnt=3;
+					goto bad_arg;
+				}
+			}
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argv[1]);
+			send_short(pf,tp);
+			send_long(pf,ttl);
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_CONFIG:
+			if (argc>2)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argc<2?NULL:argv[1]);
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_INCLUDE:
+			if (argc!=2)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argv[1]);
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_EVAL: {
+			int i; size_t bufsz;
+
+			if (argc<2)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			bufsz=0;
+			for(i=1; i<argc; ++i)
+				bufsz += strlen(argv[i])+1;
+
+			if(bufsz>MAXSENDSTRLEN) {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Cannot send 'eval' command: "
+					"string length (%lu) exceeds maximum (%u).\n",
+				(unsigned long)bufsz, MAXSENDSTRLEN);
+				exit(2);
+			}
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_short(pf,bufsz);
+			{
+				/* Variable-size array for storing the joined strings. */
+				char buf[bufsz];
+				char *p=buf;
+				for(i=1; i<argc; ++i) {
+					p=stpcpy(p,argv[i]);
+					*p++ = '\n';
+				}
+				if(write_all(pf,buf,bufsz)!=bufsz) {
+					perror("Error: could not write string");
+					close(pf);
+					exit(2);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_EMPTY: {
+			int i; size_t totsz=0;
+			for(i=1; i<argc; ++i)
+				totsz += strlen(argv[i])+1;
+
+			if(totsz>MAXSENDSTRLEN) {
+				fprintf(stderr,"Cannot send 'empty' command: "
+					"string length (%lu) exceeds maximum (%u).\n",
+					(unsigned long)totsz, MAXSENDSTRLEN);
+				exit(2);
+			}
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			if(argc>1) {
+				send_short(pf,totsz);
+				for(i=1; i<argc; ++i) {
+					size_t sz=strlen(argv[i])+1;
+					if(write_all(pf,argv[i],sz)!=sz) {
+						perror("Error: could not write string");
+						close(pf);
+						exit(2);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			else
+				send_short(pf,~0);
+		}
+			goto read_retval;
+
+		case CTL_DUMP:
+			if (argc>2)
+				goto wrong_args;
+			pf=open_sock(cache_dir, cmd);
+			send_string(pf,argc<2?NULL:argv[1]);
+		copy_pf:
+			if((rv=read_short(pf)))
+				goto retval_failed;
+			if(copymsgtofile(pf,stdout)<0) {
+				perror("Error while reading from socket");
+				close(pf);
+				exit(2);
+			}
+			goto close_pf;
+
+		read_retval:
+			if((rv=read_short(pf))) {
+			retval_failed:
+				fprintf(stderr,"Failed: ");
+				if(copymsgtofile(pf,stderr)<0)
+					fprintf(stderr,"(could not read error message from socket: %s)",strerror(errno));
+
+				fputc('\n',stderr);
+			}
+		close_pf:
+			if(close(pf)==-1)
+				perror("Couldn't close socket");
+			else if (rv==0 && verbose)
+				printf("Succeeded\n");
+			break;
+		wrong_args:
+			fprintf(stderr,"Wrong number of arguments for '%s' command.\n",argv[0]);
+			goto print_cmd_usage;
+		bad_arg:
+			fprintf(stderr,"Bad argument for '%s' command: %s\n",argv[0],argv[acnt]);
+		print_cmd_usage:
+			fprintf(stderr,"Usage:\n\n%s\n"
+				"Try 'pdnsd-ctl help' for a description of all available commands and options.\n",
+				help_messages[cmd]);
+			exit(2);
+		bad_type:
+			fprintf(stderr,"Bad (type) argument for '%s' command: %s\n"
+				"Run 'pdnsd-ctl list-rrtypes' for a list of available rr types.\n",
+				argv[0],argv[acnt]);
+			exit(2);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd_assert.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd_assert.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0acdfc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/pdnsd_assert.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* This include file was added by Paul A. Rombouts.
+   I had terrible difficulties with cyclic dependencies of the include files
+   written by Thomas Moestl. The only way I knew how to break the cycle was to
+   put some declarations in a seperate file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#ifndef PDNSD_ASSERT_H
+#define PDNSD_ASSERT_H
+
+/* Originally in helpers.h */
+
+/* format string checking for printf-like functions */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define printfunc(fmt, firstva) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmt, firstva)))
+#else
+#define printfunc(fmt, firstva)
+#endif
+
+void pdnsd_exit(void);
+
+
+/*
+ * Assert macro, used in some places. For now, it should be always defined, not
+ * only in the DEBUG case, to be on the safe side security-wise.
+ */
+#define PDNSD_ASSERT(cond, msg)						\
+	{ if (!(cond)) {						\
+		log_error("%s:%d: %s", __FILE__, __LINE__, msg);	\
+		pdnsd_exit();						\
+ 	} }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7b420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "ArchLinux" ] ; then			\
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d";			\
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/pdnsd";\
+	fi
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6af6f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc/ArchLinux
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/ArchLinux/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+pdnsd: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-exec-local
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-local \
+	install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
+	install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "ArchLinux" ] ; then			\
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d";			\
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/pdnsd";\
+	fi
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c392750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/ArchLinux/pdnsd.in
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+. /etc/rc.conf
+. /etc/rc.d/functions
+
+PID=`pidof -o %PPID @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd`
+
+start() {
+  stat_busy "Starting PDNSD"
+  [ -z "$PID" ] && @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd -d -c /etc/pdnsd.conf
+  if [ $? -gt 0 ]; then
+    stat_fail
+  else
+    add_daemon pdnsd
+    stat_done
+  fi
+}
+
+stop() {
+  stat_busy "Stopping PDNSD"
+  [ ! -z "$PID" ]  && kill $PID &> /dev/null
+  if [ $? -gt 0 ]; then
+    stat_fail
+  else
+    rm_daemon pdnsd
+    stat_done
+  fi
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+  start)
+    start
+    ;;
+  stop)
+    stop
+    ;;
+  restart)
+    $0 stop
+    sleep 2
+    $0 start
+    ;;
+  *)
+    echo "usage: $0 {start|stop|restart}"  
+esac
+exit 0
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61d3eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "Debian" ] ; then \
+	  CURDIR=`pwd`; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/init.d"; \
+	  update-rc.d pdnsd defaults 19 ;\
+	fi
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..992a059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc/Debian
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Debian/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Debian/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+pdnsd: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-exec-local
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-local \
+	install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
+	install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "Debian" ] ; then \
+	  CURDIR=`pwd`; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/init.d"; \
+	  update-rc.d pdnsd defaults 19 ;\
+	fi
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..068606e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Debian/pdnsd.in
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+#
+# This script was written and contributed by Markus Mohr, and
+# slightly modified by me for version 1.0.6 (which obviously
+# broke it some way). I then applied a set of corrections
+# by Markus Mohr.
+#
+# Carsten Block has patched this with some magic so that
+# the actual script is generated by configure, and that
+# the pdnsd user is determined from pdnsd.conf
+# I changed this a little to use the --pdnsd-user option
+# of pdnsd to determine the run_as user.
+#
+
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+
+test -x @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd || exit 0
+
+case "$1" in
+    start)
+    	# Check if cache dir exists and recreate if neccessary
+	test -d @cachedir@ || mkdir @cachedir@
+	RUNAS=`@prefix@/sbin/pdnsd --pdnsd-user` || echo -n " failed"
+	[ -z "$RUNAS" ] && RUNAS=nobody
+	chown $RUNAS @cachedir@
+	echo -n "Starting domain name service: pdnsd"
+	start-stop-daemon --start --quiet --pidfile /var/run/pdnsd.pid --name pdnsd \
+	--exec @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd -- --daemon -p /var/run/pdnsd.pid \
+	|| echo -n " failed"
+	echo "."
+    ;;
+
+    stop)
+	echo -n "Stopping domain name service: pdnsd"
+	start-stop-daemon --stop --quiet  --pidfile /var/run/pdnsd.pid --name pdnsd --exec @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd \
+	|| echo -n " failed"
+	echo "."
+    ;;
+
+    restart)
+        $0 stop
+	$0 start
+    ;;
+    
+    *)
+	echo "Usage: /etc/init.d/pdnsd {start|stop|restart}" >&2
+	exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abf2e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+
+SUBDIRS = RedHat SuSE Debian Slackware ArchLinux
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38ee297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc
+DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+	install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
+	installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
+	ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive	\
+  distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
+	$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+	distdir
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+am__relativize = \
+  dir0=`pwd`; \
+  sed_first='s,^([^/]*)/.*$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
+  sed_last='s,^.*/([^/]*)$$,\1,'; \
+  sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
+  while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
+    first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+    if test "$$first" != "."; then \
+      if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
+        dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
+        dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
+      else \
+        first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
+        if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
+          dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+        else \
+          dir2="../$$dir2"; \
+        fi; \
+        dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
+      fi; \
+    fi; \
+    dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
+  done; \
+  reldir="$$dir2"
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+SUBDIRS = RedHat SuSE Debian Slackware ArchLinux
+EXTRA_DIST = README
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
+	@fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
+	for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
+	  case $$f in \
+	    *=* | --[!k]*);; \
+	    *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	  || eval $$failcom; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
+	    $(am__relativize); \
+	    new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
+	    echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \"; \
+	    echo "     am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
+	    ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$new_distdir" \
+		am__remove_distdir=: \
+		am__skip_length_check=: \
+		am__skip_mode_fix=: \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-recursive
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-recursive
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
+	install-am install-strip tags-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
+	all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic ctags \
+	ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags \
+	distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+	install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/README b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e00764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/README
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+rc/
+===
+
+These are start scripts for different Linux distros and other things that
+do not directly belong to pdnsd. 
+If you do start scripts for the distro you use, please GPL them and send 
+them in, so that they can be included in this package for other users.
+Note that there is NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND on anything in this directory;
+read the COPYING that comes with pdnsd for details.
+So far there are files in the following directories:
+
+SuSE
+----
+pdnsd	- Start script for SuSE Linux. Tested for 6.? but should run on some
+	  versions below. You can do 'make install' as root in the SuSE 
+	  directory to install it, or you can install manually:
+	  --manual installation-------------------------------------------------
+	  For manual installation, copy it into /sbin/init.d/, go to
+	  /sbin/init.d/rc2.d/ and create there the following two symlinks:
+	S11pdnsd -> ../pdnsd (do "ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd" in that dir)
+	K34pdnsd -> ../pdnsd (do "ln -s ../pdnsd K34pdnsd" in that dir)
+	  The numbers dictate the order different services are started and 
+	  might need to be modified. Then edit your /etc/rc.config file and
+	  add the line "START_PDNSD=yes" to start pdnsd at boot time.
+	  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+	  If you used the 'make install' command, "START_PDNSD=yes" has been
+	  appended to your /etc/rc.config file, causing pdnsd to be started
+	  at boot time. If you don't want that, change the "yes" into "no". 
+	  This start script was created from /sbin/init.d/skeleton by me, so the
+	  most is copyrighted by SuSE. They put it under the GPL, however, so
+	  the licence stated in COPYING also applies to this script.
+          This is no official SuSE script, and SuSE naturally does NO support 
+	  for it.
+
+Redhat
+------
+The contents of the Redhat directory and the following documentation were 
+contributed by Torben Janssen. Thanks a lot!
+
+pdnsd	- Start script for Redhat Linux. Tested for 6.1 but should run on 5.0+.
+	  You can do 'make install' as root in the Redhat directory to
+	  install it, or you can install manually:
+	    
+	  --manual installation-------------------------------------------------
+	  For manual installation, copy pdnsd into /etc/rc.d/init.d/
+		
+	  Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc3.d and create there the following symlink:
+	  S78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd 
+	  (do "ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd S78pdnsd" in that dir)
+		
+	  Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc0.d and create there the following symlink:
+	  K78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd 
+	  (do "ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd" in that dir)
+		
+	  Then go to /etc/rc.d/rc6.d and create there the following symlink:
+	  K78pdnsd -> ../init.d/pdnsd 
+	  (do "ln -f -s ../init.d/pdnsd K78pdnsd" in that dir)
+		
+	  WHY
+	  ---
+	  the rc[0-6].d dirs includes the scripts which starts/stops the 
+	  services on entering runlevel [0-6]
+	  the interesting runlevels on Redhat are: 
+	  0 - halt
+	  3 - multi user system
+	  6 - reboot
+	  The links have an 'S' or 'K' and a number at the beginnig. All links
+	  with 'S' starts the script on entering the runlevel and 'K' stops 
+	  them.
+	  So, there's an 'S' link in rc3 and 'K' links in rc0 and rc6.
+	  I choose 78 as number, because there was no script with this number on
+	  my system. You can choose every number you want, AFAIK .
+	
+	  This is no offical Redhat script, and Redhat naturally does NO support
+	  for it.
+
+Debian
+------
+The contents of the Debian directory were contributed by Markus Mohr. 
+His installation instructions are (translated):
+Install the pdnsd script to /etc/init and run 
+update-rc.d pdnsd defaults 19
+as root.
+
+Slackware
+---------
+A Slackware start-up script rc.pdnsd was contributed by Nikola Kotur kotnik@ns-linux.org.
+His comments were:
+
+Slackware uses traditional BSD style init script layout instead of SystemV 
+style startup scripts.  So I adjusted the start-up script for pdnsd, and 
+now it can be used with Slackware 9.1 distribution, and probably with all the 
+others.
+
+Additional info:
+1) put these lines in the /etc/rc.d/rc.M:
+	if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd ]; then
+		/etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd start
+	fi
+
+2) put these lines in the /etc/rc.d/rc.6 and /etc/rc.d/rc.K:
+	if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd ]; then
+		/etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd stop
+	fi
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb8de88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+# no need to create links. 'chkconfig' will take care of this.
+# In the spec case, chkconfig is called during rpm install
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "RedHat" ] ; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/init.d/pdnsd"; \
+	    if [ "$(specbuild)" = "no" ] ; then \
+	      /sbin/chkconfig --add pdnsd; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a88a037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc/RedHat
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/RedHat/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/RedHat/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+pdnsd: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-exec-local
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-local \
+	install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
+	install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+# no need to create links. 'chkconfig' will take care of this.
+# In the spec case, chkconfig is called during rpm install
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "RedHat" ] ; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.d/init.d/pdnsd"; \
+	    if [ "$(specbuild)" = "no" ] ; then \
+	      /sbin/chkconfig --add pdnsd; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6d9081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/RedHat/pdnsd.in
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#	/etc/rc.d/init.d/pdnsd
+#
+# Script for starting the Proxy DNS Daemon
+# Modified by Paul Rombouts, 2003
+#
+# chkconfig: 2345 11 89
+# description: Proxy DNS Daemon
+# processname: pdnsd
+# config: /etc/pdnsd.conf
+
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/usr/local/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin
+
+# Source function library.
+. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions
+
+# Source networking configuration.
+. /etc/sysconfig/network
+
+# Check that networking is up.
+if [[ $NETWORKING == [Nn][Oo] ]]; then exit 0; fi
+
+# Source sysconfig settings, if any.
+if [ -f /etc/sysconfig/pdnsd ]; then . /etc/sysconfig/pdnsd; fi
+
+start() {
+	echo -n 'Starting pdnsd: '
+	daemon @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd -d -s -p /var/run/pdnsd.pid "$EXTRAOPTIONS"
+	local RETVAL=$?
+	echo
+	if [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ]; then touch /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd; fi
+	return $RETVAL
+}
+
+stop() {
+	echo -n 'Shutting down pdnsd: '
+	killproc pdnsd
+	local RETVAL=$?
+	case @threadlib@ in
+	    [Ll]inux[Tt]hreads*|lt*)
+		# Wait until all threads have terminated.
+		local -i count=20
+		while [[ count -gt 0 ]] && pidof pdnsd > /dev/null
+		do
+		  usleep 200000
+		  let --count
+		done
+		;;
+	esac
+	echo
+	if [ $RETVAL -eq 0 ]; then rm -f /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd; fi
+	return $RETVAL
+}
+
+restart() {
+	stop
+	start
+}
+
+#
+#	See how we were called.
+#
+case "$1" in
+  start)
+	start
+	;;
+  stop)
+	stop
+	;;
+  status)
+	status pdnsd
+	;;
+  reload)
+	@prefix@/sbin/pdnsd-ctl config
+	;;
+  restart)
+	restart
+  	;;
+  condrestart)
+	if [ -f /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd ]; then restart; fi
+  	;;
+  *)
+	echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|status|restart|condrestart|reload}"
+	exit 1
+esac
+
+exit
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e44b50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# TODO: write an install rule for the Slackware start-up script.
+
+install-exec-local:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ebd33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# TODO: write an install rule for the Slackware start-up script.
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc/Slackware
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/rc.pdnsd.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = rc.pdnsd
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Slackware/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/Slackware/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+rc.pdnsd: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/rc.pdnsd.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-exec-local
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-local \
+	install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
+	install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+install-exec-local:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e96971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/Slackware/rc.pdnsd.in
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+#	/etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd
+#
+# Starts the Proxy DNS Daemon
+#
+# description: Proxy DNS Daemon
+# processname: pdnsd
+# config: /etc/pdnsd.conf
+# distribution: Slackware
+# author: Nikola Kotur kotnik@ns-linux.org
+#
+# Additional info:
+# 1) put these lines in the /etc/rc.d/rc.M:
+#	if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd ]; then
+#		/etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd start
+#	fi
+#
+# 2) put these lines in the /etc/rc.d/rc.6 and /etc/rc.d/rc.K:
+#	if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd ]; then
+#		/etc/rc.d/rc.pdnsd stop
+#	fi
+
+
+test -x @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd || exit 0
+[ -f @sysconfdir@/pdnsd.conf ] || exit 1
+
+RETVAL=0
+
+start() {
+	echo -n "Starting pdnsd... "
+	RETVAL=$?
+ 	@prefix@/sbin/pdnsd -d
+	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && touch /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd
+	echo ' OK'
+}
+
+stop() {
+	echo -n "Shutting down pdnsd... "
+	killall pdnsd
+	RETVAL=$?
+	[ $RETVAL -eq 0 ] && rm -f /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd
+	echo ' OK'
+}
+
+restart() {
+	stop
+	start
+}
+
+condrestart() {
+	[ -e /var/lock/subsys/pdnsd ] && restart
+	return 0
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+  start)
+	start
+	;;
+  stop)
+	stop
+	;;
+  reload|restart)
+	restart
+  	;;
+  condrestart)
+	condrestart
+  	;;
+  *)
+	echo $"Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|condrestart|reload}"
+	RETVAL=1
+esac
+
+exit $RETVAL
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc5f485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "SuSE" ] ; then \
+	  CURDIR=`pwd`; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/pdnsd"; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc2.d"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc2.d"; \
+	  ln -fs ../pdnsd K34pdnsd; ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd; \
+	  cd $$CURDIR ; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc3.d"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc3.d"; \
+	  ln -fs ../pdnsd K34pdnsd; ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd; \
+	  cd $$CURDIR ; \
+	  grep "START_PDNSD" "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.config" > /dev/null ; \
+	  if [ $$? -eq 1 ] ; then \
+	    echo -e "\n\n#\n# Set to yes to start pdnsd at boot time\n#\nSTART_PDNSD=yes" >> /etc/rc.config ; \
+	  fi \
+	fi
+
+
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df1660f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = src/rc/SuSE
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+	$(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = pdnsd
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/SuSE/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/rc/SuSE/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+pdnsd: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pdnsd.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-exec-local
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+	install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-local \
+	install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
+	install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
+	install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+install-exec-local:
+	if [ "$(distribution)" = "SuSE" ] ; then \
+	  CURDIR=`pwd`; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/pdnsd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/pdnsd"; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc2.d"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc2.d"; \
+	  ln -fs ../pdnsd K34pdnsd; ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd; \
+	  cd $$CURDIR ; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc3.d"; \
+	  cd "$(DESTDIR)/sbin/init.d/rc3.d"; \
+	  ln -fs ../pdnsd K34pdnsd; ln -s ../pdnsd S11pdnsd; \
+	  cd $$CURDIR ; \
+	  grep "START_PDNSD" "$(DESTDIR)/etc/rc.config" > /dev/null ; \
+	  if [ $$? -eq 1 ] ; then \
+	    echo -e "\n\n#\n# Set to yes to start pdnsd at boot time\n#\nSTART_PDNSD=yes" >> /etc/rc.config ; \
+	  fi \
+	fi
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9711eca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rc/SuSE/pdnsd.in
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1998 SuSE GmbH Nuernberg, Germany.
+#
+# Modified 2000 from SuSE Linux 6.3 /sbin/init.d/skeleton by Thomas Moestl
+#
+# /sbin/init.d/pdnsd
+#
+#   and symbolic its link
+#
+# /sbin/rc?/pdnsd
+#
+
+. /etc/rc.config
+
+# Determine the base and follow a runlevel link name.
+base=${0##*/}
+link=${base#*[SK][0-9][0-9]}
+
+# Force execution if not called by a runlevel directory.
+test $link = $base && START_PDNSD=yes
+test "$START_PDNSD" = yes || exit 0
+
+# The echo return value for success (defined in /etc/rc.config).
+return=$rc_done
+case "$1" in
+    start)
+	echo -n "Starting pdnsd"
+	## Start daemon with startproc(8). If this fails
+	## the echo return value is set appropriate.
+
+	startproc @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd -d || return=$rc_failed
+	
+	echo -e "$return"
+	;;
+    stop)
+	echo -n "Shutting down pdnsd"
+	## Stop daemon with killproc(8) and if this fails
+	## set echo the echo return value.
+
+	killproc -TERM @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd || return=$rc_failed
+
+	echo -e "$return"
+	;;
+    restart)
+	## If first returns OK call the second, if first or
+	## second command fails, set echo return value.
+	$0 stop  &&  $0 start  ||  return=$rc_failed
+	;;
+    reload)
+	$0 stop  &&  $0 start  ||  return=$rc_failed
+	;;
+    status)
+	echo -n "Checking for pdnsd: "
+	## Check status with checkproc(8), if process is running
+	## checkproc will return with exit status 0.
+
+	checkproc @prefix@/sbin/pdnsd && echo OK || echo No process
+	;;
+    *)
+	echo "Usage: $0 {start|stop|status|restart|reload}"
+	exit 1
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Inform the caller not only verbosely and set an exit status.
+test "$return" = "$rc_done" || exit 1
+exit 0
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275a90a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* rr_types.c - Tables with information for handling
+                all rr types known to pdnsd, plus
+		some helper functions useful for turning
+		binary RR data into text or vice versa.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS 1
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "rr_types.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * OK, this is inefficient. But it is used _really_ seldom (only in some cases while parsing the
+ * config file or by pdnsd-ctl), so it is much more effective to sort by id.
+ */
+int rr_tp_byname(char *name)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i=0;i<T_NUM;i++) {
+		if (strcmp(name, rrnames[i])==0)
+			return i+T_MIN;
+	}
+	return -1; /* invalid */
+}
+
+/* The following is not needed by pdnsd-ctl. */
+#ifndef CLIENT_ONLY
+
+static const unsigned int poweroften[8] = {1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000,
+					   1000000,10000000};
+#define NPRECSIZE (sizeof "90000000")
+/* takes an XeY precision/size value, returns a string representation.
+   This is an adapted version of the function of the same name that
+   can be found in the BIND 9 source.
+ */
+static const char *precsize_ntoa(uint8_t prec,char *retbuf)
+{
+	unsigned int mantissa, exponent;
+
+	mantissa = (prec >> 4);
+	exponent = (prec & 0x0f);
+
+	if(mantissa>=10 || exponent>=10)
+		return NULL;
+	if (exponent>= 2)
+		sprintf(retbuf, "%u", mantissa * poweroften[exponent-2]);
+	else
+		sprintf(retbuf, "0.%.2u", mantissa * poweroften[exponent]);
+	return (retbuf);
+}
+
+/* takes an on-the-wire LOC RR and formats it in a human readable format.
+   This is an adapted version of the loc_ntoa function that
+   can be found in the BIND 9 source.
+ */
+const char *loc2str(const void *binary, char *ascii, size_t asclen)
+{
+	const unsigned char *cp = binary;
+
+	int latdeg, latmin, latsec, latsecfrac;
+	int longdeg, longmin, longsec, longsecfrac;
+	char northsouth, eastwest;
+	const char *altsign;
+	int altmeters, altfrac;
+
+	const uint32_t referencealt = 100000 * 100;
+
+	int32_t latval, longval, altval;
+	uint32_t templ;
+	uint8_t sizeval, hpval, vpval, versionval;
+
+	char sizestr[NPRECSIZE],hpstr[NPRECSIZE],vpstr[NPRECSIZE];
+
+	versionval = *cp++;
+
+	if (versionval) {
+		/* unknown LOC RR version */
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	sizeval = *cp++;
+
+	hpval = *cp++;
+	vpval = *cp++;
+
+	GETINT32(templ, cp);
+	latval = (templ - ((unsigned)1<<31));
+
+	GETINT32(templ, cp);
+	longval = (templ - ((unsigned)1<<31));
+
+	GETINT32(templ, cp);
+	if (templ < referencealt) { /* below WGS 84 spheroid */
+		altval = referencealt - templ;
+		altsign = "-";
+	} else {
+		altval = templ - referencealt;
+		altsign = "";
+	}
+
+	if (latval < 0) {
+		northsouth = 'S';
+		latval = -latval;
+	} else
+		northsouth = 'N';
+
+	latsecfrac = latval % 1000;
+	latval /= 1000;
+	latsec = latval % 60;
+	latval /= 60;
+	latmin = latval % 60;
+	latval /= 60;
+	latdeg = latval;
+
+	if (longval < 0) {
+		eastwest = 'W';
+		longval = -longval;
+	} else
+		eastwest = 'E';
+
+	longsecfrac = longval % 1000;
+	longval /= 1000;
+	longsec = longval % 60;
+	longval /= 60;
+	longmin = longval % 60;
+	longval /= 60;
+	longdeg = longval;
+
+	altfrac = altval % 100;
+	altmeters = (altval / 100);
+
+	if(!precsize_ntoa(sizeval,sizestr) || !precsize_ntoa(hpval,hpstr) || !precsize_ntoa(vpval,vpstr))
+		return NULL;
+	{
+		int n=snprintf(ascii,asclen,
+			       "%d %.2d %.2d.%.3d %c %d %.2d %.2d.%.3d %c %s%d.%.2dm %sm %sm %sm",
+			       latdeg, latmin, latsec, latsecfrac, northsouth,
+			       longdeg, longmin, longsec, longsecfrac, eastwest,
+			       altsign, altmeters, altfrac,
+			       sizestr, hpstr, vpstr);
+		if(n<0 || n>=asclen)
+			return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return (ascii);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6025fae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+/* This file was generated by running 'make_rr_types_h.pl rr_types.in'.
+   Modifications to this file may be lost the next time it is automatically
+   regenerated.
+*/
+
+/* rr_types.h - A header file with names & descriptions of
+                all rr types known to pdnsd
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2010, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RR_TYPES_H_
+#define _RR_TYPES_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define T_MIN 1
+#define T_A           1
+#define T_NS          2
+#define T_MD          3
+#define T_MF          4
+#define T_CNAME       5
+#define T_SOA         6
+#define T_MB          7
+#define T_MG          8
+#define T_MR          9
+#define T_NULL       10
+#define T_WKS        11
+#define T_PTR        12
+#define T_HINFO      13
+#define T_MINFO      14
+#define T_MX         15
+#define T_TXT        16
+#define T_RP         17
+#define T_AFSDB      18
+#define T_X25        19
+#define T_ISDN       20
+#define T_RT         21
+#define T_NSAP       22
+#define T_NSAP_PTR   23
+#define T_SIG        24
+#define T_KEY        25
+#define T_PX         26
+#define T_GPOS       27
+#define T_AAAA       28
+#define T_LOC        29
+#define T_NXT        30
+#define T_EID        31
+#define T_NIMLOC     32
+#define T_SRV        33
+#define T_ATMA       34
+#define T_NAPTR      35
+#define T_KX         36
+#define T_CERT       37
+#define T_A6         38
+#define T_DNAME      39
+#define T_SINK       40
+#define T_OPT        41
+#define T_APL        42
+#define T_DS         43
+#define T_SSHFP      44
+#define T_IPSECKEY   45
+#define T_RRSIG      46
+#define T_NSEC       47
+#define T_DNSKEY     48
+#define T_DHCID      49
+#define T_NSEC3      50
+#define T_NSEC3PARAM 51
+#define T_HIP        55
+#define T_NINFO      56
+#define T_RKEY       57
+#define T_TALINK     58
+#define T_SPF        99
+#define T_UINFO      100
+#define T_UID        101
+#define T_GID        102
+#define T_UNSPEC     103
+#define T_MAX 51
+
+/* T_MAX - T_MIN + 1 */
+#define T_NUM 51
+
+/* Number of most frequently used rr types. */
+#define NRRMU 8
+
+/* Number of remaining rr types. */
+#define NRREXT 39
+
+/* NRRMU + NRREXT */
+#define NRRTOT 47
+
+/* Lookup table for converting rr type values to internally used indices. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrlkuptab[T_NUM];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const unsigned short int rrlkuptab[T_NUM] = {
+   0  /* A */,
+   1  /* NS */,
+   8  /* MD */,
+   9  /* MF */,
+   2  /* CNAME */,
+   3  /* SOA */,
+  10  /* MB */,
+  11  /* MG */,
+  12  /* MR */,
+  13  /* NULL */,
+  14  /* WKS */,
+   4  /* PTR */,
+  15  /* HINFO */,
+  16  /* MINFO */,
+   5  /* MX */,
+   6  /* TXT */,
+  17  /* RP */,
+  18  /* AFSDB */,
+  19  /* X25 */,
+  20  /* ISDN */,
+  21  /* RT */,
+  22  /* NSAP */,
+  23  /* NSAP_PTR */,
+  24  /* SIG */,
+  25  /* KEY */,
+  26  /* PX */,
+  27  /* GPOS */,
+   7  /* AAAA */,
+  28  /* LOC */,
+  29  /* NXT */,
+  30  /* EID */,
+  31  /* NIMLOC */,
+  32  /* SRV */,
+  33  /* ATMA */,
+  34  /* NAPTR */,
+  35  /* KX */,
+  36  /* CERT */,
+  47  /* A6 */,
+  48  /* DNAME */,
+  49  /* SINK */,
+  50  /* OPT */,
+  37  /* APL */,
+  38  /* DS */,
+  39  /* SSHFP */,
+  40  /* IPSECKEY */,
+  41  /* RRSIG */,
+  42  /* NSEC */,
+  43  /* DNSKEY */,
+  44  /* DHCID */,
+  45  /* NSEC3 */,
+  46  /* NSEC3PARAM */
+};
+#endif
+
+/* List of most frequently used RR types in ascending order. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrmuiterlist[NRRMU];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const unsigned short int rrmuiterlist[NRRMU] = {
+  T_A,
+  T_NS,
+  T_CNAME,
+  T_SOA,
+  T_PTR,
+  T_MX,
+  T_TXT,
+  T_AAAA
+};
+#endif
+
+/* List of the cache-able RR types in ascending order. */
+extern const unsigned short int rrcachiterlist[NRRTOT];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS
+const unsigned short int rrcachiterlist[NRRTOT] = {
+  T_A,
+  T_NS,
+  T_MD,
+  T_MF,
+  T_CNAME,
+  T_SOA,
+  T_MB,
+  T_MG,
+  T_MR,
+  T_NULL,
+  T_WKS,
+  T_PTR,
+  T_HINFO,
+  T_MINFO,
+  T_MX,
+  T_TXT,
+  T_RP,
+  T_AFSDB,
+  T_X25,
+  T_ISDN,
+  T_RT,
+  T_NSAP,
+  T_NSAP_PTR,
+  T_SIG,
+  T_KEY,
+  T_PX,
+  T_GPOS,
+  T_AAAA,
+  T_LOC,
+  T_NXT,
+  T_EID,
+  T_NIMLOC,
+  T_SRV,
+  T_ATMA,
+  T_NAPTR,
+  T_KX,
+  T_CERT,
+  T_APL,
+  T_DS,
+  T_SSHFP,
+  T_IPSECKEY,
+  T_RRSIG,
+  T_NSEC,
+  T_DNSKEY,
+  T_DHCID,
+  T_NSEC3,
+  T_NSEC3PARAM
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Optimized getrrset macros for fixed rr types. */
+#define getrrset_A(cent)          GET_RRSMU(cent,0)
+#define getrrset_NS(cent)         GET_RRSMU(cent,1)
+#define getrrset_MD(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,0)
+#define getrrset_MF(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,1)
+#define getrrset_CNAME(cent)      GET_RRSMU(cent,2)
+#define getrrset_SOA(cent)        GET_RRSMU(cent,3)
+#define getrrset_MB(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,2)
+#define getrrset_MG(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,3)
+#define getrrset_MR(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,4)
+#define getrrset_NULL(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,5)
+#define getrrset_WKS(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,6)
+#define getrrset_PTR(cent)        GET_RRSMU(cent,4)
+#define getrrset_HINFO(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,7)
+#define getrrset_MINFO(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,8)
+#define getrrset_MX(cent)         GET_RRSMU(cent,5)
+#define getrrset_TXT(cent)        GET_RRSMU(cent,6)
+#define getrrset_RP(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,9)
+#define getrrset_AFSDB(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,10)
+#define getrrset_X25(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,11)
+#define getrrset_ISDN(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,12)
+#define getrrset_RT(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,13)
+#define getrrset_NSAP(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,14)
+#define getrrset_NSAP_PTR(cent)   GET_RRSEXT(cent,15)
+#define getrrset_SIG(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,16)
+#define getrrset_KEY(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,17)
+#define getrrset_PX(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,18)
+#define getrrset_GPOS(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,19)
+#define getrrset_AAAA(cent)       GET_RRSMU(cent,7)
+#define getrrset_LOC(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,20)
+#define getrrset_NXT(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,21)
+#define getrrset_EID(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,22)
+#define getrrset_NIMLOC(cent)     GET_RRSEXT(cent,23)
+#define getrrset_SRV(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,24)
+#define getrrset_ATMA(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,25)
+#define getrrset_NAPTR(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,26)
+#define getrrset_KX(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,27)
+#define getrrset_CERT(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,28)
+#define getrrset_APL(cent)        GET_RRSEXT(cent,29)
+#define getrrset_DS(cent)         GET_RRSEXT(cent,30)
+#define getrrset_SSHFP(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,31)
+#define getrrset_IPSECKEY(cent)   GET_RRSEXT(cent,32)
+#define getrrset_RRSIG(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,33)
+#define getrrset_NSEC(cent)       GET_RRSEXT(cent,34)
+#define getrrset_DNSKEY(cent)     GET_RRSEXT(cent,35)
+#define getrrset_DHCID(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,36)
+#define getrrset_NSEC3(cent)      GET_RRSEXT(cent,37)
+#define getrrset_NSEC3PARAM(cent) GET_RRSEXT(cent,38)
+
+/* have_rr macros for fixed rr types. */
+#define have_rr_A(cent)           HAVE_RRMU(cent,0)
+#define have_rr_NS(cent)          HAVE_RRMU(cent,1)
+#define have_rr_MD(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,0)
+#define have_rr_MF(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,1)
+#define have_rr_CNAME(cent)       HAVE_RRMU(cent,2)
+#define have_rr_SOA(cent)         HAVE_RRMU(cent,3)
+#define have_rr_MB(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,2)
+#define have_rr_MG(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,3)
+#define have_rr_MR(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,4)
+#define have_rr_NULL(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,5)
+#define have_rr_WKS(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,6)
+#define have_rr_PTR(cent)         HAVE_RRMU(cent,4)
+#define have_rr_HINFO(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,7)
+#define have_rr_MINFO(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,8)
+#define have_rr_MX(cent)          HAVE_RRMU(cent,5)
+#define have_rr_TXT(cent)         HAVE_RRMU(cent,6)
+#define have_rr_RP(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,9)
+#define have_rr_AFSDB(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,10)
+#define have_rr_X25(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,11)
+#define have_rr_ISDN(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,12)
+#define have_rr_RT(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,13)
+#define have_rr_NSAP(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,14)
+#define have_rr_NSAP_PTR(cent)    HAVE_RREXT(cent,15)
+#define have_rr_SIG(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,16)
+#define have_rr_KEY(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,17)
+#define have_rr_PX(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,18)
+#define have_rr_GPOS(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,19)
+#define have_rr_AAAA(cent)        HAVE_RRMU(cent,7)
+#define have_rr_LOC(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,20)
+#define have_rr_NXT(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,21)
+#define have_rr_EID(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,22)
+#define have_rr_NIMLOC(cent)      HAVE_RREXT(cent,23)
+#define have_rr_SRV(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,24)
+#define have_rr_ATMA(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,25)
+#define have_rr_NAPTR(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,26)
+#define have_rr_KX(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,27)
+#define have_rr_CERT(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,28)
+#define have_rr_A6(cent)          0
+#define have_rr_DNAME(cent)       0
+#define have_rr_SINK(cent)        0
+#define have_rr_OPT(cent)         0
+#define have_rr_APL(cent)         HAVE_RREXT(cent,29)
+#define have_rr_DS(cent)          HAVE_RREXT(cent,30)
+#define have_rr_SSHFP(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,31)
+#define have_rr_IPSECKEY(cent)    HAVE_RREXT(cent,32)
+#define have_rr_RRSIG(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,33)
+#define have_rr_NSEC(cent)        HAVE_RREXT(cent,34)
+#define have_rr_DNSKEY(cent)      HAVE_RREXT(cent,35)
+#define have_rr_DHCID(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,36)
+#define have_rr_NSEC3(cent)       HAVE_RREXT(cent,37)
+#define have_rr_NSEC3PARAM(cent)  HAVE_RREXT(cent,38)
+
+/* These macros specify which RR types are cached by pdnsd. */
+#define IS_CACHED_A          1
+#define IS_CACHED_NS         1
+#define IS_CACHED_MD         1
+#define IS_CACHED_MF         1
+#define IS_CACHED_CNAME      1
+#define IS_CACHED_SOA        1
+#define IS_CACHED_MB         1
+#define IS_CACHED_MG         1
+#define IS_CACHED_MR         1
+#define IS_CACHED_NULL       1
+#define IS_CACHED_WKS        1
+#define IS_CACHED_PTR        1
+#define IS_CACHED_HINFO      1
+#define IS_CACHED_MINFO      1
+#define IS_CACHED_MX         1
+#define IS_CACHED_TXT        1
+#define IS_CACHED_RP         1
+#define IS_CACHED_AFSDB      1
+#define IS_CACHED_X25        1
+#define IS_CACHED_ISDN       1
+#define IS_CACHED_RT         1
+#define IS_CACHED_NSAP       1
+#define IS_CACHED_NSAP_PTR   1
+#define IS_CACHED_SIG        1
+#define IS_CACHED_KEY        1
+#define IS_CACHED_PX         1
+#define IS_CACHED_GPOS       1
+#define IS_CACHED_AAAA       1
+#define IS_CACHED_LOC        1
+#define IS_CACHED_NXT        1
+#define IS_CACHED_EID        1
+#define IS_CACHED_NIMLOC     1
+#define IS_CACHED_SRV        1
+#define IS_CACHED_ATMA       1
+#define IS_CACHED_NAPTR      1
+#define IS_CACHED_KX         1
+#define IS_CACHED_CERT       1
+#define IS_CACHED_APL        1
+#define IS_CACHED_DS         1
+#define IS_CACHED_SSHFP      1
+#define IS_CACHED_IPSECKEY   1
+#define IS_CACHED_RRSIG      1
+#define IS_CACHED_NSEC       1
+#define IS_CACHED_DNSKEY     1
+#define IS_CACHED_DHCID      1
+#define IS_CACHED_NSEC3      1
+#define IS_CACHED_NSEC3PARAM 1
+
+/* Array indices for most frequently used rr types. */
+#define RRMUINDEX_A         0
+#define RRMUINDEX_NS        1
+#define RRMUINDEX_CNAME     2
+#define RRMUINDEX_SOA       3
+#define RRMUINDEX_PTR       4
+#define RRMUINDEX_MX        5
+#define RRMUINDEX_TXT       6
+#define RRMUINDEX_AAAA      7
+
+/* Table of rr names. */
+extern const char *const rrnames[T_NUM];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS
+const char *const rrnames[T_NUM] = {
+  "A",
+  "NS",
+  "MD",
+  "MF",
+  "CNAME",
+  "SOA",
+  "MB",
+  "MG",
+  "MR",
+  "NULL",
+  "WKS",
+  "PTR",
+  "HINFO",
+  "MINFO",
+  "MX",
+  "TXT",
+  "RP",
+  "AFSDB",
+  "X25",
+  "ISDN",
+  "RT",
+  "NSAP",
+  "NSAP_PTR",
+  "SIG",
+  "KEY",
+  "PX",
+  "GPOS",
+  "AAAA",
+  "LOC",
+  "NXT",
+  "EID",
+  "NIMLOC",
+  "SRV",
+  "ATMA",
+  "NAPTR",
+  "KX",
+  "CERT",
+  "A6",
+  "DNAME",
+  "SINK",
+  "OPT",
+  "APL",
+  "DS",
+  "SSHFP",
+  "IPSECKEY",
+  "RRSIG",
+  "NSEC",
+  "DNSKEY",
+  "DHCID",
+  "NSEC3",
+  "NSEC3PARAM"
+};
+#endif
+
+/* Structure for rr information */
+struct rr_infos {
+	unsigned short class;		/* class (values see below) */
+	unsigned short excludes;	/* relations to other classes.
+					   Mutual exclusion is marked by or'ing the
+					   respective RRCL value in this field.
+					   Exclusions should be symmetric. */
+};
+
+/* Class values */
+#define RRCL_ALIAS	1	/* for CNAMES, conflicts with RRCL_RECORD */
+#define RRCL_RECORD	2	/* normal direct record */
+#define RRCL_IDEM	4	/* types that conflict with no others (MX, CNAME, ...) */
+#define RRCL_PTR	8	/* PTR */
+
+/* Standard excludes for the classes */
+#define RRX_ALIAS	(RRCL_RECORD|RRCL_PTR)
+#define	RRX_RECORD	(RRCL_ALIAS|RRCL_PTR)
+#define	RRX_IDEM	0
+#define	RRX_PTR		(RRCL_ALIAS|RRCL_RECORD)
+
+/* There could be a separate table detailing the relationship of types, but this
+ * is slightly more flexible, as it allows a finer granularity of exclusion. Also,
+ * Membership in multiple classes could be added.
+ * Index by internally used RR-set indices, not RR type values!
+ */
+extern const struct rr_infos rr_info[NRRTOT];
+#if DEFINE_RR_TYPE_ARRAYS && !defined(CLIENT_ONLY)
+const struct rr_infos rr_info[NRRTOT] = {
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* A */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NS */,
+  {RRCL_ALIAS,     RRX_ALIAS}      /* CNAME */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* SOA */,
+  {RRCL_PTR,       RRX_PTR}        /* PTR */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MX */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* TXT */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* AAAA */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MD */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MF */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MB */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MG */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MR */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NULL */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* WKS */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* HINFO */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* MINFO */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* RP */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* AFSDB */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* X25 */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* ISDN */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* RT */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* NSAP */,
+  {RRCL_PTR,       RRX_PTR}        /* NSAP_PTR */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* SIG */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* KEY */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* PX */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* GPOS */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* LOC */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NXT */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* EID */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* NIMLOC */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* SRV */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* ATMA */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* NAPTR */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* KX */,
+  {RRCL_RECORD,    RRX_RECORD}     /* CERT */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* APL */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* DS */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* SSHFP */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* IPSECKEY */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* RRSIG */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NSEC */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* DNSKEY */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* DHCID */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NSEC3 */,
+  {RRCL_IDEM,      RRX_IDEM}       /* NSEC3PARAM */
+};
+#endif
+
+int rr_tp_byname(char *name);
+const char *loc2str(const void *binary, char *ascii, size_t asclen);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ebd2f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/rr_types.in
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+# This file contains information about the RR types implemented in pdnsd
+# and is used for generating rr_types.h.
+# It was derived from the following source: http://www.bind9.net/dns-parameters
+#
+# After making modifications to this file the file rr_types.h should be regenerated!
+#
+# Info about the format of this file:
+#   Blank lines and lines starting with '#' are ignored, all other lines
+#   are assumed to define an RR type. Lines starting with '+' define most
+#   frequently used types. An RR type preceded by a '-' will not be cached
+#   by pdnsd. The next two fields are interpreted as the name and the value
+#   of the RR type, resp. A subsequent word in parenthesis will be interpreted a
+#   class name (used for conflict resolution). Remaining fields are ignored.
+#
+# Adding or removing an initial '+' can be done safely without requiring
+# changes to the source code (other than regenerating rr_types.h).
+#
+# If you are sure that you will never use certain RR types you can disable
+# caching for them and make pdnsd slightly more efficient by placing a
+# '-' sign in front of the lines that define those types.
+# For a list of obsolete RR types see e.g.
+#   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_DNS_record_types .
+# Note that some RR types are essential for pdnsd; these are currently:
+#   A, NS, CNAME, SOA, PTR, MX and (if you want IPv6 support) AAAA.
+# Disabling caching for these types will cause pdnsd to fail to compile
+# or cause a fatal run-time error.
+#
+# Removing a '-' sign to enable caching can be risky if the support in
+# the pdnsd code is missing or inadequate, so only do this if you really know
+# what you are doing. SPF records are supported, however, so it should be safe
+# to enable caching for them.
+
+# RR TYPE      Value (class) and meaning                      Reference
+# -----------  ---------------------------------------------  ---------
++ A            1 (RECORD) a host address                      [RFC 1035]
++ NS           2 an authoritative name server                 [RFC 1035]
+  MD           3 a mail destination (Obsolete - use MX)       [RFC 1035]
+  MF           4 a mail forwarder (Obsolete - use MX)         [RFC 1035]
++ CNAME        5 (ALIAS) the canonical name for an alias      [RFC 1035]
++ SOA          6 marks the start of a zone of authority       [RFC 1035]
+  MB           7 a mailbox domain name (EXPERIMENTAL)         [RFC 1035]
+  MG           8 a mail group member (EXPERIMENTAL)           [RFC 1035]
+  MR           9 a mail rename domain name (EXPERIMENTAL)     [RFC 1035]
+  NULL         10 a null RR (EXPERIMENTAL)                    [RFC 1035]
+  WKS          11 (RECORD) a well known service description   [RFC 1035]
++ PTR          12 (PTR) a domain name pointer                 [RFC 1035]
+  HINFO        13 (RECORD) host information                   [RFC 1035]
+  MINFO        14 mailbox or mail list information            [RFC 1035]
++ MX           15 mail exchange                               [RFC 1035]
++ TXT          16 text strings                                [RFC 1035]
+  RP           17 (RECORD) for Responsible Person             [RFC 1183]
+  AFSDB        18 (RECORD) for AFS Data Base location         [RFC 1183][RFC 5864]
+  X25          19 (RECORD) for X.25 PSDN address              [RFC 1183]
+  ISDN         20 (RECORD) for ISDN address                   [RFC 1183]
+  RT           21 (RECORD) for Route Through                  [RFC 1183]
+  NSAP         22 (RECORD) for NSAP address, NSAP style A record [RFC 1706]
+  NSAP-PTR     23 (PTR) for domain name pointer, NSAP style   [RFC 1348]
+  SIG          24 for security signature                      [RFC 4034][RFC 3755][RFC 2535]
+  KEY          25 for security key                            [RFC 4034][RFC 3755][RFC 2535]
+  PX           26 X.400 mail mapping information              [RFC 2163]
+  GPOS         27 (RECORD) Geographical Position              [RFC 1712]
++ AAAA         28 (RECORD) IP6 Address                        [RFC 3596]
+  LOC          29 (RECORD) Location Information               [RFC 1876]
+  NXT          30 Next Domain - OBSOLETE                      [RFC 3755][RFC 2535]
+  EID          31 (RECORD) Endpoint Identifier                [Patton]
+  NIMLOC       32 (RECORD) Nimrod Locator                     [Patton]
+  SRV          33 (RECORD) Server Selection                   [RFC 2782]
+  ATMA         34 (RECORD) ATM Address                        [ATMDOC]
+  NAPTR        35 (RECORD) Naming Authority Pointer           [RFC 2915][RFC 2168][RFC 3403]
+  KX           36 (RECORD) Key Exchanger                      [RFC 2230]
+  CERT         37 (RECORD) CERT                               [RFC 4398]
+- A6           38 A6 (Experimental)                           [RFC 3226][RFC 2874]
+- DNAME        39 (ALIAS) DNAME                               [RFC 2672]
+- SINK         40 SINK                                        [Eastlake]
+- OPT          41 OPT                                         [RFC 2671]
+  APL          42 APL                                         [RFC 3123]
+  DS           43 Delegation Signer                           [RFC 4034][RFC 3658]
+  SSHFP        44 SSH Key Fingerprint                         [RFC 4255]
+  IPSECKEY     45 IPSECKEY                                    [RFC 4025]
+  RRSIG        46 RRSIG                                       [RFC 4034][RFC 3755]
+  NSEC         47 NSEC                                        [RFC 4034][RFC 3755]
+  DNSKEY       48 DNSKEY                                      [RFC 4034][RFC 3755]
+  DHCID        49 DHCID                                       [RFC 4701]
+  NSEC3        50 NSEC3                                       [RFC 5155]
+  NSEC3PARAM   51 NSEC3PARAM                                  [RFC 5155]
+# Unassigned   52-54
+- HIP          55 Host Identity Protocol                      [RFC 5205]
+- NINFO        56 NINFO                                       [Reid]
+- RKEY         57 RKEY                                        [Reid]
+- TALINK       58 Trust Anchor LINK                           [Wijngaards]
+# Unassigned   59-98
+- SPF          99 Sender Policy Framework                     [RFC 4408]
+- UINFO        100                                            [IANA-Reserved]
+- UID          101                                            [IANA-Reserved]
+- GID          102                                            [IANA-Reserved]
+- UNSPEC       103                                            [IANA-Reserved]
+# Unassigned   104-248
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8549865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,856 @@
+/* servers.c - manage a set of dns servers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+#include "consts.h"
+#include "icmp.h"
+#include "netdev.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "dns_query.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * We may be a little over-strict with locks here. Never mind...
+ * Also, there may be some code-redundancy regarding uptests. It saves some locks, though.
+ */
+
+static pthread_mutex_t servers_lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+static pthread_cond_t server_data_cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+static pthread_cond_t server_test_cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+static int server_data_users = 0, server_status_ping = 0;
+/* Used to notify the server status thread that it should discontinue uptests. */
+volatile int signal_interrupt=0;
+#define statusintsig SIGHUP
+
+static short retest_flag=0;
+
+static char schm[32];
+
+static void sigint_handler(int signum);
+
+/*
+ * Execute an individual uptest. Call with locks applied
+ */
+static int uptest (servparm_t *serv, int j)
+{
+	int ret=0, count_running_ping=0;
+	pdnsd_a *s_addr= PDNSD_A2_TO_A(&DA_INDEX(serv->atup_a,j).a);
+
+	DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("performing uptest (type=%s) for %s\n",const_name(serv->uptest),PDNSDA2STR(s_addr));
+
+	/* Unlock the mutex because some of the tests may take a while. */
+	++server_data_users;
+	if((serv->uptest==C_PING || serv->uptest==C_QUERY) && pthread_equal(pthread_self(),servstat_thrid)) {
+		/* Inform other threads that a ping is in progress. */
+		count_running_ping=1;
+		++server_status_ping;
+	}
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+
+	switch (serv->uptest) {
+	case C_NONE:
+		/* Don't change */
+		ret=DA_INDEX(serv->atup_a,j).is_up;
+		break;
+	case C_PING:
+		ret=ping(is_inaddr_any(&serv->ping_a) ? s_addr : &serv->ping_a, serv->ping_timeout,PINGREPEAT)!=-1;
+		break;
+	case C_IF:
+ 	case C_DEV:
+	case C_DIALD:
+ 		ret=if_up(serv->interface);
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+ 		if (ret!=0) {
+			if(serv->uptest==C_DEV)
+				ret=dev_up(serv->interface,serv->device);
+			else if (serv->uptest==C_DIALD)
+				ret=dev_up("diald",serv->device);
+ 		}
+#endif
+		break;
+	case C_EXEC: {
+	  	pid_t pid;
+
+		if ((pid=fork())==-1) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("Could not fork to perform exec uptest: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+			break;
+		} else if (pid==0) { /* child */
+			/*
+			 * If we ran as setuid or setgid, do not inherit this to the
+			 * command. This is just a last guard. Running pdnsd as setuid()
+			 * or setgid() is a no-no.
+			 */
+			if (setgid(getgid()) == -1 || setuid(getuid()) == -1) {
+				log_error("Could not reset uid or gid: %s",strerror(errno));
+				_exit(1);
+			}
+			/* Try to setuid() to a different user as specified. Good when you
+			   don't want the test command to run as root */
+			if (!run_as(serv->uptest_usr)) {
+				_exit(1);
+			}
+			{
+			    struct rlimit rl; int i;
+			    /*
+			     * Mark all open fd's FD_CLOEXEC for paranoia reasons.
+			     */
+			    if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) == -1) {
+				    log_error("getrlimit() failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+				    _exit(1);
+			    }
+			    for (i = 0; i < rl.rlim_max; i++) {
+				    if (fcntl(i, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1 && errno != EBADF) {
+					    log_error("fcntl(F_SETFD) failed: %s",strerror(errno));
+					    _exit(1);
+				    }
+			    }
+			}
+			execl("/bin/sh", "uptest_sh","-c",serv->uptest_cmd,(char *)NULL);
+			_exit(1); /* failed execl */
+		} else { /* parent */
+			int status;
+			pid_t wpid = waitpid(pid,&status,0);
+			if (wpid==pid) {
+				if(WIFEXITED(status)) {
+					int exitstatus=WEXITSTATUS(status);
+					DEBUG_MSG("uptest command "%s" exited with status %d\n",
+						  serv->uptest_cmd, exitstatus);
+					ret=(exitstatus==0);
+				}
+#if DEBUG>0
+				else if(WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
+					DEBUG_MSG("uptest command "%s" was terminated by signal %d\n",
+						  serv->uptest_cmd, WTERMSIG(status));
+				}
+				else {
+					DEBUG_MSG("status of uptest command "%s" is of unkown type (0x%x)\n",
+						  serv->uptest_cmd, status);
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+#if DEBUG>0
+			else if (wpid==-1) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Error while waiting for uptest command "%s" to terminate: "
+					  "waitpid for pid %d failed: %s\n",
+					  serv->uptest_cmd, pid, strerror(errno));
+			}
+			else {
+				DEBUG_MSG("Error while waiting for uptest command "%s" to terminate: "
+					  "waitpid returned %d, expected pid %d\n",
+					  serv->uptest_cmd, wpid, pid);
+			}
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+		break;
+	case C_QUERY:
+		ret=query_uptest(s_addr, serv->port, serv->query_test_name,
+				 serv->timeout>=global.timeout?serv->timeout:global.timeout,
+				 PINGREPEAT);
+	} /* end of switch */
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	if(count_running_ping)
+		--server_status_ping;
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(server_data_users>0, "server_data_users non-positive before attempt to decrement it");
+	if (--server_data_users==0) pthread_cond_broadcast(&server_data_cond);
+
+	DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("result of uptest for %s: %s\n",
+			 PDNSDA2STR(s_addr),
+			 ret?"OK":"failed");
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static int scheme_ok(servparm_t *serv)
+{
+	if (serv->scheme[0]) {
+		if (!schm[0]) {
+		  	ssize_t nschm;
+			int sc = open(global.scheme_file, O_RDONLY);
+			char *s;
+			if (sc<0)
+				return 0;
+			nschm = read(sc, schm, sizeof(schm)-1);
+			close(sc);
+			if (nschm < 0)
+				return 0;
+			schm[nschm] = '\0';
+			s = strchr(schm, '\n');
+			if (s)
+				*s='\0';
+		}
+		if (fnmatch(serv->scheme, schm, 0))
+		  	return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Internal server test. Call with locks applied.
+   May test a single server ip or several collectively.
+ */
+static void retest(int i, int j)
+{
+  time_t s_ts;
+  servparm_t *srv=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+  int nsrvs=DA_NEL(srv->atup_a);
+
+  if(!nsrvs) return;
+  if(j>=0) {
+    if(j<nsrvs) nsrvs=j+1;  /* test just one */
+  }
+  else {
+    j=0;        /* test a range of servers */
+  }
+
+  if(!scheme_ok(srv)) {
+    s_ts=time(NULL);
+
+    for(;j<nsrvs;++j) {
+      atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(srv->atup_a,j);
+      at->is_up=0;
+      at->i_ts=s_ts;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(srv->uptest==C_NONE) {
+    s_ts=time(NULL);
+
+    for(;j<nsrvs;++j) {
+	DA_INDEX(srv->atup_a,j).i_ts=s_ts;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(srv->uptest==C_QUERY || (srv->uptest==C_PING && is_inaddr_any(&srv->ping_a))) {  /* test each ip address separately */
+    for(;j<nsrvs;++j) {
+	atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(srv->atup_a,j);
+	s_ts=time(NULL);
+	at->is_up=uptest(srv,j);
+	if(signal_interrupt)
+	  break;
+	at->i_ts=s_ts;
+    }
+  }
+  else {  /* test ip addresses collectively */
+    int res;
+
+    s_ts=time(NULL);
+    res=uptest(srv,j);
+    for(;j<nsrvs;++j) {
+      atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(srv->atup_a,j);
+      at->is_up=res;
+      if(signal_interrupt && srv->uptest==C_PING)
+	continue;
+      at->i_ts=s_ts;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by the server status thread to discover the addresses of root servers.
+   Call with server_lock applied.
+*/
+static addr2_array resolv_rootserver_addrs(atup_array a, int port, char edns_query, time_t timeout)
+{
+	addr2_array retval=NULL;
+
+	/* Unlock the mutex because this may take a while. */
+	++server_data_users;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+
+	retval= dns_rootserver_resolv(a,port,edns_query,timeout);
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(server_data_users>0, "server_data_users non-positive before attempt to decrement it");
+	if (--server_data_users==0) pthread_cond_broadcast(&server_data_cond);
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Refresh the server status by pinging or testing the interface in the given interval.
+ * Note that you may get inaccuracies in the dimension of the ping timeout or the runtime
+ * of your uptest command if you have uptest=ping or uptest=exec for at least one server.
+ * This happens when all the uptests for the first n servers take more time than the inteval
+ * of n+1 (or 0 when n+1>servnum). I do not think that these delays are critical, so I did
+ * not to anything about that (because that may also be costly).
+ */
+void *servstat_thread(void *p)
+{
+	struct sigaction action;
+	int keep_testing;
+
+	/* (void)p; */  /* To inhibit "unused variable" warning */
+
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	/* servstat_thrid=pthread_self(); */
+
+	signal_interrupt=0;
+	action.sa_handler = sigint_handler;
+	sigemptyset(&action.sa_mask);
+	action.sa_flags = 0;
+	if(sigaction(statusintsig, &action, NULL) == 0) {
+		sigset_t smask;
+		sigemptyset(&smask);
+		sigaddset(&smask, statusintsig);
+		pthread_sigmask(SIG_UNBLOCK,&smask,NULL);
+	}
+	else {
+		log_warn("Cannot install signal handler for server status thread: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+	}
+
+	for(;;) {
+		do {
+			int i,n;
+			keep_testing=0;
+			retest_flag=0;
+			schm[0] = '\0';
+			n=DA_NEL(servers);
+			for (i=0;i<n;++i) {
+				servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+				int j,m;
+				if(sp->rootserver==2) {
+					/* First get addresses of root servers. */
+					addr2_array adrs;
+					int l, one_up=0;
+
+					if(!scheme_ok(sp)) {
+						time_t now=time(NULL);
+						m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+						for(j=0;j<m;++j)
+							DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).i_ts=now;
+					} else if(sp->uptest==C_PING || sp->uptest==C_QUERY) {
+						/* Skip ping or query tests until after discovery. */
+						if(sp->interval>0)
+							one_up= DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+						else {
+							time_t now=time(NULL);
+							m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+							for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+								atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j);
+								if(at->is_up || at->i_ts==0)
+									one_up=1;
+								at->i_ts=now;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					else {
+						retest(i,-1);
+
+						m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+						for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+							if(DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).is_up) {
+								one_up=1;
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					if(!one_up) {
+						if (needs_intermittent_testing(sp)) keep_testing=1;
+						continue;
+					}
+
+					DEBUG_MSG("Attempting to discover root servers for server section #%d.\n",i);
+					adrs=resolv_rootserver_addrs(sp->atup_a,sp->port,sp->edns_query,sp->timeout);
+					l= DA_NEL(adrs);
+					if(l>0) {
+						struct timeval now;
+						struct timespec timeout;
+						atup_array ata;
+						DEBUG_MSG("Filling server section #%d with %d root server addresses.\n",i,l);
+						gettimeofday(&now,NULL);
+						timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + 60;     /* time out after 60 seconds */
+						timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+						while (server_data_users>0) {
+							if(pthread_cond_timedwait(&server_data_cond, &servers_lock, &timeout) == ETIMEDOUT) {
+								DEBUG_MSG("Timed out while waiting for exclusive access to server data"
+									  " to set root server addresses of server section #%d\n",i);
+								da_free(adrs);
+								keep_testing=1;
+								continue;
+							}
+						}
+						ata = DA_CREATE(atup_array, l);
+						if(!ata) {
+							log_warn("Out of memory in servstat_thread() while discovering root servers.");
+							da_free(adrs);
+							keep_testing=1;
+							continue;
+						}
+						for(j=0; j<l; ++j) {
+							atup_t *at = &DA_INDEX(ata,j);
+							at->a = DA_INDEX(adrs,j);
+							at->is_up=sp->preset;
+							at->i_ts= sp->interval<0 ? time(NULL): 0;
+						}
+						da_free(sp->atup_a);
+						sp->atup_a=ata;
+						da_free(adrs);
+						/* Successfully set IP addresses for this server section. */
+						sp->rootserver=1;
+					}
+					else {
+						DEBUG_MSG("Failed to discover root servers in servstat_thread() (server section #%d).\n",i);
+						if(adrs) da_free(adrs);
+						if(DA_NEL(sp->atup_a)) keep_testing=1;
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (needs_testing(sp)) keep_testing=1;
+				m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+				for(j=0;j<m;++j)
+					if(DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).i_ts)
+						goto individual_tests;
+				/* Test collectively */
+				if(!signal_interrupt) retest(i,-1);
+				continue;
+
+			individual_tests:
+				for(j=0; !signal_interrupt && j<m; ++j) {
+					time_t ts=DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).i_ts, now;
+
+					if (ts==0 /* Always test servers with timestamp 0 */ ||
+					    (needs_intermittent_testing(sp) &&
+					     ((now=time(NULL))-ts>sp->interval ||
+					      ts>now /* kluge for clock skew */)))
+					{
+						retest(i,j);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while(!signal_interrupt && retest_flag);
+
+		signal_interrupt=0;
+
+		/* Break the loop and exit the thread if it is no longer needed. */
+		if(!keep_testing) break;
+
+		{
+			struct timeval now;
+			struct timespec timeout;
+			time_t minwait;
+			int i,n,retval;
+
+			gettimeofday(&now,NULL);
+			minwait=3600; /* Check at least once every hour. */
+			n=DA_NEL(servers);
+			for (i=0;i<n;++i) {
+				servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+				int j,m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+				for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+					time_t ts= DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).i_ts;
+					if(ts==0) {
+						/* Test servers with timestamp 0 without delay */
+						if(minwait > 0) minwait=0;
+					}
+					else if(needs_intermittent_testing(sp)) {
+						time_t wait= ts + sp->interval - now.tv_sec;
+						if(wait < minwait) minwait=wait;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec;
+			if(minwait>0)
+				timeout.tv_sec += minwait;
+			timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000 + 500000000;  /* wait at least half a second. */
+			if(timeout.tv_nsec>=1000000000) {
+				timeout.tv_nsec -= 1000000000;
+				++timeout.tv_sec;
+			}
+			/* While we wait for a server_test_cond condition or a timeout
+			   the servers_lock mutex is unlocked, so other threads can access
+			   server data
+			*/
+			retval=pthread_cond_timedwait(&server_test_cond, &servers_lock, &timeout);
+			DEBUG_MSG("Server status thread woke up (%s signal).\n",
+				  retval==0?"test condition":retval==ETIMEDOUT?"timer":retval==EINTR?"interrupt":"error");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* server status thread no longer needed. */
+	servstat_thrid=main_thrid;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+	DEBUG_MSG("Server status thread exiting.\n");
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start the server status thread.
+ */
+int start_servstat_thread()
+{
+	pthread_t stt;
+
+	int rv=pthread_create(&stt,&attr_detached,servstat_thread,NULL);
+	if (rv)
+		log_warn("Failed to start server status thread: %s",strerror(rv));
+	else {
+		servstat_thrid=stt;
+		log_info(2,"Server status thread started.");
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This can be used to mark a server (or a list of nadr servers) up (up=1) or down (up=0),
+ * or to schedule an immediate retest (up=-1).
+ * We can't always use indices to identify a server, because we allow run-time
+ * configuration of server addresses, so the servers are identified by their IP addresses.
+ */
+void sched_server_test(pdnsd_a *sa, int nadr, int up)
+{
+	int k,signal_test;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+
+	signal_test=0;
+	/* This obviously isn't very efficient, but nadr should be small
+	   and anything else would introduce considerable overhead */
+	for(k=0;k<nadr;++k) {
+		pdnsd_a *sak= &sa[k];
+		int i,n=DA_NEL(servers);
+		for(i=0;i<n;++i) {
+			servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+			int j,m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+			for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+				atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j);
+				if(equiv_inaddr2(sak,&at->a)) {
+					if(up>=0) {
+						at->is_up=up;
+						at->i_ts=time(NULL);
+						DEBUG_PDNSDA_MSG("Marked server %s %s.\n",PDNSDA2STR(sak),up?"up":"down");
+					}
+					else if(at->i_ts) {
+						/* A test may take a while, and we don't want to hold
+						   up the calling thread.
+						   Instead we set the timestamp to zero and signal
+						   a condition which should wake up the server test thread.
+						*/
+						at->i_ts=0;
+						signal_test=1;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(signal_test) pthread_cond_signal(&server_test_cond);
+
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+}
+
+/* Mark a set of servers up or down or schedule uptests.
+ * If i>=0 only the server section with index i is scanned,
+ * if i<0 all sections are scanned.
+ * Only sections matching label are actually set. A NULL label matches
+ * any section.
+ * up=1 or up=0 means mark server up or down, up=-1 means retest.
+ *
+ * A non-zero return value indicates an error.
+ */
+int mark_servers(int i, char *label, int up)
+{
+	int retval=0,n,signal_test;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+
+	signal_test=0;
+	n=DA_NEL(servers);
+	if(i>=0) {
+		/* just one section */
+		if(i<n) n=i+1;
+	}
+	else {
+		i=0; /* scan all sections */
+	}
+	for(;i<n;++i) {
+		servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+		if(!label || (sp->label && !strcmp(sp->label,label))) {
+			int j,m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+
+			/* If a section with undiscovered root servers is marked up, signal a test. */
+			if(m && sp->rootserver>1 && up>0) signal_test=1;
+
+			for(j=0;j<m;++j) {
+				atup_t *at=&DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j);
+				if(up>=0) {
+					at->is_up=up;
+					at->i_ts=time(NULL);
+				}
+				else if(at->i_ts) {
+					/* A test may take a while, and we don't want to hold
+					   up the calling thread.
+					   Instead we set the timestamp to zero and signal
+					   a condition which should wake up the server test thread.
+					*/
+					at->i_ts=0;
+					signal_test=1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(signal_test) {
+		if(pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid))
+			retval=start_servstat_thread();
+		else {
+			retest_flag=1;
+			retval=pthread_cond_signal(&server_test_cond);
+		}
+	}
+
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Test called by the dns query handlers to handle interval=onquery cases.
+ */
+void test_onquery()
+{
+	int i,n,signal_test;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	schm[0] = '\0';
+	signal_test=0;
+	n=DA_NEL(servers);
+	for (i=0;i<n;++i) {
+		servparm_t *sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+		if (sp->interval==-1) {
+			if(sp->rootserver<=1)
+				retest(i,-1);
+			else {
+				/* We leave root-server discovery to the server status thread */
+				int j,m=DA_NEL(sp->atup_a);
+				for(j=0;j<m;++j)
+					DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).i_ts=0;
+				signal_test=1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(signal_test) {
+		int rv;
+		if(pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid))
+			start_servstat_thread();
+		else {
+			retest_flag=1;
+			if((rv=pthread_cond_signal(&server_test_cond))) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("test_onquery(): couldn't signal server status thread: %s\n",strerror(rv));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+}
+
+/* non-exclusive lock, for read only access to server data. */
+void lock_server_data()
+{
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	++server_data_users;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+}
+
+void unlock_server_data()
+{
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	PDNSD_ASSERT(server_data_users>0, "server_data_users non-positive before attempt to decrement it");
+	if (--server_data_users==0) pthread_cond_broadcast(&server_data_cond);
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+}
+
+/* Try to obtain an exclusive lock, needed for modifying server data.
+   Return 1 on success, 0 on failure (time out after tm seconds).
+*/
+int exclusive_lock_server_data(int tm)
+{
+	struct timeval now;
+	struct timespec timeout;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+	if(server_status_ping>0 && !pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid)) {
+		int err;
+		/* Try to interrupt server status thread to prevent delays. */
+		DEBUG_MSG("Sending server status thread an interrupt signal.\n");
+		if((err=pthread_kill(servstat_thrid,statusintsig))) {
+			DEBUG_MSG("pthread_kill failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+		}
+	}
+	gettimeofday(&now,NULL);
+	timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + tm;     /* time out after tm seconds */
+	timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+	while (server_data_users>0) {
+		if(pthread_cond_timedwait(&server_data_cond, &servers_lock, &timeout) == ETIMEDOUT) {
+			pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+/* Call this to free the lock obtained with exclusive_lock_server_data().
+   If retest is nonzero, the server-status thread is reactivated to check
+   which servers are up. This is useful in case the configuration has changed.
+*/
+void exclusive_unlock_server_data(int retest)
+{
+	if(retest) {
+		if(pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid))
+			start_servstat_thread();
+		else
+			pthread_cond_signal(&server_test_cond);
+	}
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+}
+
+/*
+  Change addresses of servers during runtime.
+  i is the number of the server section to change.
+  ar should point to an array of IP addresses (may be NULL).
+  up=1 or up=0 means mark server up or down afterwards,
+  up=-1 means retest.
+
+  A non-zero return value indicates an error.
+*/
+int change_servers(int i, addr_array ar, int up)
+{
+	int retval=0,j,change,signal_test;
+	int n;
+	servparm_t *sp;
+
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&servers_lock);
+
+	signal_test=0;
+	change=0;
+	n=DA_NEL(ar);
+	sp=&DA_INDEX(servers,i);
+	if(n != DA_NEL(sp->atup_a) || sp->rootserver>1)
+		change=1;
+	else {
+		int j;
+		for(j=0;j<n;++j)
+			if(!same_inaddr2(&DA_INDEX(ar,j),&DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j).a)) {
+				change=1;
+				break;
+			}
+	}
+	if(change) {
+		/* we need exclusive access to the server data to make the changes */
+		struct timeval now;
+		struct timespec timeout;
+		atup_array ata;
+
+		if(server_status_ping>0 && !pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid)) {
+			int err;
+			/* Try to interrupt server status thread to prevent delays. */
+			DEBUG_MSG("Sending server status thread an interrupt signal.\n");
+			if((err=pthread_kill(servstat_thrid,statusintsig))) {
+				DEBUG_MSG("pthread_kill failed: %s\n",strerror(err));
+			}
+		}
+
+		DEBUG_MSG("Changing IPs of server section #%d\n",i);
+		gettimeofday(&now,NULL);
+		timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + 60;     /* time out after 60 seconds */
+		timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+		while (server_data_users>0) {
+			if(pthread_cond_timedwait(&server_data_cond, &servers_lock, &timeout) == ETIMEDOUT) {
+				retval=ETIMEDOUT;
+				goto unlock_mutex;
+			}
+		}
+
+		ata= DA_CREATE(atup_array, n);
+		if(!ata) {
+			log_warn("Out of memory in change_servers().");
+			retval=ENOMEM;
+			goto unlock_mutex;
+		}
+		da_free(sp->atup_a);
+		sp->atup_a=ata;
+		/* Stop trying to discover rootservers
+		   if we set the addresses using this routine. */
+		if(sp->rootserver>1) sp->rootserver=1;
+	}
+
+	for(j=0; j<n; ++j) {
+		atup_t *at = &DA_INDEX(sp->atup_a,j);
+		if(change) {
+			SET_PDNSD_A2(&at->a, &DA_INDEX(ar,j));
+			at->is_up=sp->preset;
+		}
+		if(up>=0) {
+			at->is_up=up;
+			at->i_ts=time(NULL);
+		}
+		else if(change || at->i_ts) {
+			/* A test may take a while, and we don't want to hold
+			   up the calling thread.
+			   Instead we set the timestamp to zero and signal
+			   a condition which should wake up the server test thread.
+			*/
+			at->i_ts=0;
+			signal_test=1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(signal_test) {
+		if(pthread_equal(servstat_thrid,main_thrid))
+			retval=start_servstat_thread();
+		else {
+			retest_flag=1;
+			retval=pthread_cond_signal(&server_test_cond);
+		}
+	}
+
+ unlock_mutex:
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&servers_lock);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+/*
+  The signal handler for the signal to tell the server status thread to discontinue testing.
+*/
+static void sigint_handler(int signum)
+{
+	signal_interrupt=1;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd263c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/servers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* servers.h - manage a set of dns servers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _SERVERS_H_
+#define _SERVERS_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "consts.h"
+
+/* Number of ping timeouts before we take a server offline. */
+#define PINGREPEAT 2
+
+extern pthread_t servstat_thrid;
+extern volatile int signal_interrupt;
+
+
+int start_servstat_thread(void);
+void sched_server_test(pdnsd_a *sa, int nadr, int up);
+int mark_servers(int i, char* label, int up);
+void test_onquery(void);
+void lock_server_data();
+void unlock_server_data();
+int exclusive_lock_server_data(int tm);
+void exclusive_unlock_server_data(int retest);
+int change_servers(int i, addr_array ar, int up);
+
+inline static int needs_testing(servparm_t *sp)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int needs_testing(servparm_t *sp)
+{
+  return ((sp->interval>0 || sp->interval==-2) && (sp->uptest!=C_NONE || sp->scheme[0]));
+}
+
+inline static int needs_intermittent_testing(servparm_t *sp)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int needs_intermittent_testing(servparm_t *sp)
+{
+  return (sp->interval>0 && (sp->uptest!=C_NONE || sp->scheme[0]));
+}
+
+inline static int is_interrupted_servstat_thread()
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int is_interrupted_servstat_thread()
+{
+  return (signal_interrupt && pthread_equal(pthread_self(),servstat_thrid));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/sort_namevalues.pl b/jni/pdnsd/src/sort_namevalues.pl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2014f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/sort_namevalues.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use strict;
+
+my %dic;
+my $maxkeylen=0;
+
+while(<>) {
+    if(/"(\w+)".*?(\w+)/) {
+	my $key=$1; my $val=$2;
+	if($dic{$key}) {die "The key "$key" does not have a unique value.\n"}
+	$dic{$key}=$val;
+	if(length($key)>$maxkeylen) {$maxkeylen=length($key)}
+    }
+    else {die "Can't find key-value pair in following line:\n$_\n"}
+}
+
+my $linenr=0;
+foreach my $key (sort(keys %dic)) {
+    if($linenr++) {print ",\n"}
+    printf("\t{%-*s%s}",$maxkeylen+4,""$key",",$dic{$key});
+}
+print "\n";
+
+exit
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/status.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/status.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4240069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/status.c
@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+/* status.c - Allow control of a running server using a socket
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#include <alloca.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/un.h>
+#include <stddef.h>	/* for offsetof */
+#include "ipvers.h"
+#include "status.h"
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "cache.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "servers.h"
+#include "dns_answer.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "conf-parser.h"
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
+#define alloca malloc
+#endif
+
+
+char *sock_path=NULL;
+int stat_sock;
+
+
+/* Print an error to the socket */
+static int print_serr(int rs, const char *msg)
+{
+	uint16_t cmd;
+
+	DEBUG_MSG("Sending error message to control socket: '%s'\n",msg);
+	cmd=htons(1);
+	if(write(rs,&cmd,sizeof(cmd))!=sizeof(cmd) ||
+	   write_all(rs,msg,strlen(msg))<0)
+	{
+		DEBUG_MSG("Error writing to control socket: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Print a success code to the socket */
+static int print_succ(int rs)
+{
+	uint16_t cmd;
+
+	cmd=htons(0);
+	if(write(rs,&cmd,sizeof(cmd))!=sizeof(cmd)) {
+		DEBUG_MSG("Error writing to control socket: %s\n"
+			  "Failed to send success code.\n",strerror(errno));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Read a cmd short */
+static int read_short(int fh, uint16_t *res)
+{
+	uint16_t cmd;
+
+	if (read(fh,&cmd,sizeof(cmd))!=sizeof(cmd)) {
+		/* print_serr(fh,"Bad arg."); */
+		return 0;
+	}
+	*res= ntohs(cmd);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Read a cmd long */
+static int read_long(int fh, uint32_t *res)
+{
+	uint32_t cmd;
+
+	if (read(fh,&cmd,sizeof(cmd))!=sizeof(cmd)) {
+		/* print_serr(fh,"Bad arg."); */
+		return 0;
+	}
+	*res= ntohl(cmd);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Read a string preceded by a char count.
+   A buffer of the right size is allocated to hold the result.
+   A return value of 1 means success,
+   -1 means the result is undefined (*res is set to NULL),
+   0 means read or allocation error.
+*/
+static int read_allocstring(int fh, char **res, unsigned *len)
+{
+	uint16_t count;
+	char *buf;
+	unsigned int nread;
+
+	if(!read_short(fh,&count)) return 0;
+	if(count==(uint16_t)(~0)) {*res=NULL; return -1;}
+	if(!(buf=malloc(count+1))) return 0;
+	nread=0;
+	while(nread<count) {
+		ssize_t m=read(fh,buf+nread,count-nread);
+		if(m<=0) {free(buf); return 0;}
+		nread+=m;
+	}
+	buf[count]=0;
+	*res=buf;
+	if(len) *len=count;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Read a string preceded by a char count.
+   Place it in a buffer of size buflen and terminate with a null char.
+   A return value of 1 means success, -1 means not defined,
+   0 means error (read error, buffer too small).
+*/
+static int read_domain(int fh, char *buf, unsigned int buflen)
+{
+	uint16_t count;
+	unsigned int nread;
+
+	if(!read_short(fh,&count)) return 0;
+	if(count==(uint16_t)(~0)) return -1;
+	if(count >=buflen) return 0;
+	nread=0;
+	while(nread<count) {
+		ssize_t m=read(fh,buf+nread,count-nread);
+		if(m<=0) return 0;
+		nread+=m;
+	}
+	buf[count]=0;
+#if 0
+	if(count==0 || buf[count-1]!='.') {
+		if(count+1>=buflen) return 0;
+		buf[count]='.'; buf[count+1]=0;
+	}
+#endif
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static void *status_thread (void *p)
+{
+	THREAD_SIGINIT;
+	/* (void)p; */  /* To inhibit "unused variable" warning */
+
+	if (!global.strict_suid) {
+		if (!run_as(global.run_as)) {
+			pdnsd_exit();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (listen(stat_sock,5)==-1) {
+		log_warn("Error: could not listen on socket: %s.\nStatus readback will be impossible",strerror(errno));
+		goto exit_thread;
+	}
+	for(;;) {
+		struct sockaddr_un ra;
+		socklen_t res=sizeof(ra);
+		int rs;
+		if ((rs=accept(stat_sock,(struct sockaddr *)&ra,&res))!=-1) {
+			uint16_t cmd;
+			DEBUG_MSG("Status socket query pending.\n");
+			if (read_short(rs,&cmd)) {
+			    /* Check magic number in command */
+			    if((cmd & 0xff00) == CTL_CMDVERNR) {
+				const char *errmsg;
+				cmd &= 0xff;
+				switch(cmd) {
+				case CTL_STATS: {
+					struct utsname nm;
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received STATUS query.\n");
+					if(!print_succ(rs))
+						break;
+					uname(&nm);
+					if(fsprintf(rs,"pdnsd-%s running on %s.\n",VERSION,nm.nodename)<0 ||
+					   report_cache_stat(rs)<0 ||
+					   report_thread_stat(rs)<0 ||
+					   report_conf_stat(rs)<0)
+					{
+						DEBUG_MSG("Error writing to control socket: %s\n"
+							  "Failed to send status report.\n",strerror(errno));
+					}
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_SERVER: {
+					char *label,*dnsaddr;
+					int indx;
+					uint16_t cmd2;
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received SERVER command.\n");
+					if (read_allocstring(rs,&label,NULL)<=0) {
+					    print_serr(rs,"Error reading server label.");
+					    break;
+					}
+					if (!read_short(rs,&cmd2)) {
+					    print_serr(rs,"Missing up|down|retest.");
+					    goto free_label_break;
+					}
+					if(!read_allocstring(rs, &dnsaddr,NULL)) {
+					    print_serr(rs,"Error reading DNS addresses.");
+					    goto free_label_break;
+					}
+					/* Note by Paul Rombouts:
+					   We are about to access server configuration data.
+					   Now that the configuration can be changed during run time,
+					   we should be using locks before accessing server config data, even if it
+					   is read-only access.
+					   However, as long as this is the only thread that calls reload_config_file()
+					   it should be OK to read the server config without locks, but it is
+					   something to keep in mind.
+					*/
+					{
+					    char *endptr;
+					    indx=strtol(label,&endptr,0);
+					    if(!*endptr) {
+						if (indx<0 || indx>=DA_NEL(servers)) {
+						    print_serr(rs,"Server index out of range.");
+						    goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+						}
+					    }
+					    else {
+						if (!strcmp(label, "all"))
+						    indx=-2; /* all servers */
+						else
+						    indx=-1; /* compare names */
+					    }
+					}
+					if(cmd2==CTL_S_UP || cmd2==CTL_S_DOWN || cmd2==CTL_S_RETEST) {
+					    if(!dnsaddr) {
+						if (indx==-1) {
+						    int i;
+						    for (i=0;i<DA_NEL(servers);++i) {
+							char *servlabel=DA_INDEX(servers,i).label;
+							if (servlabel && !strcmp(servlabel,label))
+							    goto found_label;
+						    }
+						    print_serr(rs,"Bad server label.");
+						    goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+						found_label:;
+						}
+						if(mark_servers(indx,(indx==-1)?label:NULL,(cmd2==CTL_S_RETEST)?-1:(cmd2==CTL_S_UP))==0)
+						    print_succ(rs);
+						else
+						    print_serr(rs,"Could not start up or signal server status thread.");
+					    }
+					    else { /* Change server addresses */
+						if(indx==-2) {
+						    print_serr(rs,"Can't use label "all" to change server addresses.");
+						    goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+						}
+						if(indx==-1) {
+						    int i;
+						    for(i=0;i<DA_NEL(servers);++i) {
+							char *servlabel=DA_INDEX(servers,i).label;
+							if (servlabel && !strcmp(servlabel,label)) {
+							    if(indx!=-1) {
+								print_serr(rs,"server label must be unique to change server addresses.");
+								goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+							    }
+							    indx=i;
+							}
+						    }
+						    if(indx==-1) {
+							print_serr(rs,"Bad server label.");
+							goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+						    }
+						}
+						{
+						    char *ipstr,*q=dnsaddr;
+						    addr_array ar=NULL;
+						    pdnsd_a addr;
+						    int err;
+						    for(;;) {
+							for(;;) {
+							    if(!*q) goto change_servs;
+							    if(*q!=',' && !isspace(*q)) break;
+							    ++q;
+							}
+							ipstr=q;
+							for(;;) {
+							    ++q;
+							    if(!*q) break;
+							    if(*q==',' || isspace(*q)) {*q++=0; break; }
+							}
+							if(!str2pdnsd_a(ipstr,&addr)) {
+							    print_serr(rs,"Bad server ip");
+							    goto free_ar;
+							}
+							if(!(ar=DA_GROW1(ar))) {
+							    print_serr(rs,"Out of memory.");
+							    goto free_dnsaddr_label_break;
+							}
+							DA_LAST(ar)=addr;
+						    }
+						change_servs:
+						    err=change_servers(indx,ar,(cmd2==CTL_S_RETEST)?-1:(cmd2==CTL_S_UP));
+						    if(err==0)
+							print_succ(rs);
+						    else
+							print_serr(rs,err==ETIMEDOUT?"Timed out while trying to gain access to server data.":
+								      err==ENOMEM?"Out of memory.":
+								      "Could not start up or signal server status thread.");
+						free_ar:
+						    da_free(ar);
+						}
+					    }
+					}
+					else
+					    print_serr(rs,"Bad command.");
+
+				free_dnsaddr_label_break:
+					free(dnsaddr);
+				free_label_break:
+					free(label);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_RECORD: {
+					uint16_t cmd2;
+					unsigned char name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received RECORD command.\n");
+					if (!read_short(rs,&cmd2))
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0)
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),name))!=NULL)
+						goto bad_domain_name;
+					switch (cmd2) {
+					case CTL_R_DELETE:
+						del_cache(name);
+						print_succ(rs);
+						break;
+					case CTL_R_INVAL:
+						invalidate_record(name);
+						print_succ(rs);
+						break;
+					default:
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad command.");
+					}
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_SOURCE: {
+					uint32_t ttl;
+					char *fn;
+					uint16_t servaliases,flags;
+					unsigned char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],owner[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received SOURCE command.\n");
+					if (read_allocstring(rs,&fn,NULL)<=0) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad filename name.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0 ||
+					    !read_long(rs,&ttl) ||
+					    !read_short(rs,&servaliases) ||	/* serve aliases */
+					    !read_short(rs,&flags))		/* caching flags */
+					{
+						print_serr(rs,"Malformed or incomplete command.");
+						goto free_fn;
+					}
+					if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),owner))!=NULL) {
+						print_serr(rs,errmsg);
+						goto free_fn;
+					}
+					if (ttl < 0) {
+						print_serr(rs, "Bad TTL.");
+						goto free_fn;
+					}
+					if(flags&DF_NEGATIVE) {
+						print_serr(rs, "Bad cache flags.");
+						goto free_fn;
+					}
+					{
+						char *errmsg;
+						if (read_hosts(fn,owner,ttl,flags,servaliases,&errmsg))
+							print_succ(rs);
+						else {
+							print_serr(rs,errmsg?:"Out of memory.");
+							free(errmsg);
+						}
+					}
+				free_fn:
+					free(fn);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_ADD: {
+					uint32_t ttl;
+					unsigned sz;
+					uint16_t tp,flags,nadr=0;
+					unsigned char name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],dbuf[2+DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					size_t adrbufsz=0;
+					unsigned char *adrbuf=NULL;
+
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received ADD command.\n");
+					if (!read_short(rs,&tp))
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0)
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (!read_long(rs,&ttl))
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (!read_short(rs,&flags))	/* caching flags */
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),name))!=NULL)
+						goto bad_domain_name;
+					if (ttl < 0)
+						goto bad_ttl;
+					if(flags&DF_NEGATIVE)
+						goto bad_flags;
+
+					switch (tp) {
+					case T_A:
+						sz=sizeof(struct in_addr);
+    #if ALLOW_LOCAL_AAAA
+						goto read_adress_list;
+					case T_AAAA:
+						sz=sizeof(struct in6_addr);
+					read_adress_list:
+    #endif
+						if (!read_short(rs,&nadr))
+							goto incomplete_command;
+						if (!nadr)
+							goto bad_arg;
+						adrbufsz= nadr * (size_t)sz;
+						adrbuf= malloc(adrbufsz);
+						if(!adrbuf)
+							goto out_of_memory;
+						{
+							size_t nread=0;
+							while(nread<adrbufsz) {
+								ssize_t m=read(rs,adrbuf+nread,adrbufsz-nread);
+								if(m<=0) {free(adrbuf); goto bad_arg;}
+								nread += m;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+					case T_CNAME:
+					case T_PTR:
+					case T_NS:
+						if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0)
+							goto incomplete_command;
+						if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),dbuf))!=NULL)
+							goto bad_domain_name;
+						sz=rhnlen(dbuf);
+						break;
+					case T_MX:
+						if (read(rs,dbuf,2)!=2)
+							goto bad_arg;
+						if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0)
+							goto incomplete_command;
+						if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),dbuf+2))!=NULL)
+							goto bad_domain_name;
+						sz=rhnlen(dbuf+2)+2;
+						break;
+					default:
+						goto bad_arg;
+					}
+					{
+						dns_cent_t cent;
+
+						if (!init_cent(&cent, name, 0, 0, flags  DBG1)) {
+							free(adrbuf);
+							goto out_of_memory;
+						}
+						if(adrbuf) {
+							unsigned char *adrp; int i;
+							for(adrp=adrbuf,i=0; i<nadr; adrp += sz,++i) {
+								if (!add_cent_rr(&cent,tp,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,sz,adrp  DBG1)) {
+									free_cent(&cent  DBG1);
+									free(adrbuf);
+									goto out_of_memory;
+								}
+							}
+							free(adrbuf);
+						}
+						else if (!add_cent_rr(&cent,tp,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL,sz,dbuf  DBG1)) {
+							free_cent(&cent  DBG1);
+							goto out_of_memory;
+						}
+
+						if(cent.qname[0]==1 && cent.qname[1]=='*') {
+							/* Wild card record.
+							   Set the DF_WILD flag for the name with '*.' removed. */
+							if(!set_cent_flags(&cent.qname[2],DF_WILD)) {
+								print_serr(rs,
+									   "Before defining records for a name with a wildcard"
+									   " you must first define some records for the name"
+									   " with '*.' removed.");
+								goto cleanup_cent;
+							}
+						}
+
+						add_cache(&cent);
+						print_succ(rs);
+					cleanup_cent:
+						free_cent(&cent  DBG1);
+					}
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_NEG: {
+					uint32_t ttl;
+					uint16_t tp;
+					unsigned char name[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE],buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received NEG command.\n");
+					if (read_domain(rs, charp buf, sizeof(buf))<=0)
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (!read_short(rs,&tp))
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if (!read_long(rs,&ttl))
+						goto incomplete_command;
+					if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(buf,sizeof(buf),name))!=NULL) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("NEG: received bad domain name.\n");
+						goto bad_domain_name;
+					}
+					if (tp!=255 && PDNSD_NOT_CACHED_TYPE(tp)) {
+						DEBUG_MSG("NEG: received bad record type.\n");
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad record type.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if (ttl < 0)
+						goto bad_ttl;
+					{
+						dns_cent_t cent;
+
+						if (tp==255) {
+							if (!init_cent(&cent, name, ttl, 0, DF_LOCAL|DF_NEGATIVE  DBG1))
+								goto out_of_memory;
+						} else {
+							if (!init_cent(&cent, name, 0, 0, 0  DBG1))
+								goto out_of_memory;
+							if (!add_cent_rrset_by_type(&cent,tp,ttl,0,CF_LOCAL|CF_NEGATIVE  DBG1)) {
+								free_cent(&cent  DBG1);
+								goto out_of_memory;
+							}
+						}
+						add_cache(&cent);
+						free_cent(&cent DBG1);
+					}
+					print_succ(rs);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_CONFIG: {
+					char *fn,*errmsg;
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received CONFIG command.\n");
+					if (!read_allocstring(rs,&fn,NULL)) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad filename name.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if (reload_config_file(fn,&errmsg))
+						print_succ(rs);
+					else {
+						print_serr(rs,errmsg?:"Out of memory.");
+						free(errmsg);
+					}
+					free(fn);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_INCLUDE: {
+					char *fn,*errmsg;
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received INCLUDE command.\n");
+					if (read_allocstring(rs,&fn,NULL)<=0) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad filename name.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if (read_config_file(fn,NULL,NULL,0,&errmsg))
+						print_succ(rs);
+					else {
+						print_serr(rs,errmsg?:"Out of memory.");
+						free(errmsg);
+					}
+					free(fn);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_EVAL: {
+					char *str,*errmsg;
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received EVAL command.\n");
+					if (!read_allocstring(rs,&str,NULL)) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad input string.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if (confparse(NULL,str,NULL,NULL,0,&errmsg))
+						print_succ(rs);
+					else {
+						print_serr(rs,errmsg?:"Out of memory.");
+						free(errmsg);
+					}
+					free(str);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_EMPTY: {
+					slist_array sla=NULL;
+					char *names; unsigned len;
+
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received EMPTY command.\n");
+					if (!read_allocstring(rs,&names,&len)) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad arguments.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if(names) {
+						char *p=names, *last=names+len;
+
+						while(p<last) {
+							int tp;
+							char *q;
+							slist_t *sl;
+							unsigned sz;
+							unsigned char rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+
+							if(*p=='-') {
+								tp=C_EXCLUDED;
+								++p;
+							}
+							else {
+								tp=C_INCLUDED;
+								if(*p=='+') ++p;
+							}
+							/* skip a possible leading dot. */
+							if(p+1<last && *p=='.' && *(p+1)) ++p;
+							q=p;
+							while(q<last && *q) ++q;
+							if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(ucharp p,q-p,rhn))!=NULL) {
+								DEBUG_MSG("EMPTY: received bad domain name: %s\n",p);
+								print_serr(rs,errmsg);
+								goto free_sla_names_break;
+							}
+							sz=rhnlen(rhn);
+							if (!(sla=DA_GROW1_F(sla,free_slist_domain))) {
+								print_serr(rs,"Out of memory.");
+								goto free_names_break;
+							}
+							sl=&DA_LAST(sla);
+
+							if (!(sl->domain=malloc(sz))) {
+								print_serr(rs,"Out of memory.");
+								goto free_sla_names_break;
+							}
+							memcpy(sl->domain,rhn,sz);
+							sl->exact=0;
+							sl->rule=tp;
+							p = q+1;
+						}
+					}
+					if(empty_cache(sla))
+						print_succ(rs);
+					else
+						print_serr(rs,"Could not lock the cache.");
+				free_sla_names_break:
+					free_slist_array(sla);
+				free_names_break:
+					free(names);
+				}
+					break;
+				case CTL_DUMP: {
+					int rv,exact=0;
+					unsigned char *nm=NULL;
+					char buf[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					unsigned char rhn[DNSNAMEBUFSIZE];
+					DEBUG_MSG("Received DUMP command.\n");
+					if (!(rv=read_domain(rs,buf,sizeof(buf)))) {
+						print_serr(rs,"Bad domain name.");
+						break;
+					}
+					if(rv>0) {
+						int sz;
+						exact=1; nm= ucharp buf; sz=sizeof(buf);
+						if(buf[0]=='.' && buf[1]) {
+							exact=0; ++nm; --sz;
+						}
+						if ((errmsg=parsestr2rhn(nm,sz,rhn))!=NULL)
+							goto bad_domain_name;
+						nm=rhn;
+					}
+					if(!print_succ(rs))
+						break;
+					if((rv=dump_cache(rs,nm,exact))<0 ||
+					   (!rv && fsprintf(rs,"Could not find %s%s in the cache.\n",
+							    exact?"":nm?"any entries matching ":"any entries",
+							    nm?buf:"")<0))
+					{
+						DEBUG_MSG("Error writing to control socket: %s\n",strerror(errno));
+					}
+				}
+					break;
+				incomplete_command:
+					print_serr(rs,"Malformed or incomplete command.");
+					break;
+				bad_arg:
+					print_serr(rs,"Bad arg.");
+					break;
+				bad_domain_name:
+					print_serr(rs,errmsg);
+					break;
+				bad_ttl:
+					print_serr(rs, "Bad TTL.");
+					break;
+				bad_flags:
+					print_serr(rs, "Bad cache flags.");
+					break;
+				out_of_memory:
+					print_serr(rs,"Out of memory.");
+					break;
+				default:
+					print_serr(rs,"Unknown command.");
+				}
+			    }
+			    else {
+				    DEBUG_MSG("Incorrect magic number in status-socket command code: %02x\n",cmd>>8);
+				    print_serr(rs,"Command code contains incompatible version number.");
+			    }
+			}
+			else {
+				DEBUG_MSG("short status-socket query\n");
+				print_serr(rs,"Command code missing or too short.");
+			}
+			close(rs);
+			usleep_r(100000); /* sleep some time. I do not want the query frequency to be too high. */
+		}
+		else if (errno!=EINTR) {
+			log_warn("Failed to accept connection on status socket: %s. "
+				 "Status readback will be impossible",strerror(errno));
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+ exit_thread:
+	stat_pipe=0;
+	close(stat_sock);
+	statsock_thrid=main_thrid;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the status socket
+ */
+void init_stat_sock()
+{
+	struct sockaddr_un *sa;
+	/* Should I include the terminating null byte in the calculation of the length parameter
+	   for the socket address? The glibc info page "Details of Local Namespace" tells me I should not,
+	   yet it is immediately followed by an example that contradicts that.
+	   The SUN_LEN macro seems to be defined as
+	   (offsetof(struct sockaddr_un, sun_path) + strlen(sa->sun_path)),
+	   so I conclude it is not necessary to count the null byte, but it probably makes no
+	   difference if you do.
+	*/
+	unsigned int sa_len = (offsetof(struct sockaddr_un, sun_path) + strlitlen("/pdnsd.status") + strlen(global.cache_dir));
+
+	sa=(struct sockaddr_un *)alloca(sa_len+1);
+	stpcpy(stpcpy(sa->sun_path,global.cache_dir),"/pdnsd.status");
+
+	if (unlink(sa->sun_path)!=0 && errno!=ENOENT) { /* Delete the socket */
+		log_warn("Failed to unlink %s: %s.\nStatus readback will be disabled",sa->sun_path, strerror(errno));
+		stat_pipe=0;
+		return;
+	}
+	if ((stat_sock=socket(PF_UNIX,SOCK_STREAM,0))==-1) {
+		log_warn("Failed to open socket: %s. Status readback will be impossible",strerror(errno));
+		stat_pipe=0;
+		return;
+	}
+	sa->sun_family=AF_UNIX;
+#ifdef BSD44_SOCKA
+	sa->sun_len=SUN_LEN(sa);
+#endif
+	/* Early initialization, so that umask can be used race-free. */
+	{
+		mode_t old_mask = umask((S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)&(~global.ctl_perms));
+		if (bind(stat_sock,(struct sockaddr *)sa,sa_len)==-1) {
+			log_warn("Error: could not bind socket: %s.\nStatus readback will be impossible",strerror(errno));
+			close(stat_sock);
+			stat_pipe=0;
+		}
+		umask(old_mask);
+	}
+
+	if(stat_pipe) sock_path= strdup(sa->sun_path);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start the status socket thread (see above)
+ */
+int start_stat_sock()
+{
+	pthread_t st;
+
+	int rv=pthread_create(&st,&attr_detached,status_thread,NULL);
+	if (rv)
+		log_warn("Failed to start status thread. The status socket will be unuseable");
+	else {
+		statsock_thrid=st;
+		log_info(2,"Status thread started.");
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/status.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/status.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d249f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/status.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* status.h - Make server status information accessible through a named pipe
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2008, 2009 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _STATUS_H_
+#define _STATUS_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include "conff.h"
+
+extern char *sock_path;
+extern int stat_sock;
+
+/* The commands for pdnsd-ctl */
+#define CTL_CMDVERNR 0x6800  /* pdnsd-ctl command version (magic number used to check compatibility) */
+
+#define CTL_MIN      1
+#define CTL_STATS    1 /* Give out stats (like the "traditional" status pipe) */
+#define CTL_SERVER   2 /* Enable or disable a server */
+#define CTL_RECORD   3 /* Delete or invalidate records */
+#define CTL_SOURCE   4 /* Read a hosts-style file */
+#define CTL_ADD      5 /* Add a record of the given type */
+#define CTL_NEG      6 /* Add a negative cached record */
+#define CTL_CONFIG   7 /* Re-read config file */
+#define CTL_INCLUDE  8 /* Read file as config file, disregarding global and server sections */
+#define CTL_EVAL     9 /* Parse string as if part of config file */
+#define CTL_EMPTY   10 /* Empty the cache */
+#define CTL_DUMP    11 /* Dump cache contents */
+#define CTL_MAX     11
+
+#define CTL_S_UP     1
+#define CTL_S_DOWN   2
+#define CTL_S_RETEST 3
+#define CTL_R_DELETE 1
+#define CTL_R_INVAL  2
+
+void init_stat_sock(void);
+int start_stat_sock(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.am b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81da088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+.PHONY: all clean distclean
+
+noinst_PROGRAMS = if_up is_local_addr tping random
+
+## Dirty trick:  I demand that these objects be built; then, with the knowledge
+## that the object files will end up here, I redefine the link chain. 
+
+TESTADDSRC=
+#TESTADDSRC= netdev.c error.c thread.c helpers.c icmp.c
+TESTDEPS = netdev.o error.o thread.o helpers.o icmp.o
+
+TESTOBJS = netdev.o error.o thread.o helpers.o icmp.o
+
+if_up_SOURCES = if_up.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+if_up_LDADD =  $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+if_up_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+
+is_local_addr_SOURCES = is_local_addr.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+is_local_addr_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+is_local_addr_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+
+tping_SOURCES = tping.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+tping_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+tping_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+
+random_SOURCES = random.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+random_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+random_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+
+# These are Symlinks we want to have in the package
+#EXTRA_DIST = conff.h error.h helpers.h icmp.h ipvers.h netdev.h thread.h cacheing
+
+$(TESTOBJS): %.o: ../%.c
+	$(COMPILE) @thread_CFLAGS@ -c $<
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.in b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ad8641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009  Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+noinst_PROGRAMS = if_up$(EXEEXT) is_local_addr$(EXEEXT) tping$(EXEEXT) \
+	random$(EXEEXT)
+subdir = src/test
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
+am__objects_1 =
+am_if_up_OBJECTS = if_up.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1)
+if_up_OBJECTS = $(am_if_up_OBJECTS)
+am_is_local_addr_OBJECTS = is_local_addr.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1)
+is_local_addr_OBJECTS = $(am_is_local_addr_OBJECTS)
+am_random_OBJECTS = random.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1)
+random_OBJECTS = $(am_random_OBJECTS)
+am_tping_OBJECTS = tping.$(OBJEXT) $(am__objects_1)
+tping_OBJECTS = $(am_tping_OBJECTS)
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+am__mv = mv -f
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+SOURCES = $(if_up_SOURCES) $(is_local_addr_SOURCES) $(random_SOURCES) \
+	$(tping_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(if_up_SOURCES) $(is_local_addr_SOURCES) \
+	$(random_SOURCES) $(tping_SOURCES)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+builddir = @builddir@
+cachedir = @cachedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+def_id = @def_id@
+distribution = @distribution@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+fullversion = @fullversion@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+packagerelease = @packagerelease@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+specbuild = @specbuild@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+thread_CFLAGS = @thread_CFLAGS@
+threadlib = @threadlib@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+TESTADDSRC = 
+#TESTADDSRC= netdev.c error.c thread.c helpers.c icmp.c
+TESTDEPS = netdev.o error.o thread.o helpers.o icmp.o
+TESTOBJS = netdev.o error.o thread.o helpers.o icmp.o
+if_up_SOURCES = if_up.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+if_up_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+if_up_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+is_local_addr_SOURCES = is_local_addr.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+is_local_addr_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+is_local_addr_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+tping_SOURCES = tping.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+tping_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+tping_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+random_SOURCES = random.c $(TESTADDSRC)
+random_LDADD = $(TESTOBJS) @thread_CFLAGS@
+random_DEPENDENCIES = $(TESTDEPS)
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/test/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu src/test/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+clean-noinstPROGRAMS:
+	-test -z "$(noinst_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
+if_up$(EXEEXT): $(if_up_OBJECTS) $(if_up_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f if_up$(EXEEXT)
+	$(LINK) $(if_up_OBJECTS) $(if_up_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+is_local_addr$(EXEEXT): $(is_local_addr_OBJECTS) $(is_local_addr_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f is_local_addr$(EXEEXT)
+	$(LINK) $(is_local_addr_OBJECTS) $(is_local_addr_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+random$(EXEEXT): $(random_OBJECTS) $(random_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f random$(EXEEXT)
+	$(LINK) $(random_OBJECTS) $(random_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+tping$(EXEEXT): $(tping_OBJECTS) $(tping_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	@rm -f tping$(EXEEXT)
+	$(LINK) $(tping_OBJECTS) $(tping_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/if_up.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/is_local_addr.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/random.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tping.Po@am__quote@
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	set x; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	shift; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      "$$@" $$unique; \
+	  else \
+	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	      $$unique; \
+	  fi; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+	      END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\*]/\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '///!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} ;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstPROGRAMS mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am:
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	clean-noinstPROGRAMS ctags distclean distclean-compile \
+	distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+	html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+	install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \
+	uninstall-am
+
+
+.PHONY: all clean distclean
+
+# These are Symlinks we want to have in the package
+#EXTRA_DIST = conff.h error.h helpers.h icmp.h ipvers.h netdev.h thread.h cacheing
+
+$(TESTOBJS): %.o: ../%.c
+	$(COMPILE) @thread_CFLAGS@ -c $<
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/if_up.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/if_up.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af6ec97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/if_up.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "../helpers.h"
+#include "../conff.h"
+#include "../netdev.h"
+
+short int daemon_p=0;
+#if DEBUG>0
+short int debug_p=0;
+#endif
+short int verbosity=VERBOSITY;
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+short int run_ipv4=DEFAULT_IPV4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+struct in6_addr ipv4_6_prefix;
+#endif
+pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid;
+volatile int signal_interrupt;
+#if DEBUG>0
+FILE *dbg_file;
+#endif
+globparm_t global;
+
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (argc!=2) {
+		printf("Usage: %s <interface>\n",argv[0]);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	printf("if_up: %s - %s\n",argv[1],if_up(argv[1])?"up":"down");
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/is_local_addr.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/is_local_addr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fda517d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/is_local_addr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "../helpers.h"
+#include "../conff.h"
+#include "../netdev.h"
+#include "../ipvers.h"
+
+short int daemon_p=0;
+#if DEBUG>0
+short int debug_p=0;
+#endif
+short int verbosity=VERBOSITY;
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+short int run_ipv4=DEFAULT_IPV4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+struct in6_addr ipv4_6_prefix;
+#endif
+pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid;
+volatile int signal_interrupt;
+#if DEBUG>0
+FILE *dbg_file;
+#endif
+globparm_t global;
+
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	pdnsd_a a;
+
+	if (argc!=2) {
+		printf("Usage: %s <address>\n",argv[0]);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (inet_aton(argv[1],&a.ipv4)) {
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		run_ipv4=1;
+# endif
+		printf("is %s a local addr: %s\n",argv[1],is_local_addr(&a)?"yes":"no");
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if (inet_pton(AF_INET6,argv[1],&a.ipv6)) {
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		run_ipv4=0;
+# endif
+		printf("is %s a local addr: %s\n",argv[1],is_local_addr(&a)?"yes":"no");
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+	printf("Adress invalid.\n");
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/random.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a447e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "../helpers.h"
+#include "../conff.h"
+
+short int daemon_p=0;
+#if DEBUG>0
+short int debug_p=0;
+#endif
+short int verbosity=VERBOSITY;
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+short int run_ipv4=DEFAULT_IPV4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+struct in6_addr ipv4_6_prefix;
+#endif
+pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid;
+volatile int signal_interrupt;
+#if DEBUG>0
+FILE *dbg_file;
+#endif
+globparm_t global;
+
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	init_rng();
+	printf("%i\n",(int)get_rand16());
+	free_rng();
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/test/tping.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/tping.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..734a25f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/test/tping.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include "../helpers.h"
+#include "../conff.h"
+#include "../icmp.h"
+#include "../ipvers.h"
+
+short int daemon_p=0;
+#if DEBUG>0
+short int debug_p=0;
+#endif
+short int verbosity=VERBOSITY;
+#if defined(ENABLE_IPV4) && defined(ENABLE_IPV6)
+short int run_ipv4=DEFAULT_IPV4;
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+struct in6_addr ipv4_6_prefix;
+#endif
+pthread_t main_thrid,servstat_thrid;
+volatile int signal_interrupt;
+#if DEBUG>0
+FILE *dbg_file;
+#endif
+globparm_t global;
+
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	pdnsd_a a;
+
+	if (argc!=2) {
+		printf("Usage: %s <address>\n",argv[0]);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+	if (inet_aton(argv[1],&a.ipv4)) {
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+		run_ipv4=1;
+# endif
+		init_ping_socket();
+		printf("ping (v4) echo from %s: %i\n",argv[1],ping(&a,100,2));
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef ENABLE_IPV6
+	if (inet_pton(AF_INET6,argv[1],&a.ipv6)) {
+# ifdef ENABLE_IPV4
+		run_ipv4=0;
+# endif
+		init_ping_socket();
+		printf("ping (v6) echo from %s: %i\n",argv[1],ping(&a,100,2));
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+	printf("Adress invalid.\n");
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.c b/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84c34f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* thread.c - Threading helpers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "conff.h"
+
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) && !defined(THREADLIB_NPTL)
+volatile short int waiting=0; /* Has the main thread already done sigwait() ? */
+#endif
+pthread_attr_t attr_detached;
+#if DEBUG>0
+pthread_key_t thrid_key;
+#endif
+
+/* This is a handler for signals to the threads. We just hand the sigs on to the main thread.
+ * Note that this may result in blocked locks. We have no means to open the locks here, because in LinuxThreads
+ * the mutex functions are not async-signal safe. So, locks may still be active. We account for this by using
+ * softlocks (see below) in any functions called after sigwait from main(). */
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) && !defined(THREADLIB_NPTL)
+void thread_sig(int sig)
+{
+	if (sig==SIGTSTP || sig==SIGTTOU || sig==SIGTTIN) {
+		/* nonfatal signal. Ignore, because proper handling is very difficult. */
+		return;
+	}
+	if (waiting) {
+		log_warn("Caught signal %i.",sig);
+		if (sig==SIGSEGV || sig==SIGILL || sig==SIGBUS)
+			crash_msg("A fatal signal occured.");
+		pthread_kill(main_thrid,SIGTERM);
+		pthread_exit(NULL);
+	} else {
+		crash_msg("An error occured at startup.");
+		_exit(1);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This is now defined as an inline function in thread.h */
+#if 0
+void usleep_r(unsigned long usec)
+{
+#if ((TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) || (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)) && defined(HAVE_USLEEP)
+	usleep(usec);
+#else
+	struct timeval tv;
+
+	tv.tv_sec=usec/1000000;
+	tv.tv_usec=usec%1000000;
+	select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, tv);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.h b/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12d17dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/src/thread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* thread.h - Threading helpers
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Thomas Moestl
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005 Paul A. Rombouts
+
+  This file is part of the pdnsd package.
+
+  pdnsd is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  pdnsd is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with pdnsd; see the file COPYING. If not, see
+  http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _THREAD_H_
+#define _THREAD_H_
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/* --- from main.c */
+extern sigset_t sigs_msk;
+/* --- */
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX) && !defined(THREADLIB_NPTL)
+extern volatile short int waiting;
+void thread_sig(int sig);
+#endif
+
+/* These are macros for setting up the signal handling of a new thread. They
+ * are needed because the LinuxThreads implementation obviously has some
+ * problems in signal handling, which makes the recommended solution (doing
+ * sigwait() in one thread and blocking the signals in all threads) impossible.
+ * So, for Linux, we have to install the fatal_sig handler.
+ * It seems to me that signal handlers in fact aren't shared between threads
+ * under Linux. Also, sigwait() does not seem to work as indicated in the docs */
+
+/* Note added by Paul Rombouts: In the new Native POSIX Thread Library for Linux (NPTL)
+   signal handling has changed from per-thread signal handling to POSIX process signal handling,
+   which makes the recommended solution mentioned by Thomas Moestl possible.
+   In this case I can simply define THREAD_SIGINIT to be empty.
+   The signals are blocked in main() before any threads are created,
+   and we simply never unblock them except by calling sigwait() in main(). */
+
+#if (TARGET==TARGET_LINUX)
+# ifdef THREADLIB_NPTL
+# define THREAD_SIGINIT
+# else
+#  ifdef THREADLIB_LINUXTHREADS2
+#  define THREAD_SIGINIT   {				\
+	struct sigaction action;			\
+	pthread_sigmask(SIG_UNBLOCK,&sigs_msk,NULL);	\
+	action.sa_handler = thread_sig;			\
+	action.sa_mask = sigs_msk;			\
+	action.sa_flags = 0;				\
+	sigaction(SIGINT,&action,NULL);			\
+	sigaction(SIGILL,&action,NULL);			\
+	sigaction(SIGABRT,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGFPE,&action,NULL);			\
+	sigaction(SIGSEGV,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTSTP,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTTOU,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTTIN,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTERM,&action,NULL);		\
+	action.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;			\
+	sigemptyset(&action.sa_mask);			\
+	action.sa_flags = 0;				\
+	sigaction(SIGPIPE,&action,NULL);		\
+   }
+#  else
+#  define THREAD_SIGINIT   {				\
+	struct sigaction action;			\
+	pthread_sigmask(SIG_UNBLOCK,&sigs_msk,NULL);	\
+	action.sa_handler = thread_sig;			\
+	action.sa_mask = sigs_msk;			\
+	action.sa_flags = 0;				\
+	sigaction(SIGILL,&action,NULL);			\
+	sigaction(SIGABRT,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGFPE,&action,NULL);			\
+	sigaction(SIGSEGV,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTSTP,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTTOU,&action,NULL);		\
+	sigaction(SIGTTIN,&action,NULL);		\
+	action.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;			\
+	sigemptyset(&action.sa_mask);			\
+	action.sa_flags = 0;				\
+	sigaction(SIGPIPE,&action,NULL);		\
+   }
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif (TARGET==TARGET_BSD) || (TARGET==TARGET_CYGWIN)
+#define THREAD_SIGINIT pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK,&sigs_msk,NULL)
+#else
+# error Unsupported platform!
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is a thread-safe usleep().
+   Implementation of the BSD usleep function using nanosleep.
+*/
+inline static int usleep_r(unsigned long useconds)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int usleep_r(unsigned long useconds)
+{
+  struct timespec ts = { tv_sec: (useconds / 1000000),
+			 tv_nsec: (useconds % 1000000) * 1000ul };
+
+  return nanosleep(&ts, NULL);
+}
+
+/* This is a thread-safe sleep().
+   The semantics are somewhat different from the POSIX sleep function,
+   but it suits our purposes.
+*/
+inline static int sleep_r (unsigned int seconds)
+  __attribute__((always_inline));
+inline static int sleep_r (unsigned int seconds)
+{
+  struct timespec ts = { tv_sec: seconds, tv_nsec: 0 };
+
+  return nanosleep(&ts, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/* Used for creating detached threads */
+extern pthread_attr_t attr_detached;
+
+#if DEBUG>0
+/* Key for storing private thread ID's */
+extern pthread_key_t thrid_key;
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pdnsd/version b/jni/pdnsd/version
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c400a37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pdnsd/version
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1.2.9b-par
diff --git a/libs/arm64-v8a/libtun2socks.so b/libs/arm64-v8a/libtun2socks.so
index 9d5b3dd..a505b69 100755
Binary files a/libs/arm64-v8a/libtun2socks.so and b/libs/arm64-v8a/libtun2socks.so differ
diff --git a/libs/arm64-v8a/pdnsd b/libs/arm64-v8a/pdnsd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6fd98ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/arm64-v8a/pdnsd differ
diff --git a/libs/armeabi-v7a/libtun2socks.so b/libs/armeabi-v7a/libtun2socks.so
index 0417469..26b6d08 100755
Binary files a/libs/armeabi-v7a/libtun2socks.so and b/libs/armeabi-v7a/libtun2socks.so differ
diff --git a/libs/armeabi-v7a/pdnsd b/libs/armeabi-v7a/pdnsd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..88d8c85
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/armeabi-v7a/pdnsd differ
diff --git a/libs/armeabi/libtun2socks.so b/libs/armeabi/libtun2socks.so
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6eaf2ac
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/armeabi/libtun2socks.so differ
diff --git a/libs/armeabi/pdnsd b/libs/armeabi/pdnsd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..902c4af
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/armeabi/pdnsd differ
diff --git a/libs/mips/libtun2socks.so b/libs/mips/libtun2socks.so
index ac42c4d..81c1722 100755
Binary files a/libs/mips/libtun2socks.so and b/libs/mips/libtun2socks.so differ
diff --git a/libs/mips/pdnsd b/libs/mips/pdnsd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..eaa1898
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/mips/pdnsd differ
diff --git a/libs/x86/libtun2socks.so b/libs/x86/libtun2socks.so
index f80e6f7..0548a83 100755
Binary files a/libs/x86/libtun2socks.so and b/libs/x86/libtun2socks.so differ
diff --git a/libs/x86/pdnsd b/libs/x86/pdnsd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c26cb12
Binary files /dev/null and b/libs/x86/pdnsd differ
diff --git a/res/values/pdnsd.xml b/res/values/pdnsd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb4e802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/res/values/pdnsd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<resources>
+	<string name="pdnsd_conf" formatted="false">
+global {
+	perm_cache=1024;
+	cache_dir="/data/data/org.torproject.android/app_bin";
+	server_port = 8091;
+	server_ip = 0.0.0.0;
+	query_method=tcp_only;
+	min_ttl=15m;
+	max_ttl=1w;
+	timeout=10;
+	daemon=on;
+	pid_file="/data/data/org.torproject.android/app_bin/pdnsd.pid";
+}
+
+server {
+	label= "upstream";
+	ip = %s;
+	port = %d;
+	uptest = none;
+}
+
+rr {
+	name=localhost;
+	reverse=on;
+	a=127.0.0.1;
+	owner=localhost;
+	soa=localhost,root.localhost,42,86400,900,86400,86400;
+}
+	</string>
+</resources>
diff --git a/src/org/torproject/android/OrbotApp.java b/src/org/torproject/android/OrbotApp.java
index 4ee1edb..25818fa 100644
--- a/src/org/torproject/android/OrbotApp.java
+++ b/src/org/torproject/android/OrbotApp.java
@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ public class OrbotApp extends Application implements OrbotConstants
     public static File fileMeekclient;
     public static File fileXtables;
     public static File fileTorRc;
+    public static File filePdnsd;
+
@Override
     public void onCreate() {
@@ -48,6 +50,9 @@ public class OrbotApp extends Application implements OrbotConstants
         fileMeekclient = new File(appBinHome, TorServiceConstants.MEEK_ASSET_KEY);
         fileXtables = new File(appBinHome, TorServiceConstants.IPTABLES_ASSET_KEY);
         fileTorRc = new File(appBinHome, TorServiceConstants.TORRC_ASSET_KEY);
+        filePdnsd = new File(appBinHome, TorServiceConstants.PDNSD_ASSET_KEY);
+        
+
}
diff --git a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorResourceInstaller.java b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorResourceInstaller.java
index 2f946a9..97e691c 100644
--- a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorResourceInstaller.java
+++ b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorResourceInstaller.java
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ public class TorResourceInstaller implements TorServiceConstants {
         streamToFile(is,outFile, false, true);
         setExecutable(outFile);
-        is = context.getAssets().open(cpuPath + '/' + TUN2SOCKS_ASSET_KEY + MP3_EXT);
-        outFile = new File(installFolder, TUN2SOCKS_ASSET_KEY);
+        is = context.getAssets().open(cpuPath + '/' + PDNSD_ASSET_KEY + MP3_EXT);
+        outFile = new File(installFolder, PDNSD_ASSET_KEY);
         shell.add(new SimpleCommand(COMMAND_RM_FORCE + outFile.getAbsolutePath())).waitForFinish();
         streamToFile(is,outFile, false, true);
         setExecutable(outFile);
diff --git a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorService.java b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorService.java
index 952c732..5513e78 100644
--- a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorService.java
+++ b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorService.java
@@ -647,8 +647,9 @@ public class TorService extends Service implements TorServiceConstants, OrbotCon
         if (Prefs.useDebugLogging())
         {
         	extraLines.append("Log debug syslog").append('\n');    
-        	extraLines.append("Log info syslog").append('\n');    
-        
+        	extraLines.append("Log info syslog").append('\n');
+        	extraLines.append("SafeLogging 0").append('\n');   
+
         	//extraLines.append("Log debug stdout").append('\n');
         }
diff --git a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorServiceConstants.java b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorServiceConstants.java
index 6c8d546..77b7a9b 100644
--- a/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorServiceConstants.java
+++ b/src/org/torproject/android/service/TorServiceConstants.java
@@ -32,18 +32,15 @@ public interface TorServiceConstants {
    //geoip data file asset key
    public final static String GEOIP_ASSET_KEY = "geoip";
    public final static String GEOIP6_ASSET_KEY = "geoip6";
-	
-	//tun2socks VPN
-	public final static String TUN2SOCKS_ASSET_KEY = "tun2socks";
-	
    //various console cmds
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_CHMOD = "chmod";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_KILL = "kill -9";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_RM = "rm";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_PS = "toolbox ps";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_PS_ALT = "ps";
-	
+    
+    
    //public final static String SHELL_CMD_PIDOF = "pidof";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_LINK = "ln -s";
    public final static String SHELL_CMD_CP = "cp";
@@ -135,14 +132,18 @@ public interface TorServiceConstants {
     public static final String CMD_VPN_CLEAR = "vpnclear";
     public static final String CMD_UPDATE_TRANS_PROXY = "update";
-    public static final String BINARY_TOR_VERSION = "0.2.7.5";
+    public static final String BINARY_TOR_VERSION = "0.2.7.5-020120160125";
     public static final String PREF_BINARY_TOR_VERSION_INSTALLED = "BINARY_TOR_VERSION_INSTALLED";
//obfsproxy 
     public static final String OBFSCLIENT_ASSET_KEY = "obfs4proxy";
public static final String MEEK_ASSET_KEY = "meek-client";
+    
    //name of the iptables binary
    public final static String IPTABLES_ASSET_KEY = "xtables";
+	//DNS daemon for TCP DNS over TOr
+	public final static String PDNSD_ASSET_KEY = "pdnsd";
+	
 }
diff --git a/src/org/torproject/android/vpn/OrbotVpnService.java b/src/org/torproject/android/vpn/OrbotVpnService.java
index 709a3da..6485423 100644
--- a/src/org/torproject/android/vpn/OrbotVpnService.java
+++ b/src/org/torproject/android/vpn/OrbotVpnService.java
@@ -16,13 +16,20 @@
package org.torproject.android.vpn;
+import java.io.File;
+import java.io.FileNotFoundException;
+import java.io.FileOutputStream;
+import java.io.IOException;
+import java.io.PrintStream;
 import java.net.InetAddress;
 import java.util.ArrayList;
 import java.util.Locale;
+import java.util.concurrent.TimeoutException;
import org.sufficientlysecure.rootcommands.Shell;
 import org.sufficientlysecure.rootcommands.command.SimpleCommand;
 import org.torproject.android.OrbotApp;
+import org.torproject.android.R;
 import org.torproject.android.service.TorServiceConstants;
 import org.torproject.android.service.TorServiceUtils;
 import org.torproject.android.settings.AppManager;
@@ -30,6 +37,7 @@ import org.torproject.android.settings.TorifiedApp;
import android.annotation.TargetApi;
 import android.app.PendingIntent;
+import android.content.Context;
 import android.content.Intent;
 import android.content.SharedPreferences;
 import android.content.pm.PackageManager.NameNotFoundException;
@@ -64,6 +72,8 @@ public class OrbotVpnService extends VpnService implements Handler.Callback {
private final static boolean mIsLollipop = Build.VERSION.SDK_INT >= Build.VERSION_CODES.LOLLIPOP;
+    private final static String DEFAULT_ACTUAL_DNS = "208.67.222.222";
+    
     private boolean isRestart = false;
@Override
@@ -245,11 +255,15 @@ public class OrbotVpnService extends VpnService implements Handler.Callback {
    		        	Thread.sleep(3000);
        			}
        			
+	    			//start PDNSD daemon pointing to OpenDNS
+	    			startDNS(DEFAULT_ACTUAL_DNS,53);
+	    			
+	    			
    	    		final String vpnName = "OrbotVPN";
    	    		final String localhost = "127.0.0.1";
-		    	//	final String virtualGateway = "10.0.0.1";
-		    		final String virtualIP = "192.168.10.1";
+		    		final String virtualGateway = "10.10.10.1";
+		    		final String virtualIP = "10.10.10.2";
    	    		final String virtualNetMask = "255.255.255.0";
    	    		final String dummyDNS = "8.8.8.8"; //this is intercepted by the tun2socks library, but we must put in a valid DNS to start
    	    		final String defaultRoute = "0.0.0.0";
@@ -257,21 +271,25 @@ public class OrbotVpnService extends VpnService implements Handler.Callback {
    	    		final String localSocks = localhost + ':'
    	    		        + String.valueOf(TorServiceConstants.SOCKS_PROXY_PORT_DEFAULT);
    	    		
-		    		final String localDNS = localhost + ':' + String.valueOf(TorServiceConstants.TOR_DNS_PORT_DEFAULT);
+		    		final String localDNS = virtualGateway + ':' + "8091";//String.valueOf(TorServiceConstants.TOR_DNS_PORT_DEFAULT);
    	        	final boolean localDnsTransparentProxy = true;
    	        	
    		        Builder builder = new Builder();
    		        
    		        builder.setMtu(VPN_MTU);
-			        builder.addAddress(virtualIP,24);
-			        builder.setSession(vpnName);			        
-			        
-			        //route all traffic through VPN (we might offer country specific exclude lists in the future)
-			        builder.addRoute(defaultRoute,0);	
+			        builder.addAddress(virtualGateway,32);
    		        
+			        builder.setSession(vpnName);		        
+
    		        builder.addDnsServer(dummyDNS);
    		        builder.addRoute(dummyDNS,32);
+				        
+			        //route all traffic through VPN (we might offer country specific exclude lists in the future)
+			        builder.addRoute(defaultRoute,0);	
    		        
+			        //handle ipv6
+			        //builder.addAddress("fdfe:dcba:9876::1", 126);
+					//builder.addRoute("::", 0);
    		        
    		        if (mIsLollipop)			        
    		        	doLollipopAppRouting(builder);			        
@@ -313,19 +331,19 @@ public class OrbotVpnService extends VpnService implements Handler.Callback {
     	   
         ArrayList<TorifiedApp> apps = AppManager.getApps(this, TorServiceUtils.getSharedPrefs(getApplicationContext()));
-        boolean appAllowed = false;
+        boolean perAppEnabled = false;
for (TorifiedApp app : apps)
         {
         	if (app.isTorified())
         	{
         		builder.addAllowedApplication(app.getUsername());
-        		appAllowed = true;
+        		perAppEnabled = true;
         	}
         	
         }
-        if (!appAllowed)
+        if (!perAppEnabled)
         	builder.addDisallowedApplication(getPackageName());
}
@@ -346,4 +364,50 @@ public class OrbotVpnService extends VpnService implements Handler.Callback {
         super.onRevoke();
     }
+    private void startDNS (String dns, int port) throws IOException, TimeoutException
+    {
+    	makePdnsdConf(this, dns, port,OrbotApp.filePdnsd.getParentFile() );
+    	
+        ArrayList<String> customEnv = new ArrayList<String>();
+    	String baseDirectory = OrbotApp.filePdnsd.getParent();
+        Shell shell = Shell.startShell(customEnv, baseDirectory);
+        
+        String cmdString = OrbotApp.filePdnsd.getCanonicalPath() + 
+        		" -c " + baseDirectory + "/pdnsd.conf";
+    
+        SimpleCommand shellCommand = new SimpleCommand(cmdString);
+        shell.add(shellCommand).waitForFinish();
+    
+        
+    }
+    
+    public static void makePdnsdConf(Context context, String dns, int port, File fileDir) throws FileNotFoundException {
+        String conf = String.format(context.getString(R.string.pdnsd_conf), dns, port);
+
+        File f = new File(fileDir,"pdnsd.conf");
+
+        if (f.exists()) {
+                f.delete();
+        }
+
+        FileOutputStream fos = new FileOutputStream(f, false);
+    	PrintStream ps = new PrintStream(fos);
+    	ps.print(conf);
+    	ps.close();
+    	
+        //f.withWriter { out -> out.print conf };
+        
+        
+        File cache = new File(fileDir,"pdnsd.cache");
+
+        if (!cache.exists()) {
+                try {
+                        cache.createNewFile();
+                } catch (Exception e) {
+
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+    
 }

    

2025

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

[tor-commits] [orbot/master] add support for PDNSD DNS Daemon for VPN DNS resolution